1 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
2 <!-- This document is maintained with oXygen. -->
3 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd">
6 <title>Koha 16.05 Manual (en)</title>
8 <author id="manualauthor">
9 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
11 <surname>Engard</surname>
14 <orgname>ByWater Solutions/BibLibre</orgname>
18 <copyright id="manualcopy">
20 <holder>Nicole C. Engard/ByWater Solutions/BibLibre</holder>
23 <legalnotice id="manuallegal">
24 <para>This manual is licensed under the <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html">GNU General Public License,
25 version 3</ulink> or later</para>
27 <para>Learn more about this license in the <link linkend="gpl">GPL3
28 Appendix</link></para>
31 <pubdate id="manualpubdate">Published: 2016</pubdate>
33 <chapter id="introchapter">
34 <title>Introduction</title>
35 <section id="introbasics">
36 <title><link linkend="introbasics">Koha Basics</link></title>
37 <para>Koha is the first free and open source software library automation package (ILS).
38 Development is sponsored by libraries of varying types and sizes, volunteers, and support
39 companies from around the world.</para>
40 <para>Learn more about Koha by visiting the official Koha website: <ulink url="http://koha-community.org">http://koha-community.org</ulink></para>
42 <section id="introrecommend">
43 <title><link linkend="introrecommend">Koha Recommendations</link></title>
44 <para>Full system recommendations can be found on the official Koha wiki along with the
45 developer documentation: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org">
46 http://wiki.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
47 <para>When working in the Koha staff client it is strongly recommended that you use the
48 Firefox browser. Koha's staff client is not supported in Internet Explorer and has not yet
49 been fully optimized for Google Chrome.</para>
51 <section id="usingmanual">
52 <title><link linkend="usingmanual">Using this Manual</link></title>
53 <para>This manual is always changing and suggestions for edits can be sent to the
54 Documentation Manager via the <ulink url="https://lists.koha-community.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/koha-docs">DOCS mailing
55 list</ulink>. The manual is organized by Koha module. At the start of most sections (and
56 throughout) you will find 'Get there' tips. These lines tell you how to get to the section
58 <para>For example: <emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
62 <screeninfo>Get there: More > Administration > Global System Preferences</screeninfo>
65 <imagedata fileref="images/intro/getthere.png"/>
70 <para>The instruction tells you where to find the necessary menu option at the top of the Koha
72 <para>Links will be found throughout the manual to other sections in the manual and images
73 will depict what should be seen on the screen. </para>
74 <para>The manual can be searched using the custom Google search on the <ulink url="http://koha-community.org/documentation/">Koha Documentation</ulink> page.</para>
76 <section id="contributing">
77 <title><link linkend="contributing">Contributing to the Manual</link></title>
78 <para>This manual is an ever-changing document and edits to the manual are welcome at any
80 <para>The <ulink url="http://manual.koha-community.org/">Koha Manual</ulink> is managed by the
81 Documentation Manager, but that doesn't mean we can't all participate in making the best
82 manual possible. </para>
83 <para>The manual is stored in git at: <ulink url="http://git.koha-community.org/gitweb/?p=kohadocs.git;a=summary">http://git.koha-community.org/gitweb/?p=kohadocs.git;a=summary</ulink></para>
84 <para>To edit the manual we recommend <ulink url="http://www.oxygenxml.com">oXygen</ulink> or
85 other XML/DocBook editor. We ask that every chapter and section have an ID tag associated
86 with it to enable permanent linking and searching. </para>
87 <para>Patches to the manual should be emailed to the <ulink url="https://lists.koha-community.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/koha-docs">DOCS mailing
88 list</ulink> and will be reviewed by the Documentation Manager before inclusion. </para>
92 <chapter id="administration">
93 <title>Administration</title>
95 <section id="globalsysprefs">
96 <title><link linkend="globalsysprefs">Global System Preferences</link></title>
98 <para>Global system preferences control the way your Koha system works
99 in general. Set these preferences before anything else in Koha.</para>
103 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
109 <screeninfo>Global System Preferences Link and Search</screeninfo>
113 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/prefsearch.png"/>
118 <para>System preferences can be searched (using any part of the
119 preference name or description) using the search box on the
120 'Administration' page or the search box at the top of each system
121 preferences page.</para>
124 <screeninfo>Preferences search at the top of System Preference
129 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/prefsearch1.png"/>
134 <para>When editing preferences a '(modified)' tag will appear next to
135 items you change until you click the 'Save All' button:</para>
138 <screeninfo>After editing TagsModeration the '(modified)' label
143 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/saveallprefs.png"/>
148 <para>After saving your preferences you'll get a confirmation message
149 telling you what preferences were saved:</para>
152 <screeninfo>Preference save confirmation message</screeninfo>
156 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/saveconfirmation.png"/>
161 <para>Each section of preferences can be sorted alphabetically by
162 clicking the small down arrow to the right of the word 'Preference' in
163 the header column</para>
166 <screeninfo>Sort option at the top right of each section of
167 preferences</screeninfo>
171 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/sortprefs.png"/>
176 <para>If the preference refers to monetary values (like <link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link>) the currency displayed will be the default you set in your <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">Currency and Exchange Rate</link> administration area. In the
177 examples to follow they will all read USD for U.S. Dollars.<important>
178 <para>For libraries systems with unique URLs for each site the system preference can be
179 overridden by editing your koha-http.conf file this has to be done by a system
180 administrator or someone with access to your system files. For example if all libraries
181 but one want to have search terms highlighted in results you set the
182 OpacHighlightedWords preference to 'Highlight' then edit the koha-http.conf for the
183 library that wants this turned off by adding 'SetEnv
184 OVERRIDE_SYSPREF_OpacHighlightedWords "0"'. After restarting the web server that one
185 library will no longer see highlighted terms. Consult with your system administrator
186 for more information.</para>
189 <section id="acqprefs">
190 <title><link linkend="acqprefs">Acquisitions</link></title>
192 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
193 Global System Preferences > Acquisitions</para>
195 <section id="acqprefspolicy">
196 <title><link linkend="acqprefspolicy">Policy</link></title>
198 <section id="AcqCreateItem">
199 <title><link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link></title>
201 <para>Default: placing an order</para>
203 <para>Asks: Create an item when ___.</para>
209 <para>cataloging a record</para>
213 <para>placing an order</para>
217 <para>receiving an order</para>
221 <para>Description:</para>
225 <para>This preference lets you decide when you'd like to
226 create an item record in Koha. If you choose to add an item
227 record when 'placing an order' then you will enter item
228 information in as you place records in your basket. If you
229 choose to add the item when 'receiving an order' you will be
230 asked for item record information when you're receiving orders
231 in acquisitions. If you choose to add the item when
232 'cataloging a record' then item records will not be created in
233 acquisitions at all, you will need to go to the cataloging
234 module to add the items.</para>
238 <section id="AcqEnableFiles">
239 <title><link linkend="AcqEnableFiles">AcqEnableFiles</link></title>
240 <para>Default: Don't</para>
241 <para>Asks: ___ enable the ability to upload and attach arbitrary files to invoices. </para>
242 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
249 </itemizedlist></para>
250 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
252 <para>This preference controls whether or not you allow the uploading of invoice
253 files via the acquisitions module.</para>
255 </itemizedlist></para>
257 <section id="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceiptIsCancelled">
258 <title><link linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceiptIsCancelled">AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceiptIsCancelled</link></title>
259 <para>Asks: Upon cancelling a receipt, update the item's subfields if they were created
260 when placing an order (e.g. o=5|a="bar foo""). ___</para>
261 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
263 <para>This preference is used in conjunction with the <link linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived">AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</link> preference. If you have the system set
264 to enter default values when you receive you will want to have those values
265 revert back if reeipt is cancelled. This preference allows you to do
268 </itemizedlist></para>
270 <section id="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived">
271 <title><link linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived">AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</link></title>
272 <para>Asks: Upon receiving items, update their subfields if they were created when
273 placing an order (e.g. o=5|a="foo bar"). ___</para>
274 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
276 <para>This preference allows you to set default values for items that you receive
277 via acquisitions. Enter the data as subfield=value and split your values with a
278 bar ( | ). For example you can remove the Ordered status on the item
279 automatically when you receive it just by entering 7=0 in this preference. That
280 will set the Not for Loan status (subfield 7) to 0 which is available.</para>
282 </itemizedlist></para>
285 <section id="AcqViewBaskets">
286 <title><link linkend="AcqViewBaskets">AcqViewBaskets</link></title>
288 <para>Default: created by staff member</para>
290 <para>Asks: Show baskets ___</para>
296 <para>created by staff member</para>
300 <para>from staff member's branch</para>
304 <para>in system, regardless of owner</para>
308 <para>Description:</para>
312 <para>When in acquisitions this preference allows you to
313 control whose baskets you can see when looking at a vendor.
314 The default value of 'created by staff member' makes it so
315 that you only see the baskets you created. Choosing to see
316 baskets 'from staff member's branch' will show you the baskets
317 created by anyone at the branch you're logged in at. Finally,
318 you can choose to set this preference to show you all baskets
319 regardless of who created it ('in system, regardless of
320 owner). Regardless of which value you choose for this
321 preference, superlibrarians can see all baskets created in the
326 <section id="AcqWarnOnDuplicateInvoice">
327 <title><link linkend="AcqWarnOnDuplicateInvoice">AcqWarnOnDuplicateInvoice</link></title>
328 <para>Default: Do not warn</para>
329 <para>Asks: ___ when the librarian tries to create an invoice with a duplicate
331 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
333 <para>Do not warn</para>
338 </itemizedlist></para>
341 <section id="BasketConfirmations">
342 <title><link linkend="BasketConfirmations">BasketConfirmations</link></title>
344 <para>Default: always ask for confirmation</para>
346 <para>Asks: When closing or reopening a basket, ___.</para>
352 <para>always ask for confirmation</para>
356 <para>do not ask for confirmation</para>
360 <para>Descriptions:</para>
364 <para>This preference adds the option to skip confirmations on
365 closing and reopening a basket. If you skip the confirmation,
366 you do not create a new basket group.</para>
370 <section id="ClaimsBccCopy">
371 <title><link linkend="ClaimsBccCopy">ClaimsBccCopy</link></title>
372 <para>Default: Don't send</para>
373 <para>Asks: ___ blind copy (BCC) to logged in user when sending serial or acquisitions
374 claims notices. </para>
375 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
377 <para>Don't send</para>
382 </itemizedlist></para>
383 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
385 <para>When filing a claim in the <link linkend="serialclaims">serials</link> or
386 <link linkend="acqclaims">acquisitions</link> module this preference will
387 allow for the sending of a copy of the email to the librarian.</para>
389 </itemizedlist></para>
392 <section id="CurrencyFormat">
393 <title><link linkend="CurrencyFormat">CurrencyFormat</link></title>
395 <para>Default: 360,000.00 (US)</para>
397 <para>Asks: Display currencies using the following format
404 <para>360,000.00 (US)</para>
408 <para>360 000,00 (FR)</para>
414 <title><link linkend="gist">gist</link></title>
416 <para>Default: 0</para>
418 <para>Asks: The default tax rate is ___</para>
420 <para>Description:</para>
424 <para>This preference will allow the library to define a
425 default Goods and Services Tax rate. The default of value of 0
426 will disable this preference.</para>
431 <para>Enter this value as a number (.06) versus a percent
435 <section id="MarcFieldsToOrder">
436 <title><link linkend="MarcFieldsToOrder">MarcFieldsToOrder</link></title>
437 <para>Asks: Set the mapping values for a new order line created from a MARC record in a
439 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
441 <para>This preference includes MARC fields to check for order information to use
442 when <link linkend="orderfromstagedfile">ordering from a staged file</link> in
443 acquisitions. You can use the following fields: price, quantity, budget_code,
444 discount, sort1, sort2.</para>
446 example:<programlisting>price: 947$a|947$c
448 budget_code: 922$a</programlisting></para>
450 </itemizedlist></para>
453 <section id="UniqueItemFields">
454 <title><link linkend="UniqueItemFields">UniqueItemFields</link></title>
456 <para>Default: barcode</para>
458 <para>Asks:___ (space-separated list of fields that should be
459 unique for items, must be valid SQL fields of <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/items.html">items</ulink>
462 <para>Description:</para>
466 <para>If this preference is left blank when adding items in
467 acquisitions there will be no check for uniqueness. This means
468 that a duplicate barcode can be created in acquisitions which
469 will cause errors later when checking items in and out.</para>
475 <section id="acqprefsprinting">
476 <title><link linkend="acqprefsprinting">Printing</link></title>
478 <section id="OrderPdfFormat">
479 <title><link linkend="OrderPdfFormat">OrderPdfFormat</link></title>
481 <para>Default: pdfformat::layout2pages</para>
483 <para>Asks: Use ___ when printing basket groups.</para>
488 <section id="adminprefs">
489 <title><link linkend="adminprefs">Administration</link></title>
491 <para>These preferences are general settings for your system.</para>
493 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
494 Global System Preferences > Administration</para>
496 <section id="casauthentication">
497 <title><link linkend="casauthentication">CAS Authentication</link></title>
499 <para>The Central Authentication Service (CAS) is a single sign-on
500 protocol for the web. If you don't know what this is, leave these
501 preferences set to their defaults.</para>
503 <section id="AllowPKIAuth">
504 <title><link linkend="AllowPKIAuth">AllowPKIAuth</link></title>
506 <para>Default: no</para>
508 <para>Asks: Use ___ field for SSL client certificate
509 authentication</para>
519 <para>the common name</para>
523 <para>the email address</para>
528 <section id="casAuthentication">
529 <title><link linkend="casAuthentication">casAuthentication</link></title>
531 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
533 <para>Asks: ___ CAS for login authentication.</para>
536 <section id="casLogout">
537 <title><link linkend="casLogout">casLogout</link></title>
539 <para>Default: Don't logout</para>
541 <para>Asks: ___ of CAS when logging out of Koha.</para>
544 <section id="casServerUrl">
545 <title><link linkend="casServerUrl">casServerUrl</link></title>
547 <para>Asks: The CAS Authentication Server can be found at
551 <section id="googleopenid">
552 <title><link linkend="googleopenid">Google OpenID Connect</link></title>
553 <para>Visit the <ulink url="https://console.developers.google.com/">Google Developers
554 Console</ulink> to obtain OAuth 2.0 credentials such as a client ID and client secret
555 that are known to both Google and your application.<screenshot>
556 <screeninfo>Developers Console</screeninfo>
559 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/1project.png"/>
562 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
564 <para>Create a project, and give it some details to help you identify it
567 <screeninfo>New Project</screeninfo>
570 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/2newproject.png"/>
576 <para>Next search for the Google Identity and Access Management API</para>
578 <screeninfo>API Search</screeninfo>
581 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/3identity.png"/>
587 <para>Enable the Google Identity and Access Management API</para>
589 <screeninfo>Enable Google Identity</screeninfo>
592 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/4enable.png"/>
598 <para>Go to 'Credentials' and set the OAuth cosent screen values</para>
600 <screeninfo>OAuth Consent Screen</screeninfo>
603 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/5consent.png"/>
609 <para>Next choose to 'Create credentials' from the 'Credentials' page</para>
611 <screeninfo>Create credentials</screeninfo>
614 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/6credtype.png"/>
620 <para>Choose 'Web application' from the 'Application type' menu and fill in the form
623 <screeninfo>Create Client ID</screeninfo>
626 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/7creds.png"/>
632 <para>Set 'Authorized JavaScript origins' to your OPACBaseURL </para>
635 <para>Change the 'Authorized Redirect URIs' to
636 http://YOUROPAC/cgi-bin/koha/svc/auth/googleopenidconnect</para>
641 <para>You will be presented with your values for your client ID and your client
642 secret after saving </para>
644 <screeninfo>OAuth Client ID and Secret</screeninfo>
647 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/8oauth.png"/>
652 </itemizedlist></para>
653 <section id="GoogleOAuth2ClientID">
654 <title><link linkend="GoogleOAuth2ClientID">GoogleOAuth2ClientID</link></title>
655 <para>Asks: Google OAuth2 Client ID ___</para>
657 <section id="GoogleOAuth2ClientSecret">
658 <title><link linkend="GoogleOAuth2ClientSecret">GoogleOAuth2ClientSecret</link></title>
659 <para>Asks: Google OAuth2 Client Secret ___</para>
661 <section id="GoogleOpenIDConnect">
662 <title><link linkend="GoogleOpenIDConnect">GoogleOpenIDConnect</link></title>
663 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
664 <para>Asks ___ Google OpenID Connect login. <important>
665 <para>You will need to select OAuth2 when creating an app in the google cloud
666 console, and set the web origin to your_opac_url and the redirect url to
667 your_opac_url/cgi-bin/koha/svc/auth/googleopenidconnect . </para>
669 <screeninfo>Create Client ID</screeninfo>
672 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Google/7creds.png"/>
677 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
679 <para>Don't use</para>
684 </itemizedlist></para>
686 <section id="GoogleOpenIDConnectDomain">
687 <title><link linkend="GoogleOpenIDConnectDomain">GoogleOpenIDConnectDomain</link></title>
688 <para>Asks: Google OpenID Connect Restrict to domain (or subdomain of this domain) ___. <note>
689 <para>Leave blank for all google domains </para>
694 <section id="adminprefsinterface">
695 <title><link linkend="adminprefsinterface">Interface options</link></title>
697 <para>These preference are related to your Koha interface</para>
699 <section id="DebugLevel">
700 <title><link linkend="DebugLevel">DebugLevel</link></title>
702 <para>Default: lots of</para>
704 <para>Asks: Show ___ debugging information in the browser when an
705 internal error occurs.</para>
711 <para>lots of - will show as much information as
716 <para>no - will only show basic error messages</para>
720 <para>some - will show only some of the information
725 <para>Description:</para>
729 <para>This preference determines how much information will be
730 sent to the user's screen when the system encounters an error.
731 The most detail will be sent when the value level is set at 2,
732 some detail will be sent when the value is set at 1, and only
733 a basic error message will display when the value is set at 0.
734 This setting is especially important when a system is new and
735 the administration is interested in working out the bugs
736 (errors or problems) quickly. Having detailed error messages
737 makes quick fixes more likely in problem areas.</para>
741 <section id="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryCircRules">
742 <title><link linkend="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryCircRules">DefaultToLoggedInLibraryCircRules</link></title>
743 <para>Default: all libraries</para>
744 <para>Asks: When editing circulation rules show ___ the rules by default. </para>
745 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
747 <para>all libraries</para>
750 <para>logged in library's</para>
752 </itemizedlist></para>
753 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
755 <para>This preference controls the default value in the branch pull down found at
756 the top of the <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine
759 </itemizedlist></para>
761 <section id="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryNoticesSlips">
762 <title><link linkend="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryNoticesSlips">DefaultToLoggedInLibraryNoticesSlips</link></title>
763 <para>Default: all libraries</para>
764 <para>Asks: When editing notices and slips show the ___ notices and slips by default. </para>
765 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
767 <para>all libraries</para>
770 <para>logged in library's</para>
772 </itemizedlist></para>
773 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
775 <para>This preference controls the default value in the branch pull down found at
776 the top of the <link linkend="notices">notices and slips</link> tool.</para>
778 </itemizedlist></para>
780 <section id="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryOverdueTriggers">
781 <title><link linkend="DefaultToLoggedInLibraryOverdueTriggers">DefaultToLoggedInLibraryOverdueTriggers</link></title>
782 <para>Default: all libraries</para>
783 <para>Asks: When editing overdue notice/status triggers show the ___ rules by default. </para>
784 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
786 <para>all libraries</para>
789 <para>logged in library's</para>
791 </itemizedlist></para>
792 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
794 <para>This preference controls the default value in the branch pull down found at
795 the top of the <link linkend="noticetriggers">overdue notices and
796 triggers</link>.</para>
798 </itemizedlist></para>
801 <section id="delimiter">
802 <title><link linkend="delimiter">delimiter</link></title>
804 <para>Default: semicolons</para>
806 <para>Asks: Separate columns in an exported report file with ___
817 <para>backslashes</para>
825 <para>semicolons</para>
837 <para>Description:</para>
841 <para>This preference determines how reports exported from
842 Koha will separate data. In many cases you will be able to
843 change this option when exporting if you'd like.</para>
848 <section id="KohaAdminEmailAddress">
849 <title><link linkend="KohaAdminEmailAddress">KohaAdminEmailAddress</link></title>
851 <para>This is the default 'From' address for emails unless there
852 is one for the particular branch, and is referred to when an
853 internal error occurs.</para>
855 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address for the administrator of
858 <para>Description:</para>
862 <para>This preference allows one email address to be used in
863 warning messages set to the OPAC. If no email address is set
864 for the branch this address will receive messages from patrons
865 regarding modification requests, purchase suggestions, and
866 questions or information regarding overdue notices. It is
867 recommended that a email address that can be accessed by
868 multiple staff members be used for this purpose so that if one
869 librarian is out the others can address these requests. This
870 email address can be changed when needed.</para>
875 <section id="noItemTypeImages">
876 <title><link linkend="noItemTypeImages">noItemTypeImages</link></title>
878 <para>Default: Show</para>
880 <para>Asks: ___ itemtype icons in the catalog.</para>
890 <para>Don't show</para>
894 <para>Description:</para>
898 <para>This preference allows the system administrator to
899 determine if users will be able to set and see an <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">item type icon</link> the catalog on
900 both the OPAC and the Staff Client. The images will display in
901 both the OPAC and the Staff Client/Intranet. If images of item
902 types are disabled, text labels for item types will still
903 appear in the OPAC and Staff Client.</para>
907 <section id="ReplytoDefault">
908 <title><link linkend="ReplytoDefault">ReplytoDefault</link></title>
909 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address that will be set as the replyto in emails </para>
910 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
912 <para>By default replies to notice emails will go to the <link linkend="libsgroups">library email address</link>, if you would like to
913 specify a default email address for all replies to notices you can do that
916 </itemizedlist></para>
918 <section id="ReturnpathDefault">
919 <title><link linkend="ReturnpathDefault">ReturnpathDefault</link></title>
920 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address set as the return path, if you leave this empty
921 the KohaAdminEmailAddress will be used. </para>
922 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
924 <para>The return path is the email address that bounces will be delivered to. By
925 default bounced notices will go to the <link linkend="libsgroups">library email
926 address</link>, if you would like to specify a default email address for
927 bounces to go to then fill in this preference.</para>
929 </itemizedlist></para>
932 <section id="virtualshelves">
933 <title><link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link></title>
935 <para>Default: Allow</para>
937 <para>Asks: ___ staff and patrons to create and view saved lists
948 <para>Don't Allow</para>
952 <para>Description:</para>
956 <para>This preference controls whether the lists functionality
957 will be available in the staff client and OPAC. If this is set
958 to "Don't allow" then no one will be able to save items to
959 public or private lists.</para>
965 <section id="adminprefslogin">
966 <title><link linkend="adminprefslogin">Login options</link></title>
968 <para>These preferences are related to logging into your Koha
971 <section id="AutoLocation">
972 <title><link linkend="AutoLocation">AutoLocation</link></title>
974 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
976 <para>Asks: ___ staff to log in from a computer in the IP address
977 range specified by their library (if any).</para>
981 <para>Set IP address range in the library administration
986 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More >
987 Administration > Basic Parameters > <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link></para>
997 <para>Don't require</para>
1001 <para>Require</para>
1005 <para>Description:</para>
1009 <para>This preference protects the system by blocking
1010 unauthorized users from accessing the staff client program and
1011 settings. Authorized and unauthorized users are determined by
1012 their computer's IP addresses. When the preference is set to
1013 'Require', IP authorization is in effect and unauthorized IP
1014 addresses will be blocked. This means that staff cannot work
1015 from home unless their IP address has been authorized. When
1016 set to 'Don't require', anyone with a staff client login will
1017 have access no matter which IP address they are using.</para>
1022 <section id="IndependentBranches">
1023 <title><link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link></title>
1024 <para>Default: Don't prevent</para>
1025 <para>Asks: ___ staff (but not superlibrarians) from modifying objects (holds, items,
1026 patrons, etc.) belonging to other libraries.</para>
1027 <para>Values:</para>
1030 <para>Don't prevent</para>
1033 <para>Prevent</para>
1036 <para>Description:</para>
1039 <para>This preference should only be used by library systems which are sharing a
1040 single Koha installation among multiple branches but are considered independent
1041 organizations, meaning they do not share material or patrons with other branches
1042 and do not plan to change that in the future. If set to 'Prevent' it increases the
1043 security between library branches by: prohibiting staff users from logging into
1044 another branch from within the staff client, filtering out patrons from patron
1045 searches who are not a part of the login branch conducting the search, limiting
1046 the location choices to the login branch when adding or modifying an item record,
1047 preventing users from other branch locations from placing holds or checking out
1048 materials from library branches other than their own, and preventing staff from
1049 editing item records which belong to other library branches. All of these security
1050 safeguards can be overridden only by the superlibrarian, the highest level of
1055 <para>It is important that this value be set before going live and that it NOT be
1059 <section id="SessionRestrictionByIP">
1060 <title><link linkend="SessionRestrictionByIP">SessionRestrictionByIP</link></title>
1061 <para>Default: Enable</para>
1062 <para>Asks: ___ check for change in remote IP address for session security. Disable only
1063 when remote IP address changes frequently. </para>
1064 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1066 <para>Disable</para>
1071 </itemizedlist></para>
1072 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1074 <para>When this preference is set to 'Enable' Koha will log you out of the staff
1075 client if your IP address changes as a security measure. For some systems the
1076 IP address changes frequently so you'll want to set this preference to 'Disable'
1077 to prevent Koha from logging you out of the staff client every time that
1080 </itemizedlist></para>
1082 <para>This is meant to help those whose IP address changes several times during the
1083 day, setting this preference to 'Disable' is not recommended otherwise because it is
1084 removing important security features from your staff client.</para>
1088 <section id="SessionStorage">
1089 <title><link linkend="SessionStorage">SessionStorage</link></title>
1091 <para>Default: in the MySQL database</para>
1093 <para>Asks: Store login session information ___</para>
1095 <para>Values:</para>
1099 <para>as temporary files</para>
1103 <para>in the MySQL database</para>
1107 <para>in the PostgreSQL database</para>
1112 <para>PostgreSQL is not yet supported</para>
1119 <para>Description:</para>
1123 <para>This preference allows administrators to choose what
1124 format session data is stored in during web sessions.</para>
1129 <section id="timeout">
1130 <title><link linkend="timeout">timeout</link></title>
1132 <para>Default: 12000000</para>
1134 <para>Asks: Automatically log out users after ___ seconds of inactivity.</para>
1136 <para>Description:</para>
1140 <para>This preference sets the length of time the Staff Client
1141 or OPAC accounts can be left inactive before re-logging in is
1142 necessary. The value of this preference is in seconds. At this
1143 time, the amount of time before a session times out must be
1144 the same for both the Staff Client and the OPAC.</para>
1149 <section id="mozillapersona">
1150 <title><link linkend="mozillapersona">Mozilla Persona</link></title>
1151 <section id="persona">
1152 <title><link linkend="persona">Persona</link></title>
1153 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
1154 <para>Asks: ___ Mozilla persona for login.</para>
1155 <para>Values:</para>
1160 <screeninfo>Persona login on OPAC</screeninfo>
1163 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/persona.png"/>
1169 <para>Don't allow</para>
1172 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1174 <para>Mozilla Persona is an OpenID-like service that lets you log in to multiple
1175 websites with your Mozilla credentials. If you allow Persona log in for Koha
1176 then your patrons can log in to the OPAC using their Mozilla Persona. Learn
1177 more about Persona on the <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/persona/">official Mozilla site</ulink>.<important>
1178 <para>For Persona log in to work you will need you <link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> preference to be set correctly.</para>
1181 </itemizedlist></para>
1184 <section id="heaprefs">
1185 <title><link linkend="heaprefs">Share anonymous usage statistics</link></title>
1186 <para>As an open source project Koha is used all over the world. These preference will
1187 help us keep more accurate statistics on where Koha is being used. If you choose to
1188 share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. You will need
1189 to enable the <link linkend="usagecron">matching cron job</link> to send this
1190 information at regular intervals to the community.</para>
1191 <section id="UsageStats">
1192 <title><link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link></title>
1193 <para>Default: Don't share</para>
1194 <para>Asks: ___ anonymous Koha usage data with the Koha community.</para>
1195 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1197 <para>Don't share</para>
1202 </itemizedlist></para>
1203 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1205 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1206 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1207 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1210 </itemizedlist></para>
1212 <section id="UsageStatsCountry">
1213 <title><link linkend="UsageStatsCountry">UsageStatsCountry</link></title>
1214 <para>Asks: The country where your library is located: ___</para>
1215 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1217 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1218 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1219 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1222 </itemizedlist></para>
1224 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1225 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information.</para>
1228 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryName">
1229 <title><link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryName">UsageStatsLibraryName</link></title>
1230 <para>Asks: The library name ___ will be shown on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1231 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1233 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1234 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1235 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1238 </itemizedlist></para>
1240 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1241 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. If this field is empty
1242 data will be sent anonymously if you choose 'Share' for the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link> preference. </para>
1245 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryType">
1246 <title><link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryType">UsageStatsLibraryType</link></title>
1247 <para>Default: public</para>
1248 <para>Asks: The library type ___ will be shown on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1249 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1251 <para>academic </para>
1254 <para>corporate </para>
1257 <para>government </para>
1260 <para>private </para>
1263 <para>public </para>
1266 <para>religious organization </para>
1269 <para>research </para>
1272 <para>school </para>
1275 <para>society or association </para>
1278 <para>subscription</para>
1280 </itemizedlist></para>
1281 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1283 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1284 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1285 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1288 </itemizedlist></para>
1290 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1291 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. </para>
1294 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryUrl">
1295 <title><link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryUrl">UsageStatsLibraryUrl</link></title>
1296 <para>Asks: The library URL ___ will be shown on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1297 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1299 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1300 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1301 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1304 </itemizedlist></para>
1306 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1307 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. </para>
1313 <section id="authprefs">
1314 <title><link linkend="authprefs">Authorities</link></title>
1316 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
1317 Global System Preferences > Authorities</para>
1319 <section id="generalauthorities">
1320 <title><link linkend="generalauthorities">General</link></title>
1322 <section id="AuthDisplayHierarchy">
1323 <title><link linkend="AuthDisplayHierarchy">AuthDisplayHierarchy</link></title>
1325 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
1327 <para>Asks: ___ broader term/narrower term hierarchies when
1328 viewing authorities.</para>
1330 <para>Values:</para>
1334 <para>Display</para>
1337 <screeninfo>AuthDisplayHierarchy</screeninfo>
1341 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AuthDisplayHierarchy.png"/>
1348 <para>Don't display</para>
1352 <para>Description:</para>
1356 <para>If your authority records includes 5xx fields with
1357 linked references to broader and/or narrower see also
1358 references this preference will turn on a display of those
1359 authorities at the top of the record.</para>
1364 <section id="AutoCreateAuthorities">
1365 <title><link linkend="AutoCreateAuthorities">AutoCreateAuthorities</link></title>
1367 <para>Default: do not generate</para>
1369 <para>Asks: When editing records, ___ authority records that are
1372 <para>Values:</para>
1376 <para>do not generate</para>
1380 <para>generate</para>
1385 <para><link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link>
1386 must be set to "allow" for this to have any effect</para>
1389 <para>Description:</para>
1393 <para>When this and <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link>
1394 are both turned on, automatically create authority records for
1395 headings that don't have any authority link when cataloging.
1396 When BiblioAddsAuthorities is on and AutoCreateAuthorities is
1397 turned off, do not automatically generate authority records,
1398 but allow the user to enter headings that don't match an
1399 existing authority. When BiblioAddsAuthorities is off, this
1400 has no effect.</para>
1405 <section id="BiblioAddsAuthorities">
1406 <title><link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link></title>
1408 <para>Default: allow</para>
1410 <para>Asks: When editing records, ___ them to automatically create
1411 new authority records if needed, rather than having to reference
1412 existing authorities.</para>
1414 <para>Values:</para>
1422 <para>This setting allows you to type values in the fields
1423 controlled by authorities and then adds a new authority if
1424 one does not exist</para>
1430 <para>don't allow</para>
1434 <para>This setting will lock the authority controlled
1435 fields, forcing you to search for an authority versus
1436 allowing you to type the information in yourself.</para>
1443 <section id="dontmerge">
1444 <title><link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link></title>
1446 <para>Default: Don't</para>
1448 <para>Asks: ___ automatically update attached biblios when
1449 changing an authority record.</para>
1451 <para>Values:</para>
1463 <para>Description:</para>
1467 <para>This preference tells Koha how to handle changes to your Authority records. If
1468 you edit an authority record and this preference is set to 'Do' Koha will
1469 immediately update all of the bib records linked to the authority with the new
1470 authority record's data. If this is set to "Don't" then Koha won't edit bib
1471 records when changes are made to authorities, rather, this is done later by the
1472 <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl cronjob</link>.</para>
1477 <para>If this is set to "Don't automatically update" you will need to ask your
1478 administrator to enable the <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl
1479 cronjob</link>.</para>
1483 <section id="MARCAuthorityControlField008">
1484 <title><link linkend="MARCAuthorityControlField008">MARCAuthorityControlField008</link></title>
1486 <para>Default: || aca||aabn | a|a d</para>
1488 <para>Asks: Use the following text for the contents of MARC21 authority control field
1489 008 position 06-39 (fixed length data elements).</para>
1492 <para>Do not include the date (position 00-05) in this
1493 preference, Koha will calculate automatically and put that in
1494 before the values in this preference.</para>
1495 </important>Description:</para>
1499 <para>This preference controls the default value in the 008
1500 field on Authority records. It does not effect bibliographic
1505 <section id="UNIMARCAuthorityField100">
1506 <title><link linkend="UNIMARCAuthorityField100">UNIMARCAuthorityField100</link></title>
1507 <para>Default: afrey50 ba0</para>
1508 <para>Asks: Use the following text for the contents of UNIMARC authority field 100
1509 position (fixed length data elements). <important>
1510 <para>Do not include the date (position 00-07) in this preference, Koha will
1511 calculate automatically and put that in before the values in this
1514 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1516 <para>This preference controls the default value in the 100 field on Authority
1517 records cataloged in UNIMARC. It does not effect bibliographic records.</para>
1519 </itemizedlist></para>
1522 <section id="UseAuthoritiesForTracings">
1523 <title><link linkend="UseAuthoritiesForTracings">UseAuthoritiesForTracings</link></title>
1525 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
1527 <para>Asks: ___ authority record numbers instead of text strings
1528 for searches from subject tracings.</para>
1530 <para>Values:</para>
1534 <para>Don't use</para>
1538 <para>Search links look for subject/author keywords
1539 (example: opac-search.pl?q=su:Business%20networks)</para>
1549 <para>Search links look for an authority record (example:
1550 opac-search.pl?q=an:354)</para>
1556 <para>Description:</para>
1560 <para>For libraries that have authority files, they may want
1561 to make it so that when a link to an authorized subject or
1562 author is clicked on the OPAC or staff client it takes the
1563 searcher only to a list of results with that authority record.
1564 Most libraries do not have complete authority files and so
1565 setting this preference to 'Don't use' will allow searchers to
1566 click on links to authors and subject headings and perform a
1567 keyword search against those fields, finding all possible
1568 relevant results instead.</para>
1574 <section id="linkerauthorities">
1575 <title><link linkend="linkerauthorities">Linker</link></title>
1577 <para>These preferences will control how Koha links bibliographic records to authority
1578 records. All bibliographic records added to Koha after these preferences are set will
1579 link automatically to authority records, for records added before these preferences are
1580 set there is a script (misc/link_bibs_to_authorities.pl) that your system administrator
1581 can run to link records together.</para>
1583 <section id="CatalogModuleRelink">
1584 <title><link linkend="CatalogModuleRelink">CatalogModuleRelink</link></title>
1586 <para>Default: Do not</para>
1588 <para>Asks: ___ automatically relink headings that have previously
1589 been linked when saving records in the cataloging module.</para>
1591 <para>Values:</para>
1603 <para>Description:</para>
1607 <para>Longtime users of Koha don't expect the authority and
1608 bib records to link consistently. This preference makes it
1609 possible to disable authority relinking in the cataloging
1610 module only (i.e. relinking is still possible if
1611 link_bibs_to_authorities.pl is run). Note that though the
1612 default behavior matches the previous behavior of Koha
1613 (retaining links to outdated authority records), it does not
1614 match the intended behavior (updating biblio/authority link
1615 after bibliographic record is edited). Libraries that want the
1616 intended behavior of authority control rather than the way
1617 Koha used to handle linking should set CatalogModuleRelink to
1618 'Do'. Once setting this to 'Do' the following preferences can
1624 <section id="LinkerKeepStale">
1625 <title><link linkend="LinkerKeepStale">LinkerKeepStale</link></title>
1627 <para>Default: Do not</para>
1629 <para>Asks: ___ keep existing links to authority records for
1630 headings where the linker is unable to find a match.</para>
1632 <para>Values:</para>
1644 <para>Description:</para>
1648 <para>When set to 'Do', the linker will never remove a link to
1649 an authority record, though, depending on the value of <link linkend="LinkerRelink">LinkerRelink</link>, it may change the
1655 <section id="LinkerModule">
1656 <title><link linkend="LinkerModule">LinkerModule</link></title>
1658 <para>Default: Default</para>
1660 <para>Asks: Use the ___ linker module for matching headings to
1661 authority records.</para>
1663 <para>Values:</para>
1667 <para>Default</para>
1671 <para>Retains Koha's previous behavior of only creating
1672 links when there is an exact match to one and only one
1673 authority record; if the <link linkend="LinkerOptions">LinkerOptions</link> preference is
1674 set to 'broader_headings', it will try to link headings to
1675 authority records for broader headings by removing
1676 subfields from the end of the heading</para>
1682 <para>First match</para>
1686 <para>Creates a link to the first authority record that
1687 matches a given heading, even if there is more than one
1688 authority record that matches</para>
1694 <para>Last match</para>
1698 <para>Creates a link to the last authority record that
1699 matches a given heading, even if there is more than one
1700 record that matches</para>
1706 <para>Description:</para>
1710 <para>This preference tells Koha which match to use when
1711 searching for authority matches when saving a record.</para>
1716 <section id="LinkerOptions">
1717 <title><link linkend="LinkerOptions">LinkerOptions</link></title>
1719 <para>Asks: Set the following options for the authority linker
1721 <para>This feature is experimental and shouldn't be used in a
1722 production environment until further expanded upon.</para>
1725 <para>Description:</para>
1729 <para>This is a pipe separated (|) list of options. At the
1730 moment, the only option available is "broader_headings." With
1731 this option set to "broader_headings", the linker will try to
1732 match the following heading as follows:<programlisting>=600 10$aCamins-Esakov, Jared$xCoin collections$vCatalogs$vEarly works to 1800.</programlisting></para>
1734 <para>First: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin
1735 collections--Catalogs--Early works to 1800</para>
1737 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin
1738 collections--Catalogs</para>
1740 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin collections</para>
1742 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared (matches! if a previous
1743 attempt had matched, it would not have tried this)</para>
1748 <section id="LinkerRelink">
1749 <title><link linkend="LinkerRelink">LinkerRelink</link></title>
1751 <para>Default: Do</para>
1753 <para>Asks: ___ relink headings that have previously been linked
1754 to authority records.</para>
1756 <para>Values:</para>
1768 <para>Description:</para>
1772 <para>When set to 'Do', the linker will confirm the links for
1773 headings that have previously been linked to an authority
1774 record when it runs, correcting any incorrect links it may
1775 find. When set to 'Do not', any heading with an existing link
1776 will be ignored, even if the existing link is invalid or
1784 <section id="catprefs">
1785 <title><link linkend="catprefs">Cataloging</link></title>
1787 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
1788 Global System Preferences > Cataloging</para>
1790 <section id="catdisplayprefs">
1791 <title><link linkend="catdisplayprefs">Display</link></title>
1794 <section id="AcquisitionDetails">
1795 <title><link linkend="AcquisitionDetails">AcquisitionDetails</link></title>
1796 <para>Default: Display</para>
1797 <para>Asks: ___ acquisition details on the biblio detail page. </para>
1798 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1800 <para>Display</para>
1803 <para>Don't display</para>
1805 </itemizedlist></para>
1806 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1808 <para>This preference controls whether a tab will show on the detail page in the
1809 staff client that includes detailed acquisitions information for the title. This
1810 tab will include links to order information stored in the acquisitions module.<screenshot>
1811 <screeninfo>AcquisitionDetails</screeninfo>
1814 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AcquisitionDetails.png"/>
1817 </screenshot></para>
1819 </itemizedlist></para>
1822 <section id="authoritysep">
1823 <title><link linkend="authoritysep">AuthoritySeparator</link></title>
1825 <para>Default: --</para>
1827 <para>Asks: Separate multiple displayed authors, series or
1828 subjects with ___.</para>
1831 <section id="hide_marc">
1832 <title><link linkend="hide_marc">hide_marc</link></title>
1834 <para>Default: Display</para>
1836 <para>Asks: ___ MARC tag numbers, subfield codes and indicators in
1839 <para>Values:</para>
1843 <para>Display -- shows the tag numbers on the cataloging
1847 <screeninfo>MARC editor with tags showing</screeninfo>
1851 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hide_marc-display.png"/>
1858 <para>Don't display -- shows just descriptive text when
1862 <screeninfo>MARC editor without tags showing</screeninfo>
1866 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hide_marc-dont.png"/>
1874 <section id="IntranetBiblioDefaultView">
1875 <title><link linkend="IntranetBiblioDefaultView">IntranetBiblioDefaultView</link></title>
1877 <para>Default: ISBD form</para>
1879 <para>Asks: By default, display biblio records in ___</para>
1881 <para>Values:</para>
1885 <para>ISBD form -- displays records in the staff client in the
1886 old card catalog format</para>
1890 <para>See <link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link> preference
1891 for more information</para>
1897 <para>Labelled MARC form -- displays records in the staff
1898 client in MARC with text labels to explain the different
1903 <para>MARC form -- displays records in the staff client in
1908 <para>normal form -- visual display in the staff client (for
1909 the average person)</para>
1913 <para>Description:</para>
1917 <para>This setting determines the bibliographic record display
1918 when searching the catalog on the staff client. This setting
1919 does not affect the display in the OPAC which is changed using
1920 the <link linkend="BiblioDefaultView">BiblioDefaultView</link>
1921 preference under the OPAC preference tab. This setting changes
1922 the look of the record when first displayed. The MARC and ISBD
1923 views can still be seen by clicking in the sidebar.</para>
1928 <section id="isbdpref">
1929 <title><link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link></title>
1931 <para>Default: <link linkend="isbddefault">MARC21 Default
1932 Appendix</link> or <link linkend="unimarcdefault">UNIMARC Default
1933 Appendix</link></para>
1935 <para>Asks: Use the following as the ISBD template:</para>
1937 <para>Description:</para>
1941 <para>This determines how the ISBD information will display in the staff client.
1942 Elements in the list can be reordered to produce a different ISBD view. ISBD, the
1943 International Standard Bibliographic Description, was first introduced by IFLA
1944 (International Federation of Library Associations) in 1969 in order to provide
1945 guidelines for descriptive cataloging. The purpose of ISBD is to aid the
1946 international exchange of bibliographic records for a variety of materials.</para>
1951 <section id="LabelMARCView">
1952 <title><link linkend="LabelMARCView">LabelMARCView</link></title>
1954 <para>Default: Don't</para>
1956 <para>Asks: ___ collapse repeated tags of the same type into one
1959 <para>Values:</para>
1963 <para>Do -- will combine all identical tag numbers under one
1964 heading in the MARC view in the OPAC and Staff Client</para>
1967 <screeninfo>MARC View in the Staff Client with LabelMARCView
1968 set to Do</screeninfo>
1972 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LabelMARCView-do.png"/>
1979 <para>Don't -- will list all of the tags individually in the
1980 MARC view in the OPAC and Staff Client</para>
1983 <screeninfo>MARC View in the Staff Client with LabelMARCView
1984 set to Don't</screeninfo>
1988 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LabelMARCView-dont.png"/>
1995 <section id="MergeReportFields">
1996 <title><link linkend="MergeReportFields">MergeReportFields</link></title>
1997 <para>Asks: ___ fields to display for deleted records after merge </para>
1998 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2000 <para>When merging records together you can receive a report of the merge process
2001 once it's done, this preference lets you set the default values for this
2004 </itemizedlist></para>
2005 <para>Example: '001,245ab,600' displays: <itemizedlist>
2007 <para>value of 001</para>
2010 <para>subfields a and b of fields 245</para>
2013 <para>all subfields of fields 600</para>
2015 </itemizedlist></para>
2017 <section id="NotesBlacklist">
2018 <title><link linkend="NotesBlacklist">NotesBlacklist</link></title>
2019 <para>Asks: Don't show these ___ note fields in title notes separator (OPAC record
2020 details) and in the description separator (Staff client record details). </para>
2021 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2023 <para>This preference lets you define which of your note fields are hidden from
2024 the title notes (OPAC) and descriptions (Staff) tabs. Enter the values as a
2025 comma separated list. For example to hide the local note and the bibliography
2026 note in MARC21 enter 504, 590.</para>
2028 </itemizedlist></para>
2031 <section id="OpacSuppression">
2032 <title><link linkend="OpacSuppression">OpacSuppression, OpacSuppressionByIPRange, OpacSuppressionRedirect, and
2033 OpacSuppressionMessage</link></title>
2034 <para>OpacSuppression Default: Don't hide</para>
2036 <para>Asks: ___ items marked as suppressed from OPAC search results. Note that you must
2037 have the Suppress index set up in Zebra and at least one suppressed item, or your
2038 searches will be broken. Restrict the suppression to IP adresses outside of the IP
2039 range ___ (Leave blank if not used. Define a range like 192.168..) Redirect the opac
2040 detail page for suppressed records to ___ Display the following message on the
2041 redirect page for suppressed biblios ___.</para>
2043 <para>OpacSuppression Values:</para>
2047 <para>Don't hide</para>
2051 <para>Will show records in OPAC search results if they are marked
2062 <para>Will not show records in OPAC search results if they're marked as
2068 <para>OpacSuppressionRedirect Values:<itemizedlist>
2070 <para>an explanatory page ('This record is blocked').</para>
2073 <para>the 404 error page ('Not found').</para>
2075 </itemizedlist></para>
2077 <para>Description:</para>
2081 <para>These preferences control hiding of bibliographic records from display in the
2082 OPAC. Each bibliogrphic record you want to hide from the OPAC simply needs to have
2083 the value "1" in the field mapped with Suppress index (942$n field in MARC21, no
2084 official field in UNIMARC). The indexer then hides it from display in OPAC but
2085 will still display it in the Staff Client. If you want to further control
2086 suppression you can set an IP address range to still show suppressed items to.
2087 Define a range like 192.168.. If you don't want to limit suppression in this way,
2088 leave the IP field blank. You can also decide what the patrons will see in the
2089 OPAC when a title is suppressed by setting the OpacSuppressionRedirect and
2090 OpacSuppressionMessage preferences. You can either show the patron a 404 page if
2091 they try to see a suppressed record or you can create a custom page by entering
2092 the HTML in the OpacSuppressionMessage part of this preference.</para>
2095 <para>An <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> for the MARC21
2096 942$n field (or the equivalent UNIMARC field) should be set to eliminate
2097 errors. One example would be to create an authorized value titled SUPPRESS
2098 with a value of 0 for don't suppress and 1 for suppress.</para>
2105 <para>If this preference is set to 'hide' and you have the 942n
2106 field set to 1, it will hide the entire bib record - not just an
2107 individual item.</para>
2111 <para>You must have the Suppress index set up in Zebra and at least one record with
2112 the value "1" in the field mapped with this index, or your searches will be
2113 completely broken in OPAC (you won't get any results at all).</para>
2116 <section id="SeparateHoldings">
2117 <title><link linkend="SeparateHoldings">SeparateHoldings & SeparateHoldingsBranch </link></title>
2118 <para>SeparateHoldings default: Don't separate</para>
2119 <para>SeparateHoldingsBranch default: home library </para>
2120 <para>Asks: ___ items display into two tabs, where the first tab contains items whose
2121 ___ is the logged in user's library. The second tab will contain all other items. </para>
2122 <para>SeparateHoldings values:<itemizedlist>
2124 <para>Don't separate</para>
2127 <para>Separate</para>
2129 </itemizedlist></para>
2130 <para>SeparateHoldingsBranch values:<itemizedlist>
2132 <para>holding library</para>
2135 <para>home library</para>
2137 </itemizedlist></para>
2138 <para>Description:</para>
2141 <para>This preference lets you decide if you would like to have the holding
2142 information on the bibliographic detail page in the staff client split in to
2143 multiple tabs. The default is to show all holdings on one tab.</para>
2145 <screeninfo>Separate holdings tabs</screeninfo>
2148 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SeparateHoldings.png"/>
2156 <section id="URLLinkText">
2157 <title><link linkend="URLLinkText">URLLinkText</link></title>
2159 <para>Default: Online Resource</para>
2161 <para>Asks: Show ___ as the text of links embedded in MARC
2164 <para>Description:</para>
2168 <para>If the 856 field does not have a subfield 3 or y
2169 defined, the OPAC will say 'Click here to access online.' If
2170 you would like the field to say something else enter that in
2176 <section id="UseControlNumber">
2177 <title><link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link></title>
2179 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
2181 <para>Asks: ___ record control number ($w subfields) and control
2182 number (001) for linking of bibliographic records.</para>
2184 <para>Values:</para>
2188 <para>Don't use</para>
2192 <para>When clicking on links to titles that appear next to
2193 'Continues' and 'Continued by' in the detail display Koha
2194 will perform a title search</para>
2204 <para>When clicking on links to titles that appear next to
2205 'Continues' and 'Continued by' in the detail display Koha
2206 will perform a control number (MARC field 001)
2214 <para>Unless you are going in and manually changing 773$w to
2215 match your rigorously-defined bibliographic relationships, you
2216 should set this preference to "Don't use" and instead set <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> to
2220 <para>Description:</para>
2224 <para>If you have a serial called "Journal of Interesting
2225 Things" which has a separate record from when it was called
2226 "Transactions of the Interesting Stuff Society," you could add
2227 linking fields to indicate the relationship between the two
2228 records. UseControlNumber allows you to use your local
2229 accession numbers for those links. In MARC21, the relevant
2230 sections of the two records might look like
2231 this:<programlisting> =001 12345
2232 =110 2_$aInteresting Stuff Society.
2233 =245 10$aTransactions of the Interesting Stuff Society.
2234 =785 00$aInteresting Stuff Society$tJournal of Interesting Things.$w12346
2237 =110 2_$aInteresting Stuff Society.
2238 =245 10$aJournal of Interesting Things.
2239 =780 00$aInteresting Stuff Society$tTransactions of the Interesting Stuff Society.$w12345</programlisting></para>
2241 <para>With UseControlNumber set to 'Use', the 78x links will
2242 use the Control Numbers is subfield $w, instead of doing a
2243 title search on "Journal of Interesting Things" and
2244 "Transactions of the Interesting Stuff Society"
2245 respectively.</para>
2250 <section id="catexportprefs">
2251 <title><link linkend="catexportprefs">Exporting</link></title>
2252 <section id="BibtexExportAdditionalFields">
2253 <title><link linkend="BibtexExportAdditionalFields">BibtexExportAdditionalFields</link></title>
2254 <para>Asks: Include following fields when exporting BibTeX</para>
2255 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
2257 <para>Use one line per tag in the format BT_TAG: TAG$SUBFIELD ( e.g. lccn: 010$a )
2261 <para>To specificy multiple marc tags/subfields as targets for a repeating BibTex
2262 tag, use the following format: BT_TAG: [TAG2$SUBFIELD1, TAG2$SUBFIELD2] ( e.g.
2263 notes: [501$a, 505$g] )</para>
2266 <para>All values of repeating tags and subfields will be printed with the given
2270 <para>Use '@' ( with quotes ) as the BT_TAG to replace the bibtex record type with
2271 a field value of your choosing. </para>
2273 </itemizedlist></para>
2275 <section id="RisExportAdditionalFields">
2276 <title><link linkend="RisExportAdditionalFields">RisExportAdditionalFields</link></title>
2277 <para>Asks: Include following fields when exporting RIS</para>
2278 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
2280 <para>Use one line per tag in the format RIS_TAG: TAG$SUBFIELD ( e.g. LC: 010$a )
2284 <para>To specificy multiple marc tags/subfields as targets for a repeating RIS
2285 tag, use the following format: RIS_TAG: [TAG2$SUBFIELD1, TAG2$SUBFIELD2] ( e.g.
2286 NT: [501$a, 505$g] ) </para>
2289 <para>All values of repeating tags and subfields will be printed with the given
2293 <para>Use of TY ( record type ) as a key will <emphasis role="italic">replace</emphasis> the default TY with the field value of your choosing.
2296 </itemizedlist></para>
2299 <section id="catimportprefs">
2300 <title><link linkend="catimportprefs">Importing</link></title>
2301 <section id="AggressiveMatchOnISBN">
2302 <title><link linkend="AggressiveMatchOnISBN">AggressiveMatchOnISBN</link></title>
2303 <para>Default: don't</para>
2304 <para>Asks: When matching on ISBN with the record import tool, ___ attempt to match
2305 aggressively by trying all variations of the ISBNs in the imported record as a phrase
2306 in the ISBN fields of already cataloged records. </para>
2307 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2314 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
2316 <para>This preference allows you to choose to alter the ISBN matching rule used
2317 when staging records for import to be more aggressive. This means that all text
2318 will be stripped from the ISBN field so that a pure number match is possible. If
2319 this preference is set to "Don't" then Koha will find a match only if the ISBN
2320 fields are identical.</para>
2322 </itemizedlist><important>
2323 <para>Note that this preference has no effect if <link linkend="UseQueryParser">UseQueryParser</link> is on. </para>
2328 <section id="catinterfaceprefs">
2329 <title><link linkend="catinterfaceprefs">Interface</link></title>
2333 <section id="advancedMARCeditor">
2334 <title><link linkend="advancedMARCeditor">advancedMARCeditor</link></title>
2336 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
2338 <para>Asks: ___ descriptions of fields and subfields in the MARC
2341 <para>Description:</para>
2345 <para>This preference determines whether or not MARC field
2346 names will be present when editing or creating MARC
2351 <para>Values:</para>
2355 <para>Display</para>
2358 <screeninfo>MARC editor with text labels</screeninfo>
2362 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/advancedMARCeditor-display.png"/>
2369 <para>Don't display</para>
2372 <screeninfo>MARC editor without text labels</screeninfo>
2376 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/advancedMARCeditor-dontdisplay.png"/>
2384 <section id="DefaultClassificationSource">
2385 <title><link linkend="DefaultClassificationSource">DefaultClassificationSource</link></title>
2387 <para>Default: Dewey Decimal System</para>
2389 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the default classification source.</para>
2391 <para>Values:</para>
2395 <para>ANSCR (Sound Recordings)</para>
2399 <para>Dewey Decimal Classification</para>
2403 <para>Library of Congress Classification</para>
2407 <para>Other/Generic Classification Scheme</para>
2411 <para>SuDoc Classification (U.S. GPO)</para>
2415 <para>Universal Decimal Classification</para>
2420 <section id="EasyAnalyticalRecords">
2424 <firstname>Linda</firstname>
2425 <surname>Culberson</surname>
2427 <orgname>Ms. Dept. of Archives and History</orgname>
2432 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
2433 <surname>Engard</surname>
2434 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content
2435 where necessary and added new screenshots.</contrib>
2439 <pubdate>October 2011</pubdate>
2442 <title><link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link></title>
2443 <para>Default: Don't Display</para>
2445 <para>Asks: ___ easy ways to create analytical record
2446 relationships</para>
2448 <para>Values:</para>
2452 <para>Display</para>
2456 <para>Don't Display</para>
2461 <para>If you decide to use this feature you'll want to make sure
2462 that your <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference is
2463 set to "Don't use" or else the "Show analytics" links in the
2464 staff client and the OPAC will be broken.</para>
2467 <para>Description:</para>
2471 <para>An analytic entry in a catalog is one that describes a
2472 part of a larger work that is also described in the catalog.
2473 In bibliographic cataloging, analytic entries may be made for
2474 chapters in books or special issues of articles in
2475 periodicals. In archival cataloging, analytic entries may be
2476 made for series or items within a collection. This feature in
2477 Koha allows for an easy way of linking analytic entries to the
2478 host records, and this system preference adds several new menu
2479 options to the staff cataloging detail pages to allow that to
2486 <section id="catrecordprefs">
2487 <title><link linkend="catrecordprefs">Record Structure</link></title>
2491 <section id="AlternateHoldingsField">
2492 <title><link linkend="AlternateHoldingsField">AlternateHoldingsField &
2493 AlternateHoldingsSeparator</link></title>
2495 <para>Asks: Display MARC subfield ___ as holdings information for
2496 records that do not have items, with the subfields separated by
2499 <para>Description:</para>
2503 <para>Sometimes libraries migrate to Koha with their holding
2504 info in the 852 field (OCLC holdings information field) and
2505 choose not to transfer that information into the 952 (Koha
2506 holdings information field) because they don't plan on
2507 circulating those items. For those libraries or other
2508 libraries that have data in the 852 fields of their records
2509 that they want to display, these preferences let you choose to
2510 display holdings info from a field other than the 952 field.
2511 The AlternateHoldingsField preference can contain multiple
2512 subfields to look in; for instance 852abhi would look in 852
2513 subfields a, b, h, and i.</para>
2517 <para>With AlternateHoldingsField set to 852abhi and
2518 AlternateHoldingsSeparator set to a space the holdings would
2519 look like the following:</para>
2522 <screeninfo>Alternate Holdings Display</screeninfo>
2526 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AlternateHoldingsField.png"/>
2534 <section id="autoBarcode">
2535 <title><link linkend="autoBarcode">autoBarcode</link></title>
2537 <para>Default: generated in the form
2538 <branchcode>yymm0001</para>
2540 <para>Asks: Barcodes are ___</para>
2542 <para>Values:</para>
2546 <para>generated in the form <branchcode>yymm0001</para>
2550 <para>generated in the form <year>-0001, <year>-0002</para>
2554 <para>generated in the form 1, 2, 3</para>
2558 <para>incremental EAN-13 barcodes</para>
2562 <para>not generated automatically</para>
2566 <para>Description:</para>
2570 <para>This setting is for libraries wishing to generate
2571 barcodes from within Koha (as opposed to scanning in
2572 pre-printed barcodes or manually assigning them). The default
2573 behavior makes it so that when you click in the barcode field
2574 (952$p in MARC21) it will populate with the automatic barcode
2575 you have chosen. If you would rather it only enter an
2576 automatic barcode when you click on the plugin (the ... to the
2577 right of the field) you can change the plugin used for that
2578 field in the framework. Set the plugin for 952$p (if using
2579 MARC21 or equivalent field mapped to items.barcode in your
2580 local MARC format) for your frameworks to barcode_manual.pl
2581 instead of barcode.pl. Learn more about editing frameworks
2582 under the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
2583 Frameworks</link> section of this manual.</para>
2588 <section id="DefaultLanguageField008">
2589 <title><link linkend="DefaultLanguageField008">DefaultLanguageField008</link></title>
2590 <para>Default: Empty defaults to eng</para>
2592 <para>Asks: Fill in the default language for field 008 Range 35-37 of MARC21 records
2595 <para>Description:</para>
2599 <para>This preference will allow you to set the language for your MARC21 008 field
2600 by default. If this is left empty it will default to English (eng). See the <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_code.html">MARC Code List for
2601 Languages</ulink> for additional values for this preference.</para>
2605 <para>This preference won't have any effect if your records are in UNIMARC.</para>
2609 <section id="item-level_itypes">
2610 <title><link linkend="item-level_itypes">item-level_itypes</link></title>
2612 <para>Default: specific item</para>
2614 <para>Asks: Use the item type of the ___ as the authoritative item
2615 type (for determining circulation and fines rules, etc).</para>
2617 <para>Values:</para>
2621 <para>biblio record</para>
2625 <para>specific item</para>
2629 <para>Description:</para>
2633 <para>This preference determines whether the item type Koha
2634 uses for issuing rules will be an attribute of the
2635 bibliographic record or the item record. Most libraries refer
2636 to the item record for item types. It also determines if the
2637 item type icon appears on the OPAC search results. If you have
2638 the preference set to 'biblio record' then Koha displays the
2639 item type icon on the search results to the left of the result
2643 <screeninfo>Item Type Icons to the Left of Result
2644 Information</screeninfo>
2648 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/item-level_itypes.png"/>
2656 <section id="itemcallnumber">
2657 <title><link linkend="itemcallnumber">itemcallnumber</link></title>
2659 <para>Default: 082ab</para>
2661 <para>Asks: Map the MARC subfield to an item's callnumber.</para>
2664 <para>This can contain multiple subfields to look in; for
2665 instance 082ab would look in 082 subfields a and b.</para>
2668 <para>Description:</para>
2672 <para>This setting determines which MARC field will be used to determine the call
2673 number that will be entered into item records automatically (952$o). The value is
2674 set by providing the MARC field code (050, 082, 090, 852 are all common in MARC21)
2675 and the subfield codes without the delimiters ($a, $b would be ab).</para>
2679 <para>Examples:</para>
2683 <para>Dewey: 082ab or 092ab; LOC: 050ab or 090ab; from the
2684 item record: 852hi</para>
2689 <section id="marcflavour">
2690 <title><link linkend="marcflavour">marcflavour</link></title>
2692 <para>Default: MARC21</para>
2694 <para>Asks: Interpret and store MARC records in the ___
2697 <para>Values:</para>
2701 <para>MARC21<itemizedlist>
2703 <para>The standard style for the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, United
2704 Kingdom, Germany and other countries</para>
2706 </itemizedlist></para>
2710 <para>UNIMARC<itemizedlist>
2712 <para>The standard style used in France, Italy, Portugal, Russia, and other
2715 </itemizedlist></para>
2718 <para>NORMARC<itemizedlist>
2720 <para>The standard style for Norway</para>
2722 </itemizedlist></para>
2725 <para>Description:</para>
2728 <para>This preference defines global MARC style (MARC21, UNIMARC or NORMARC) used
2729 for encoding.</para>
2733 <para>Changing the value of this preference will not convert your records from one
2734 MARC style to an other.</para>
2738 <section id="MARCOrgCode">
2739 <title><link linkend="MARCOrgCode">MARCOrgCode</link></title>
2741 <para>Default: OSt</para>
2743 <para>Asks: Fill in the MARC organization code ___ by default in new MARC21 records
2744 (leave blank to disable). </para>
2746 <para>Description:</para>
2750 <para>The MARC Organization Code is used to identify libraries
2751 with holdings of titles and more.</para>
2755 <para>Learn more and find your library's MARC21 code on the <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/orgshome.html">MARC Code list for
2756 Organizations</ulink> or in Canada on the <ulink url="http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1">Canadian
2757 Symbols Directory</ulink>.<note>
2758 <para>This preference won't have any effect if your records are in UNIMARC.</para>
2762 <section id="NewItemsDefaultLocation">
2763 <title><link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link></title>
2765 <para>Asks: When items are created, give them the temporary
2766 location of ___ (should be a location code, or blank to
2769 <section id="PrefillItem">
2770 <title><link linkend="PrefillItem">PrefillItem</link></title>
2771 <para>Default: the new item is not prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2772 <para>Asks: When a new item is added ___</para>
2773 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2775 <para>the new item is not prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2778 <para>the new item is prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2780 </itemizedlist></para>
2781 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2783 <para>This preference controls the behavior used when adding new items. Using the
2784 options here you can choose to have your next new item prefill with the values
2785 used in the last item was added to save time typing values or to have the item
2786 form appear completely blank. Using <link linkend="SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill">SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill</link> you can control specifically which fields
2787 are prefilled.</para>
2789 </itemizedlist></para>
2791 <section id="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod">
2792 <title><link linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod">SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod</link></title>
2793 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields for which editing is authorized when <link linkend="items_batchmod_restricted">items_batchmod_restricted</link> permission is
2794 enabled, separated by spaces. ___</para>
2795 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
2797 <para>UNIMARC: "995$f 995$h 995$j" </para>
2800 <para>MARC21: "952$a 952$b 952$c" </para>
2802 </itemizedlist></para>
2803 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2805 <para>This preference lets you define what fields can be edited via the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification tool</link> if the
2806 items_batchmod_restricted permission is enabled.</para>
2809 <para>The FA framework is excluded from the permission. If the pref is empty,
2810 no fields are restricted. </para>
2814 </itemizedlist></para>
2816 <section id="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing">
2817 <title><link linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing">SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing</link></title>
2818 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields for which editing is authorized when
2819 edit_items_restricted permission is enabled, separated by spaces. ___</para>
2820 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
2822 <para>UNIMARC: "995$f 995$h 995$j"</para>
2825 <para>MARC21: "952$a 952$b 952$c"</para>
2827 </itemizedlist></para>
2828 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2830 <para>This preference lets you define what fields can be edited via cataloging if
2831 the <link linkend="edit_items_restricted">edit_items_restricted</link>
2832 permission is enabled<note>
2833 <para>The Fast Add (FA) framework is excluded from the permission. If the pref
2834 is empty, no fields are restricted. </para>
2837 </itemizedlist></para>
2839 <section id="SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill">
2840 <title><link linkend="SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill">SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill</link></title>
2841 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields to use when prefilling items ___<important>
2842 <para>Separate values with a space.</para>
2844 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2846 <para>When the <link linkend="PrefillItem">PrefillItem</link> preference is set to
2847 prefill item values with those from the last added item, this preference can
2848 control which fields are prefilled (and which are not). Enter a space separated
2849 list of fields that you would like to prefill when adding a new item.</para>
2851 </itemizedlist></para>
2854 <section id="z3950NormalizeAuthor">
2855 <title><link linkend="z3950NormalizeAuthor">z3950NormalizeAuthor & z3950AuthorAuthFields</link></title>
2857 <para>Defaults: Don't copy & 701,702,700</para>
2859 <para>Asks: ___ authors from the UNIMARC ___ tags (separated by
2860 commas) to the correct author tags when importing a record using
2863 <para>Description for z3950NormalizeAuthor:</para>
2867 <para>This preference allows for 'Personal Name Authorities'
2868 to replace authors as the bibliographic authority. This
2869 preference should only be considered by libraries using
2874 <para>Values for z3950NormalizeAuthor:</para>
2882 <para>Don't copy</para>
2886 <para>Description for z3950AuthorAuthFields:</para>
2890 <para>This preference defines which MARC fields will be used
2891 for 'Personal Name Authorities' to replace authors as the
2892 bibliographic authorities. This preference only applies to
2893 those using UNIMARC encoding. The MARC fields selected here
2894 will only be used if 'z3950NormalizeAuthor' is set to "Copy".
2895 The default field are 700, 701, and 702.</para>
2901 <section id="catspineprefs">
2902 <title><link linkend="catspineprefs">Spine Labels</link></title>
2906 <section id="SpineLabelAutoPrint">
2907 <title><link linkend="SpineLabelAutoPrint">SpineLabelAutoPrint</link></title>
2909 <para>Default: don't</para>
2911 <para>Asks: When using the quick spine label printer, ___
2912 automatically pop up a print dialog.</para>
2914 <para>Values:</para>
2927 <section id="SpineLabelFormat">
2928 <title><link linkend="SpineLabelFormat">SpineLabelFormat</link></title>
2930 <para>Default: <itemcallnumber><copynumber></para>
2932 <para>Asks: Include the following fields on a quick-printed spine
2933 label: (Enter in columns from the biblio, biblioitems or items
2934 tables, surrounded by < and >.)</para>
2937 <section id="SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails">
2938 <title><link linkend="SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails">SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails</link></title>
2940 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
2942 <para>Asks: ___ buttons on the bib details page to print item
2943 spine labels.</para>
2945 <para>Values:</para>
2949 <para>Display</para>
2952 <screeninfo>'Print Label' link appears on bibliographic
2953 record in the staff client</screeninfo>
2957 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails.png"/>
2964 <para>Don't display</para>
2971 <section id="circprefs">
2972 <title><link linkend="circprefs">Circulation</link></title>
2974 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
2975 Global System Preferences > Circulation</para>
2976 <section id="batchcheckoutprefs">
2977 <title><link linkend="batchcheckoutprefs">Batch Checkout</link></title>
2978 <section id="BatchCheckouts">
2979 <title><link linkend="BatchCheckouts">BatchCheckouts</link></title>
2980 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
2981 <para>Asks: ___ batch checkouts </para>
2982 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2987 <para>Don't allow</para>
2989 </itemizedlist></para>
2991 <section id="BatchCheckoutsValidCategories">
2992 <title><link linkend="BatchCheckoutsValidCategories">BatchCheckoutsValidCategories</link></title>
2993 <para>Asks: Patron categories allowed to checkout in a batch ___ (list of patron
2994 categories separated with a pipe '|') </para>
2997 <section id="checkinpolicyprefs">
2998 <title><link linkend="checkinpolicyprefs">Checkin Policy</link></title>
3000 <section id="AllowMultipleIssuesOnABiblio">
3001 <title><link linkend="AllowMultipleIssuesOnABiblio">AllowMultipleIssuesOnABiblio</link></title>
3002 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3003 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to check out multiple items from the same record. </para>
3004 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3009 <para>Don't allow</para>
3011 </itemizedlist></para>
3012 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3014 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then patrons will be able to check out
3015 multiple copies of the same title at the same time. If it's set to "Don't allow"
3016 then patrons will only be allowed to check out one item attached to a record at
3017 a time. Regardless of the option chosen in this preference records with
3018 subscriptions attached will allow multiple check outs.<important>
3019 <para>This will only effect records without a subscription attached.</para>
3022 </itemizedlist></para>
3024 <section id="BlockReturnOfWithdrawnItems">
3025 <title><link linkend="BlockReturnOfWithdrawnItems">BlockReturnOfWithdrawnItems</link></title>
3026 <para>Default: Block</para>
3027 <para>Asks: ___ returning of items that have been withdrawn. </para>
3028 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3033 <para>Don't block</para>
3035 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
3037 <para>This preference controls whether and item with a withdrawn status (952$0 in
3038 MARC21) can be checked in or not.</para>
3040 </itemizedlist></para>
3042 <section id="CalculateFinesOnReturn">
3043 <title><link linkend="CalculateFinesOnReturn">CalculateFinesOnReturn</link></title>
3044 <para>Default: Do</para>
3045 <para>Asks: ___ calculate and update overdue charges when an item is returned.</para>
3046 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3053 </itemizedlist></para>
3054 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3056 <para>If this preference is set to "Do" and the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines
3057 cron job</link> is off then Koha will calculate fines only when items are
3058 returned. If you have the fines cron job on and this preference set to "Do" then
3059 this preference will calculate fines based on the cron (usually run nightly) and
3060 then again when you check the item in. This option is best for those who are
3061 doing hourly loans. If this preference is set to "Don't" then fines will only
3062 be accrued if the fines cron job is running.</para>
3064 </itemizedlist></para>
3067 <para>If you are doing hourly loans then you should have this set to 'Do'.</para>
3071 <section id="RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation">
3072 <title><link linkend="RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation">RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation</link></title>
3073 <para>Default: do not ask</para>
3074 <para>Asks: When checking out an item with rental fees, ___ for confirmation.</para>
3075 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3077 <para>ask<screenshot>
3078 <screeninfo>RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation</screeninfo>
3081 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation.png"/>
3084 </screenshot></para>
3087 <para>do not ask</para>
3089 </itemizedlist></para>
3090 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3092 <para>If you are charging rental fees for items this preference will make it so
3093 that you can show (or not show) a confirmation before checking out an item that
3094 will incur a rental charge.</para>
3096 </itemizedlist></para>
3098 <section id="UpdateNotForLoanStatusOnCheckin">
3099 <title><link linkend="UpdateNotForLoanStatusOnCheckin">UpdateNotForLoanStatusOnCheckin</link></title>
3100 <para>Asks: This is a list of value pairs. When an item is checked in, if the not for
3101 loan value on the left matches the items not for loan value it will be updated to the
3102 right-hand value. E.g. '-1: 0' will cause an item that was set to 'Ordered' to now be
3103 available for loan. Each pair of values should be on a separate line. </para>
3107 <section id="circcheckoutpolicy">
3108 <title><link linkend="circcheckoutpolicy">Checkout Policy</link></title>
3112 <section id="AgeRestrictionMarker">
3113 <title><link linkend="AgeRestrictionMarker">AgeRestrictionMarker</link></title>
3115 <para>Asks: Restrict patrons with the following target audience
3116 values from checking out inappropriate materials: ___</para>
3118 <para>Description:</para>
3122 <para>This preference defines certain keywords that will
3123 trigger Koha to restrict checkout based on age. These
3124 restrictions can be overridden by the <link linkend="AgeRestrictionOverride">AgeRestrictionOverride</link>
3125 preference. Enter in this field a series of keywords separated
3126 by bar (|) with no spaces. For example PG|R|E|EC|Age| will
3127 look for PG followed by an age number, R folllowed by an age
3128 number, Age followed by an age number, and so on. These values
3129 can appear in any MARC field, but Library of Congress
3130 recommends the 521$a (Target Audience Note). Whatever field
3131 you decide to use you must map the word agerestriction in the
3132 biblioitems table to that field in the <link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Koha to MARC Mapping</link>. When
3133 cataloging you can enter values like PG 13 or E 10 in the
3134 521$a and Koha will then notify circulation librarians that
3135 the material may not be recommended for the patron based on
3136 their age.<important>
3137 <para>You must map the word agerestriction in the biblioitems table to the MARC
3138 field where this information will appear via the <link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Koha to MARC Mapping</link> administration
3145 <section id="AgeRestrictionOverride">
3146 <title><link linkend="AgeRestrictionOverride">AgeRestrictionOverride</link></title>
3148 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
3150 <para>Asks: ___ staff to check out an item with age
3153 <para>Values:</para>
3160 <screeninfo>Allow age restriction override</screeninfo>
3164 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AgeRestrictionOverride.png"/>
3171 <para>Don't allow</para>
3174 <screeninfo>Don't allow age restriction
3175 override</screeninfo>
3179 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AgeRestrictionMarker.png"/>
3186 <para>Description:</para>
3190 <para>When the <link linkend="AgeRestrictionMarker">AgeRestrictionMarker</link>
3191 preference is set, Koha will try to warn circulation
3192 librarians before checking out an item that might have an age
3193 restriction listed in the MARC record. This preference asks if
3194 you would like the staff to be able to still check out these
3195 items to patrons under the age limit.</para>
3200 <section id="AllFinesNeedOverride">
3201 <title><link linkend="AllFinesNeedOverride">AllFinesNeedOverride</link></title>
3203 <para>Default: Require</para>
3205 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override all fines, even fines
3206 less than <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>.</para>
3208 <para>Values:</para>
3212 <para>Don't require</para>
3216 <para>Require</para>
3220 <para>Description:</para>
3224 <para>This preference let's you decide if you want to always
3225 be warned that the patron has fines when checking out. If you
3226 have it set to 'Require' then no matter how much money the
3227 patron owes a message will pop up warning you that the patron
3233 <section id="AllowFineOverride">
3234 <title><link linkend="AllowFineOverride">AllowFineOverride</link></title>
3236 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
3238 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override and check out items to
3239 patrons who have more than <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> in fines.</para>
3241 <para>Values:</para>
3249 <para>Don't allow</para>
3253 <para>Description:</para>
3257 <para>This preference lets you decide if you staff can check
3258 out to patrons who owe more money than you usually let them
3259 carry on their account. If set to 'Allow' staff will be warned
3260 that the patrons owes money, but it won't stop the staff from
3261 checking out to the patron.</para>
3266 <section id="AllowItemsOnHoldCheckout">
3267 <title><link linkend="AllowItemsOnHoldCheckout">AllowItemsOnHoldCheckout</link></title>
3269 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
3271 <para>Asks: ___ checkouts of items reserved to someone else. If
3272 allowed do not generate RESERVE_WAITING and RESERVED warning. This
3273 allows self checkouts for those items.</para>
3275 <para>Values:</para>
3283 <para>Don't allow</para>
3288 <para>This system preference relates only to SIP based self
3289 checkout, not Koha's web based self checkout.</para>
3292 <para>Description:</para>
3296 <para>When this preference is set to 'Allow' patrons will be
3297 able to use your external self check machine to check out a
3298 book to themselves even if it's on hold for someone else. If
3299 you would like Koha to prevent people from checking out books
3300 that are on hold for someone else set this preference to
3301 "Don't allow."</para>
3306 <section id="AllowNotForLoanOverride">
3307 <title><link linkend="AllowNotForLoanOverride">AllowNotForLoanOverride</link></title>
3309 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3311 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override and check out items that are
3312 marked as not for loan.</para>
3314 <para>Values:</para>
3322 <para>Don't allow</para>
3326 <para>Description:</para>
3330 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which controls the
3331 ability of staff (patrons will always be prevented from
3332 checking these items out) to check out items that are marked
3333 as "not for loan". Setting it to "Allow" would allow such
3334 items to be checked out, setting it to "Don't allow" would
3335 prevent this. This setting determines whether items meant to
3336 stay in the library, such as reference materials, and other
3337 library resources can be checked out by patrons.</para>
3342 <section id="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">
3343 <title><link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link></title>
3345 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3347 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override the renewal limit and
3348 renew a checkout when it would go over the renewal limit.</para>
3350 <para>Values:</para>
3358 <para>Don't allow</para>
3362 <para>Description:</para>
3366 <para>This preference is a binary setting which controls the
3367 ability of staff to override the limits placed on the number
3368 of times an item can be renewed. Setting it to "Allow" would
3369 allow such limits to be overridden, setting it to "Don't
3370 allow" would prevent this. This is a preference in which if it
3371 is set to "allow" it would allow the library staff to use
3372 their judgment for overriding the renew limit for special
3373 cases, setting it to "Don't allow" prevents an opportunity for
3374 abuse by the library staff.</para>
3379 <section id="AllowReturnToBranch">
3380 <title><link linkend="AllowReturnToBranch">AllowReturnToBranch</link></title>
3382 <para>Default: to any library</para>
3384 <para>Asks: Allow materials to be returned to ___</para>
3386 <para>Values:</para>
3390 <para>either the library the item is from or the library it
3391 was checked out from.</para>
3395 <para>only the library the item is from.</para>
3399 <para>only the library the item was checked out from.</para>
3403 <para>to any library.</para>
3407 <para>Description:</para>
3411 <para>This preference lets the library system decide how they
3412 will accept returns. Some systems allow for items to be
3413 returned to any library in the system (the default value of
3414 this preference) others want to limit item returns to only
3415 specific branches. This preference will allow you to limit
3416 item returns (checkins) to the branch(es) set in the
3421 <section id="AllowTooManyOverride">
3422 <title><link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride">AllowTooManyOverride</link></title>
3423 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3424 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override and check out items when the patron has reached the
3425 maximum number of allowed checkouts.</para>
3426 <para>Values:</para>
3431 <screeninfo>Allow too many checkouts override</screeninfo>
3434 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowTooManyOverride-yes.png"/>
3440 <para>Don't allow</para>
3442 <screeninfo>Don't allow too many checkouts override</screeninfo>
3445 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowTooManyOverride-no.png"/>
3451 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3453 <para>If this preference is set to "Allow" then staff all will be presented with
3454 an option to checkout more items to a patron than are normally allowed in the
3455 <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link>. If this
3456 preference is set to "Don't allow" then no staff member will be able to check
3457 out more than the circulation limit.</para>
3459 </itemizedlist></para>
3462 <section id="AutomaticItemReturn">
3463 <title><link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link></title>
3465 <para>Default: Do</para>
3467 <para>Asks: ___ automatically transfer items to their home branch
3468 when they are returned.</para>
3470 <para>Values:</para>
3482 <para>Description:</para>
3486 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
3487 whether an item is returned to its home branch automatically
3488 or not. If set to "Don't", the staff member checking an item
3489 in at a location other than the item's home branch will be
3490 asked whether the item will remain at the non-home branch (in
3491 which case the new location will be marked as a holding
3492 location) or returned. Setting it to "Do" will ensure that
3493 items checked in at a branch other than their home branch will
3494 be sent to that home branch.</para>
3498 <section id="AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions">
3499 <title><link linkend="AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions">AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions</link></title>
3500 <para>Default: Do not</para>
3501 <para>Asks: ___ allow OVERDUES restrictions triggered by sent notices to be cleared
3502 automatically when all overdue items are returned by a patron. </para>
3503 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3510 </itemizedlist></para>
3511 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3513 <para>Using the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice/Status
3514 Triggers</link> you can restrict patrons after they receive an overdue notice.
3515 This preference lets you define whether Koha will automatically remove that
3516 restriction once the overdue items in question are returned or not.</para>
3518 </itemizedlist></para>
3521 <section id="CircControl">
3522 <title><link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link></title>
3524 <para>Default: the library the item is from</para>
3526 <para>Asks: Use the checkout and fines rules of ___</para>
3528 <para>Values:</para>
3532 <para>the library the item is from</para>
3536 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3537 will be determined by the item's library where <link linkend="HomeOrHoldingBranch">HomeOrHoldingBranch</link> chooses if item's
3538 home library is used or holding library is used.</para>
3544 <para>the library the patron is from</para>
3548 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3549 will be determined the patron's home library</para>
3555 <para>the library you are logged in at</para>
3559 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3560 will be determined by the library that checked the item out to the
3567 <section id="ConsiderOnSiteCheckoutsAsNormalCheckouts">
3568 <title><link linkend="ConsiderOnSiteCheckoutsAsNormalCheckouts">ConsiderOnSiteCheckoutsAsNormalCheckouts</link></title>
3569 <para>Default: Consider</para>
3570 <para>Asks: ___ on-site checkouts as normal checkouts. If enabled, the number of
3571 checkouts allowed will be normal checkouts + on-site checkouts. If disabled, both
3572 values will be checked separately. </para>
3573 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3575 <para>Consider</para>
3578 <para>Don't consider</para>
3580 </itemizedlist></para>
3581 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3583 <para>This preference allows you to decide if checkouts that are <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> are counted toward the total
3584 checkouts a patron can have. You can also set your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine rules</link> to allow only a certain number of normal
3585 and OnSite checkouts.</para>
3587 </itemizedlist></para>
3589 <section id="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">
3590 <title><link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</link></title>
3591 <para>Asks: Charge a lost item to the borrower's account when the LOST value of the item
3592 changes to ___</para>
3593 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
3595 <para>Leave this field empty if you don't want to charge the user for lost items.
3596 If you want the user to be charged enter the <link linkend="lost">LOST
3597 authorized value</link> you are using in the <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link>
3598 preference. This preference is used when the <link linkend="longoverduecron">longoverdue cron job</link> is called without the --charge parameter.</para>
3600 </itemizedlist></para>
3602 <section id="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">
3603 <title><link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue & DefaultLongOverdueDays </link></title>
3604 <para>Asks: By default, set the LOST value of an item to ___ when the item has been
3605 overdue for more than ___ days. </para>
3606 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3608 <para>These preferences are used when the <link linkend="longoverduecron">longoverdue cron job</link> is called without the --lost parameter. It allows
3609 users to set the values of the <link linkend="longoverduecron">longoverdue
3610 cron</link> without having to edit the crontab. Setting the values to 1 and
3611 30 for example will mark the item with the <link linkend="lost">LOST authorized
3612 value</link> of 1 after the item is 30 days overdue. </para>
3614 </itemizedlist></para>
3616 <section id="HoldsInNoissuesCharge">
3617 <title><link linkend="HoldsInNoissuesCharge">HoldsInNoissuesCharge</link></title>
3618 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
3619 <para>Asks: ___ hold charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge.</para>
3620 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3622 <para>Don't include</para>
3625 <para>Include</para>
3627 </itemizedlist></para>
3630 <section id="HomeOrHoldingBranch">
3631 <title><link linkend="HomeOrHoldingBranch">HomeOrHoldingBranch</link></title>
3633 <para>Default: the library the item was checked out from</para>
3635 <para>Asks: Use the checkout and fines rules of ___</para>
3637 <para>Values:</para>
3641 <para>the library the item is from<itemizedlist>
3643 <para>This is equivalent to 'home library'</para>
3645 </itemizedlist></para>
3649 <para>the library the item was checked out from<itemizedlist>
3651 <para>This is equivalent to 'holding library'</para>
3653 </itemizedlist></para>
3656 <para>Description:</para>
3659 <para>This preference does several things. <itemizedlist>
3661 <para>If <link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> is set to 'the library
3662 the item is from' then the <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and
3663 fines policies</link> will be determined by the item's library where
3664 HomeOrHoldingBranch chooses if item's home library is used or holding
3665 library is used.</para>
3668 <para>If <link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> is set
3669 to 'Prevent' then the value of this preference is used in figuring out if
3670 the item can be checked out. If the item's home library does not match the
3671 logged in library, the item cannot be checked out unless you are a <link linkend="patronpermsdefined">superlibrarian</link>.</para>
3673 </itemizedlist></para>
3677 <para>It is not recommend that this setting be changed after initial setup of Koha
3678 because it will change the behavior of items already checked out.</para>
3682 <section id="InProcessingToShelvingCart">
3683 <title><link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link></title>
3685 <para>Default: Don't move</para>
3687 <para>Asks: ___ items that have the location PROC to the location
3688 CART when they are checked in.</para>
3690 <para>Values:</para>
3694 <para>Don't move</para>
3701 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3703 <para>This preference is used to manage automatically changing item locations from
3704 processing (PROC) to the book cart (CART). A <link linkend="proccartcron">cron
3705 job</link> needs to be set to run at specified intervals to age items from
3706 CART to the permanent shelving location. (For example, an hourly cron entry of
3707 cart_to_shelf.pl --hours 3 where --hours is the amount of time an item should
3708 spend on the cart before aging to its permanent location.) More information can
3709 be found in the <link linkend="processinglocations">related chapter</link> in
3715 <para>If the <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link> system preference is turned on, any newly
3716 checked-in item is also automatically put into the shelving cart, to be
3717 covered by the same script run.</para>
3722 <para>Checkins with confirmed holds will not go into the shelving cart. If
3723 items on the shelving cart are checked out, the cart location will be
3730 </itemizedlist></para>
3733 <section id="IssuingInProcess">
3734 <title><link linkend="IssuingInProcess">IssuingInProcess</link></title>
3736 <para>Default: Don't prevent</para>
3738 <para>Asks: ___ patrons from checking out an item whose rental
3739 charge would take them over the limit.</para>
3741 <para>Values:</para>
3745 <para>Don't prevent</para>
3749 <para>Prevent</para>
3753 <para>Description:</para>
3757 <para>This preference determines if a patron can check items
3758 out if there is an overdue fine on the account and any of the
3759 materials the patron wishes to check out will potentially tip
3760 the account balance over the maximum fines policy the library
3761 has in place.</para>
3765 <para>Example: Your library has a $5 limit set for 'fines' (ie,
3766 after incurring $5 in fines, a patron can no longer check out
3767 items). A patron comes to the desk with 5 items to check out (4
3768 books and a video) The patron has $4 in charges already on their
3769 account. One of the videos has a rental charge of $1, therefore
3770 making the total fines on the patron's account suddenly $5 (the
3774 <section id="IssueLostItem">
3775 <title><link linkend="IssueLostItem">IssueLostItem</link></title>
3777 <para>Default: display a message</para>
3779 <para>Asks: When issuing an item that has been marked as lost,
3782 <para>Values:</para>
3786 <para>display a message</para>
3789 <screeninfo>Lost message when checking out</screeninfo>
3793 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IssueLostItem-msg.png"/>
3800 <para>do nothing</para>
3804 <para>This option will just check the item out without
3805 notifying you that the item was marked lost.</para>
3811 <para>require confirmation</para>
3814 <screeninfo>Confirm checkout of lost item</screeninfo>
3818 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IssueLostItem-confirm.png"/>
3825 <para>Description:</para>
3829 <para>This preference lets you define how library staff are
3830 notified that an item with a lost status is being checked out.
3831 This will help staff mark items as 'available' if you choose
3832 to 'display a message' or 'require confirmation.' If you
3833 choose to 'do nothing,' there will be no notification that the
3834 item being checked out is marked as 'lost.'</para>
3838 <section id="ManInvInNoissuesCharge">
3839 <title><link linkend="ManInvInNoissuesCharge">ManInvInNoissuesCharge</link></title>
3840 <para>Default: Include</para>
3841 <para>Asks: ___ MANUAL_INV charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge. </para>
3842 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3844 <para>Don't include</para>
3847 <para>Include</para>
3849 </itemizedlist></para>
3850 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3852 <para>This preference lets you decide if charges entered as manual invoices are
3853 included when calculating the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>. If this is set to include then Koha will include all
3854 manual invoices when deciding if the patron owes too much money to check
3855 anything else out of the library. If it's set to Don't include then Koha will
3856 ignore all manual invoice charges when figuring out if the patron owes too much
3857 money to checkout additional materials.</para>
3859 </itemizedlist></para>
3862 <section id="maxoutstanding">
3863 <title><link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link></title>
3865 <para>Default: 5</para>
3867 <para>Asks: Prevent patrons from making holds on the OPAC if they
3868 owe more than ___ USD in fines.</para>
3871 <section id="noissuescharge">
3872 <title><link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link></title>
3874 <para>Default: 5</para>
3876 <para>Asks: Prevent patrons from checking out books if they have
3877 more than ___ USD in fines.</para>
3879 <para>Description:</para>
3883 <para>This preference is the maximum amount of money owed to the library before the
3884 user is banned from borrowing more items. Using the <link linkend="ManInvInNoissuesCharge">ManInvInNoissuesCharge</link> and <link linkend="RentalsInNoissuesCharge">RentalsInNoissuesCharge</link> preferences you
3885 can control which types of charges are considered in this total. This also
3886 coincides with <link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link> that limits
3887 patrons from placing holds when the maximum amount is owed to the library.</para>
3891 <section id="NoIssuesChargeGuarantees">
3892 <title><link linkend="NoIssuesChargeGuarantees">NoIssuesChargeGuarantees</link></title>
3893 <para>Asks: Prevent a patron from checking out if the patron has guarantees owing in
3894 total more than ___ USD in fines. </para>
3895 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3897 <para>Allows a library to prevent patrons from checking out items if his or her
3898 guarantees owe too much in fines.</para>
3900 </itemizedlist></para>
3902 <section id="NoRenewalBeforePrecision">
3903 <title><link linkend="NoRenewalBeforePrecision">NoRenewalBeforePrecision</link></title>
3904 <para>Default: date</para>
3905 <para>Asks: Calculate "No renewal before" based on ___. </para>
3906 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3911 <para>exact time</para>
3913 </itemizedlist><note>
3914 <para>Only relevant for loans calculated in days, hourly loans are not affected.
3917 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3919 <para>This preference allows you to control how the 'No renewal before" option in
3920 the <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and fine rules</link>
3921 administration area.</para>
3923 </itemizedlist></para>
3925 <section id="OnSiteCheckouts">
3926 <title><link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link></title>
3927 <para>Default: Disable</para>
3928 <para>Asks: ___ the on-site checkouts feature.</para>
3929 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3931 <para>Disable</para>
3934 <para>Enable<screenshot>
3935 <screeninfo>OnSiteCheckouts</screeninfo>
3938 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OnSiteCheckouts.png"/>
3941 </screenshot></para>
3943 </itemizedlist></para>
3944 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3946 <para>This preference lets you check out items that are 'not for loan' to patrons.
3947 A checkbox is added to the checkout screen when this preference is set to
3948 'Enable' labeled 'On-site checkout'. This allows you to track who's using items
3949 that are normally not for loan or are in a closed stack setting.</para>
3951 </itemizedlist></para>
3953 <section id="OnSiteCheckoutsForce">
3954 <title><link linkend="OnSiteCheckoutsForce">OnSiteCheckoutsForce</link></title>
3955 <para>Default: Disable</para>
3956 <para>Asks: ___ the on-site for all cases (Even if a user is debarred, etc.).</para>
3957 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3959 <para>Disable</para>
3964 <screeninfo>Force checkouts on restricted patrons</screeninfo>
3967 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OnSiteCheckoutsForce.png"/>
3973 </itemizedlist></para>
3974 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3976 <para>This preference lets the staff override any restrictions a patron might have
3977 and check out items for use within the library. The <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> preference must first be set
3978 to 'Enable' for this preference to be considered.</para>
3980 </itemizedlist></para>
3983 <section id="OverduesBlockCirc">
3984 <title><link linkend="OverduesBlockCirc">OverduesBlockCirc</link></title>
3986 <para>Default: Ask for confirmation</para>
3988 <para>Asks: ___ when checking out to a borrower that has overdues
3991 <para>Values:</para>
3995 <para>Ask for confirmation</para>
3999 <para>Will not let you check an item out to patrons with
4000 overdues until a librarian confirms that it is okay</para>
4010 <para>Block all patrons with overdue items from being able
4017 <para>Don't block</para>
4021 <para>Allow all patrons with overdue items to continue to
4028 <section id="OverduesBlockRenewing">
4029 <title><link linkend="OverduesBlockRenewing">OverduesBlockRenewing</link></title>
4030 <para>Default: allow renewing</para>
4031 <para>Asks: When a patron's checked out item is overdue, ___</para>
4032 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4034 <para>allow renewing</para>
4037 <para>block renewing for all the patron's items</para>
4040 <para>block renewing for only this item</para>
4042 </itemizedlist></para>
4045 <section id="OverdueNoticeBcc">
4046 <title><link linkend="OverdueNoticeBcc">OverdueNoticeBcc</link></title>
4048 <para>Asks: Send all notices as a BCC to this email address
4051 <para>This preference makes it so that a librarian can get a copy of every notice sent
4052 out to patrons.<note>
4053 <para>If you'd like more than one person to receive the blind copy you can simply
4054 enter in multiple email addresses separated by commas.</para>
4056 <para>The name of this preference is misleading, it does not only send overdues, but
4057 all notices to the BCC address.</para>
4060 <section id="OverdueNoticeCalendar">
4061 <title><link linkend="OverdueNoticeCalendar">OverdueNoticeCalendar</link></title>
4062 <para>Default: Ignore calendar</para>
4063 <para>Asks: ___ when working out the period for overdue notices</para>
4064 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4066 <para>Ignore calendar<itemizedlist>
4068 <para>Notices do not take holidays into account, so they will be sent even
4069 if holidays have meant the item is not actually overdue yet</para>
4071 </itemizedlist></para>
4074 <para>Use calendar<itemizedlist>
4076 <para>Notices take holidays into account, so they will not be sent if
4077 holidays mean the item is not actually overdue yet</para>
4079 </itemizedlist></para>
4081 </itemizedlist></para>
4084 <section id="PrintNoticesMaxLines">
4085 <title><link linkend="PrintNoticesMaxLines">PrintNoticesMaxLines</link></title>
4087 <para>Asks: Include up to ___ item lines in a printed overdue
4091 <para>If the number of items is greater than this number, the
4092 notice will end with a warning asking the borrower to check
4093 their online account for a full list of overdue items.</para>
4097 <para>Set to 0 to include all overdue items in the notice, no
4098 matter how many there are.</para>
4102 <para>This preference only refers to the print notices, not
4103 those sent via email.</para>
4107 <section id="RenewalPeriodBase">
4108 <title><link linkend="RenewalPeriodBase">RenewalPeriodBase</link></title>
4110 <para>Default: the old due date of the checkout</para>
4112 <para>Asks: When renewing checkouts, base the new due date on
4115 <para>Values:</para>
4119 <para>the old due date of the checkout</para>
4123 <para>the current date</para>
4127 <section id="RenewalSendNotice">
4128 <title><link linkend="RenewalSendNotice">RenewalSendNotice</link></title>
4129 <para> Default: Don't send </para>
4130 <para>Asks: ____ a renewal notice according to patron checkout alert preferences. </para>
4131 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
4133 <para>Don't send</para>
4138 </itemizedlist></para>
4139 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4141 <para>If a patron has chosen to receive a check out notice in their messaging
4142 preferences and this preference is set to 'Send' then those patrons will also
4143 receive a notice when they renew materials. You will want to set up a <link linkend="addnotices">new notice</link> with the code of RENEWAL (if you don't
4144 already have it) with custom text for renewing items.<important>
4145 <para>This preference requires that you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
4146 set to 'Allow'</para>
4149 </itemizedlist></para>
4151 <section id="RentalsInNoissuesCharge">
4152 <title><link linkend="RentalsInNoissuesCharge">RentalsInNoissuesCharge</link></title>
4153 <para>Default: Include</para>
4154 <para>Asks: ___ rental charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge. </para>
4155 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4157 <para>Don't include</para>
4160 <para>Include</para>
4162 </itemizedlist></para>
4163 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4165 <para>This preference lets you decide if rental charges are included when
4166 calculating the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>. If this is
4167 set to include then Koha will include all rental charges when deciding if the
4168 patron owes too much money to check anything else out of the library. If it's
4169 set to Don't include then Koha will ignore all rental charges when figuring out
4170 if the patron owes too much money to checkout additional materials.</para>
4172 </itemizedlist></para>
4174 <section id="RestrictionBlockRenewing">
4175 <title><link linkend="RestrictionBlockRenewing">RestrictionBlockRenewing</link></title>
4176 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4177 <para>Asks: If patron is restricted, ___ renewing of items. </para>
4178 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4185 </itemizedlist></para>
4188 <section id="ReturnBeforeExpiry">
4189 <title><link linkend="ReturnBeforeExpiry">ReturnBeforeExpiry</link></title>
4191 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
4193 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to return books before their accounts
4194 expire (by restricting due dates to before the patron's expiration
4197 <para>Values:</para>
4201 <para>Don't require</para>
4205 <para>Require</para>
4209 <para>Description:</para>
4213 <para>This is preference may prevent a patron from having
4214 items checked out after their library card has expired. If
4215 this is set to "Require", then a due date of any checked out
4216 item can not be set for a date which falls after the patron's
4217 card expiration. If the setting is left "Don't require" then
4218 item check out dates may exceed the expiration date for the
4219 patron's library card.</para>
4224 <section id="ReturnToShelvingCart">
4225 <title><link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link></title>
4227 <para>Default: Don't move</para>
4229 <para>Asks: ___ all items to the location CART when they are
4232 <para>Values:</para>
4236 <para>Don't move</para>
4243 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4245 <para>More information can be found in the <link linkend="processinglocations">related chapter</link> in this manual.</para>
4247 </itemizedlist></para>
4249 <section id="StaffSearchResultsDisplayBranch">
4250 <title><link linkend="StaffSearchResultsDisplayBranch">StaffSearchResultsDisplayBranch</link></title>
4251 <para>Default: the library the item is held by</para>
4252 <para>Asks: For search results in the staff client, display the branch of ___</para>
4253 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4255 <para>the library the item is from</para>
4258 <para>the library the items is held by</para>
4260 </itemizedlist></para>
4263 <section id="TransfersMaxDaysWarning">
4264 <title><link linkend="TransfersMaxDaysWarning">TransfersMaxDaysWarning</link></title>
4266 <para>Default: 3</para>
4268 <para>Asks: Show a warning on the "Transfers to Receive" screen if
4269 the transfer has not been received ___ days after it is
4272 <para>Description:</para>
4276 <para>The TransferMaxDaysWarning preference is set at a
4277 default number of days. This preference allows for a warning
4278 to appear after a set amount of time if an item being
4279 transferred between library branches has not been received.
4280 The warning will appear in the <link linkend="transferstoreceive">Transfers to Receive</link>
4286 <section id="UseBranchTransferLimits">
4287 <title><link linkend="UseBranchTransferLimits">UseBranchTransferLimits &
4288 BranchTransferLimitsType</link></title>
4290 <para>Defaults: Don't enforce & collection code</para>
4292 <para>Asks: ___ branch transfer limits based on ___</para>
4294 <para>UseBranchTransferLimits Values:</para>
4298 <para>Don't enforce</para>
4302 <para>Enforce</para>
4306 <para>BranchTransferLimitsType Values:</para>
4310 <para>collection code</para>
4314 <para>item type</para>
4318 <para>BranchTransferLimitsType Description:</para>
4322 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which determines
4323 whether items are transferred according to item type or
4324 collection code. This value determines how the library manager
4325 is able to restrict what items can be transferred between the
4331 <section id="useDaysMode">
4332 <title><link linkend="useDaysMode">useDaysMode</link></title>
4334 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
4336 <para>Asks: Calculate the due date using ___.</para>
4338 <para>Values:</para>
4342 <para>circulation rules only.</para>
4346 <para>the calendar to push the due date to the next open
4351 <para>the calendar to skip all days the library is
4356 <para>Description:</para>
4360 <para>This preference controls how scheduled library closures
4361 affect the due date of a material. The 'the calendar to skip
4362 all days the library is closed' setting allows for a scheduled
4363 closure not to count as a day in the loan period, the
4364 'circulation rules only' setting would not consider the
4365 scheduled closure at all, and 'the calendar to push the due
4366 date to the next open day' would only effect the due date if
4367 the day the item is due would fall specifically on the day of
4372 <para>Example:</para>
4376 <para>The library has put December 24th and 25th in as
4377 closures on the calendar. A book checked out by a patron has a
4378 due date of December 25th according to the circulation and
4379 fine rules. If this preference is set to 'circulation rules
4380 only' then the item will remain due on the 25th. If the
4381 preference is set to 'the calendar to push the due date to the
4382 next open day' then the due date will be December 26th. If the
4383 preference is set to 'the calendar to skip all days the
4384 library is closed' then the due date will be pushed to the
4385 27th of December to accommodate for the two closed
4390 <para>The calendar is defined on a branch by branch basis. To
4391 learn more about the calendar, check out the '<link linkend="calholidays">Calendar & Holidays</link>' section of
4394 <section id="UseTransportCostMatrix">
4395 <title><link linkend="UseTransportCostMatrix">UseTransportCostMatrix</link></title>
4396 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
4397 <para>Asks: ___ Transport Cost Matrix for calculating optimal holds filling between
4399 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4401 <para>Don't use</para>
4406 </itemizedlist></para>
4407 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4409 <para>If the system is configured to use the <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">Transport cost matrix</link> for filling holds, then when attempting to fill
4410 a hold, the system will search for the lowest cost branch, and attempt to fill
4411 the hold with an item from that branch first. Branches of equal cost will be
4412 selected from randomly. The branch or branches of the next highest cost shall be
4413 selected from only if all the branches in the previous group are unable to fill
4415 <para>The system will use the item's current holding branch when determining
4416 whether the item can fulfill a hold using the Transport Cost Matrix. </para>
4418 </itemizedlist></para>
4421 <section id="coursereserveprefs">
4422 <title><link linkend="coursereserveprefs">Course Reserves</link></title>
4423 <section id="UseCourseReserves">
4424 <title><link linkend="UseCourseReserves">UseCourseReserves</link></title>
4425 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
4426 <para>Asks: ___ course reserves</para>
4427 <para>Values:</para>
4430 <para>Don't use</para>
4436 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4438 <para>The <link linkend="coursereserves">Course Reserves</link> module in Koha
4439 allows you to temporarily move items to 'reserve' and assign different
4440 circulation rules to these items while they are being used for a specific
4443 </itemizedlist></para>
4447 <section id="circfinespolicy">
4448 <title><link linkend="circfinespolicy">Fines Policy</link></title>
4452 <section id="finesCalendar">
4453 <title><link linkend="finesCalendar">finesCalendar</link></title>
4455 <para>Default: not including the days the library is closed</para>
4457 <para>Asks: Calculate fines based on days overdue ___</para>
4459 <para>Values:</para>
4463 <para>directly</para>
4467 <para>not including the days the library is closed</para>
4471 <para>Description:</para>
4475 <para>This preference will determine whether or not fines will
4476 be accrued during instances when the library is closed.
4477 Examples include holidays, library in-service days, etc.
4478 Choosing "not including the days the library is closed"
4479 setting will enable Koha to access its <link linkend="calholidays">Calendar</link> module and be
4480 considerate of dates when the library is closed. To make use
4481 of this setting the administrator must first access Koha's
4482 calendar and mark certain days as "holidays" ahead of
4487 <para>The calendar is defined on a branch by branch basis. To
4488 learn more about the calendar, check out the '<link linkend="calholidays">Calendar & Holidays</link>' section of
4491 <section id="FinesIncludeGracePeriod">
4492 <title><link linkend="FinesIncludeGracePeriod">FinesIncludeGracePeriod</link></title>
4493 <para>Default: Include</para>
4494 <para>Asks: ___ the grace period when calculating the fine for an overdue item.</para>
4495 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4497 <para>Don't include</para>
4500 <para>Include</para>
4502 </itemizedlist></para>
4503 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4505 <para>This preference lets you control how Koha calculates fines when there is a
4506 grace period. If you choose to include the grace period when calculating fines
4507 then Koha will charge for the days in the grace period should the item be
4508 overdue more than those days. If you choose not to include the grace period then
4509 Koha will only charge for the days overdue after the grace period.</para>
4511 </itemizedlist></para>
4514 <section id="finesMode">
4515 <title><link linkend="finesMode">finesMode</link></title>
4517 <para>Default: Calculate (but only for mailing to the
4520 <para>Asks: ___ fines</para>
4522 <para>Values:</para>
4526 <para>Calculate (but only for mailing to the admin)</para>
4530 <para>Calculate and charge</para>
4534 <para>Don't calculate</para>
4539 <para>Requires that you have the fines cron job running
4540 (misc/cronjobs/fines.pl)</para>
4543 <section id="RefundLostItemFeeOnReturn">
4544 <title><link linkend="RefundLostItemFeeOnReturn">RefundLostItemFeeOnReturn</link></title>
4545 <para>Default: Refund</para>
4546 <para>Asks: ___ lost item fees charged to a borrower when the lost item is
4548 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4550 <para>Don't refund</para>
4555 </itemizedlist></para>
4556 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4558 <para>When an item is marked lost in Koha the system charges the patron the
4559 replacement fee for the item. This preference lets you control how Koha handles
4560 returns of these items. By default when an item that was previously marked lost
4561 is checked in Koha refunds the patron the replacement fee. Change this
4562 preference to "Don't refund" if you would like Koha to not refund the
4563 replacement fee.</para>
4565 </itemizedlist></para>
4567 <section id="WhenLostChargeReplacementFee">
4568 <title><link linkend="WhenLostChargeReplacementFee">WhenLostChargeReplacementFee</link></title>
4569 <para>Default: Charge</para>
4570 <para>Asks: ___ the replacement price when a patron loses an item. </para>
4571 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4576 <para>Don't charge</para>
4578 </itemizedlist></para>
4579 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4581 <para>This preference lets you tell Koha what to do with an item is marked lost.
4582 If you want Koha can 'Charge' the patron the replacement fee listed on the item
4583 they lost or it can do nothing in reference to the patron and just mark the item
4584 lost in the catalog.</para>
4586 </itemizedlist></para>
4588 <section id="WhenLostForgiveFine">
4589 <title><link linkend="WhenLostForgiveFine">WhenLostForgiveFine</link></title>
4590 <para>Default: Don't forgive</para>
4591 <para>Asks: ___ the fines on an item when it is lost.</para>
4592 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4594 <para>Don't forgive</para>
4597 <para>Forgive</para>
4599 </itemizedlist></para>
4600 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4602 <para>This preference allows the library to decide if fines are charged in
4603 addition to the replacement fee when an item is marked as lost. If this
4604 preference is set to 'Forgive' then the patron won't be charged fines in
4605 addition to the replacement fee.</para>
4607 </itemizedlist></para>
4611 <section id="circholdspolicy">
4612 <title><link linkend="circholdspolicy">Holds Policy</link></title>
4616 <section id="AllowHoldDateInFuture">
4617 <title><link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link></title>
4619 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4621 <para>Asks: ___ hold requests to be placed that do not enter the
4622 waiting list until a certain future date.</para>
4624 <para>Values:</para>
4632 <para>Don't allow</para>
4636 <section id="AllowHoldItemTypeSelection">
4637 <title><link linkend="AllowHoldItemTypeSelection">AllowHoldItemTypeSelection</link></title>
4638 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
4639 <para>Asks: ___ hold fulfillment to be limited by itemtype.</para>
4640 <para>Values:</para>
4646 <para>Don't allow</para>
4651 <section id="AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems">
4652 <title><link linkend="AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems">AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems</link></title>
4654 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4656 <para>Asks: ___ hold requests to be placed on damaged
4659 <para>Values:</para>
4667 <para>Don't allow</para>
4671 <para>Description:</para>
4675 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which controls
4676 whether or not hold requests can be placed on items that are
4677 marked as "damaged" (items are marked as damaged by editing
4678 subfield 4 on the item record). Setting this value to "Don't
4679 allow" will prevent anyone from placing a hold on such items,
4680 setting it to "Allow" will allow it. This preference is
4681 important because it determines whether or not a patron can
4682 place a request for an item that might be in the process of
4683 being repaired or not in good condition. The library may wish
4684 to set this to "Don't allow" if they were concerned about
4685 their patrons not receiving the item in a timely manner or at
4686 all (if it is determined that the item is beyond repair).
4687 Setting it to "Allow" would allow a patron to place a hold on
4688 an item and therefore receive it as soon as it becomes
4693 <section id="AllowHoldsOnPatronsPossessions">
4694 <title><link linkend="AllowHoldsOnPatronsPossessions">AllowHoldsOnPatronsPossessions</link></title>
4695 <para>Default: Allow </para>
4696 <para>Asks: ____ a patron to place a hold on a record where the patron already has one
4697 or more items attached to that record checked out. </para>
4698 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4703 <para>Don't allow</para>
4705 </itemizedlist></para>
4706 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4708 <para>By setting to "Don't allow," you can prevent patrons from placing holds on
4709 items they already have out, thus preventing them from blocking anyone else from
4710 getting an item. </para>
4712 </itemizedlist></para>
4715 <section id="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">
4716 <title><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link></title>
4718 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4720 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override hold policies when placing
4723 <para>Values:</para>
4731 <para>Don't allow</para>
4735 <para>Description:</para>
4739 <para>This preference is a binary setting which controls
4740 whether or not the library staff can override the circulation
4741 and fines rules as they pertain to the placement of holds.
4742 Setting this value to "Don't allow" will prevent anyone from
4743 overriding, setting it to "Allow" will allow it. This setting
4744 is important because it determines how strict the libraries
4745 rules for placing holds are. If this is set to "Allow",
4746 exceptions can be made for patrons who are otherwise normally
4747 in good standing with the library, but there is opportunity
4748 for the staff to abuse this function. If it is set to "Don't
4749 allow", no abuse of the system is possible, but it makes the
4750 system entirely inflexible in respect to holds.</para>
4754 <section id="AllowRenewalIfOtherItemsAvailable">
4755 <title><link linkend="AllowRenewalIfOtherItemsAvailable">AllowRenewalIfOtherItemsAvailable</link></title>
4756 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
4757 <para>Asks: ___ a patron to renew an item with unfilled holds if other available items
4758 can fill that hold.</para>
4759 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4764 <para>Don't allow</para>
4766 </itemizedlist></para>
4769 <section id="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">
4770 <title><link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link></title>
4772 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4774 <para>Asks: ___ suspended holds to be automatically resumed by a
4777 <para>Values:</para>
4785 <para>Don't allow</para>
4789 <para>Description:</para>
4793 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then all suspended holds will be able to
4794 have a date at after which they automatically become unsuspended. If you have this
4795 preference set to 'Allow' you will also need the <link linkend="unsuspendholdcron">Unsuspend Holds</link> cron job running.</para>
4799 <para>The holds will become unsuspended the date after that entered by the
4804 <section id="canreservefromotherbranches">
4805 <title><link linkend="canreservefromotherbranches">canreservefromotherbranches</link></title>
4807 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4809 <para>Asks: ___ a user from one library to place a hold on an item
4810 from another library</para>
4812 <para>Description:</para>
4816 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
4817 whether patrons can place holds on items from other branches.
4818 If the preference is set to "Allow" patrons can place such
4819 holds, if it is set to "Don't allow" they cannot. This is an
4820 important setting because it determines if users can use Koha
4821 to request items from another branch. If the library is
4822 sharing an installation of Koha with other independent
4823 libraries which do not wish to allow interlibrary borrowing it
4824 is recommended that this parameter be set to "Don't
4829 <para>Values:</para>
4837 <para>Don't allow (with <link linkend="IndependentBranches">independent
4838 branches</link>)</para>
4842 <section id="ConfirmFutureHolds">
4843 <title><link linkend="ConfirmFutureHolds">ConfirmFutureHolds</link></title>
4844 <para>Default: 0</para>
4845 <para>Asks: Confirm future hold requests (starting no later than ___ days from now) at
4846 checkin time. </para>
4847 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4849 <para>When confirming a hold at checkin time, the number of days in this
4850 preference is taken into account when deciding which holds to show alerts for.
4851 This preference does not interfere with renewing, checking out or transferring a
4854 </itemizedlist></para>
4856 <para>This number of days will be used too in calculating the default end date for the
4857 Holds to pull-report. But it does not interfere with issuing, renewing or
4858 transferring books.</para>
4861 <para>This preference is only looked at if you're allowing hold dates in the future
4862 with <link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link> or <link linkend="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</link></para>
4865 <section id="decreaseLoanHighHolds">
4866 <title><link linkend="decreaseLoanHighHolds">decreaseLoanHighHolds, decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration, decreaseLoanHighHoldsValue,
4867 decreaseLoanHighHoldsControl, and decreaseLoanHighHoldsIgnoreStatuses </link></title>
4868 <para>Asks: ___ the reduction of loan period ___ to days for items with more than ___
4869 holds ___ . Ignore items with the following statuses when counting items ___</para>
4870 <para>decreaseLoanHighHolds default: Don't enable</para>
4871 <para>decreaseLoanHighHoldsControl default: on the record</para>
4872 <para>decreaseLoanHighHolds values:<itemizedlist>
4873 <para>Don't enable</para>
4877 </itemizedlist></para>
4878 <para>decreaseLoanHighHoldsControl values:<itemizedlist>
4880 <para>over the number of holdable items on the records</para>
4883 <para>on the record</para>
4885 </itemizedlist></para>
4886 <para>decreaseLoanHighHoldsIgnoreStatuses values:<itemizedlist>
4888 <para>[Select All]</para>
4891 <para>Damages</para>
4897 <para>Not for loan</para>
4900 <para>Withdrawn</para>
4902 </itemizedlist></para>
4903 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4905 <para>These preferences let you change the loan length for items that have many
4906 holds on them. This will not effect items that are already checked out, but
4907 items that are checked out after the decreaseLoanHighHoldsValue is met will only
4908 be checked out for the number of days entered in the
4909 decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration preference.</para>
4911 <screeninfo>Warning on checkout</screeninfo>
4914 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration.png"/>
4919 </itemizedlist></para>
4922 <section id="DisplayMultiPlaceHold">
4923 <title><link linkend="DisplayMultiPlaceHold">DisplayMultiPlaceHold</link></title>
4925 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
4927 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to place holds on multiple biblio from
4928 the search results</para>
4930 <para>Values:</para>
4934 <para>Don't enable</para>
4943 <section id="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">
4944 <title><link linkend="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</link></title>
4946 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
4948 <para>Asks: ___ sending an email to the Koha administrator email
4949 address whenever a hold request is placed.</para>
4951 <para>Values:</para>
4955 <para>Don't enable</para>
4963 <para>Description:</para>
4967 <para>This preference enables Koha to email the library staff
4968 whenever a patron requests an item to be held. While this
4969 function will immediately alert the librarian to the patron's
4970 need, it is extremely impractical in most library settings. In
4971 most libraries the hold lists are monitored and maintained
4972 from a separate interface. That said, many libraries that
4973 allow on shelf holds prefer to have this preference turned on
4974 so that they are alerted to pull an item from the
4980 <para>In order for this email to send you must have a <link linkend="notices">notice</link> template with the code of HOLDPLACED</para>
4984 <para>This notice will only be sent if the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">process_message_queue.pl cronjob</link>
4985 being run periodically to send the messages.</para>
4989 <section id="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">
4990 <title><link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link></title>
4992 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
4994 <para>Asks: ___ holds to expire automatically if they have not
4995 been picked by within the time period specified in <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link></para>
4997 <para>Values:</para>
5005 <para>Don't allow</para>
5009 <para>Description:</para>
5013 <para>If set to 'allow' this will cancel holds that have been
5014 waiting for longer than the number of days specified in the
5015 <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
5016 system preference. Holds will only be cancelled if the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expire Holds cron job</link> is
5022 <section id="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge">
5023 <title><link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge</link></title>
5025 <para>Default: 0</para>
5027 <para>Asks: If using <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>,
5028 charge a borrower who allows his or her waiting hold to expire a
5029 fee of ___ USD</para>
5031 <para>Description:</para>
5035 <para>If you are expiring holds that have been waiting too
5036 long you can use this preference to charge the patron for not
5037 picking up their hold. If you don't charge patrons for items
5038 that aren't picked up you can leave this set to the default
5039 which is 0. Holds will only be cancelled and charged if the
5040 <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expire Holds cron job</link>
5045 <section id="ExpireReservesOnHolidays">
5046 <title><link linkend="ExpireReservesOnHolidays">ExpireReservesOnHolidays</link></title>
5047 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5048 <para>Asks: ___ expired holds to be cancelled on days the library is closed.</para>
5049 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5054 <para>Don't allow</para>
5056 </itemizedlist></para>
5058 <section label="" id="LocalHoldsPriority">
5059 <title><link linkend="LocalHoldsPriority">LocalHoldsPriority, LocalHoldsPriorityPatronControl,
5060 LocalHoldsPriorityItemControl</link></title>
5061 <para>Asks: ___ priority for filling holds to patrons whose ___ matches the item's
5063 <para>LocalHoldsPriority Values:<itemizedlist>
5065 <para>Don't give</para>
5070 </itemizedlist></para>
5071 <para>LocalHoldsPriorityPatronControl Values:<itemizedlist>
5073 <para>home library</para>
5076 <para>pickup library</para>
5078 </itemizedlist></para>
5079 <para>LocalHoldsPriorityItemControl Values:<itemizedlist>
5081 <para>holding library</para>
5084 <para>home library</para>
5086 </itemizedlist></para>
5087 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5089 <para>This feature will allow libraries to specify that, when an item is returned,
5090 a local hold may be given priority for fulfillment even though it is of lower
5091 priority in the list of unfilled holds. </para>
5093 </itemizedlist></para>
5096 <section id="maxreserves">
5097 <title><link linkend="maxreserves">maxreserves</link></title>
5099 <para>Default: 50</para>
5101 <para>Asks: Patrons can only have ___ holds at once.</para>
5104 <section id="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">
5105 <title><link linkend="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</link></title>
5107 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5109 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to place holds that don't enter the
5110 waiting list until a certain future date.</para>
5112 <para>Values:</para>
5120 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link>
5121 must also be enabled for this to work</para>
5127 <para>Don't allow</para>
5132 <section id="OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch">
5133 <title><link linkend="OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch">OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch</link></title>
5135 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5137 <para>Asks: ___ a user to choose the branch to pick up a hold
5140 <para>Values:</para>
5148 <para>Don't allow</para>
5152 <para>Description:</para>
5156 <para>Changing this preference will not prevent staff from
5157 being able to transfer titles from one branch to another to
5158 fill a hold, it will only prevent patrons from saying they
5159 plan on picking a book up at a branch other than their home
5165 <section id="ReservesControlBranch">
5166 <title><link linkend="ReservesControlBranch">ReservesControlBranch</link></title>
5168 <para>Default: item's home library</para>
5170 <para>Asks: Check the ___ to see if the patron can place a hold on
5173 <para>Values:</para>
5177 <para>item's home library.</para>
5181 <para>patron's home library.</para>
5186 <section id="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">
5187 <title><link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link></title>
5189 <para>Default: 7</para>
5191 <para>Asks: Mark a hold as problematic if it has been waiting for
5192 more than ___ days.</para>
5194 <para>Description:</para>
5198 <para>This preference (based on calendar days, not the <link linkend="calholidays">Koha holiday calendar</link>) puts an
5199 expiration date on an item a patron has on hold. After this
5200 expiration date the staff will have the option to release the
5201 unclaimed hold which then may be returned to the library shelf
5202 or issued to the next patron on the item's hold list. Items
5203 that are 'expired' by this preference are moved to the 'Holds
5204 Over' tab on the '<link linkend="holdspickup">Holds Awaiting
5205 Pickup</link>' report.</para>
5210 <section id="ReservesNeedReturns">
5211 <title><link linkend="ReservesNeedReturns">ReservesNeedReturns</link></title>
5213 <para>Default: Don't automatically</para>
5215 <para>Asks: ___ mark holds as found and waiting when a hold is
5216 placed specifically on them and they are already checked
5219 <para>Values:</para>
5223 <para>Automatically</para>
5227 <para>Don't automatically</para>
5231 <para>Description:</para>
5235 <para>This preference refers to 'item specific' holds where
5236 the item is currently on the library shelf. This preference
5237 allows a library to decide whether an 'item specific' hold is
5238 marked as "Waiting" at the time the hold is placed or if the
5239 item will be marked as "Waiting" after the item is checked in.
5240 This preference will tell the patron that their item is
5241 'Waiting' for them at their library and ready for check
5247 <section id="holdqueueweight">
5248 <title><link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight, HoldsQueueSkipClosed
5249 & RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</link></title>
5251 <para>StaticHoldsQueueWeight Default: 0</para>
5252 <para>HoldsQueueSkipClosed Default: open or closed</para>
5254 <para>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight Default: in that order</para>
5256 <para>Asks: Satisfy holds using items from the libraries ___ (as branchcodes, separated
5257 by commas; if empty, uses all libraries) when they are ___ ___.</para>
5258 <para>HoldsQueueSkipClosed Values:<itemizedlist>
5260 <para>open or closed</para>
5265 </itemizedlist></para>
5267 <para>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight Values:</para>
5271 <para>in random order</para>
5275 <para>If StaticHoldsQueueWeight is left at the default
5276 Koha will randomize all libraries, otherwise it will
5277 randomize the libraries listed.</para>
5283 <para>in that order</para>
5287 <para>If StaticHoldsQueueWeight is left at the default
5288 then this will use all of your branches in alphabetical
5289 order, otherwise it will use the branches in the order
5290 that you entered them in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight
5297 <para>Descriptions:</para>
5301 <para>These preferences control how the <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue report</link> is generated
5302 using <link linkend="buildholdscron">a cron job</link>.</para>
5304 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate
5305 in the on-shelf holds fulfillment process, you should list the
5306 the libraries that *do* participate in the process here by
5307 inputting all the participating library's branchcodes,
5308 separated by commas ( e.g. "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
5310 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that
5311 the system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items
5312 already at the pickup library if possible. If there are no
5313 items available at the pickup library to fill a hold,
5314 build_holds_queue.pl will then use the list of libraries
5315 defined in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If
5316 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is disabled ( which it is by default
5317 ), the script will assign fulfillment requests in the order
5318 the branches are placed in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight system
5321 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of
5322 varying sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the
5323 burden of holds fulfillment to be on larger libraries before
5324 smaller libraries, you would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to
5325 look something like "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
5327 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread
5328 out equally throughout your library system, simply enable
5329 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is
5330 enabled, the order in which libraries will be requested to
5331 fulfill an on-shelf hold will be randomized each time the list
5332 is regenerated.</para>
5334 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated
5335 at this time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script
5336 to ignore RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to
5337 request hold fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical
5342 <para>The <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">Transport Cost Matrix</link> takes
5343 precedence in controlling where holds are filled from, if the matrix is not used
5344 then Koha checks the StaticHoldsQueueWeight. To use the Transport Cost Matrix
5345 simply set your <link linkend="UseTransportCostMatrix">UseTransportCostMatrix</link>
5346 preference to 'Use'</para>
5350 <section id="SuspendHoldsIntranet">
5351 <title><link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link></title>
5353 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5355 <para>Asks: ___ holds to be suspended from the intranet.</para>
5357 <para>Values:</para>
5365 <para>Don't allow</para>
5369 <para>Description:</para>
5373 <para>The holds suspension feature can be turned on and off in
5374 the staff client by altering this system preference. If this
5375 is set to 'allow' you will want to set the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
5376 system preference.</para>
5381 <section id="SuspendHoldsOpac">
5382 <title><link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link></title>
5384 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5386 <para>Asks: ___ holds to be suspended from the OPAC.</para>
5388 <para>Values:</para>
5396 <para>Don't allow</para>
5400 <para>Description:</para>
5404 <para>The holds suspension feature can be turned on and off in
5405 the OPAC by altering this system preference. If this is set to
5406 'allow' you will want to set the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
5407 system preference.</para>
5411 <section id="TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds">
5412 <title><link linkend="TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds">TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds</link></title>
5413 <para>Default: Don't transfer</para>
5414 <para>Asks: ___ items when cancelling all waiting holds. </para>
5415 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5417 <para>Don't transfer</para>
5420 <para>Transfer</para>
5422 </itemizedlist></para>
5423 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5425 <para>When TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds is set to "Don't transfer", no branch
5426 transfer records are created. Koha will not allow the holds to be transferred,
5427 because that would orphan the items at the library where the holds were awaiting
5428 pickup, without any further instruction to staff as to what items are at the
5429 library or where they need to go. When that system preference set to "Transfer",
5430 branch transfers are created, so the holds may be cancelled.</para>
5432 </itemizedlist></para>
5436 <section id="circinterfaceprefs">
5437 <title><link linkend="circinterfaceprefs">Interface</link></title>
5441 <section id="AllowAllMessageDeletion">
5442 <title><link linkend="AllowAllMessageDeletion">AllowAllMessageDeletion</link></title>
5444 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
5446 <para>Asks: ___ staff to delete messages added from other
5449 <para>Values:</para>
5457 <para>Don't allow</para>
5461 <section id="AllowOfflineCirculation">
5462 <title><link linkend="AllowOfflineCirculation">AllowOfflineCirculation</link></title>
5463 <para>Default: Do not enable</para>
5464 <para>Asks: ___ offline circulation on regular circulation computers. </para>
5465 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5467 <para>Do not enable</para>
5472 </itemizedlist></para>
5473 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5475 <para>Setting this preference to 'Enable' allows you to use the Koha interface for
5476 <link linkend="offlinecirc">offline circulation</link>. This system preference
5477 does not affect the <link linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox plugin</link> or
5478 the <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">desktop application</link>, any of these
5479 three options can be used for offline circulation without effecting the
5482 </itemizedlist></para>
5484 <section id="AudioAlerts">
5485 <title><link linkend="AudioAlerts">AudioAlerts</link></title>
5486 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
5487 <para>Asks: ___ audio alerts for events defined in the audio alerts section of
5488 administration.</para>
5489 <para>Values:</para>
5492 <para>Don't enable</para>
5500 <para>This feature is not supported by all browsers. Requires an HTML5 compliant
5506 <section id="CircAutocompl">
5507 <title><link linkend="CircAutocompl">CircAutocompl</link></title>
5509 <para>Default: Try</para>
5511 <para>Asks: ___ to automatically fill in the member when entering
5512 a patron search on the circulation screen.</para>
5514 <para>Description:</para>
5518 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
5519 whether auto-completion of fields is enabled or disabled for
5520 the circulation input field. Setting it to "Try" would enable
5521 a staff member to begin typing a name or other value into the
5522 field and have a menu pop up with suggestions for completing
5523 it. Setting it to "Don't try" would disable this feature. This
5524 preference can make staff members' jobs easier or it could
5525 potentially slow down the page loading process.</para>
5529 <para>Values:</para>
5533 <para>Don't try</para>
5540 <screeninfo>When CircAutocompl is turned on search results
5541 will appear below the search box</screeninfo>
5545 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/CircAutocompl.png"/>
5553 <section id="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">
5554 <title><link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link></title>
5556 <para>Default: open a print quick slip window</para>
5558 <para>Asks: When an empty barcode field is submitted in
5559 circulation ___</para>
5561 <para>Values:</para>
5565 <para>clear the screen</para>
5569 <para>open a print quick slip window</para>
5572 <para>open a print slip window</para>
5576 <para>Description:</para>
5580 <para>If this preference is set to open a quick slip (<link linkend="existingnotices">ISSUEQSLIP</link>) or open a slip (<link linkend="existingnotices">ISSUESLIP</link>) for printing it will eliminate the
5581 need for the librarian to click the print button to generate a checkout receipt
5582 for the patron they're checking out to. If the preference is set to clear the
5583 screen then "checking out" an empty barcode will clear the screen of the patron
5584 you were last working with.</para>
5589 <section id="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">
5590 <title><link linkend="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">FilterBeforeOverdueReport</link></title>
5592 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
5594 <para>Asks: ___ staff to choose which checkouts to show before
5595 running the overdues report.</para>
5597 <para>Description:</para>
5601 <para>Koha's overdue report shows you all of the overdue items
5602 in your library system. If you have a large library system
5603 you'll want to set this preference to 'Require' to force those
5604 running the report to first limit the data generated to a
5605 branch, date range, patron category or other such filter.
5606 Requiring that the report be filtered before it's run prevents
5607 your staff from running a system heavy report and slowing down
5608 other operations in the system.</para>
5611 <screeninfo>Overdue Report Filters</screeninfo>
5615 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FilterBeforeOverdueReport.png"/>
5622 <para>Values:</para>
5626 <para>Don't require</para>
5630 <para>Require</para>
5635 <section id="FineNotifyAtCheckin">
5636 <title><link linkend="FineNotifyAtCheckin">FineNotifyAtCheckin</link></title>
5638 <para>Default: Don't notify</para>
5640 <para>Asks: ___ librarians of overdue fines on the items they are
5643 <para>Values:</para>
5647 <para>Don't notify</para>
5655 <para>Description:</para>
5659 <para>With this preference set to 'Notify' all books that have
5660 overdue fines owed on them will pop up a warning when checking
5661 them in. This warning will need to acknowledged before you can
5662 continue checking items in. With this preference set to 'Don't
5663 notify,' you will still see fines owed on the patron record,
5664 you just won't have an additional notification at check
5668 <screeninfo>Fine notification at checkin</screeninfo>
5672 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FineNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
5680 <section id="DisplayClearScreenButton">
5681 <title><link linkend="DisplayClearScreenButton">DisplayClearScreenButton</link></title>
5683 <para>Default: Show</para>
5685 <para>Asks: ___ a button to clear the current patron from the
5686 screen on the circulation screen.</para>
5688 <para>Values:</para>
5692 <para>Don't show</para>
5695 <screeninfo>No X in the top right</screeninfo>
5699 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButtonOff.png"/>
5709 <screeninfo>X in the top right will clear the
5714 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButton.png"/>
5721 <section id="ExportRemoveFields">
5722 <title><link linkend="ExportRemoveFields">ExportRemoveFields</link></title>
5723 <para>Asks: The following fields should be excluded from the patron checkout history CSV
5724 or iso2709 export ___ </para>
5725 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5727 <para>This space separated list of fields (e.g. 100a 245b) will automatically be
5728 excluded when exporting the patron's current checkout history.</para>
5730 <screeninfo>ExportRemoveFields</screeninfo>
5733 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ExportRemoveFields.png"/>
5738 </itemizedlist></para>
5740 <section id="ExportWithCsvProfile">
5741 <title><link linkend="ExportWithCsvProfile">ExportWithCsvProfile</link></title>
5742 <para>Asks: Use the ___ CSV profile when exporting patron checkout history</para>
5743 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5745 <para>Use this preference to define which <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV
5746 profile</link> should be used when exporting patron's current checkout data.
5747 Enter the CSV Profile name as the value for this preference. If this preference
5748 is left blank you will not be able to export the patron's current checkout
5751 <screeninfo>ExportWithCsvProfile</screeninfo>
5754 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ExportWithCsvProfile.png"/>
5759 </itemizedlist></para>
5761 <section id="HoldsToPullStartDate">
5762 <title><link linkend="HoldsToPullStartDate">HoldsToPullStartDate</link></title>
5763 <para>Default: 2</para>
5764 <para>Asks: Set the default start date for the Holds to pull list to ___ day(s) ago. </para>
5765 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5767 <para>The <link linkend="holdspull">Holds to Pull</link> report in circulation
5768 defaults to filtering holds placed 2 days ago. This preference allows you to set
5769 this default filter to any number of days.</para>
5771 </itemizedlist></para>
5773 <section id="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">
5774 <title><link linkend="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</link></title>
5775 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
5776 <para>Asks: ___ the automatic use of a keyword catalog search if the phrase entered as
5777 a barcode on the checkout page does not turn up any results during an item barcode
5779 <para>Values:</para>
5782 <para>Don't enable</para>
5787 <screeninfo>Checkout by keyword</screeninfo>
5790 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/itemBarcodeFallbackSearch.png"/>
5796 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5798 <para>Sometimes libraries want to checkout using something other than the barcode.
5799 Enabling this preference will do a keyword search of Koha to find the item
5800 you're trying to check out. You can use the call number, barcode, part of the
5801 title or anything you'd enter in the keyword search when this preference is
5802 enabled and Koha will ask you which item you're trying to check out.</para>
5804 </itemizedlist></para>
5806 <para>While you're not searching by barcode a barcode is required on every title you
5807 check out. Only titles with barcodes will appear in the search results.</para>
5811 <section id="itemBarcodeInputFilter">
5812 <title><link linkend="itemBarcodeInputFilter">itemBarcodeInputFilter</link></title>
5814 <para>Default: Don't filter</para>
5816 <para>Asks: ___ scanned item barcodes.</para>
5818 <para>Values:</para>
5822 <para>Convert from CueCat format</para>
5826 <para>Convert from Libsuite8 form</para>
5830 <para>Don't filter</para>
5834 <para>EAN-13 or zero-padded UPC-A from</para>
5838 <para>Remove spaces from</para>
5842 <para>Remove the first number from T-prefix style</para>
5846 <para>This format is common among those libraries
5847 migrating from Follett systems</para>
5854 <section id="NoticeCSS">
5855 <title><link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link></title>
5857 <para>Asks: Include the stylesheet at ___ on Notices.<important>
5858 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
5862 <para>Description:</para>
5866 <para>If you would like to style your notices with a
5867 consistent set of fonts and colors you can use this preference
5868 to point Koha to a stylesheet specifically for your
5874 <section id="numReturnedItemsToShow">
5875 <title><link linkend="numReturnedItemsToShow">numReturnedItemsToShow</link></title>
5877 <para>Default: 20</para>
5879 <para>Asks : Show the ___ last returned items on the checkin
5883 <section id="previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder">
5884 <title><link linkend="previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder">previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link></title>
5886 <para>Default: earliest to latest</para>
5888 <para>Asks: Sort previous checkouts on the circulation page from
5889 ___ due date.</para>
5891 <para>Values:</para>
5895 <para>earliest to latest</para>
5899 <para>latest to earliest</para>
5904 <section id="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">
5905 <title><link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link></title>
5907 <para>Default: Don't record</para>
5909 <para>Asks: ___ local use when an unissued item is checked
5912 <para>Values:</para>
5916 <para>Don't record</para>
5924 <para>Description:</para>
5928 <para>When this preference is set to "Don't record" you can
5929 record local use of items by checking items out to the
5930 statistical patron. With this preference set to "Record" you
5931 can record local use by checking out to the statistical patron
5932 and/or by checking in a book that is not currently checked
5937 <section id="ShowAllCheckins">
5938 <title><link linkend="ShowAllCheckins">ShowAllCheckins</link></title>
5939 <para>Default: Do not show</para>
5940 <para>Asks: ___ all items in the "Checked-in items" list, even items that were not
5942 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
5944 <para>Do not show</para>
5949 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
5951 <para>When items that are not currently checked out are checked in they don't show
5952 on the list of checked in items. This preference allows you to choose how you'd
5953 like the log of checked in items displays.</para>
5955 </itemizedlist></para>
5958 <section id="SpecifyDueDate">
5959 <title><link linkend="SpecifyDueDate">SpecifyDueDate</link></title>
5961 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5963 <para>Asks: ___ staff to specify a due date for a checkout.</para>
5965 <para>Due dates are calculated using your circulation and fines
5966 rules, but staff can override that if you allow them to specify a
5967 due date at checkout.</para>
5969 <para>Description:</para>
5973 <para>This preference allows for circulation staff to change a
5974 due date from the automatic due date to another calendar date.
5975 This option would be used for circumstances in which the due
5976 date may need to be decreased or extended in a specific
5977 circumstance. The "Allow" setting would allow for this option
5978 to be utilized by staff, the "Don't allow" setting would bar
5979 staff from changing the due date on materials.</para>
5983 <para>Values:</para>
5990 <screeninfo>Specify Due Date Box Shows</screeninfo>
5994 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyDueDate.png"/>
6001 <para>Don't allow</para>
6004 <screeninfo>Specify Due Date Box Doesn't Show</screeninfo>
6008 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyDueDate-no.png"/>
6015 <section id="SpecifyReturnDate">
6016 <title><link linkend="SpecifyReturnDate">SpecifyReturnDate</link></title>
6017 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
6018 <para>Asks: ___ staff to specify a return date for a check in.</para>
6019 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6021 <para>Allow<screenshot>
6022 <screeninfo>Allow return date edits</screeninfo>
6025 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyReturnDate.png"/>
6028 </screenshot></para>
6031 <para>Don't allow<screenshot>
6032 <screeninfo>Don't allow return date edits</screeninfo>
6035 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyReturnDate-no.png"/>
6038 </screenshot></para>
6040 </itemizedlist></para>
6041 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6043 <para>This preference lets you decide if staff can specify an arbitrary return
6044 date when checking in items.</para>
6046 </itemizedlist></para>
6049 <section id="todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder">
6050 <title><link linkend="todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder">todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link></title>
6052 <para>Default: latest to earliest</para>
6054 <para>Asks: Sort today's checkouts on the circulation page from
6055 ___ due date.</para>
6057 <para>Values:</para>
6061 <para>earliest to latest</para>
6065 <para>latest to earliest</para>
6070 <section id="UpdateTotalIssuesOnCirc">
6071 <title><link linkend="UpdateTotalIssuesOnCirc">UpdateTotalIssuesOnCirc</link></title>
6073 <para>Default: Do not</para>
6075 <para>Asks: ___ update a bibliographic record's total issues count
6076 whenever an item is issued</para>
6078 <para>Values:</para>
6083 <para>This increases server load significantly; if
6084 performance is a concern, use the <link linkend="updateissuescron">cron job</link> to update the
6085 total issues count instead.</para>
6094 <para>Description:</para>
6098 <para>Koha can track the number of times and item is checked
6099 out and store that on the item record in the database. This
6100 information is not stored by default. Setting this preference
6101 to 'Do' will tell Koha to track that info everytime the item
6102 is checked out in real time. Otherwise you could use the <link linkend="updateissuescron">cron job</link> to have Koha update
6103 that field nightly.</para>
6108 <section id="WaitingNotifyAtCheckin">
6109 <title><link linkend="WaitingNotifyAtCheckin">WaitingNotifyAtCheckin</link></title>
6111 <para>Default: Don't notify</para>
6113 <para>Asks: ___ librarians of waiting holds for the patron whose
6114 items they are checking in.</para>
6116 <para>Values:</para>
6120 <para>Don't notify</para>
6127 <screeninfo>Notification that a hold is waiting</screeninfo>
6131 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/WaitingNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
6138 <para>Description:</para>
6142 <para>When checking in books you can choose whether or not to
6143 have a notice pop up if the patron who returned the book has a
6144 hold waiting for pick up. If you choose 'Notify' for
6145 WaitingNotifyAtCheckin then every time a hold is found for the
6146 patron who had the book out last a message will appear on your
6147 check in screen.</para>
6153 <section id="circscoprefs">
6154 <title><link linkend="circscoprefs">Self Checkout</link></title>
6158 <section id="AllowSelfCheckReturns">
6159 <title><link linkend="AllowSelfCheckReturns">AllowSelfCheckReturns</link></title>
6161 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
6163 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to return items through web-based self
6164 checkout system.</para>
6166 <para>Values:</para>
6174 <para>Don't allow</para>
6178 <para>Description:</para>
6182 <para>This preference is used to determine if you want patrons
6183 to be allowed to return items through your self check
6184 machines. By default Koha's self check interface is simply for
6185 checking items out.</para>
6190 <section id="AutoSelfCheckAllowed">
6191 <title><link linkend="AutoSelfCheckAllowed">AutoSelfCheckAllowed, AutoSelfCheckID &
6192 AutoSelfCheckPass</link></title>
6195 <para>Most libraries will want to leave this set to 'Don't
6196 allow.' This preference turns off the requirement to log into
6197 the self checkout machine with a staff username and password by
6198 storing the username and password for automatic login.</para>
6201 <para>AutoSelfCheckAllowed Default: Don't allow</para>
6203 <para>Asks: ___ the web-based self checkout system to
6204 automatically login with this staff login ___ and this password
6207 <para>AutoSelfCheckAllowed Values:</para>
6215 <para>Don't allow</para>
6219 <para>AutoSelfCheckID Value:<itemizedlist>
6221 <para>The username of a staff patron with 'circulate' <link linkend="patronpermissions">permissions</link>.</para>
6223 </itemizedlist></para>
6225 <para>AutoSelfCheckPass Value:<itemizedlist>
6227 <para>The password of a staff patron with 'circulate' <link linkend="patronpermissions">permissions</link>.</para>
6229 </itemizedlist></para>
6231 <section id="SCOUserCSS">
6232 <title><link linkend="SCOUserCSS">SCOUserCSS</link></title>
6233 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the web-based self checkout</para>
6234 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6236 <para>The CSS entered in this preference will be used on all of your Koha self
6237 checkout screens.</para>
6239 </itemizedlist></para>
6241 <section id="SCOUserJS">
6242 <title><link linkend="SCOUserJS">SCOUserJS</link></title>
6243 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the web-based self
6245 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6247 <para>The JavaScript entered in this preference will effect all of your Koha self
6248 checkout screens.</para>
6250 </itemizedlist></para>
6253 <section id="SelfCheckHelpMessage">
6254 <title><link linkend="SelfCheckHelpMessage">SelfCheckHelpMessage</link></title>
6256 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the Help page of the
6257 web-based self checkout system</para>
6259 <para>Description:</para>
6263 <para>Clicking the 'Help' link in the top right of the self
6264 checkout interface opens up a three step process for using the
6265 self check interface. Adding HTML to this system preference
6266 will print that additional help text above what's already
6272 <section id="SelfCheckoutByLogin">
6273 <title><link linkend="SelfCheckoutByLogin">SelfCheckoutByLogin</link></title>
6275 <para>Default: Barcode</para>
6277 <para>Asks: Have patrons login into the web-based self checkout
6278 system with their ___</para>
6280 <para>Values:</para>
6284 <para>Barcode</para>
6287 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Patron Card Number</screeninfo>
6291 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckout.png"/>
6298 <para>Username and password</para>
6301 <screeninfo>Shelf checkout by login</screeninfo>
6305 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SelfCheckoutByLogin.png"/>
6312 <para>Description:</para>
6316 <para>This preference lets you decide how your patrons will
6317 log in to the self checkout machine. Barcode is the patron's
6318 card number and their username and password is set using the
6319 opac/staff username and password fields on the patron
6324 <section id="SelfCheckReceiptPrompt">
6325 <title><link linkend="SelfCheckReceiptPrompt">SelfCheckReceiptPrompt</link></title>
6326 <para>Default: Show</para>
6327 <para>Asks: ___ the print receipt popup dialog when self checkout is finished.</para>
6328 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6330 <para>Don't show</para>
6335 </itemizedlist></para>
6336 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6338 <para>This preference controls whether a prompt shows up on the web based self
6339 check out when the patron clicks the 'Finish' button.</para>
6341 </itemizedlist></para>
6344 <section id="SelfCheckTimeout">
6345 <title><link linkend="SelfCheckTimeout">SelfCheckTimeout</link></title>
6347 <para>Default: 120</para>
6349 <para>Asks: Time out the current patron's web-based self checkout
6350 system login after ___ seconds.</para>
6352 <para>Description:</para>
6356 <para>After the machine is idle for the time entered in this
6357 preference the self check out system will log out the current
6358 patron and return to the starting screen.</para>
6363 <section id="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">
6364 <title><link linkend="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</link></title>
6366 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6368 <para>Asks: ___ the patron's picture (if one has been added) when
6369 they use the web-based self checkout.</para>
6371 <para>Values:</para>
6375 <para>Don't show</para>
6384 <section id="WebBasedSelfCheck">
6385 <title><link linkend="WebBasedSelfCheck">WebBasedSelfCheck</link></title>
6387 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
6389 <para>Asks: ___ the web-based self checkout system.</para>
6391 <para>Values:</para>
6395 <para>Don't enable</para>
6403 <para>Enabling this preference will allow access to the <link linkend="selfcheckout">self checkout</link> module in Koha.</para>
6410 <section id="enhancedcontent">
6411 <title><link linkend="enhancedcontent">Enhanced Content</link></title>
6413 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
6414 Global System Preferences > Enhanced Content</para>
6417 <para>Always read the terms of service associated with external data
6418 sources to be sure that you are using the products within the
6419 allowed limits.</para>
6423 <para>You cannot have more than one service for cover images
6424 (including local cover images) set up. If you set up more than one
6425 you will get multiple cover images. Instead choose only one source
6426 for cover images.</para>
6429 <section id="frbrenhancedprefs">
6430 <title><link linkend="frbrenhancedprefs">All</link></title>
6434 <section id="FRBRizeEditions">
6435 <title><link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link></title>
6437 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6439 <para>Asks: ___ other editions of an item on the staff
6442 <para>Values:</para>
6446 <para>Don't show</para>
6453 <screeninfo>Editions tab in staff client</screeninfo>
6457 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/editionstab.png"/>
6464 <para>Description:</para>
6468 <para>Using the rules set forth in the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic
6469 records, this option, when enabled, pulls all editions of the same title available
6470 in your collection regardless of material type. Items will appear under an
6471 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the title in question.. According to
6472 <emphasis>Libraries Unlimited's Online Dictionary for Library and Information
6473 Science</emphasis> (<ulink url="http://lu.com/odlis/">http://lu.com/odlis/</ulink>), FRBRizing the catalog involves collating MARC
6474 records of similar materials. FRBRization brings together entities (sets of Works,
6475 Expressions, or Manifestations), rather than just sets of Items. It can aid
6476 patrons in selecting related items, expressions, and manifestations that will
6477 serve their needs. When it is set to "Show", the OPAC will query one or more ISBN
6478 web services for associated ISBNs and display an Editions tab on the details
6479 pages. Once this preference is enabled, the library must select one of the ISBN
6480 options (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>). This option is only for the Staff Client; the <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> option must be enabled
6481 to have the Editions tab appear on the OPAC.</para>
6486 <para>Requires that you turn on one or more of the ISBN services (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>)</para>
6490 <section id="OPACFRBRizeEditions">
6491 <title><link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link></title>
6493 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6495 <para>Asks: ___ other editions of an item on the OPAC.</para>
6497 <para>Description:</para>
6501 <para>Using the rules set forth in the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic
6502 records, this option, when enabled, pulls all editions of the same title available
6503 in your collection regardless of material type. Items will appear under an
6504 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the title in question.. According to
6505 <emphasis>Libraries Unlimited's Online Dictionary for Library and Information
6506 Science</emphasis> (<ulink url="http://lu.com/odlis/">http://lu.com/odlis/</ulink>), FRBRizing the catalog involves collating MARC
6507 records of similar materials. FRBRization brings together entities (sets of Works,
6508 Expressions, or Manifestations), rather than just sets of Items. It can aid
6509 patrons in selecting related items, expressions, and manifestations that will
6510 serve their needs. When it is set to "Show", the OPAC will query one or more ISBN
6511 web services for associated ISBNs and display an Editions tab on the details
6512 pages. Once this preference is enabled, the library must select one of the ISBN
6513 options (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>). This option is only for the OPAC; the <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> option must be turned "On" to
6514 have the Editions tab appear on the Staff Client.</para>
6518 <para>Values:</para>
6522 <para>Don't show</para>
6529 <screeninfo>Editions tab in the OPAC</screeninfo>
6533 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/editions.png"/>
6540 <para>This preference pulls all editions of the same title
6541 available in your collection regardless of material type. Items
6542 will appear under an 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the
6543 title in question.</para>
6546 <para>Requires that you turn on one or more of the ISBN services (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>)</para>
6551 <section id="amazonprefs">
6552 <title><link linkend="amazonprefs">Amazon</link></title>
6556 <section id="AmazonAssocTag">
6557 <title><link linkend="AmazonAssocTag">AmazonAssocTag</link></title>
6559 <para>Asks: Put the associate tag ___ on links to Amazon.</para>
6562 <para>This can net your library referral fees if a patron
6563 decides to buy an item after clicking through to Amazon from
6567 <para>Description:</para>
6571 <para>An Amazon Associates Tag allows a library to earn a
6572 percentage of all purchases made on Amazon when a patron
6573 accesses Amazon's site via links on the library's website.
6574 More information about the Amazon Associates program is
6575 available at Amazon's Affiliate Program's website, <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/</ulink>.
6576 Before a tag can be obtained, however, the library must first
6577 apply for an Amazon Web Services (AWS) account. Applications
6578 are free of charge and can be made at <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink>.
6579 Once an AWS account has been established, the library can then
6580 obtain the Amazon Associates Tag.</para>
6584 <para>Sign up at: <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/</ulink></para>
6587 <section id="AmazonCoverImages">
6588 <title><link linkend="AmazonCoverImages">AmazonCoverImages</link></title>
6590 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6592 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Amazon on search results and
6593 item detail pages on the staff interface.</para>
6595 <para>Values:</para>
6599 <para>Don't show</para>
6607 <para>Description:</para>
6611 <para>This preference makes it possible to either allow or
6612 prevent Amazon cover images from being displayed in the Staff
6613 Client. Cover images are retrieved by Amazon, which pulls the
6614 content based on the first ISBN number in the item's MARC
6615 record. Amazon offers this service free of charge. If the
6616 value for this preference is set to "Show", the cover images
6617 will appear in the Staff Client, and if it is set to "Don't
6618 show", the images will not appear. Finally, if you're using
6619 Amazon cover images, all other cover image services must be
6620 disabled. If they are not disabled, they will prevent
6621 AmazonCoverImages from functioning properly.</para>
6626 <section id="AmazonLocale">
6627 <title><link linkend="AmazonLocale">AmazonLocale</link></title>
6629 <para>Default: American</para>
6631 <para>Asks: Use Amazon data from its ___ website.</para>
6637 <para>American</para>
6641 <para>British</para>
6645 <para>Canadian</para>
6657 <para>Japanese</para>
6662 <section id="OPACAmazonCoverImages">
6663 <title><link linkend="OPACAmazonCoverImages">OPACAmazonCoverImages</link></title>
6665 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6667 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Amazon on search results and
6668 item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
6670 <para>Values:</para>
6674 <para>Don't show</para>
6682 <para>Description:</para>
6686 <para>This preference makes it possible to either allow or
6687 prevent Amazon cover images from being displayed in the OPAC.
6688 Cover images are retrieved by Amazon, which pulls the content
6689 based on the first ISBN number in the item's MARC record.
6690 Amazon offers this service free of charge. If the value for
6691 this preference is set to "Show", the cover images will appear
6692 in the OPAC, and if it is set to "Don't show", the images will
6693 not appear. Finally, if you're using Amazon cover images, all
6694 other cover image services must be disabled. If they are not
6695 disabled, they will prevent AmazonCoverImages from functioning
6702 <section id="Babelthequeprefs">
6703 <title><link linkend="Babelthequeprefs">Babelthèque</link></title>
6707 <section id="Babeltheque">
6708 <title><link linkend="Babeltheque">Babeltheque</link></title>
6710 <para>Default: Don't</para>
6712 <para>Asks: ___ include information (such as reviews and
6713 citations) from Babelthèque in item detail pages on the
6716 <para>Description:</para>
6720 <para>This preference makes it possible to display a
6721 Babeltheque tab in the OPAC, allowing patrons to access tags,
6722 reviews, and additional title information provided by
6723 Babeltheque. The information which Babeltheque supplies is
6724 drawn from the French language-based <ulink url="http://www.babelio.com/">Babelio.com</ulink>, a French
6725 service similar to LibraryThing for Libraries. More
6726 information about Babeltheque is available through its
6727 website, <ulink url="http://www.babeltheque.com/">http://www.babeltheque.com</ulink>.
6728 Libraries that wish to allow access to this information must
6729 first register for the service at <ulink url="http://www.babeltheque.com">http://www.babeltheque.com</ulink>.
6730 Please note that this information is only provided in
6735 <para>Values:</para>
6742 <screeninfo>Data from Babelthèque on the bib
6747 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Babeltheque.png"/>
6759 <section id="Babeltheque_url_js">
6760 <title><link linkend="Babeltheque_url_js">Babeltheque_url_js</link></title>
6762 <para>Asks: ___ Defined the url for the Babeltheque javascript
6763 file (eg. http://www.babeltheque.com/bw_XX.js)</para>
6766 <section id="Babeltheque_url_update">
6767 <title><link linkend="Babeltheque_url_update">Babeltheque_url_update</link></title>
6769 <para>Asks: ___ Defined the url for the Babeltheque update
6771 http://www.babeltheque.com/.../file.csv.bz2).</para>
6775 <section id="btcontentprefs">
6776 <title><link linkend="btcontentprefs">Baker & Taylor</link></title>
6779 <para>This is a pay service, you must contact Baker & Taylor
6780 to subscribe to this service before setting these options.</para>
6783 <section id="BakerTaylorEnabled">
6784 <title><link linkend="BakerTaylorEnabled">BakerTaylorEnabled</link></title>
6786 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6788 <para>Asks: ___ Baker and Taylor links and cover images to the
6789 OPAC and staff client. This requires that you have entered in a
6790 username and password (which can be seen in image links).</para>
6792 <para>Values:</para>
6800 <para>Don't add</para>
6804 <para>Description:</para>
6808 <para>This preference makes it possible to display Baker &
6809 Taylor content (book reviews, descriptions, cover images,
6810 etc.) in both the Staff Client and the OPAC. Libraries that
6811 wish to display Baker & Taylor content must first register
6812 and pay for this service with Baker & Taylor (<ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink>). If
6813 Baker & Taylor content is enabled be sure to turn off
6814 other cover and review services to prevent
6815 interference.</para>
6820 <para>To use this you will need to also set the <link linkend="btuserpass">BakerTaylorUsername &
6821 BakerTaylorPassword</link> system preferences</para>
6825 <section id="BakerTaylorBookstoreURL">
6826 <title><link linkend="BakerTaylorBookstoreURL">BakerTaylorBookstoreURL</link></title>
6828 <para>Asks: Baker and Taylor "My Library Bookstore" links should
6829 be accessed at https:// ___ isbn</para>
6831 <para>Description:</para>
6835 <para>Some libraries generate additional funding for the
6836 library by selling books and other materials that are
6837 purchased from or have been previously leased from Baker &
6838 Taylor. These materials can be accessed via a link on the
6839 library's website. This service is often referred to as "My
6840 Library Bookstore." In order to participate in this program,
6841 the library must first register and pay for the service with
6842 Baker & Taylor. Additional information about this and
6843 other services provided by Baker & Taylor is available at
6844 the Baker & Taylor website, <ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink>. The
6845 BakerTaylorBookstoreURL preference establishes the URL in
6846 order to link to the library's Baker & Taylor-backed
6847 online bookstore, if such a bookstore has been established.
6848 The default for this field is left blank; if no value is
6849 entered, the links to My Library Bookstore will remain
6850 inactive. If enabling this preference, enter the library's
6851 Hostname and Parent Number in the appropriate location within
6852 the URL. The "key" value (key=) should be appended to the URL,
6853 and https:// should be prepended.</para>
6857 <para>This should be filled in with something like
6858 koha.mylibrarybookstore.com/MLB/actions/searchHandler.do?nextPage=bookDetails&parentNum=10923&key=</para>
6861 <para>Leave it blank to disable these links.</para>
6865 <para>Be sure to get this information from Baker & Taylor
6866 when subscribing.</para>
6870 <section id="btuserpass">
6871 <title><link linkend="btuserpass">BakerTaylorUsername & BakerTaylorPassword</link></title>
6873 <para>Asks: Access Baker and Taylor using username ___ and
6876 <para>Descriptions:</para>
6880 <para>This setting in only applicable if the library has a
6881 paid subscription to the external Content Café service from
6882 Baker & Taylor. Use the box provided to enter in the
6883 library's Content Café username and password. Also, ensure
6884 that the <link linkend="BakerTaylorBookstoreURL">BakerTaylorBookstoreURL</link>
6885 and <link linkend="BakerTaylorEnabled">BakerTaylorEnabled</link>
6886 settings are properly set. The Content Café service is a feed
6887 of enhanced content such as cover art, professional reviews,
6888 and summaries that is displayed along with Staff Client/OPAC
6889 search results. For more information on this service please
6890 see the Baker & Taylor website: <ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink></para>
6895 <para>Be sure to get this information from Baker & Taylor
6896 when subscribing.</para>
6900 <section id="coceimages">
6901 <title><link linkend="coceimages">Coce Cover images cache</link></title>
6902 <para>Coce is a remote image URL cache. With this option, cover images are not fetched
6903 directly from Amazon, Google, and so on. Their URLs are requested via a web service to
6904 Coce which manages a cache of URLs. </para>
6906 <title><link linkend="Coce">Coce</link></title>
6907 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
6908 <para>Asks: ___ a Coce image cache service.</para>
6909 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6911 <para>Don't enable</para>
6916 </itemizedlist></para>
6917 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
6919 <para>Coce has many benefits when it comes to choosing and displaying cover images
6920 in Koha:<itemizedlist>
6922 <para>If a book cover is not available from a provider, but is available
6923 from another one, Koha will be able to display a book cover, which isn't
6924 the case now </para>
6927 <para>Since URLs are cached, it isn't necessary for each book cover to
6928 request, again and again, the provider, and several of them if necessary.
6932 <para>Amazon book covers are retrieved with Amazon Product Advertising API,
6933 which means that more covers are retrieved (ISBN13).</para>
6935 </itemizedlist><important>
6936 <para>Coce does not come bundled with Koha. Your Koha install with not already
6937 have a Coce server set up. Before enabling this functionality you will want
6938 to be sure to have a Coce server set up. Instructions on installing and
6939 setting up Coce can be found on the official github page at <ulink url="https://github.com/fredericd/coce">https://github.com/fredericd/coce</ulink>.</para>
6942 </itemizedlist></para>
6944 <section id="CoceHost">
6945 <title><link linkend="CoceHost">CoceHost</link></title>
6946 <para>Asks: Coce server URL ___</para>
6947 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6949 <para>This will be the full URL (starting with http://) to your Coce server.
6952 </itemizedlist></para>
6954 <section id="CoceProviders">
6955 <title><link linkend="CoceProviders">CoceProviders</link></title>
6956 <para>Asks: Use the following providers to fetch the covers ___</para>
6957 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6959 <para>[Select all]</para>
6962 <para>Amazon Web Services</para>
6965 <para>Google Books</para>
6968 <para>Open Library</para>
6970 </itemizedlist></para>
6971 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6973 <para>The providers chosen here will be used to gather cover images for display in
6974 your Koha catalog.</para>
6976 </itemizedlist></para>
6980 <section id="googleprefs">
6981 <title><link linkend="googleprefs">Google</link></title>
6985 <section id="GoogleJackets">
6986 <title><link linkend="GoogleJackets">GoogleJackets</link></title>
6988 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6990 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Google Books to search results
6991 and item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
6993 <para>Values:</para>
7001 <para>Don't add</para>
7005 <para>Description:</para>
7009 <para>This setting controls the display of applicable cover
7010 art from the free Google Books database, via the Google Books
7011 API. Please note that to use this feature, all other cover
7012 services should be turned off.</para>
7017 <section id="html5">
7018 <title><link linkend="html5">HTML5 Media</link></title>
7019 <section id="HTML5MediaEnabled">
7020 <title><link linkend="HTML5MediaEnabled">HTML5MediaEnabled</link></title>
7021 <para>Default: not at all</para>
7022 <para>Asks: Show a tab with a HTML5 media player for files catalogued in field 856
7024 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7026 <para>in OPAC and staff client</para>
7029 <para>in the OPAC</para>
7031 <screeninfo>HTML5 Media in the OPAC</screeninfo>
7034 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/HTML5MediaEnabled-opac.png"/>
7040 <para>in the staff client</para>
7042 <screeninfo>HTML5 Media in the staff client</screeninfo>
7045 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/HTML5MediaEnabled-staff.png"/>
7051 <para>not at all</para>
7053 </itemizedlist></para>
7054 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7056 <para>If you have media elements in the 856 of your MARC record this preference
7057 can run/show those media files in a separate tab using HTML5.</para>
7059 </itemizedlist></para>
7061 <section id="HTML5MediaExtensions">
7062 <title><link linkend="HTML5MediaExtensions">HTML5MediaExtensions</link></title>
7063 <para>Default: webm|ogg|ogv|oga|vtt</para>
7064 <para>Asks: Media file extensions ___</para>
7065 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7067 <para>Enter in file extensions separated with bar (|)</para>
7069 </itemizedlist></para>
7072 <section id="HTML5MediaYouTube">
7073 <title><link linkend="HTML5MediaYouTube">HTML5MediaYouTube</link></title>
7074 <para>Default: Don't embed</para>
7076 <para>To turn this on first enable <link linkend="HTML5MediaEnabled">HTML5MediaEnabled</link></para>
7077 </important>Asks: ___ YouTube links as videos.</para>
7078 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
7080 <para>Don't embed</para>
7085 </itemizedlist></para>
7086 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7088 <para>This preference will allow MARC21 856$u that points to YouTube to appear as a
7089 playable video on the pages defined in <link linkend="HTML5MediaEnabled">HTML5MediaEnabled</link>.</para>
7091 </itemizedlist></para>
7093 <section id="IDreamLibraries">
7094 <title><link linkend="IDreamLibraries">IDreamLibraries</link></title>
7095 <para><ulink url="http://idreambooks.com/">IDreamBooks.com</ulink> aggregates book reviews
7096 by critics to help you discover the very best of what's coming out each week. These
7097 preferences let you integrated content from <ulink url="http://IDreamBooks.com">IDreamBooks.com</ulink> in to your Koha OPAC. <note>
7098 <para>This is a new website and has limited content, so you may only see these
7099 features on new popular titles until the database grows some more.</para>
7101 <section id="IDreamBooksReadometer">
7102 <title><link linkend="IDreamBooksReadometer">IDreamBooksReadometer</link></title>
7103 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7104 <para>Asks: ___ a "Readometer" that summarizes the reviews gathered by IDreamBooks.com
7105 to the OPAC details page. </para>
7106 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7110 <screeninfo>Readometer on the details page</screeninfo>
7113 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksReadometer.png"/>
7119 <para>Don't add</para>
7121 </itemizedlist></para>
7123 <section id="IDreamBooksResults">
7124 <title><link linkend="IDreamBooksResults">IDreamBooksResults</link></title>
7125 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7126 <para>Asks: ___ the rating from IDreamBooks.com to OPAC search results. </para>
7127 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7131 <screeninfo>iDreamBooks rating on search results</screeninfo>
7134 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksResults.png"/>
7140 <para>Don't add</para>
7142 </itemizedlist></para>
7144 <section id="IDreamBooksReviews">
7145 <title><link linkend="IDreamBooksReviews">IDreamBooksReviews</link></title>
7146 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7147 <para>Asks: ___ a tab on the OPAC details with book reviews from critics aggregated by
7148 IDreamBooks.com. </para>
7149 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7153 <screeninfo>Reviews tab on the detail page</screeninfo>
7156 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksReviews.png"/>
7162 <para>Don't add</para>
7164 </itemizedlist></para>
7168 <section id="librarythingprefs">
7169 <title><link linkend="librarythingprefs">LibraryThing</link></title>
7171 <para>LibraryThing for Libraries is a pay service. You must first
7172 contact LibraryThing directly for pricing and subscription
7173 information. Learn more at <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries">http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries</ulink>.
7174 Also, for further configuration instructions please see the
7175 LibraryThing Wiki: <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/wiki/index.php/Koha">http://www.librarything.com/wiki/index.php/Koha</ulink></para>
7177 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesEnabled">
7178 <title><link linkend="LibraryThingForLibrariesEnabled">LibraryThingForLibrariesEnabled</link></title>
7180 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7182 <para>Asks: ___ reviews, similar items, and tags from Library
7183 Thing for Libraries on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7185 <para>Values:</para>
7189 <para>Don't show</para>
7197 <para>Description:</para>
7201 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
7202 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
7203 service. This service can provide patrons with the display of
7204 expanded information on catalog items such as book
7205 recommendations. It also can offer advanced features like
7206 tagged browsing, patron written reviews, and a virtual library
7207 display accessed from the details tab.</para>
7212 <para>If this is set to 'show' you will need to enter a value in
7213 the '<link linkend="LibraryThingForLibrariesID">LibraryThingForLibrariesID</link>'
7214 system preference.</para>
7218 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesID">
7219 <title><link linkend="LibraryThingForLibrariesID">LibraryThingForLibrariesID</link></title>
7221 <para>Asks: Access Library Thing for Libraries using the customer
7224 <para>Description:</para>
7228 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
7229 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
7230 service. Use the box provided to enter in the library's
7231 LibraryThing for Libraries ID as provided to the library by
7232 LibraryThing. The ID number is a series of numbers in the form
7233 ###-#########, and can be found on the library's account page
7234 at LibraryThing for Libraries. This service can provide
7235 patrons with the display of expanded information on catalog
7236 items such as book recommendations and cover art. It also can
7237 offer advanced features like tagged browsing, patron written
7238 reviews, and a virtual library display accessed from the
7244 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesTabbedView">
7245 <title><link linkend="LibraryThingForLibrariesTabbedView">LibraryThingForLibrariesTabbedView</link></title>
7247 <para>Default: in line with bibliographic information</para>
7249 <para>Asks: Show Library Thing for Libraries content ___</para>
7251 <para>Values:</para>
7255 <para>in line with bibliographic information</para>
7259 <para>in tabs</para>
7263 <para>Description:</para>
7267 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
7268 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
7269 service. This service can provide patrons with the display of
7270 expanded information on catalog items such as book
7271 recommendations and cover art. It also can offer advanced
7272 features like tagged browsing, patron written reviews, and a
7273 virtual library display accessed from the details tab.</para>
7277 <section id="ThingISBN">
7278 <title><link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link></title>
7279 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
7280 <para>Asks: ___ the ThingISBN service to show other editions of a title</para>
7281 <para>Values:</para>
7284 <para>Don't use</para>
7290 <para>Description:</para>
7293 <para>Set to 'Use' to display an "Editions" tab on the item's detail page. Editions
7294 are listed, complete with cover art (if you have one of the cover services
7295 enabled) and bibliographic information. The feed comes from LibraryThing's
7296 ThingISBN web service. This is a free service to non-commercial sites with fewer
7297 than 1,000 requests per day.</para>
7301 <para>Requires <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to 'show'</para>
7304 <para>This is separate from Library Thing for Libraries and does not have a cost
7305 associated with it.</para>
7310 <section id="localimages">
7311 <title><link linkend="localimages">Local Cover Images</link></title>
7315 <section id="AllowMultipleCovers">
7316 <title><link linkend="AllowMultipleCovers">AllowMultipleCovers</link></title>
7318 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
7320 <para>Asks: ___ multiple images to be attached to each
7321 bibliographic record.</para>
7323 <para>Values:</para>
7331 <para>Don't allow</para>
7335 <para>Description:</para>
7339 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then you can upload
7340 multiple images that will appear in the images tab on the bib
7341 record in the OPAC and the staff client. This preference
7342 requires that either one or both <link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link> and <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link> are
7343 set to 'Display.'</para>
7346 <screeninfo>Multiple cover images</screeninfo>
7350 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowMultipleCovers.png"/>
7358 <section id="LocalCoverImages">
7359 <title><link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link></title>
7361 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
7363 <para>Asks: ___ local cover images on intranet search and details
7366 <para>Values:</para>
7370 <para>Display</para>
7374 <para>Don't display</para>
7378 <para>Description:</para>
7382 <para>Setting this preference to 'Display' allows you to
7383 upload your own cover images to bib records and display them
7384 on the detail page in the staff client. At this time the cover
7385 will only show under the 'Images' tab on the holdings table on
7386 the detail display, not next to the title at the top left or
7387 on the search results.</para>
7392 <section id="OPACLocalCoverImages">
7393 <title><link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link></title>
7395 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
7397 <para>Asks: ___ local cover images on OPAC search and details
7400 <para>Values:</para>
7404 <para>Display</para>
7408 <para>Don't display</para>
7412 <para>Description:</para>
7416 <para>Setting this preference to 'Display' allows you to
7417 upload your own cover images to bib records and display them
7418 on the detail page and search results in the OPAC.</para>
7424 <section id="novelistselect">
7425 <title><link linkend="novelistselect">Novelist Select</link></title>
7427 <para>Novelist Select is not a free service. Contact your Ebsco
7428 representitive to get your log in information to embed this content
7429 in the OPAC.<important>
7430 <para>Novelist Select does not include cover images for the search results and
7431 bibliographic detail pages. You can choose any other cover image service for this
7432 content or you can contract with Ebsco to get access to the <link linkend="btcontentprefs">Baker & Taylor Content Cafe</link> for an added
7436 <section id="NovelistSelectEnabled">
7437 <title><link linkend="NovelistSelectEnabled">NovelistSelectEnabled</link></title>
7439 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7441 <para>Asks: ___ Novelist Select content to the OPAC.</para>
7443 <para>Values:</para>
7451 <para>Don't add</para>
7456 <para>Enabling this requires that you have entered in a user
7457 profile and password in the <link linkend="NovelistSelectProfile">NovelistSelectProfile &
7458 NovelistSelectPassword</link> preferences</para>
7459 </important>Description:</para>
7463 <para>Novelist Select from Ebsco is a subscription service
7464 that can provide additional content in the OPAC.</para>
7469 <section id="NovelistSelectProfile">
7470 <title><link linkend="NovelistSelectProfile">NovelistSelectProfile & NovelistSelectPassword</link></title>
7472 <para>Asks: Access Novelist Select using user profile ___ and
7473 password ___.</para>
7476 <para>This information will be visible if someone views the
7477 source code on your OPAC.</para>
7480 <para>Description:</para>
7484 <para>Novelist Select from Ebsco is a subscription service
7485 that can provide additional content in the OPAC.</para>
7490 <section id="NovelistSelectView">
7491 <title><link linkend="NovelistSelectView">NovelistSelectView</link></title>
7493 <para>Default: in an OPAC tab</para>
7495 <para>Asks: Display Novelist Select content ___</para>
7497 <para>Description:</para>
7501 <para>Novelist Select provides a lot of content, for that
7502 reason you have four choices of where to display this content.
7503 The default view is in a tab in the holdings table.</para>
7506 <screeninfo>Novelist Select in a tab</screeninfo>
7510 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/novelisttab.png"/>
7515 <para>The content is the same if you choose to show it above
7516 the holdings table or below it. If shown in the right column
7517 of the page it's the same content, but displays a bit
7518 differently since space is limited.</para>
7521 <screeninfo>Novelist Select on the side</screeninfo>
7525 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/novelistside.png"/>
7532 <para>Values:</para>
7536 <para>above the holdings table</para>
7540 <para>below the holdings table</para>
7544 <para>in an OPAC tab</para>
7548 <para>under the Save Record dropdown on the right</para>
7554 <section id="oclcprefs">
7555 <title><link linkend="oclcprefs">OCLC</link></title>
7559 <section id="XISBN">
7560 <title><link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link></title>
7562 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
7564 <para>Asks: ___ the OCLC xISBN service to show other editions of a
7567 <para>Description:</para>
7571 <para>Set to 'Use' to display an "Editions" tab on the item's
7572 detail page. Editions are listed, complete with cover art and
7573 bibliographic information. The feed comes from OCLC's xISBN
7574 web service. The feed limit for non-commercial sites is 1000
7575 requests per day.</para>
7579 <para>Values:</para>
7583 <para>Don't use</para>
7592 <para>Requires <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to
7597 <section id="OCLCAffiliateID">
7598 <title><link linkend="OCLCAffiliateID">OCLCAffiliateID</link></title>
7600 <para>Asks: Use the OCLC affiliate ID ___ to access the xISBN
7603 <para>Description:</para>
7607 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has an
7608 OCLC Affiliate ID. This allows WorldCat searching in the OPAC
7609 via the XISBN programming interface. Simply enter the
7610 library's OCLC Affiliate ID in the box provided. Please note
7611 that using this data is only necessary if <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> and
7612 <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link> settings are enabled. For
7613 more information on this service please visit the OCLC
7614 website: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/default.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/default.jsp</ulink>.</para>
7619 <para>Unless you have signed up for an ID with OCLC, you are
7620 limited to 1000 requests per day. Available at: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
7624 <section id="XISBNDailyLimit">
7625 <title><link linkend="XISBNDailyLimit">XISBNDailyLimit</link></title>
7627 <para>Default: 999</para>
7629 <para>Asks: Only use the xISBN service ___ times a day.</para>
7632 <para>Unless you have signed up for an ID with OCLC, you are
7633 limited to 1000 requests per day. Available at: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
7638 <section id="OpenLibraryPrefs">
7639 <title><link linkend="OpenLibraryPrefs">Open Library</link></title>
7641 <section id="OpenLibraryCovers">
7642 <title><link linkend="OpenLibraryCovers">OpenLibraryCovers</link></title>
7644 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7646 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Open Library to search results
7647 and item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7649 <para>Values:</para>
7657 <para>Don't add</para>
7661 <para>Description:</para>
7665 <para>This setting controls the display of applicable cover
7666 art from the free Open Library database, via the Open Library
7667 API. Please note that to use this feature, all other cover
7668 services should be turned off.</para>
7672 <section id="OpenLibrarySearch">
7673 <title><link linkend="OpenLibrarySearch">OpenLibrarySearch</link></title>
7674 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7675 <para>Asks: ___ search results from Open Library on the OPAC. </para>
7676 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7678 <para>Don't show</para>
7681 <para>Show<screenshot>
7682 <screeninfo>Open Library results</screeninfo>
7685 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpenLibrarySearch.png"/>
7688 </screenshot></para>
7690 </itemizedlist></para>
7693 <section id="overdriveprefs">
7694 <title><link linkend="overdriveprefs">Overdrive</link></title>
7695 <para>OverDrive is an pay service. You must first contact OverDrive directly for pricing
7696 and subscription information. Enabling this service will integrate Overdrive results in
7697 to your OPAC searches. You will have to apply for these 3 pieces of information through
7698 an application as an API developer. Overdrive API applications are evaluated once a week
7699 so you may not be able to use this feature immediately after signing up. To learn more
7700 please contact your OverDrive representative.</para>
7702 <screeninfo>Overdrive results</screeninfo>
7705 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Overdrive.png"/>
7709 <section id="OverDriveClientKey">
7710 <title><link linkend="OverDriveClientKey">OverDriveClientKey and OverDriveClientSecret</link></title>
7711 <para>Asks: Include OverDrive availability information with the client key __ and client
7713 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7715 <para>OverDrive customers can get this information by visiting the <ulink url="https://developer.overdrive.com/docs/getting-started">OverDrive Developer
7716 Portal</ulink> and following the instructions found there to apply as an API
7717 developer. Once this data and the <link linkend="OverDriveLibraryID">OverDriveLibraryID</link> are populated you will see OverDrive results on
7718 your OPAC searches.</para>
7720 </itemizedlist></para>
7722 <section id="OverDriveLibraryID">
7723 <title><link linkend="OverDriveLibraryID">OverDriveLibraryID</link></title>
7724 <para>Asks: Show items from the OverDrive catalog of library # ___</para>
7725 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7727 <para>OverDrive customers can get this information by visiting the <ulink url="https://developer.overdrive.com/docs/getting-started">OverDrive Developer
7728 Portal</ulink> and following the instructions found there to apply as an API
7729 developer. Once this data and the <link linkend="OverDriveClientKey">OverDriveClientKey and OverDriveClientSecret</link> are populated you will
7730 see OverDrive results on your OPAC searches.</para>
7732 </itemizedlist></para>
7735 <section id="pluginprefs">
7736 <title><link linkend="pluginprefs">Plugins</link></title>
7737 <section id="UseKohaPlugins">
7738 <title><link linkend="UseKohaPlugins">UseKohaPlugins</link></title>
7739 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
7740 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to use Koha Plugins.</para>
7741 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7743 <para>Don't enable</para>
7748 </itemizedlist></para>
7750 <para>The plugin system must also be enabled in the Koha configuration file to be
7751 fully enabled. Learn more in the <link linkend="pluginsystem">Plugins
7752 chapter</link>.</para>
7757 <section id="Syndeticsprefs">
7758 <title><link linkend="Syndeticsprefs">Syndetics</link></title>
7760 <para>Syndetics is a pay service. You must first contact Syndetics
7761 directly for pricing and subscription information.</para>
7763 <section id="SyndeticsEnabled">
7764 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link></title>
7766 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
7768 <para>Asks: ___ content from Syndetics.</para>
7770 <para>Values:</para>
7774 <para>Don't use</para>
7782 <para>Description:</para>
7786 <para>When this option is enabled any of the Syndetics options
7792 <para>Requires that you enter your <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> before
7793 this content will appear.</para>
7797 <section id="SyndeticsClientCode">
7798 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link></title>
7800 <para>Asks: Use the client code ___ to access Syndetics.</para>
7802 <para>Description:</para>
7806 <para>Once the library signs up for Syndetics' services,
7807 Syndetics will provide the library with an access code. (Visit
7808 the Syndetics homepage at <ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>
7809 for more information.) This is the code that must be entered
7810 to access Syndetics' subscription services. Syndetics is a
7811 paid subscription service. This value must be entered before
7812 <link linkend="SyndeticsEditions">SyndeticsEditions</link> can
7813 be enabled. If the code is lost, corrupted, or forgotten, a
7814 new one can be obtained from <ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>.</para>
7819 <para>You will need to get your client code directly from
7824 <section id="SyndeticsCoverImages">
7825 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsCoverImages">SyndeticsCoverImages & SyndeticsCoverImageSize</link></title>
7827 <para>SyndeticsCoverImages Default: Don't show</para>
7829 <para>SyndeticsCoverImageSize Default: medium</para>
7831 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Syndetics on search results and
7832 item detail pages on the OPAC in a ___ size.</para>
7834 <para>Descriptions:</para>
7838 <para>When enabled, SyndeticsCoverImages, allows libraries to
7839 display Syndetics' collection of full-color cover images for
7840 books, videos, DVDs and CDs on their OPAC. For each book or
7841 item that comes up during a user search, the cover image for
7842 that title will be displayed. Since these cover images come in
7843 three sizes, the optimum size must be selected using the
7844 SyndeticsCoverImageSize preference after SyndeticsCoverImages
7845 are enabled. Syndetics cover images come in two sizes:
7846 mid-size (187 x 187 pixels), and large (400 x 400 pixels).
7847 Syndetics is a paid subscription service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7848 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7849 be activated before this service can be used. Other cover
7850 image preferences should also be disabled to avoid
7851 interference.</para>
7855 <para>SyndeticsCoverImages Values:</para>
7859 <para>Don't show</para>
7867 <para>SyndeticsCoverImageSize Values:</para>
7880 <section id="SyndeticsAuthorNotes">
7881 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsAuthorNotes">SyndeticsAuthorNotes</link></title>
7883 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7885 <para>Asks: ___ notes about the author of a title from Syndetics
7886 on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7888 <para>Values:</para>
7892 <para>Don't show</para>
7900 <para>Description:</para>
7904 <para>When this option is set to "Show", Syndetics provides
7905 notes and short author biographies for more that 300,000
7906 authors, in both fiction and nonfiction. With this option
7907 enabled the library can display Syndetics Author Notes on the
7908 OPAC. According to the Syndetics Solutions website (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>),
7909 Author Notes include lists of contributors for many
7910 multi-author texts and compilations. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7911 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7912 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7917 <section id="SyndeticsAwards">
7918 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsAwards">SyndeticsAwards</link></title>
7920 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7922 <para>Asks: ___ information from Syndetics about the awards a
7923 title has won on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7925 <para>Values:</para>
7929 <para>Don't show</para>
7937 <para>Description:</para>
7941 <para>When this option is set to "Show", Syndetics provides
7942 its clients with a list of awards that any title has won. With
7943 this service enabled the library can display those awards for
7944 each book on its website. For each book or item that comes up
7945 during a user search, the list of awards for that title will
7946 be displayed. When a user clicks on a given award, information
7947 about that award is presented along with a list of the other
7948 titles that have won that award. If the user clicks on any
7949 title in the list, they will see holdings information about
7950 that title in their region. This option is a paid subscription
7951 service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7952 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7953 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7958 <section id="SyndeticsEditions">
7959 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsEditions">SyndeticsEditions</link></title>
7961 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7963 <para>Asks: ___ information about other editions of a title from
7964 Syndetics on item detail pages on the OPAC</para>
7966 <para>Description:</para>
7970 <para>When enabled this option shows information on other
7971 editions of a title from Syndetics on the item detail pages of
7972 the OPAC. Syndetics is a paid subscription service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7973 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7974 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7978 <para>Values:</para>
7982 <para>Don't show</para>
7991 <para>Requires <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to
7996 <section id="SyndeticsExcerpt">
7997 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsExcerpt">SyndeticsExcerpt</link></title>
7999 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8001 <para>Asks: ___ excerpts from of a title from Syndetics on item
8002 detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
8004 <para>Values:</para>
8008 <para>Don't show</para>
8016 <para>Description:</para>
8020 <para>This preference allows Syndetics to display excerpts
8021 given to them from selected publishers. The excerpts are
8022 available from prominently reviewed new titles, both fiction
8023 and non-fiction. The excerpts include poems, essays, recipes,
8024 forwards and prefaces. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs
8025 within local MARC records are required to integrate Syndetics
8026 secured, high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For
8027 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
8032 <section id="SyndeticsReviews">
8033 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsReviews">SyndeticsReviews</link></title>
8035 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8037 <para>Asks: ___ reviews of a title from Syndetics on item detail
8038 pages on the OPAC.</para>
8040 <para>Values:</para>
8044 <para>Don't show</para>
8052 <para>Description:</para>
8056 <para>Syndetics Reviews is an accumulation of book reviews
8057 available from a variety of journals and serials. The reviews
8058 page displays colored images of reviewed books dust jackets,
8059 partnered with the names of the journal or serial providing
8060 the review. Clicking on an icon opens a window revealing the
8061 book title, author's name, book cover icon and the critic's
8062 opinion of the book. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs
8063 within local MARC records are required to integrate Syndetics
8064 secured, high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For
8065 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
8070 <section id="SyndeticsSeries">
8071 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsSeries">SyndeticsSeries</link></title>
8073 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8075 <para>Asks: ___ information on other books in a title's series
8076 from Syndetics on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
8078 <para>Values:</para>
8082 <para>Don't show</para>
8090 <para>Description:</para>
8094 <para>Each fiction title within a series is linked to the
8095 complete series record. The record displays each title in
8096 reading order and also displays the publication order, if
8097 different. Alternate series titles are also displayed.
8098 Automatic links provided by the ISBNs within local MARC
8099 records are required to integrate Syndetics secured, high-
8100 speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For more
8101 information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
8106 <section id="SyndeticsSummary">
8107 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsSummary">SyndeticsSummary</link></title>
8109 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8111 <para>Asks: ___ a summary of a title from Syndetics on item detail
8112 pages on the OPAC.</para>
8114 <para>Values:</para>
8118 <para>Don't show</para>
8126 <para>Description:</para>
8130 <para>Providing more than 5.6 million summaries and
8131 annotations derived from book jackets, edited publisher copy,
8132 or independently written annotations from Book News, Inc.
8133 Covering fiction and non-fiction, this summaries option
8134 provides annotations on both trade and scholarly titles. For
8135 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
8140 <section id="SyndeticsTOC">
8141 <title><link linkend="SyndeticsTOC">SyndeticsTOC</link></title>
8143 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8145 <para>Asks: ___ the table of contents of a title from Syndetics on
8146 item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
8148 <para>Values:</para>
8152 <para>Don't show</para>
8160 <para>Description:</para>
8164 <para>This preference allows staff and patrons to review the
8165 Table of Contents from a wide variety of publications from
8166 popular self-help books to conference proceedings. Specific
8167 Information access is the main purpose for this option,
8168 allowing patrons guidance to their preferred section of the
8169 book. Special arrangements with selected book services is used
8170 to obtain the table of contents for new publications each
8171 year. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs within local MARC
8172 records are required to integrate Syndetics secured,
8173 high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For more
8174 information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
8180 <section id="taggingprefs">
8181 <title><link linkend="taggingprefs">Tagging</link></title>
8183 <section id="TagsEnabled">
8184 <title><link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link></title>
8186 <para>Default: Allow</para>
8188 <para>Asks: ___ patrons and staff to put tags on items.</para>
8190 <para>Values:</para>
8198 <para>Don't allow</para>
8202 <para>Description:</para>
8206 <para>Set to 'Allow' enable tagging. A tag is metadata, a word
8207 added to identify an item. Tags allow patrons to classify
8208 materials on their own. TagsEnabled is the main switch that
8209 permits the tagging features. TagsEnable must be set to
8210 'Allow' to allow for other tagging features.</para>
8215 <section id="TagsModeration">
8216 <title><link linkend="TagsModeration">TagsModeration</link></title>
8218 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
8220 <para>Asks: ___ that tags submitted by patrons be reviewed by a
8221 staff member before being shown.</para>
8223 <para>Values:</para>
8227 <para>Don't require</para>
8231 <para>Require</para>
8235 <para>Description:</para>
8239 <para>When set to 'Require,' all tags to be first filtered by
8240 the tag moderator. Only approved tags will be visible to
8241 patrons. When set to 'Don't require' tags will bypass the tag
8242 moderator and patrons' tags to be immediately visible. When
8243 this preference is enabled the moderator, a staff member,
8244 would approve the tag in the Staff Client. The moderator will
8245 have the option to approve or reject each pending tag
8250 <para>When moderation is required all tags go through the tag
8251 moderation tool before becoming visible.</para>
8255 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
8256 <link linkend="tagsmoderation">Tags</link></para>
8261 <section id="TagsShowOnList">
8262 <title><link linkend="TagsShowOnList">TagsShowOnList</link></title>
8264 <para>Default: 6</para>
8266 <para>Asks: Show ___ tags on search results on the OPAC.</para>
8269 <para>Set the value to 0 (zero) to turn this feature off.</para>
8273 <section id="TagsInputOnList">
8274 <title><link linkend="TagsInputOnList">TagsInputOnList</link></title>
8276 <para>Default: Allow</para>
8278 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to input tags on search results on the
8281 <para>Values:</para>
8288 <screeninfo>Tags on Search Results</screeninfo>
8292 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/TagsInputOnList.png"/>
8299 <para>Don't allow</para>
8304 <section id="TagsShowOnDetail">
8305 <title><link linkend="TagsShowOnDetail">TagsShowOnDetail</link></title>
8307 <para>Default: 10</para>
8309 <para>Asks: Show ___ tags on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
8312 <para>Set the value to 0 (zero) to turn this feature off.</para>
8316 <section id="TagsInputOnDetail">
8317 <title><link linkend="TagsInputOnDetail">TagsInputOnDetail</link></title>
8319 <para>Default: Allow</para>
8321 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to input tags on item detail pages on the
8324 <para>Values:</para>
8331 <screeninfo>Add Tags on Detail</screeninfo>
8335 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/TagsInputOnDetail.png"/>
8342 <para>Don't allow</para>
8347 <section id="TagsExternalDictionary">
8348 <title><link linkend="TagsExternalDictionary">TagsExternalDictionary</link></title>
8350 <para>Asks: Allow tags in the dictionary of the ispell executable
8351 ___ on the server to be approved without moderation.</para>
8353 <para>Description:</para>
8357 <para>The dictionary includes a list of accepted and rejected
8358 tags. The accepted list includes all the tags that have been
8359 pre-allowed. The rejected list includes tags that are not
8360 allowed. This preference identifies the "accepted" dictionary
8361 used. Ispell is an open source dictionary which can be used as
8362 a list of accepted terms. Since the dictionary allows for
8363 accurately spelled obscenities, the libraries policy may
8364 dictate that modifications are made to the Ispell dictionary
8365 if this preference is use. For more information about Ispell
8366 <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/software/ispell/ispell.html">http://www.gnu.org/software/ispell/ispell.html</ulink>.
8367 Enter the path on your server to a local ispell executable,
8368 used to set $Lingua::Ispell::path.</para>
8375 <section id="l18nprefs">
8376 <title><link linkend="l18nprefs">I18N/L10N</link></title>
8378 <para>These preferences control your Internationalization and Localization
8381 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8382 Global System Preferences > I18N/L10N</para>
8383 <section id="AddressFormat">
8384 <title><link linkend="AddressFormat">AddressFormat</link></title>
8385 <para>Default: US style ([Street number], [Address] - [City], [Zip/Postal Code],
8387 <para>Asks: Format postal addresses using ___</para>
8388 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8390 <para>German style ([Address] [Street number] - [Zip/Postal Code] [City] -
8394 <para>US style ([Street number], [Address] - [City], [Zip/Postal Code],
8397 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
8399 <para>This preference will let you control how Koha displays patron addresses given
8400 the information entered in the various fields on their record.</para>
8402 </itemizedlist></para>
8404 <section id="alphabet">
8405 <title><link linkend="alphabet">alphabet</link></title>
8406 <para>Default: A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z</para>
8407 <para>Asks: Use the alphabet ___ for lists of browsable letters. This should be a space
8408 separated list of uppercase letters. </para>
8409 <para>Description:</para>
8412 <para>This preference allows you define your own alphabet for browsing patrons in Koha.</para>
8414 <screeninfo>Alphabet browse on patron module</screeninfo>
8417 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/alphabet.png"/>
8425 <section id="CalendarFirstDayOfWeek">
8426 <title><link linkend="CalendarFirstDayOfWeek">CalendarFirstDayOfWeek</link></title>
8428 <para>Default: Sunday</para>
8430 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the first day of week in the calendar.</para>
8432 <para>Values:</para>
8443 <para>Tuesday</para>
8446 <para>Wednesday</para>
8449 <para>Thursday</para>
8455 <para>Saturday</para>
8459 <para>Description:</para>
8463 <para>Using this preference you can control what day shows as
8464 the first day of the week in the calendar pop ups throughout
8465 Koha and on the Calendar tool. If you change this preference and
8466 don't see a change in your browser try clearing your cache since
8467 it makes changes to the Javascript on these pages.</para>
8472 <section id="dateformat">
8473 <title><link linkend="dateformat">dateformat</link></title>
8475 <para>Default: mm/dd/yyyy</para>
8477 <para>Asks: Format dates like ___</para>
8479 <para>Values:</para>
8483 <para>dd.mm.yyyy</para>
8486 <para>dd/mm/yyyy</para>
8490 <para>mm/dd/yyyy</para>
8494 <para>yyyy/mm/dd</para>
8498 <para>Description:</para>
8502 <para>This preference controls how the date is displayed. The
8503 options are the United States method, mm/dd/yyyy (04/24/2010),
8504 the metric method, dd/mm/yyyy (24/04/2010) or ISO, which is the
8505 International Standard of Organization, yyyy/mm/dd (2010/04/24).
8506 The International Standard of Organization would primarily be
8507 used by libraries with locations in multiple nations that may
8508 use different date formats, to have a single display type, or if
8509 the library would be in a region that does not use the United
8510 States or metric method. More information regarding the ISO date
8511 format can be found at <ulink url="http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue.htm">http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue.htm</ulink>.</para>
8516 <section id="languagepref">
8517 <title><link linkend="languagepref">language</link></title>
8519 <para>Default: English</para>
8521 <para>Asks: Enable the following languages on the staff
8524 <para>Values:</para>
8528 <para>English</para>
8532 <para>To install additional languages please refer to <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Installation_of_additional_languages_for_OPAC_and_INTRANET_staff_client">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Installation_of_additional_languages_for_OPAC_and_INTRANET_staff_client</ulink>
8536 <section id="opaclanguages">
8537 <title><link linkend="opaclanguages">opaclanguages</link></title>
8539 <para>Default: English</para>
8541 <para>Asks: Enable the following languages on the OPAC</para>
8543 <para>Values:</para>
8547 <para>English</para>
8551 <para>To install additional languages you need to run misc/translation/install-code.pl.
8552 For example, to install French you would run the following command install-code.pl
8553 fr-FR to make the templates, once they exist and are in the right place then they will
8554 show up as an option in this preference.</para>
8558 <section id="opaclanguagesdisplay">
8559 <title><link linkend="opaclanguagesdisplay">opaclanguagesdisplay</link></title>
8561 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
8563 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select their language on the OPAC.</para>
8565 <para>Values:</para>
8569 <para>Allow<itemizedlist>
8571 <para>Patrons can choose their language from a list at the bottom of the public
8575 <screeninfo>Language selector in OPAC</screeninfo>
8579 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaclanguagesdisplay.png"/>
8584 </itemizedlist></para>
8590 <para>Don't allow<itemizedlist>
8592 <para>The public catalog will not give an option to choose a language</para>
8594 </itemizedlist></para>
8597 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8599 <para>Using the <link linkend="OpacLangSelectorMode">OpacLangSelectorMode</link>
8600 preference you can decide where these language options will appear in the public
8603 </itemizedlist></para>
8605 <section id="TimeFormat">
8606 <title><link linkend="TimeFormat">TimeFormat</link></title>
8607 <para>Default: 24 hour format</para>
8608 <para>Asks: Format times in ___ </para>
8609 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8611 <para>12 hour format (eg 02:18PM)</para>
8614 <para>24 hour format (eg 14:18)</para>
8616 </itemizedlist></para>
8619 <section id="labsprefs">
8620 <title><link linkend="labsprefs">Labs</link></title>
8621 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
8622 Preferences > Labs</para>
8623 <para>The preferences in this section are for experimental features that need additional
8624 testing and debugging.</para>
8625 <section id="EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor">
8626 <title><link linkend="EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor">EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor</link></title>
8627 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
8628 <para>Asks: ___ the advanced cataloging editor.</para>
8629 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8631 <para>This preference will allow you to choose between a basic editor and a advanced
8632 editor for cataloging.</para>
8634 </itemizedlist></para>
8637 <para>This feature is currently experimental, and may have bugs that cause corruption
8638 of records. It also does not include any support for UNIMARC or NORMARC fixed
8639 fields. Please help us test it and report any bugs, but do so at your own risk.
8646 <section id="localprefs">
8647 <title><link linkend="localprefs">Local Use</link></title>
8649 <para>These preferences are defined
8652 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8653 Global System Preferences > Local Use<note>
8654 <para>Sometimes preferences which are either new or outdated will
8655 appear in this tab, if you didn't add any preferences to this tab
8656 then it's best to ignore preferences listed here.</para>
8661 <title><link linkend="logs">Logs</link></title>
8663 <para>Logs keep track of transaction on the system. You can decide which actions you want to
8664 log and which you don't using these preferences. Logs can then be viewed in the <link linkend="logviewer">Log Viewer</link> under Tools.</para>
8666 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8667 Global System Preferences > Logs</para>
8668 <section id="debuggingprefs">
8669 <title><link linkend="debuggingprefs">Debugging</link></title>
8670 <section id="DumpTemplateVarsIntranet">
8671 <title><link linkend="DumpTemplateVarsIntranet">DumpTemplateVarsIntranet</link></title>
8672 <para>Default: Don't</para>
8673 <para>Asks: ___ dump all Template Toolkit variable to a comment in the html source for
8674 the staff intranet. </para>
8675 <para>Value: <itemizedlist>
8682 </itemizedlist></para>
8684 <section id="DumpTemplateVarsOpac">
8685 <title><link linkend="DumpTemplateVarsOpac">DumpTemplateVarsOpac</link></title>
8686 <para>Default: Don't</para>
8687 <para>Asks: ___ dump all Template Toolkit variable to a comment in the html source for
8689 <para>Value: <itemizedlist>
8696 </itemizedlist></para>
8699 <section id="loggingprefs">
8700 <title><link linkend="loggingprefs">Logging</link></title>
8701 <section id="AuthoritiesLog">
8702 <title><link linkend="AuthoritiesLog">AuthoritiesLog</link></title>
8703 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8704 <para>Asks: ___ changes to authority records.</para>
8705 <para>Values:</para>
8708 <para>Don't log</para>
8715 <section id="BorrowersLog">
8716 <title><link linkend="BorrowersLog">BorrowersLog</link></title>
8717 <para>Default: Log</para>
8718 <para>Asks: ___ changes to patron records.</para>
8719 <para>Values:</para>
8722 <para>Don't log</para>
8729 <section id="CataloguingLog">
8730 <title><link linkend="CataloguingLog">CataloguingLog</link></title>
8731 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8732 <para>Asks: ___ any changes to bibliographic or item records.</para>
8733 <para>Values:</para>
8736 <para>Don't log</para>
8743 <para>Since this occurs whenever a book is cataloged, edited, or checked in or out it
8744 can be very resource intensive - slowing down your system.</para>
8747 <section id="CronjobLog">
8748 <title><link linkend="CronjobLog">CronjobLog</link></title>
8749 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8750 <para>Asks: ___ information from cron jobs. </para>
8751 <para>Values:</para>
8754 <para>Don't log</para>
8761 <section id="FinesLog">
8762 <title><link linkend="FinesLog">FinesLog</link></title>
8763 <para>Default: Log</para>
8764 <para>Asks: ___ when overdue fines are charged or automatically forgiven.</para>
8765 <para>Values:</para>
8768 <para>Don't log</para>
8775 <section id="IssueLog">
8776 <title><link linkend="IssueLog">IssueLog</link></title>
8777 <para>Default: Log</para>
8778 <para>Asks: ___ when items are checked out.</para>
8779 <para>Values:</para>
8782 <para>Don't log</para>
8789 <section id="LetterLog">
8790 <title><link linkend="LetterLog">LetterLog</link></title>
8791 <para>Default: Log</para>
8792 <para>Asks: ___ when an automatic claim notice is sent.</para>
8793 <para>Values:</para>
8796 <para>Don't log</para>
8803 <para>This log tracks all notices that go to patrons including the overdue
8807 <section id="ReportsLog">
8808 <title><link linkend="ReportsLog">ReportsLog</link></title>
8809 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8810 <para>Asks: ___ when reports are added, deleted or changed.</para>
8811 <para>Values:</para>
8814 <para>Don't log</para>
8821 <section id="ReturnLog">
8822 <title><link linkend="ReturnLog">ReturnLog</link></title>
8823 <para>Default: Log</para>
8824 <para>Asks: ___ when items are returned.</para>
8825 <para>Values:</para>
8828 <para>Don't log</para>
8835 <section id="SubscriptionLog">
8836 <title><link linkend="SubscriptionLog">SubscriptionLog</link></title>
8837 <para>Default: Log</para>
8838 <para>Asks: ___ when serials are added, deleted or changed.</para>
8839 <para>Values:</para>
8842 <para>Don't log</para>
8852 <section id="opacprefs">
8853 <title><link linkend="opacprefs">OPAC</link></title>
8855 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8856 Global System Preferences > OPAC</para>
8857 <section id="advancedsearchopt">
8858 <title><link linkend="advancedsearchopt">Advanced Search Options</link></title>
8860 <section id="OpacAdvSearchMoreOptions">
8861 <title><link linkend="OpacAdvSearchMoreOptions">OpacAdvSearchMoreOptions</link></title>
8862 <para>Default: Select All</para>
8863 <para>Asks: Show search options for the expanded view ___</para>
8864 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8866 <para>[Select all]</para>
8869 <para>Item types</para>
8872 <para>Language</para>
8875 <para>Location and availability</para>
8878 <para>Publication date</para>
8881 <para>Sorting</para>
8884 <para>Subtypes</para>
8886 </itemizedlist></para>
8887 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8889 <para>The settings in this preference will determine which search fields will show
8890 when the patron is using the 'More options' mode on the advanced search
8893 </itemizedlist></para>
8895 <section id="OpacAdvSearchOptions">
8896 <title><link linkend="OpacAdvSearchOptions">OpacAdvSearchOptions</link></title>
8897 <para>Default: Item types, Language, Location and availability, Publication date,
8899 <para>Asks: Show search options ___ </para>
8900 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8902 <para>[Select all]</para>
8905 <para>Item types</para>
8908 <para>Language</para>
8911 <para>Location and availability</para>
8914 <para>Publication date</para>
8917 <para>Sorting</para>
8920 <para>Subtypes</para>
8922 </itemizedlist></para>
8923 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8925 <para>The settings in this preference will determine which search fields will show
8926 when the patron is using the 'Fewer options' mode on the advanced search
8929 </itemizedlist></para>
8933 <section id="opacappearanceprefs">
8934 <title><link linkend="opacappearanceprefs">Appearance</link></title>
8936 <para>These preferences control how things appear in the
8939 <section id="AuthorisedValueImages">
8940 <title><link linkend="AuthorisedValueImages">AuthorisedValueImages</link></title>
8942 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8944 <para>Asks: ___ images for authorized values (such as lost
8945 statuses and locations) in search results and item detail pages on
8948 <para>Values:</para>
8952 <para>Don't show</para>
8960 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
8961 > <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
8962 Values</link></para>
8965 <section id="BiblioDefaultView">
8966 <title><link linkend="BiblioDefaultView">BiblioDefaultView</link></title>
8968 <para>Default: in simple form</para>
8970 <para>Asks: By default, show bib records ___</para>
8972 <para>Values:</para>
8976 <para>as specified in the ISBD template.</para>
8980 <para>See <link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link> preference
8981 for more information</para>
8987 <para>in simple form.</para>
8991 <para>in their MARC format.</para>
8995 <para>Description:</para>
8999 <para>This preference determines the level of bibliographic
9000 detail that the patron will see on the OPAC detail page. The
9001 simple form displays the graphical interface; MARC format
9002 displays the MARC21 cataloging view; ISBD displays the ISBD
9003 (International Standard Bibliographic Description, AACR2)
9009 <section id="COinSinOPACResults">
9010 <title><link linkend="COinSinOPACResults">COinSinOPACResults</link></title>
9012 <para>Default: Include</para>
9014 <para>Asks: ___ COinS / OpenURL / Z39.88 in OPAC search
9017 <para>Values:</para>
9021 <para>Don't include</para>
9025 <para>If you choose not to include COinS on the search
9026 results, it will still be loaded on the individual
9027 bibliographic records.</para>
9033 <para>Include</para>
9037 <para>Enabling this feature will slow OPAC search response
9044 <para>Description:</para>
9048 <para>COinS stands for ContextObjects in Spans. COinS is a
9049 method to embed bibliographic metadata in the HTML code of web
9050 pages. This allows bibliographic software to publish
9051 machine-readable bibliographic items and client reference
9052 management software (such as Zotero) to retrieve bibliographic
9053 metadata. The metadata can also be sent to an OpenURL
9054 resolver. This allows, for instance, searching for a copy of a
9055 book in one's own library.</para>
9060 <section id="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">
9061 <title><link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link></title>
9063 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9065 <para>Asks: On pages displayed with XSLT stylesheets on the OPAC,
9066 ___ icons for itemtype and authorized values.<important>
9067 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link>
9068 and/or <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
9069 must be set to use an XSLT stylesheet for this to show
9070 (default or custom)</para>
9073 <para>Values:</para>
9077 <para>Don't show</para>
9084 <screeninfo>DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</screeninfo>
9088 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayOPACiconsXSLT.png"/>
9096 <para>See the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT Icon
9097 Guide</link> for more information on these icons.</para>
9101 <section id="hidelostitems">
9102 <title><link linkend="hidelostitems">hidelostitems</link></title>
9104 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9106 <para>Asks: ___ lost items on search and detail pages.</para>
9108 <para>Description:</para>
9112 <para>Items that are marked lost by the library can either be
9113 shown or not shown on the OPAC. By setting the value to "Don't
9114 show," the lost item is not shown on the OPAC. By setting the
9115 value "Show," the lost item is shown on the OPAC for patrons
9116 to view with a status of 'lost.'</para>
9120 <para>Values:</para>
9124 <para>Don't show</para>
9131 <screeninfo>Lost item showing in the OPAC</screeninfo>
9135 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hidelostitems.png"/>
9142 <section id="HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC">
9143 <title><link linkend="HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC">HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC & HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich</link></title>
9144 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC Default: Don't emphasize</para>
9145 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich Default: patron's home library </para>
9146 <para>Asks: ___ results from the ___ by moving the results to the front and increasing
9147 the size or highlighting the rows for those results. </para>
9148 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC Values:<itemizedlist>
9150 <para>Don't emphasize</para>
9153 <para>Emphasize</para>
9155 </itemizedlist></para>
9156 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich Values:<itemizedlist>
9158 <para>OPAC's branch based via the URL<itemizedlist>
9160 <para>The library is chosen based on the Apache environment variable
9161 BRANCHCODE. For example, this could be added to the OPAC section of
9162 koha-httpd.conf: SetEnv BRANCHCODE "CPL"</para>
9164 </itemizedlist></para>
9167 <para>patron's home library<itemizedlist>
9169 <para>The items emphasized will be those of the same library as the patron's
9170 library. If no one is logged into the OPAC, no items will be
9173 </itemizedlist></para>
9175 </itemizedlist></para>
9177 <para>This preference will only effect sites that are not using an XSLT stylesheet.
9178 XSLT stylesheets are defined in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> and <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> preferences.</para>
9181 <section id="GoogleIndicTransliteration">
9182 <title><link linkend="GoogleIndicTransliteration">GoogleIndicTransliteration</link></title>
9183 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9184 <para>Asks: ___ GoogleIndicTransliteration on the OPAC. </para>
9185 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
9187 <para>Don't show</para>
9190 <para>Show<screenshot>
9194 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/GoogleIndicTransliteration.png"/>
9197 </screenshot></para>
9199 </itemizedlist></para>
9202 <section id="LibraryName">
9203 <title><link linkend="LibraryName">LibraryName</link></title>
9205 <para>Asks: Show ___ as the name of the library on the
9209 <para>This value will appear in the title bar of the
9214 <para>Edit '<link linkend="opacheader">opacheader</link>' if
9215 you'd like to add a library name above your search box on the
9220 <screeninfo>Browser title and address bar</screeninfo>
9224 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LibraryName.png"/>
9229 <section id="NoLoginInstructions">
9230 <title><link linkend="NoLoginInstructions">NoLoginInstructions</link></title>
9231 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the OPAC login form when a patron is not logged
9233 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9235 <para>This preference allows you to override the default text seen on the log in
9236 page in the Koha OPAC. The default HTML
9237 is:<programlisting><h5>Don't have a password yet?</h5>
9238 <p> If you don't have a password yet, stop by the circulation desk the next time you're in the library. We'll happily set one up for you.</p>
9239 <h5>Don't have a library card?</h5>
9240 <p> If you don't have a library card, stop by your local library to sign up.</p></programlisting></para>
9241 <para>Any HTML in this box will replace the above text below the log in box.<screenshot>
9242 <screeninfo>No login instructions</screeninfo>
9245 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/NoLoginInstructions.png"/>
9248 </screenshot></para>
9250 </itemizedlist></para>
9253 <section id="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">
9254 <title><link linkend="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</link></title>
9256 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
9258 <para>Asks: ___ a library select pulldown menu on the OPAC
9261 <para>Values:</para>
9268 <screeninfo>Library select box on Koha OPAC</screeninfo>
9272 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown-add.png"/>
9279 <para>Don't Add</para>
9282 <screeninfo>No library select box on Koha OPAC</screeninfo>
9286 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown-dontadd.png"/>
9294 <section id="OPACBaseURL">
9295 <title><link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link></title>
9297 <para>Asks: The OPAC is located at ___</para>
9298 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9300 <para>This preference is looking for the URL of your public catalog (OPAC) with
9301 the http:// in front of it (enter http://www.mycatalog.com instead of
9302 www.mycatalog.com). Once it is filled in Koha will use it to generate permanent
9303 links in your RSS feeds, for your social network share buttons and in your staff
9304 client when generating links to bib records in the OPAC.</para>
9306 </itemizedlist></para>
9308 <para>Do not include a trailing slash in the URL this will break links created using
9309 this URL. (example: http://www.google.com not http://www.google.com/)</para>
9313 <para>This must be filled in with the URL of your public catalog for RSS, unAPI, and
9314 search plugins to work.</para>
9318 <para>This must be filled in with the URL of your public catalog to show 'OPAC View'
9319 links from bib records in the staff client:</para>
9323 <screeninfo>With OPACBaseURL set, links to the OPAC will appear
9324 on each individual bib record in the staff client</screeninfo>
9328 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACBaseURL.png"/>
9334 <section id="OpacAdditionalStylesheet">
9335 <title><link linkend="OpacAdditionalStylesheet">OpacAdditionalStylesheet</link></title>
9336 <para>Asks: Include the additional CSS stylesheet ___ to override specified settings
9337 from the default stylesheet.</para>
9338 <para>Description:</para>
9341 <para>The preference can look for stylesheets in the template directory for your
9342 OPAC language, for instance: /koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/prog/en/css. If you upload a
9343 custom file, opac-mystyles.css to this directory, you can specify it by entering
9344 opac-mystyles.css in your opaccolorstylesheet system preference. This adds your
9345 custom stylesheet as a linked stylesheet alongside the OPAC's default CSS files.
9346 This method is preferable because linked stylesheets are cached by the user's
9347 browser, meaning upon repeat visits to your site the user's browser will not have
9348 to re-download the stylesheet, instead using the copy in the browser's
9352 <para>If you would rather, you can upload your CSS to another server and enter the
9353 full URL pointing to it's location remember to begin the URL with http://</para>
9357 <para>Leave this field blank to disable it</para>
9361 <para>This file will add a linked CSS, not replace the existing default CSS.</para>
9366 <section id="opaccredits">
9367 <title><link linkend="opaccredits">opaccredits</link></title>
9369 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the footer of all pages
9373 <para>Click the 'Click to edit; link to enter HTML to appear at
9374 the bottom of every page in the OPAC</para>
9378 <screeninfo>HTML version of a footer for your OPAC</screeninfo>
9382 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaccredits-html.png"/>
9388 <screeninfo>A sample of what can appear in your OPAC
9389 credits/footer</screeninfo>
9393 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaccredits.png"/>
9398 <para>Description:</para>
9402 <para>This setting is for credits that will appear at the
9403 bottom of your OPAC pages. Credits traditionally encompass
9404 copyright information, last date updated, hyperlinks or other
9405 information represented in an HTML format. This is static
9406 information and any updates must be entered manually.</para>
9410 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9411 Regions</link> section.</para>
9413 <section id="OpacCustomSearch">
9414 <title><link linkend="OpacCustomSearch">OpacCustomSearch</link></title>
9415 <para>Asks: Replace the search box at the top of OPAC pages with the following
9417 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9419 <para>This preference allows you to replace the default search box at the top of
9420 the OPAC : <screenshot>
9421 <screeninfo>Default search box</screeninfo>
9424 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacCustomSearch-default.png"/>
9427 </screenshot></para>
9428 <para>with any HTML you would like :<screenshot>
9429 <screeninfo>Edited search box area</screeninfo>
9432 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacCustomSearch.png"/>
9435 </screenshot></para>
9437 </itemizedlist></para>
9440 <section id="OPACDisplay856uAsImage">
9441 <title><link linkend="OPACDisplay856uAsImage">OPACDisplay856uAsImage</link></title>
9443 <para>Default: Neither details or results page</para>
9445 <para>Asks: Display the URI in the 856u field as an image on:
9448 <para>Values:</para>
9452 <para>Both results and details pages</para>
9457 <para>Not implemented yet</para>
9464 <para>Detail page only</para>
9469 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
9470 needs to have a value in it for this preference to work.</para>
9476 <screeninfo>Showing the 856u as an image</screeninfo>
9480 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACDisplay856uAsImage.png"/>
9487 <para>Neither details or results page</para>
9491 <para>Results page only</para>
9496 <para>Not yet implemented</para>
9503 <para>Description:</para>
9507 <para>In addition to this option being set, the corresponding
9508 XSLT option must be turned on. Also, the corresponding 856q
9509 field must have a valid MIME image extension (e.g., "jpg") or
9510 MIME image type (i.e. starting with "image/"), or the generic
9511 indicator "img" entered in the field. When all of the
9512 requirements are met, an image file will be displayed instead
9513 of the standard link text. Clicking on the image will open it
9514 in the same way as clicking on the link text. When you click
9515 on the image it should open to full size, in the current
9516 window or in a new window depending on the value in the system
9517 pref <link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link>.</para>
9520 <screeninfo>Sample 856 in MARC Record</screeninfo>
9524 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/856imagemarc.png"/>
9532 <section id="OpacExportOptions">
9533 <title><link linkend="OpacExportOptions">OpacExportOptions</link></title>
9535 <para>Default: <screenshot>
9536 <screeninfo>Default OpacExportOptions options</screeninfo>
9539 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacExportOptions.png"/>
9542 </screenshot></para>
9544 <para>Asks: List export options that should be available from OPAC detail page :
9547 <para>Description:</para>
9551 <para>In the OPAC on the right of each bib record there is a
9552 menu that allows for saving the record in various formats.
9553 This patch will allow you to define which options are in the
9554 pull down menu. Available options are: BIBTEX (bibtex), Dublin
9555 Core (dc), MARCXML (marcxml), MARC-8 encoded MARC (marc8),
9556 Unicode/UTF-8 encoded MARC (utf8), Unicode/UTF-8 encoded MARC
9557 without local use -9xx, x9x, xx9- fields and subfields
9558 (marcstd), MODS (mods), and RIS (ris).</para>
9562 <section id="OPACFallback">
9563 <title><link linkend="OPACFallback">OPACFallback</link></title>
9564 <para>Default: bootstrap</para>
9565 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme as the fallback theme on the OPAC. </para>
9566 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9568 <para>This preference has no use right now, as Koha has only one theme, but if
9569 your library has a custom theme it will show here as an option. The purpose of
9570 this preference is to provide a way to choose to what theme to fallback on when
9571 you have a partial theme in place.</para>
9573 </itemizedlist></para>
9576 <section id="OpacFavicon">
9577 <title><link linkend="OpacFavicon">OpacFavicon</link></title>
9579 <para>Asks: Use the image at ___ for the OPAC's favicon.
9581 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
9586 <para>Turn your logo into a favicon with the <ulink url="http://antifavicon.com/">Favicon Generator</ulink>.</para>
9589 <para>Description:</para>
9593 <para>The favicon is the little icon that appears next to the
9594 URL in the address bar in most browsers. The default value for
9595 this field (if left blank) is the small 'K' in the Koha
9599 <screeninfo>Default Koha Favicon</screeninfo>
9603 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/favicon.png"/>
9611 <section id="opacheader">
9612 <title><link linkend="opacheader">opacheader</link></title>
9614 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the header of all pages
9618 <screeninfo>Sample HTML to be displayed at the top of my
9623 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacheader-html.png"/>
9629 <para>This value will appear above the main content of your
9634 <screeninfo>OPAC display of the value from
9635 'opacheader'</screeninfo>
9639 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacheader.png"/>
9645 <para>Edit '<link linkend="LibraryName">LibraryName</link>' if
9646 you'd like to edit the contents of the <title> tag</para>
9649 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9650 Regions</link> section.</para>
9653 <section id="OpacHighlightedWords">
9654 <title><link linkend="OpacHighlightedWords">OpacHighlightedWords & NotHighlightedWords</link></title>
9656 <para>OpacHighlightedWords Default: Don't highlight</para>
9657 <para>NotHighlightedWords Default: and|or|not</para>
9659 <para>Asks: ___ words the patron searched for in their search results and detail pages;
9660 To prevent certain words from ever being highlighted, enter a list of stopwords here
9661 ___ (separate columns with |) </para>
9663 <para>OpacHighlightedWords Values:</para>
9667 <para>Don't highlight</para>
9671 <para>Highlight</para>
9676 <section id="OpacKohaUrl">
9677 <title><link linkend="OpacKohaUrl">OpacKohaUrl</link></title>
9679 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9681 <para>Values:</para>
9685 <para>Don't show</para>
9693 <para>Description:</para>
9697 <para>When this preference is set to 'Show' text will appear
9698 in the bottom right of the OPAC footer stating 'Powered by
9699 Koha' and linking to the official Koha website.</para>
9702 <screeninfo>Powered by Koha</screeninfo>
9706 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacKohaUrl.png"/>
9713 <section id="OpacLangSelectorMode">
9714 <title><link linkend="OpacLangSelectorMode">OpacLangSelectorMode</link></title>
9715 <para>Default: only footer</para>
9716 <para>Asks: Display language selector on ___.</para>
9717 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
9719 <para>both top and footer</para>
9722 <para>only footer</para>
9727 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
9729 <para>If you have the <link linkend="opaclanguagesdisplay">opaclanguagesdisplay</link> preference set to display language options in the
9730 public catlaog, then this preference will allow you to control where the
9731 language selector shows. You can choose to show it only on the top or bottom or
9732 in both places.</para>
9734 </itemizedlist></para>
9737 <section id="opaclayoutstylesheet">
9738 <title><link linkend="opaclayoutstylesheet">opaclayoutstylesheet</link></title>
9740 <para>Default: opac.css</para>
9742 <para>Asks: Use the CSS stylesheet /css/ ___ on all pages in the
9743 OPAC, instead of the default</para>
9745 <para>Description:</para>
9749 <para>This setting's function is to point to the *.css file
9750 used to define the OPAC layout. A *.css file is a cascading
9751 stylesheet which is used in conjunction with HTML to set how
9752 the HTML page is formatted and will look on the OPAC. There
9753 are two stylesheets that come with the system; opac.css and
9754 opac2.css. A custom stylesheet may also be used. The
9755 stylesheets listed in the opaclayoutstylesheet preference are
9756 held on the Koha server.</para>
9761 <para>Leave this field blank to disable it and let Koha use the
9762 default file instead</para>
9765 <para>Using a custom value in this preference causes Koha to completely ignore the
9766 default layout stylesheet.</para>
9769 <section id="OpacLocationBranchToDisplay">
9770 <title><link linkend="OpacLocationBranchToDisplay">OpacLocationBranchToDisplay</link></title>
9771 <para>Default: holding library</para>
9772 <para>Asks: Display the ___ for items on the OPAC record details page. </para>
9773 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
9775 <para>holding library</para>
9778 <para>home and holding library</para>
9781 <para>home library</para>
9783 </itemizedlist></para>
9784 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9786 <para>Defines whether to display the holding library, the home library, or both
9787 for the opac details page.</para>
9789 </itemizedlist></para>
9791 <section id="OpacLocationBranchToDisplayShelving">
9792 <title><link linkend="OpacLocationBranchToDisplayShelving">OpacLocationBranchToDisplayShelving</link></title>
9793 <para>Default: holding library</para>
9794 <para>Asks: Display the shelving location under the ___ for items on the OPAC record
9795 details page. </para>
9796 <para>Values:</para>
9799 <para>holding library</para>
9802 <para>home and holding library</para>
9805 <para>home library</para>
9808 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9810 <para>Defines where the shelving location should be displayed, under the home
9811 library, the holding library, or both.</para>
9813 </itemizedlist></para>
9816 <section id="OpacMaintenance">
9817 <title><link linkend="OpacMaintenance">OpacMaintenance</link></title>
9819 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9821 <para>Asks: ___ a warning that the OPAC is under maintenance,
9822 instead of the OPAC itself. <note>
9823 <para>this shows the same warning as when the database needs
9824 to be upgraded, but unconditionally.</para>
9827 <para>Description:</para>
9831 <para>This preference allows the system administrator to turn
9832 off the OPAC during maintenance and display a message to
9833 users. When this preference is switched to "Show" the OPAC is
9834 not usable. The text of this message is not editable at this
9839 <para>Values:</para>
9843 <para>Don't show</para>
9851 <para>When this preference is set to show the maintenance message the ability to
9852 search the OPAC is disabled and a message appears. The default message can be
9853 altered by using the <link linkend="OpacMaintenanceNotice">OpacMaintenanceNotice</link> preference.</para>
9856 <screeninfo>OPAC Maintenance Message</screeninfo>
9860 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacmaintenance.png"/>
9869 <section id="OpacMaintenanceNotice">
9870 <title><link linkend="OpacMaintenanceNotice">OpacMaintenanceNotice</link></title>
9871 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML when OpacMaintenance is enabled</para>
9872 <para>Descritpion:<itemizedlist>
9874 <para>This preference will allow you to set the text the OPAC displays when the
9875 <link linkend="OpacMaintenance">OpacMaintenance</link> preference is set to
9878 </itemizedlist></para>
9881 <section id="OpacMainUserBlock">
9882 <title><link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link></title>
9884 <para>Default: Welcome to Koha... <hr></para>
9886 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own column on the main
9887 page of the OPAC</para>
9889 <para>Description: </para>
9892 <para>HTML entered in this field will appear in the center of the main page of your
9898 <screeninfo>Sample OpacMainUserBlock appears below the search
9903 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacMainUserBlock.png"/>
9908 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9909 Regions</link> section.</para>
9911 <section id="OpacMaxItemsToDisplay">
9912 <title><link linkend="OpacMaxItemsToDisplay">OpacMaxItemsToDisplay</link></title>
9913 <para>Default: 50</para>
9914 <para>Asks: Display up to ___ items on the biblio detail page </para>
9915 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9917 <para>This preference will help with slow load times on the bibliographic detail
9918 pages by limiting the number of items to display by default. If the biblio has
9919 more items than this, a link is displayed instead that allows the user to choose
9920 to display all items.</para>
9922 </itemizedlist></para>
9925 <section id="OPACMySummaryHTML">
9926 <title><link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link></title>
9928 <para>Asks: Include a "Links" column on the "my summary" tab when
9929 a user is logged in to the OPAC, with the following HTML (leave
9930 blank to disable).</para>
9932 <para>Description:</para>
9936 <para>In this preference you can enter HTML that will appear
9937 on the 'Checked Out' tab on the 'My Summary' section when
9938 logged in to the OPAC. The placeholders {BIBLIONUMBER},
9939 {TITLE}, {ISBN} and {AUTHOR} will be replaced with information
9940 from the displayed record. This can be used to enter in
9941 'share' links for social networks or generate searches against
9942 other library catalogs.</para>
9945 <screeninfo>Example of 'Links' column with a value in the
9946 OPACMySummaryHTML preference</screeninfo>
9950 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACMySummaryHTML.png"/>
9957 <para>Sample Data:<programlisting><p><a href="http://www.facebook.com/sharer.php?u=http://YOUROPAC.ORG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber={BIBLIONUMBER}">Share on Facebook</a>
9958 <br />TITLE: {TITLE}
9959 <br />AUTHOR: {AUTHOR}
9960 <br />ISBN: {ISBN}
9961 <br />BIBLIONUMBER: {BIBLIONUMBER}</p></programlisting></para>
9963 <section id="OPACMySummaryNote">
9964 <title><link linkend="OPACMySummaryNote">OPACMySummaryNote</link></title>
9965 <para>Asks: Note to display on the patron summary page. </para>
9966 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9968 <para>This preference will display text above the patron's summary and below the
9969 welcome message when the patron logs in to the OPAC and view their 'my summary' tab.<screenshot>
9970 <screeninfo>OPACMySummaryNote in the OPAC</screeninfo>
9973 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACMySummaryNote.png"/>
9976 </screenshot></para>
9978 </itemizedlist></para>
9981 <section id="OpacNav">
9982 <title><link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link></title>
9984 <para>Default: Important links here.</para>
9986 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the left hand column of the
9987 main page and patron account on the OPAC (generally navigation
9991 <screeninfo>Sample navigation links</screeninfo>
9995 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNav.png"/>
10000 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
10001 Regions</link> section.</para>
10004 <section id="OpacNavBottom">
10005 <title><link linkend="OpacNavBottom">OpacNavBottom</link></title>
10007 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the left hand column of the
10008 main page and patron account on the OPAC, after <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link>, and before patron account links
10009 if available:</para>
10011 <para>Description: When a patron is logged in to their account
10012 they see a series of tabs to access their account information.
10013 <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link> appears above this list of
10014 tabs and OpacNavBottom will appear below them. When not on the
10015 patron account pages the HTML in OpacNavBottom will just appear
10016 right below <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link>.</para>
10019 <screeninfo>OpacNav and OpacNavBottom on Patron
10020 Account</screeninfo>
10024 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNavBottom.png"/>
10030 <section id="OpacNavRight">
10031 <title><link linkend="OpacNavRight">OpacNavRight</link></title>
10033 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in the right hand column of
10034 the main page under the main login form.</para>
10036 <para>Description: HTML entered in this preference will appear on
10037 the right hand side of the OPAC under the log in form. If the log
10038 in form is not visible this content will move up on the right
10042 <screeninfo>OpacNavRight</screeninfo>
10046 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNavRight.png"/>
10052 <section id="OPACNoResultsFound">
10053 <title><link linkend="OPACNoResultsFound">OPACNoResultsFound</link></title>
10055 <para>No Default</para>
10057 <para>Asks: Display this HTML when no results are found for a
10058 search in the OPAC</para>
10060 <para>This HTML will display below the existing notice that no
10061 results were found for your search.</para>
10064 <screeninfo>HTML in OPACNoResultsFound will appear below lines
10065 that look like this</screeninfo>
10069 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACNoResultsFound.png"/>
10074 <para>You can insert placeholders {QUERY_KW} that will be replaced with the keywords
10075 of the query. </para>
10079 <section id="OpacPublic">
10080 <title><link linkend="OpacPublic">OpacPublic</link></title>
10082 <para>Default: Enable</para>
10084 <para>Asks: ___ Koha OPAC as public. Private OPAC requires
10085 authentication before accessing the OPAC.</para>
10087 <para>Values:</para>
10091 <para>Don't enable</para>
10095 <para>Enable</para>
10099 <para>Description:</para>
10103 <para>This preference determines if your OPAC is accessible
10104 and searchable by anyone or only by members of the library. If
10105 set to 'Don't enable' only members who are logged into the
10106 OPAC can search. Most libraries will leave this setting at its
10107 default of 'Enable' to allow their OPAC to be searched by
10108 anyone and only require login for access to personalized
10114 <section id="OPACResultsSidebar">
10115 <title><link linkend="OPACResultsSidebar">OPACResultsSidebar</link></title>
10117 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML under the facets in OPAC
10118 search results</para>
10120 <para>Description:</para>
10124 <para>The HTML entered in this preference will appear on the
10125 search results pages below the list of facets on the left side
10126 of the screen.</para>
10131 <section id="OPACSearchForTitleIn">
10132 <title><link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link></title>
10134 <para>Default: <li><a
10135 href="http://worldcat.org/search?q={TITLE}"
10136 target="_blank">Other Libraries (WorldCat)</a></li>
10138 href="http://www.scholar.google.com/scholar?q={TITLE}"
10139 target="_blank">Other Databases (Google
10140 Scholar)</a></li> <li><a
10141 href="http://www.bookfinder.com/search/?author={AUTHOR}&title={TITLE}&st=xl&ac=qr"
10142 target="_blank">Online Stores
10143 (Bookfinder.com)</a></li></para>
10145 <para>Asks: Include a "More Searches" box on the detail pages of
10146 items on the OPAC, with the following HTML (leave blank to
10150 <para>The placeholders {BIBLIONUMBER}, {CONTROLNUMBER}, {TITLE},
10151 {ISBN}, {ISSN} and {AUTHOR} will be replaced with information
10152 from the displayed record.</para>
10155 <section id="OpacSeparateHoldings">
10156 <title><link linkend="OpacSeparateHoldings">OpacSeparateHoldings & OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch </link></title>
10157 <para>OpacSeparateHoldings default: Don't separate</para>
10158 <para>OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch default: home library </para>
10159 <para>Asks: ___ items display into two tabs, where the first tab contains items whose
10160 ___ is the logged in user's library. The second tab will contain all other items. </para>
10161 <para>OpacSeparateHoldings values:<itemizedlist>
10163 <para>Don't separate</para>
10166 <para>Separate</para>
10168 </itemizedlist></para>
10169 <para>OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch values:<itemizedlist>
10171 <para>holding library</para>
10174 <para>home library</para>
10176 </itemizedlist></para>
10177 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
10179 <para>This preference lets you decide if you would like to have the holding
10180 information on the bibliographic detail page in the OPAC split in to multiple
10181 tabs. The default is to show all holdings on one tab.</para>
10183 <screeninfo>Separate holdings tabs</screeninfo>
10186 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacSeparateHoldings.png"/>
10191 </itemizedlist></para>
10194 <section id="OPACShowBarcode">
10195 <title><link linkend="OPACShowBarcode">OPACShowBarcode</link></title>
10197 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
10199 <para>Asks: ___ the item's barcode on the holdings tab.</para>
10201 <para>Values:</para>
10205 <para>Don't show</para>
10208 <screeninfo>Barcode not shown in the OPAC</screeninfo>
10212 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowBarcode-noshow.png"/>
10222 <screeninfo>Barcode shown in the OPAC</screeninfo>
10226 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowBarcode-show.png"/>
10233 <para>Description:</para>
10237 <para>This preference allows you to control whether patrons
10238 can see items' barcodes in the OPAC.</para>
10243 <section id="OPACShowCheckoutName">
10244 <title><link linkend="OPACShowCheckoutName">OPACShowCheckoutName</link></title>
10246 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
10248 <para>Asks: ___ the name of the patron that has an item checked
10249 out on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
10251 <para>Values:</para>
10255 <para>Don't show</para>
10263 <para>Description:</para>
10267 <para>This preference allows all patrons to see who has the
10268 item checked out if it is checked out. In small corporate
10269 libraries (where the OPAC is behind a firewall and not
10270 publicly available) this can be helpful so coworkers can just
10271 contact the patron with the book themselves. In larger public
10272 and academic libraries setting this to 'Show' would pose
10273 serious privacy issues.</para>
10278 <section id="OPACShowHoldQueueDetails">
10279 <title><link linkend="OPACShowHoldQueueDetails">OPACShowHoldQueueDetails</link></title>
10281 <para>Default: Don't show any hold details</para>
10283 <para>Asks: ___ to patrons in the OPAC.</para>
10285 <para>Values:</para>
10289 <para>Don't show any hold details</para>
10293 <para>Show holds</para>
10296 <screeninfo>The holdings table on the bibliographic record
10297 will show the number of holds</screeninfo>
10301 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowHoldQueueDetails-showholds.png"/>
10308 <para>Show holds and priority level</para>
10312 <para>Show priority level</para>
10315 <screeninfo>Patron record in the OPAC shows where in line
10316 the patron waits for their hold.</screeninfo>
10320 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowHoldQueueDetails-priority.png"/>
10327 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10328 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
10335 <section id="OpacShowRecentComments">
10336 <title><link linkend="OpacShowRecentComments">OpacShowRecentComments</link></title>
10338 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
10340 <para>Asks: ___ a link to recent comments in the OPAC
10343 <para>Values:</para>
10347 <para>Don't show</para>
10355 <para>Description:</para>
10359 <para>If you have chosen to allow comments in your OPAC by
10360 setting <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> to 'Allow'
10361 you can include a link to the recent comments under the search
10362 box at the top of your OPAC with this preference.</para>
10365 <screeninfo>Recent Comments link on OPAC</screeninfo>
10369 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacShowRecentComments.png"/>
10377 <section id="OPACShowUnusedAuthorities">
10378 <title><link linkend="OPACShowUnusedAuthorities">OPACShowUnusedAuthorities</link></title>
10380 <para>Default: Show</para>
10382 <para>Asks: ___ unused authorities in the OPAC authority
10385 <para>Values:</para>
10389 <para>Do not show</para>
10398 <para>Requires that the <link linkend="OpacAuthorities">OpacAuthorities</link>
10399 preference is set to 'Allow'</para>
10406 <para>Description:</para>
10410 <para>When patrons search your authority file via the OPAC
10411 they will see all authorities in your system even if you don't
10412 have them linked to any bibliographic records. This preference
10413 lets you determine what the default behavior is when searching
10414 authorities via the OPAC. If you choose 'Do not show' it will
10415 only show patrons authority records that are linked to bib
10416 records in the search results. Otherwise the system will show
10417 all authority records even if they aren't linked to
10423 <section id="OpacStarRatings">
10424 <title><link linkend="OpacStarRatings">OpacStarRatings</link></title>
10426 <para>Default: no</para>
10428 <para>Asks: Show star-ratings on ___ pages.</para>
10430 <para>Values:</para>
10438 <para>only details</para>
10441 <screeninfo>Star Ratings on the Details Page</screeninfo>
10445 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacStarRatings-details.png"/>
10452 <para>results and details</para>
10455 <screeninfo>OPAC Star Ratings on the Search
10456 Results</screeninfo>
10460 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacStarRatings-results.png"/>
10467 <para>Description:</para>
10471 <para>Star ratings are a way for your patrons to leave ratings
10472 without having to leave a full review. Patrons who are not
10473 logged in will only be able to see the stars, once logged in
10474 patrons can click on the stars on the details page to leave
10475 their own rating. Clicking on the stars on the search results
10476 will not submit a rating.</para>
10480 <section id="OpacSuggestionManagedBy">
10481 <title><link linkend="OpacSuggestionManagedBy">OpacSuggestionManagedBy</link></title>
10482 <para>Default: Show</para>
10483 <para>Asks: ___ the name of the staff member who managed a suggestion in OPAC. </para>
10484 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10486 <para>Don't show</para>
10491 </itemizedlist></para>
10492 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
10494 <para>If you're <link linkend="suggestionspref">allowing patrons to make purchase
10495 suggestions</link> then they will see the 'my suggestions' tab when logged in.
10496 This tab shows the patron the librarian who approved or rejected the purchase
10497 suggestion. This preference controls if the patron sees the librarian's name or
10500 </itemizedlist></para>
10503 <section id="opacthemes">
10504 <title><link linkend="opacthemes">opacthemes</link></title>
10506 <para>Default: bootstrap</para>
10508 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme on the OPAC.</para>
10510 <para>Values:</para>
10514 <para>bootstrap</para>
10517 <screeninfo>Bootstrap Theme</screeninfo>
10520 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacthemes-bootstrap.png"/>
10525 <para>This theme is completely responsive</para>
10530 <section id="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">
10531 <title><link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link></title>
10533 <para>Default: don't</para>
10535 <para>Asks: When patrons click on a link to another website from
10536 your OPAC (like Amazon or OCLC), ___ open the website in a new
10539 <para>Values:</para>
10551 <para>Description:</para>
10555 <para>This preference determines if URLs in the OPAC will open
10556 in a new window or not. When clicking on a link in the OPAC, a
10557 patron does not need to worry about navigating away from their
10558 search results.</para>
10563 <section id="OPACUserCSS">
10564 <title><link linkend="OPACUserCSS">OPACUserCSS</link></title>
10566 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the
10569 <para>Description:</para>
10573 <para>OPACUserCSS allows the administrator to enter styles that will overwrite the
10574 OPAC's default CSS as defined in 'opaclayoutstylesheet' or 'opacstylesheet'.
10575 Styles may be entered for any of the selectors found in the default style sheet.
10576 The default stylesheet will likely be found at
10577 http://your_koha_address/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/css/opac.css. Unlike <link linkend="OpacAdditionalStylesheet">OpacAdditionalStylesheet</link> and <link linkend="opaclayoutstylesheet">opaclayoutstylesheet</link> this preference will
10578 embed the CSS directly on your OPAC pages.</para>
10583 <section id="opacuserjs">
10584 <title><link linkend="opacuserjs">OPACUserJS</link></title>
10586 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the
10590 <screeninfo>OPAC login box before OPACUserJS edit</screeninfo>
10594 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs-before.png"/>
10600 <screeninfo>JavaScript in OPACUserJS to change the OPAC login box</screeninfo>
10604 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs.png"/>
10610 <screeninfo>New OPAC login box after editing OPACUserJS</screeninfo>
10614 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs-after.png"/>
10619 <para>Description:</para>
10623 <para>This preference allows the administrator to enter
10624 JavaScript or JQuery that will be embedded across all pages of
10625 the OPAC. Administrators may use this preference to customize
10626 some of the interactive sections of Koha, customizing the text
10627 for the login prompts, for example. Sample JQuery scripts used
10628 by Koha libraries can be found on the wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink>.</para>
10633 <section id="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">
10634 <title><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link></title>
10636 <para>Default: default</para>
10638 <para>Asks: Display OPAC details using XSLT stylesheet at
10641 <para>Values:</para>
10645 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
10649 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
10650 that read 'normally'</para>
10656 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
10660 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
10664 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10668 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
10669 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
10670 language folder</para>
10675 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/{langcode}/xslt/MARC21slim2OPACDetail.xsl</para>
10680 http://mykohaopac.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10688 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
10692 <para>ex: http://mykohaopac.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10698 <para>Description:</para>
10702 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
10703 details shows on the screen when viewing a bib record. This
10704 preference will allow you either use the default look that
10705 comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
10710 <section id="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">
10711 <title><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link></title>
10713 <para>Default: default</para>
10715 <para>Asks: Display OPAC results using XSLT stylesheet at
10718 <para>Values:</para>
10722 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
10726 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
10727 that read 'normally'</para>
10733 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
10737 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
10741 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10745 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
10746 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
10747 language folder</para>
10752 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/{langcode}/xslt/MARC21slim2OPACResults.xsl</para>
10757 http://mykohaopac.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10765 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
10769 <para>ex: http://mykohaopac.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10775 <para>Description:</para>
10779 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
10780 details shows on the screen when viewing the search results.
10781 This preference will allow you either use the default look
10782 that comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
10788 <section id="opacfeaturesprefs">
10789 <title><link linkend="opacfeaturesprefs">Features</link></title>
10793 <section id="numSearchRSSResults">
10794 <title><link linkend="numSearchRSSResults">numSearchRSSResults</link></title>
10796 <para>Default: 50</para>
10798 <para>Asks: Display ___ search results in the RSS feed.</para>
10800 <para>Description:</para>
10804 <para>By default the RSS feed that is automatically generated
10805 for every search results page will list 50 items. This can
10806 sometimes be too much for some RSS feed readers and for some
10807 people this isn't enough. This preference allows you to adjust
10808 this number to show the best number of results for your
10813 <section id="OPACAcquisitionDetails">
10814 <title><link linkend="OPACAcquisitionDetails">OPACAcquisitionDetails</link></title>
10815 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
10816 <para>Asks: ___ the acquisition details on OPAC detail pages.</para>
10817 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10819 <para>Display<screenshot>
10820 <screeninfo>Acquisitions details in the OPAC</screeninfo>
10823 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACAcquisitionDetails.png"/>
10826 </screenshot></para>
10829 <para>Don't display</para>
10831 </itemizedlist></para>
10832 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
10834 <para>This preference shows the patrons how many items are on order in the
10835 Holdings tab if you have the <link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link>
10836 set to 'cataloging the record'</para>
10838 </itemizedlist></para>
10841 <section id="OpacAuthorities">
10842 <title><link linkend="OpacAuthorities">OpacAuthorities</link></title>
10844 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10846 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to search your authority records.</para>
10848 <para>Description:</para>
10852 <para>This preference displays the link on the OPAC for the authority search. By
10853 setting the preference to "Allow" patrons can use this search link of the
10858 <para>Values:</para>
10866 <para>A link labeled 'Authority search' will appear at the top of your OPAC
10867 under the search box</para>
10870 <screeninfo>'Browse by Subject' link under search box on
10875 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/authoritysearch.png"/>
10884 <para>Don't allow</para>
10889 <section id="opacbookbag">
10890 <title><link linkend="opacbookbag">opacbookbag</link></title>
10892 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10894 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to store items in a temporary "Cart" on
10897 <para>Values:</para>
10905 <para>Don't allow</para>
10909 <para>Description:</para>
10913 <para>This preference allows the user to temporarily save a
10914 list of items found on the catalog. By using the Book Bag, or
10915 Cart, the user can print out or email a list of items found.
10916 The user does not need to be logged in. This list is temporary
10917 and will be emptied, or cleared, at the end of the
10923 <section id="OpacBrowser">
10924 <title><link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link></title>
10927 <para>This preference only applies to French systems at this
10931 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
10933 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to browse subject authorities on
10936 <para>Values:</para>
10944 <para>Don't allow</para>
10949 <para>run the <link linkend="authbrowsercron">Authorities
10950 Browser Cron Job</link> to create the browser list</para>
10951 </important></para>
10954 <section id="OpacBrowseResults">
10955 <title><link linkend="OpacBrowseResults">OpacBrowseResults</link></title>
10957 <para>Default: enable</para>
10959 <para>Asks: ___ browsing and paging search results from the OPAC
10960 detail page.</para>
10962 <para>Values:</para>
10966 <para>disable</para>
10970 <para>enable</para>
10973 <screeninfo>Browsing and Paging Search Results</screeninfo>
10977 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacBrowseResults.png"/>
10984 <para>Description:</para>
10988 <para>This preference will control the option to return to
10989 your results and/or browse them from the detail page in the
10994 <section id="OpacCloud">
10995 <title><link linkend="OpacCloud">OpacCloud</link></title>
10997 <para>This preference only applies to French systems at this time.</para>
10998 </important>Default: Don't show</para>
10999 <para>Asks: ___ a subject cloud on OPAC</para>
11000 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11002 <para>Don't show</para>
11007 </itemizedlist></para>
11010 <para>run the <link linkend="authbrowsercron">Authorities Browser Cron Job</link> to
11011 create the browser list</para>
11016 <section id="OPACFinesTab">
11017 <title><link linkend="OPACFinesTab">OPACFinesTab</link></title>
11019 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11021 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to access the Fines tab on the My Account
11022 page on the OPAC.</para>
11024 <para>Values:</para>
11032 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11033 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11039 <para>Don't allow</para>
11043 <section id="OpacHoldNotes">
11044 <title><link linkend="OpacHoldNotes">OpacHoldNotes</link></title>
11045 <para>Default: Do not allow</para>
11046 <para>Asks: ___ users to add a note when placing a hold.</para>
11047 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11051 <screeninfo>Holds notes in the OPAC</screeninfo>
11054 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacHoldNotes.png"/>
11060 <para>Do not allow</para>
11062 </itemizedlist></para>
11064 <section id="OPACISBD">
11065 <title><link linkend="OPACISBD">OPACISBD</link></title>
11066 <para>Default: <link linkend="opacisbdmarcdefault">MARC21
11067 Default Appendix</link>
11069 <para>Asks: Use the following as the OPAC ISBD template:</para>
11070 <para>Description:</para>
11073 <para>This determines how the ISBD information will display in the OPAC. Elements in
11074 the list can be reordered to produce a different ISBD view. ISBD, the
11075 International Standard Bibliographic Description, was first introduced by IFLA
11076 (International Federation of Library Associations) in 1969 in order to provide
11077 guidelines for descriptive cataloging. The purpose of ISBD is to aid the
11078 international exchange of bibliographic records for a variety of materials.</para>
11082 <section id="OpacItemLocation">
11083 <title><link linkend="OpacItemLocation">OpacItemLocation</link></title>
11084 <para>Default: call number only</para>
11085 <para>Asks: Show ____ for items on the OPAC search results.</para>
11086 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11088 <para>call number only</para>
11091 <para>collection code</para>
11094 <para>location</para>
11096 </itemizedlist></para>
11097 <para>Description: </para>
11100 <para>This setting allows users of the OPAC results XSLT stylesheet to choose to
11101 display collection code or location in addition to call number.</para>
11106 <section id="OpacPasswordChange">
11107 <title><link linkend="OpacPasswordChange">OpacPasswordChange</link></title>
11109 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11111 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to change their own password on the
11114 <para>Values:</para>
11122 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11123 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11129 <para>Don't allow</para>
11134 <para>Enabling this will break LDAP authentication.</para>
11138 <section id="OPACPatronDetails">
11139 <title><link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link></title>
11141 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11143 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to notify the library of changes to their
11144 contact information from the OPAC.</para>
11146 <para>Values:</para>
11154 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11155 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11161 <para>Don't allow</para>
11165 <para>Description:</para>
11169 <para>If patrons are allowed to notify the library of changes to their account then
11170 staff will need to approve the changes via the staff client. Notification of
11171 patron account requests will appear on the dashaboard below the list of modules
11172 with other pending actions.</para>
11174 <screeninfo>Patrons requesting modifications</screeninfo>
11177 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPatronDetails.png"/>
11181 <para>Once you click the notification you will be presented with the changes the
11182 patron would like to make to their account and from there you can choose how to
11185 <screeninfo>Patrons modifications</screeninfo>
11188 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPatronDetails-approve.png"/>
11193 <para>You can control what fields patrons see and can modify via the OPAC by
11194 setting the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link>
11195 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
11201 <section id="OPACpatronimage">
11202 <title><link linkend="OPACpatronimage">OPACpatronimage</link></title>
11204 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
11206 <para>Asks: ___ patron images on the patron information page in
11209 <para>Values:</para>
11213 <para>Don't show</para>
11221 <para>Description:</para>
11225 <para>If <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> is
11226 set to allow the upload of patron images via the staff client,
11227 then setting this preference to 'show' will show the patron
11228 what image you have on file for them when they view their
11229 personal information on their account in the OPAC.</para>
11233 <section id="OPACPopupAuthorsSearch">
11234 <title><link linkend="OPACPopupAuthorsSearch">OPACPopupAuthorsSearch</link></title>
11235 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
11236 <para>Asks: ___ the list of authors/subjects in a popup for a combined search on OPAC
11237 detail pages.</para>
11238 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11240 <para>Display</para>
11243 <screeninfo>Subject search pop up</screeninfo>
11246 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPopupAuthorsSearch.png"/>
11253 <para>This will only display the pop up if you are not using an XSLT
11254 stylesheet. Review your <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> to find out what stylesheet you're
11262 <para>Don't display<itemizedlist>
11264 <para>Authors and subjects will display as search links instead of pop up
11267 </itemizedlist></para>
11269 </itemizedlist></para>
11270 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11272 <para>If this preference is set to 'Display' then clicking a subject or author
11273 from the details page in the OPAC will present the searcher with a pop up box.
11274 From this box you can check off any of the subjects or authors listed and search
11275 them all at once by clicking 'Search' at the bottom of the pop up. The default
11276 behavior is for Koha to search just the clicked author or subject.</para>
11278 </itemizedlist></para>
11280 <section id="OpacResetPassword">
11281 <title><link linkend="OpacResetPassword">OpacResetPassword</link></title>
11282 <para>Default: not allowed</para>
11283 <para>Asks: Library users are ___ to recover their password via e-mail in the
11285 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11287 <para>allowed<screenshot>
11288 <screeninfo>Forgot your password link</screeninfo>
11291 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacResetPassword.png"/>
11294 </screenshot></para>
11297 <para>not allowed</para>
11299 </itemizedlist></para>
11300 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11302 <para>This preference controls whether you present users of the public catalog
11303 with a 'Forgot your password' link or not. Learn more in the <link linkend="resetpwopac">OPAC section</link> of this manual.</para>
11305 </itemizedlist></para>
11308 <section id="OpacTopissue">
11309 <title><link linkend="OpacTopissue">OpacTopissue</link></title>
11311 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11313 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to access a list of the most checked out
11314 items on the OPAC.</para>
11316 <para>Values:</para>
11324 <para>A link to 'Most Popular' will appear at the top of
11328 <screeninfo>'Most Popular' link under the search
11333 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacTopissue.png"/>
11342 <para>Don't allow</para>
11346 <para>Description:</para>
11350 <para>This preference allows the administrator to choose to
11351 show the "Most Popular" link at the top of the OPAC under the
11352 search box. The "Most Popular" page shows the top circulated
11353 items in the library, as determined by the number of times a
11354 title has been circulated. This allows users to see what
11355 titles are popular in their community. It is recommended that
11356 you leave this preference set to 'Don't allow' until you have
11357 been live on Koha for a couple of months, otherwise the data
11358 that it shows will not be an accurate portrayal of what's
11359 popular in your library.</para>
11362 <screeninfo>Sample top issues page</screeninfo>
11366 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/topissues.png"/>
11374 <section id="opacuserlogin">
11375 <title><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link></title>
11377 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11379 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to log in to their accounts on the
11382 <para>Values:</para>
11390 <para>Don't allow</para>
11394 <para>The OPAC will still be searchable if patrons can't
11395 log in, this just disables the patron account access via
11403 <section id="QuoteOfTheDay">
11404 <title><link linkend="QuoteOfTheDay">QuoteOfTheDay</link></title>
11406 <para>Default: Disable</para>
11408 <para>Asks: ___ Quote of the Day display on OPAC home page</para>
11410 <para>Values:</para>
11414 <para>Disable</para>
11418 <para>Enable</para>
11422 <para>Description:</para>
11426 <para>This feature will allow you to enter a series of quotes
11427 that will then show on the OPAC homepage in random order. To
11428 add/edit quotes, visit the <link linkend="QOTDEditor">Quote of
11429 the Day Editor</link> under Tools.</para>
11434 <section id="RequestOnOpac">
11435 <title><link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link></title>
11437 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11439 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to place holds on items from the
11442 <para>Values:</para>
11450 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11451 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11457 <para>Don't allow</para>
11462 <section id="reviewson">
11463 <title><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link></title>
11465 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11467 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to make comments on items on the
11470 <para>Values:</para>
11478 <para>Patrons comments/reviews all require moderation
11479 before they appear in the OPAC</para>
11483 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11484 needs to be set to 'Allow'</para>
11490 <para>Don't allow</para>
11494 <para>Description:</para>
11498 <para>This button allows the patrons to submit comments on
11499 books they have read via the OPAC. If this preference is set
11500 to "Allow" reviews are first sent to the staff client for
11501 staff approval before the review is displayed in the OPAC. The
11502 staff member who reviews and approves comments may find the
11503 pending comments on the <link linkend="comments">Comments</link> tool. The staff member can
11504 then choose to approve or delete the comments.</para>
11509 <section id="ShowReviewer">
11510 <title><link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link></title>
11512 <para>Default: full name</para>
11514 <para>Asks: Show ___ of commenter with comments in OPAC.</para>
11516 <para>Values:</para>
11520 <para>first name</para>
11524 <para>first name and last initial</para>
11528 <para>full name</para>
11532 <para>last name</para>
11536 <para>no name</para>
11540 <para>username</para>
11544 <para>Description:</para>
11548 <para>If you would like to protect your patron's privacy in
11549 the OPAC you can choose to hide their names or parts of their
11550 names from any of the comments they leave on bib records in
11551 your system. <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> needs
11552 to be set to 'Allow' for this to preference to come in to
11558 <section id="ShowReviewerPhoto">
11559 <title><link linkend="ShowReviewerPhoto">ShowReviewerPhoto</link></title>
11561 <para>Default: Show</para>
11563 <para>Asks: ___ reviewer's photo beside comments in OPAC.</para>
11565 <para>Values:</para>
11577 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> needs to
11578 be set to 'Allow' and <link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> needs to be set
11579 to 'Show' for this to preference to come in to play</para>
11582 <screeninfo>ShowReviewerPhoto set to 'Show'</screeninfo>
11586 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ShowReviewerPhoto.png"/>
11595 <para>Description:</para>
11599 <para>This system preference allows libraries to show avatars
11600 next to patron's comments in the OPAC. These avatars are
11601 pulled from the <ulink url="https://www.libravatar.org">Libravatar</ulink> library,
11602 an open source powered product that allows Internet users to
11603 choose a small icon to display next to their name on various
11604 different websites. The library has no control over the images
11605 the patron chooses to display.</para>
11610 <section id="SocialNetworks">
11611 <title><link linkend="SocialNetworks">SocialNetworks</link></title>
11613 <para>Default: Disable</para>
11615 <para>Asks: ___ social network links in opac detail pages</para>
11617 <para>Values:</para>
11621 <para>Disable</para>
11625 <para>Enable</para>
11628 <screeninfo>Social Networks</screeninfo>
11632 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SocialNetworks.png"/>
11639 <para>Description:</para>
11643 <para>This preference will enable a line of social network
11644 share buttons below the right hand column on the detail pages
11645 of records in the OPAC.</para>
11650 <para>In order for these share buttons to work when clicked you
11651 must have filled in your <link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> preference.</para>
11655 <section id="suggestionspref">
11656 <title><link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link></title>
11658 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11660 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to make purchase suggestions on the
11663 <para>Values:</para>
11671 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11672 needs to be set to 'allow' unless <link linkend="AnonSuggestions">AnonSuggestions</link> is set to
11679 <para>Don't allow</para>
11684 <section id="opacpayments">
11685 <title><link linkend="opacpayments">Payments</link></title>
11686 <para>These preferences will allow you control the tools you use to accept online payments
11687 from your patrons via the OPAC.</para>
11688 <section id="EnablePayPalOpacPayments">
11689 <title><link linkend="EnablePayPalOpacPayments">EnablePayPalOpacPayments & PayPalSandboxMode</link></title>
11690 <para>EnablePayPalOpacPayments Default: Don't all</para>
11691 <para>PayPalSandboxMode Default: Sandbox</para>
11692 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to make payments from the OPAC via PayPal in ___ mode. </para>
11693 <para>EnablePayPalOpacPayments values:<itemizedlist>
11698 <para>Don't allow</para>
11700 </itemizedlist></para>
11701 <para>PayPalSandboxMode values:<itemizedlist>
11703 <para>Production<itemizedlist>
11705 <para>Visit <ulink url="https://developer.paypal.com/">https://developer.paypal.com/</ulink> to get information for accepting
11706 payments in production</para>
11708 </itemizedlist></para>
11711 <para>Sandbox<itemizedlist>
11713 <para>Visit <ulink url="https://developer.paypal.com/developer/accounts/">https://developer.paypal.com/developer/accounts/</ulink> to get
11714 information for your sandbox account</para>
11716 </itemizedlist></para>
11718 </itemizedlist></para>
11719 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11721 <para>This preference will allow you to accept credit card payments via the OPAC
11722 for fines via PayPal. You will need to set up your PayPal account and it is
11723 recommended that you run tests before using this in production. </para>
11725 </itemizedlist></para>
11727 <para>PayPayl's terms of service state that you cannot charge your patrons for the
11728 processing fees and so this plugin will not add additional fees to the
11732 <section id="PayPalChargeDescription">
11733 <title><link linkend="PayPalChargeDescription">PayPalChargeDescription</link></title>
11734 <para>Default: Koha fee payment</para>
11735 <para>Asks: The patron should see the charge description as ___</para>
11736 <para>Description<itemizedlist>
11738 <para>This preference controls what the patron will see on their PayPal
11739 account/Bank account for this charge.</para>
11741 </itemizedlist></para>
11743 <section id="PayPalPwd">
11744 <title><link linkend="PayPalPwd">PayPalPwd</link></title>
11745 <para>Asks: The password for the PayPal account to receive payments is ___</para>
11747 <section id="PayPalSignature">
11748 <title><link linkend="PayPalSignature">PayPalSignature</link></title>
11749 <para>Asks: The signature for the PayPal account to receive payments is ___</para>
11751 <section id="PayPalUser">
11752 <title><link linkend="PayPalUser">PayPalUser</link></title>
11753 <para>Asks: The email address to receive PayPal payments is ___</para>
11757 <section id="opacpolicyprefs">
11758 <title><link linkend="opacpolicyprefs">Policy</link></title>
11762 <section id="AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice">
11763 <title><link linkend="AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice">AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice</link></title>
11765 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11767 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select branch when making a purchase
11770 <para>Values:</para>
11778 <para>Don't allow</para>
11782 <para>Description:</para>
11786 <para>If your library system lets patrons make purchase
11787 suggestions for a specific branch you can set this preference
11788 to 'Allow' to add a branch selection option to the purchase
11789 suggestion form.</para>
11793 <section id="BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions">
11794 <title><link linkend="BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions">BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions</link></title>
11795 <para>Default: Don't block</para>
11796 <para>Asks: ___ expired patrons from OPAC actions such as placing a hold or renewing. </para>
11797 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11802 <para>Don't block</para>
11804 </itemizedlist></para>
11805 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11807 <para>This preference lets you set a default value for how Koha handles
11808 permissions for patrons who are expired. This preference can be overwritten by
11809 the setting on <link linkend="patcats">individual patron
11810 categories</link>.</para>
11812 </itemizedlist></para>
11815 <section id="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">
11816 <title><link linkend="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">OpacAllowPublicListCreation</link></title>
11818 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11820 <para>Asks: ___ opac users to create public lists</para>
11822 <para>Values:</para>
11830 <para>Don't allow</para>
11834 <para>Description:</para>
11838 <para>Public lists are visible to anyone who visits your OPAC.
11839 With this preference you can control whether or now patrons
11840 are allowed to create these public lists. If this is set to
11841 "Don't allow" then only staff will be able to create public
11847 <para>This preference will only be taken in to account if you
11848 have <link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> set to
11853 <section id="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">
11854 <title><link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link></title>
11856 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11858 <para>Asks: ___ opac users to share private lists with other
11861 <para>Values:</para>
11869 <para>Don't allow</para>
11873 <para>Description:</para>
11877 <para>This feature will add the option for patrons to share their lists with other
11878 patrons. When this is set to 'Allow' patrons will see a share link at the top of
11879 their list. When they click that link it will ask for the email of the patron they
11880 would like to share with. Koha will then email the patron an invitation to see the
11886 <section id="OPACFineNoRenewals">
11887 <title><link linkend="OPACFineNoRenewals">OPACFineNoRenewals</link></title>
11889 <para>Default: 99999</para>
11891 <para>Asks: Only allow patrons to renew their own books on the
11892 OPAC if they have less than ___ USD in fines</para>
11895 <para>Leave this field blank to disable</para>
11899 <para>To allow renewals in the OPAC, <link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link> needs to be set to
11904 <section id="OpacHiddenItems">
11905 <title><link linkend="OpacHiddenItems">OpacHiddenItems</link></title>
11907 <para>Asks: Allows to define custom rules for hiding specific
11908 items at opac. <note>
11909 <para>See docs/opac/OpacHiddenItems.txt in your Koha install
11910 directory for more information</para>
11913 <para>Description:</para>
11917 <para>In this field you can enter criteria for items you would
11918 like to hide from display in the OPAC. This field takes any
11919 combination of item fields (from the items table in the Koha
11920 database) for blocking. For example a value of:</para>
11922 <para><programlisting>itype: [07, 10]
11923 location: [STAFF, ISO]</programlisting>Will block items with an itype code of
11924 07 or 10 as well as items that have a shelving location of
11925 STAFF or ISO.</para>
11927 <para>In items my items.itype 07 is defined in Item Types
11928 Administration as Staff Assigned My items.itype 10 in Item
11929 Types is Archival Copy The locations STAFF and ISO are in
11930 Authorized Values for category=LOC STAFF means it's assigned
11931 to the staff reading room and ISO means it is in the isolation
11937 <section id="OpacRenewalAllowed">
11938 <title><link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">OpacRenewalAllowed</link></title>
11940 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11942 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to renew their own books on the
11945 <para>Values:</para>
11953 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11954 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11960 <para>Don't allow</para>
11964 <para>Staff will still be able to renew items for patrons
11965 via the staff client</para>
11971 <para>Description:</para>
11975 <para>This preference allows the administration to choose if
11976 patrons can renew their checked out materials via their
11977 checked out history in the OPAC. It allows patrons to renew
11978 their materials without having to contact the library or
11979 having to return to the library.</para>
11984 <section id="OpacRenewalBranch">
11985 <title><link linkend="OpacRenewalBranch">OpacRenewalBranch</link></title>
11987 <para>Default: the branch the item was checked out from</para>
11989 <para>Asks: Use ___ as branchcode to store in the statistics
11992 <para>Values:</para>
12000 <para>'OPACRenew'</para>
12004 <para>the item's home branch</para>
12008 <para>the patron's home branch</para>
12012 <para>the branch the item was checked out from</para>
12016 <para>Description:</para>
12020 <para>This value is used in the statistics table to help with
12021 reporting. The statistics table in Koha keeps track of all
12022 checkouts and renewals, this preference defines which branch
12023 is entered in to the table when a patron renews an item for
12024 themselves via the OPAC.</para>
12029 <section id="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">
12030 <title><link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link></title>
12032 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
12034 <para>Asks: ___ purchase suggestions from other patrons on the
12037 <para>Values:</para>
12041 <para>Don't show</para>
12049 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
12050 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
12057 <section id="SearchMyLibraryFirst">
12058 <title><link linkend="SearchMyLibraryFirst">SearchMyLibraryFirst</link></title>
12060 <para>Default: Don't limit</para>
12062 <para>Asks: ___ patrons' searches to the library they are
12063 registered at.</para>
12065 <para>Values:</para>
12069 <para>Don't limit</para>
12073 <para>Searching the OPAC will show results from all
12078 <para>If you're a one branch system, choose 'Don't
12089 <para>Patrons will still be able to search other libraries
12090 via the Advanced search page - but will be limited to
12091 searches for their library only from the basic search
12096 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
12097 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
12104 <section id="singleBranchMode">
12105 <title><link linkend="singleBranchMode">singleBranchMode</link></title>
12107 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
12109 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select their branch on the OPAC.</para>
12111 <para>Values:</para>
12119 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
12120 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
12126 <para>Don't allow</para>
12130 <para>Description:</para>
12134 <para>This preference is for libraries that have branches but
12135 do not want to share their items among other branches within
12136 their system. If the preference is set to "Don't allow" then
12137 holdings will be shown for all branches within a system. On
12138 the "Home" screen of the OPAC users have the choice of
12139 narrowing down results by item location. Setting this
12140 preference to "Allow" will display only one branch's
12147 <section id="opacprivacyprefs">
12148 <title><link linkend="opacprivacyprefs">Privacy</link></title>
12151 <section id="AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor">
12152 <title><link linkend="AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor">AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor</link></title>
12153 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
12154 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to choose their own privacy settings for showing the patron's
12155 checkouts to the patron's guarantor".</para>
12156 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12161 <para>Don't allow</para>
12163 </itemizedlist></para>
12164 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12166 <para>By default staff can see checkouts to family members via the staff client.
12167 This preference will allow guarantees (children) to grant permission to
12168 guarantors (guardians) to view their current checkouts via the public catalog.
12169 This preference requires that you allow patrons to se their own privacy with the
12170 <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preference.</para>
12172 </itemizedlist></para>
12175 <section id="AnonSuggestions">
12176 <title><link linkend="AnonSuggestions">AnonSuggestions</link></title>
12178 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
12180 <para>Asks: ___ patrons that aren't logged in to make purchase
12181 suggestions. <important>
12182 <para>If set to 'Allow', suggestions are connected to the
12183 <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link></para>
12184 </important></para>
12186 <para>Values:</para>
12194 <para>Don't allow</para>
12199 <section id="AnonymousPatron">
12200 <title><link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link></title>
12202 <para>Default: 0</para>
12204 <para>Asks: Use borrowernumber ___ as the Anonymous Patron (for anonymous suggestions
12205 and reading history) </para>
12207 <para>Before setting this preference <link linkend="addnewpatron">create a
12208 patron</link> to be used for all anonymous suggestions and/or reading history
12209 items. This patron can be any type and should be named something to make it clear to
12210 you that they're anonymous (ex. Anonymous Patron).</para>
12213 <para>Remember to use the borrowernumber note the patron's cardnumber for this value.
12214 The borrowernumber can be found on the patron record under 'Library use' on the right.<screenshot>
12215 <screeninfo>Borrowernumber</screeninfo>
12218 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AnonymousPatron.png"/>
12221 </screenshot></para>
12225 <section id="EnableOpacSearchHistory">
12226 <title><link linkend="EnableOpacSearchHistory">EnableOpacSearchHistory</link></title>
12228 <para>Default: Keep</para>
12230 <para>Asks: ___ patron search history in the OPAC.</para>
12232 <para>Values:</para>
12236 <para>Don't keep</para>
12245 <section id="OPACPrivacy">
12246 <title><link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link></title>
12248 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
12250 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to choose their own privacy settings for
12251 their reading history. <important>
12252 <para>This requires <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> set to
12253 'Allow' and <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> to be set to
12254 your anonymous patron's borrowernumber.</para>
12255 </important></para>
12257 <para>Values:</para>
12265 <para>Don't allow</para>
12268 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12270 <para>The default privacy setting for each patron category can be set in the <link linkend="patcats">Patrons Categories</link> area. If you set this preference
12271 to 'allow' then patrons can change that for themselves via the OPAC.</para>
12273 </itemizedlist><important>
12274 <para>If patron has chosen to have their reading history anonymized and you have
12275 <link linkend="StoreLastBorrower">StoreLastBorrower</link> set to "Don't store"
12276 then as soon as the item is checked in the last borrower will be
12278 </important></para>
12281 <section id="opacreadinghistory">
12282 <title><link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link></title>
12284 <para>Default: Allow</para>
12286 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to see what books they have checked out in
12290 <para>Enabling this will make it so that patrons can view their circulation history in
12291 the OPAC unless you have <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> set to
12296 <para>This data is stored in the system regardless of your
12297 choice, unless your patrons have chosen to never have their
12298 reading history kept.</para>
12301 <section id="StoreLastBorrower">
12302 <title><link linkend="StoreLastBorrower">StoreLastBorrower</link></title>
12303 <para>Default: Don't store</para>
12304 <para>Asks: ___ the last patron to return an item. </para>
12305 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
12307 <para>Don't store</para>
12312 </itemizedlist></para>
12313 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12315 <para>This preference allows you to store the last patron to borrow an item even
12316 if the patron has chosen to have their reading history anonymized. </para>
12318 </itemizedlist><note>
12319 <para>This setting is independent of <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> and/or <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link>.</para>
12322 <section id="TrackClicks">
12323 <title><link linkend="TrackClicks">TrackClicks</link></title>
12324 <para>Default: Don't track</para>
12325 <para>Asks: ___ links that patrons click on.</para>
12326 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12328 <para>Don't track</para>
12334 <para>Track anonymously</para>
12336 </itemizedlist></para>
12337 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12339 <para>By setting this preference to one of the track options you will allow Koha
12340 to track every link clicked in Koha. This data will be stored in a database
12341 table so that you can run reports against that data. If you choose to 'Track'
12342 clicks then Koha will record both the link clicked and the logged in user who
12343 clicked the link. If you choose to 'Track anonymously' then the borrowernumber
12344 will not be recorded, but the rest of the data will.<note>
12345 <para>Remember to update your local privacy policies and link to them from the
12346 OPAC to notify your users that you are tracking their information.</para>
12349 </itemizedlist></para>
12352 <section id="opacrestrictedpg">
12353 <title><link linkend="opacrestrictedpg">Restricted Page</link></title>
12354 <para>Using the following preference you can create a page within your Koha system that is
12355 accessible by only specific IP addresses. This can be used to house links to databases
12356 that can only be accessed from with the library or other licensed content.</para>
12357 <section id="RestrictedPageContent">
12358 <title><link linkend="RestrictedPageContent">RestrictedPageContent</link></title>
12359 <para>Asks: HTML content of your restricted page.</para>
12361 <section id="RestrictedPageLocalIPs">
12362 <title><link linkend="RestrictedPageLocalIPs">RestrictedPageLocalIPs</link></title>
12363 <para>Asks: Access from IP addresses beginning with ___ do not need to be
12364 authenticated</para>
12365 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12367 <para>You can enter individual IPS as a comma separated list (ex:
12368 '127.0.0,127.0.1') or just the beginning of the IP range allowed (ex:
12371 </itemizedlist></para>
12373 <section id="RestrictedPageTitle">
12374 <title><link linkend="RestrictedPageTitle">RestrictedPageTitle</link></title>
12375 <para>Asks: Use ___ as title of your restricted page</para>
12376 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12378 <para>This title will appear in the breadcrumb and on the top of the restricted
12381 </itemizedlist></para>
12384 <section id="opacselfregistrationprefs">
12385 <title><link linkend="opacselfregistrationprefs">Self Registration</link></title>
12386 <section id="PatronSelfModificationBorrowerUnwantedField">
12387 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfModificationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfModificationBorrowerUnwantedField</link></title>
12388 <para>Default: password</para>
12389 <para>Asks: The following <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">database
12390 columns</ulink> will not appear on the patron self-modification screen: ___</para>
12391 <para>Description:</para>
12394 <para>This preference allows you to define what fields patrons can edit if you're
12395 allowing them to update their personal information via the public catalog with the
12396 <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference.</para>
12400 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12403 <section id="PatronSelfRegistration">
12404 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistration">PatronSelfRegistration</link></title>
12405 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
12406 <para>Asks: ___ library patrons to register an account via the OPAC.</para>
12407 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12412 <para>Don't allow</para>
12414 </itemizedlist></para>
12415 <para>Description:</para>
12418 <para>Setting this preference to 'Allow' will provide a link on the OPAC to register
12419 for a new account. Using the other <link linkend="opacselfregistrationprefs">Self
12420 Registration</link> system preferences you can control how this preference will function.</para>
12422 <screeninfo>Register link in the OPAC</screeninfo>
12425 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/PatronSelfRegistration.png"/>
12432 <para>Patrons registering via the OPAC will not need to be approved by a librarian.
12433 For this reason it is recommended that you set up a provisional <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> with no <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rights</link>. That way patrons will have to come in to the library
12434 to verify their identity before given circulation rights at the library. Once the
12435 patron confirms their identiy the library staff can change the category to one with
12436 permissions to check items out and place holds.</para>
12439 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationAdditionalInstructions">
12440 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationAdditionalInstructions">PatronSelfRegistrationAdditionalInstructions</link></title>
12441 <para>Asks: Display the following additional instructions for patrons who self register
12442 via the OPAC ( HTML is allowed ): </para>
12443 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12445 <para>This preference takes any HTML you'd like to display on the page the patron
12446 sees after successfully registering for their library card.</para>
12448 </itemizedlist></para>
12450 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">
12451 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link></title>
12452 <para>Default: surname|firstname</para>
12453 <para>Asks: The following database columns must be filled in on the patron entry screen:
12455 <para>Description:</para>
12458 <para>This preference allows you to define what fields patrons must fill in on their
12459 self regisration form. If any of the required fields are blank Koha will not let
12460 the patron register.</para>
12464 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12467 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12468 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12471 <para>If you're going to require that patrons verify their accounts via email with the
12472 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference the email field will
12473 automatically be marked as required.</para>
12476 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">
12477 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link></title>
12478 <para>Default: password</para>
12479 <para>Asks: The following database columns will not appear on the patron entry screen:
12481 <para>Description:</para>
12484 <para>Using this preference you can hide fields from the patron registraion and
12485 update form in the OPAC.</para>
12489 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12492 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12493 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12496 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory">
12497 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory">PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory</link></title>
12498 <para>Asks: Use the patron category code ___ as the default patron category for patrons
12499 registered via the OPAC. </para>
12500 <para>Description:</para>
12503 <para>Enter in the patron category code for the category that all new patrons
12504 registered via the OPAC will be put in to.</para>
12508 <para>Patrons registering via the OPAC will not need to be approved by a librarian.
12509 For this reason it is recommended that you set up a provisional <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> with no <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rights</link>. That way patrons will have to come in to the library
12510 to verify their identity before given circulation rights at the library. Once the
12511 patron confirms their identiy the library staff can change the category to one with
12512 permissions to check items out and place holds.</para>
12515 <para>If you leave this blank or enter in an invalid code your patrons will still be
12516 able to register but will not be given a username. There will be no errors on the
12517 page to explain this, so be sure to enter a valid patron category code.</para>
12520 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">
12521 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</link></title>
12522 <para>Default: 0</para>
12523 <para>Asks: Delete patrons registered via the OPAC, but not yet verified after ___
12525 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12527 <para>This prefence links to the <link linkend="deleteexpiredregistrationcron">delete_expired_opac_registrations.pl cron job</link>. If that cron is set to
12528 run nightly it will clean up any registrations that have not been verified via
12529 email in the number of days entered on this preference. This is dependent on
12530 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference.</para>
12532 </itemizedlist></para>
12534 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">
12535 <title><link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link></title>
12536 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
12537 <para>Asks: ___ that a self-registering patron verify his or herself via email.</para>
12538 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12540 <para>Don't require</para>
12543 <para>Require</para>
12545 </itemizedlist></para>
12546 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12548 <para>If you require patrons to verify their accounts via email they will not be
12549 able to log in to the OPAC until they acknowledge the email sent by Koha. If you
12550 don't require this then patrons will be able to log in as soon as they fill in
12551 the registration form. You can set the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</link> preference to
12552 delete the un-verified self registrations after a certain number of days.</para>
12554 </itemizedlist><note>
12555 <para>If you're going to require that patrons verify their accounts via email then
12556 the email field will automatically be marked as required.</para>
12561 <section id="shelfbrowseprefs">
12562 <title><link linkend="shelfbrowseprefs">Shelf Browser</link></title>
12566 <section id="OPACShelfBrowser">
12567 <title><link linkend="OPACShelfBrowser">OPACShelfBrowser</link></title>
12569 <para>Default: Show</para>
12571 <para>Asks: ___ a shelf browser on item details pages, allowing
12572 patrons to see what's near that item on the shelf.</para>
12574 <para>Values:</para>
12578 <para>Don't show</para>
12585 <screeninfo>OPACShelfBrowser</screeninfo>
12589 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShelfBrowser.png"/>
12596 <para>Description:</para>
12600 <para>This preference allows patrons to view what is located
12601 on the shelf near the item they looked up. The shelf browser
12602 option appears on the details page to the right of each items'
12603 call number. Clicking the 'Browse Shelf' link allows for a
12604 virtual shelf browsing experience via the OPAC and lets
12605 patrons see other books that may relate to their search and
12606 items that sit on the shelf near the item they are looking
12612 <para>This uses up a fairly large amount of resources on your
12613 server, and should be avoided if your collection has a large
12614 number of items.</para>
12618 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesCcode">
12619 <title><link linkend="ShelfBrowserUsesCcode">ShelfBrowserUsesCcode</link></title>
12621 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
12623 <para>Asks: ___ the item collection code when finding items for
12624 the shelf browser.</para>
12626 <para>Values:</para>
12630 <para>Don't use</para>
12638 <para>Description:</para>
12642 <para>If your library uses collection codes then you might
12643 want the shelf browser to take into consideration what
12644 collection the books belong to when populating the virtual
12645 shelf browser.</para>
12650 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesHomeBranch">
12651 <title><link linkend="ShelfBrowserUsesHomeBranch">ShelfBrowserUsesHomeBranch</link></title>
12653 <para>Default: Use</para>
12655 <para>Asks: ___ the item home branch when finding items for the
12656 shelf browser.</para>
12658 <para>Values:</para>
12662 <para>Don't use</para>
12670 <para>Description:</para>
12674 <para>If you have a multiple branch system you may want to
12675 make sure that Koha takes into consideration what branch owns
12676 the books when populating the virtual shelf browser for
12682 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesLocation">
12683 <title><link linkend="ShelfBrowserUsesLocation">ShelfBrowserUsesLocation</link></title>
12685 <para>Default: Use</para>
12687 <para>Asks: ___ the item location when finding items for the shelf
12690 <para>Values:</para>
12694 <para>Don't use</para>
12702 <para>Description:</para>
12706 <para>If your library uses shelving locations then you might
12707 want the shelf browser to take into consideration what
12708 shelving location the books belong to when populating the
12709 virtual shelf browser.</para>
12716 <section id="patronprefs">
12717 <title><link linkend="patronprefs">Patrons</link></title>
12719 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
12720 Global System Preferences > Patrons</para>
12722 <section id="generalpatronpref">
12723 <title><link linkend="generalpatronpref">General</link></title>
12724 <section id="AutoEmailOPACUser">
12725 <title><link linkend="AutoEmailOPACUser">AutoEmailOpacUser</link></title>
12726 <para>Default: Don't send</para>
12727 <para>Asks: ___ an email to newly created patrons with their account details.</para>
12728 <para>Description:</para>
12731 <para>AutoEmailOpacUser allows library users to be notified by email of their
12732 account details when a new account is opened at the email address specified in the
12733 <link linkend="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</link>
12734 preference. The email contains the username and password given to or chosen by the
12735 patron when signing up for their account and can be customized by editing the
12736 <link linkend="ACCTDETAILS">ACCTDETAILS</link> notice.</para>
12739 <para>Values:</para>
12742 <para>Don't send</para>
12749 <section id="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">
12750 <title><link linkend="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</link></title>
12751 <para>Default: alternate</para>
12752 <para>Asks: Use ___ patron email address for sending out emails.</para>
12753 <para>Values:</para>
12756 <para>alternate</para>
12759 <para>first valid</para>
12768 <para>Description:</para>
12771 <para>If you choose 'first valid' as the value for AutoEmailPrimaryAddress the
12772 system will check the email fields in this order: home, work, then alternate.
12773 Otherwise the system will use the email address you specify.</para>
12777 <section id="autoMemberNum">
12778 <title><link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link></title>
12779 <para>Default: Do</para>
12780 <para>Asks: ___ default the card number field on the patron addition screen to the next
12781 available card number</para>
12782 <para>Values:</para>
12788 <para>If the largest currently used card number is 26345000012941, then this
12789 field will default to 26345000012942 for the next patron</para>
12797 <para>Description:</para>
12800 <para>This preference determines if the patron's barcode is automatically
12801 calculated. This prevents the person setting up the library card account from
12802 having to assign a number to the new card. If set to 'Do' the system will
12803 calculate a new patron barcode by adding 1 to the maximum barcode already present
12804 in the database.</para>
12808 <section id="BorrowerMandatoryField">
12809 <title><link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link></title>
12810 <para>Default: surname|cardnumber|barcode</para>
12811 <para>Asks: The following database columns must be filled in on the patron entry screen:
12813 <para>Description:</para>
12816 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to choose which fields your
12817 library would like required for patron accounts. Enter field names separated by |
12818 (bar). This ensures that basic information is included in each patron record. If a
12819 patron leaves one of the required fields blank an error message will issue and the
12820 account will not be created.</para>
12824 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12827 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12828 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12831 <section id="borrowerRelationship">
12832 <title><link linkend="borrowerRelationship">borrowerRelationship</link></title>
12833 <para>Default: father|mother</para>
12834 <para>Asks: Guarantors can be the following of those they guarantee ___</para>
12835 <para>Description:</para>
12838 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to define valid relationships
12839 between a guarantor (usually a parent) & a guarantee (usually a child).
12840 Defining values for this field does not make the guarantor field required when
12841 adding a guarantee type patron. This preference creates a drop down list
12842 identifying the relationship of the guarantor to the guarantee. To disable the
12843 ability to add children types in Koha you can leave this field blank.</para>
12847 <para>Input multiple choices separated by |</para>
12850 <section id="BorrowerRenewalPeriodBase">
12851 <title><link linkend="BorrowerRenewalPeriodBase">BorrowerRenewalPeriodBase</link></title>
12852 <para>Default: current date</para>
12853 <para>Asks: When renewing borrowers, base the new expiry date on ___</para>
12854 <para>Values:</para>
12857 <para>current date.</para>
12860 <para>current membership expiry date.</para>
12863 <para>Description:</para>
12866 <para>This preference controls what the patron's new expiration date will be when
12867 you renew their card. Using the 'current date' will add the subscription period to
12868 today's date when calculating the new expiration date. Using 'current membership
12869 expiry date' will add the subscription period to the old expiration date for the
12870 patron when renewing their account.</para>
12874 <section id="BorrowersTitles">
12875 <title><link linkend="BorrowersTitles">BorrowersTitles</link></title>
12876 <para>Default: Mr|Mrs|Miss|Ms</para>
12877 <para>Asks: Borrowers can have the following titles ___</para>
12878 <para>Description:</para>
12881 <para>This preference allows the staff to choose the titles that can be assigned to
12882 patrons. The choices present as a drop down list when creating a patron
12887 <para>Input multiple choices separated by |</para>
12890 <section id="BorrowerUnwantedField">
12891 <title><link linkend="BorrowerUnwantedField">BorrowerUnwantedField</link></title>
12892 <para>Asks: The following database columns will not appear on the patron entry screen:
12894 <para>Description:</para>
12897 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to choose which fields your
12898 library doesn't need to see on the patron entry form. Enter field names separated
12903 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12906 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12907 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12910 <section id="CardnumberLength">
12911 <title><link linkend="CardnumberLength">CardnumberLength</link></title>
12912 <para>Asks: Card numbers for patrons must be ___ characters long. </para>
12913 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12915 <para>The length can be a single number to specify an exact length, a range
12916 separated by a comma (i.e., 'Min,Max'), or a maximum with no minimum (i.e.,
12917 ',Max'). If 'cardnumber' is included in the <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> list, the
12918 minimum length, if not specified here, defaults to one. </para>
12920 </itemizedlist></para>
12922 <section id="checkdigit">
12923 <title><link linkend="checkdigit">checkdigit</link></title>
12924 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12925 <para>Asks: ___ check and construct borrower card numbers in the Katipo style.</para>
12926 <para>Values:</para>
12936 <para>This overrides <link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link> if on.</para>
12939 <section id="EnableBorrowerFiles">
12940 <title><link linkend="EnableBorrowerFiles">EnableBorrowerFiles</link></title>
12941 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12942 <para>Asks: ___ enable the ability to upload and attach arbitrary files to a borrower
12944 <para>Values:</para>
12953 <para>Description:</para>
12956 <para>When enabled this will add a 'Files' tab to the left of the patron detail page
12957 where you can view and upload files to the patron record.</para>
12961 <section id="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">
12962 <title><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link></title>
12963 <para>Default: Allow</para>
12964 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manage which notices patrons will receive and when they will
12965 receive them. </para>
12966 <para>Values:</para>
12972 <para>Don't allow</para>
12976 <para>This only applies to certain kinds of notices, overdue notices will be sent
12977 based on the library's rules, not the patron's choice.</para>
12980 <para>To manage if patrons have also access to these settings, use <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC">EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC</link>. </para>
12982 <para>Description:</para>
12985 <para>These messages are in addition to the overdue notices that the library sends.
12986 The difference between these notices and overdues is that the patron can opt-in
12987 and out of these. Setting this preference to 'Allow' will allow staff to choose
12988 for patrons to receive any one of the following messages:</para>
12991 <para>Item Checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
12992 just checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
12996 <para>Item Due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
12999 <para>Hold Filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
13003 <para>Item Checkin : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
13004 just checked in</para>
13007 <para>Advanced Notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due
13008 (Staff can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
13014 <section id="EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC">
13015 <title><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC">EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC</link></title>
13016 <para>Default: Show</para>
13017 <para>Asks: ___ patron messaging setting on the OPAC</para>
13018 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13020 <para>Don't show</para>
13025 </itemizedlist><important>
13026 <para><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> must be enabled for messaging options to
13027 show in the OPAC</para>
13028 </important></para>
13029 <para>Description:</para>
13032 <para>These messages are in addition to the overdue notices that the library sends.
13033 The difference between these notices and overdues is that the patron can opt-in
13034 and out of these. Setting this preference to 'Allow' will allow patrons to choose
13035 to receive any one of the following messages:</para>
13038 <para>Item Checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
13039 just checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
13043 <para>Item Due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
13046 <para>Hold Filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
13050 <para>Item Checkin : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
13051 just checked in</para>
13054 <para>Advanced Notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
13055 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
13061 <section id="ExtendedPatronAttributes">
13062 <title><link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link></title>
13063 <para>Default: Enable</para>
13064 <para>Asks: ___ searching, editing and display of custom attributes on patrons.</para>
13065 <para>Values:</para>
13068 <para>Don't enable</para>
13071 <para>Enable</para>
13074 <para>Define attributes in Koha administration</para>
13077 <para>Get there: More > Administration > <link linkend="patronattributetypes">Patron Attribute Types</link></para>
13082 <para>Description:</para>
13085 <para>Patron attributes are library-defined custom fields that can be applied to
13086 patron records.</para>
13090 <para>Use custom attributes for fields that the default patron record does not support
13091 such as driver's license number or student ID number.</para>
13094 <section id="FeeOnChangePatronCategory">
13095 <title><link linkend="FeeOnChangePatronCategory">FeeOnChangePatronCategory</link></title>
13096 <para>Default: Do</para>
13097 <para>Asks: ___ charge a fee when a patron changes to a category with an enrollment
13099 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13106 </itemizedlist></para>
13108 <section id="intranetreadinghistory">
13109 <title><link linkend="intranetreadinghistory">intranetreadinghistory</link></title>
13110 <para>Default: Allow</para>
13111 <para>Asks: ___ staff to access a patron's checkout history. <important>
13112 <para>If you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preference set
13113 to 'Allow' and the patron has decided to not have their history kept staff will
13114 only see currently checked out items.</para>
13115 </important></para>
13116 <para>Values:</para>
13122 <para>Don't allow</para>
13126 <para>Reading history is still stored, regardless of staff being allowed access or not
13127 unless the patron has chosen to have their history anonymized via their <link linkend="opacmyprivacy">privacy page</link>.</para>
13130 <section id="MaxFine">
13131 <title><link linkend="MaxFine">MaxFine</link></title>
13132 <para>Default: 9999</para>
13133 <para>Asks: The late fine for all checkouts will only go up to ___ USD.</para>
13134 <para>Description:</para>
13137 <para>This preference controls the default cap on fines accrued by the patron.
13138 Leaving this preference blank means that there is no cap on the amount of fines a
13139 patron can accrue. If you'd like, single item caps can be specified in the <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rules matrix</link>.</para>
13143 <section id="MembershipExpiryDaysNotice">
13144 <title><link linkend="MembershipExpiryDaysNotice">MembershipExpiryDaysNotice</link></title>
13145 <para>Asks: Send an account expiration notice when a patron's card will expire in ___
13147 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13149 <para>If you would like to notify patrons that their accounts are about to expire
13150 then you can enter a number of days before expiration in this preference. The
13151 notice text can be customized in the <link linkend="notices">Notices &
13152 Slips</link> tool.</para>
13154 </itemizedlist><important>
13155 <para>You will need to enable the <link linkend="patronexpirycron">membership expiry
13156 cron job</link> for this notice to send.</para>
13157 </important></para>
13159 <section id="minPasswordLength">
13160 <title><link linkend="minPasswordLength">minPasswordLength</link></title>
13161 <para>Default: 3</para>
13162 <para>Asks: Login passwords for staff and patrons must be at least ___ characters
13165 <para>This applies to both the staff login and the patron OPAC login.</para>
13168 <section id="NotifyBorrowerDeparture">
13169 <title><link linkend="NotifyBorrowerDeparture">NotifyBorrowerDeparture</link></title>
13170 <para>Default: 30</para>
13171 <para>Asks: Show a notice that a patron is about to expire ___ days beforehand.</para>
13172 <para>Description:</para>
13175 <para>When the patron attempts to check out materials, a warning will appear in the
13176 check out window of the Staff Client telling the librarian that the patrons
13177 account is about to expire.</para>
13181 <para>This notice will appear on the patron's record in the staff client.</para>
13184 <section id="patronimages">
13185 <title><link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link></title>
13186 <para>Default: Allow</para>
13187 <para>Asks: ___ images to be uploaded and shown for patrons on the staff client.</para>
13188 <para>Values:</para>
13194 <para>Don't allow</para>
13197 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13199 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' the staff will be able to upload images
13200 of patrons either <link linkend="addpatronimages">one by one</link> or <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">in bulk</link>. Patrons images will show on the
13201 detail page to the left of the patron information. They can also show in the
13202 OPAC if you set the <link linkend="OPACpatronimage">OPACpatronimage</link>
13203 preference or in the self check out module if you set the <link linkend="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</link> preference.</para>
13205 </itemizedlist></para>
13207 <section id="PatronsPerPage">
13208 <title><link linkend="PatronsPerPage">PatronsPerPage</link></title>
13209 <para>Default: 20</para>
13210 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the staff client.</para>
13211 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13213 <para>This preference will let you define how many patrons to show on patron
13214 search results pages.</para>
13216 </itemizedlist></para>
13218 <section id="SMSSendDriver">
13219 <title><link linkend="SMSSendDriver"> SMSSendDriver, SMSSendUsername, and SMSSendPassword </link></title>
13220 <para>Asks: Use the SMS::Send:: ___ driver to send SMS messages. Define a username/login
13221 ___ and a password ___.</para>
13223 <para> Please refer to your national laws concerning the sending of bulk SMS
13224 messages before enabling this feature.</para>
13225 </important>Descritpion:<itemizedlist>
13227 <para>There are two options for using SMS in Koha. You can use the Email protocol
13228 for free by entering 'Email' as the SMSSendDriver or you can pay for a SMS
13229 driver. Some examples of values for the driver are:</para>
13232 <para>SMS::Send::Us::Ipipi</para>
13235 <para>SMS::Send::US::TMobile</para>
13238 <para>SMS::Send::US::Verizon</para>
13241 <para>SMS::Send::IN::Unicel</para>
13244 <para>Additional values can be found here: <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all">http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all
13247 <para>Only drivers available as Perl modules will work in this preference, so
13248 make sure a Perl module is available before choosing an SMS service.</para>
13250 <para>Once a driver is entered in the preference an option will appear in the
13251 staff client and the OPAC on the patron messaging form to choose to receive
13252 messages as SMS</para>
13254 <screeninfo>SMSSendDriver Options</screeninfo>
13257 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SMSSendDriver.png"/>
13262 </itemizedlist></para>
13264 <para>You must allow <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> for this to work.</para>
13267 <section id="StatisticsFields">
13268 <title><link linkend="StatisticsFields">StatisticsFields</link></title>
13269 <para>Default: location|itype|ccode</para>
13270 <para>Asks: Show the following fields from the items database table as columns on the
13271 statistics tab on the patron record: ___</para>
13273 <screeninfo>Statistics on Patron Record</screeninfo>
13276 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/StatisticsFields.png"/>
13281 <para>Enter the values separated by bars (|)</para>
13283 <para>Description:</para>
13286 <para>This preference lets you set which fields will show on the patron record on
13287 the Statistics tab.</para>
13291 <section id="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">
13292 <title><link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link></title>
13293 <para>Default: Disable</para>
13294 <para>Asks: ___ patron phone notifications using Talking Tech i-tiva (overdues, predues
13295 and holds notices currently supported).</para>
13296 <para>Values:</para>
13299 <para>Disable</para>
13302 <para>Enable</para>
13305 <para>Description:</para>
13308 <para>To learn more about setting up this third party product view the <link linkend="talkingtechappendix">Talking Tech Appendix</link>.</para>
13312 <para>Requires that you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> set to Allow to use.</para>
13315 <section id="uppercasesurnames">
13316 <title><link linkend="uppercasesurnames">uppercasesurnames</link></title>
13317 <para>Default: Don't</para>
13318 <para>Asks: ___ store and display surnames (last names) in upper case.</para>
13319 <para>Values:</para>
13329 <section id="useDischarge">
13330 <title><link linkend="useDischarge">useDischarge</link></title>
13331 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
13332 <para>Asks: ___ librarians to discharge borrowers and borrowers to request a
13334 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13339 <para>Don't allow</para>
13341 </itemizedlist></para>
13342 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13344 <para>A discharge is a certificate that says the patron has no current checkouts,
13345 no holds and owe no money.<note>
13346 <para>In France a "quitus" ("discharge") is needed if you want to register for
13347 an account in a library or a university). </para>
13349 <para>Academic libraries often require that you have a clear record at the
13350 library before you can graduate.</para>
13353 </itemizedlist></para>
13356 <section id="norwegianpref">
13357 <title><link linkend="norwegianpref">Norwegian patron database</link></title>
13358 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBEnable">
13359 <title><link linkend="NorwegianPatronDBEnable">NorwegianPatronDBEnable & NorwegianPatronDBEndpoint</link></title>
13360 <para>NorwegianPatronDBEnable Default: Disable</para>
13361 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to communicate with the Norwegian national patron database
13362 via the ___ endpoint. </para>
13363 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13365 <para>Disable</para>
13368 <para>Enable</para>
13370 </itemizedlist></para>
13372 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBSearchNLAfterLocalHit">
13373 <title><link linkend="NorwegianPatronDBSearchNLAfterLocalHit">NorwegianPatronDBSearchNLAfterLocalHit</link></title>
13374 <para>Default: Don't</para>
13375 <para>Asks: ___ search the Norwegian national patron database after a local search
13376 result was found.</para>
13377 <para>Values:</para>
13387 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBUsername">
13388 <title><link linkend="NorwegianPatronDBUsername">NorwegianPatronDBUsername & NorwegianPatronDBPassword</link></title>
13389 <para>Asks: Communicate with the Norwegian national patron database using the username
13390 ___ and the password ___. </para>
13391 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13393 <para>You can get these from "Base Bibliotek", which is maintained by the
13394 Norwegian National Library. </para>
13396 </itemizedlist></para>
13401 <section id="searchingprefs">
13402 <title><link linkend="searchingprefs">Searching</link></title>
13404 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
13405 Global System Preferences > Searching</para>
13407 <section id="searchfeatureprefs">
13408 <title><link linkend="searchfeatureprefs">Features</link></title>
13411 <section id="EnableSearchHistory">
13412 <title><link linkend="EnableSearchHistory">EnableSearchHistory</link></title>
13413 <para>Default: Don't keep</para>
13414 <para>Asks: ___ patron search history in the staff client.</para>
13415 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13417 <para>Don't keep</para>
13420 <para>Keep<screenshot>
13421 <screeninfo>EnableSearchHistory</screeninfo>
13424 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/EnableSearchHistory.png"/>
13427 </screenshot></para>
13429 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
13431 <para>This preference controls whether the staff client keeps search history for
13432 logged in users. Search history will be accessible under the link to your
13433 account in the top right of the staff client.</para>
13435 </itemizedlist></para>
13437 <section id="IncludeSeeFromInSearches">
13438 <title><link linkend="IncludeSeeFromInSearches">IncludeSeeFromInSearches</link></title>
13439 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
13440 <para>Asks: ___ <emphasis role="italic">see from</emphasis> (non-preferred form)
13441 headings in bibliographic searches. </para>
13442 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13444 <para>Don't include</para>
13447 <para>Include</para>
13449 </itemizedlist></para>
13450 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
13452 <para>When this preference is set to include the search engine indexer will insert
13453 <emphasis role="italic">see from</emphasis> headings from authority records
13454 into bibliographic records when indexing, so that a search on an obsolete term
13455 will turn up relevant records. For example when you search for cookery (the old
13456 term) you get titles with the heading of cooking (the new term).</para>
13458 </itemizedlist><important>
13459 <para>You will need to reindex your bibliographic database when changing this
13460 preference. </para>
13461 </important></para>
13464 <section id="OpacGroupResults">
13465 <title><link linkend="OpacGroupResults">OpacGroupResults</link></title>
13467 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
13469 <para>Asks: ___ PazPar2 to group similar results on the
13472 <para>Values:</para>
13476 <para>Don't use</para>
13485 <para>This requires that <ulink url="http://www.indexdata.com/pazpar2">PazPar2</ulink> is set up
13486 and running.</para>
13490 <section id="QueryAutoTruncate">
13491 <title><link linkend="QueryAutoTruncate">QueryAutoTruncate</link></title>
13493 <para>Default: automatically</para>
13495 <para>Asks: Perform wildcard searching (where, for example, Har
13496 would match Harry and harp) ___ (The * character would be used
13497 like so: Har* or *logging.)</para>
13499 <para>Values:</para>
13503 <para>automatically</para>
13507 <para>only if * is added</para>
13511 <para>Description:</para>
13515 <para>This setting allows for searches to be automatically
13516 truncated or for additional characters to be added to the end
13517 of a search string. When set to "automatically" the search
13518 string automatically ends with a wildcard function. For
13519 example, a search for the word "invent" with auto truncation
13520 enabled will also retrieve results for inventor, invention,
13521 inventory, etc. If you don't want this to happen automatically
13522 you can still be perform wildcard searches manually by adding
13523 an asterisk (*). Typing "invent*" even with auto truncation
13524 disabled will retrieve the same inventor, invention, inventory
13525 results. Auto truncation bypasses the necessity to type long
13526 search strings in their entirety.</para>
13531 <section id="QueryFuzzy">
13532 <title><link linkend="QueryFuzzy">QueryFuzzy</link></title>
13534 <para>Default: Try</para>
13536 <para>Asks: ___ to match similarly spelled words in a search (for
13537 example, a search for flang would also match flange and
13540 <para>Values:</para>
13544 <para>Don't try</para>
13552 <para>Description:</para>
13556 <para>This preference enables "fuzzy" searching, in which the
13557 search engine returns results that are similar to, but not
13558 exactly matching, the word or words entered by the user. This
13559 preference enables the search function to compensate for
13560 slightly misspelled names or phrases.</para>
13565 <para>Requires that <link linkend="UseICU">UseICU</link> set to 'Not using'</para>
13569 <section id="QueryStemming">
13570 <title><link linkend="QueryStemming">QueryStemming</link></title>
13572 <para>Default: Try</para>
13574 <para>Asks: ___ to match words of the same base in a search</para>
13576 <para>Values:</para>
13580 <para>Don't try</para>
13588 <para>A search for enabling would also match enable and
13595 <para>Description:</para>
13599 <para>This preference enables word stemming. Stemming allows
13600 the search function to return multiple versions of the same
13601 word, as well as related terms (i.e., both fish and fishing
13602 would be returned).</para>
13607 <section id="QueryWeightFields">
13608 <title><link linkend="QueryWeightFields">QueryWeightFields</link></title>
13610 <para>Default: Enable</para>
13612 <para>Asks: ___ ranking of search results by relevance</para>
13614 <para>Values:</para>
13618 <para>Disable</para>
13622 <para>Enable</para>
13627 <section id="TraceCompleteSubfields">
13628 <title><link linkend="TraceCompleteSubfields">TraceCompleteSubfields</link></title>
13630 <para>Default: Force</para>
13632 <para>Asks: ___ subject tracings in the OPAC and Staff Client to
13633 search only for complete-subfield matches.</para>
13635 <para>Values:</para>
13639 <para>Don't force</para>
13643 <para>Searches for subject keywords (example:
13644 opac-search.pl?q=su:World%20Wide%20Web)</para>
13654 <para>Searches for complete subject fields (example:
13655 opac-search.pl?q=su,complete-subfield:World%20Wide%20Web)</para>
13661 <para>Description:</para>
13665 <para>When TraceCompleteSubfields is set to "force," clicking
13666 on links in non-authority controlled subject tracings will
13667 only find other records where the entire subfields match.
13668 Leaving it at "don't force" does a keyword search of the
13669 subject indexes.</para>
13674 <para>This preference assumes that you're using XSLT stylesheets
13675 as set in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
13680 <section id="TraceSubjectSubdivisions">
13681 <title><link linkend="TraceSubjectSubdivisions">TraceSubjectSubdivisions</link></title>
13683 <para>Default: Include</para>
13685 <para>Asks: ___ subdivisions for searches generated by clicking on
13686 subject tracings.</para>
13688 <para>Values:</para>
13692 <para>Don't include</para>
13696 <para>Searches for subject keywords (example:
13697 opac-search.pl?q=su,complete-subfield:%22Web%20sites%22)</para>
13703 <para>Include</para>
13707 <para>Searches for complete subject fields (example:
13708 opac-search.pl?q=(su,complete-subfield:%22Web%20sites%22)%20and%20(su,complete-subfield:%22Design.%22))</para>
13714 <para>Description:</para>
13718 <para>When TraceSubjectSubdivisions is set to "Include," if
13719 you click on a subject with subdivisions (subfields other than
13720 'a') they will be searched along with the subject heading
13721 (subfield 'a'). To have only the subject heading (subfield
13722 'a') searched, set this preference to "Don't include."</para>
13727 <para>This preference assumes that you're using XSLT stylesheets
13728 as set in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
13733 <section id="UseICU">
13734 <title><link linkend="UseICU">UseICU</link></title>
13736 <para>Default: Not using</para>
13738 <para>Asks: ___ ICU Zebra indexing.</para>
13740 <para>Values:</para>
13744 <para>Not using</para>
13752 <para>Description:</para>
13756 <para>ICU is a set of code libraries providing Unicode and
13757 Globalization support for software applications. What this
13758 means is ICU Zebra indexing is only necessary if you use
13759 non-roman characters in your cataloging. If using ICU Zebra
13760 indexing you will want to not use <link linkend="QueryFuzzy">QueryFuzzy</link>.</para>
13765 <para>This setting will not affect Zebra indexing, it should
13766 only be used to tell Koha that you have activated ICU indexing
13767 if you have actually done so, since there is no way for Koha to
13768 figure this out on its own.</para>
13772 <para>Talk to your system administrator when changing this
13773 preference to make sure that your system is set up properly for
13774 this to work.</para>
13777 <section id="UseQueryParser">
13778 <title><link linkend="UseQueryParser">UseQueryParser</link></title>
13779 <para>Default: Do not try</para>
13780 <para>Asks: ___ to use the QueryParser module for parsing queries. <note>
13781 <para>Enabling this will have no impact if you do not have QueryParser installed,
13782 and everything will continue to work as usual.</para>
13784 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13786 <para>Do not try</para>
13791 </itemizedlist></para>
13792 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13794 <para>This preference enables an experimental new query parser which opens the
13795 door for a more expressive and more-effective search syntax.</para>
13797 </itemizedlist></para>
13801 <section id="searchresultsprefs">
13802 <title><link linkend="searchresultsprefs">Results Display</link></title>
13806 <section id="defaultSortField">
13807 <title><link linkend="defaultSortField">defaultSortField & defaultSortOrder</link></title>
13809 <para>defaultSortField Default: author</para>
13811 <para>defaultSortOrder Default: ascending</para>
13813 <para>Asks: By default, sort search results in the staff client by
13816 <para>Description:</para>
13820 <para>These preferences set the default sort field and sort
13821 order for searches on the staff side. Regardless of your
13822 choice, the other sort options are still available in the drop
13823 down list on the advanced search page.</para>
13827 <para>defaultSortField Values:</para>
13831 <para>author</para>
13835 <para>call number</para>
13839 <para>date added</para>
13843 <para>date of publication</para>
13847 <para>relevance</para>
13855 <para>total number of checkouts</para>
13859 <para>defaultSortOrder Values:</para>
13863 <para>ascending</para>
13867 <para>descending</para>
13871 <para>from A to Z</para>
13875 <para>from Z to A</para>
13880 <section id="displayFacetCount">
13881 <title><link linkend="displayFacetCount">displayFacetCount</link></title>
13883 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
13885 <para>Asks: ___ facet counts.</para>
13887 <para>Description:</para>
13891 <para>This preference lets you decide if you show how many
13892 times a facet is used in your search results in the OPAC and
13893 the staff client. The relevance of these numbers highly
13894 depends on the value of the <link linkend="maxRecordsForFacets">maxRecordsForFacets</link>
13895 preference. Showing these numbers can potentially effect the
13896 performance of your searching, so test your system with
13897 different values for this preference to see what works
13902 <para>Values:</para>
13906 <para>Don't show</para>
13913 <screeninfo>Number of times each Facet is found in
13914 results</screeninfo>
13918 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/displayFacetCount.png"/>
13925 <section id="DisplayLibraryFacets">
13926 <title><link linkend="DisplayLibraryFacets">DisplayLibraryFacets</link></title>
13927 <para>Default: holding library</para>
13928 <para>Asks: Show facets for ___</para>
13929 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13931 <para>both home and holding library</para>
13934 <para>holding library</para>
13937 <para>home library</para>
13939 </itemizedlist></para>
13940 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13942 <para>This preferenc controls the libraries facet that displays on search results
13943 in the staff and opac. The value selected here will determin which library(s)
13944 show in the facets when a search is run.</para>
13946 </itemizedlist></para>
13949 <section id="FacetLabelTruncationLength">
13950 <title><link linkend="FacetLabelTruncationLength">FacetLabelTruncationLength</link></title>
13952 <para>Default: 20</para>
13954 <para>Asks: Truncate facets length to ___ characters, in
13955 OPAC/staff interface.</para>
13957 <para>Description:</para>
13961 <para>In the OPAC and the staff client your facets are cut off
13962 at 20 characters by default. Depending on your layout this may
13963 be too many or two few letters, this preference lets you
13964 decide what number is best for your library's design.</para>
13968 <section id="FacetMaxCount">
13969 <title><link linkend="FacetMaxCount">FacetMaxCount</link></title>
13970 <para>Default: 20</para>
13971 <para>Asks: Show up ___ to facets for each category.</para>
13972 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13974 <para>This preference allows you to control how many possible limits show under
13975 each heading (Author, Series, Topics, etc) on the facets in the OPAC.</para>
13977 </itemizedlist></para>
13980 <section id="maxItemsInSearchResults">
13981 <title><link linkend="maxItemsInSearchResults">maxItemsInSearchResults</link></title>
13983 <para>Default: 20</para>
13985 <para>Asks: Show up to ___ items per biblio in the search
13988 <para>Description:</para>
13992 <para>This preference will let you set how many results
13993 display by default when a search is run on the Staff
13999 <section id="maxRecordsForFacets">
14000 <title><link linkend="maxRecordsForFacets">maxRecordsForFacets</link></title>
14002 <para>Default: 20</para>
14004 <para>Asks: Build facets based on ___ records from the search
14007 <para>Description:</para>
14011 <para>By default Koha only bases facets on the first page of
14012 results (usually 20 results). This preference lets you tell
14013 Koha to based the facet descriptions and numbers on any number
14014 of search results returned. The higher this number the longer
14015 it will take for your search results to return, so test with
14016 various different values to find the best balance for your
14022 <section id="numSearchResults">
14023 <title><link linkend="numSearchResults">numSearchResults</link></title>
14025 <para>Default: 20</para>
14027 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the staff
14031 <section id="opacdefaultsort">
14032 <title><link linkend="opacdefaultsort">OPACdefaultSortField & OPACdefaultSortOrder</link></title>
14034 <para>OPACdefaultSortField Default: relevance</para>
14036 <para>OPACdefaultSortOrder Default: ascending</para>
14038 <para>Asks: By default, sort search results in the OPAC by ___,
14041 <para>Description:</para>
14045 <para>These preferences set the default sort field and sort
14046 order for searches on the OPAC. Regardless of your choice, the
14047 other sort options are still available in the drop down list
14048 on the advanced search page.</para>
14052 <para>OPACdefaultSortField Values:</para>
14056 <para>author</para>
14060 <para>call number</para>
14064 <para>date added</para>
14068 <para>date of publication</para>
14072 <para>relevance</para>
14080 <para>total number of checkouts</para>
14084 <para>OPACdefaultSortOrder Values:</para>
14088 <para>ascending</para>
14092 <para>descending</para>
14096 <para>from A to Z</para>
14100 <para>from Z to A</para>
14105 <section id="OPACItemsResultsDisplay">
14106 <title><link linkend="OPACItemsResultsDisplay">OPACItemsResultsDisplay</link></title>
14108 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
14110 <para>Asks: ___ an item's branch, location and call number in OPAC
14111 search results.</para>
14113 <para>Values:</para>
14117 <para>Don't show</para>
14125 <para>Description:</para>
14129 <para>This setting selects the information about an item that
14130 will display in the search results page of the OPAC. The
14131 results can display the status of an item and/or full details
14132 including branch, location, and call number. While the 'Show'
14133 option allows for more information to be displayed on the
14134 search results page, the information can be overwhelming for
14135 large collections with multiple branches.</para>
14140 <section id="OPACnumSearchResults">
14141 <title><link linkend="OPACnumSearchResults">OPACnumSearchResults</link></title>
14143 <para>Default: 20</para>
14145 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the
14148 <section id="SearchWithISBNVariations">
14149 <title><link linkend="SearchWithISBNVariations">SearchWithISBNVariations</link></title>
14150 <para>Default: don't search</para>
14151 <para>Asks: When searching on the ISBN index, ___ on all variations of the ISBN.</para>
14152 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
14154 <para>don't search</para>
14157 <para>search</para>
14159 </itemizedlist> Descriptions:<itemizedlist>
14161 <para>With this preference set to search you'll be able to search for ISBNs even
14162 if there are dashes or spaces in the field. So if you search for 9781843345855
14163 but the ISBN was cataloged as 978-1843345855 you'll still be able to find it if
14164 this preference is set to 'search'.</para>
14166 </itemizedlist><important>
14167 <para>This preference has no effect if <link linkend="UseQueryParser">UseQueryParser</link> is on</para>
14168 </important></para>
14172 <section id="searchformprefs">
14173 <title><link linkend="searchformprefs">Search Form</link></title>
14174 <section id="AdvancedSearchLanguages">
14175 <title><link linkend="AdvancedSearchLanguages">AdvancedSearchLanguages</link></title>
14176 <para>Asks: Limit the languages listed in the advanced search drop-down to the ___ ISO
14177 639-2 language codes (separate values with | or ,).</para>
14178 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14180 <para>This preference will allow you to decide what languages show in the pull
14181 down menu on the advanced search page in the OPAC and the staff client. If this
14182 preference is left blank, all languages will show. To limit the languages that
14183 are shown enter their <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">ISO 639-2
14184 language codes</ulink> separated by comma ( , ) or bar ( | ). For example to
14185 limit listing to French and Italian, enter ita|fre. </para>
14187 </itemizedlist></para>
14190 <section id="AdvancedSearchTypes">
14191 <title><link linkend="AdvancedSearchTypes">AdvancedSearchTypes</link></title>
14193 <para>Default: itemtype</para>
14195 <para>Asks: Show tabs in OPAC and staff-side advanced search for
14196 limiting searches on the ___ fields (separate values with
14199 <para>Description:</para>
14203 <para>On the advanced search page you can choose to allow
14204 filters on one or all of the following: Item types
14205 (itemtypes), Collection Codes (ccode) and Shelving Location
14206 (loc). If you would like to be able to limit searches on item
14207 type and shelving location for example you would enter
14208 itemtypes|loc in the preference input box. The order of these
14209 fields will determine the order of the tabs in the OPAC and
14210 staff client advanced search screens. Values within the search
14211 type are OR'ed together, while each different search type is
14212 AND'ed together in the query limits. The current stored values
14213 are supported without any required modification.Each set of
14214 advanced search fields are displayed in tabs in both the OPAC
14215 and staff client. The first value in the AdvancedSearchTypes
14216 syspref is the selected tab; if no values are present,
14217 "itemtypes" is used. For non-itemtype values, the value in
14218 AdvancedSearchTypes must match the Authorised Value name, and
14219 must be indexed with 'mc-' prefixing that name.</para>
14222 <screeninfo>Searching by Item Type and Shelving
14223 Location</screeninfo>
14227 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AdvancedSearchTypes.png"/>
14235 <section id="expandedSearchOption">
14236 <title><link linkend="expandedSearchOption">expandedSearchOption</link></title>
14238 <para>Default: don't show</para>
14240 <para>Asks: By default, ___ "More options" on the OPAC and staff
14241 advanced search pages.</para>
14243 <para>Values:</para>
14247 <para>don't show</para>
14255 <section id="IntranetNumbersPreferPhrase">
14256 <title><link linkend="IntranetNumbersPreferPhrase">IntranetNumbersPreferPhrase</link></title>
14257 <para>Default: don't use</para>
14258 <para>Asks: By default, ___ the operator "phr" in the callnumber and standard number
14259 staff client searches </para>
14260 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
14262 <para>don't use</para>
14267 </itemizedlist></para>
14268 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14270 <para>When searching by call number and standard number (biblionumber) in Koha
14271 Staff Client you can choose to force the search to be a phrase search by setting
14272 this preference to 'use.' This will allow for more accurate results over doing a
14273 general keyword field search.</para>
14275 </itemizedlist></para>
14277 <section id="OPACNumbersPreferPhrase">
14278 <title><link linkend="OPACNumbersPreferPhrase">OPACNumbersPreferPhrase</link></title>
14279 <para>Default: don't use</para>
14280 <para>Asks: By default, ___ the operator "phr" in the callnumber and standard number
14281 OPAC searches </para>
14282 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
14284 <para>don't use</para>
14289 </itemizedlist></para>
14290 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14292 <para>When searching by call number and standard number (biblionumber) in the Koha
14293 OPAC you can choose to force the search to be a phrase search by setting this
14294 preference to 'use.' This will allow for more accurate results over doing a
14295 general keyword field search.</para>
14297 </itemizedlist></para>
14302 <section id="serialsprefs">
14303 <title><link linkend="serialsprefs">Serials</link></title>
14305 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
14306 Global System Preferences > Serials</para>
14308 <section id="opacSerialDefaultTab">
14309 <title><link linkend="opacSerialDefaultTab">opacSerialDefaultTab</link></title>
14311 <para>Default: Subscriptions tab</para>
14313 <para>Asks: Show ___ as default tab for serials in OPAC. </para>
14315 <para>Values:</para>
14319 <para>Holdings tab</para>
14323 <para>Serial Collection tab</para>
14325 <para>Please note that the Serial Collection tab is currently available only for
14326 systems using the UNIMARC standard.</para>
14329 <screeninfo>Serial Collection tab</screeninfo>
14332 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacSerialDefaultTab-colltab.png"/>
14339 <para>Subscriptions tab</para>
14341 <screeninfo>Subscritions tab</screeninfo>
14344 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacSerialDefaultTab-subtab.png"/>
14352 <section id="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">
14353 <title><link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link></title>
14355 <para>Default: 3</para>
14357 <para>Asks: Show the ___ previous issues of a serial on the
14360 <para>Description:</para>
14364 <para>This preference allows the administrator to select the
14365 number of recent issues for each serial which appear in the OPAC
14366 when the serial is accessed. This is just the default value,
14367 patrons can always click to see a full list of serials.</para>
14372 <section id="RenewSerialAddsSuggestion">
14373 <title><link linkend="RenewSerialAddsSuggestion">RenewSerialAddsSuggestion</link></title>
14375 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
14377 <para>Asks: ___ a suggestion for a biblio when its attached serial
14380 <para>Values:</para>
14388 <para>Don't add</para>
14392 <para>Description:</para>
14396 <para>If set to "Add", this preference will automatically add a
14397 serial to the Acquisitions Purchase Suggestions menu when
14398 clicking the 'renew' option. If you don't use the Acquisitions
14399 module to manage serials purchases it's best to leave this set
14400 as 'Don't add.'</para>
14405 <section id="RoutingListAddReserves">
14406 <title><link linkend="RoutingListAddReserves">RoutingListAddReserves</link></title>
14408 <para>Default: Place</para>
14410 <para>Asks: ___ received serials on hold if they are on a routing
14413 <para>Values:</para>
14421 <para>Don't place</para>
14426 <section id="RoutingListNote">
14427 <title><link linkend="RoutingListNote">RoutingListNote</link></title>
14429 <para>Asks: Include following note on all routing lists</para>
14431 <para>Description:</para>
14435 <para>Text entered in this box will appear below the routing
14436 list information.</para>
14441 <section id="RoutingSerials">
14442 <title><link linkend="RoutingSerials">RoutingSerials</link></title>
14444 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
14446 <para>Asks: ___ received serials to the routing list.</para>
14448 <para>Description:</para>
14452 <para>This preference determines if serials routing lists are
14453 enabled or disabled for the library. When set to "Add", serials
14454 routing is enabled and a serial can be directed through a list
14455 of people by identifying who should receive it next. The list of
14456 people can be established for each serial to be passed using the
14457 Serials module. This preference can be used to ensure each
14458 person who needs to see a serial when it arrives at the library
14459 will get it. Learn more in the <link linkend="routinglist">routing list</link> section of this
14464 <para>Values:</para>
14472 <para>Don't add</para>
14477 <section id="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">
14478 <title><link linkend="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</link></title>
14480 <para>Default: 3</para>
14482 <para>Asks: Show the ___ previous issues of a serial on the staff
14485 <para>Description:</para>
14489 <para>This preference allows the administrator to select the
14490 number of recent issues for each serial which appear in the
14491 Staff Client when the serial is accessed. This is just the
14492 default value, staff members can always click to see a full list
14498 <section id="SubscriptionDuplicateDroppedInput">
14499 <title><link linkend="SubscriptionDuplicateDroppedInput">SubscriptionDuplicateDroppedInput</link></title>
14501 <para>Asks: List of fields which must not be rewritten when a
14502 subscription is duplicated (Separated by pipe |) ___</para>
14504 <para>Description:</para>
14508 <para>When duplicating a subscription sometimes you don't want
14509 all of the fields duplicated, using this preference you can list
14510 the fields that you don't want to be duplicated. These field
14511 names come from the subscription table in the Koha database.
14512 Learn what fields are in that table on the <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/subscription.html">Koha
14513 DB Schema</ulink> site.</para>
14518 <section id="SubscriptionHistory">
14519 <title><link linkend="SubscriptionHistory">SubscriptionHistory</link></title>
14521 <para>Default: full history</para>
14523 <para>Asks: When showing the subscription information for a
14524 bibliographic record, preselect ___ view of serial issues.</para>
14526 <para>Values:</para>
14530 <para>brief history</para>
14533 <screeninfo>Brief History</screeninfo>
14537 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SubscriptionHistory-brief.png"/>
14544 <para>full history</para>
14547 <screeninfo>Full History</screeninfo>
14551 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SubscriptionHistory-full.png"/>
14558 <para>Description:</para>
14562 <para>This preference determines what information appears in the
14563 OPAC when the user clicks the More Details option. The 'brief'
14564 option displays a one-line summary of the volume and issue
14565 numbers of all issues of that serial held by the library. The
14566 'full' option displays a more detailed breakdown of issues per
14567 year, including information such as the issue date and the
14568 status of each issue.</para>
14574 <section id="staffprefs">
14575 <title><link linkend="staffprefs">Staff Client</link></title>
14577 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
14578 Global System Preferences > Staff Client</para>
14580 <section id="staffappearprefs">
14581 <title><link linkend="staffappearprefs">Appearance</link></title>
14585 <section id="Display856uAsImage">
14586 <title><link linkend="Display856uAsImage">Display856uAsImage</link></title>
14588 <para>Default: Neither details or results page</para>
14590 <para>Asks: Display the URI in the 856u field as an image on:
14593 <para>Values:</para>
14597 <para>Both results and details pages</para>
14602 <para>Not implemented yet</para>
14609 <para>Detail page only</para>
14614 <para><link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
14615 needs to be on for this preference to work.</para>
14621 <screeninfo>Showing the 856u as an image</screeninfo>
14625 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Display856uAsImage.png"/>
14632 <para>Neither details or results page</para>
14636 <para>Results page only</para>
14641 <para>Not yet implemented</para>
14648 <para>Description:</para>
14652 <para>In addition to this option being set, the corresponding
14653 XSLT option must be turned on. Also, the corresponding 856q
14654 field must have a valid MIME image extension (e.g., "jpg") or
14655 MIME image type (i.e. starting with "image/"), or the generic
14656 indicator "img" entered in the field. When all of the
14657 requirements are met, an image file will be displayed instead
14658 of the standard link text. Clicking on the image will open it
14659 in the same way as clicking on the link text. When you click
14660 on the image it should open to full size, in the current
14661 window or in a new window depending on the value in the system
14662 pref <link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link>.</para>
14665 <screeninfo>Sample 856 Field</screeninfo>
14669 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/856imagemarc.png"/>
14676 <section id="DisplayIconsXSLT">
14677 <title><link linkend="DisplayIconsXSLT">DisplayIconsXSLT</link></title>
14678 <para>Default: Show</para>
14679 <para>Asks: ___ the format, audience, and material type icons in XSLT MARC21 results and
14680 detail pages in the staff client.<important>
14681 <para><link linkend="XSLTResultsDisplay">XSLTResultsDisplay</link> and/or <link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link> must be set to use an
14682 XSLT stylesheet (default or custom) for these icons to show.</para>
14683 </important></para>
14684 <para>Values:</para>
14687 <para>Don't show</para>
14692 <screeninfo>DisplayIconsXSLT</screeninfo>
14695 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayIconsXSLT.png"/>
14703 <para>See the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT Icon Guide</link> for more information
14704 on these icons.</para>
14709 <section id="intranet_includes">
14710 <title><link linkend="intranet_includes">intranet_includes</link></title>
14712 <para>Default: includes</para>
14714 <para>Asks: Use include files from the ___ directory in the
14715 template directory, instead of includes/. (Leave blank to
14718 <section id="IntranetCirculationHomeHTML">
14719 <title><link linkend="IntranetCirculationHomeHTML">IntranetCirculationHomeHTML</link></title>
14720 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own div on the bottom of the home page of the
14721 circulation module: <screenshot>
14722 <screeninfo>IntranetCirculationHomeHTML</screeninfo>
14725 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetCirculationHomeHTML.png"/>
14728 </screenshot></para>
14731 <section id="intranetcolorstylesheet">
14732 <title><link linkend="intranetcolorstylesheet">intranetcolorstylesheet</link></title>
14734 <para>Asks: Include the additional CSS stylesheet ___ to override specified settings
14735 from the default stylesheet</para>
14737 <para>Description:</para>
14741 <para>This preference is used to set the background color and style of the Staff
14742 Client. The value is a .css file. The system administrator should determine which
14743 file is appropriate. Enter just a filename, a full local path or a complete URL
14744 starting with http:// (if the file lives on a remote server). Please note that if
14745 you just enter a filename, the file should be in the css subdirectory for each
14746 active theme and language within the Koha templates directory. A full local path
14747 is expected to start from your HTTP document root. </para>
14752 <para>Leave this field blank to disable.</para>
14756 <section id="IntranetFavicon">
14757 <title><link linkend="IntranetFavicon">IntranetFavicon</link></title>
14759 <para>Asks: Use the image at ___ for the Staff Client's favicon.
14761 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
14763 </important></para>
14766 <para>Turn your logo into a favicon with the <ulink url="http://antifavicon.com/">Favicon Generator</ulink>.</para>
14769 <para>Description:</para>
14773 <para>The favicon is the little icon that appears next to the
14774 URL in the address bar in most browsers. The default value for
14775 this field (if left blank) is the small 'K' in the Koha
14779 <screeninfo>Default Koha Favicon</screeninfo>
14783 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/favicon.png"/>
14791 <section id="IntranetmainUserblock">
14792 <title><link linkend="IntranetmainUserblock">IntranetmainUserblock</link></title>
14794 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own column on the main
14795 page of the staff client</para>
14798 <screeninfo>Sample HTML for IntranetmainUserblock</screeninfo>
14802 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetmainUserblock-html.png"/>
14808 <screeninfo>Message from IntranetmainUserblock as it appears on
14809 the Staff Client main page</screeninfo>
14813 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetmainUserblock.png"/>
14819 <section id="IntranetNav">
14820 <title><link linkend="IntranetNav">IntranetNav</link></title>
14822 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in the More menu at the top of
14823 each page on the staff client (should be a list of links or
14826 <section id="IntranetReportsHomeHTML">
14827 <title><link linkend="IntranetReportsHomeHTML">IntranetReportsHomeHTML</link></title>
14828 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own div on the bottom of the home page of the
14829 reports module: <screenshot>
14830 <screeninfo>HTML on Reports page</screeninfo>
14833 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetReportsHomeHTML.png"/>
14836 </screenshot></para>
14839 <section id="IntranetSlipPrinterJS">
14840 <title><link linkend="IntranetSlipPrinterJS">IntranetSlipPrinterJS</link></title>
14842 <para>Asks: Use the following JavaScript for printing
14845 <para>Description:</para>
14849 <para>The most logical use of this preference is in
14850 conjunction with the <ulink url="http://jsprintsetup.mozdev.org/">jsPrintSetup</ulink>
14851 Firefox add-on. Learn more about this preference and the
14852 add-on setup on the Koha wiki at <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Setting_up_slip_printer_to_print_silently">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Setting_up_slip_printer_to_print_silently</ulink>.</para>
14857 <section id="intranetstylesheet">
14858 <title><link linkend="intranetstylesheet">intranetstylesheet</link></title>
14860 <para>Asks: Use the CSS stylesheet ___ on all pages in the staff interface, instead of
14861 the default css (used when leaving this field blank). </para>
14863 <para>Description:</para>
14867 <para>The Intranetstylesheet preference is a layout and design feature for the
14868 intranet or staff client. This preference allows a library to customize the
14869 appearance of the Staff Client. Enter just a filename, a full local path or a
14870 complete URL starting with http:// (if the file lives on a remote server). Please
14871 note that if you just enter a filename, the file should be in the css subdirectory
14872 for each active theme and language within the Koha templates directory. A full
14873 local path is expected to start from your HTTP document root. </para>
14878 <section id="IntranetUserCSS">
14879 <title><link linkend="IntranetUserCSS">IntranetUserCSS</link></title>
14881 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the staff
14885 <section id="intranetuserjs">
14886 <title><link linkend="intranetuserjs">IntranetUserJS</link></title>
14888 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the
14889 staff interface</para>
14891 <para>Description:</para>
14895 <para>This preference allows the administrator to enter
14896 JavaScript or JQuery that will be embedded across all pages of
14897 the Staff Client. Administrators may use this preference to
14898 customize some of the interactive sections of Koha,
14899 customizing the text for the login prompts, for example.
14900 Sample JQuery scripts used by Koha libraries can be found on
14901 the wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink>.</para>
14906 <section id="SlipCSS">
14907 <title><link linkend="SlipCSS">SlipCSS</link></title>
14909 <para>Asks: Include the stylesheet at ___ on Issue and Reserve
14911 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
14913 </important></para>
14915 <para>Description:</para>
14919 <para>If you would like to style your receipts or slips with a
14920 consistent set of fonts and colors you can use this preference
14921 to point Koha to a stylesheet specifically for your
14927 <section id="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">
14928 <title><link linkend="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">StaffAuthorisedValueImages</link></title>
14930 <para>Default: Show</para>
14932 <para>Asks: ___ images for authorized values (such as lost
14933 statuses and locations) in search results.</para>
14935 <para>Values:</para>
14939 <para>Don't show</para>
14948 <section id="staffClientBaseURL">
14949 <title><link linkend="staffClientBaseURL">staffClientBaseURL</link></title>
14951 <para>Asks: The staff client is located at http:// ___</para>
14954 <section id="template">
14955 <title><link linkend="template">template</link></title>
14957 <para>Default: prog</para>
14959 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme on the staff interface.</para>
14961 <para>Values:</para>
14969 <para>Do not include a trailing slash in the URL this will break links created using
14970 this URL. (example: www.google.com not www.google.com/)</para>
14974 <section id="XSLTDetailsDisplay">
14975 <title><link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link></title>
14977 <para>Default: default</para>
14979 <para>Asks: Display details in the staff client using XSLT
14980 stylesheet at ___</para>
14982 <para>Values:</para>
14986 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
14990 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
14991 that read 'normally'</para>
14994 <screeninfo>Detail display without XSLT
14995 stylesheets</screeninfo>
14999 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/XSLTDetailsDisplay-off.png"/>
15008 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
15011 <screeninfo>Detail display using XSLT
15012 stylesheets</screeninfo>
15016 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/XSLTDetailsDisplay-on.png"/>
15023 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
15027 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15031 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
15032 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
15033 language folder</para>
15038 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/{langcode}/xslt/intranetDetail.xsl</para>
15043 http://mykoha.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15051 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
15055 <para>ex: http://mykoha.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15061 <para>Description:</para>
15065 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
15066 details shows on the screen when viewing a bib record. This
15067 preference will allow you either use the default look that
15068 comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
15073 <section id="XSLTResultsDisplay">
15074 <title><link linkend="XSLTResultsDisplay">XSLTResultsDisplay</link></title>
15076 <para>Default: default</para>
15078 <para>Asks: Display results in the staff client using XSLT
15079 stylesheet at ___</para>
15081 <para>Values:</para>
15085 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
15089 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
15090 that read 'normally'</para>
15096 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
15100 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
15104 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15108 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
15109 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
15110 language folder</para>
15115 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/{langcode}/xslt/intranetDetail.xsl</para>
15120 http://mykoha.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15128 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
15132 <para>ex: http://mykoha.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
15138 <para>Description:</para>
15142 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
15143 details shows on the screen when viewing the search results.
15144 This preference will allow you either use the default look
15145 that comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
15151 <section id="staffoptsprefs">
15152 <title><link linkend="staffoptsprefs">Options</link></title>
15154 <section id="HidePatronName">
15155 <title><link linkend="HidePatronName">HidePatronName</link></title>
15157 <para>Default: Show</para>
15159 <para>Asks: ___ the names of patrons that have items checked out
15160 or on hold on detail pages or the "Place Hold" screen.</para>
15162 <para>Values:</para>
15166 <para>Don't show</para>
15175 <section id="intranetbookbag">
15176 <title><link linkend="intranetbookbag">intranetbookbag</link></title>
15178 <para>Default: Show</para>
15180 <para>Asks: ___ the cart option in the staff client.</para>
15182 <para>Values:</para>
15186 <para>Don't show</para>
15194 <section id="StaffDetailItemSelection">
15195 <title><link linkend="StaffDetailItemSelection">StaffDetailItemSelection</link></title>
15196 <para>Default: Enable</para>
15197 <para>Asks: ___ item selection in record detail page. </para>
15198 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
15200 <para>Disable</para>
15203 <para>Enable</para>
15205 </itemizedlist></para>
15206 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
15208 <para>This preference lets you choose to show (or not show) checkboxes to the left
15209 of every item in the holdings tab on the detail display of a record in the staff
15210 client. Showing these checkboxes allows the staff members to select multiple
15211 items to edit or delete at once.</para>
15213 <screeninfo>Items with the checkboxes enabled</screeninfo>
15216 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/StaffDetailItemSelection.png"/>
15221 </itemizedlist></para>
15223 <section id="UseWYSIWYGinSystemPreferences">
15224 <title><link linkend="UseWYSIWYGinSystemPreferences">UseWYSIWYGinSystemPreferences</link></title>
15225 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
15226 <para>Asks: ___ WYSIWYG editor when editing certain HTML system preferences.</para>
15227 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
15229 <para>Don't show</para>
15232 <para>Show<screenshot>
15233 <screeninfo>WYSIWYG Editor in Sys Prefs</screeninfo>
15236 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/UseWYSIWYGinSystemPreferences.png"/>
15239 </screenshot></para>
15241 </itemizedlist></para>
15242 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
15244 <para>This preference allows you to chang system preferences with HTML in them to
15245 WYSIWYG editors instead of plain text boxes.</para>
15247 </itemizedlist></para>
15250 <section id="viewISBD">
15251 <title><link linkend="viewISBD">viewISBD</link></title>
15253 <para>Default: Allow</para>
15255 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in ISBD form on the staff
15258 <para>Values:</para>
15266 <para>Don't allow</para>
15271 <section id="viewLabeledMARC">
15272 <title><link linkend="viewLabeledMARC">viewLabeledMARC</link></title>
15274 <para>Default: Allow</para>
15276 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in labeled MARC form on the
15277 staff client.</para>
15279 <para>Values:</para>
15287 <para>Don't allow</para>
15292 <section id="viewMARC">
15293 <title><link linkend="viewMARC">viewMARC</link></title>
15295 <para>Default: Allow</para>
15297 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in plain MARC form on the
15298 staff client.</para>
15300 <para>Values:</para>
15308 <para>Don't allow</para>
15314 <section id="toolsprefs">
15315 <title><link linkend="toolsprefs">Tools</link></title>
15316 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
15317 Preferences > Tools</para>
15318 <section id="batchitemodprefs">
15319 <title><link linkend="batchitemodprefs">Batch Item Modification</link></title>
15320 <para>These preferences are in reference to the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch
15321 Item Modification</link> tool.</para>
15322 <section id="MaxItemsForBatch">
15323 <title><link linkend="MaxItemsForBatch">MaxItemsForBatch</link></title>
15324 <para>Default: 1000</para>
15325 <para>Asks: Process up to ___ items in a single modification or deletion batch. </para>
15326 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
15328 <para>In the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">batch item delete tool</link> this
15329 will prevent the display of more than the items you entered in this preference,
15330 but you will be able to delete more than the number you enter here. In the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification tool</link> this preference
15331 will prevent the editing of more than the number entered here.</para>
15333 </itemizedlist></para>
15336 <section id="newstoolprefs">
15337 <title><link linkend="newstoolprefs">News</link></title>
15338 <section id="NewsAuthorDisplay">
15339 <title><link linkend="NewsAuthorDisplay">NewsAuthorDisplay</link></title>
15340 <para>Default: not at all</para>
15341 <para>Asks: Show the author for news items: ___</para>
15342 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
15344 <para>Both OPAC and staff client</para>
15347 <para>Not at all</para>
15350 <para>OPAC only</para>
15353 <para>Staff client only</para>
15355 </itemizedlist></para>
15358 <section id="patcardprefs">
15359 <title><link linkend="patcardprefs">Patron Cards</link></title>
15360 <para>These preferences are in reference to the <link linkend="patroncardcreator">Patron
15361 Card Creator</link> tool.</para>
15362 <section id="ImageLimit">
15363 <title><link linkend="ImageLimit">ImageLimit</link></title>
15364 <para>Asks: Limit the number of creator images stored in the database to ___
15370 <section id="webserviceprefs">
15371 <title><link linkend="webserviceprefs">Web Services</link></title>
15373 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
15374 Global System Preferences > Web Services</para>
15375 <section id="idref">
15376 <title><link linkend="idref">IdRef</link></title>
15377 <para>Default: Disable</para>
15378 <para>Asks: ___ the IdRef webservice from the opac detail page. IdRef allows to request
15379 authorities from the Sudoc database. </para>
15380 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
15382 <para>Disable</para>
15385 <para>Enable</para>
15387 </itemizedlist></para>
15388 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
15390 <para>IdRef is a French service for Sudoc autorities. Using the <ulink url="http://www.sudoc.abes.fr/">Sudoc database</ulink>, it allows to request /
15391 modify / add authorities. If a record comes from the Sudoc (so 009 is filled with
15392 an integer), at the OPAC you will see "Author: Idref" if a 7..$3 (unimarc author)
15393 if filled with a ppn. On clicking on the Idref link, a popup will display. <screenshot>
15394 <screeninfo>IdRef link</screeninfo>
15397 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/idref1.png"/>
15400 </screenshot></para>
15401 <para>The Idref webservice is requested and all records (by roles) for this author
15402 will be displayed<screenshot>
15403 <screeninfo>Sudoc</screeninfo>
15406 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/idref2.png"/>
15409 </screenshot></para>
15410 <para>There is 1 line / record and 2 links at the end. 1 will request Koha
15411 (cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?q=ident:003381862), the other one will redirect to
15412 the sudoc page (http://www.sudoc.fr/003381862).</para>
15417 <para>Please note that this feature is available only for libraries using
15424 <para>The French Sudoc database should not be confused with the US Superintendent
15425 of Documents (SuDocs) Classification Scheme.</para>
15428 </itemizedlist></para>
15431 <section id="ilsdiprefs">
15432 <title><link linkend="ilsdiprefs">ILS-DI</link></title>
15436 <section id="ILS-DI">
15437 <title><link linkend="ILS-DI">ILS-DI</link></title>
15439 <para>Default: Disable</para>
15441 <para>Asks: ___ ILS-DI services for OPAC users</para>
15443 <para>Values:</para>
15447 <para>Disable</para>
15451 <para>Enable</para>
15456 <section id="ILS-DIAuthorized_IPs">
15457 <title><link linkend="ILS-DIAuthorized_IPs">ILS-DI:AuthorizedIPs</link></title>
15459 <para>Asks: ___ allowed IPs to use the ILS-DI services</para>
15463 <section id="oaiprefs">
15464 <title><link linkend="oaiprefs">OAI-PMH</link></title>
15466 <section id="OAI-PMH">
15467 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMH">OAI-PMH</link></title>
15469 <para>Default: Disable</para>
15471 <para>Asks: ___ Koha's OAI-PMH server.</para>
15473 <para>Values:</para>
15477 <para>Disable</para>
15481 <para>Enable</para>
15485 <para>Description:</para>
15489 <para>Once enabled you can visit http://YOURKOHACATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/oai.pl to see
15490 your file. For the Open Archives Initiative-Protocol for Metadata Harvesting
15491 (OAI-PMH) there are two groups of 'participants': Data Providers and Service
15492 Providers. Data Providers (open archives, repositories) provide free access to
15493 metadata, and may, but do not necessarily, offer free access to full texts or
15494 other resources. OAI-PMH provides an easy to implement, low barrier solution for
15495 Data Providers. Service Providers use the OAI interfaces of the Data Providers to
15496 harvest and store metadata. Note that this means that there are no live search
15497 requests to the Data Providers; rather, services are based on the harvested data
15498 via OAI-PMH. Koha at present can only act as a Data Provider. It can not harvest
15499 from other repositories. The biggest stumbling block to having Koha harvest from
15500 other repositories is that MARC is the only metadata format that Koha indexes
15501 natively. Visit <ulink url="http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm">http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm</ulink> for diagrams of how
15502 OAI-PMH works.</para>
15506 <para>Learn more about OAI-PMH at: <ulink url="http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/">http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/</ulink></para>
15509 <section id="OAI-PMHarchiveID">
15510 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHarchiveID">OAI-PMH:archiveID</link></title>
15512 <para>Default: KOHA-OAI-TEST</para>
15514 <para>Asks: Identify records at this site with the prefix ___
15518 <section id="OAI-PMHAutoUpdateSets">
15519 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHAutoUpdateSets">OAI-PMH:AutoUpdateSets</link></title>
15521 <para>Default: Disable</para>
15523 <para>Asks: ___ automatic update of OAI-PMH sets when a
15524 bibliographic record is created or updated.</para>
15526 <para>Values:</para>
15530 <para>Disable</para>
15534 <para>Enable</para>
15539 <section id="OAI-PMHConfFile">
15540 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHConfFile">OAI-PMH:ConfFile</link></title>
15542 <para>If this preference is left empty, Koha's OAI Server operates
15543 in normal mode, otherwise it operates in extended mode. In
15544 extended mode, it's possible to parameter other formats than
15545 marcxml or Dublin Core. OAI-PMH:ConfFile specify a YAML
15546 configuration file which list available metadata formats and XSL
15547 file used to create them from marcxml records.</para>
15549 <para>For more information, see the <link linkend="oaiconfsample">sample conf file</link> in the
15552 <section id="OAI-PMHDeletedRecord">
15553 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHDeletedRecord">OAI-PMH:DeletedRecord</link></title>
15554 <para>Default: will never be emptied or truncated (persistent)</para>
15555 <para>Asks: Koha's deletedbiblio table ___</para>
15556 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
15558 <para>will never have any data in it (no)</para>
15561 <para>will never be emptied or truncated (persistent)</para>
15564 <para>might be emptied or truncated at some point (transient)</para>
15566 </itemizedlist></para>
15569 <section id="OAI-PMHMaxCount">
15570 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHMaxCount">OAI-PMH:MaxCount</link></title>
15572 <para>Default: 50</para>
15574 <para>Asks: Only return ___ records at a time in response to a
15575 ListRecords or ListIdentifiers query.</para>
15577 <para>Description:</para>
15581 <para>This is the maximum number of records that would be
15582 returned based on ListRecord or ListIdentifier queries from
15583 harvesters. ListRecords harvest the entire records while the
15584 ListIdentifier is an abbreviated form of ListRecords,
15585 retrieving only headers rather than records.</para>
15590 <section id="reportingservice">
15591 <title><link linkend="reportingservice">Reporting</link></title>
15592 <section id="SvcMaxReportRows">
15593 <title><link linkend="SvcMaxReportRows">SvcMaxReportRows</link></title>
15594 <para>Default: 10</para>
15595 <para>Asks: Only return ___ rows of a report requested via the reports web
15597 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
15599 <para>This value will be used to limit the number of results returned by <link linkend="publicreport">public reports</link>.</para>
15601 </itemizedlist></para>
15607 <section id="basicparams">
15608 <title><link linkend="basicparams">Basic Parameters</link></title>
15610 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration</para>
15613 <para>Configure all 'parameters' in the order they appear.</para>
15616 <section id="libsgroups">
15617 <title><link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link></title>
15619 <para>When setting up your Koha system you will want to add
15620 information for every library that will be sharing your system. This
15621 data is used in several areas of Koha.</para>
15625 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
15626 > Basic Parameters > Libraries and Groups</para>
15630 <para>When visiting this page you are presented with a list of the
15631 libraries and groups that have already been added to the
15635 <screeninfo>Library List</screeninfo>
15639 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarylist.png"/>
15645 <screeninfo>Group Lists</screeninfo>
15649 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/grouplists.png"/>
15654 <section id="addingalibrary">
15655 <title><link linkend="addingalibrary">Adding a Library</link></title>
15657 <para>To add a new library:</para>
15661 <para>Click 'New Library'</para>
15665 <para>The top of the form asks for some basics about the
15669 <screeninfo>Basic Library Info</screeninfo>
15673 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/newlibrary.png"/>
15680 <para>The library code should not contain any spaces and be
15681 10 or fewer characters. This code will be used as a unique
15682 identifier in the database.</para>
15686 <para>The name will be displayed on the OPAC wherever the
15687 library name displays to the public and should be a name
15688 that makes sense to your patrons.</para>
15692 <para>If you have <link linkend="addinglibgroup">groups</link> set up you can choose
15693 what group this library belongs to after entering in the
15694 code and name</para>
15700 <para>Next you can enter basic contact info about the
15704 <screeninfo>Library Contact Info</screeninfo>
15708 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarycontact.png"/>
15715 <para>The address and contact fields can be used to make
15716 notices custom for each library</para>
15720 <para>The email address field is not required, but it should
15721 be filled for every library in your system</para>
15726 <para>Be sure to enter a library email address to make
15727 sure that notices are sent to and from the right
15735 <para>If you'd like you can enter a different 'Reply-To' email address. This is
15736 the email address that all replies will go to.<itemizedlist>
15740 <para>If you do not fill in this value Koha will use the address in the
15741 <link linkend="ReplytoDefault">ReplytoDefault</link>
15746 </itemizedlist></para>
15749 <para>If you'd like you can also enter a different 'Return-Path' email address.
15750 This is the email address that all bounced messages will go to.<itemizedlist>
15753 <para>If you do not fill in this value Koha will use the address in the
15754 <link linkend="ReturnpathDefault">ReturnpathDefault</link>
15758 </itemizedlist></para>
15761 <para>If the URL field is populated then the library name will be linked in the
15762 holdings table on the OPAC</para>
15764 <screeninfo>Linked Library Name</screeninfo>
15767 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarylink.png"/>
15774 <para>The OPAC Info box is for you to put information about
15775 the library that will appear in the OPAC when the branch
15776 name is moused over in the holdings table</para>
15779 <screeninfo>OPAC Info</screeninfo>
15783 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/opacinfo.png"/>
15790 <para>IP Address does not have be filled in unless you plan
15791 on limiting access to your staff client to a specific IP
15797 <para>An IP address is required if you have enabled
15798 <link linkend="AutoLocation">AutoLocation</link></para>
15805 <para>Finally, if you have any notes you can put them here.
15806 These will not show in the OPAC</para>
15813 <para>Of the fields listed, only 'Library code' and 'Name' are
15820 <section id="editingalibrary">
15821 <title><link linkend="editingalibrary">Editing/Deleting a Library</link></title>
15823 <para>You will be unable to delete any library that has patrons or
15824 items attached to it.</para>
15827 <screeninfo>Staff will be presented with a warning when trying to
15828 delete a library that is being used</screeninfo>
15832 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/cannotdeletelibrary.png"/>
15837 <para>Each library will have an 'Edit' link to the right of it.
15838 Click this link to edit/alter details associated with the library in
15842 <para>You will be unable to edit the 'Library code'</para>
15846 <section id="addinglibgroup">
15847 <title><link linkend="addinglibgroup">Adding a group</link></title>
15849 <para>To add a Search Domain or Library Property Group click the
15850 'New Group' button at the top of the screen</para>
15853 <screeninfo>Add group form</screeninfo>
15857 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addlibgroup.png"/>
15861 <para>Give the group a 'Category type; of 'searchdomain' and if you would like the group
15862 to show up in the library pull down at the top of the OPAC (with <link linkend="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</link> set to
15863 'Add') and on the advanced search page you can check the 'Show in search pulldown'
15866 <para>Of the fields on the group form, 'Category code', 'Name', and 'Category type' are
15867 the only required fields</para>
15869 <section id="searchdomaingroups">
15870 <title><link linkend="searchdomaingroups">Search Domain Groups</link></title>
15872 <para>Search Domain Groups allow you to search a group of
15873 libraries at the same time instead of searching just one library
15874 or all libraries.</para>
15877 <screeninfo>Search Domain Groups</screeninfo>
15881 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/searchgroup.png"/>
15886 <para>To see Search Domain Groups in action visit the staff client
15887 advanced search page in your Koha system:</para>
15890 <screeninfo>Library group search on staff client</screeninfo>
15894 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/stafflibgroupsearch.png"/>
15900 <section id="libpropertygroups">
15901 <title><link linkend="libpropertygroups">Library Property Groups</link></title>
15903 <para>You can assign specific categories to your libraries by
15904 adding groups for them</para>
15907 <screeninfo>Library Property Groups</screeninfo>
15911 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/groupproperties.png"/>
15916 <para>Properties are then applied to libraries via the add or edit
15917 library form</para>
15920 <screeninfo>Groups on the Add/Modify library form</screeninfo>
15924 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addlibrarytogroup.png"/>
15932 <section id="itemtypeadmin">
15933 <title><link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item Types</link></title>
15935 <para>Koha allows you to organize your collection by item types and
15936 collection codes.</para>
15940 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
15941 > Basic Parameters > Item Types</para>
15945 <para>Item types typically refer to the material type (book, cd, dvd,
15946 etc), but can be used in any way that works for your library.</para>
15949 <screeninfo>Item Types</screeninfo>
15953 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtypes.png"/>
15958 <section id="additemtype">
15959 <title><link linkend="additemtype">Adding Item Types</link></title>
15961 <para>To add a new item type, simply click the 'New Item Type'
15962 button at the top of the Item Types page.</para>
15965 <screeninfo>New Item Type</screeninfo>
15969 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/additemtype.png"/>
15976 <para>In the 'Item Type' field, enter a short code for your item
15981 <para>The description is the plain text definition of the item type (for those with
15982 multiple languages installed you can translate the item type description in to all
15983 of those languages using the 'Translate in to other languages' link)</para>
15986 <para>Item types and can grouped together for searching at the same time. For example
15987 you can put DVDs and Bluray in to a group called Movie and then they can be searched
15988 together. These groups are defined in the ITEMTYPECAT authorized value.</para>
15992 <para>You can choose to have an image associated with your item
15997 <para>You can choose from a series of image
16002 <para>You can link to a remote image</para>
16006 <para>Or you can just have no image associated with the item
16012 <para>To have your item type images appear in the OPAC you need to set <link
16013 linkend="noItemTypeImages">noItemTypeImages</link> to 'Show'</para>
16018 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More >
16019 Administration > Global System Preferences > <link linkend="adminprefs">Admin</link></para>
16026 <para>For items that you are suppressing from the OPAC you can hide their item type
16027 from being searched in the OPAC</para>
16031 <para>For items that do not circulate, check the 'Not for loan'
16036 <para>Items marked 'Not for loan' will appear in the
16037 catalog, but cannot be checked out to patrons</para>
16043 <para id="rentalcharge">For items that you charge a rental fee
16044 for, enter the total fee you charge in the 'Rental charge'
16050 <para>Do not enter symbols in this field, only numbers and
16051 decimal points (ex. $5.00 should be entered as 5 or
16057 <para>This will charge the patron on checkout</para>
16063 <para>If you would like a message or alert to appear when items of this type are
16064 checked in you can enter that in the 'Checkin message' box</para>
16066 <screeninfo>Checkin message setup</screeninfo>
16069 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-msgsetup.png"/>
16076 <para>The Checkin message type can be a Message or an Alert. The only
16077 difference between these two is the styling. By default a Message is blue </para>
16079 <screeninfo>Checkin Message</screeninfo>
16082 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-msg.png"/>
16086 <para>and an Alert is yellow.</para>
16088 <screeninfo>Checkin Alert</screeninfo>
16091 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-alert.png"/>
16100 <para>Some SIP devices need you to use a SIP-specific media type instead of Koha's
16101 item type (usually lockers and sorters need this media type), if you use a device
16102 like this you'll want to enter the SIP media type.</para>
16105 <para>When finished, click 'Save Changes'</para>
16109 <para>All fields, with the exception of the 'Item Type' will be editable from
16110 the Item Types list</para>
16117 <para>Your new item type will now appear on the list</para>
16120 <screeninfo>New DVD Item Type</screeninfo>
16124 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/newitemtype.png"/>
16132 <section id="edititemtype">
16133 <title><link linkend="edititemtype">Editing Item Types</link></title>
16135 <para>Each item type has an Edit button beside it. To edit an item
16136 simply click the 'Edit' link.</para>
16139 <para>You will not be able to edit the code you assigned as the
16140 'Item Type' but you will be able to edit the description for the
16145 <section id="deleteitemtype">
16146 <title><link linkend="deleteitemtype">Deleting Item Types</link></title>
16148 <para>Each item has a Delete button beside it. To delete an item,
16149 simply click the 'Delete' link.</para>
16152 <para>You will not be able to delete item types that are being
16153 used by items within your system.</para>
16157 <screeninfo>Warning when you try to delete an item that is in
16162 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/nodeleteitemtype.png"/>
16169 <section id="authorizedvalues">
16170 <title><link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link></title>
16172 <para>Authorized values can be used in several areas of Koha. One
16173 reason you would add an authorized value category would be to control
16174 the values that can be entered into MARC fields by catalogers.</para>
16178 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
16179 > Basic Parameters > Authorized Values</para>
16183 <section id="existingauthvalues">
16184 <title><link linkend="existingauthvalues">Existing Values</link></title>
16186 <para>Koha installs with pre-defined values that your library is
16187 likely to use, for instance 'Lost'.</para>
16190 <listitem id="asort1">
16191 <para>Asort1</para>
16194 <para>Used for acquisitions statistical purposes</para>
16199 <listitem id="asort2">
16200 <para>Asort2</para>
16203 <para>Used for acquisitions statistical purposes</para>
16208 <listitem id="bornotes">
16209 <para>BOR_NOTES</para>
16212 <para>Values for custom patron messages that appear on the circulation screen and
16213 the OPAC. The value in the Description field should be the message text and is
16214 limited to 200 characters.</para>
16216 <screeninfo>Borrower messages</screeninfo>
16219 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/bor_notes.png"/>
16227 <listitem id="bsort1">
16228 <para>Bsort1</para>
16231 <para>Values that can be entered to fill in the patron's sort 1 field</para>
16236 <listitem id="bsort2">
16237 <para>Bsort2</para>
16240 <para>Values that can be entered to fill in the patron's sort 2 field</para>
16245 <listitem id="cartauth">
16249 <para>Is the shelving cart location, used by <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> and
16250 <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link></para>
16255 <listitem id="ccode">
16259 <para>Collection codes (appears when cataloging and working with items)</para>
16264 <listitem id="damageauth">
16265 <para>DAMAGED</para>
16268 <para>Descriptions for items marked as damaged (appears when cataloging and
16269 working with items)</para>
16274 <listitem id="hingsas">
16275 <para>DEPARTMENT<itemizedlist>
16277 <para>Departments are required by and will be used in the <link linkend="coursereserves">Course Reserves</link> module</para>
16279 </itemizedlist></para>
16282 <para>HINGS_AS</para>
16285 <para>General Holdings: Acquisition Status Designator :: This data element
16286 specifies acquisition status for the unit at the time of the holdings
16292 <listitem id="hingsc">
16293 <para>HINGS_C</para>
16296 <para>General Holdings: Completeness Designator</para>
16301 <listitem id="hingspf">
16302 <para>HINGS_PF</para>
16305 <para>Physical Form Designators</para>
16310 <listitem id="hingsrd">
16311 <para>HINGS_RD</para>
16314 <para>General Holdings: Retention Designator :: This data element specifies the
16315 retention policy for the unit at the time of the holdings report.</para>
16320 <listitem id="hingsut">
16321 <para>HINGS_UT</para>
16324 <para>General Holdings: Type of Unit Designator</para>
16329 <listitem id="shelvelocvals">
16333 <para>Shelving location (usually appears when adding or editing an item)</para>
16338 <listitem id="lost">
16342 <para>Descriptions for the items marked as lost (appears when adding or editing an
16347 <para>Values given to lost statuses should be numeric and not alphabetical in
16348 order for statuses to appear properly</para>
16354 <listitem id="manualinvvals">
16355 <para>MANUAL_INV</para>
16358 <para>Values for manual invoicing types</para>
16363 <para>The value set as the Authorized Value for the MANUAL_INV authorized
16364 value category will appear as the Description and the Authorized Value
16365 Description will be used as the amount. Enter monetary amounts in the
16366 description without currency symbols.</para>
16373 <listitem id="notforloan">
16374 <para>NOT_LOAN</para>
16377 <para>Reasons why a title is not for loan</para>
16381 <para>Values given to lost statuses should be numeric and not alphabetical in
16382 order for statuses to appear properly</para>
16387 <para>Negative number values will still allow holds (use for on order statuses
16388 for example) where as positive numbers will not allow holds or
16395 <listitem id="procauth">
16396 <para>ORDER_CANCELLATION_REASON<itemizedlist>
16398 <para>Reasons why an order might have been cancelled</para>
16400 </itemizedlist></para>
16406 <para>The location to be used for <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link> (change description as desired), also the
16407 location expected by <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link>.</para>
16412 <listitem id="reportgroup">
16413 <para>REPORT_GROUP</para>
16416 <para>A way to sort and filter your reports, the default values in this category
16417 include the Koha modules (Accounts, Acquitisions, Catalog, Circulation,
16420 <screeninfo>Report Groups</screeninfo>
16423 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/report_group.png"/>
16431 <listitem id="reportsubgroup">
16432 <para>REPORT_SUBGROUP</para>
16435 <para>Can be used to further sort and filter your reports. This category is empty
16436 by default. Values here need to include the authorized value code from
16437 REPORT_GROUP in the Description (OPAC) field to link the subgroup to the
16438 appropriate group.</para>
16440 <screeninfo>Report Subgroups</screeninfo>
16443 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/report_subgroup.png"/>
16451 <listitem id="restricted">
16452 <para>RESTRICTED</para>
16455 <para>Restricted status of an item</para>
16460 <listitem id="suggestauthorized">
16461 <para>ROADTYPE<itemizedlist>
16463 <para>Road types to be used in patron addresses</para>
16465 </itemizedlist></para>
16468 <para>SIP_MEDIA_TYPE<itemizedlist>
16470 <para>Used when <link linkend="additemtype">creating</link> or <link linkend="edititemtype">editing</link> an item type to assign a SIP specific
16471 media type for devices like lockers and sorters.</para>
16473 </itemizedlist></para>
16476 <para>SUGGEST</para>
16479 <para>List of patron suggestion reject or accept reasons (appears when managing
16480 suggestions)</para>
16485 <listitem id="withdrawnauth">
16486 <para>WITHDRAWN</para>
16489 <para>Description of a withdrawn item (appears when adding or editing an
16495 <listitem id="yesnoauth">
16496 <para>YES_NO</para>
16499 <para>A generic authorized value field that can be used anywhere you need a simple
16500 yes/no pull down menu.</para>
16507 <section id="newauthvalcat">
16508 <title><link linkend="newauthvalcat">Add new Authorized Value Category</link></title>
16510 <para>In addition to the existing categories that come by default
16511 with Koha, librarians can add their own authorized value categories
16512 to control data that is entered into the system. To add a new
16517 <para>Click 'New Category'</para>
16520 <screeninfo>New Authorized Category form</screeninfo>
16524 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addauthcat.png"/>
16531 <para>Limit your Category to 10 characters (something short to
16532 make it clear what the category is for)</para>
16537 <para>Category cannot have spaces or special characters
16538 other than underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
16545 <para>When adding a new category you're asked to create at least
16546 one authorized value</para>
16550 <para>Enter a code for your Authorized Value into the
16551 'Authorized value' field</para>
16556 <para>Authorized value is limited to 80 characters and
16557 cannot have spaces or special characters other than
16558 underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
16565 <para>Use the Description field for the actual value that will be displayed. If
16566 you want something different to show in the OPAC, enter a 'Description
16570 <para>If you would like to limit this authorized value category to only specific
16571 libraries you can choose them from the 'Branches limitation' menu. To have it
16572 show for all libraries just choose 'All branches' at the top of the list.</para>
16576 <para>If you have <link linkend="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">StaffAuthorisedValueImages</link>
16577 and/or <link linkend="AuthorisedValueImages">AuthorisedValueImages</link>
16578 set to show images for authorized values you can choose the
16579 image under 'Choose an icon'</para>
16585 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
16589 <para>Your new category and value will appear on the list of
16590 Authorized Values</para>
16593 <screeninfo>Custom Authorized Value on list of
16594 values</screeninfo>
16598 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/authvallist.png"/>
16606 <section id="newauthval">
16607 <title><link linkend="newauthval">Add new Authorized Value</link></title>
16609 <para>New authorized values can be added to any existing or new
16610 category. To add a value:</para>
16614 <para>Click 'New authorized value for ...'</para>
16617 <screeninfo>New Authorized Value form</screeninfo>
16621 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addauthvalue.png"/>
16628 <para>Enter a code for your Authorized Value into the
16629 'Authorized value' field</para>
16634 <para>Authorized value is limited to 80 characters and
16635 cannot have spaces or special characters other than
16636 underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
16643 <para>Use the Description field for the actual value that will be displayed. If you
16644 want something different to show in the OPAC, enter a 'Description (OPAC)'</para>
16647 <para>If you would like to limit this authorized value category to only specific
16648 libraries you can choose them from the 'Branches limitation' menu. To have it show
16649 for all libraries just choose 'All branches' at the top of the list.</para>
16653 <para>If you have <link linkend="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">StaffAuthorisedValueImages</link>
16654 and/or <link linkend="AuthorisedValueImages">AuthorisedValueImages</link> set
16655 to show images for authorized values you can choose the image
16656 under 'Choose an icon'</para>
16660 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
16664 <para>The new value will appear in the list along with existing
16668 <screeninfo>List of authorized values in MARC504
16669 category</screeninfo>
16673 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/authvals.png"/>
16683 <section id="patscirc">
16684 <title><link linkend="patscirc">Patrons & Circulation</link></title>
16686 <para>Settings for controlling circulation and patron
16687 information.</para>
16689 <section id="patcats">
16690 <title><link linkend="patcats">Patron Categories</link></title>
16692 <para>Patron categories allow you to organize your patrons into
16693 different roles, age groups, and patron types.</para>
16697 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
16698 > Patrons & Circulation > Patron Categories</para>
16703 <screeninfo>Patron category list</screeninfo>
16707 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncatlist.png"/>
16712 <para>Patrons are assigned to one of six main categories:</para>
16720 <para>Most common patron type, usually used for a general
16721 'Patron' category.</para>
16731 <para>Children patrons can have a guardian to be attached to
16742 <para>Librarians (and library workers) should be assigned the
16743 staff category so that you can <link linkend="patronpermissions">set their permissions</link> and
16744 give them access to the staff client.</para>
16750 <para>Organizational</para>
16754 <para>Organizational patrons are organizations. Organizations
16755 can be used as guarantors for Professional patrons.</para>
16761 <para>Professional</para>
16765 <para>Professional patrons can be linked to Organizational
16772 <para>Statistical</para>
16776 <para>This patron type is used strictly for statistical
16777 purposes, such as in house use of items.</para>
16783 <section id="addingpatroncat">
16784 <title><link linkend="addingpatroncat">Adding a patron category</link></title>
16786 <para>To add a new patron category click 'New Category' at the top
16790 <screeninfo>New patron category form</screeninfo>
16794 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/newpatroncat.png"/>
16801 <para>The 'Category Code' is an identifier for your new
16807 <para>The category code is limited to 10 characters
16808 (numbers and letters)</para>
16814 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
16815 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
16819 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
16823 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
16833 <para>Enter a plain text version of the category in the
16834 'Description' field.</para>
16839 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
16840 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
16844 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
16848 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
16858 <para>Enrollment period (in months) should be filled in if you
16859 have a limited enrollment period for your patrons (eg. Student
16860 cards expire after 9 months or until a specific date)</para>
16865 <para>You cannot enter both a month limit and a date
16866 until. Choose to enter either one or the other.</para>
16872 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
16873 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
16877 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
16881 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
16891 <para>Some patron categories can have a minimum age (in years)
16892 requirement associated with them, enter this age in the 'Age
16898 <para>This value will only be checked if <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
16899 defines the dateofbirth as a required field on the patron
16907 <para>Patron categories can also have a maximum age (in years)
16908 associated with them (such as children), enter this age in the
16909 'Upperage limit'</para>
16914 <para>This value will only be checked if <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
16915 defines the dateofbirth as a required field on the patron
16923 <para>If you charge a membership fee for your patrons (such as
16924 those who live in another region) you can enter that in the
16925 'Enrollment fee' field.</para>
16930 <para>Only enter numbers and decimals in this field</para>
16934 <note><para>Depending on your value for the <link linkend="FeeOnChangePatronCategory">FeeOnChangePatronCategory</link> preference this fee will be charged on
16935 patron renewal as well as when they are first enrolled.</para></note>
16941 <para>If you want your patron to receive overdue notices, set
16942 the 'Overdue notice required' to 'Yes'</para>
16946 <para>You can decide on a patron category basis if lost items
16947 are shown in the staff client by making a choice from the 'Lost
16948 items in staff client' pull down</para>
16951 <screeninfo>Choose a value for 'Hide Lost Items'</screeninfo>
16955 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/hidelostitemspatron.png"/>
16963 <para>Note that this is only applicable in the staff
16964 client, so changing this value on patron categories who do
16965 not have access to the staff client won't make any
16973 <para>If you charge patrons for placing holds on items, enter
16974 the fee amount in the 'Hold fee' field.</para>
16979 <para>Only enter numbers and decimals in this field</para>
16986 <para>In the 'Category type' field choose one of the six main
16987 parent categories</para>
16990 <screeninfo>Six main patron categories</screeninfo>
16994 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncatpulldown.png"/>
17002 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
17003 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
17007 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
17011 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
17021 <para>The Branch Limitations let you limit this patron category to only some branches
17022 in your library system. Select 'All branches' if you would like any library to be
17023 able to use this category.</para>
17026 <para>You can decide if this patron category is blocked from performing actions in the
17027 OPAC if their card is expired using the next option. By default it will follow the
17028 rule set in the <link linkend="BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions">BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions</link> preference<screenshot>
17029 <screeninfo>Block expired patrons</screeninfo>
17032 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/blockexpired.png"/>
17035 </screenshot></para>
17038 <para>Next you can choose the default privacy settings for this patron category. This
17039 setting can be edited by the patron via the OPAC if you allow it with the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> system preference.<screenshot>
17040 <screeninfo>Default privacy</screeninfo>
17043 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/defaultprivacy.png"/>
17046 </screenshot></para>
17049 <para>Finally you can assign advanced messaging preferences by default to a patron
17055 <para>Requires that you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> enabled</para>
17060 <para>These defaults will be applied to new patrons that are added to the system.
17061 They will not edit the preferences of the existing patrons. Also, these can be
17062 changed for individual patrons, this setting is just a default to make it easier
17063 to set up messages for an entire category.<itemizedlist>
17066 <para>After setting the default for the patron category you can force
17067 those changes to all existing patrons by running the <emphasis role="italic">borrowers-force-messaging-defaults</emphasis> script
17068 found in the <emphasis role="italic">misc/maintenance</emphasis> folder.
17069 Ask your system administrator for assistance with this script.</para>
17072 </itemizedlist></para>
17079 <section id="circfinerules">
17080 <title><link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link></title>
17081 <para>These rules define how your items are circulated, how/when fines are calculated and
17082 how holds are handled.</para>
17085 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
17086 Circulation > Circulation and fines rules</para>
17089 <para>The rules are applied from most specific to less specific, using the first found in
17093 <para>same library, same patron type, same item type</para>
17096 <para>same library, same patron type, all item type</para>
17099 <para>same library, all patron types, same item type</para>
17102 <para>same library, all patron types, all item types</para>
17105 <para>default (all libraries), same patron type, same item type</para>
17108 <para>default (all libraries), same patron type, all item types</para>
17111 <para>default (all libraries), all patron types, same item type</para>
17114 <para>default (all libraries), all patron types, all item types</para>
17117 <para>The <link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> and <link linkend="HomeOrHoldingBranch">HomeOrHoldingBranch</link> also come in to play when
17118 figuring out which circulation rule to follow.<itemizedlist>
17120 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library you are logged in at" circ rules will be
17121 selected based on the library you are logged in at </para>
17124 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library the patron is from" circ rules will be
17125 selected based on the patron's library </para>
17128 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library the item is from" circ rules will be
17129 selected based on the item's library where HomeOrHoldingBranch chooses if item's
17130 home library is used or holding library is used.</para>
17133 <para>If <link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> is set to
17134 'Prevent' then the value of HomeOrHoldingBranch is used in figuring out if the item
17135 can be checked out. If the item's home library does not match the logged in library,
17136 the item cannot be checked out unless you are a <link linkend="patronpermsdefined">superlibrarian</link>.</para>
17138 </itemizedlist></para>
17140 <para>If you are a single library system choose your branch name before creating rules
17141 (sometimes having only rules for the 'all libraries' option can cause issues with
17146 <para>At the very least you will need to set a default circulation rule. This rule
17147 should be set for all item types, all libraries and all patron categories. That will
17148 catch all instances that do not match a specific rule. When checking out if you do not
17149 have a rule for all libraries, all item types and all patron types then you may see
17150 patrons getting blocked from placing holds. You will also want a rule for your
17151 specific library set for all item types and all patron types to avoid this holds
17152 issue. Koha needs to know what rule to fall back on.</para>
17155 <section id="defaultcircrules">
17156 <title><link linkend="defaultcircrules">Default Circulation Rules</link></title>
17157 <para>Using the issuing rules matrix you can define rules that depend on patron/item type
17158 combos. To set your rules, choose a library from the pull down (or 'all libraries' if
17159 you want to apply these rules to all branches):</para>
17161 <screeninfo>Libraries to apply the rules to</screeninfo>
17164 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/selectissuinglibrary.png"/>
17168 <para>From the matrix you can choose any combination of patron categories and item types
17169 to apply the rules to</para>
17171 <screeninfo>Setting issuing rules for your libraries</screeninfo>
17174 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/addcircrule.png"/>
17180 <para>First choose which patron category you'd like the rule to be applied to. If you
17181 leave this to 'All' it will apply to all patron categories</para>
17184 <para>Choose the 'Item type' you would like this rule to apply to. If you leave this
17185 to 'All' it will apply to all item types</para>
17188 <para>Limit the number of items a patron can have checked out at the same time by
17189 entering a number in the 'Current checkouts allowed' field</para>
17192 <para>If you're allowing <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> then
17193 you may also want to set a limit on the number of items patron's can have onsite.<itemizedlist>
17196 <para>This setting also depends on the <link linkend="ConsiderOnSiteCheckoutsAsNormalCheckouts">ConsiderOnSiteCheckoutsAsNormalCheckouts</link> preference</para>
17199 </itemizedlist></para>
17202 <para>Define the period of time an item can be checked out to a patron by entering the
17203 number of units (days or hours) in the 'Loan period' box.</para>
17206 <para>Choose which unit of time, Days or Hours, that the loan period and fines will be
17207 calculated in in the 'Unit' column</para>
17210 <para>You can also define a hard due date for a specific patron category and item
17211 type. A hard due date ignores your usual circulation rules and makes it so that all
17212 items of the type defined are due on, before or after the date you specify.</para>
17215 <para>'Fine amount' should have the amount you would like to charge for overdue
17220 <para>Enter only numbers and decimal points (no currency symbols).</para>
17226 <para>Enter the 'Fine charging interval' in the unit you set (ex. charge fines every 1
17227 day, or every 2 hours)</para>
17230 <para>'When to charge' is most handy in libraries that have a fine charging interval
17231 of more than 1 day. <itemizedlist>
17233 <para>End of interval<itemizedlist>
17235 <para>Given a grace period of 2 days and a fine interval of 7 days, the
17236 first fine will appear 7 days after the due date, it will always take
17237 one fine interval (7 days), before the first fine is charged</para>
17239 </itemizedlist></para>
17242 <para>Start of interval<itemizedlist>
17244 <para>Given a grace period of 2 days and a fine interval of 7 days, the
17245 first fine will appear 2 days after the due date and the second fine 7
17246 days after the due date.</para>
17248 </itemizedlist></para>
17250 </itemizedlist></para>
17253 <para>The 'Fine grace period' is the period of time an item can be overdue before you
17254 start charging fines.</para>
17258 <para>This can only be set for the Day unit, not in Hours</para>
17264 <para>The 'Overdue fines cap' is the maximum fine for this patron and item
17269 <para>If this field is left blank then Koha will not put a limit on the fines
17270 this item will accrue. A maximum fine amount can be set using the <link linkend="MaxFine">MaxFine</link> system preference.</para>
17276 <para>If you would like to prevent overcharging patrons for a lost items, you can
17277 check the box under 'Cap fine at replacement price.' This will prevent the patron's
17278 fines from going above the replacement price on the item.<itemizedlist>
17281 <para>If the 'Overdue fines cap' is also set, the fine will be the lesser of
17282 the two, if both apply to the given overdue checkout.</para>
17285 </itemizedlist></para>
17288 <para>If your library 'fines' patrons by suspending their account you can enter the
17289 number of days their fine should be suspended in the 'Suspension in days'
17294 <para>This can only be set for the Day unit, not in Hours</para>
17300 <para>You can also define the maximum number of days a patron will be suspended in the
17301 'Max suspension duration' setting</para>
17304 <para>Next decide if the patron can renew this item type and if so, enter how many
17305 times they can renew it in the 'Renewals allowed' box</para>
17308 <para>If you're allowing renewals you can control how long the renewal loan period
17309 will be (in the units you have chosen) in the 'Renewal period' box</para>
17312 <para>If you're allowing renewals you can control how soon before the due date patrons
17313 can renew their materials with the 'No renewals before' box.<itemizedlist>
17315 <para>Items can be renewed at any time if this value is left blank. Otherwise
17316 items can only be renewed if the item is due after the number in units
17317 (days/hours) entered in this box.</para>
17320 <para>To control this value on a more granular level please set the <link
17321 linkend="NoRenewalBeforePrecision">NoRenewalBeforePrecision</link>
17324 </itemizedlist></para>
17327 <para>You can enable automatic renewals for certain items/patrons if you'd like. This
17328 will renew automatically following your circulation rules unless there is a hold on
17329 the item<itemizedlist>
17332 <para>You will need to enable the <link linkend="autorenewcron">automatic
17333 renewal cron job</link> for this to work.</para>
17338 <para>This feature needs to have the "no renewal before" column filled in or
17339 it will auto renew everyday after the due date </para>
17342 </itemizedlist></para>
17345 <para>If the patron can place holds on this item type, enter the total numbers of
17346 items (of this type) that can be put on hold in the 'Holds allowed' field</para>
17349 <para>Next you can decide if this patron/item combo are allowed to place holds on
17350 items that are on the shelf (or available in the library) or not. If you choose 'no'
17351 then items can only be placed on hold if checked out</para>
17354 <para>You can also decide if patrons are allowed to place item specific holds on the
17355 item type in question. The options are:<itemizedlist>
17357 <para>Allow: Will allow patrons the option to choose next available or item
17361 <para>Don't allow: Will only allow patrons to choose next available</para>
17364 <para>Force: Will only allow patrons to choose an specific item</para>
17366 </itemizedlist></para>
17369 <para>Finally, if you charge a <link linkend="rentalcharge">rental fee</link> for the
17370 item type and want to give a specific patron type a discount on that fee, enter the
17371 percentage discount (without the % symbol) in the 'Rental Discount' field</para>
17374 <para>When finished, click 'Add' to save your changes. To modify a rule, simply click the
17375 'Edit' link to the right of the fule and edit the values that appear filled in at the
17376 bottom of the form.</para>
17378 <screeninfo>Edit circ and fine rule</screeninfo>
17381 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/editcircfine.png"/>
17385 <para>If you would like to delete your rule, click the 'Delete' link to the right of the
17387 <para>To save time you can clone rules from one library to another by choosing the clone
17388 option above the rules matrix.</para>
17390 <screeninfo>Circulation & Fine Rules Clone Tool</screeninfo>
17393 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/clonerules.png"/>
17397 <para>After choosing to clone you will be presented with a confirmation message.</para>
17399 <screeninfo>Circulation & Fine Rules Successfully Cloned Message</screeninfo>
17402 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/rulescloned.png"/>
17407 <section id="defaultcheckoutpolicy">
17408 <title><link linkend="defaultcheckoutpolicy">Default Checkouts and Hold Policy</link></title>
17409 <para>You can set a default maximum number of checkouts and hold policy that will be used
17410 if none is defined below for a particular item type or category. This is the fall back
17411 rule for defaults.</para>
17413 <screeninfo>Default Checkouts and Hold Policy</screeninfo>
17416 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/defaultcheckholds.png"/>
17420 <para>From this menu you can set a default to apply to all item types and patrons in the
17421 library if no other option is set in the forms below.</para>
17424 <para>In 'Total current checkouts allowed' enter the total number of items patrons can
17425 have checked out at one time</para>
17428 <para>In 'Total current on-site checkouts allowed' enter the total number of items
17429 patrons can have checked out on site at a time (<link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> needs to be set to 'Enable')</para>
17432 <para>Control where patrons can place holds from using the 'Hold Policy' menu</para>
17435 <para>From Any Library: Patrons from any library may put this item on hold.
17436 (default if none is defined)</para>
17439 <para>From Home Library: Only patrons from the item's home library may put this
17440 book on hold.</para>
17443 <para>No Holds Allowed: No patron may put this book on hold.</para>
17448 <para>Control if there is a limit to filling a hold based on the item's library<itemizedlist>
17450 <para>any library</para>
17453 <para>item's home library</para>
17456 <para>item's holding library</para>
17460 <para>The patron's home library should not affect whether a patron can place
17461 the hold, instead the hold will only be fillable when an item matching the
17462 pickup location becomes available.</para>
17465 </itemizedlist></para>
17468 <para>Control where the item returns to once it is checked in</para>
17471 <para>Item returns home</para>
17474 <para>Item returns to issuing branch</para>
17477 <para>Item floats</para>
17480 <para>When an item floats it stays where it was checked in and does not ever
17481 return 'home'</para>
17488 <para>Once your policy is set, you can unset it by clicking the 'Unset' link to the
17489 right of the rule</para>
17493 <section id="checkoutperpatron">
17494 <title><link linkend="checkoutperpatron">Checkouts Per Patron</link></title>
17495 <para>For this library, you can specify the maximum number of loans that a patron of a
17496 given category can make, regardless of the item type. </para>
17498 <screeninfo>Set default checkouts per patron category</screeninfo>
17501 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/checkoutsperpatron.png"/>
17506 <para>If the total amount loanable for a given patron category is left blank, no limit
17507 applies, except possibly for a limit you define for a specific item type.</para>
17509 <para>For example, if you have a rule in the matrix that says Board patrons are allowed 10
17510 books and 5 DVDs but you want to make it so that Board patrons only have a total of 12
17511 things checked out at once. If you enter 12 here and the patron has 10 books out
17512 already they will only be allowed 2 DVDs to equal the 12 total they're allowed.</para>
17514 <section id="holdpolicies">
17515 <title><link linkend="holdpolicies">Item Hold Policies</link></title>
17516 <para>For this library, you can edit hold and return policies for a given item type,
17517 regardless of the patron's category.</para>
17519 <screeninfo>Hold policies per item type</screeninfo>
17522 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/holdsperitem.png"/>
17526 <para>The various Hold Policies have the following effects:</para>
17529 <para>From Any Library: Patrons from any library may put this item on hold. (default
17530 if none is defined)</para>
17533 <para>From Home Library: Only patrons from the item's home library may put this book
17537 <para>No Holds Allowed: No patron may put this book on hold.</para>
17541 <para>Note that if the system preference <link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link> set to 'allow', these policies can be overridden by
17542 your circulation staff.</para>
17545 <para>These policies are based on the patron's home branch, not the branch that the
17546 reserving staff member is from.</para>
17548 <para>Control if there is a limit to filling a hold based on the item's library<itemizedlist>
17550 <para>any library</para>
17553 <para>item's home library</para>
17556 <para>item's holding library</para>
17560 <para>The patron's home library should not affect whether a patron can place
17561 the hold, instead the hold will only be fillable when an item matching the
17562 pickup location becomes available.</para>
17565 </itemizedlist></para>
17567 <para>The various Return Policies have the following effects:</para>
17570 <para>Item returns home: The item will prompt the librarian to transfer the item to
17571 its home library</para>
17575 <para>If the <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link>
17576 preference is set to automatically transfer the items home, then a prompt will
17583 <para>Item returns to issuing branch: The item will prompt the librarian to transfer
17584 the item back to the library where it was checked out</para>
17588 <para>If the <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link>
17589 preference is set to automatically transfer the items home, then a prompt will
17596 <para>Item floats: The item will not be transferred from the branch it was checked in
17597 at, instead it will remain there until transferred manually or checked in at another
17601 <para>For example you might allow holds at your libraries but not what New items or DVDs to
17602 be placed on hold by other branches so you can set the 'Hold policy' to 'From home
17603 library' so that those items can only be placed on hold if the items' owning library and
17604 the patron's home library are the same. You can also block holds completely on specific
17605 item types from this form. This is also how you can set up floating item types and
17606 types that remain with their home library.</para>
17609 <section id="patronattributetypes">
17610 <title><link linkend="patronattributetypes">Patron Attribute Types</link></title>
17611 <para>Patron attributes can be used to define custom fields to associate with your patron
17612 records. In order to enable the use of custom fields you need to set the <link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link> system
17616 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
17617 Circulation > Patron attribute types</para>
17620 <para>A common use for this field would be for a student ID number or a Driver's license
17623 <screeninfo>List of Patron Attributes</screeninfo>
17626 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/attributes.png"/>
17630 <section id="addpatattributes">
17631 <title><link linkend="addpatattributes">Adding Patron Attributes</link></title>
17632 <para>To add a new Patron Attribute Type, click the 'New Patron Attribute Type' button at
17633 the top of the page</para>
17635 <screeninfo>Add Patron Attribute Type form</screeninfo>
17638 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/addattribute.png"/>
17644 <para>In the 'Patron attribute type code', enter a short code to identify this
17649 <para>This field is limited to 10 characters (numbers and letters only)</para>
17654 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
17660 <para>In the 'Description' field, enter a longer (plain text) explanation of what this
17661 field will contain</para>
17664 <para>Check the box next to 'Repeatable' to let a patron record have multiple values
17665 of this attribute.</para>
17669 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
17675 <para>If 'Unique identifier' is checked, the attribute will be a unique identifier
17676 which means, if a value is given to a patron record, the same value cannot be given
17677 to a different record.</para>
17680 <para>Unique attributes can be used as match points on the <link linkend="patronimport">patron import tool</link></para>
17684 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
17690 <para>Check 'Allow password' to make it possible to associate a password with this
17694 <para>Check 'Display in OPAC' to display this attribute on a patron's details page in
17698 <para>Check 'Searchable' to make this attribute searchable in the staff patron
17702 <para>Check 'Display in check-out' to make this attribute visible in the patron's
17703 short detail display on the left of the checkout screen and other patron
17706 <screeninfo>Show attribute in patron detail on the left</screeninfo>
17709 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/showattribute.png"/>
17715 <para>Authorized value category; if one is selected, the patron record input page will
17716 only allow values to be chosen from the authorized value list.</para>
17719 <para>You will first need to add an authorized value list for it to appear in this
17723 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More > Administration > Basic
17724 Parameters > <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
17725 Values</link></para>
17731 <para>an authorized value list is not enforced during batch patron
17738 <para>If you would like this attribute to only be used by specific branches you can
17739 choose those branches from the 'Branches limitation' list. Choose 'All branches' to
17740 show it for all libraries.<itemizedlist>
17743 <para>Note that items with locations already set on them will not be altered.
17744 The branch limitation only limits the choosing of an authorized value based
17745 on the home branch of the current staff login. All authorized values for
17746 item records (LOC, LOST, CCODE, etc) will show in the OPAC for all
17750 </itemizedlist></para>
17753 <para>If you'd like to only show this attribute on patrons of one type choose that
17754 patron type from the 'Category' pull down</para>
17757 <para>If you have a lot of attributes it might be handy to group them so that you can
17758 easily find them for editing. If you create an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> for PA_CLASS it will show in the 'Class' pull down and
17759 you can then change your attributes page to have sections of attributes</para>
17761 <screeninfo>Patron Attributes Sorted</screeninfo>
17764 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/pa_class.png"/>
17770 <para>Click Save to save your new attribute</para>
17773 <para>Once added your attribute will appear on the list of attributes and also on the
17774 patron record add/edit form</para>
17776 <screeninfo>Patron Attributes list on the Patron add/edit form</screeninfo>
17779 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patronattribute.png"/>
17783 <para>If you have set up classes for organizing attributes they will appear that way on
17784 the add/edit patron form</para>
17786 <screeninfo>Grouped Attributes</screeninfo>
17789 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/pa_class-patron.png"/>
17794 <section id="editpatattributes">
17795 <title><link linkend="editpatattributes">Editing/Deleting Patron Attributes</link></title>
17796 <para>Each patron attribute has an edit and a delete link beside it on the list of
17798 <para>Some fields in the attribute will not be editable once created:</para>
17801 <para>Patron attribute type code</para>
17804 <para>Repeatable</para>
17807 <para>Unique identifier</para>
17810 <para>You will be unable to delete an attribute if it's in use.</para>
17812 <screeninfo>Warning when trying to delete an attribute that is in use</screeninfo>
17815 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/deletepatronattr.png"/>
17821 <section id="libtransferlimits">
17822 <title><link linkend="libtransferlimits">Library Transfer Limits</link></title>
17823 <para>Limit the ability to transfer items between libraries based on the library sending,
17824 the library receiving, and the collection code involved.</para>
17827 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
17828 Circulation > Library Transfer Limits</para>
17831 <para>These rules only go into effect if the preference <link linkend="UseBranchTransferLimits">UseBranchTransferLimits</link> is set to
17833 <para>Before you begin you will want to choose which library you are setting these limits
17836 <screeninfo>Choose the library you're setting limits for</screeninfo>
17839 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/librarytransferselect.png"/>
17843 <para>Transfer limits are set based on the collections codes you have applied via the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> administration area.</para>
17845 <screeninfo>Collection Code values assigned in the Authorized Value area</screeninfo>
17848 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/collectcodes.png"/>
17852 <para>Collection codes will appear as tabs above the checkboxes:</para>
17854 <screeninfo>Collection Code tabs</screeninfo>
17857 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/limittocollcode.png"/>
17861 <para>Check the boxes for the libraries that you accept checkins from for the item type you
17862 have selected at the top (in the example below - FIC)</para>
17864 <screeninfo>Example transfer limits set up</screeninfo>
17867 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/transferlimits.png"/>
17871 <para>In the above example, Centerville library will allow patrons to return items from all
17872 libraries except Liberty and Franklin to their branch.</para>
17874 <section id="transportcostmatrix">
17875 <title><link linkend="transportcostmatrix">Transport cost matrix</link></title>
17876 <para>The Transport cost matrix lets a library system define relative costs to transport
17877 books to one another. In order for the system to use this matrix you must first set the
17878 <link linkend="UseTransportCostMatrix">UseTransportCostMatrix</link> preference to
17880 <para>The Transport cost matrix takes precedence in controlling where holds are filled
17881 from, if the matrix is not used then Koha checks the <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
17882 </important></para>
17883 <para>Costs are decimal values between some arbitrary maximum value (e.g. 1 or 100) and 0
17884 which is the minimum (no) cost. For example, you could just use the distance between each
17885 library in miles as your 'cost', if that would accurately reflect the cost of transferring
17886 them. Perhaps post offices would be a better measure. Libraries sharing a post office
17887 would have a cost of 1, adjacent post offices would have a cost of 2, etc.</para>
17888 <para>To enter transport costs simply click in the cell you would like to alter, uncheck the
17889 'Disable' box and enter your 'cost'</para>
17891 <screeninfo>Transport cost matrix</screeninfo>
17894 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/transportcostmatrix.png"/>
17898 <para>After entering in your cost, hit 'Enter' on your keyboard or click the 'Save' button
17899 at the bottom of the matrix to save your changes.</para>
17902 <para>A NULL value will make no difference where the From and To libraries are the same
17903 library. However, as a best practice, you should put a 0 in there. For all other
17904 To/From combinations, a NULL value will cause that relationship to act as if it has
17905 been disabled. So, in summary, don't leave any of the values empty. It's best to
17906 always put a number in there ( even if you choose to disable that given To/From option
17911 <section id="itemcircalerts">
17912 <title><link linkend="itemcircalerts">Item Circulation Alerts</link></title>
17913 <para>Libraries can decide if they want to have patrons automatically notified of
17914 circulation events (check ins and check outs).</para>
17917 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
17918 Circulation > Item Circulation Alerts</para>
17921 <para>These preferences are set based on patron types and item types.</para>
17923 <para>These preference can be overridden by changes in the individual patron's messaging
17924 preferences.</para>
17926 <para>To set up circulation alerts:</para>
17929 <para>Choose your library from the pull down at the top of the screen</para>
17931 <screeninfo>Libraries to set Circulation Alerts</screeninfo>
17934 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/librariesforalert.png"/>
17940 <para>To set preferences for all libraries, keep the menu set to 'Default'</para>
17945 <para>By default all item types and all patrons are notified of check ins and check
17946 outs. To change this, click on the item/patron type combo that you would like to stop
17947 notices for.</para>
17949 <screeninfo>Circulation Alert Matrix</screeninfo>
17952 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/alertmatrix.png"/>
17958 <para>In the above example, Juveniles and Kids will not receive check out
17966 <section id="citytowns">
17967 <title><link linkend="citytowns">Cities and Towns</link></title>
17969 <para>To standardize patron input you can define cities or towns
17970 within your region so that when new patrons are added librarians
17971 simply have to select the town from a list instead of having to type
17972 the town and zip (or postal) code information.</para>
17976 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17977 > Patrons & Circulation > Cities and Towns</para>
17981 <section id="addingcity">
17982 <title><link linkend="addingcity">Adding a City</link></title>
17984 <para>To add a new city, click the 'New City' button at the top of
17985 the page and enter the city name, state, zip/postal code and
17989 <screeninfo>New city entry form</screeninfo>
17993 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/newcity.png"/>
17998 <para>One you click Submit, your city will be saved and will be
17999 listed on the Cities and Towns page</para>
18002 <screeninfo>List of Cities</screeninfo>
18006 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/cities.png"/>
18011 <para>Cities can be edited or deleted at any time.</para>
18014 <section id="citiesonpatform">
18015 <title><link linkend="citiesonpatform">Viewing Cities on Patron Add Form</link></title>
18017 <para>If you have defined local cities using the New city form, then
18018 when adding or editing a patron record you will see those cities in
18019 a pull down menu to make city selection easy.</para>
18022 <screeninfo>Cities pull down on the patron record</screeninfo>
18026 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncity.png"/>
18031 <para>This will allow for easy entry of local cities into the patron
18032 record without risking the potential for typos or mistaken
18033 zip/postal codes.</para>
18038 <section id="catadmin">
18039 <title><link linkend="catadmin">Catalog Administration</link></title>
18041 <para>Set these controls before you start cataloging on your Koha
18046 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
18051 <section id="marcbibframeworks">
18052 <title><link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</link></title>
18054 <para>Think of Frameworks as templates for creating new bibliographic
18055 records. Koha comes with some predefined frameworks that can be edited
18056 or deleted, and librarians can create their own frameworks for content
18057 specific to their libraries.</para>
18061 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18062 > Catalog > MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</para>
18067 <screeninfo>Frameworks List</screeninfo>
18071 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworks.png"/>
18077 <para>Do not delete or edit the Default Framework since this will
18078 cause problems with your cataloging records - always create a new
18079 template based on the Default Framework, or alter the other
18083 <para>After clicking the 'MARC structure' link to the right of each
18084 framework you can decide how many fields you want to see on one screen
18085 by using the pagination options at the top of the table.</para>
18088 <screeninfo>Pagination options</screeninfo>
18092 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworkoptions.png"/>
18097 <section id="addframework">
18098 <title><link linkend="addframework">Add New Framework</link></title>
18100 <para>To add a new framework</para>
18104 <para>Click 'New Framework'</para>
18107 <screeninfo>Add Framework Form</screeninfo>
18111 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/addframework.png"/>
18118 <para>Enter a code of 4 or fewer characters</para>
18122 <para>Use the Description field to enter a more detailed
18123 definition of your framework</para>
18129 <para>Click 'Submit'</para>
18133 <para>Once your Framework is added click 'MARC structure' to the
18134 right of it on the list of Frameworks</para>
18137 <screeninfo>Choose basis for new Framework</screeninfo>
18141 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/startnewframework.png"/>
18148 <para>You will be asked to choose a Framework to base your
18149 new Framework off of, this will make it easier than starting
18150 from scratch</para>
18156 <para>Once your Framework appears on the screen you can edit or
18157 delete each field by following the instructions for <link linkend="editsubfields">editing subfields</link></para>
18162 <section id="editframeworks">
18163 <title><link linkend="editframeworks">Edit Existing Frameworks</link></title>
18165 <para>Clicking 'Edit' to the right of a Framework will only allow
18166 you to edit the Description for the Framework:</para>
18169 <screeninfo>Edit Framework</screeninfo>
18173 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editframework.png"/>
18178 <para>To make edits to the fields associated with the Framework you
18179 must first click 'MARC Structure' and then follow the instructions
18180 for <link linkend="editsubfields">editing subfields</link></para>
18183 <section id="addsubfieldsframework">
18184 <title><link linkend="addsubfieldsframework">Add subfields to Frameworks</link></title>
18186 <para>To add a field to a Framework click the 'New Tag' button at
18187 the top of the Framework definition</para>
18190 <screeninfo>New Tag Button</screeninfo>
18194 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newtag.png"/>
18199 <para>This will open up a blank form for entering MARC field
18203 <screeninfo>Add a new tag to framework</screeninfo>
18207 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newtagform.png"/>
18212 <para>Enter the information about your new tag:</para>
18216 <para>The 'Tag' is the MARC field number</para>
18220 <para>The 'Label for lib' is the text that will appear in the
18221 staff client when in the cataloging module</para>
18225 <para>The 'Label for OPAC' is the text that will appear in the
18226 OPAC when viewing the MARC version of the record</para>
18230 <para>If this field can be repeated, check the 'Repeatable'
18235 <para>If this field is mandatory, check the 'Mandatory'
18240 <para>If you want this field to be a pull down with limited
18241 possible answers, choose which 'Authorized value' list you want
18246 <para>When you're finished, click 'Save Changes' and you will be
18247 presented with your new field</para>
18250 <screeninfo>New tag and link to subfields</screeninfo>
18254 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subfieldslink.png"/>
18259 <para>To the right of the new field is a link to 'Subfields,' you
18260 will need to add subfields before this tag will appear in your MARC
18261 editor. The process of entering the settings for the new subfield is
18262 the same as those found in the <link linkend="editsubfields">editing
18263 subfields in frameworks</link> section of this manual.</para>
18266 <section id="editsubfields">
18267 <title><link linkend="editsubfields">Edit Framework Subfields</link></title>
18269 <para>Frameworks are made up of MARC fields and subfields. To make
18270 edits to most Frameworks you must edit the fields and subfields.
18271 Clicking 'Edit' to the right of each subfield will allow you to make
18272 changes to the text associated with the field</para>
18275 <screeninfo>Modify MARC Field</screeninfo>
18279 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editfield.png"/>
18286 <para>Each field has a tag (which is the MARC tag) that is uneditable</para>
18290 <para>The 'Label for lib' is what will show in the staff
18291 client if you have <link linkend="advancedMARCeditor">advancedMARCeditor</link> set
18292 to display labels</para>
18296 <para>The 'Label for OPAC' is what will show on the MARC
18297 view in the OPAC</para>
18301 <para>If you check 'Repeatable' then the field will have a
18302 plus sign next to it allowing you to add multiples of that
18307 <para>If you check 'Mandatory' the record will not be
18308 allowed to save unless you have a value assigned to this
18313 <para>'Authorized value' is where you define an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> that your
18314 catalogers can choose from a pull down to fill this field
18321 <para>To edit the subfields associated with the tag, click
18322 'Subfields' to the right of the tag on the 'MARC Structure'
18327 <para>From the list of subfields you can click 'Delete' to the
18328 right of each to delete the subfields</para>
18332 <para>To edit the subfields click 'Edit Subfields'</para>
18336 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Basic constraint values</para>
18338 <screeninfo>Editing the 504 Subfield</screeninfo>
18341 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editsubfield.png"/>
18348 <para>Text for librarian</para>
18352 <para>what appears before the subfield in the librarian
18359 <para>Text for OPAC</para>
18363 <para>what appears before the field in the OPAC.</para>
18367 <para>If left empty, the text for librarian is used
18376 <para>Repeatable</para>
18380 <para>the field will have a plus sign next to it
18381 allowing you to add multiples of that tag</para>
18387 <para>Mandatory</para>
18391 <para>the record will not be allowed to save unless you
18392 have a value assigned to this tag</para>
18398 <para>Managed in tab</para>
18402 <para>defines the tab where the subfield is shown. All
18403 subfields of a given field must be in the same tab or
18404 ignored. Ignore means that the subfield is not
18412 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Advanced constraint values</para>
18414 <screeninfo>Advanced constraints</screeninfo>
18417 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/advancedoptsubfield.png"/>
18423 <para>Default value</para>
18426 <para>defines what you want to appear in the field by default, this will be
18427 editable, but it saves time if you use the same note over and over or the
18428 same value in a field often.</para>
18432 <para>If you would like a field to fill in with today's date you can use the
18433 YYYY MM DD syntax in the 'Default value'. For example: a default of
18434 "Year:YYYY Month:MM Day:DD" (without quotes) will print as "Year:2015
18435 Month:11 Day:30"</para>
18441 <para>Visibility</para>
18444 <para>allows you to select from where this subfield is visible/hidden, simply
18445 check the boxes where you would like the field to show and uncheck the boxes
18446 where you would like it hidden.</para>
18448 <screeninfo>Framework visibility</screeninfo>
18451 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworkvisibility.png"/>
18459 <para>Is a URL</para>
18462 <para>if checked, it means that the subfield is a URL and can be
18471 <para>If you enter a field/subfield here (200b), a link appears after the
18472 subfield in the MARC Detail view. This view is present only in the staff
18473 client, not the OPAC. If the librarian clicks on the link, a search is done
18474 on the database for the field/subfield with the same value. This can be used
18475 for 2 main topics :</para>
18478 <para>on a field like author (200f in UNIMARC), put 200f here, you will be
18479 able to see all bib records with the same author.</para>
18482 <para>on a field that is a link (4xx) to reach another bib record. For
18483 example, put 011a in 464$x, will find the serials that are with this
18490 <para>This value should not change after data has been added to your
18491 catalog. If you need to change this value you must ask your system
18492 administrator to run misc/batchRebuildBiblioTables.pl. </para>
18498 <para>Koha link</para>
18501 <para>Koha is multi-MARC compliant. So, it does not know what the 245$a means,
18502 neither what 200$f (those 2 fields being both the title in MARC21 and
18503 UNIMARC). So, in this list you can "map" a MARC subfield to its meaning.
18504 Koha constantly maintains consistency between a subfield and its meaning.
18505 When the user want to search on "title", this link is used to find what is
18506 searched (245 if you're MARC21, 200 if you're UNIMARC).</para>
18513 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Other option values</para>
18518 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/otheroptssubfield.png"/>
18524 <para>Authorized value</para>
18527 <para>means the value cannot by typed by the librarian, but must be chosen
18528 from a pull down generated by the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> list</para>
18531 <para>In the example above, the 504a field will show the MARC504 Authorized
18532 Values when cataloging</para>
18534 <screeninfo>Example of an Authorized Subfield</screeninfo>
18537 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/504auth.png"/>
18545 <para>Thesaurus</para>
18548 <para>means that the value is not free text, but must be searched in the
18549 authority/thesaurus of the selected category</para>
18554 <para>Plugin</para>
18557 <para>means the value is calculated or managed by a plugin. Plugins can do
18558 almost anything.</para>
18561 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
18562 <listitem id="cnbrowseplugin">
18563 <para>For call numbers there is an option to add a call number browser
18564 next to the the call number subfield so that you can identify which
18565 call numbers are in use and which are not. Simply choose the
18566 cn_browser.pl plugin. Learn more in the <link linkend="addingitems">cataloging section</link> of this manual.</para>
18569 <para>If you'd like to let file uploads via cataloging you can choose
18570 the upload.pl plugin and this will allow you to <link linkend="uploadbibfile">upload files to Koha to link to your
18571 records</link>.</para>
18574 <para>In UNIMARC there are plugins for every 1xx fields that are coded
18575 fields. The plugin is a huge help for cataloger! There are also two
18576 plugins (unimarc_plugin_210c and unimarc_plugin_225a that can
18577 "magically" find the editor from an ISBN, and the collection list for
18580 </itemizedlist></para>
18588 <para>To save your changes simply click the 'Save Changes'
18589 button at the top of the screen</para>
18596 <section id="importexportframeworks">
18597 <title><link linkend="importexportframeworks">Import/Export Frameworks</link></title>
18599 <para>Next to each framework is a link to either import or export
18600 the framework.</para>
18602 <section id="exportframeworks">
18603 <title><link linkend="exportframeworks">Export Framework</link></title>
18605 <para>To export a framework simply click the 'Export' link to the
18606 right of framework title.</para>
18609 <screeninfo>Export link next to framework</screeninfo>
18613 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importexport.png"/>
18618 <para>When you click 'Export' you will be prompted to choose what
18619 format to export the file in.</para>
18622 <screeninfo>Export formats</screeninfo>
18626 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/exportoptions.png"/>
18631 <para>A framework exported this way can be imported into any other
18632 Koha installation using the import framework option.</para>
18635 <section id="importframeworks">
18636 <title><link linkend="importframeworks">Import Framework</link></title>
18638 <para>An easy way to create a new framework is to import one created for your or another
18639 Koha installation. This framework would need to be exported from the other system
18640 <link linkend="exportframeworks">using the instructions above</link> to be available
18641 for import here. </para>
18642 <para>To import a framework you first need to create <link linkend="addframework">a new
18643 framework</link>. Once you have that framework, click 'Import' to the right of the
18644 new framework.</para>
18647 <screeninfo>Import link next to framework</screeninfo>
18651 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importexport.png"/>
18656 <para>You will be prompted to find a file on your computer to
18657 import into the framework.</para>
18660 <screeninfo>Choose a file to import</screeninfo>
18664 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importfile.png"/>
18669 <para>You will be asked to confirm your actions before the file is
18673 <screeninfo>Confirm your desire to import</screeninfo>
18677 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importconfirm.png"/>
18682 <para>As your file is uploaded you will see an image that will
18683 confirm that the system is working.</para>
18686 <screeninfo>Import timer</screeninfo>
18690 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importtimer.png"/>
18695 <para>Once your import is complete you will be brought to the
18696 framework edit tool where you can make any changes you need to the
18697 framework you imported.</para>
18702 <section id="kohamarcmapping">
18703 <title><link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Koha to MARC Mapping</link></title>
18705 <para>While Koha stores the entire MARC record, it also stores common
18706 fields for easy access in various tables in the database. Koha to MARC
18707 Mapping is used to tell Koha where to find these values in the MARC
18708 record. In many cases you will not have to change the default values
18709 set by in this tool on installation, but it is important to know that
18710 the tool is here and can be used at any time.</para>
18714 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18715 > Catalog > Koha to MARC Mapping</para>
18719 <para>The Koha to MARC Mapping page offers you the option of choosing
18720 from one of three tables in the database to assign values to.</para>
18723 <screeninfo>Koha to MARC Mapping Table Pull Down</screeninfo>
18727 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/kohamarcmapping.png"/>
18732 <para>After choosing the table you would like to view, click 'OK.' To
18733 edit any mapping click on the 'Koha Filed' or the 'Edit' link.</para>
18736 <screeninfo>Map MARC Field to Koha Field</screeninfo>
18740 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/mapmarc.png"/>
18745 <para>Choose which MARC field you would like to map to this Koha Field
18746 and click the 'OK' button. If you would like to clear all mappings,
18747 click the 'Click to "Unmap"' button.</para>
18750 <para>At this time you can map only 1 MARC field to 1 Koha field.
18751 This means that you won't be able to map both the 100a and the 700a
18752 to the author field, you need to choose one or the other.</para>
18758 <section id="keywordmapping">
18759 <title><link linkend="keywordmapping">Keywords to MARC Mapping</link></title>
18761 <para>This tool will allow you to map MARC fields to a set of
18762 predefined keywords.</para>
18766 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18767 > Catalog > Keywords to MARC Mapping</para>
18772 <para>This tool only effects sites that are not using the XSLT
18773 Stylesheets.</para>
18776 <para>At this time the only keyword in use is 'subtitle.'</para>
18778 <para>Using this tool you can define what MARC field prints to the
18779 detail screen of the bibliographic record using keywords. The
18780 following example will use the subtitle field.</para>
18782 <para>Using the Framework pull down menu, choose the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Framework</link> you would like to apply
18783 this rule to. For example, the subtitle for books can be found in the
18784 245$b field.</para>
18787 <screeninfo>Assigning Book Subtitle</screeninfo>
18791 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitlebookmapping.png"/>
18796 <para>However the subtitle for DVDs appears in 245$p</para>
18799 <screeninfo>Assigning DVD Subtitle</screeninfo>
18803 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitledvdmapping.png"/>
18808 <para>Using this tool you can tell Koha to print the right field as
18809 the subtitle when viewing the bibliographic record in the OPAC.</para>
18812 <screeninfo>Subtitle display in the OPAC</screeninfo>
18816 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitlebookinopac.png"/>
18821 <para>This tool can be used to chain together pieces of the record as
18822 well. If you want the series number to show in the title on your
18823 search results you simply have to map 490 $v to 'subtitle' along with
18825 <para>Chain together the fields you want to show after the item
18826 title in the order in which you want them to appear.</para>
18829 <para>Future developments will include additional keyword assigned
18833 <section id="marcbibframeworkstest">
18834 <title><link linkend="marcbibframeworkstest">MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</link></title>
18836 <para>Checks the MARC structure.</para>
18840 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18841 > Catalog > MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</para>
18845 <para>If you change your MARC Bibliographic framework it's recommended
18846 that you run this tool to test for errors in your definition.</para>
18849 <screeninfo>Framework Test</screeninfo>
18853 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworktest.png"/>
18859 <section id="authoritiesadmin">
18860 <title><link linkend="authoritiesadmin">Authority Types</link></title>
18862 <para>Authority Types are basically MARC Frameworks for Authority
18863 records and because of that they follow the same editing rules found
18864 in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
18865 Frameworks</link> section of this manual. Koha comes with many of the
18866 necessary Authority frameworks already installed. To learn how to add
18867 and edit Authority Types, simply review the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</link>
18868 section of this manual.</para>
18872 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18873 > Catalog > Authority Types</para>
18878 <section id="classificationsources">
18882 <firstname>Savitra</firstname>
18883 <surname>Sirohi</surname>
18885 <orgname>Nucsoft OSS Labs</orgname>
18890 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
18891 <surname>Engard</surname>
18892 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content where
18893 necessary and added new screenshots.</contrib>
18897 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
18900 <title><link linkend="classificationsources">Classification Sources</link></title>
18902 <para>Source of classification or shelving scheme is an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link> category that is mapped to field 952$2 and 942$2 in Koha's
18903 MARC Bibliographic frameworks and stored in the items.cn_source field in the
18908 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18909 > Catalog > Classification sources</para>
18914 <screeninfo>Classification Sources</screeninfo>
18918 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/classsources.png"/>
18923 <para>Commonly used values of this field are:</para>
18927 <para>ddc - Dewey Decimal Classification</para>
18931 <para>lcc - Library of Congress Classification</para>
18935 <para>If you chose to install classification sources during Koha's
18936 installation, you would see other values too:</para>
18940 <para>ANSCR (sound recordings)</para>
18944 <para>SuDOC classification</para>
18948 <para>Universal Decimal Classification</para>
18952 <para>Other/Generic Classification</para>
18956 <section id="addingclasssource">
18957 <title><link linkend="addingclasssource">Adding/Editing Classification Sources</link></title>
18959 <para>You can add your own source of classification by using the New
18960 Classification Source button. To edit use the Edit link.</para>
18963 <screeninfo>Add classification source</screeninfo>
18967 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/addclasssource.png"/>
18972 <para>When creating or editing:</para>
18976 <para>You will need to enter a code and a description.</para>
18980 <para>Check the 'Source in use?' checkbox if you want the value
18981 to appear in the drop down list for this category.</para>
18985 <para>Select the appropriate <link linkend="classfilingrules">filing rule</link> from the drop down
18993 <section id="classfilingrules">
18994 <title><link linkend="classfilingrules">Classification Filing Rules</link></title>
18996 <para>Filing rules determine the order in which items are placed on
18999 <para>Values that are pre-configured in Koha are:</para>
19011 <para>Generic</para>
19015 <para>Filing rules are mapped to <link linkend="addingclasssource">Classification sources</link>. You can
19016 setup new filing rules by using the New Filing Rule button. To edit
19017 use the Edit link.</para>
19019 <para>When creating or editing:</para>
19023 <para>Enter a code and a description</para>
19027 <para>Choose an appropriate filing routine - dewey, generic or
19034 <section id="recordmatchingrules">
19038 <firstname>Joy</firstname>
19039 <surname>Nelson</surname>
19041 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
19046 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
19047 <surname>Engard</surname>
19048 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
19052 <pubdate>2013</pubdate>
19054 <title><link linkend="recordmatchingrules">Record Matching Rules</link></title>
19056 <para>Record matching rules are used when importing MARC records into
19061 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
19062 > Catalog > Record Matching Rules</para>
19066 <para>The rules that you set up here will be referenced with you <link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link>.</para>
19067 <para>It is important to understand the difference between Match Points and Match Checks
19068 before adding new matching rules to Koha.</para>
19070 <para>Match Points are the criteria that you enter that must be met in order for an incoming
19071 record to match an existing MARC record in your catalog. You can have multiple match
19072 points on an import rule each with its own score. An incoming record will be compared
19073 against your existing records (‘one record at a time’) and given a score for each match
19074 point. When the total score of the matchpoints matches or exceeds the threshold given for
19075 the matching rule, Koha assumes a good match and imports/overlays according your
19076 specifications in the import process. An area to watch out for here is the sum of the
19077 match points. Doublecheck that the matches you want will add up to a successful
19080 <para>Example: </para>
19081 <para>Threshold of 1000 </para>
19082 <para>Match Point on 020$a 1000 </para>
19083 <para>Match Point on 022$a 1000 </para>
19084 <para>Match Point on 245$a 500 </para>
19085 <para>Match Point on 100$a 100</para>
19087 <para>In the example above, a match on either the 020$a or the 022$a will result in a successful match. A match on 245$a title and 100$a author (and not on 020$a or 022$a) will only add up to 600 and not be a match. And a match on 020$a and 245$a will result in 1500 and while this is a successful match, the extra 500 point for the 245$a title match are superfluous. The incoming record successfully matched on the 020$a without the need for the 245$a match. However, if you assigned a score of 500 to the 100$a Match Point, a match on 245$a title and 100$a author will be considered a successful match (total of 1000) even if the 020$a is not a match.</para>
19089 <para>Match Checks are not commonly used in import rules. However, they can serve a couple of
19090 purposes in matching records. First, match checks can be used as the matching criteria
19091 instead of the match points if your indexes are stale and out of date. The match checks go
19092 right for the data instead of relying on the data in the indexes. (If you fear your
19093 indexes are out of date, a rebuild of your indexes would be a great idea and solve that
19094 situation!) The other use for a Match Check is as a “double check” or “veto” of your
19095 matching rule. For example, if you have a matching rule as below:</para>
19096 <para>Threshold of 1000 </para>
19097 <para>Match Point on 020$a 1000 </para>
19098 <para>Match Check on 245$a</para>
19100 <para>Koha will first look at the 020$a tag/subfield to see if the incoming record matches an existing record. If it does, it will then move on to the Match Check and look directly at the 245$a value in the incoming data and compare it to the 245$a in the existing ‘matched’ record in your catalog. If the 245$a matches, Koha continues on as if a match was successful. If the 245$a does not match, then Koha concludes that the two records are not a match after all. The Match Checks can be a really useful tool in confirming true matches.</para>
19102 <para>When looking to create matching rules for your authority records the following indexes will be
19104 <table frame="void" id="authorityindexes">
19105 <caption>Authority Indexes</caption>
19108 <th>Index name</th>
19109 <th>Matches Marc Tag</th>
19114 <td>LC-cardnumber</td>
19118 <td>Personal-name</td>
19122 <td>Corporate-name-heading</td>
19126 <td>Meeting-name</td>
19130 <td>Title-uniform</td>
19134 <td>Chronological-term</td>
19138 <td>Subject-topical</td>
19142 <td>Name-geographic</td>
19146 <td>Term-genre-form</td>
19151 <section id="addrecordmatchrule">
19152 <title><link linkend="addrecordmatchrule">Adding Matching Rules</link></title>
19153 <para>To create a new matching rule :</para>
19156 <para>Click 'New Record Matching Rule'</para>
19158 <screeninfo>Add record matching rule</screeninfo>
19161 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newmatchrule.png"/>
19167 <para>Choose a unique name and enter it in the 'Matching rule code' field</para>
19170 <para>'Description' can be anything you want to make it clear to you what rule
19171 you're picking</para>
19174 <para>'Match threshold' is the total number of 'points' a biblio must earn to be
19175 considered a 'match'</para>
19178 <para>'Record type' is the type of import this rule will be used for - either
19179 authority or bibliographic</para>
19182 <para>Match points are set up to determine what fields to match on</para>
19185 <para>'Search index' can be found by looking at the ccl.properties file on your
19186 system which tells the zebra indexing what data to search for in the MARC
19190 <para>'Score' - The number of 'points' a match on this field is worth. If the sum
19191 of each score is greater than the match threshold, the incoming record is a
19192 match to the existing record</para>
19195 <para>Enter the MARC tag you want to match on in the 'Tag' field</para>
19198 <para>Enter the MARC tag subfield you want to match on in the 'Subfields'
19202 <para>'Offset' - For use with control fields, 001-009</para>
19205 <para>'Length' - For use with control fields, 001-009</para>
19208 <para>Koha only has one 'Normalization rule' that removes extra characters such as
19209 commas and semicolons. The value you enter in this field is irrelevant to the
19210 normalization process.</para>
19213 <para>'Required match checks' - ??</para>
19219 <section id="samplerecordmatch">
19220 <title><link linkend="samplerecordmatch">Sample Bibliographic Record Matching Rule: Control Number</link></title>
19223 <screeninfo>LOC Matching Rule</screeninfo>
19227 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/samplematchrule.png"/>
19234 <para>Match threshold: 100</para>
19237 <para>Record type: Bibliographic<itemizedlist>
19240 <para>If you'd like a rule to match on the 001 in authority records you will
19241 need the repeat all of these values and change just the record type to
19242 'Authority record'</para>
19245 </itemizedlist></para>
19249 <para>Matchpoints (just the one):</para>
19253 <para>Search index: Control-number</para>
19257 <para>Score: 101</para>
19261 <para>Tag: 001</para>
19266 <para>this field is for the control number assigned by the
19267 organization creating, using, or distributing the
19275 <para>Subfields: a</para>
19279 <para>Offset: 0</para>
19283 <para>Length: 0</para>
19287 <para>Normalization rule: Control-number</para>
19291 <para>Required Match checks: none (remove the blank one)</para>
19294 <screeninfo>Remove match check</screeninfo>
19298 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/removematchcheck.png"/>
19307 <section id="oaisetsconfig">
19308 <title><link linkend="oaisetsconfig">OAI Sets Configuration</link></title>
19310 <para>On this page you can create, modify and delete OAI-PMH
19313 <section id="oaicreate">
19314 <title><link linkend="oaicreate">Create a set</link></title>
19316 <para>To create a set:</para>
19320 <para>Click on the link 'Add a new set'</para>
19324 <para>Fill the mandatory fields 'setSpec' and 'setName'</para>
19328 <para>Then you can add descriptions for this set. To do this
19329 click on 'Add description' and fill the newly created text box.
19330 You can add as many descriptions as you want.</para>
19334 <para>Click on 'Save' button'</para>
19339 <section id="oaimodify">
19340 <title><link linkend="oaimodify">Modify/Delete a set</link></title>
19342 <para>To modify a set, just click on the link 'Modify' on the same
19343 line of the set you want to modify. A form similar to set creation
19344 form will appear and allow you to modify the setSpec, setName and
19345 descriptions.</para>
19347 <para>To delete a set, just click on the link 'Delete' on the same
19348 line of the set you want to delete.</para>
19351 <section id="oaimapping">
19352 <title><link linkend="oaimapping">Define mappings</link></title>
19354 <para>Here you can define how a set will be build (what records will
19355 belong to this set) by defining mappings. Mappings are a list of
19356 conditions on record content. A record only need to match one
19357 condition to belong to the set.</para>
19361 <para>Fill the fields 'Field', 'Subfield' and 'Value'. For
19362 example if you want to include in this set all records that have
19363 a 999$9 equal to 'XXX'. Fill 'Field' with 999, 'Subfield' with 9
19364 and 'Value' with XXX.</para>
19368 <para>If you want to add another condition, click on 'OR' button
19369 and repeat step 1.</para>
19373 <para>Click on 'Save'</para>
19377 <para>To delete a condition, just leave at least one of 'Field',
19378 'Subfield' or 'Value' empty and click on 'Save'.<note>
19379 <para>Actually, a condition is true if value in the
19380 corresponding subfield is strictly equal to what is defined if
19381 'Value'. A record having 999$9 = 'XXX YYY' will not belong to a
19382 set where condition is 999$9 = 'XXX'.</para>
19385 <para>And it is case sensitive : a record having 999$9 = 'xxx' will
19386 not belong to a set where condition is 999$9 = 'XXX'.</para>
19389 <section id="oaibuild">
19390 <title><link linkend="oaibuild">Build sets</link></title>
19392 <para>Once you have configured all your sets, you have to build the
19393 sets. This is done by calling the script
19394 misc/migration_tools/build_oai_sets.pl.</para>
19397 <section id="itemsearchadmin">
19398 <title><link linkend="itemsearchadmin">Item search fields</link></title>
19399 <para>From here you can add custom search fields to the <link linkend="searchguide-itemsearch">item search</link> option in the staff client. <screenshot>
19403 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/itemsearchfields.png"/>
19406 </screenshot></para>
19407 <para>To add a new search term simply fill in the 'Add a new field' area:<itemizedlist>
19409 <para>Name is a field for you to identify the search term</para>
19412 <para>Label is what will appear on the item search page</para>
19415 <para>MARC field allows you to pick which field you'd like to search in</para>
19418 <para>MARC subfield is the subfield you'd like to search in</para>
19421 <para>Authorised values category can be used to turn this search field in to a pull
19422 down instead of a free text field</para>
19424 </itemizedlist></para>
19425 <para>Once your new field is added it will be visible at the top of this page and on the
19426 item search page<screenshot>
19427 <screeninfo>Search option</screeninfo>
19430 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/customsearch.png"/>
19433 </screenshot></para>
19437 <section id="acqadmin">
19438 <title><link linkend="acqadmin">Acquisitions</link></title>
19440 <para>The Koha Acquisitions module provides a way for the library to
19441 record orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</para>
19443 <para>Before using the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions
19444 Module</link>, you will want to make sure that you have completed all of
19449 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
19450 Acquisitions</para>
19454 <section id="currexchangeadmin">
19455 <title><link linkend="currexchangeadmin">Currencies and Exchange Rates</link></title>
19457 <para>If you place orders from more than one country you will want to
19458 input currency exchange rates so that your acquisitions module will
19459 properly calculate totals.</para>
19463 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
19464 > Acquisitions > Currencies and Exchange Rates</para>
19469 <screeninfo>Currencies</screeninfo>
19473 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/currencies.png"/>
19479 <para>This data is not automatically updated, so be sure to keep it
19480 up to date so that your accounting is kept correct.</para>
19482 <para>The ISO code you enter will be used when importing MARC files via the staging tools,
19483 the tool will attempt to find and use the price of the currently active currency. </para>
19485 <para>The active currency is the main currency you use in your
19486 library. Your active currency will have a check mark in the 'Active'
19487 column. If you don't have an active currency you will see an error
19488 message telling you to choose an active currency.</para>
19491 <screeninfo>No active currency warning</screeninfo>
19495 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/nocurrency.png"/>
19501 <section id="budgetplanning">
19502 <title><link linkend="budgetplanning">Budgets</link></title>
19504 <para>Budgets are used for tracking accounting values related to acquisitions. For example
19505 you could create a Budget for the current year (ex. 2015) and then break that into <link linkend="funds">Funds</link> for different areas of the library (ex. Books, Audio,
19510 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
19511 > Acquisitions > Budgets</para>
19515 <para>When visiting the main budget administration you will see two
19516 tabs, one for active and one for inactive budgets.</para>
19519 <screeninfo>Budgets List</screeninfo>
19523 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
19528 <section id="addbudget">
19529 <title><link linkend="addbudget">Adding budgets</link></title>
19531 <para>Budgets can either be created <link linkend="addnewbudget">from scratch</link>, by
19532 <link linkend="duplicatebudget">duplicating the previous year's budget</link> or by
19533 <link linkend="closebudget">closing a previous year's budget</link>.</para>
19534 <section id="addnewbudget">
19535 <title><link linkend="addnewbudget">Add a new budget</link></title>
19536 <para>If you haven't used Koha before for acquisitions then you'll need to start fresh
19537 with a new budget. To add a new budget click the 'New Budget' button.</para>
19539 <screeninfo>New Budget Form</screeninfo>
19542 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newbudgetform.png"/>
19548 <para>Choose the time period this budget is for, whether it's an academic year, a
19549 fiscal year, a quarter, etc.</para>
19552 <para>The Description should be something that will help you identify the budget
19553 when ordering</para>
19556 <para>In the amount box do not use any symbols, simply enter the amount of the
19557 budget with numbers and decimals.</para>
19560 <para>Marking a budget active makes it usable when placing orders in the
19561 acquisitions module, even if the order is placed after the budget end date. This
19562 will allow you to record orders that were places in a previous budget
19566 <para>Locking a budget means that Funds will not be able to be modified by
19570 <para>Once you have made your edits, click the 'Save Changes' button. You will be
19571 brought to a list of your existing budgets.</para>
19573 <screeninfo>List of Budgets</screeninfo>
19576 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
19581 <section id="duplicatebudget">
19582 <title><link linkend="duplicatebudget">Duplicate a budget</link></title>
19583 <para>To duplicate a budget from a previous year, click on the link for the budget name
19584 from the list of budgets</para>
19586 <screeninfo>Budgets List</screeninfo>
19589 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
19593 <para>On the screen listing the budget breakdown click the Edit button at the top and
19594 choose to Duplicate budget</para>
19596 <screeninfo>Duplicate Budget</screeninfo>
19599 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicatebudget.png"/>
19603 <para>You can also click the 'Actions' button to the right of the budget and choose 'Duplicate'.<screenshot>
19604 <screeninfo>Duplicate budget</screeninfo>
19607 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicateaction.png"/>
19610 </screenshot></para>
19611 <para>In both cases you will be presented with a form where you simply need to enter the
19612 new start and end date and save the budget.</para>
19614 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Budget</screeninfo>
19617 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicatestartend.png"/>
19621 <para>Check the box for 'Mark the original budget as inactive' if the original budget
19622 should no longer be used. </para>
19623 <para>Check the box for 'Set all funds to zero' if you wish the new budget to contain
19624 all the same fund structures as the previous budget but no allocations until you
19625 manually enter an amount in the fund.</para>
19626 <para>This will not only duplicate your budget, but all of the funds associated with
19627 that budget so that you can reuse budgets and funds from year to year and so that you
19628 can move unreceived orders and if desired unspent funds from a previous budget to the
19631 <section id="closebudget">
19635 <firstname>Denise</firstname>
19636 <surname>Hannibal</surname>
19638 <orgname>Washington University in St. Louis</orgname>
19642 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
19643 <surname>Engard</surname>
19646 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
19648 <title><link linkend="closebudget">Close a budget</link></title>
19649 <para>Close a budget to move or roll over unreceived orders and if desired unspent funds
19650 from a previous budget to a new budget. Before closing your budget you might want to
19651 <link linkend="duplicatebudget">duplicate the previous year's budget</link> so that
19652 you have somewhere for the unreceived orders to roll to.</para>
19653 <para>Find the previous budget with unreceived orders on the Active budgets or the
19654 Inactive budgets tab and select 'Close' under 'Actions'. <screenshot>
19655 <screeninfo>Close a budget</screeninfo>
19658 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closebudget.png"/>
19661 </screenshot></para>
19663 <para>In order for the unreceived orders to be automatically moved to the new budget,
19664 the fund structures in the previous budget must exist in the new budget. Budgets
19665 without unreceived orders cannot be closed.</para>
19667 <para>When you select 'Close' you will be presented with a form.<screenshot>
19668 <screeninfo>Closing a budget</screeninfo>
19671 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closebudgetoptions.png"/>
19674 </screenshot></para>
19675 <para>Use the 'Select a budget' drop down to choose the new budget for the unreceived
19677 <para>Check the box for 'Move remaining unspent funds' to move the unspent amounts from
19678 the funds of the budget being closed to the selected budget.</para>
19679 <para>Once you have made your choices, click the 'Move unreceived orders' button. You
19680 will be presented with a dialog box that says 'You have chosen to move all unreceived
19681 orders from 'Budget X' to 'Budget Y'. This action cannot be reversed. Do you wish to
19682 continue?' Budget X is the budget to be closed and Budget Y is the selected budget. <screenshot>
19683 <screeninfo>Close warning</screeninfo>
19686 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closewarning.png"/>
19689 </screenshot></para>
19690 <para>If everything seems correct click 'OK' and the unreceived orders and, if selected,
19691 unspent funds will be moved. </para>
19692 <para>Wait until the 'Report after moving unreceived orders from budget X to Y'
19693 displays. This will list the order numbers which have been impacted (grouped by fund)
19694 and detail if the unreceived order was moved or if there was a problem. For example,
19695 if the new budget does not contain a fund with the same name as the previous budget,
19696 the order will not be moved.</para>
19698 <screeninfo>Close report</screeninfo>
19701 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closereport.png"/>
19709 <section id="funds">
19710 <title><link linkend="funds">Funds</link></title>
19714 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
19715 > Acquisitions > Funds</para>
19719 <section id="addbudgetfund">
19720 <title><link linkend="addbudgetfund">Add a Fund</link></title>
19722 <para>A fund is added to a budget.</para>
19725 <para>A <link linkend="addbudget">budget</link> must be defined
19726 before a fund can be created.</para>
19727 </important>To add a new fund click the New button and then choose
19728 which Budget you would like to add the fund to.</para>
19731 <screeninfo>Choose which budget to add a fund to</screeninfo>
19735 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newfund.png"/>
19740 <para>In the form that appears you want to enter the basics about your fund.</para>
19743 <screeninfo>New Fund Form</screeninfo>
19747 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newfundform.png"/>
19752 <para>The three first fields are required, the rest are
19757 <para>Fund Code is a unique identifier for your fund</para>
19761 <para>The Fund Name should be something that librarians will
19766 <para>Amount should be entered with only numbers and decimals, no other
19770 <para>Warning at (%) or Warning at (amount) can be filled in to make Koha warn you
19771 before you spend a certain percentage or amount of your budget. This will prevent
19772 you from overspending.</para>
19776 <para>You can choose to assign this fund to a librarian. Doing
19777 so will make it so that only that librarian can make changes to
19782 <para>Choose which library will be using this fund</para>
19786 <para>You can restrict who can order from this fund by choosing either the 'owner',
19787 'owner and users' or 'owner, users and library' from the 'Restrict access to'
19791 <screeninfo>Restrict Fund Access</screeninfo>
19795 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/restrictfund.png"/>
19802 <para>Without an owner, the access restriction will be ignored, be sure to enter
19803 an owner as well as choose a restriction</para>
19810 <para>Notes are simply for any descriptive notes you might want
19811 to add so that librarians know when to use this fund</para>
19815 <para>Planning categories are used for statistical purposes. To
19816 learn more about planning categories, check out the <link linkend="planningcatfaq">Planning Category FAQ</link>.</para>
19820 <para>When complete, click 'Submit' and you will be brought to a
19821 list of all of the funds for the budget.</para>
19824 <screeninfo>List of funds</screeninfo>
19828 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/fundlist.png"/>
19832 <para>The monetary columns in the fund table break down as follows:<orderedlist>
19834 <para>Base-level allocated is the "Amount" value you defined when creating the
19838 <para>Base-level ordered is the ordered amount for this fund (without child
19842 <para>Total ordered is the base-level ordered for this fund and all its child
19846 <para>Base-level spent is the spent amount for this fund (without child
19850 <para>Total spent is the base-level spent for this fund and all its child
19854 <para>Base-level available is 1 - 2</para>
19857 <para>Total available is 1 - 3</para>
19859 </orderedlist></para>
19861 <para>To the right of each fund you will find the 'Actions' button under which you will
19862 find the 'Edit,' 'Delete,' and 'Add Child Fund' options. </para>
19864 <screeninfo>Fund actions</screeninfo>
19867 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/fundactions.png"/>
19871 <para>A child fund simply a sub-fund of the fund listed. An example would be to have a
19872 fund for 'Fiction' and under that have a fund for 'New Releases' and a fund for 'Science
19873 Fiction.' It is an optional way to further organize your finances.</para>
19874 <para>Funds with children will show with a small arrow to the left. Clicking that will
19875 show you the children funds.</para>
19877 <screeninfo>Child funds</screeninfo>
19880 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/childfunds.png"/>
19886 <section id="fundsplanning">
19887 <title><link linkend="fundsplanning">Budget Planning</link></title>
19889 <para>When viewing the list of funds click the 'Planning' button and
19890 choose how you would like to plan to spend your budget.</para>
19893 <screeninfo>Planning pull down menu</screeninfo>
19897 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningpulldown.png"/>
19902 <para>If you choose 'Plan by MONTHS' you will see the budgeted
19903 amount broken down by months:</para>
19906 <screeninfo>Budget Planning Formula</screeninfo>
19910 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningbymonths.png"/>
19915 <para>To hide some of the columns you can click the 'hide' link to the right (or below as
19916 in the screenshot above) the dates. To add more columns you can click the 'Show a
19917 column' link found below the 'Fund Remaining' heading.</para>
19920 <screeninfo>Choose columns to add</screeninfo>
19924 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/addplanningcol.png"/>
19929 <para>From here you can plan your budget spending by manually
19930 entering values or by clicking the 'Auto-fill row' button. If you
19931 choose to auto-fill the form the system will try to divide the
19932 amount accordingly, you may have to make some edits to split things
19933 more accurately.</para>
19936 <screeninfo>Auto-filled columns</screeninfo>
19940 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/autofill.png"/>
19945 <para>Once your changes are made, click the 'Save' button. If you
19946 would like to export your data as a CSV file you can do so by
19947 entering a file name in the 'Output to a file named' field and
19948 clicking the 'Output' button.</para>
19951 <screeninfo>Export planning as CSV</screeninfo>
19955 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningcsv.png"/>
19963 <section id="additionaladmin">
19964 <title><link linkend="additionaladmin">Additional Parameters</link></title>
19968 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
19969 Additional Parameters</para>
19973 <section id="z3950admin">
19974 <title><link linkend="z3950admin">Z39.50/SRU servers</link></title>
19976 <para>Z39.50 is a client–server protocol for searching and retrieving information from
19977 remote computer databases, in short it's a tool used for copy cataloging. </para>
19978 <para>SRU- Search/Retrieve via URL - is a standard XML-based protocol for search queries,
19979 utilizing CQL - Contextual Query Language - a standard syntax for representing queries. </para>
19980 <para>Using Koha you can connect to any Z39.50 or SRU target that is publicly available or
19981 that you have the log in information to and copy both bibliographic and/or authority
19982 records from that source.</para>
19986 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Additional
19987 Parameters > Z39.50/SRU Servers</para>
19991 <para>Koha comes with a default list of Z39.50/SRU targets set up that you can add to, edit
19995 <screeninfo>List of Z39.50 Servers in Koha</screeninfo>
19999 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/z39list.png"/>
20004 <para>To find additional Z39.50 targets you use IndexData's IRSpy: <ulink url="http://irspy.indexdata.com/">http://irspy.indexdata.com</ulink> or the Library of
20005 Congress's List of Targets <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/</ulink>
20008 <section id="addztarget">
20009 <title><link linkend="addztarget">Add a Z39.50 Target</link></title>
20013 <para>From the main Z39.50 page, click 'New Z39.50
20016 <screeninfo>New Z39.50 Server Form</screeninfo>
20019 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/newz39.png"/>
20026 <para>'Z39.50 server' should be populated with a name that will help you identify
20027 the source (such as the library name).</para>
20030 <para>'Hostname' will be the address to the Z39.50 target.</para>
20033 <para>'Port' tells Koha what port to listen on to get results from this
20037 <para>'Userid' and 'Password' are only required for servers that are password
20041 <para>Check the 'Preselected' box if you want this target to always be selected by
20045 <para>'Rank' lets you enter where in the list you'd like this target to appear.<itemizedlist>
20047 <para>If this is left blank the targets will be in alphabetical
20050 </itemizedlist></para>
20053 <para>'Syntax' is the MARC flavor you use.</para>
20056 <para>'Encoding' tells the system how to read special characters.</para>
20059 <para>'Timeout' is helpful for targets that take a long while. You can set the
20060 timeout so that it doesn't keep trying the target if results aren't found in a
20061 reasonable amount of time.</para>
20064 <para>'Record type' lets you define if this is a bibliographic or an authority
20068 <para>'XSLT file(s)' lets enter one or more (comma-separated) XSLT file names that
20069 you want to apply on the search results.<itemizedlist>
20071 <para>When retrieving records from external targets you may wish to automate
20072 some changes to those records. XSLT's allow you to do this. Koha ships
20073 with some sample XSLT files in the /koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/xslt/
20074 directory ready for use: <itemizedlist>
20076 <para>Del952.xsl: Remove items (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
20079 <para>Del995.xsl: Remove items (UNIMARC)</para>
20082 <para>Del9LinksExcept952.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
20083 (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
20086 <para>Del9LinksExcept995.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
20089 </itemizedlist></para>
20091 </itemizedlist></para>
20098 <section id="suggestztarget">
20099 <title><link linkend="suggestztarget">Suggested Bibliographic Z39.50 Targets</link></title>
20100 <para>Koha libraries with open Z39.50 targets can share and find connection information on
20101 the Koha wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources</ulink>. You can also
20102 find open Z39.50 targets by visiting IRSpy: <ulink url="http://irspy.indexdata.com">http://irspy.indexdata.com</ulink>.</para>
20104 <para>The following targets have been used successfully by other
20105 Koha libraries (in the Americas):</para>
20109 <para>ACCESS PENNSYLVANIA 205.247.101.11:210 INNOPAC</para>
20112 <para>CUYAHOGA COUNTY PUBLIC webcat.cuyahoga.lib.oh.us:210
20117 <para>GREATER SUDBURY PUBLIC 216.223.90.51:210 INNOPAC</para>
20121 <para>HALIFAX PUBLIC catalogue.halifaxpubliclibraries.ca:210
20126 <para>HALTON HILLS PUBLIC cat.hhpl.on.ca:210 halton_hills</para>
20130 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS lx2.loc.gov: 210 LCDB</para>
20134 <para>LONDON PUBLIC LIBRARY catalogue.londonpubliclibrary.ca:210
20139 <para>MANITOBA PUBLIC library.gov.mb.ca:210 horizon</para>
20143 <para>MILTON PL cat.mpl.on.ca:210 horizon</para>
20147 <para>NATIONAL LIBRARY OF WALES cat.llgc.org.uk:210 default</para>
20150 <para>NHUPAC 199.192.6.130:211 nh_nhupac</para>
20153 <para>OCEAN STATE LIBRARIES (RI) catalog.oslri.net:210 INNOPAC</para>
20156 <para>OHIOLINK olc1.ohiolink.edu:210 INNOPAC</para>
20159 <para>PUBCAT prod890.dol.state.vt.us:2300 unicorn</para>
20162 <para>SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY PUBLIC LIBRARY SYSTEM (CA) hip1.sjvls.org:210 ZSERVER</para>
20165 <para>SEATTLE PUBLIC LIBRARY ZSERVER.SPL.ORG:210 HORIZON</para>
20169 <para>TORONTO PUBLIC symphony.torontopubliclibrary.ca:2200
20174 <para>TRI-UNI 129.97.129.194:7090 voyager</para>
20178 <para>VANCOUVER PUBLIC LIBRARY z3950.vpl.ca:210 Horizon</para>
20182 <section id="suggestauthz39">
20183 <title><link linkend="suggestauthz39">Suggested Authority Z39.50 Targets</link></title>
20184 <para>The following targets have been used successfully by other Koha libraries (in the
20188 <para>LIBRARIESAUSTRALIA AUTHORITIES z3950-test.librariesaustralia.nla.gov.au:210
20189 AuthTraining Userid: ANLEZ / Password: z39.50</para>
20192 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS NAME AUTHORITIES lx2.loc.gov:210 NAF </para>
20195 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS SUBJECT AUTHORITIES lx2.loc.gov:210 SAF</para>
20199 <section id="addsru">
20200 <title><link linkend="addsru">Add a SRU Target</link></title>
20203 <para>From the main Z39.50/SRU page, click 'New SRU Server'</para>
20205 <screeninfo>New SRU Server Form</screeninfo>
20208 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/newsru.png"/>
20214 <para>'Server name' should be populated with a name that will help you identify
20215 the source (such as the library name).</para>
20218 <para>'Hostname' will be the address to the Z39.50 target.</para>
20221 <para>'Port' tells Koha what port to listen on to get results from this
20225 <para>'Userid' and 'Password' are only required for servers that are password
20229 <para>Check the 'Preselected' box if you want this target to always be selected by
20233 <para>'Rank' lets you enter where in the list you'd like this target to appear.<itemizedlist>
20235 <para>If this is left blank the targets will be in alphabetical
20238 </itemizedlist></para>
20241 <para>'Syntax' is the MARC flavor you use.</para>
20244 <para>'Encoding' tells the system how to read special characters.</para>
20247 <para>'Timeout' is helpful for targets that take a long while. You can set the
20248 timeout so that it doesn't keep trying the target if results aren't found in a
20249 reasonable amount of time.</para>
20252 <para>'Additional SRU options' is where you can enter additional options of the
20253 external server here, like sru_version=1.1 or schema=marc21, etc. Note that
20254 these options are server dependent.</para>
20257 <para>'SRU Search field mapping' lets you add or update the mapping from the
20258 available fields on the Koha search form to the specific server dependent index
20259 names. <itemizedlist>
20261 <para>To further refine your searches, you could add the following index
20262 names to the SRU search field mappings. To do this, edit the server and
20263 click the Modify button next to this field.
20264 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
20265 <title>SRU Mapping</title>
20267 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
20270 <entry>Title</entry>
20271 <entry>dc.title</entry>
20274 <entry>ISBN</entry>
20275 <entry>bath.isbn</entry>
20279 <entry>cql.anywhere</entry>
20282 <entry>Author</entry>
20283 <entry>dc.author</entry>
20286 <entry>ISSN</entry>
20287 <entry>bath.issn</entry>
20290 <entry>Subject</entry>
20291 <entry>dc.subject</entry>
20294 <entry>Standard ID</entry>
20295 <entry>bath.standardIdentifier</entry>
20301 </itemizedlist></para>
20304 <para>'XSLT file(s)' lets enter one or more (comma-separated) XSLT file names that
20305 you want to apply on the search results.<itemizedlist>
20307 <para>When retrieving records from external targets you may wish to automate
20308 some changes to those records. XSLT's allow you to do this. Koha ships
20309 with some sample XSLT files in the /koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/xslt/
20310 directory ready for use: <itemizedlist>
20312 <para>Del952.xsl: Remove items (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
20315 <para>Del995.xsl: Remove items (UNIMARC)</para>
20318 <para>Del9LinksExcept952.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
20319 (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
20322 <para>Del9LinksExcept995.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
20325 </itemizedlist></para>
20327 </itemizedlist></para>
20334 <section id="didyoumean">
20335 <title><link linkend="didyoumean">Did you mean?</link></title>
20336 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Additional Parameters
20337 > Did you mean?</para>
20338 <para>Koha can offer 'Did you mean?' options on searches based on values in your <link linkend="catauthorities">authorities</link>. <important>
20339 <para>Did you mean? only works in the OPAC at this time. The Intranet options are here
20340 for future development.</para>
20341 </important></para>
20342 <para>Using this page you can control which options Koha gives patrons on their search results.</para>
20344 <screeninfo>Did you mean?</screeninfo>
20347 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumean.png"/>
20351 <para>To turn on the 'Did you mean?' bar on your search results you need to check the box
20352 next to each plugin you would like to use. The two plugins you have to choose from are:<itemizedlist>
20354 <para>The ExplodedTerms plugin suggests that the user try searching for
20355 broader/narrower/related terms for a given search (e.g. a user searching for "New
20356 York (State)" would click the link for narrower terms if they're also interested in
20357 "New York (City)"). This is only relevant for libraries with highly hierarchical
20358 authority data. </para>
20361 <para>The AuthorityFile plugin searches the authority file and suggests the user might
20362 be interested in bibs linked to the top 5 authorities</para>
20364 </itemizedlist></para>
20365 <para>If you want one plugin to take priority over another you simply drag it above the other.</para>
20367 <screeninfo>Drag and drop options</screeninfo>
20370 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeandrag.png"/>
20374 <para>If you choose both plugins you will see several options at the top of your search results</para>
20376 <screeninfo>Both plugins</screeninfo>
20379 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeanopacexplode.png"/>
20383 <para>If you choose just the AuthorityFile you'll see just authorities.</para>
20385 <screeninfo>AuthorityFile</screeninfo>
20388 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeanopacauth.png"/>
20393 <section id="admincolumns">
20394 <title><link linkend="admincolumns">Column settings</link></title>
20395 <para>This administration area will help you hide or display columns on fixed tables
20396 throughout the staff client. </para>
20399 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Administration > Additional Parameters > Column
20404 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
20407 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/columns.png"/>
20411 <para>Clicking on the module you'd like to edit tables for will show you the options
20412 available to you. </para>
20413 <para>This area lets you control the columns that show in the table in question. If nothing
20414 is hidden you will see no check marks in the 'is hidden by default' column.</para>
20416 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
20419 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/setcurrencynohide.png"/>
20423 <para>And will see all of the columns when viewing the table on its regular page.</para>
20425 <screeninfo>Columns on currency table</screeninfo>
20428 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/currenciesnohide.png"/>
20432 <para>If columns are hidden they will have checks in the 'is hidden by default'
20435 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
20438 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/setcurrencyhide.png"/>
20442 <para>And hidden when you view the table.</para>
20444 <screeninfo>Columns on currency table</screeninfo>
20447 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/currencieshide.png"/>
20451 <para>You can also toggle columns using the 'Show/Hide Columns button in the top right of
20454 <screeninfo>Toggle columns</screeninfo>
20457 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/togglecolumns.png"/>
20462 <section id="audioadmin">
20463 <title><link linkend="audioadmin">Audio alerts</link></title>
20464 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AudioAlerts">AudioAlerts</link> preference set to
20465 'Enable' you will be able to control the various alert sounds that Koha uses from this
20469 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Additional Parameters >
20470 Audio alerts</para>
20473 <para>Each dialog box in Koha has a CSS class assigned to it that can be used as a selector
20474 for a sound.<screenshot>
20475 <screeninfo>Audio alerts</screeninfo>
20478 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/alerts.png"/>
20481 </screenshot></para>
20482 <para>You can edit the defaults by clicking the 'Edit' button to the right of each alert<screenshot>
20483 <screeninfo>Edit alert</screeninfo>
20486 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/editalert.png"/>
20489 </screenshot></para>
20490 <para>You can assign alerts to other CSS classes in Koha by entering that information in the
20491 selector box. For example if you enter
20492 <programlisting id="comment_text_146">body:contains('Check in message')</programlisting></para>
20493 <para>Then when you visit the checkin page you will hear an alert.</para>
20494 <para>Every page in Koha has a unique ID in the body tag which can be used to limit a sound
20495 to a specific page </para>
20496 <para>Any ID selector (where html contains id="name_of_id" ) and can also be a trigger as:
20497 #name_of_selector </para>
20499 <section id="smsadmin">
20500 <title><link linkend="smsadmin">SMS cellular providers</link></title>
20501 <important><para>This option will only appear if the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link>
20502 preference is set to 'Email'</para></important>
20503 <para>From here you can enter as many cellular providers as you need to send SMS notices to
20504 your patrons using the email protocol.<screenshot>
20505 <screeninfo>SMS Providers</screeninfo>
20508 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/smsproviders.png"/>
20511 </screenshot></para>
20512 <para>Some examples in the US are:<table frame="all" id="smsproviderstbl">
20513 <title>SMS Provider Examples</title>
20515 <colspec colname="c1" colnum="1"/>
20516 <colspec colname="c2" colnum="2"/>
20519 <entry>Mobile Carrier</entry>
20520 <entry>SMS Gateway Domain</entry>
20525 <entry>Alltel</entry>
20526 <entry>sms.alltelwireless.com</entry>
20529 <entry>AT&T</entry>
20530 <entry>txt.att.net</entry>
20533 <entry>Boost Mobile</entry>
20534 <entry>sms.myboostmobile.com</entry>
20537 <entry>Project Fi</entry>
20538 <entry>msg.fi.google.com</entry>
20541 <entry>Republic Wireless</entry>
20542 <entry>text.republicwireless.com</entry>
20545 <entry>Sprint</entry>
20546 <entry>messaging.sprintpcs.com</entry>
20549 <entry>T-Mobile</entry>
20550 <entry>tmomail.net</entry>
20553 <entry>U.S. Cellular</entry>
20554 <entry>email.uscc.net</entry>
20557 <entry>Verizon Wireless</entry>
20558 <entry>vtext.com</entry>
20561 <entry>Virgin Mobile</entry>
20562 <entry>vmobl.com</entry>
20568 <para>To add new providers enter the details in the form and click 'Add new' to save.<screenshot>
20569 <screeninfo>Add SMS Provider</screeninfo>
20572 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/smsadd.png"/>
20575 </screenshot></para>
20576 <para>These options will appear in the OPAC for patrons to choose from on the <link linkend="opacmymsgs">messaging tab</link> if you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> enabled.<screenshot>
20577 <screeninfo>Options for providers in the OPAC</screeninfo>
20580 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/smsopacoptions.png"/>
20583 </screenshot></para>
20588 <chapter id="tools">
20589 <title>Tools</title>
20591 <para>Tools in Koha all perform some sort of action. Often many of the
20592 items listed under Tools in Koha are referred to as 'Reports' in other
20593 library management systems.</para>
20597 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools</para>
20601 <section id="patrontools">
20602 <title><link linkend="patrontools">Patrons and Circulation</link></title>
20605 <section id="patronlists">
20606 <title><link linkend="patronlists">Patron lists</link></title>
20609 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons and Circulation >
20610 Patron lists</para>
20613 <para>Patron lists are a way to store a group of patrons for easy modification via the <link linkend="batchpatronmod">batch patron modification tool</link> or reporting.</para>
20615 <screeninfo>Patron lists</screeninfo>
20618 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronlists.png"/>
20622 <para>To create a new list of patrons click the 'New patron list' button</para>
20624 <screeninfo>New patron list</screeninfo>
20627 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/newpatronlist.png"/>
20631 <para>Enter a list name and save the list.</para>
20633 <screeninfo>Empty patron list</screeninfo>
20636 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/addtopatronlist.png"/>
20640 <para>To add patrons to the list click the 'Add patrons' button to the right of the list
20643 <screeninfo>Add patron to a list</screeninfo>
20646 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/addpatrontolist.png"/>
20650 <para>Enter the patron's name or cardnumber in the search box and click on the right result
20651 to add the patron.</para>
20653 <screeninfo>Patrons to add</screeninfo>
20656 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronstoadd.png"/>
20660 <para>Once you have all of the patrons you would like to add you can click the 'Update'
20661 button to save them to the list.</para>
20663 <screeninfo>List of patrons</screeninfo>
20666 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronlist.png"/>
20672 <section id="comments">
20673 <title><link linkend="comments">Comments</link></title>
20677 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
20678 and Circulation > Comments</para>
20682 <para>All comments added by patrons via the OPAC to bibliographic records require moderation
20683 by the librarians. If there are comments awaiting moderation they will be listed on the
20684 main page of the staff client below the module list:</para>
20687 <screeninfo>Comments pending approval</screeninfo>
20691 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentswaiting.png"/>
20695 <para>and next to the Comments tool on the Tools Module<screenshot>
20696 <screeninfo>Comment count on Tools</screeninfo>
20699 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentswaitingtools.png"/>
20702 </screenshot></para>
20704 <para>To moderate comments click on the notification on the main
20705 dashboard or go directly to the Comments Tool and click 'Approve' or
20706 'Delete' to the right of the comments awaiting moderation.</para>
20709 <screeninfo>Comment awaiting moderation</screeninfo>
20713 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentmoderation.png"/>
20718 <para>If there are no comments to moderate you will see a message
20719 saying just that</para>
20722 <screeninfo>No comments to moderate</screeninfo>
20726 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/nocomments.png"/>
20731 <para>You can also review and unapprove comments you have approved in
20732 the past by choosing the 'Approved comments' tab</para>
20735 <screeninfo>Approved comments</screeninfo>
20739 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentapproved.png"/>
20745 <section id="patronimport">
20746 <title><link linkend="patronimport">Patron Import</link></title>
20750 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
20751 and Circulation > Import Patrons</para>
20755 <para>The patron import tool can be used at any time to add patrons in
20756 bulk. It is commonly used in universities and schools when a new batch
20757 of students registers.</para>
20759 <section id="createpatronfile">
20760 <title><link linkend="createpatronfile">Creating Patron File</link></title>
20762 <para>Your Koha installation comes with a blank CSV file that you
20763 can use as a template for your patron records. If you would like to
20764 create the file yourself, make sure that your file has the following
20765 fields in this order as the header row:</para>
20766 <para>cardnumber, surname, firstname, title, othernames, initials, streetnumber,
20767 streettype, address, address2, city, state, zipcode, country, email, phone, mobile, fax,
20768 emailpro, phonepro, B_streetnumber, B_streettype, B_address, B_address2, B_city,
20769 B_state, B_zipcode, B_country, B_email, B_phone, dateofbirth, branchcode, categorycode,
20770 dateenrolled, dateexpiry, gonenoaddress, lost, debarred, debarredcomment, contactname,
20771 contactfirstname, contacttitle, guarantorid, borrowernotes, relationship, ethnicity,
20772 ethnotes, sex, password, flags, userid, opacnote, contactnote, sort1, sort2,
20773 altcontactfirstname, altcontactsurname, altcontactaddress1, altcontactaddress2,
20774 altcontactaddress3, altcontactstate, altcontactzipcode, altcontactcountry,
20775 altcontactphone, smsalertnumber, privacy, patron_attributes </para>
20778 <para>The 'password' should be stored in plaintext, and will be converted to a Bcrypt
20781 <para>If your passwords are already encrypted, talk to your
20782 systems administrator about options</para>
20786 <para>Date formats should match your <link linkend="dateformat">system preference</link>, and must be
20787 zero-padded, e.g. '01/02/2008'.</para>
20791 <para>The fields 'branchcode', 'categorycode' and all fields you have defined in the
20792 <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> preference are
20793 required and must match valid entries in your database.</para>
20797 <para>If loading <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron
20798 attributes</link>, the 'patron_attributes' field should contain a
20799 comma-separated list of attribute types and values.</para>
20803 <para>The attribute type code and a colon should precede each value.<itemizedlist>
20805 <para>For example: "INSTID:12345,BASEBALL:Cubs" </para>
20808 <para>This field must be wrapped in quotes if multiple values are defined.
20812 <para>Since values can contain spaces, additional doubled-quotes may be
20813 required: <itemizedlist>
20815 <para>"INSTID:12345,BASEBALL:Cubs,""BASEBALL:White Sox""" </para>
20817 </itemizedlist></para>
20820 <para>When replacing a patron record, any attributes specified in the input
20821 file replace all of the attribute values of any type that were previously
20822 assigned to the patron record. </para>
20824 </itemizedlist></para>
20830 <section id="importpatrons">
20831 <title><link linkend="importpatrons">Importing Patrons</link></title>
20833 <para>Once you have created your file, you can use the Patron Import
20834 Tool to bring the data into Koha.</para>
20838 <para>Choose your CSV file </para>
20840 <screeninfo>Import Patron Form</screeninfo>
20843 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/importpatrons/importpatrons.png"/>
20849 <para>Choose to match on 'Cardnumber' or 'Username' to prevent adding of duplicate
20850 card numbers to the system</para>
20852 <screeninfo>Patron match options</screeninfo>
20855 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/importpatrons/patronmatch.png"/>
20862 <para>Next you can choose default values to apply to all patrons
20863 you are importing</para>
20867 <para>ex. If you're importing patrons specific to one branch
20868 you can use the field on the Import form to apply the branch
20869 code to all those you are importing.</para>
20875 <para>Finally you need to decide on what data you want to
20876 replace if there are duplicates.</para>
20879 <screeninfo>If match found</screeninfo>
20883 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/importpatrons/patronmatching.png"/>
20890 <para>A matching record is found using the field you chose
20891 for matching criteria to prevent duplication</para>
20895 <para>If you included patron attributes in your file you can
20896 decide whether to add your values to existing values or
20897 erase existing values and enter only your new values.</para>
20905 <section id="notices">
20906 <title><link linkend="notices">Notices & Slips</link></title>
20910 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
20911 and Circulation > Notices & Slips</para>
20915 <para>All notices and circulation receipts (or slips) generated by
20916 Koha can be customized using the Notices & Slips Tool. The system
20917 comes with several predefined templates that will appear when you
20918 first visit this tool.</para>
20921 <screeninfo>Notices & Slips Tool</screeninfo>
20925 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/notices.png"/>
20930 <para>Each notice can be edited, but only a few can be deleted, this
20931 is to prevent system errors should a message try to send without a
20932 template. Each notice and slip can be edited on a per library basis,
20933 by default you will see the notices for all libraries.</para>
20935 <para>If you have a style you'd like applied to all slips you can
20936 point the <link linkend="SlipCSS">SlipCSS</link> preference to a
20937 stylesheet. The same is true for notices, using the <link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link> preference to define a
20939 <para>You will also want to review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips
20940 Field Guide</link> for more information on formatting these notices. </para>
20942 <section id="addnotices">
20943 <title><link linkend="addnotices">Adding Notices & Slips</link></title>
20945 <para>To add a new notice or slip</para>
20949 <para>Click 'New Notice'</para>
20952 <screeninfo>New Notice Form</screeninfo>
20956 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newnotice.png"/>
20963 <para>Choose which library this notice or slip is for<itemizedlist>
20966 <para>Not all notices can be branch specific for more information review the
20967 <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips Field Guide</link>
20968 in this manual. </para>
20971 </itemizedlist></para>
20975 <para>Choose the module this notice is related to</para>
20979 <para>The Code is limited to 20 characters</para>
20984 <para>When working with the overdue notices you want each
20985 notice at each branch to have a unique code. Think about
20986 using the branch code in front of the notice code for each
20994 <para>Use the name field to expand on your Code</para>
20999 <para>With overdue notices, be sure to put your branch
21000 name in the description as well so that it will be visible
21001 when setting up your <link linkend="noticetriggers">triggers</link>.</para>
21008 <para>Next you can customize the notice for every possible delivery method<itemizedlist>
21010 <para>Every notice should have an Email template set for it<screenshot>
21011 <screeninfo>New Email notice</screeninfo>
21014 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newemail.png"/>
21017 </screenshot></para>
21020 <para>If you're using the <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link> service you can set up a Phone notification<screenshot>
21021 <screeninfo>New Phone notice</screeninfo>
21024 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newphone.png"/>
21027 </screenshot></para>
21030 <para>If you plan on printing this notice you can set the Print template next<screenshot>
21031 <screeninfo>New Print notice</screeninfo>
21034 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newprint.png"/>
21037 </screenshot></para>
21040 <para>If you have enabled SMS notices with the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link> preference you can set the text for your SMS notices next<screenshot>
21041 <screeninfo>New SMS notice</screeninfo>
21044 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newsms.png"/>
21047 </screenshot></para>
21049 </itemizedlist></para>
21052 <para>Each notice offers you the same options<itemizedlist>
21054 <para>If you plan on writing the notice or slip in HTML check
21055 the 'HTML Message' box, otherwise the content will be generated
21056 as plain text</para>
21060 <para>Message Subject is what will appear in the subject line of
21065 <para>In the message body feel free to type whatever message you
21066 feel is best, use the fields on the left hand side to enter
21067 individualized data from the from database.</para>
21072 <para>Review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slip
21073 Field Guide</link> for info on what fields can be used here.</para>
21078 <para>Overdue notices can use <<items.content>> tags by themselves,
21079 or use <item></item> to span all of the tags. Learn more about the
21080 <link linkend="noticemarkup">Overdue Notice Markup</link></para>
21083 <para>On overdue notices make sure to use <<items.content>> tags
21084 to print out the data related to all items that are overdue.</para>
21089 <para>The other option, only for overdue notices, is to use the
21090 <item></item> tags to span the line so that it will print out
21091 multiple lines One example for the <item></item> tag option
21093 <para><item>"<<biblio.title>>" by
21094 <<biblio.author>>, <<items.itemcallnumber>>,
21095 Barcode: <<items.barcode>> , Checkout date:
21096 <<issues.issuedate>>, Due date:
21097 <<issues.date_due>> Fine: <<items.fine>> Due date:
21098 <<issues.date_due>> </item></para>
21105 <para>Only the overdue notices take advantage of the <item></item>
21106 tags, all other notices referencing items need to use
21107 <<items.content>></para>
21112 <para>To add today's date you can use the <<today>> syntax</para>
21117 <para>If you don't want to print the patron's full name on your slips or
21118 notice you can enter data in the Other name or Initials field for each
21119 patron and use that value instead.</para>
21124 </itemizedlist></para>
21128 <section id="noticemarkup">
21129 <title><link linkend="noticemarkup">Overdue Notice Markup</link></title>
21131 <para>When creating your overdue notices there are two tags in addition to the various
21132 database fields that you can use in your notices. You will also want to review the
21133 <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips Field Guide</link> for
21134 information on formatting item information in these notices. <important>
21135 <para>These new tags only work on the overdue notices, not other circulation related
21136 notices at this time.</para>
21137 </important>These tags are <item> and </item> which should enclose all
21138 fields from the biblio, biblioitems, and items tables.</para>
21140 <para>An example of using these tags in a notice template might be like:</para>
21142 <programlisting> The following item(s) is/are currently overdue:
21144 <item>"<<biblio.title>>" by <<biblio.author>>, <<items.itemcallnumber>>, Barcode: <<items.barcode>> Fine: <<items.fine>></item></programlisting>
21146 <para>Which, assuming two items were overdue, would result in a notice
21147 like:<programlisting> The following item(s) is/are currently overdue:
21149 "A Short History of Western Civilization" by Harrison, John B, 909.09821 H2451, Barcode: 08030003 Fine: 3.50
21150 "History of Western Civilization" by Hayes, Carlton Joseph Huntley, 909.09821 H3261 v.1, Barcode: 08030004 Fine: 3.50</programlisting></para>
21154 <section id="existingnotices">
21155 <title><link linkend="existingnotices">Existing Notices & Slips</link></title>
21157 <para>Among the default notices are notices for several common actions within Koha. All of
21158 these notices can be customized by altering their text via the Notices & Slips tool
21159 and their style using the <link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link> preference to
21160 define a stylesheet. You will also want to review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips Field Guide</link> for information on formatting item information
21161 in these notices. Here are some of what those notices do:</para>
21165 <para id="ACCTDETAILS">ACCTDETAILS</para>
21169 <para>Sent to patrons when their account is set up if the
21170 <link linkend="AutoEmailOPACUser">AutoEmailOPACUser</link>
21171 preference is set to 'Send'</para>
21177 <para id="ACQCLAIM">ACQCLAIM (Acquisition Claim)</para>
21181 <para>Used in the claim acquisition module</para>
21185 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Acquisitions
21186 > Late issues</para>
21191 <para>CHECKIN<itemizedlist>
21193 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check in' notice for all items that are
21197 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21200 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21203 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
21206 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21210 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21211 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21217 </itemizedlist></para>
21220 <para>CHECKOUT<itemizedlist>
21222 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check out' notice for all items that are
21226 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21229 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21232 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
21235 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21239 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21240 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21246 </itemizedlist></para>
21249 <para>DUE<itemizedlist>
21251 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Item due' for an item is due</para>
21254 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21257 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21260 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
21263 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21267 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21268 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21274 </itemizedlist></para>
21277 <para>DUEDGST<itemizedlist>
21279 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Item due' for all items that are due</para>
21282 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21285 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21288 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice as a digest</para>
21291 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21295 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21296 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21302 </itemizedlist></para>
21306 <para id="HOLDnotice">HOLD (Hold Available for Pickup)</para>
21310 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21314 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
21315 is set to 'Allow'</para>
21319 <para>The patron has requested to receive this
21324 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC >
21325 Login > my messaging</para>
21329 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client
21330 > Patron Record > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21338 <para>When this notice references the branches table it is
21339 referring to the pickup branch information.</para>
21345 <para id="HOLDPLACED">HOLDPLACED (a notice to the library staff
21346 that a hold has been placed)</para>
21350 <para>This notice requires the <link linkend="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</link>
21351 system preference to be set to 'Enable'</para>
21355 <para>When this notice references the branches table it is
21356 referring to the pickup branch information.</para>
21361 <para>MEMBERSHIP_EXPIRY<itemizedlist>
21363 <para>This notice can be sent to patrons to warn them that their cards are
21364 expiring soon.</para>
21367 <para>Requires that you have the <link linkend="MembershipExpiryDaysNotice">MembershipExpiryDaysNotice</link> set and the <link linkend="patronexpirycron">related cron job</link> set.</para>
21369 </itemizedlist></para>
21373 <para id="ODUE">ODUE (Overdue Notice)</para>
21377 <para>This notice is used to send Overdue Notices to
21382 <para>See a <link linkend="samplenotice">Sample Overdue
21383 Notice</link></para>
21387 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice/Status
21388 Triggers</link></para>
21393 <para>PREDUE<itemizedlist>
21395 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Advanced notice' for an item is due</para>
21398 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21401 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21404 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
21407 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21411 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21412 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21418 </itemizedlist></para>
21421 <para>PREDUEDGST<itemizedlist>
21423 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Advanced notice' for all items that are
21427 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
21430 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21433 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice as a digest</para>
21436 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21440 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21441 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21447 </itemizedlist></para>
21450 <para>RENEWAL<itemizedlist>
21452 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check out' notice for all items that are
21456 <para>This notice is used if three criteria are met:</para>
21459 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
21462 <para>The <link linkend="RenewalSendNotice">RenewalSendNotice</link>
21463 preference is set to 'Send'</para>
21466 <para>The patron has requested to receive the checkout notice</para>
21469 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
21473 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
21474 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
21480 </itemizedlist></para>
21484 <para id="RLIST">RLIST (Routing List)</para>
21488 <para>Used in the serials module to notify patrons/staff of
21489 new issues of a serial</para>
21493 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials
21494 > <link linkend="newsubscription">New
21495 Subscription</link></para>
21501 <para>You have the option to select the 'Routing List'
21502 notice when creating a new subscription (Choose from the
21503 'Patron notification' drop down).</para>
21508 <para>Notice also that if you'd like to notify patrons of
21509 new serial issues, you can click on 'define a notice'
21510 which will take you to the 'Notices' tool</para>
21516 <para>SHARE_ACCEPT<itemizedlist>
21518 <para>Used to notify a patron when another patron has accepted their shared
21522 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> to 'Allow'</para>
21524 </itemizedlist></para>
21527 <para>SHARE_INVITE <itemizedlist>
21529 <para>Used to notify a patron that another patron would like to share a list
21533 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> to 'Allow'</para>
21535 </itemizedlist></para>
21537 <listitem id="toprocessnotice">
21538 <para>TO_PROCESS<itemizedlist>
21540 <para>Used to notify a staff member if a purchase suggestion has been moved to
21541 the fund they manage</para>
21544 <para>Requires the <link linkend="emailsuggestfund">notice_unprocessed_suggestions</link> cron job</para>
21546 </itemizedlist></para>
21550 <para>There are also a set of predefined slips (or receipts) listed
21551 on this page. All of these slips can be customized by altering their
21552 text via the Notices & Slips tool and their style using the
21553 <link linkend="SlipCSS">SlipCSS</link> preference to define a
21554 stylesheet. Here is what those slips are used for:</para>
21558 <para>ISSUEQSLIP</para>
21562 <para>Used to print the quick slip in circulation</para>
21566 <para>The quick slip only includes items that were checked
21573 <para>ISSUESLIP</para>
21577 <para>Used to print a full slip in circulation</para>
21581 <para>The slip or receipt will show items checked out today
21582 as well as items that are still checked out</para>
21588 <para>HOLD_SLIP</para>
21592 <para>Used to print a holds slip</para>
21596 <para>The holds slip is generated when a hold is
21602 <para>TRANSFERSLIP</para>
21605 <para>Used to print a transfer slip</para>
21608 <para>The transfer slip is printed when you confirm a transfer from one branch to
21609 another in your system</para>
21617 <section id="noticetriggers">
21618 <title><link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice/Status Triggers</link></title>
21622 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
21623 and Circulation > Overdue Notice/Status Triggers</para>
21627 <para>In order to send the overdue notices that you defined using the
21628 <link linkend="notices">Notices</link> tool, you need to first set the
21629 triggers to have these messages.</para>
21632 <para>In order to have overdue notices sent to your patrons, you
21633 need to <link linkend="addingpatroncat">set that patron
21634 category</link> to require overdue notices.</para>
21638 <para>Depending on the value of your <link linkend="OverdueNoticeCalendar">OverdueNoticeCalendar</link> preference the delay may or may not include days the
21639 library is closed based on the <link linkend="calholidays">holiday
21640 calendar</link>.</para>
21641 </important>The Overdue Notice/Status Triggers tool gives the librarian the power to send
21642 up to three notices to each patron type notifying them of overdue items</para>
21645 <screeninfo>Overdue Notice/Status Triggers Tool</screeninfo>
21649 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/triggers.png"/>
21656 <para>Delay is the number of days after an issue is due before an
21657 action is triggered.</para>
21662 <para>If you want Koha to trigger an action (send a letter
21663 or restrict member), a delay value is required.</para>
21670 <para>To send additional notices, click on the tabs for 'Second'
21671 and 'Third' notice</para>
21675 <para>If you would like to prevent a patron from checking items out because of their
21676 overdue items, check the 'Restrict' box, this will put a notice on the patron's record
21677 at checkout informing the librarian that the patron cannot check out due to overdue items.<itemizedlist>
21679 <para>If you choose to restrict a patron in this way you can also have Koha
21680 automatically remove that restriction with the <link linkend="AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions">AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions</link>
21683 </itemizedlist></para>
21687 <para>Next you can choose the delivery method for the overdue notice. You can choose
21688 from Email, Phone (if you are using the <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">iTiva Talking Tech service</link>),
21689 Print and SMS (if you have set your <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link>). <itemizedlist>
21692 <para>The Feed option is not yet a feature in Koha, it is there for future
21693 development.</para>
21696 </itemizedlist></para>
21699 <para>See a <link linkend="samplenotice">Sample Overdue Notice</link></para>
21704 <section id="patroncardcreator">
21705 <title><link linkend="patroncardcreator">Patron Card Creator</link></title>
21709 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator</para>
21713 <para>The Patron Card Creator allow you to use layouts and templates which you design to
21714 print your custom patron cards on your printer. Here are some of the features of the
21715 Patron Card Creator module:</para>
21719 <para>Customize patron card layouts with text retrieved from the Koha patron data</para>
21723 <para>Design custom card templates for printed patron cards (to match the label
21728 <para>Build and manage batches of patron cards to print</para>
21732 <para>Export (as PDF) single or multiple batches to print</para>
21736 <para>Export (as PDF) single or multiple patron cards from within a batch</para>
21739 <section id="cardlayouts">
21740 <title><link linkend="cardlayouts">Layouts</link></title>
21743 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
21744 Manage > Layouts</para>
21747 <para>A layout defines the text and images that will be printed on to the card and where
21748 it will appear. <note>
21749 <para>Up to three lines of text, the patron's number in barcode representation and up
21750 to two images can be printed on to the card.</para>
21752 <section id="addcardlayout">
21753 <title><link linkend="addcardlayout">Add a Layout</link></title>
21754 <para>If you have no layouts defined, you will add a new layout by clicking the 'New'
21755 button and choosing 'Layout'.<screenshot>
21756 <screeninfo>New layout button</screeninfo>
21759 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newlayout.png"/>
21762 </screenshot></para>
21763 <para>You may also choose to press 'Manage layout' on the left side. Here you are
21764 offered a list of available layouts you can select for editing. But at the top of the
21765 page there is still the 'New layout' button.</para>
21767 <screeninfo>Add New Layout</screeninfo>
21770 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addlayout.png"/>
21776 <para>The name you assign to the layout is for your benefit, name it something that
21777 will be easy to identify at a later date</para>
21780 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement scale you're going to
21781 be using for your layout.</para>
21783 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
21786 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
21793 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
21794 Millimeters </para>
21800 <para>Next note if this layout is for the front or the back of the patron
21806 <para>You will need a layout for both the front and back of your card if you
21807 have 2-sided library cards, this option doesn't allow you to print two
21808 sided cards, just lets you track which side of the card you're
21816 <para>You have the option of adding up to 3 lines of text to your card. Your text
21817 can be static text of your choosing and/or fields from the patron record. If you
21818 want to print fields from the patron record you want to put the field names in
21819 brackets like so - <firstname><itemizedlist>
21822 <para>A full list of field names can be found in the database schema at
21823 <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
21826 </itemizedlist></para>
21829 <para>For each line of text, you can choose your font, font size and the location of
21830 the text on the card using the lower X and Y coordinates</para>
21833 <para>In order to show the barcode and the patron card number you will need to check
21834 the 'Print Card Number as Barcode' option. This will turn the patron card number
21835 into a barcode. If you want the number to print in human readable format you will
21836 need to check the 'Print Card Number as Text Under Barcode' option.</para>
21839 <para>Finally you can choose up to two images to print on the card.</para>
21842 <para>One can be the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">patron image</link>
21843 which you can resize to meet your needs.</para>
21846 <para>The other image can be something like a library logo or symbol that you
21847 uploaded using the '<link linkend="managecardimages">Manage Images</link>'
21848 module of the Patron Card Creator Tool.</para>
21854 <para>It is the designers responsibility to define textlines, barcode and images
21855 such that overlap is avoided.</para>
21856 </important>After saving, your layouts will appear on the 'Manage layouts'
21859 <screeninfo>Manage Layouts</screeninfo>
21862 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/managelayouts.png"/>
21869 <section id="patrontemplate">
21870 <title><link linkend="patrontemplate">Templates</link></title>
21874 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
21875 Manage > Card templates</para>
21879 <para>A template describes the arrangement of labels on the label sheet/card stock you are
21880 using. This might be Avery 5160 for address labels, Gaylord 47-284 for spine labels or
21881 Avery 28371 for your patron cards, just to give a couple of examples. All of the
21882 information you will need for setting up a template may be on the packaging, and if not
21883 it can usually be found on the vendor's website or can be measured from a sample
21886 <section id="addcardtemplate">
21887 <title><link linkend="addcardtemplate">Add a Template</link></title>
21889 <para>To add a new template click on the 'New template' button at the top of your page
21890 which brings you to the Edit template form immediately. You may also choose to press
21891 'Manage templates' on the left side. Here you are offered a list of available
21892 templates you can select for editing. But in the top of the page there is still the
21893 'New template' button.</para>
21895 <screeninfo>New template button</screeninfo>
21898 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newtemplate.png"/>
21903 <para>Using the form that appears after pressing either 'Edit' or 'New template'you can
21904 define the template for your sheet of labels or cards. </para>
21907 <screeninfo>Add Patron Card Template</screeninfo>
21911 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/edittemplate.png"/>
21918 <para>Template ID is simply a system generated unique id</para>
21922 <para>Template Code should be the name of this template to identify it on a list of
21927 <para>You can use the Template Description to add additional
21928 information about the template</para>
21932 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement scale you're going to
21933 be using for the template. </para>
21935 <screeninfo>Measurement Units</screeninfo>
21938 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
21945 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
21946 Millimeters </para>
21953 <para>The measurements (page height, page width, card width, card height) may be on
21954 the packaging, and if not it can usually be found on the vendor's website or can
21955 be measured from a sample sheet.</para>
21959 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given template just prior to
21960 printing which compensates for anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer
21961 (to which the profile is assigned). </para>
21965 <para>Before defining a profile try printing some sample cards so that you can
21966 take measurements to define a profile to perform the right adjustments for
21967 your printer/template combination.</para>
21971 <para>After finding and documenting any anomalies in the printed document, then
21972 you can <link linkend="addcardprofile">create a profile</link> and assign it
21973 to the template.</para>
21978 <para>Do not specify a profile unless needed, i.e. do not click to define a
21979 printer profile. It is not possible to remove a profile from a template
21980 but you can switch to another profile. </para>
21986 <para>If you are using different printers you may be required to define
21987 several templates that are identical only different profiles are
21995 <para>After saving, your templates will appear on the 'Manage templates' page.</para>
21998 <screeninfo>Manage Templates</screeninfo>
22002 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/managetemplates.png"/>
22009 <section id="patronprofile">
22010 <title><link linkend="patronprofile">Profiles</link></title>
22014 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
22015 Manage > Profiles</para>
22019 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given <link linkend="patrontemplate">template</link> just prior to printing which compensates for
22020 anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer. This means if you set a template up
22021 and then print a sample set of data and find that the items are not all aligned the same
22022 on each card, you need to set up a profile for each printer (or even different tray
22023 selections on the same printer) to make up for the differences in printing styles, such
22024 as the shifting of text to the left, right, top or bottom.</para>
22026 <para>If your cards are printing just the way you want, you will not
22027 need a profile.</para>
22029 <section id="addcardprofile">
22030 <title><link linkend="addcardprofile">Add a Profile</link></title>
22032 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'Profiles'
22033 button at the top of your page and choose 'New Profile'</para>
22036 <screeninfo>New Profile Button</screeninfo>
22040 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newprofile.png"/>
22044 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'New profile' button at the top of
22045 your page. Using the form that appears you can define the values to correct the card
22046 misalignments on your label sheet. You may also choose 'Manage profiles' on the left
22047 side and select one of the currently available profiles for editing.</para>
22050 <screeninfo>Add Printer Profile</screeninfo>
22054 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addprofile.png"/>
22061 <para>The Printer Name and Paper Bin do not have to match your printer exactly, they
22062 are for your reference so you can remember what printer you have set the profile
22063 for. <itemizedlist>
22067 <para>For example: if you want to use the Printer model number in printer
22068 name you can, or you can call it 'the printer on my desk'</para>
22072 </itemizedlist></para>
22076 <para>Template will be filled in once you have chosen which
22077 template to apply the profile to on the <link linkend="addcardtemplate">template edit form</link></para>
22081 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
22082 scale you're going to be using for your profile.</para>
22085 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
22089 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
22096 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
22097 Millimeters </para>
22104 <para>Offset should be used when the entire image is off center either vertically or
22105 horizontally. Creep describes a condition where the distance between the labels changes
22106 across the page or up and down the page<itemizedlist>
22108 <para>For offset and creep values, negative numbers move the printed
22109 information up and to the left on the printed sheet and positive numbers
22110 move down and to the right</para>
22113 <para>Example: the text is printed 0 .25" from the left edge of the first label,
22114 0 .28" from the left edge of the second label and 0 .31" from the left edge of
22115 the third label. This means the horizontal creep should be set to (minus)
22116 -0.03 " to make up for this difference.</para>
22118 </itemizedlist></para>
22122 <para>After saving, your profiles will appear on the 'Manage Printer Profiles'
22126 <screeninfo>Manage Profiles</screeninfo>
22130 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/manageprofiles.png"/>
22135 <para>Once you have saved your new profile, you can return to the
22136 list of templates and choose to edit the template that this
22137 profile is for.</para>
22141 <section id="patroncardbatches">
22142 <title><link linkend="patroncardbatches">Batches</link></title>
22146 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
22147 Manage > Card batches</para>
22151 <para>A batch is a collection of patrons for whom you want to
22152 generate cards.</para>
22154 <section id="addcardbatch">
22155 <title><link linkend="addcardbatch">Add a Batch</link></title>
22157 <para>To add a new batch, you want to click on the 'New batches' button at the top of
22158 your page. Choosing the menu item 'Manage batches' on the left a list of already
22159 defined batches is displayed. In this display you can either select a batch for
22160 editing or add a new batch.</para>
22163 <screeninfo>New Batch Button</screeninfo>
22167 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newbatch.png"/>
22171 <para> For a new batch a message pops up and directs you to select patrons to be
22172 processed in this batch.<screenshot>
22173 <screeninfo>No items in batch</screeninfo>
22176 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/noitemsbatch.png"/>
22179 </screenshot></para>
22181 <para>After choosing the 'Add item(s)' button the Patron Search window pops up.<screenshot>
22182 <screeninfo>Patron search</screeninfo>
22185 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/patronsearch.png"/>
22188 </screenshot></para>
22189 <para>From here you can search for patrons to add to your batch by any part of their
22190 name, their category and/or library. Entering * in the search box will display all the
22191 patrons. <screenshot>
22192 <screeninfo>Patron search results</screeninfo>
22195 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addpatrons.png"/>
22198 </screenshot></para>
22199 <para>From the results you can add patrons to the batch by clicking the 'Add' button.
22200 After adding patrons from the results you can start over and perform another search or
22201 click 'Close' at the bottom of the screen to indicate that you are done. You will then
22202 be presented with your batch.<screenshot>
22203 <screeninfo>Patron batch</screeninfo>
22206 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/batchsummary.png"/>
22209 </screenshot></para>
22210 <para>If you are satisfied with your batch you can proceed to export. If you want to
22211 correct or even delete that batch the buttons to do so can be found at the top of your
22212 screen. You can always come back here through the 'Manage > Card batches' button. </para>
22213 <para>If you would like to export all patron cards you can click 'Export card batch'
22214 otherwise you can choose specific patrons to print cards for by checking the box to
22215 the right of their names and then choose 'Export selected card(s)' at the top. </para>
22216 <para>The export menu will ask you to choose a template, a layout and starting position
22217 (where on the sheet should printing begin).<note>
22218 <para>For the starting position if the first 6 labels have already been used on your
22219 sheet you can start printing on label in position 7 on the sheet. The labels are
22220 numbered left to right from top to bottom.</para>
22221 </note><screenshot>
22222 <screeninfo>Export batch</screeninfo>
22225 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/export.png"/>
22228 </screenshot></para>
22229 <para>Once you click 'Export' you will be presented with a PDF of your labels for printing<screenshot>
22230 <screeninfo>PDF Export</screeninfo>
22233 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/pdf.png"/>
22236 </screenshot></para>
22237 <para>When you open the PDF you will see the cards for printing</para>
22239 <screeninfo>Final cards</screeninfo>
22242 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/cards.png"/>
22246 <para>The above image shows a layout that is made up of two textlines. The first one is
22247 just plain text, the second one is composed of the <firstname> <surname> fields.
22248 A patron image is printed (if available) and the barcode of patrons number is
22249 displayed in code 39. All this is printed on a template with three columns and 8 rows
22250 using position 1-3 here. When printing this PDF please take care that your printer
22251 doesn't rescale the PDF (e.g do not fit to paper size) otherwise the printer will not
22252 be able to print to the right place per your templates.</para>
22256 <section id="managecardimages">
22257 <title><link linkend="managecardimages">Manage Images</link></title>
22261 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
22262 Manage > Images</para>
22266 <para>Images uploaded using this tool will appear on the menu when
22267 creating <link linkend="cardlayouts">patron card layouts</link>. You
22268 are limited in how many images you can upload (not counting patron
22269 images) by the <link linkend="ImageLimit">ImageLimit</link> system
22273 <para>Images must be under 500k in size.</para>
22277 <para>Pictures uploaded with this tool should be at least 300dpi
22278 which is the minimum quality for a printable image.</para>
22281 <para>In the center of the screen is a simple upload form, simply
22282 browse for the file on your computer and give it a name you'll
22283 recognize later.</para>
22286 <screeninfo>Upload Images</screeninfo>
22290 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imageupload.png"/>
22295 <para>Once the file is uploaded you will be presented with a
22296 confirmation message.</para>
22299 <screeninfo>Image Uploaded</screeninfo>
22303 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imageuploaded.png"/>
22308 <para>And the image will be listed with all of your others on the
22309 right hand side of the page.</para>
22312 <screeninfo>Images</screeninfo>
22316 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imagedelete.png"/>
22321 <para>To delete one or multiple of these images, click the checkbox
22322 to the right of each image you want to delete and click the 'Delete'
22327 <section id="anonpatrons">
22328 <title><link linkend="anonpatrons">Patrons (anonymize, bulk-delete)</link></title>
22332 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
22333 and Circulation > Patrons (anonymize, bulk-delete)</para>
22336 <para>This tool allows you to bulk anonymize circulation histories (this means that you keep
22337 records of how many times items were checked out - but not the patrons who checked the
22338 items out) or bulk delete patrons (remove them from the system completely).<important>
22339 <para>Patrons with outstanding fines or items checked out are not saved. They are not
22340 completely removed from the system (they are only moved to the delete_borrowers
22341 table), but this tool does not provide as many checks as one may desire.</para>
22342 </important></para>
22344 <para>Before using this tool it is recommended that you backup your database. Changes made
22345 here are permanent.</para>
22348 <para>The anonymization will fail quietly if <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> preference does not contain a valid value.</para>
22352 <screeninfo>Patron Anonymize/Bulk Delete Tool</screeninfo>
22356 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronbulkdelete.png"/>
22361 <para>To either delete or anonymize patrons</para>
22365 <para>Check the 'Verify' box on the task you would like to complete (Delete or
22370 <para>Enter a date before which you want to alter the data</para>
22373 <para>If deleting patrons you can also choose to find patrons who<itemizedlist>
22375 <para>have not borrowed since a specific date</para>
22378 <para>have accounts that will expire before a specific date</para>
22381 <para>are in a specific <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link></para>
22384 <para>are in a <link linkend="patronlists">patron list</link></para>
22386 </itemizedlist></para>
22390 <para>Click 'Next'</para>
22394 <para>A confirmation will appear asking if you're sure this is
22395 what you want to happen</para>
22398 <screeninfo>Patron Anonymize/Bulk Delete
22399 Confirmation</screeninfo>
22403 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronanonconfirm.png"/>
22410 <para>Clicking 'Finish' will delete or anonymize your data</para>
22413 <screeninfo>Completed Process</screeninfo>
22417 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronanoncomplete.png"/>
22425 <section id="batchpatronmod">
22426 <title><link linkend="batchpatronmod">Batch patron modification</link></title>
22430 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
22431 and Circulation > Batch patron modification</para>
22435 <para>With this tool you can make edits to a batch of patron records. Simply load in a file
22436 of cardnumbers (one per line), choose from a <link linkend="patronlists">list of
22437 patrons</link> or scan patron card numbers in to the box provided.</para>
22440 <screeninfo>Batch patron modification</screeninfo>
22444 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/batchmodify.png"/>
22449 <para>Once you have the file loaded or the barcodes scanned click
22450 'Continue.' You will be presented with a list of the patrons and the
22451 changes you can make.</para>
22454 <screeninfo>Patrons to modify</screeninfo>
22458 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/modifyform.png"/>
22463 <para>To the left of each text box there is a checkbox. Clicking that
22464 checkbox will clear our the field values. <important>
22465 <para>If the field is mandatory you will not be able to clear the
22466 value in it.</para>
22467 </important></para>
22469 <para>If you have multiple patron attributes you can change them all
22470 by using the plus (+) sign to the right of the text box. This will
22471 allow you to add another attribute value.</para>
22474 <screeninfo>Editing patron attributes</screeninfo>
22478 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/attributes.png"/>
22483 <para>Once you have made the changes you want, you can click 'Save'
22484 and Koha will present you with the changed patron records.</para>
22487 <section id="tagsmoderation">
22488 <title><link linkend="tagsmoderation">Tag Moderation</link></title>
22492 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
22493 and Circulation > Tags</para>
22497 <para>Depending on your <link linkend="taggingprefs">tagging system preferences</link>,
22498 librarians may need to approve tags before they are published on the OPAC. This is done
22499 via the Tag Moderation Tool. If there are tags awaiting moderation they will be listed on
22500 the main staff dashboard under the module labels:</para>
22503 <screeninfo>Tags pending approval</screeninfo>
22507 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/pendingtags.png"/>
22512 <para>To moderate the tags visit the Tags tool. When first visiting
22513 the tool, you will be presented with a list of tags that are pending
22514 approval or rejection by a librarian</para>
22517 <screeninfo>Tags pending moderation</screeninfo>
22521 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagpending.png"/>
22528 <para>To see all of the titles this tag was added to simply click on the term<screenshot>
22529 <screeninfo>Titles with a specific tag</screeninfo>
22532 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/taggedtitles.png"/>
22535 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
22537 <para>From this list of titles you can remove a tag without outright rejecting it
22538 from being used in the future by clicking the 'Remove tag' button to the right
22539 of the title.</para>
22541 </itemizedlist></para>
22544 <para>To approve a tag, you can either click the 'Approve' button in line with the term,
22545 or check all terms you want to approve and click 'Approve' below the table.</para>
22549 <para>To reject a tag, you can either click the 'Reject' button in
22550 line with the term, or check all terms you want to approve and
22551 click 'Reject' below the table.</para>
22555 <para>Once a tag has been approved or rejected it will be moved to the
22556 appropriate list of tags. A summary of all tags will appear on the
22557 right of the screen.</para>
22560 <screeninfo>Summary of tags</screeninfo>
22564 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagsummary.png"/>
22569 <para>Even though a tag is approved or rejected, it can still be moved
22570 to another list. When viewing approved tags each tag has the option to
22574 <screeninfo>Approved Tags</screeninfo>
22578 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagapproved.png"/>
22583 <para>To check terms against the approved and rejected lists (and
22584 possibly against <link linkend="TagsExternalDictionary">the
22585 dictionary</link> you have assigned for tag moderation) simply enter
22586 the term into the search box on the bottom right of the screen to see
22587 the status of the term</para>
22590 <screeninfo>Sample Check list test search</screeninfo>
22594 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagblacklisttest-neither.png"/>
22598 <para>Finally you can find tags by using the filters on the left.</para>
22600 <screeninfo>Tag filters</screeninfo>
22603 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagfilters.png"/>
22609 <section id="uploadpatronimages">
22610 <title><link linkend="uploadpatronimages">Upload Patron Images</link></title>
22614 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
22615 and Circulation > Upload Patron Images</para>
22619 <para>Patron images can be uploaded in bulk if you are <link linkend="patronimages">allowing patron images</link> to be attached to
22620 patron records. These images can also be used when creating <link linkend="patroncardcreator">patron cards</link>.</para>
22624 <para>Create a txt file and title it "DATALINK.TXT" or
22625 "IDLINK.TXT"</para>
22629 <para>On each line in the text file enter the patron's card number
22630 followed by comma (or tab) and then the image file name</para>
22633 <screeninfo>Sample file and image</screeninfo>
22637 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/uploadphotosfile.png"/>
22644 <para>Make sure that your TXT file is a plain text document,
22651 <para>Zip up the text file and the image files</para>
22655 <para>Go to the Upload Patron Images Tool</para>
22658 <screeninfo>Upload Image Tool for Single Image</screeninfo>
22662 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/uploadimagetool.png"/>
22669 <para>For a single image, simply point to the image file and enter
22670 the patron card number</para>
22674 <para>For multiple images, choose to upload a zip file</para>
22678 <para>After uploading you will be presented with a
22679 confirmation</para>
22682 <screeninfo>Image Upload Confirmation</screeninfo>
22686 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/imageuploadconfirm.png"/>
22694 <para>There is a limit of 100K on the size of the picture uploaded and it is recommended
22695 that the image be 200x300 pixels, but smaller images will work as well.</para>
22698 <section id="rotatingcollections">
22702 <firstname>Cindy</firstname>
22703 <surname>Murdock Ames</surname>
22705 <orgname>Meadville Public Library | CCFLS</orgname>
22709 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
22710 <surname>Engard</surname>
22713 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
22715 <title><link linkend="rotatingcollections">Rotating Collections</link></title>
22718 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog > Rotating
22722 <para>Rotating Collections is a tool for managing collections of materials that frequently
22723 get shifted from library to library. It adds the ability to store not only an item's home
22724 library and current location but also information about where it is supposed to be
22725 transferred to next to ensure that all items in the collection are sent to the correct
22726 library. When an item in a rotating collection is checked in, library staff is notified
22727 that the item is part of a rotating collection and which branch it should be sent to if it
22728 is not at the correct one.</para>
22730 <para>The <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link> system preference
22731 must be set to "Don't automatically transfer items to their home library when they are
22732 returned" for Rotating Collections to function properly.</para>
22736 <para>To create a new rotating collection, click the "New Collection" button, fill in
22737 the Title and Description, and click Submit. Once submitted you'll see "Collection
22738 Name added successfully"; click "Return to rotating collections home" to return to the
22739 main Rotating Collections management page (or click Rotating Collections in the
22743 <para>To add items to a collection, click "Add or remove items" next to the collection's
22744 name in the list of collections. Under "Add or remove items" scan or type in the
22745 barcode of the item you wish to add to the collection, and hit Enter or click Submit
22746 if necessary.</para>
22749 <para>To remove an item from a collection, either click Remove next to the item's
22750 barcode in the list of items within the collection or check the "Remove item from
22751 collection" box next to the Barcode text box under "Add or remove items, and scan or
22752 type in the barcode, clicking Submit or hitting Enter if necessary. Note: The "Remove
22753 item from collection" checkbox will remain checked as long as you are on the "Add or
22754 remove items" page, unless you uncheck it, to facilitate quickly removing a number of
22755 items at a time by scanning their barcodes. </para>
22758 <section id="transferrotatingcollection">
22759 <title><link linkend="transferrotatingcollection">Transfer a Rotating Collection</link></title>
22760 <para>Transferring a collection will:</para>
22763 <para>Change the current location of the items in that collection to the library it is
22764 to be transferred to</para>
22767 <para>Initiate a transfer from its original current location/holding library to the
22768 current location/holding library it is to be rotated to. When a library receives a
22769 collection they will need to check in the items to complete the transfer.</para>
22772 <para>You can transfer a collection in one of two ways:</para>
22775 <para>From the main Rotating Collections page, click on Transfer next to the title of
22776 the collection you wish to transfer; choose the library you wish to transfer the
22777 collection to and click "Transfer collection".</para>
22780 <para>Or, from the "add or remove items" page for a collection, you can click the
22781 Transfer button, choose the library you wish to transfer the collection to and click
22782 "Transfer Collection".</para>
22786 <para>In order to complete the transfer process, the library receiving the rotating
22787 collection should check in all items from the collection as they receive them. This
22788 will clear the transfer so that the items are no longer shown as being "in
22791 <para>If an item in a rotating collection is checked in at a library other than the one it
22792 is supposed to be transferred to, a notification will appear notifying library staff
22793 that the item is part of a rotating collection, also letting them know where the item
22794 needs to be sent.</para>
22796 <screeninfo>Rotating Collection Item Notification</screeninfo>
22799 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/rotatingcollections/rotatingcollectionnotice.png"/>
22809 <section id="catalogtools">
22810 <title><link linkend="catalogtools">Catalog</link></title>
22814 <section id="batchmodifyitems">
22815 <title><link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch item modification</link></title>
22819 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
22820 > Batch item modification</para>
22824 <para>This tool will allow you to modify a batch of item records in
22828 <screeninfo>Batch Modification Tool</screeninfo>
22832 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmod.png"/>
22837 <para>From the tool you can choose to upload a file of barcodes or item ids, or you can scan
22838 items one by one into the box below the upload tool. You can also decide the items edited
22839 should be populated with the default values you have defined in your <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">default framework</link>.</para>
22840 <para>Once you have your file uploaded or the barcodes listed you can click
22844 <screeninfo>Batch Modify Summary</screeninfo>
22848 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodsummary.png"/>
22853 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the items you want to modify. From here you
22854 can uncheck the items you don't want to modify before making changes in the form below.
22855 You can also hide columns you don't need to see to prevent having to scroll from left to
22856 right to see the entire item form.<note>
22857 <para>To uncheck all items thar are currently checked out you can click the 'Clear on
22858 loan' link at the top of the form.</para>
22861 <para>Using the edit form you can choose which fields to make edits
22862 to. By checking the checkbox to the right of each field you can clear
22863 the values in that field for the records you are modifying.</para>
22866 <screeninfo>Choose fields you want to change in bulk</screeninfo>
22870 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodform.png"/>
22875 <para>Once you have made you changes you will be presented with the
22876 resulting items.</para>
22879 <screeninfo>Item results summary</screeninfo>
22883 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodresults.png"/>
22889 <para>You can also edit items on one bib record in a batch by going
22890 to the bib record and clicking Edit > Edit items in batch</para>
22894 <screeninfo>Edit items in a batch</screeninfo>
22898 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/editinbatch.png"/>
22904 <section id="batchdeleteitems">
22905 <title><link linkend="batchdeleteitems">Batch item deletion</link></title>
22909 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
22910 > Batch item deletion</para>
22914 <para>This tool will allow you to delete a batch of item records from
22917 <para>From the tool you can choose to upload a file of barcodes or
22918 item ids, or you can scan items one by one into the box below the
22919 upload tool.</para>
22922 <screeninfo>Batch Deletion Tool</screeninfo>
22926 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/batchdel.png"/>
22931 <para>Once you have your file uploaded or the barcodes scanned you can
22932 click 'Continue.'</para>
22934 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation screen. From here you can uncheck the items
22935 you don't want to delete and decide if Koha should delete the bib record if the last item
22936 is being deleted before clicking 'Delete selected items.' If you'd like you can delete
22937 the bibliogrphic record if you're deleting the last item by clicking the checkbox next to
22938 'Delete records if no items remain'.</para>
22941 <screeninfo>Confirm Deletion</screeninfo>
22945 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/confirmbatchdel.png"/>
22950 <para>If your file (or list of scanned barcodes) has more than 1000
22951 barcodes, Koha will be unable to present you with a list of the items.
22952 You will still be able to delete them, but not able to choose which
22953 items specifically to delete or delete the biblio records.</para>
22956 <screeninfo>More than 1000 records in the file</screeninfo>
22960 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/toomanytodelete.png"/>
22965 <para>If the items are checked out you will be presented with an error
22966 after clicking 'Delete selected items' and the items will not be
22970 <screeninfo>Items not Deleted</screeninfo>
22974 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/nobatchdel.png"/>
22979 <para>If the items can be deleted they will be and you will be
22980 presented with a confirmation of your deletion.</para>
22983 <screeninfo>Batch Deletion Confirmation</screeninfo>
22987 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/batchdeldone.png"/>
22992 <section id="batchrecorddelete">
22993 <title><link linkend="batchrecorddelete">Batch record deletion</link></title>
22994 <para>This tool will take a batch of record numbers for either bibliographic records or
22995 authority records and allow you to delete all those records and any items attached to them
22996 in a batch. <screenshot>
22997 <screeninfo>Batch record deletion</screeninfo>
23000 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchrecorddel/tool.png"/>
23003 </screenshot></para>
23004 <para>First you need to tell the tool if you're deleting bibliographic or authority records.
23005 Next you can load a file with biblionumbers or authids or enter a list of those numbers in
23006 the box provided. Once you submit the form you will be presented with a summary of the
23007 records you are trying to delete.<screenshot>
23008 <screeninfo>Summary</screeninfo>
23011 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchrecorddel/summary.png"/>
23014 </screenshot></para>
23015 <para>If a record you want to delete can't be deleted it will be highlighted. </para>
23016 <para>Check the records you want to delete and click the 'Delete selected records' button to
23017 finish the process.</para>
23019 <section id="batchrecordmod">
23020 <title><link linkend="batchrecordmod">Batch Record Modification</link></title>
23023 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog > Batch record
23024 modification</para>
23027 <para>This tool will allow you to edit batches of bibliographic and/or authority records
23028 using <link linkend="marcmodtemplates">MARC Modification Templates</link>. Before visiting
23029 this tool you will want to set up at least one MARC modification template.</para>
23031 <screeninfo>Batch record modification</screeninfo>
23034 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/batchbibmod.png"/>
23038 <para>When you visit the tool it will ask you:</para>
23041 <para>Choose whether you're editing bibliographic or authority records</para>
23044 <para>Enter the biblionumbers or authids<itemizedlist>
23046 <para>You can upload a file of these numbers or</para>
23049 <para>Enter the numbers (one per line) in the box provided</para>
23051 </itemizedlist></para>
23054 <para>Finally choose the MARC Modification Template you'd like to use to edit these
23058 <para>Once you've entered your critera click 'Continue'<screenshot>
23059 <screeninfo>Records to edit</screeninfo>
23062 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/recordstoedit.png"/>
23065 </screenshot></para>
23066 <para>You will be presented with a list of records that will be edited. Next to each one is
23067 a checkbox so you can uncheck any items you would rather not edit at this time. </para>
23068 <para>Clicking Preview MARC will allow you to see what edits will be made when you finalize
23069 the edit.<screenshot>
23070 <screeninfo>Modified MARC Preview</screeninfo>
23073 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/marcpreview.png"/>
23076 </screenshot></para>
23077 <para>Once you're sure everything is the way you want you can click the 'Modify selected
23078 records' button and your records will be modified.</para>
23080 <section id="autoitemagemod">
23081 <title><link linkend="autoitemagemod">Automatic item modifications by age</link></title>
23084 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog > Automatic item
23085 modifications by age</para>
23088 <para>This tool allows librarians to update item specific fields when an item reaches a
23089 certain age.</para>
23092 <para>Staff need the items_batchmod permission to access this tool</para>
23097 <para>The settings in this tool will be acted upon by the <link linkend="autoitemupdatecron">corresponding cron job</link></para>
23100 <para>To create a new rule click the 'Edit' button at the top of the page<screenshot>
23101 <screeninfo>Automatic item modifications by age</screeninfo>
23104 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/autoitemmodage/newrule.png"/>
23107 </screenshot></para>
23108 <para>In the form that appears you can set :<itemizedlist>
23110 <para>the age in days at which the item will update (Age)</para>
23113 <para>what criteria is needed to trigger the update (Conditions)</para>
23116 <para>what changes are made when the script runs (Substitutions)</para>
23121 <screeninfo>New rule</screeninfo>
23124 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/autoitemmodage/ruleform.png"/>
23128 <para>Once you're done you can click the 'Add this rule' link and then add additional rules
23129 or you can click the 'Submit these rules' button to save your changes.</para>
23131 <screeninfo>List of rules</screeninfo>
23134 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/autoitemmodage/savedrule.png"/>
23140 <section id="exportbibs">
23141 <title><link linkend="exportbibs">Export Data (MARC & Authorities)</link></title>
23145 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
23146 > Export Data</para>
23150 <para>Koha comes with a tool that will allow you to export your
23151 bibliographic, holdings and/or authority data in bulk. This can be
23152 used to send your records to fellow libraries, organizations or
23153 services; or simply for backup purposes.</para>
23155 <section id="exportmarc">
23156 <title><link linkend="exportmarc">Export Bibliographic Records</link></title>
23158 <para>At the top of the screen you need to pick what data you're
23159 exporting. If you're exporting bibliographic records with or without
23160 the holdings information you want to click the 'Export bibliographic
23161 records' tab.</para>
23165 <para>Fill in the form in order to limit your export to a
23166 specific range (all fields are optional)</para>
23169 <screeninfo>Select Records to Export</screeninfo>
23173 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt1.png"/>
23180 <para>Choose to limit your export by any one or more of the
23181 following options</para>
23185 <para>Limit to a bib number range</para>
23189 <para>Limit to a specific item type<itemizedlist>
23192 <para>This limit will use the type you have defined in the <link linkend="item-level_itypes">item-level_itypes</link> preference.
23193 If you have the item-level_itypes preference set to 'specific item'
23194 and you have no items attached to a bib record it will not be
23195 exported. To get all bib records of a specific type you will need
23196 your item-level_itypes preference set to 'biblio record'.</para>
23199 </itemizedlist></para>
23203 <para>Limit to a specific library or group of libraries</para>
23207 <para>Limit to a call number range</para>
23211 <para>Limit to an acquisition date range</para>
23217 <para>If you'd like you can load a file of biblionumbers for the records you would
23218 like to export</para>
23220 <screeninfo>File of Records to Export</screeninfo>
23223 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/fileexport.png"/>
23229 <para>Next choose what to skip when exporting</para>
23231 <screeninfo>Export options</screeninfo>
23234 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt2.png"/>
23240 <para>By default items will be exported, if you would like to only export
23241 bibliographic data, check the 'Don't export items' box</para>
23244 <para>To limit your export only to items from the library you're logged in as
23245 (if you leave the 'Library' field set to 'All') or to the library you
23246 selected above check the 'Remove non-local items' box</para>
23249 <para>You can also choose what fields you don't want to export. This can be
23250 handy if you're sharing your data, you can remove all local fields before
23251 sending your data to another library</para>
23257 <para>Finally choose the file type and file name</para>
23260 <screeninfo>File export format</screeninfo>
23264 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt3.png"/>
23271 <para>Choose to export your data in marc or marcxml
23276 <para>Choose the name you want your file to save
23283 <para>Click 'Export bibliographic records'</para>
23290 <section id="exportauthority">
23291 <title><link linkend="exportauthority">Export Authority Records</link></title>
23293 <para>At the top of the screen you need to pick what data you're
23294 exporting. If you're exporting authority records you want to click
23295 the 'Export authority records' tab.</para>
23299 <para>Fill in the form in order to limit your export to a
23300 specific range or type of authority record (all fields are
23304 <screeninfo>Export authorities</screeninfo>
23308 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt1.png"/>
23315 <para>Or you can choose a file of authids to export<screenshot>
23316 <screeninfo>Authorities file</screeninfo>
23319 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt1-5.png"/>
23322 </screenshot></para>
23325 <para>Next choose fields that you would like to exclude from the export separated by a
23326 space (no commas)</para>
23328 <screeninfo>Authority export options</screeninfo>
23331 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt2.png"/>
23337 <para>If you'd like to exclude all subfields of the 200 for example just enter
23341 <para>If you'd like to exclude a specific subfield enter it beside the field value
23342 100a will exclude just the subfield 'a' of the 100</para>
23348 <para>Finally choose the file type and file name</para>
23351 <screeninfo>Export format</screeninfo>
23355 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt3.png"/>
23362 <para>Choose to export your data in marc or marcxml
23367 <para>Choose the name you want your file to save as</para>
23373 <para>Click 'Export authority records'</para>
23379 <section id="inventory">
23380 <title><link linkend="inventory">Inventory/Stocktaking</link></title>
23384 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
23385 > Inventory/Stocktaking</para>
23389 <para>Koha's Inventory Tool can be used in one of two ways, the first
23390 is by printing out a shelf list that you can then mark items off on,
23391 or by uploading a text files of barcodes gathered by a portable
23394 <para>If you do not have the ability to use your barcode scanner on
23395 the floor of the library, the first option available to you is to
23396 generate a shelf list based on criteria you enter.</para>
23399 <screeninfo>Inventory & Stocktaking Tool</screeninfo>
23403 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/generateshelflist.png"/>
23408 <para>Choose which library, shelving location, call number range, item
23409 status and when the item was last seen to generate a shelf list that
23410 you can then print to use while walking around the library checking
23411 your collection</para>
23414 <screeninfo>Shelf List</screeninfo>
23418 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/shelflist.png"/>
23423 <para>Alternatively you can export the list to a CSV file for altering
23424 in an application on your desktop. Simply check the box next to
23425 'Export to csv file' to generate this file.</para>
23427 <para>Once you have found the items on your shelves you can return to
23428 this list and check off the items you found to have the system update
23429 the last seen date to today.</para>
23431 <para>If you have a portable scanner (or a laptop and USB scanner) you
23432 can walk through the library with the scanner in hand and scan
23433 barcodes as you come across them. Once finished you can then upload
23434 the text file generated by the scanner to Koha</para>
23437 <screeninfo>Barcode Import for Inventory Tool</screeninfo>
23441 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/importbarcodes.png"/>
23446 <para>Choose the text file and the date you want to mark all items as seen and then scroll
23447 to the very bottom and click 'Submit.'</para>
23450 <section id="labelcreator">
23451 <title><link linkend="labelcreator">Label Creator</link></title>
23455 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
23456 > Label Creator</para>
23460 <para>The Label Creator allow you to use layouts and templates which
23461 you design to print a nearly unlimited variety of labels including
23462 barcodes. Here are some of the features of the Label Creator
23467 <para>Customize label layouts</para>
23471 <para>Design custom label templates for printed labels</para>
23475 <para>Build and manage batches of labels</para>
23479 <para>Export single or multiple batches</para>
23483 <para>Export single or multiple labels from within a batch</para>
23487 <para>Export label data in one of three formats:</para>
23491 <para>PDF - Readable by any standard PDF reader, making labels
23492 printable directly on a printer</para>
23496 <para>CSV - Export label data after your chosen layout is
23497 applied allowing labels to be imported in to a variety of
23498 applications</para>
23502 <para>XML - Included as an alternate export format</para>
23508 <section id="labeltemplates">
23509 <title><link linkend="labeltemplates">Templates</link></title>
23513 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label Creator > Manage >
23514 Label templates</para>
23518 <para>A template is based on the label/card stock you are using.
23519 This might be Avery 5160 for address labels, Gaylord 47-284 for
23520 spine labels or Avery 28371 for your patron cards, just to give a
23521 couple of examples. These labels will include all of the information
23522 you will need for setting up a Koha, this information may be on the
23523 packaging, and if not it can usually be found on the vendor's
23526 <section id="addlabeltemplate">
23527 <title><link linkend="addlabeltemplate">Add a Template</link></title>
23529 <para>To add a new template, you want to click on the 'New' button at the top of the
23530 Label Creator and choosing 'Label template'.</para>
23533 <screeninfo>New Label Template Option</screeninfo>
23537 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newtemplate.png"/>
23542 <para>Using the form that appears you can define the template for
23543 your sheet of labels or cards.</para>
23546 <screeninfo>Label Template Form</screeninfo>
23550 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labelform.png"/>
23557 <para>Template ID will be automatically generated after saving
23558 your template, this is simply a system generated unique
23563 <para>Template Code should be something you can use to
23564 identify your template on a list of templates</para>
23568 <para>You can use the Template Description to add additional
23569 information about the template</para>
23573 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
23574 scale you're going to be using for the template. This should
23575 probably match the unit of measurement used on the template
23576 description provided by the product vendor.</para>
23579 <screeninfo>Measurement Units</screeninfo>
23583 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
23590 <para>The measurements, number of columns and number of rows
23591 can be found on the vendor product packaging or
23597 <para>If you do not supply a left text margin in the
23598 template, a 3/16" (13.5 point) left text margin will
23599 apply by default.</para>
23606 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given
23607 template just prior to printing which compensates for
23608 anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer (to which the
23609 profile is assigned).</para>
23613 <para>Before picking a profile try printing some sample
23614 labels so that you can easily define a profile that is
23615 right for your printer/template combination.</para>
23619 <para>After finding any anomalies in the printed document,
23620 <link linkend="addlabelprofile">create a profile</link>
23621 and assign it to the template.</para>
23627 <para>After saving, your templates will appear on the 'Manage' area under 'Label
23631 <screeninfo>List of label templates</screeninfo>
23635 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labeltemplates.png"/>
23642 <section id="labelprofiles">
23643 <title><link linkend="labelprofiles">Profiles</link></title>
23647 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label Creator > Manage >
23648 Printer Profiles</para>
23652 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given <link linkend="addlabeltemplate">template</link> just prior to printing
23653 which compensates for anomalies unique and peculiar to a given
23654 printer (to which the profile is assigned). This means if you set a
23655 template up and then print a sample set of data and find that the
23656 items are not all aligned the same on each label, you need to set up
23657 a profile for each printer to make up for the differences in
23658 printing styles, such as the shifting of text to the left, right,
23659 top or bottom.</para>
23661 <para>If your labels are printing just the way you want, you will
23662 not need a profile.</para>
23664 <section id="addlabelprofile">
23665 <title><link linkend="addlabelprofile">Add a Profile</link></title>
23667 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'New' button at the top of the
23668 Label Creator tool and choose 'Printer profile'.</para>
23671 <screeninfo>New Profile Button</screeninfo>
23675 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newprofile.png"/>
23680 <para>Using the form that appears you can create a profile to fix
23681 any problems with your template.</para>
23684 <screeninfo>Create a Printer Profile</screeninfo>
23688 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newprofileform.png"/>
23695 <para>The Printer Name and Paper Bin do not have to match your
23696 printer exactly, they are for your reference so you can
23697 remember what printer you have set the profile for. So if you
23698 want to use the Printer model number in printer name or you
23699 can call it 'the printer on my desk'</para>
23703 <para>Template will be filled in once you have chosen which
23704 template to apply the profile to on the <link linkend="addlabeltemplate">template edit form</link></para>
23708 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
23709 scale you're going to be using for your profile.</para>
23712 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
23716 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
23723 <para>Offset describes what happens when the entire image is
23724 off center either vertically or horizontally and creep
23725 describes a condition where the distance between the labels
23726 changes across the page or up and down the page</para>
23730 <para>For these values, negative numbers move the error up
23731 and to the left and positive numbers move the error down
23732 and to the right</para>
23736 <para>Example: the text is .25" from the left edge of the
23737 first label, .28" from the left edge of the second label
23738 and .31" from the left edge of the third label. This means
23739 the horizontal creep should be set to .03" to make up for
23740 this difference.</para>
23746 <para>After saving, your profiles will appear on the 'Manage' area under 'Printer
23750 <screeninfo>List of Profiles</screeninfo>
23754 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/profiles.png"/>
23759 <para>Once you have saved your new profile, you can return to the
23760 list of templates and choose to edit the template that this
23761 profile is for.</para>
23765 <section id="labellayouts">
23766 <title><link linkend="labellayouts">Layouts</link></title>
23770 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label Creator > Manage >
23775 <para>A layout is used to define the fields you want to appear on
23776 your labels.</para>
23778 <section id="addlabellayout">
23779 <title><link linkend="addlabellayout">Add a Layout</link></title>
23781 <para>To add a new layout, you want to click on the 'New' button at the top of the Label
23782 Creator tool and choose 'Layout'.</para>
23785 <screeninfo>New Layout Button</screeninfo>
23789 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newlayout.png"/>
23794 <para>Using the form that appears you can create a profile to fix
23795 any problems with your template.</para>
23798 <screeninfo>Add New Layout</screeninfo>
23802 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/layoutform.png"/>
23809 <para>The name of your layout can be anything you'd like to
23810 help you identify it later.</para>
23814 <para>If this is a barcode label you'll want to choose the
23815 encoding (Code 39 is the most common)</para>
23819 <para>The layout type can be any combination of bibliographic
23820 information and/or barcode. For example a spine label would
23821 just be Biblio whereas a label for your circulation staff to
23822 use to checkout the book would probably be
23823 Biblio/Barcode.</para>
23827 <para>The Bibliographic Data to Print includes any of the data
23828 fields that may be mapped to your MARC frameworks. You can
23829 choose from the preset list of fields or you can click on
23830 'List Fields' and enter your own data. In 'List Fields', you
23831 can specify MARC subfields as a 4-character tag-subfield
23832 string: (ie. 254a for the title field), You can also enclose a
23833 whitespace-separated list of fields to concatenate on one line
23834 in double quotes. (ie. "099a 099b" or "itemcallnumber
23835 barcode"). The fields available are from the database tables
23836 list below. Finally you could add in static text strings in
23837 single-quote (ie. 'Some static text here.')</para>
23841 <para>You can use the schema viewer (<ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink>)
23842 with the following tables to find field names to
23847 <para>Currently all fields in the following tables are
23848 used: items, biblioitems, biblio, branches</para>
23851 <screeninfo>List fields</screeninfo>
23855 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/listlabelfields.png"/>
23866 <para>Choose if the label maker should print out the
23867 guidelines around each label</para>
23871 <para>Choose if you'd like Koha to try to split your call
23872 numbers (usually used on Spine Labels)</para>
23876 <para>Finally choose your text settings such as alignment,
23877 font type and size.</para>
23881 <para>After saving, your layouts will appear on the 'Manage
23882 Layouts' page.</para>
23886 <section id="labelbatches">
23887 <title><link linkend="labelbatches">Batches</link></title>
23891 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label Creator > Manage >
23892 Label batches</para>
23896 <para>Batches are made up of the barcodes you would like to print.
23897 Once in this tool you can search for the item records you would like
23898 to print out labels for.</para>
23900 <section id="addlabelbatch">
23901 <title><link linkend="addlabelbatch">Add a Batch</link></title>
23903 <para>Batches can be created in one of two ways. The first is to
23904 click the 'Create Label Batch' link on the '<link linkend="managestaged">Staged MARC Management</link>' page:</para>
23907 <screeninfo>Create Label Batch Link on Staged Records
23912 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labelfromstaged.png"/>
23917 <para>The other is to choose to create a new batch from the label
23918 creator tool</para>
23921 <screeninfo>Create New Batch</screeninfo>
23925 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newbatch.png"/>
23930 <para>You will be brought to an empty batch with a box to scan barcodes or itemnumbers
23931 in to and an 'Add item(s)' button at the bottom of the page.</para>
23934 <screeninfo>Add Items</screeninfo>
23938 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/addbatchitems.png"/>
23943 <para>You can either scan barcodes in to the box provided and
23944 click the 'Add item(s)' button or you can click the 'Add item(s)'
23945 button with the barcodes box empty. Clicking 'Add item(s)' with
23946 nothing in the barcodes box will open a search window for you to
23947 find the items you want to add to the batch.</para>
23950 <screeninfo>Search for items for a Batch</screeninfo>
23954 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/searchforbatch.png"/>
23959 <para>From the search results, click the check box next to the
23960 items you want to add to the batch and click the 'Add checked'
23961 button. You can also add items one by one by clicking the 'Add'
23962 link to the left of each item.</para>
23965 <screeninfo>Batch search results</screeninfo>
23969 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/batchsearchresults.png"/>
23974 <para>Once you have added all of the items click the 'Done'
23975 button. The resulting page will list the items you have
23979 <screeninfo>List of items in the batch</screeninfo>
23983 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/itemsinbarch.png"/>
23988 <para>To print your labels, click the 'Export full batch' button. To print only some of
23989 the labels, click the 'Export selected item(s)' button. Either way you will be
23990 presented with a confirmation screen where you can choose your template and
23994 <screeninfo>Start batch export</screeninfo>
23998 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/exportbatch.png"/>
24003 <para>You will then be presented with three download options: PDF,
24004 Excel, and CSV.</para>
24007 <screeninfo>Batch save options</screeninfo>
24011 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/savebatch.png"/>
24016 <para>After saving your file, simply print to the blank labels you
24017 have in your library.</para>
24022 <section id="quicklabelcreator">
24023 <title><link linkend="quicklabelcreator">Quick Spine Label Creator</link></title>
24027 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
24028 > Quick Spine Label Creator</para>
24033 <para>This tool does not use the label layouts or templates, it
24034 simply prints a spine label in the first spot on the label
24039 <para>Define the fields you want to print on the spine label in
24040 the <link linkend="SpineLabelFormat">SpineLabelFormat</link>
24041 system preference</para>
24045 <para>Format your label printing by editing spinelabel.css found
24046 in koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/css/</para>
24051 <para>To use this tool you simply need the barcode for the book you'd
24052 like to print the spine label for.</para>
24055 <screeninfo>Quick Spine Label Creator</screeninfo>
24059 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/quickspinelable.png"/>
24064 <section id="marcmodtemplates">
24065 <title><link linkend="marcmodtemplates">MARC modification templates</link></title>
24066 <para>The MARC Modification Templates system gives Koha users the power to make alterations
24067 to MARC records automatically while staging MARC records for import. </para>
24068 <para>This tool is useful for altering MARC records from various venders/sources work with
24069 your MARC framework. The system essentially allows one to create a basic script using
24070 actions to Copy, Move, Add, Update and Delete fields. </para>
24071 <para>Start by adding a new template (a template can be made up of one or more actions) by
24072 entering a name and clicking 'Create template'.</para>
24074 <screeninfo>Add a new template</screeninfo>
24077 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/addtemplate.png"/>
24081 <para>Next you can add actions to the template by filling in the Action box. For example if
24082 you're loading in a batch of files from your EBook vendor you might want to add the biblio
24083 item type of EBOOK to the 942$c.<screenshot>
24084 <screeninfo>Add action</screeninfo>
24087 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/addaction.png"/>
24090 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
24092 <para>Choose 'Add/Update'</para>
24095 <para>Enter the field 942 and subfield c</para>
24098 <para>Enter the value of 'EBOOK' (or whatever your ebook item type code is)</para>
24101 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
24104 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
24106 </itemizedlist></para>
24107 <para>Each action can also have an optional condition to check the value or existance of
24108 another field. For example you might want to add the call number to the item record if
24109 it's not already there.</para>
24111 <screeninfo>Add conditional action</screeninfo>
24114 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/ifexample.png"/>
24120 <para>Choose 'Copy'</para>
24123 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
24127 <para>Enter the field 090 (or other biblio call number field) and subfield a to
24131 <para>Enter the 952 field and o subfield to copy to</para>
24134 <para>Choose 'if'</para>
24137 <para>Enter the 952 field and o subfield</para>
24140 <para>Choose "doesn't exist"</para>
24143 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
24146 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
24149 <para>The Copy & Move actions also support Regular Expressions, which can be used to
24150 automatically modify field values during the copy/move. An example would be to strip out
24151 the '$' character in field 020$c.</para>
24153 <screeninfo>Add regex action</screeninfo>
24156 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/regexexample.png"/>
24162 <para>Choose 'Copy and replace'</para>
24165 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
24169 <para>Enter the field 020 and subfield c to copy</para>
24172 <para>Enter the 020 field and c subfield to copy to</para>
24175 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case s/\$//
24179 <para>Choose 'if'</para>
24182 <para>Enter the 020 field and c subfield</para>
24185 <para>Choose "matches"</para>
24188 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case m/^\$/
24192 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
24195 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
24199 <para>The value for an update can include variables that change each time the template is
24200 used. Currently, the system supports two variables, __BRANCHCODE__ which is replaced
24201 with the branchcode of the library currently using the template, and __CURRENTDATE__
24202 which is replaced with the current date in ISO format ( YYYY-MM-DD ).</para>
24204 <para>You could also use regular expressions to add your library's proxy URL in front of
24205 links in your MARC record.<screenshot>
24206 <screeninfo>Add proxy URL</screeninfo>
24209 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/proxyurl.png"/>
24212 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
24214 <para>Choose 'Copy and replace'</para>
24217 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
24221 <para>Enter the field 856 and subfield u to copy</para>
24224 <para>Enter the 856 field and u subfield to copy to</para>
24227 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case
24228 s/^/PROXY_URL/ )</para>
24231 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
24234 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
24236 </itemizedlist></para>
24237 <para>When choosing between 'Copy' and 'Copy and replace' keep the following example in
24239 <programlisting>245 _aThe art of computer programming _cDonald E. Knuth.
24240 300 _aA_exists _bB_exists </programlisting>
24241 <para>If we apply action (a) Copy the whole field 245 to 300, we get: </para>
24242 <programlisting>245 _aThe art of computer programming _cDonald E. Knuth.
24243 300 _aA_exists _bB_exists
24244 300 _aThe art of computer programming _cDonald E. Knuth. </programlisting>
24245 <para>If we apply action (b) Copy the subfield 245$a to 300$a, we get: </para>
24246 <programlisting>245 _aThe art of computer programming _cDonald E. Knuth.
24247 300 _aThe art of computer programming _bB_exists</programlisting>
24248 <para>Once your actions are saved you can view them at the top of the screen. Actions can be
24249 moved around using the arrows to the left of them. </para>
24251 <screeninfo>View actions</screeninfo>
24254 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/viewactions.png"/>
24258 <para>Depending on your actions the order may be very important. For example you don't want
24259 to delete a field before you copy it to another field.</para>
24260 <para>To add another template you can either start fresh or click the 'Duplicate current
24261 template' checkbox to create a copy of an existing template to start with.</para>
24263 <screeninfo>Duplicate template</screeninfo>
24266 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/duplicate.png"/>
24270 <para>Once your template is saved you will be able to pick it when using the <link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link> tool.</para>
24272 <screeninfo>Choose template</screeninfo>
24275 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/templatechoice.png"/>
24281 <section id="stagemarc">
24282 <title><link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link></title>
24286 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
24287 > Stage MARC records for import</para>
24291 <para>This tool can be used to import both bibliographic and authority
24292 records that are saved in MARC format. Importing records into Koha
24293 includes two steps. The first is to stage records for import.</para>
24297 <para>First find the MARC file on your computer</para>
24300 <screeninfo>Stage MARC Records for Import</screeninfo>
24304 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-pt1.png"/>
24311 <para>Next you will be presented with options for record matching
24312 and item imports</para>
24315 <screeninfo>Upload options</screeninfo>
24319 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-pt2.png"/>
24326 <para>Enter 'Comments about this file' to identify your upload
24327 when going to the '<link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged
24328 MARC Records</link>' tool</para>
24332 <para>Tell Koha which type of file this is, bibliographic or
24336 <screeninfo>Record type</screeninfo>
24340 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/recordtype.png"/>
24347 <para>Choose the character encoding</para>
24350 <screeninfo>Chracter encoding</screeninfo>
24354 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/encoding.png"/>
24361 <para>Choose if you would like to use a <link linkend="marcmodtemplates">MARC
24362 Modification Template</link> to alter the data you're about to import</para>
24364 <screeninfo>Choose modification template</screeninfo>
24367 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/templatechoice.png"/>
24373 <para>Choose whether or not you want to look for matching records</para>
24375 <screeninfo>Look for matches</screeninfo>
24378 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matches.png"/>
24384 <para>You can set up <link linkend="recordmatchingrules">record matching
24385 rules</link> through the administration area</para>
24387 <screeninfo>Matching rules</screeninfo>
24390 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matchrule.png"/>
24396 <para>When using the ISBN matching rule Koha will find only exact matches.
24397 If you find that the ISBN match is not working to your satisfaction you
24398 can change the <link linkend="AggressiveMatchOnISBN">AggressiveMatchOnISBN</link> preference to 'Do' and then run your
24399 import again.</para>
24407 <para>Next choose what to do with matching records if they are
24412 <para>Finally choose what to do with records that are
24417 <para>Next you can choose whether or not to import the item
24418 data found in the MARC records (if the file you're loading is
24419 a bibliographic file)</para>
24422 <screeninfo>Import items</screeninfo>
24426 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/checkitems.png"/>
24432 <listitem><para>From here you can choose to always add items regardless of matching status, add them only if a
24433 matching bib was found, add items only if there was no matching bib record,
24434 replace items if a matching bib was found (The match will look at the
24435 itemnumbers and barcodes to match on for items. Itemnumbers take precendence
24436 over barcodes), or Ignore items and not add them.</para></listitem>
24442 <para>Click 'Stage for import'</para>
24446 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation of your MARC
24450 <screeninfo>MARC Import Confirmation</screeninfo>
24454 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-results.png"/>
24461 <para>To complete the process continue to the <link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged
24462 MARC Records Tool</link></para>
24467 <section id="managestaged">
24468 <title><link linkend="managestaged">Staged MARC Record Management</link></title>
24472 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
24473 > Staged MARC Record Management</para>
24477 <para>Once you have <link linkend="stagemarc">staged</link> your
24478 records for import you can complete the import using this tool.</para>
24481 <screeninfo>List of Staged MARC Records</screeninfo>
24485 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestaged.png"/>
24492 <para>From the list of staged records, click on the file name that
24493 you want to finish importing</para>
24497 <para>You will note that records that have already been
24498 imported will say so under 'Status'</para>
24504 <para>A summary of your import will appear along with the option
24505 to change your matching rules</para>
24508 <screeninfo>Manage Staged Records Batch</screeninfo>
24512 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestagedrecords.png"/>
24519 <para>Below the summary is the option to import the batch of bib
24520 records using a specific framework</para>
24523 <screeninfo>Choose Framework to Import Into</screeninfo>
24527 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/importframework.png"/>
24534 <para>Choosing a framework other than 'Default' isn't
24535 necessary, but it's helpful for running reports and having the
24536 right bib level item type selected on import.</para>
24542 <para>Below the framework selection there will be a list of the
24543 records that will be imported</para>
24546 <screeninfo>List of Staged Records</screeninfo>
24550 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagedrecords.png"/>
24557 <para>Review your summary before completing your import to make sure that your
24558 matching rule worked and that the records appear as you expect them to</para>
24561 <para>Matches will appear with info under the 'Match details column'</para>
24563 <screeninfo>Matched record</screeninfo>
24566 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matchfound.png"/>
24570 <para>and when clicking the 'View' link under 'Diff' you can see the difference
24571 between versions.</para>
24573 <screeninfo>Record differences</screeninfo>
24576 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagediff.png"/>
24585 <para>Click 'Import into catalog' to complete the import</para>
24588 <screeninfo>Import summary</screeninfo>
24592 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/importedrecords.png"/>
24599 <para>Once your import is complete a link to the new bib records
24600 will appear to the right of each title that was imported</para>
24604 <para>You can also undo your import by clicking the 'Undo import
24605 into catalog' button</para>
24609 <para>Records imported using this tool remain in the 'reservoir' until
24610 they are cleaned. These items will appear when searching the catalog
24611 from the <link linkend="cataloging">Cataloging</link> tool:</para>
24614 <screeninfo>Reservoir Results</screeninfo>
24618 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/reservoirresults.png"/>
24623 <para>To clean items out of the 'reservoir':</para>
24627 <para>Visit the main screen of the Manage Staged MARC Records
24631 <screeninfo>List of Staged MARC Records</screeninfo>
24635 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestaged.png"/>
24642 <para>To clean a batch, click the 'Clean' button to the
24647 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation message</para>
24650 <screeninfo>Clean MARC Records Confirmation</screeninfo>
24654 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/cleanbatch.png"/>
24661 <para>Accept the deletion and the records will be removed from
24662 the reservoir and the status will be changed to
24670 <section id="uploadlocalimages">
24671 <title><link linkend="uploadlocalimages">Upload Local Cover Image</link></title>
24675 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
24676 > Upload Local Cover Image</para>
24680 <para>This tool will allow you to upload cover images for the materials in your catalog. To
24681 access this tool, staff will need the <link linkend="toolspermissions">upload_local_cover_images permission</link>. In order for images to show in the staff
24682 client and/or OPAC you will need to set your <link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link> preferences to 'Display.' Images can be uploaded in batches
24683 or one by one.<note>
24684 <para>Koha does not have a maximum file size limit for this tool, but Apache may limit
24685 the maximum size of uploads (talk to your sys admin).</para>
24687 <para>When you want to upload multiple images onto a bib record, they will display left
24688 to right (then top to bottom, depending on screen real estate) in order of uploading,
24689 and the one on the left (the first one uploaded) will be the one used as a thumbnail
24690 cover in search results and on the detail page. There is no way to reorder cover
24691 images uploaded in this way, so be sure to upload them in the order you'd like them to appear.<screenshot>
24692 <screeninfo>Multiple cover images on one record</screeninfo>
24695 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/multiplecovers.png"/>
24698 </screenshot></para>
24701 <para>If uploading a single image:</para>
24705 <para>Visit the tool and click the 'Browse' button to browse to
24706 the image on your local machine.</para>
24709 <screeninfo>Upload single cover image</screeninfo>
24713 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/uploadsingle.png"/>
24720 <para>Click 'Upload file'</para>
24724 <para>Choose 'Image file' under the 'File type' section</para>
24728 <para>Enter the biblionumber for the record you're attaching this
24729 image to. This is not the same as the barcode, this is the system
24730 generated number assigned by Koha.</para>
24734 <para>Find the biblionumber by looking at the end of the URL
24735 in the address bar when on the detail page</para>
24738 <screeninfo>Biblionumber in URL</screeninfo>
24742 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/bibnumurl.png"/>
24749 <para>or by clicking on the MARC tab on the detail page in the
24750 staff client</para>
24753 <screeninfo>Biblionumber on MARC Record</screeninfo>
24757 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/bibnummarc.png"/>
24766 <para>If you would like to replace any other cover images you may
24767 have uploaded in the past, check the 'Replace existing covers' box
24768 under the 'Options' section</para>
24772 <para>Click 'Process images'</para>
24776 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the upload and a
24777 link to the record you have just added the image to</para>
24781 <para>If uploading a batch of images at once you will need to prepare
24782 a ZIP file first.</para>
24786 <para>Enter in to the ZIP file all the images you are
24791 <para>Also include a text file (*.TXT) named either datalink.txt
24792 or idlink.txt listing the biblionumber followed by the image name
24793 for each image one per line</para>
24797 <para>ex. 4091,image4091.jpg</para>
24800 <screeninfo>ZIP File Contents</screeninfo>
24804 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/zipfiles.png"/>
24813 <para>Browse your local computer to the ZIP file</para>
24817 <para>Click 'Upload file'</para>
24821 <para>Choose 'Zip file' under the 'File type' section</para>
24825 <para>If you would like to replace any other cover images you may
24826 have uploaded in the past, check the 'Replace existing covers' box
24827 under the 'Options' section</para>
24831 <para>Click 'Process images'</para>
24835 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the upload</para>
24838 <screeninfo>Upload Summary</screeninfo>
24842 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/uploadsummary.png"/>
24850 <para>The source image is used to generate a 140 x 200 px thumbnail image and a 600 x 800
24851 px full-size image. The original sized image uploaded will not be stored by Koha</para>
24854 <para>You will be able to see your cover images in the staff client on
24855 the detail page under the 'Image' tab in the holdings table at the
24859 <screeninfo>Cover images in the staff client</screeninfo>
24863 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowMultipleCovers.png"/>
24868 <para>In the OPAC the cover images will also appear in the images tab,
24869 as well as next to the title and on the search results.</para>
24870 <para>If you would like to remove a cover image you can click 'Delete image' below the image
24871 if you have the <link linkend="toolspermissions">upload_local_cover_images
24872 permission</link>.</para>
24876 <section id="additionaltools">
24877 <title><link linkend="additionaltools">Additional Tools</link></title>
24881 <section id="calholidays">
24882 <title><link linkend="calholidays">Calendar</link></title>
24886 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
24887 Additional Tools > Calendar</para>
24891 <para>Libraries can define library closings and holidays to be used
24892 when calculating due dates. You can make use of the Calendar by
24893 turning on the proper system preferences:</para>
24897 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More > Administration
24898 > Global System Preferences > Circulation > <link linkend="useDaysMode">useDaysMode</link></para>
24902 <para>Choose the method for calculating due date - either
24903 include days the library is closed in the calculation or don't
24904 include them.</para>
24910 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
24911 > Global System Preferences > Circulation > <link linkend="finesCalendar">finescalendar</link></para>
24915 <para>This will check the holiday calendar before charging
24923 <screeninfo>Calendar & Holidays Tools</screeninfo>
24927 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendar.png"/>
24932 <section id="addevents">
24933 <title><link linkend="addevents">Adding Events</link></title>
24935 <para>Before adding events, choose the library you would like to
24936 apply the closings to. When adding events you will be asked if you
24937 would like to apply the event to one branch or all branches. To add
24938 events, simply</para>
24942 <para>Click on the date on the calendar that you would like to
24943 apply the closing to</para>
24946 <screeninfo>Calendar Add Form</screeninfo>
24950 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendaradd.png"/>
24957 <para>In the form that appears above the calendar, enter the
24958 closing information (for more info on each option click the
24959 question mark [?] to the right of the option)</para>
24963 <para>Library will be filled in automatically based on the
24964 library you chose from the pull down at the top of the
24969 <para>The day information will also be filled in
24970 automatically based on the date you clicked on the
24975 <para>In the description enter the reason the library is
24980 <para>Next you can choose if this event is a one time event
24981 or if it is repeatable.</para>
24985 <para>If this is a one day holiday choose 'Holiday only
24986 on this day'</para>
24990 <para>If this is a weekly closing (like a weekend day)
24991 then you can choose 'Holiday repeated every same day of
24996 <para>If this is an annual holiday closing choose
24997 'Holiday repeated yearly on the same date'</para>
25001 <para>If the library is going to be closed for the week
25002 or a range of time choose 'Holiday on a range' and enter
25003 a 'To Date' at the top</para>
25007 <para>If the library is going to be closed for a range
25008 of time each year (such as summer holidays for schools)
25009 choose 'Holiday repeated yearly on a range' and enter a
25010 'To Date' at the top</para>
25016 <para>Finally decide if this event should be applied to all
25017 libraries or just the one you have originally
25022 <para>If you'd rather enter all the holidays and then
25023 copy them all to another branch all at once you can use
25024 the copy menu below the calendar</para>
25027 <screeninfo>Copy holidays</screeninfo>
25031 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/copyholidays.png"/>
25042 <para>After saving you will see the event listed in the summary
25043 to the right the calendar</para>
25046 <screeninfo>Calendar Summary</screeninfo>
25050 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarsummary.png"/>
25058 <section id="editevents">
25059 <title><link linkend="editevents">Editing Events</link></title>
25061 <para>To edit events</para>
25065 <para>Click on the event on the calendar that you want to change
25066 (do this by clicking on the date on the calendar, not the event
25067 listed in the summary)</para>
25070 <screeninfo>Edit holiday form</screeninfo>
25074 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendaredit.png"/>
25081 <para>From this form you can make edits to the holiday or delete the holiday
25082 completely. <itemizedlist>
25084 <para>All actions require that you click 'Save' before the change will be
25087 </itemizedlist></para>
25091 <para>Clicking on repeatable events will offer slightly
25092 different options</para>
25095 <screeninfo>Edit repeatable event</screeninfo>
25099 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarexception.png"/>
25106 <para>In the form above you will note that there is now an option to 'Generate an
25107 exception for this repeated holiday,' choosing this option will allow you to
25108 make it so that this date is not closed even though the library is usually
25109 closed on this date.<itemizedlist>
25111 <para>All actions require that you click 'Save' before the change will be
25114 </itemizedlist></para>
25121 <section id="calendarhelp">
25122 <title><link linkend="calendarhelp">Additional Help</link></title>
25124 <para>When adding or editing events you can get additional help by
25125 clicking on the question mark next to various different options on
25129 <screeninfo>Additional Calendar Help Buttons</screeninfo>
25133 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarhelp.png"/>
25140 <section id="csvprofiles">
25141 <title><link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profiles</link></title>
25145 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
25146 Additional Tools > CSV Profiles</para>
25150 <para>CSV Profiles are created to define how you would like your cart
25151 or list to export.</para>
25153 <section id="addcsvprofile">
25154 <title><link linkend="addcsvprofile">Add CSV Profiles</link></title>
25156 <para>To add a CSV Profile</para>
25160 <para>Click 'CSV Profiles' from the Tools menu</para>
25163 <para>The 'Profile type' determines what type of fields you plan to use (MARC or SQL)
25164 to define your profile<itemizedlist>
25166 <para>If you choose MARC then you will need to enter MARC fields</para>
25168 </itemizedlist></para>
25170 <screeninfo>MARC CSV Profile</screeninfo>
25173 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/addcsv.png"/>
25179 <para>If you choose SQL then you will need to enter SQL database fields</para>
25181 <screeninfo>SQL CSV Profile</screeninfo>
25184 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/addcsv-sql.png"/>
25192 <para>The 'Profile name' will appear on the export pull down list when choosing
25193 'Download' from your cart or list</para>
25195 <screeninfo>Download List</screeninfo>
25198 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/downloadcsv.png"/>
25204 <para>The 'Profile description' is for your own benefit, but will also appear in
25205 the OPAC when patrons download content, so make sure it's clear to your patrons
25209 <para>The 'CSV separator' is the character used to separate values and value groups<note>
25210 <para>The most common option here is comma because most spreadsheet
25211 applications know how to open files split by commas.</para>
25215 <para>The 'Field separator' is the character used to separate duplicate
25219 <para>Example: You may have multiple 650 fields and this is the character that
25220 will appear in between each one in the column</para>
25222 <screeninfo>Field separators in between multiple subjects</screeninfo>
25225 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvfieldsep.png"/>
25233 <para>The 'Subfield separator' is the character used to separate duplicate
25237 <para>Example: You may have multiple $a subfields in a field</para>
25242 <para>The 'Encoding' field lets you define the encoding used when saving the
25246 <para>Finally format your CSV file using the 'Profile MARC' or 'Profile SQL'
25250 <para>Define which fields or subfields you want to export, separated by pipes.
25251 Example : 200|210$a|301 for MARC and biblio.title|biblio.author for
25256 <para>You can also use your own headers (instead of the ones from Koha) by
25257 prefixing the field number with an header, followed by the equal sign.
25258 Example : Personal name=100|title=245$a|300</para>
25264 <para>When you have entered in all of the information for you profile, simply click
25265 'Submit' and you will be presented with a confirmation that your profile has been saved.</para>
25267 <screeninfo>Confirmation of new CSV profile</screeninfo>
25270 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvadded.png"/>
25278 <section id="editcsvprofile">
25279 <title><link linkend="editcsvprofile">Modify CSV Profiles</link></title>
25281 <para>Once you have created at least one CSV Profile an 'Edit
25282 profile' tab will appear next to the 'New profile' button.</para>
25285 <screeninfo>Modify CSV Profiles</screeninfo>
25289 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/modifycsv.png"/>
25296 <para>Choose the profile you would like to edit and alter the necessary fields.</para>
25299 <para>After submitting your changes you will be presented with a confirmation message
25300 at the top of the screen</para>
25302 <screeninfo>Confirmation of CSV modification</screeninfo>
25305 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvmodified.png"/>
25312 <para>To delete a profile, check the 'Delete selected profile'
25313 option before clicking 'Submit Query'</para>
25316 <screeninfo>Delete an existing CSV Profile</screeninfo>
25320 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/deletecsv.png"/>
25328 <section id="usecsvprofiles">
25329 <title><link linkend="usecsvprofiles">Using CSV Profiles</link></title>
25331 <para>Your CSV Profiles will appear on the export list or cart menu under the 'Download'
25332 button in both the staff client and the OPAC</para>
25335 <screeninfo>CSV Profiles on Download Menu in the Staff Client</screeninfo>
25339 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/exportlist.png"/>
25346 <section id="logviewer">
25347 <title><link linkend="logviewer">Log Viewer</link></title>
25351 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
25352 Additional Tools > Log Viewer</para>
25356 <para>Actions within the Koha system are tracked in log files. Your
25357 <link linkend="logs">system preferences</link> can be changed to
25358 prevent the logging of different actions. These logs can be viewed
25359 using the Log Viewer Tool.</para>
25362 <screeninfo>Log Viewer</screeninfo>
25366 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/logs/logviewer.png"/>
25371 <para>Choosing different combinations of menu options will produce the
25372 log file for that query.</para>
25375 <screeninfo>A query for all logs related to the Circulation module
25376 produces a result like this</screeninfo>
25380 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/logs/logresults.png"/>
25386 <section id="newstool">
25387 <title><link linkend="newstool">News</link></title>
25391 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
25392 Additional Tools > News</para>
25396 <para>Koha's news module allows librarians to post news to the OPAC,
25397 staff interface and circulation receipts.</para>
25400 <screeninfo>Koha News Module</screeninfo>
25404 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/news.png"/>
25409 <para>To add news to either the OPAC, the Staff Client or a
25410 Circulation receipt:</para>
25414 <para>Click 'New Entry'</para>
25417 <screeninfo>Add Koha News Form</screeninfo>
25421 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/addnews.png"/>
25428 <para>Under 'Display Location' choose whether to put the news on the OPAC, Slip
25429 (circulation receipt) or the Librarian (Staff) Interface.<screenshot>
25430 <screeninfo>Display location</screeninfo>
25433 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/displaylocation.png"/>
25436 </screenshot></para>
25440 <para>Choose the library this news item will show for</para>
25443 <para>Choose a title for your entry</para>
25447 <para>Using the publication and expiration date fields you can
25448 control from which date and for how long your news
25449 item appears</para>
25453 <para>Examples: (these assume today's date as 07-May-2015)<itemizedlist>
25455 <para>Publish on current date: set publication date as
25459 <para>Schedule for publishing in future: set date later than
25463 <para>Backdate the news item: set date earlier than 07-May-2015</para>
25465 </itemizedlist></para>
25472 <para>'Appear in position' lets you decide what order your
25473 news items appear in</para>
25477 <para>The 'News' box allows for the use of HTML for formatting
25478 of your news item</para>
25484 <para>After filling in all of the fields, click 'Submit'</para>
25488 <para>News in the OPAC will appear above the <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link></para>
25491 <screeninfo>News in the OPAC</screeninfo>
25495 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/opacnews.png"/>
25501 <para>Below the news in the OPAC there will be an RSS icon allowing you to subscribe
25502 to library news<screenshot>
25503 <screeninfo>News RSS feed</screeninfo>
25506 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/newsrss.png"/>
25509 </screenshot></para>
25515 <para>News in the Staff Client will appear on the far left of the
25519 <screeninfo>News in the Staff Client</screeninfo>
25523 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/librariannews.png"/>
25530 <para>News on the circulation receipts will appear below the items
25531 that are checked out</para>
25534 <screeninfo>News at the bottom of the circulation
25535 receipt</screeninfo>
25539 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/slipnews.png"/>
25545 <para>Depending on your choice for the <link linkend="NewsAuthorDisplay">NewsAuthorDisplay</link> preference you will also see the person who created the
25546 news item (this uses the logged in person)</para>
25551 <section id="taskscheduler">
25552 <title><link linkend="taskscheduler">Task Scheduler</link></title>
25556 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
25557 Additional Tools > Task Scheduler</para>
25561 <para>The task scheduler is a way to schedule reports to run whenever
25564 <para>To schedule a task, visit the Task Scheduler and fill in the
25568 <screeninfo>Task Scheduler</screeninfo>
25572 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/taskscheduler.png"/>
25579 <para>Current Server Time shows the time on your server (schedule
25580 all of your reports to run based on that time - not on your local
25585 <para>Time should be entered as hh:mm (2 digit hour, 2 digit
25590 <para>Date should be entered using the calendar pop up</para>
25594 <para>From Report choose the report you want to schedule</para>
25598 <para>Choose whether to receive the text of or a link to the
25603 <para>In the Email filed enter the email of the person you want to
25604 receive your report</para>
25608 <para>Below the task scheduler form, there is a list of scheduled
25612 <screeninfo>Scheduled Tasks</screeninfo>
25616 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/scheduledreports.png"/>
25621 <para>You can also schedule reports directly from the list of saved
25622 reports by clicking the 'Schedule' link</para>
25625 <screeninfo>Saved Reports List</screeninfo>
25629 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/savedreports.png"/>
25634 <section id="taskscedtroubleshoot">
25635 <title><link linkend="taskscedtroubleshoot">Troubleshooting</link></title>
25637 <para>Task scheduler will not work if the user the web server runs
25638 as doesn't have the permission to use it. To find out if the right
25639 user has the permissions necessary, check /etc/at.allow to see what
25640 users are in it. If you don't have that file, check etc/at.deny. If
25641 at.deny exists but is blank, then every user can use it. Talk to
25642 your system admin about adding the user to the right place to make
25643 the task scheduler work.</para>
25647 <section id="QOTDEditor">
25648 <title><link linkend="QOTDEditor">Quote of the Day (QOTD) Editor</link></title>
25651 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Additional Tools > Edit
25652 quotes for QOTD feature</para>
25656 <para>This tool will allow you to add and edit quotes to show on the
25657 OPAC if you're using the Quote of the Day (QOTD) feature.</para>
25659 <para>To turn this feature on set the <link linkend="QuoteOfTheDay">QuoteOfTheDay</link> preference to 'Enable and
25660 add at least one quote via the Quote of the Day Editor. Once these
25661 steps are complete you will see your quotes above the <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link> in the
25665 <screeninfo>Quote in the OPAC</screeninfo>
25669 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quoteinopac.png"/>
25674 <section id="addquote">
25675 <title><link linkend="addquote">Add a Quote</link></title>
25677 <para>To add a quote:</para>
25681 <para>Click the 'Add quote' button in the toolbar and an empty
25682 quote entry will be added to the end of the current quote
25686 <screeninfo>Add quote button</screeninfo>
25690 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quotebuttons.png"/>
25698 <para>Both the 'Source' and the 'Text' fields must be
25699 filled in in order to save the new quote.</para>
25702 <screeninfo>Add quote</screeninfo>
25706 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/addquote.png"/>
25716 <para>When finished filling in both fields, press the
25717 <Enter> key on your keyboard to save the new quote.</para>
25721 <para>The list will update and the new quote should now be
25722 visible in the list.</para>
25727 <para>You may cancel the addition of a new quote any time prior to
25728 saving it simply by pressing the <Esc> key on your
25733 <section id="editquote">
25734 <title><link linkend="editquote">Edit/Delete a Quote</link></title>
25736 <para>Once the current quote pool has been loaded into the editing
25737 table, you may edit the quote source and text.</para>
25741 <para>Edit either the 'Source' or 'Text' fields by clicking on
25742 the desired field.</para>
25745 <screeninfo>Edit quote</screeninfo>
25749 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/editquote.png"/>
25756 <para>When you are finished editing a field, press the
25757 <Enter> key on your keyboard to save the changes.</para>
25761 <para>The list will be updated, the edits saved, and visible.</para>
25763 <para>If you'd like you can also delete quote(s).</para>
25767 <para>Select the quote(s) you desire to delete by clicking on
25768 the corresponding quote id.</para>
25772 <para>Once quote selection is finished, simply click the 'Delete
25773 quote(s)' button.</para>
25777 <para>You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.</para>
25781 <para>After confirming the deletion, the list will update and
25782 the quote(s) will no longer appear.</para>
25787 <section id="importquote">
25788 <title><link linkend="importquote">Import Quotes</link></title>
25790 <para>If you'd like you can import a batch of quotes as a CSV file.
25791 Your file must contain two columns in the form: "source","text" with
25792 no header row.</para>
25795 <para>You will be prompted to confirm upload of files larger than
25801 <para>To start the import process click the 'Import quotes'
25802 button at the top of the screen</para>
25805 <screeninfo>Import quotes button</screeninfo>
25809 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quotebuttons.png"/>
25816 <para>Once on the import quotes screen you can browse your
25817 computer for the file you would like to import</para>
25820 <screeninfo>Import quotes</screeninfo>
25824 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotes.png"/>
25831 <para>After selecting the CSV file, click the 'Open' button and
25832 the file will be uploaded into a temporary editing table.</para>
25835 <screeninfo>Imported quotes</screeninfo>
25839 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importedsummary.png"/>
25846 <para>From the listing you can edit either the 'Source' or
25847 'Text' fields by clicking on the desired field. When you are
25848 finished editing a field, press the <Enter> key on your
25849 keyboard to save the changes.</para>
25852 <screeninfo>Edit imported quote</screeninfo>
25856 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/editimported.png"/>
25863 <para>You can also delete quotes from this listing before
25864 completing the import.</para>
25868 <para>Select the quote(s) you desire to delete by clicking
25869 on the corresponding quote id.</para>
25872 <screeninfo>Selected for deletion</screeninfo>
25876 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/selectfordelete.png"/>
25883 <para>Once quote selection is finished, simply click the
25884 'Delete quote(s)' key.</para>
25887 <screeninfo>Delete quote(s)</screeninfo>
25891 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotebuttons.png"/>
25898 <para>You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.</para>
25901 <screeninfo>Confirm deletion</screeninfo>
25905 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/confirmdelete.png"/>
25912 <para>After confirming the deletion, the list will update
25913 and the quote(s) will no longer appear.</para>
25919 <para>Once you are satisfied with the quotes, click the 'Save
25920 quotes' button in the toolbar at the top and the quotes will be
25924 <screeninfo>Save quotes button</screeninfo>
25928 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotebuttons.png"/>
25936 <section id="uploadtool">
25937 <title><link linkend="uploadtool">Upload</link></title>
25941 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Additional Tools >
25946 <para>This tool will allow you to upload files to your Koha system for selection from the
25947 <link linkend="uploadbibfile">Cataloging form</link>. </para>
25948 <section id="uploadfiles">
25949 <title><link linkend="uploadfiles">Upload Files</link></title>
25950 <para>When you first visit the Upload tool you might see a warning about missing a category.<screenshot>
25951 <screeninfo>Upload to temprorary</screeninfo>
25954 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/upload/uploadtemp.png"/>
25957 </screenshot></para>
25958 <para>Categories are defined in the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized
25959 value</link> in the UPLOAD category. If you do not have upload categories then your
25960 files will be temporary and will be deleted the next time the server is rebooted. Once
25961 you have a value in the UPLOAD authorized value category you will see a Category pull
25962 down below the 'Browse' button.<screenshot>
25963 <screeninfo>Upload to category</screeninfo>
25966 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/upload/upload.png"/>
25969 </screenshot></para>
25970 <para>Browse your computer a file, choose a category and decide if the public will be able
25971 to download this file via the OPAC. Once your file is uploaded you will be presented
25972 with a confirmation.<screenshot>
25973 <screeninfo>Upload confirmation</screeninfo>
25976 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/upload/uploadresult.png"/>
25979 </screenshot></para>
25981 <section id="searchuploads">
25982 <title><link linkend="searchuploads">Search Files</link></title>
25983 <para>All uploaded files are searchable from below the upload form. Using the form you
25984 can search any part of the filename and/or the Hashvalue.<screenshot>
25985 <screeninfo>Search uploaded files</screeninfo>
25988 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/upload/uploadsearch.png"/>
25991 </screenshot></para>
25992 <para>You will be presened with the results of your search.<screenshot>
25993 <screeninfo>Search results</screeninfo>
25996 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/upload/uploadsearchresult.png"/>
25999 </screenshot></para>
26005 <chapter id="patrons">
26006 <title>Patrons</title>
26008 <para>Before importing and/or adding patrons be sure to set up your <link linkend="patcats">patron categories</link>.</para>
26010 <section id="addnewpatron">
26011 <title><link linkend="addnewpatron">Add a new patron</link></title>
26013 <para>Patrons are added by going to the 'Patrons' module.<itemizedlist>
26015 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Patrons</para>
26017 </itemizedlist></para>
26018 <para>Once there you can add a new patron.</para>
26022 <para>Click 'New patron'</para>
26025 <screeninfo>Choose patron type</screeninfo>
26029 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/newpatron.png"/>
26036 <para>The fields that appear on the patron add form can be
26037 controlled by editing the <link linkend="BorrowerUnwantedField">BorrowerUnwantedField</link> system
26042 <para>First enter the identifying information regarding your
26046 <screeninfo>Add Patron Form</screeninfo>
26050 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronform.png"/>
26057 <para>Required fields are defined in the <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
26058 system preference</para>
26062 <para>Salutation is populated by the <link linkend="BorrowersTitles">BorrowersTitles</link> system
26067 <para>If you'd like to prevent full names from printing on <link linkend="notices">slips</link> and you're not using the Initials or Other name fields for
26068 anything else, you can use them for shortened versions of the name to then be
26069 printed on the slip. </para>
26071 <programlisting>Firstname: Nicole C.
26073 Initials: NCE</programlisting></para>
26074 <para>Then on the slip you can have it print the <<borrowers.initials>>
26075 instead of the full name (NCE).</para>
26076 <para>Or you could do something like
26077 this:<programlisting>Firstname: Nicole
26079 Initials: E</programlisting></para>
26080 <para>Then on the slip you can have it print the <<borrowers.initials>>,
26081 <<borrowers.firstname>> instead of the full name (E, Nicole).</para>
26088 <para>Next enter the contact information</para>
26091 <screeninfo>Patron Contact Information</screeninfo>
26095 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addcontact.png"/>
26102 <para>For contact information, note that the primary phone and
26103 email addresses are the ones that appear on notices and slips
26104 printed during circulation (receipts, transfer slips and hold
26105 slips). The primary email is also the one that overdue notices
26106 and other messages go to.</para>
26112 <para>If this patron is a child, you will be asked to attach the
26113 child patron to an adult patron</para>
26116 <screeninfo>Guarantor Linking</screeninfo>
26120 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addGuarantor.png"/>
26127 <para>Click 'Set to Patron' to search your system for an
26128 existing patron</para>
26132 <para>If the Guarantor is not in the system, you can enter the
26133 first and last name in the fields available</para>
26137 <para>The relationships are set using the <link linkend="borrowerRelationship">borrowerRelationship</link>
26138 system preference</para>
26144 <para>If this patron is a professional, you will be asked to attach
26145 the patron to an organizational patron</para>
26148 <screeninfo>Organization Linking</screeninfo>
26152 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addOrg.png"/>
26159 <para>Click 'Set to Patron to search your system for an existing
26166 <para>Each patron can have an alternate contact</para>
26169 <screeninfo>Alternate Contact</screeninfo>
26173 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addaltcontact.png"/>
26180 <para>An alternate contact could be a parent or guardian. It can
26181 also be used in academic settings to store the patron's home
26188 <para>The library management section includes values that are used
26189 within the library</para>
26192 <screeninfo>Library Management</screeninfo>
26196 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addlibmanagement.png"/>
26203 <para>The card number field is automatically calculated if you
26204 have the <link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link>
26205 system preference set that way</para>
26210 <para>For a newly installed system this preference will
26211 start at 1 and increment by 1 each time after. To have it
26212 start with the starting number of your barcodes, enter the
26213 first barcode by hand in the patron record and save the
26214 patron. After that the field will increment that number by
26222 <para>If you accidentally chose the wrong patron category at the
26223 beginning you can fix that here</para>
26227 <para>Sort 1 and 2 are used for statistical purposes within your
26234 <para>Next, the Library Setup section includes additional library
26238 <screeninfo>Library set-up options</screeninfo>
26242 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addlibsetup.png"/>
26249 <para>The registration date will automatically be filled in with
26250 today's date</para>
26254 <para>If your patron cards expire (based on your <link linkend="patcats">patron category settings</link>) the Expiry
26255 date will automatically be calculated</para>
26259 <para>The OPAC Note is a note for the patron - it will appear in
26260 the OPAC on the patron's record</para>
26264 <para>The Circulation Note is meant solely for your library
26265 staff and will appear when the circulation staff goes to check
26266 an item out to the patron</para>
26269 <screeninfo>Sample Circulation Note</screeninfo>
26273 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/circnote.png"/>
26280 <para>The Staff/OPAC asks for the username and password to be
26281 used by the patron (and/or staff member) to log into their
26282 account in the OPAC and for staff to log in to the staff
26287 <para>Staff will only be able to use this log in info to log
26288 in to the staff client if they have the <link linkend="patronpermissions">necessary
26289 permissions</link>.</para>
26297 <para>If you have set <link linkend="patronattributetypes">additional patron attributes</link>
26298 up, these will appear next</para>
26301 <screeninfo>Additional Patron Attributes</screeninfo>
26305 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addattributes.png"/>
26312 <para id="setpatronmessaging">Finally, if you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
26313 set to 'allow,' you can choose the messaging preferences for this
26317 <screeninfo>Patron Messaging Settings</screeninfo>
26321 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronmsg.png"/>
26328 <para>These notices are:</para>
26331 <para>Advanced notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
26332 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
26335 <para>Item checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
26336 checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
26340 <para>Hold filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
26344 <para>Item due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
26347 <para>Item check-in : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
26353 <para>Patrons can choose to receive their notices as a digest by checking the 'Digest
26354 only?' box along with the delivery method. A digest is a combination of all the
26355 messages of that type (so all items due in 3 days in one email) in to one email
26356 instead of multiple emails for each alert.</para>
26360 <para>These preferences will override any you set via the
26361 <link linkend="addingpatroncat">patron
26362 categories</link></para>
26368 <para>These preference can be altered by the patron via the
26376 <para>Once finished, click 'Save'</para>
26380 <para>If the system suspects this patron is a duplicate of another it
26381 will warn you.</para>
26384 <screeninfo>Patron Duplicate Suspected</screeninfo>
26388 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatewarn.png"/>
26393 <para>A duplicate patron is detected if first and last names match and there is no date of
26394 birth populated or if first name, last name and date of birth fields are all populated. If
26395 two patrons have matching names, but one has a date of birth and the other does not they
26396 will not match as duplicates.</para>
26399 <para>If you have set a minimum or upper age limit on the patron
26400 category and are requiring that the birth date be filled in, Koha will
26401 warn you if the patron you're adding is too old or young for the patron
26402 category you have selected:</para>
26405 <screeninfo>Patron age warning</screeninfo>
26409 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronagelimit.png"/>
26415 <section id="addstaffpatron">
26416 <title><link linkend="addstaffpatron">Add a Staff Patron</link></title>
26418 <para>All staff members must be entered into Koha as patrons of the
26419 'Staff' type. Follow the steps in <link linkend="addnewpatron">Add a
26420 Patron</link> to add a staff member. To give the staff member
26421 permissions to access the staff client, follow the steps in <link linkend="patronpermissions">Patron Permissions</link></para>
26424 <para>Remember to assign your staff secure usernames and passwords
26425 since these will be used to log into the staff client.</para>
26429 <section id="addstatspatron">
26430 <title><link linkend="addstatspatron">Add a Statistical Patron</link></title>
26432 <para>One way to track use of in house items is to "check out" the materials to a statistical
26433 patron. The "check out" process doesn’t check the book out, but instead tracks an in house
26434 use of the item. To use this method for tracking in house use you first will need a <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> set up for your Statistical patron.</para>
26437 <screeninfo>In House Patron Category</screeninfo>
26441 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/statspatcat.png"/>
26446 <para>Next, you will need to create a new patron of the statistical
26450 <screeninfo>New In House Patron</screeninfo>
26454 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/newinhouse.png"/>
26459 <para>Next, follow the steps put forth in the '<link linkend="addnewpatron">Add a new Patron</link>' section of this manual.
26460 Since this patron is not a real person, simply fill in the required
26461 fields, the correct library and nothing else.</para>
26463 <para>To learn about other methods of tracking in house use visit the
26464 <link linkend="trackinhouse">Tracking inhouse use</link> section of this
26468 <section id="duplicatepatron">
26469 <title><link linkend="duplicatepatron">Duplicate a Patron</link></title>
26471 <para>Sometimes when you're adding a new family to your system you don't
26472 want to type the contact information over and over. Koha allows for you
26473 to duplicate a patron and change only the parts you want to (or need to)
26478 <para>Open the patron you want to use as your base (the patron you
26479 want to duplicate information from)</para>
26483 <para>Click the 'Duplicate' button at the top of their record</para>
26486 <screeninfo>The Duplicate Button is the 3rd one in</screeninfo>
26490 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronedit.png"/>
26497 <para>All of the fields with the exception of first name, card
26498 number, username and password have been duplicated. Fill in the
26499 missing pieces and click 'Save'</para>
26502 <screeninfo>Duplicating Patron Form</screeninfo>
26506 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatedpatron.png"/>
26514 <para>Clicking in a field that is already populated with data
26515 will clear that field of all information (making it easier for
26516 you to type in something different)</para>
26523 <para>You will be brought to your new patron</para>
26526 <screeninfo>Newly created patron</screeninfo>
26530 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatedpatronfinal.png"/>
26537 <section id="addpatronimages">
26538 <title><link linkend="addpatronimages">Add Patron Images</link></title>
26539 <para>If you would like you can add patron images to help identify patrons. To enable this
26540 feature you must first set the <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> preference
26542 <para>If the preference is set to 'Allow' you will see a placeholder image under the patron's
26543 name and box to upload a patron image below the basic contact information.</para>
26545 <screeninfo>Add patron image</screeninfo>
26548 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronimage.png"/>
26552 <para>In the 'Upload Patron Image' box click 'Browse' to find the image on your computer and
26553 'Upload' to load the image on to the patron record.</para>
26555 <screeninfo>Patron image</screeninfo>
26558 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronimage.png"/>
26564 <para>There is a limit of 100K on the size of the picture uploaded and it is recommended
26565 that the image be 200x300 pixels, but smaller images will work as well.</para>
26570 <section id="editpatrons">
26571 <title><link linkend="editpatrons">Editing Patrons</link></title>
26573 <para>Patrons in Koha can be edited using one of many edit
26578 <para>To edit the entire patron record simply click the 'Edit'
26579 button at the top of the patron record.</para>
26582 <screeninfo>Main Patron Edit Menu</screeninfo>
26586 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronedit.png"/>
26593 <para>Patron passwords are not recoverable. The stars show on the
26594 patron detail next to the Password label are always there even if a
26595 password isn't set. If a patron forgets their password the only
26596 option is to reset their password. To change the patron's password,
26597 click the 'Change Password' button</para>
26600 <screeninfo>Patron Password Change Form</screeninfo>
26604 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronpassword.png"/>
26611 <para>Koha cannot display existing passwords. Leave the field
26612 blank to leave password unchanged.</para>
26616 <para>This form can automatically generate a random password if
26617 you click the link labeled "Click to fill with a randomly
26618 generated suggestion. Passwords will be displayed as
26625 <para>To edit a specific section of the patron record (for example
26626 the Library Use section) click the 'Edit' link below the
26630 <screeninfo>Library Use Section of Patron Record</screeninfo>
26634 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroneditsection.png"/>
26641 <para>A patron image can be added by browsing for the image on your
26642 machine from the 'Manage Patron Image' section</para>
26645 <screeninfo>Manage Patron Image Form</screeninfo>
26649 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaddimage.png"/>
26656 <para>This form will not appear if you have the <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> system preference to
26657 not allow patron images</para>
26661 <para>To add patron images in bulk, use the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">Upload Patron Images</link>
26668 <para id="patronflags">Patrons can also be blocked from checking
26669 items out by setting Patron Flags</para>
26672 <screeninfo>Patron Warning Flags</screeninfo>
26676 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronflags.png"/>
26683 <para>If you would like your circulation staff to confirm a
26684 patron's address before checking items out to the patron, you
26685 can see the 'Gone no Address' flag</para>
26688 <screeninfo>Patron's address in doubt</screeninfo>
26692 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaddress.png"/>
26698 <para>If the patron reports that they have lost their card you can set the 'Lost Card'
26699 flag to prevent someone else from using that card to check items out</para>
26701 <screeninfo>Patron lost card</screeninfo>
26704 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroncardlost.png"/>
26711 <para>If you would like to bar a patron from the library you can add a manual
26714 <screeninfo>Add manual restriction</screeninfo>
26717 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronrestriction.png"/>
26724 <note><para>This flag can automatically be set with the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue/Notice Status
26725 Triggers</link></para></note>
26731 <para>If you enter in a date and/or note related to the
26732 restriction you will see that in the restricted message as
26736 <screeninfo>Restricted until message</screeninfo>
26740 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/restricteduntil.png"/>
26749 <para>Children patrons do not become adults automatically in Koha unless you have <link linkend="j2acron">Juvenile to Adult cron job</link> running. To upgrade a child patron
26750 to and adult patron category manually go to the 'More' menu and choose 'Update Child to
26751 Adult Patron'</para>
26754 <screeninfo>Update Child to Adult Patron</screeninfo>
26758 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/updatetoadult.png"/>
26765 <para>You will then be presented with a pop up window asking
26766 which one of your adult patron categories this Child should be
26770 <screeninfo>Choose Adult Category to Update To</screeninfo>
26774 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/choosadulttype.png"/>
26783 <section id="mangepatronedits">
26784 <title><link linkend="mangepatronedits">Managing Patron Self Edits</link></title>
26785 <para>If you are allowing patrons to edit their accounts via the OPAC with the <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference then you will need to
26786 approve all changes via the staff client before they're applied. If there are patron edits
26787 awaiting action they will appear on the staff client dashboard below the modules list (along
26788 with other items awaiting action).</para>
26790 <screeninfo>Patron requests waiting</screeninfo>
26793 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/pendingpatronrequest.png"/>
26798 <para>Superlibrarians will see modifications for any branch, other staff will only see
26799 modifications for patrons who belong to their logged in branch.</para>
26800 </note>When you click the 'Patrons requesting modifications' link you will be brought to a
26801 list of patrons with requested changes.</para>
26803 <screeninfo>Manage patron updates</screeninfo>
26806 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/managepatronupdates.png"/>
26810 <para>From here you can 'Approve' and apply the changes to the patron record, 'Delete' and
26811 remove the changes or 'Ignore' and keep the changes pending to review later.</para>
26812 <para>If you would like to see the entire patron record you can click the 'Patron details'
26813 links to the right of the buttons. This will open in a new tab.</para>
26816 <section id="patronpermissions">
26817 <title><link linkend="patronpermissions">Patron Permissions</link></title>
26819 <para>Patron Permissions are used to allow staff members access to the
26820 staff client.</para>
26823 <para>In order for a staff member to log into the staff interface they
26824 must have (at the very least) 'catalogue' permissions which allow them
26825 to view the staff interface.</para>
26828 <section id="setpatronperms">
26829 <title><link linkend="setpatronperms">Setting Patron Permissions</link></title>
26831 <para>To set patron permissions, you must first <link linkend="addstaffpatron">have a patron of the 'Staff' type</link>
26836 <para>On the patron record click More and choose Set Permissions
26837 to alter patron permissions</para>
26840 <screeninfo>Set Patron Permissions</screeninfo>
26844 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/editpatronpermissions.png"/>
26851 <para>You will be presented with a list of preferences, some of
26852 which can be expanded by clicking the plus sign to the left of the
26853 section title.</para>
26856 <screeninfo>Patron Permissions</screeninfo>
26860 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/GranularPermissions.png"/>
26868 <section id="patronpermsdefined">
26869 <title><link linkend="patronpermsdefined">Patron Permissions Defined</link></title>
26875 <para>superlibrarian</para>
26879 <para>Access to all librarian functions</para>
26884 <para>With this selected there is no need to choose any
26885 other permissions</para>
26894 <para>circulate</para>
26898 <para>Check out and check in items</para>
26902 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="circpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
26908 <para>catalogue</para>
26912 <para><emphasis role="bold">Required for staff login.</emphasis> Staff access,
26913 allows viewing the catalogue in staff client<itemizedlist>
26916 <para>Must be given to all staff members to allow them to login to the staff
26920 </itemizedlist></para>
26926 <para>parameters</para>
26930 <para>Manage Koha system systems (Administration panel)</para>
26934 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="parameterpermissions">Learn
26935 more</link>)</para>
26941 <para>borrowers</para>
26945 <para>Add or modify patrons</para>
26951 <para>permissions</para>
26955 <para>Set user permissions</para>
26961 <para>reserveforothers</para>
26965 <para>Place and modify holds for patrons</para>
26969 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="reservepermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
26975 <para>editcatalogue</para>
26979 <para>Edit Catalog (Modify bibliographic/holdings data)</para>
26983 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="catpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
26989 <para>updatecharges</para>
26993 <para>Manage patrons fines and fees</para>
26996 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="updatechargespermissions">Learn
26997 more</link>)</para>
27003 <para>acquisition</para>
27007 <para>Acquisition and/or suggestion management</para>
27011 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="acqpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
27017 <para>management</para>
27021 <para>Set library management params (deprecated)<itemizedlist>
27024 <para>This permission level no longer controls anything.</para>
27027 </itemizedlist></para>
27037 <para>Use all tools</para>
27041 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="toolspermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
27047 <para>editauthorities</para>
27051 <para>Edit Authorities</para>
27057 <para>serials</para>
27061 <para>Manage serial subscriptions</para>
27065 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="serpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
27071 <para>reports</para>
27075 <para>Allow access to the reports module</para>
27079 <para>Reports found on the Circulation page are not controlled
27080 by this permission</para>
27084 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="reportpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
27090 <para>staffaccess</para>
27094 <para>Allow staff members to modify permissions for other staff members</para>
27099 <para>Requires the borrowers permission above</para>
27105 <para>plugins<itemizedlist>
27107 <para>Koha plugins</para>
27110 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="pluginpermissions">Learn
27111 more</link>)</para>
27113 </itemizedlist></para>
27116 <para>lists<itemizedlist>
27118 <para>Koha Lists</para>
27123 <para>All staff have permission to create and modify their own lists, this
27124 permission is only necessary if you'd like to give a staff member permission
27125 to delete public lists that they have not created.</para>
27130 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="listspermissions">Learn
27131 more</link>)</para>
27133 </itemizedlist></para>
27137 <section id="circpermissions">
27138 <title><link linkend="circpermissions">Granular Circulate Permissions</link></title>
27140 <para>If the staff member has 'circulate' permissions they have the
27141 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27142 control circulation permissions on a more granular level choose from
27143 these options:</para>
27147 <para>circulate_remaining_permissions</para>
27151 <para>Remaining circulation permissions</para>
27154 <para>All circulation rights except those covered by permissions listed
27160 <para>force_checkout<itemizedlist>
27162 <para>Force checkout if a limitation exists</para>
27165 <para>With this permission a librarian will be allowed to override a check out
27166 restriction in the following cases: <itemizedlist>
27168 <para>age restriction</para>
27171 <para>the item is issued to another patron</para>
27174 <para>the item is not for loan</para>
27177 <para>the patron has overdue items</para>
27180 <para>the item is lost </para>
27183 <para>the item is a high demand item</para>
27186 <para>the item is on hold</para>
27188 </itemizedlist></para>
27190 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
27191 <listitem><para>manage_restrictions<itemizedlist>
27193 <para>Manage restrictions for accounts</para>
27196 <para>Grants permission to the staff member to lift a restriction that might be
27197 on the patron's record</para>
27199 </itemizedlist></para>
27202 <para>overdues_report<itemizedlist>
27204 <para> Execute overdue items report </para>
27207 <para>The permission to run the overdues reports found under Circulation</para>
27209 </itemizedlist></para>
27213 <para>override_renewals</para>
27217 <para>Override blocked renewals</para>
27221 <para>Requires that the staff member also has
27222 circulate_remaining_permissions</para>
27229 <section id="parameterpermissions">
27230 <title><link linkend="parameterpermissions">Granular Parameters Permissions</link></title>
27232 <para>If the staff member has 'parameters' permissions they have the
27233 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27234 control parameter permissions on a more granular level choose from
27235 these options:</para>
27239 <para>manage_circ_rules</para>
27243 <para>Manage circulation rules</para>
27246 <para>The ability to access the <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and
27247 fines rules</link> in the administration area</para>
27253 <para>parameters_remaining_permissions</para>
27257 <para>Remaining system parameters permissions</para>
27260 <para>The ability to access all areas in Administration (other than the
27261 Circulation and fine rules)</para>
27268 <section id="reservepermissions">
27269 <title><link linkend="reservepermissions">Granular Holds Permissions</link></title>
27271 <para>If the staff member has 'reserveforothers' permissions they
27272 have the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like
27273 to control holds permissions on a more granular level choose from
27274 these options:</para>
27278 <para>modify_holds_priority</para>
27282 <para>Modify holds priority</para>
27285 <para>Allow staff members to alter the holds priority (moving patrons up and down
27292 <para>place_holds</para>
27296 <para>Place holds for patrons</para>
27303 <section id="catpermissions">
27304 <title><link linkend="catpermissions">Granular Cataloging Permissions</link></title>
27306 <para>If the staff member has 'editcatalogue' permissions they have
27307 the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27308 control cataloging permissions on a more granular level choose from
27309 these options:</para>
27313 <para>delete_all_items<itemizedlist>
27315 <para>Delete all items at once</para>
27318 <para>Ability to use the 'Delete all items' option found under the 'Edit' menu
27319 in cataloging</para>
27321 </itemizedlist></para>
27324 <para>edit_catalogue</para>
27328 <para>Edit catalog (Modify bibliographic/holdings data)</para>
27331 <para>Ability to access all cataloging functions via the <link linkend="cataloging">Cataloging</link> page</para>
27337 <para>edit_items</para>
27341 <para>Edit items</para>
27344 <para>Ability to make <link linkend="editingitems">edits to item/holdings
27345 records</link>, but not bibliographic records</para>
27349 <listitem id="edit_items_restricted">
27350 <para>edit_items_restricted<itemizedlist>
27352 <para>Limit item modification to subfields defined in the <link linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing">SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing</link> preference</para>
27357 <para>Please note that edit_items permission is still required</para>
27361 </itemizedlist></para>
27365 <para id="fastaddpermissions">fast_cataloging</para>
27369 <para>Fast cataloging</para>
27372 <para>The ability to catalog using only the <link linkend="fastaddcat">Fast Add
27373 Framework</link> found on the <link linkend="circulation">Circulation</link>
27380 <section id="updatechargespermissions">
27381 <title><link linkend="updatechargespermissions">Granular Fines and Charges Permissions</link></title>
27382 <para>If a staff member has 'updatecharges' permission they have the ability to perform
27383 all of these actions. If you would like to control fines and charges permissions on a
27384 more granular level choose from these options:<itemizedlist>
27386 <para>remaining_permissions<itemizedlist>
27388 <para>Remaining permissions for managing fines and fees other than the ability
27389 to write off charges</para>
27391 </itemizedlist></para>
27394 <para>writeoff<itemizedlist>
27396 <para>Write off fines and fees</para>
27398 </itemizedlist></para>
27400 </itemizedlist></para>
27403 <section id="acqpermissions">
27404 <title><link linkend="acqpermissions">Granular Acquisitions Permissions</link></title>
27406 <para>If the staff member has 'acquisition' permissions they have
27407 the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27408 control acquisitions permissions on a more granular level choose
27409 from these options:</para>
27413 <para>budget_add_del</para>
27417 <para>Add and delete budgets (but can't modify budgets)</para>
27423 <para>budget_manage</para>
27426 <para>Manage budgets</para>
27432 <para>budget_manage_all <itemizedlist>
27434 <para>Manage all budgets</para>
27436 </itemizedlist></para>
27437 <para>budget_modify</para>
27440 <para>Modify budget (can't create lines, but can modify existing ones)</para>
27446 <para>contracts_manage</para>
27450 <para>Manage contracts</para>
27456 <para>group_manage</para>
27460 <para>Manage orders and basket groups</para>
27466 <para>order_manage</para>
27470 <para>Manage orders and baskets</para>
27475 <para>order_manage_all<itemizedlist>
27477 <para>Manage all orders and baskets, regardless of restrictions on them</para>
27479 </itemizedlist></para>
27483 <para>order_receive</para>
27487 <para>Manage orders and baskets</para>
27493 <para>period_manage</para>
27497 <para>Manage periods</para>
27503 <para>planning_manage</para>
27507 <para>Manage budget planning</para>
27513 <para>vendors_manage</para>
27517 <para>Manage vendors</para>
27524 <section id="serpermissions">
27525 <title><link linkend="serpermissions">Granular Serials Permissions</link></title>
27527 <para>If the staff member has 'serials' permissions they have the
27528 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27529 control serials permissions on a more granular level choose from
27530 these options:</para>
27534 <para>check_expiration</para>
27538 <para>Check the <link linkend="serialexpiration">expiration of a
27539 serial</link></para>
27545 <para>claim_serials</para>
27549 <para>Claim missing serials via the <link linkend="serialclaims">Claims
27550 section</link></para>
27556 <para>create_subscription</para>
27560 <para>Create <link linkend="newsubscription">a new subscription</link></para>
27566 <para>delete_subscription</para>
27570 <para>Delete an existing subscription</para>
27576 <para>edit_subscription</para>
27580 <para>Edit an existing subscription</para>
27583 <para>This permission does not include the ability to delete or create a
27584 subscription</para>
27590 <para>receive_serials</para>
27594 <para>Serials receiving</para>
27597 <para>Receive serials on existing subscriptions</para>
27603 <para>renew_subscription</para>
27607 <para>Renew a subscription</para>
27613 <para>routing</para>
27617 <para>Routing</para>
27620 <para>Manage <link linkend="routinglist">routing lists</link></para>
27625 <para>superserials<itemizedlist>
27627 <para>Manage subscriptions from any branch (only applies when <link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependantBranches</link> is used)</para>
27629 </itemizedlist></para>
27634 <section id="toolspermissions">
27635 <title><link linkend="toolspermissions">Granular Tools Permissions</link></title>
27637 <para>If the staff member has 'tools' permissions they have the
27638 ability to access and use all items under the Tools menu. If you
27639 would like to control which tools staff members have access to on a
27640 more granular level choose from these options:</para>
27644 <para>batch_upload_patron_images</para>
27648 <para>Upload patron images in batch or one at a time </para>
27651 <para>Access to the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">Image Upload
27658 <para>delete_anonymize_patrons</para>
27662 <para>Delete old borrowers and anonymize circulation/reading history (deletes
27663 borrower reading history)</para>
27666 <para>Access to the <link linkend="anonpatrons">Anonymize Patron
27673 <para>edit_calendar</para>
27677 <para>Define days when the library is closed </para>
27680 <para>Access to the <link linkend="calholidays">Calendar/Holidays
27687 <para>edit_news</para>
27691 <para>Write news for the OPAC and staff interfaces </para>
27694 <para>Access to the <link linkend="newstool">News Tool</link></para>
27700 <para>edit_notice_status_triggers</para>
27704 <para>Set notice/status triggers for overdue items </para>
27707 <para>Access to the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice Status/Triggers
27714 <para>edit_notices</para>
27718 <para>Define notices </para>
27721 <para>Access to the <link linkend="notices">Notices Tool</link></para>
27727 <para>export_catalog</para>
27731 <para>Export bibliographic, authorities and holdings data </para>
27734 <para>Access to the <link linkend="exportbibs">Export Data Tool</link></para>
27740 <para>import_patrons</para>
27744 <para>Import patron data </para>
27747 <para>Access to the <link linkend="patronimport">Import Patrons Tool</link></para>
27753 <para>inventory</para>
27757 <para>Perform inventory (stocktaking) of your catalog </para>
27760 <para>Access to the <link linkend="inventory">Inventory Tool</link></para>
27766 <para>items_batchdel</para>
27770 <para>Perform batch deletion of items </para>
27773 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">Batch Item Deletion
27780 <para>items_batchmod</para>
27784 <para>Perform batch modification of items </para>
27787 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch Item Modification
27792 <listitem id="items_batchmod_restricted">
27793 <para>items_batchmod_restricted<itemizedlist>
27795 <para>Limit <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification</link> to
27796 subfields defined in the <link linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod">SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod</link> preference</para>
27801 <para>Please note that items_batchmod permission is still required</para>
27805 </itemizedlist></para>
27809 <para>label_creator</para>
27813 <para>Create printable labels and barcodes from catalog and patron data </para>
27816 <para>Access to the <link linkend="labelcreator">Label Creator</link> and <link linkend="quicklabelcreator">Quick Label Creator</link> Tools</para>
27822 <para>manage_csv_profiles</para>
27826 <para>Manage CSV export profiles</para>
27829 <para>Access to the <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profiles Tool</link></para>
27835 <para>manage_staged_marc</para>
27839 <para>Manage staged MARC records, including completing and reversing imports </para>
27842 <para>Access to the <link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged MARC Records
27849 <para>moderate_comments</para>
27853 <para>Moderate patron comments </para>
27856 <para>Access to the <link linkend="comments">Comments Tool</link>
27863 <para>moderate_tags<itemizedlist>
27865 <para>Moderate patron tags</para>
27868 <para>Access to the <link linkend="tagsmoderation">Tags Tool</link></para>
27870 </itemizedlist></para>
27873 <para>records_batchdel<itemizedlist>
27875 <para>Perform batch deletion of records (bibliographic or authority)</para>
27878 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchrecorddelete">Batch Record Deletion
27881 </itemizedlist></para>
27884 <para>rotating_collections<itemizedlist>
27886 <para>Manage rotating collections</para>
27889 <para>Access to the <link linkend="rotatingcollections">Rotating Collections
27892 </itemizedlist></para>
27895 <para>schedule_tasks</para>
27898 <para>Schedule tasks to run </para>
27901 <para>Access to the <link linkend="taskscheduler">Task Scheduler
27908 <para>stage_marc_import</para>
27912 <para>Stage MARC records into the reservoir </para>
27915 <para>Access to the <link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records
27921 <para>upload_general_files <itemizedlist>
27923 <para>Upload any file</para>
27926 <para>Access to upload files via the <link linkend="uploadtool">Upload
27929 </itemizedlist></para>
27933 <para>upload_local_cover_images</para>
27937 <para>Upload local cover images </para>
27940 <para>Access to the <link linkend="uploadlocalimages">Upload Local Cover Image
27941 Tool</link> as well as permission to add and delete local cover images from
27942 the bib detail page</para>
27947 <para>upload_manage <itemizedlist>
27948 <listitem><para>Manage uploaded files</para></listitem>
27950 <para>Access to uploaded files via the <link linkend="uploadtool">Upload
27953 <para>upload_general_files permission is required for this permission</para>
27956 </itemizedlist></para>
27960 <para>view_system_logs</para>
27964 <para>Browse the system logs </para>
27967 <para>Access to the <link linkend="logviewer">Log Viewer Tool</link></para>
27974 <section id="reportpermissions">
27975 <title><link linkend="reportpermissions">Granular Reports Permissions</link></title>
27977 <para>If the staff member has 'reports' permissions they have the
27978 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
27979 control reports permissions on a more granular level choose from
27980 these options:</para>
27984 <para>create_reports</para>
27988 <para>Create SQL Reports</para>
27991 <para>The ability to create and edit but not run SQL reports</para>
27997 <para>execute_reports</para>
28001 <para>Execute SQL Reports</para>
28004 <para>The ability to run but not create or edit SQL reports </para>
28010 <section id="pluginpermissions">
28011 <title><link linkend="pluginpermissions">Granular Plugins Permissions</link></title>
28012 <para>If the staff member has 'plugins' permissions they have the ability to perform all
28013 of these actions. If you would like to control reports permissions on a more granular
28014 level choose from these options:<itemizedlist>
28016 <para>configure<itemizedlist>
28018 <para>Configure plugins</para>
28021 <para>The ability to run the 'configure' section of a plugin if it has
28024 </itemizedlist></para>
28027 <para>manage<itemizedlist>
28029 <para>Manage plugins </para>
28032 <para>The ability to install or uninstall plugins</para>
28034 </itemizedlist></para>
28037 <para>report<itemizedlist>
28039 <para>Use report plugins</para>
28042 <para>The ability to use report plugins</para>
28044 </itemizedlist></para>
28047 <para>tool<itemizedlist>
28049 <para>Use tool plugins</para>
28052 <para>The ability to use tool plugins</para>
28054 </itemizedlist></para>
28056 </itemizedlist></para>
28058 <section id="listspermissions">
28059 <title><link linkend="listspermissions">Granular Lists Permissions</link></title>
28060 <para>All staff members have permission to access lists. This section only needs to be
28061 checked off if you want to give permission to a staff member to delete public lists that
28062 they have no created themselves.<itemizedlist>
28064 <para>delete_public_lists<itemizedlist>
28065 <listitem><para>Delete public lists</para></listitem>
28066 </itemizedlist></para>
28068 </itemizedlist></para>
28073 <section id="patroninformation">
28074 <title><link linkend="patroninformation">Patron Information</link></title>
28076 <para>When viewing a patron record you have the option to view information from one of many
28077 tabs found on the left hand side of the record.<itemizedlist>
28079 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there:</emphasis> Patrons > Browse or search for
28080 patron > Click patron name</para>
28082 </itemizedlist></para>
28084 <section id="patcheckout">
28085 <title><link linkend="patcheckout">Check Out</link></title>
28087 <para>For instruction on checking items out, view the <link linkend="checkingout">Checking Out</link> section of this
28089 <para>Staff members can access their own check out screen by clicking their username in the
28090 top right of the staff client and choosing 'My checkouts'<screenshot>
28091 <screeninfo>My checkouts</screeninfo>
28094 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/mycheckouts.png"/>
28097 </screenshot></para>
28100 <section id="patrondetails">
28101 <title><link linkend="patrondetails">Details</link></title>
28102 <para>Staff members can access their own account details by clicking their username in the
28103 top right of the staff client and choosing 'My account'</para>
28105 <screeninfo>My account</screeninfo>
28108 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/myaccount.png"/>
28113 <para>All patron information will appear on the Details tab. This
28114 includes all the contact information, notes, custom patron attributes,
28115 messaging preferences, etc entered when adding the patron.</para>
28117 <para>In the case of patrons who are marked as 'Child' or
28118 'Professional' and their Guarantors additional information will appear
28119 on their record.</para>
28123 <para>A child patron will list their Guarantor</para>
28126 <screeninfo>Guarantor listed and linked from the child
28127 record</screeninfo>
28131 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/child.png"/>
28138 <para>On the Guarantor's record, all children and/or professionals
28139 will be listed</para>
28142 <screeninfo>Guarantees listed on the Guarantor's
28143 profile</screeninfo>
28147 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/parent.png"/>
28154 <section id="patcircsummary">
28155 <title><link linkend="patcircsummary">Circulation Summary</link></title>
28157 <para>Below the patron's information on the details screen is a
28158 tabbed display of the items they have checked out, overdue, and on
28162 <screeninfo>Checkout summary</screeninfo>
28166 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/checkoutsummary.png"/>
28171 <para>If they have family at the library staff can see what the
28172 other family members have checked out.</para>
28175 <screeninfo>Relative checkouts</screeninfo>
28179 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/relativecheckouts.png"/>
28183 <para>The Restrictions tab will show for all patrons. If the patron has no restrictions
28184 you will see that on the tab.</para>
28186 <screeninfo>Patron restrictions</screeninfo>
28189 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronrestrictions-none.png"/>
28193 <para>If the patron has restrictions on their account the tab will show the number and the
28194 description.</para>
28196 <screeninfo>Patron restrictions</screeninfo>
28199 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronrestrictions.png"/>
28203 <para>Using the 'Add manual restriction' button you can add a restriction to the patron
28204 record from here.</para>
28206 <screeninfo>Add restriction</screeninfo>
28209 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addrestriction.png"/>
28216 <section id="patronfines">
28217 <title><link linkend="patronfines">Fines</link></title>
28219 <para>The patron's complete accounting history will appear on the
28220 Fines tab. Contrary to its name, the Fines tab does not just show fine
28221 data, it also shows membership fees, rental fees, reserve fees and any
28222 other charge you may have for patrons.</para>
28225 <screeninfo>Patron Accounting Summary</screeninfo>
28229 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaccount.png"/>
28234 <para>The table will show you the following columns:</para>
28238 <para>Date: the date the charge/payment was posted</para>
28242 <para>In the case of fines this will be the last day that the
28243 fine was accrued</para>
28249 <para>Description: a description of the charges including the due
28250 date for overdue items and a link to the item record where one is
28255 <para>Note: any notes about this charge/payment<itemizedlist>
28257 <para>If you're allowing patrons to pay fines via the OPAC with PayPal (<link linkend="EnablePayPalOpacPayments">EnablePayPalOpacPayments</link>) you will
28258 see a Note that says 'PayPal' for items paid this way<screenshot>
28259 <screeninfo>PayPal Fines</screeninfo>
28262 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/paypalpaid.png"/>
28265 </screenshot></para>
28267 </itemizedlist></para>
28271 <para>Amount: the total amount of the payment or charge</para>
28275 <para>Outstanding: the amount still due on charge</para>
28278 <para>The ability to reverse a payment</para>
28281 <para>A link to print a receipt for that line item</para>
28284 <para>At the top of the table you can click the 'Filter paid transaction' to hide all
28285 completed transaction and above that you can use the search box to find a specific charge
28288 <section id="chargefines">
28289 <title><link linkend="chargefines">Charging Fines/Fees</link></title>
28291 <para>Most fees and fines will be charged automatically if the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines cron job</link> is running:</para>
28295 <para>Fines will be charged based on your <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation & Fines
28296 Rules</link></para>
28300 <para>Hold fees will be charged based on the rules you set in
28301 the <link linkend="patcats">Patron Types & Categories</link>
28302 administration area</para>
28306 <para>Rental fees will be charged based on the settings in your
28307 <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item Types</link> administration
28312 <para>Marking an item 'Lost' via the cataloging module will
28313 automatically charge the patron the replacement cost for that
28319 <section id="payfines">
28320 <title><link linkend="payfines">Pay/Reverse Fines</link></title>
28322 <para>Each line item can be paid in full (or written off) using the
28323 'Pay Fines' tab.</para>
28326 <screeninfo>Paying Fines</screeninfo>
28330 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/makepayment.png"/>
28337 <para>Each line item can be paid in full, partially paid, or
28338 written off.</para>
28342 <para>Pay a fine in full</para>
28346 <para>If you have a note about the payment please type that first then move
28350 <para>Click "Pay" next to the fine you want to pay in full</para>
28354 <para>The full amount of the fine will be populated for you
28355 in the "Collect From Patron" box</para>
28358 <screeninfo>Pay fine</screeninfo>
28362 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payfine.png"/>
28369 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
28373 <para>The fine will be removed from outstanding fines, and
28374 displayed as fully paid.</para>
28380 <para>Pay a partial fine</para>
28384 <para>Click "Pay" next to the fine you want to partially
28389 <para>Enter the amount you are collecting from the patron in
28390 the "Collect From Patron" box</para>
28393 <screeninfo>Pay partial fine</screeninfo>
28397 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/paypartial.png"/>
28404 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
28408 <para>The fine will be updated to show the original Amount,
28409 and the current Amount Outstanding</para>
28415 <para>Pay an amount towards all fines</para>
28419 <para>Click the "Pay Amount" button</para>
28423 <para>Enter the amount you are collecting from the patron in
28424 "Collect from Patron." The sum of all fines is shown in
28425 "Total Amount Outstanding"</para>
28428 <screeninfo>Pay Amount</screeninfo>
28432 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payamount.png"/>
28439 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
28443 <para>The fine totals will be updated with the payment
28444 applied to oldest fines first.</para>
28450 <para>Pay Selected fines</para>
28454 <para>Check the selection boxes next to the fines you wish
28455 to pay, click "Pay Selected"</para>
28458 <screeninfo>Select lines to pay</screeninfo>
28462 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payselected-select.png"/>
28469 <para>Enter an amount to pay towards the fines.</para>
28472 <screeninfo>Pay Selected</screeninfo>
28476 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payselected.png"/>
28483 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
28487 <para>The fine totals will be updated with the payment
28488 applied to the oldest selected fines first.</para>
28494 <para>Writeoff a single fine</para>
28498 <para>Click "Writeoff" next to the fine you wish to
28503 <para>The fine will be removed from outstanding fines, and
28504 displayed as written off.</para>
28510 <para>Writeoff All fines</para>
28514 <para>Click the "Writeoff All" button</para>
28518 <para>All fines will be removed from outstanding fines, and
28519 displayed as written off.</para>
28525 <para>If you accidentally mark and item as paid, you can reverse
28526 that line item by clicking 'Reverse' to the right of the
28530 <screeninfo>Reverse Link</screeninfo>
28534 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/reverselink.png"/>
28541 <para>Once clicked a new line item will be added to the
28542 account, showing the payment as reversed</para>
28545 <screeninfo>Reversed Payment</screeninfo>
28549 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/reversed.png"/>
28559 <section id="manualinvoice">
28560 <title><link linkend="manualinvoice">Creating Manual Invoices</link></title>
28562 <para>For fees that are not automatically charged, librarians can
28563 create a manual invoice</para>
28566 <screeninfo>Create Manual Invoice</screeninfo>
28570 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/manualinvoice.png"/>
28577 <para>First choose the type of invoice you would like to
28582 <para>To add additional values to the manual invoice type pull down menu, add them
28583 to the <link linkend="manualinvvals">MANUAL_INV</link> Authorized Value</para>
28588 <para>The value set as the Authorized Value for the MANUAL_INV authorized
28589 value category will appear as the Description and the Authorized Value
28590 Description will be used as the amount.</para>
28598 <para>If the fee is associated with an item you can enter its
28599 barcode so that the line item shows a link to that item</para>
28603 <para>The description field is where you will enter the
28604 description of the charge</para>
28608 <para>In the amount field, do not enter currency symbols, only
28609 numbers and decimals</para>
28614 <section id="manualcredit">
28615 <title><link linkend="manualcredit">Creating Manual Credits</link></title>
28617 <para>Manual credits can be used to pay off parts of fines, or to
28618 forgive a fine amount.</para>
28621 <screeninfo>Create Manual Credit</screeninfo>
28625 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/manualcredit.png"/>
28632 <para>First choose the type of credit you'd like to apply</para>
28636 <para>If this credit is associated with an item you can enter
28637 that item's barcode so that the line item links to the right
28642 <para>The description field is where you will enter the
28643 description of the credit</para>
28647 <para>In the amount field, do not enter currency symbols, only
28648 numbers and decimals</para>
28653 <section id="printinglineitems">
28654 <title><link linkend="printinglineitems">Printing Invoices</link></title>
28656 <para>To the right of each account line there is a print link.
28657 Clicking that link will print an invoice for the line item that
28658 includes the date and description of the line item along with the
28659 total outstanding on the account.</para>
28662 <screeninfo>Sample Invoice</screeninfo>
28666 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroninvoice.png"/>
28673 <section id="patronroutingtab">
28674 <title><link linkend="patronroutingtab">Routing Lists</link></title>
28676 <para>A list of all of the serial routing lists the patron belongs to
28677 will be accessible via the 'Routing Lists' tab on the patron
28681 <screeninfo>Routing Lists</screeninfo>
28685 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/routinglisttab.png"/>
28690 <para>On this tab you will be able to see and edit all of the routing
28691 lists that this patron is on.</para>
28694 <screeninfo>Patron's routing lists</screeninfo>
28698 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronroutinglists.png"/>
28704 <section id="circhistory">
28705 <title><link linkend="circhistory">Circulation History</link></title>
28707 <para>The circulation history tab will appear if you have set the
28708 <link linkend="intranetreadinghistory">intranetreadinghistory</link>
28709 preference to allow it to appear. If you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> system preference set to
28710 'Allow' and the patron has decided that the library cannot keep this
28711 information this tab will only show currently checked out
28715 <screeninfo>Patron Circulation History</screeninfo>
28719 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/readinghistory.png"/>
28724 <para>If you would like to export a list of barcodes for the items
28725 checked in today you can find that option under the More menu on the
28726 top right of the page.</para>
28729 <screeninfo>Export today's checkins</screeninfo>
28733 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/readinghistory-export.png"/>
28738 <para>This will generate a text file with one barcode per line.</para>
28741 <section id="patmodlog">
28742 <title><link linkend="patmodlog">Modification Log</link></title>
28744 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="BorrowersLog">BorrowersLog</link> to track changes to patron
28745 records, then this tab will appear. The Modification Log will show
28746 when changes were made to the patron record. If you also have turned
28747 on the <link linkend="IssueLog">IssueLog</link> and <link linkend="ReturnLog">ReturnLog</link> you will see checkins and outs on
28748 this screen as well.</para>
28751 <screeninfo>Changes to Patron</screeninfo>
28755 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/borrowerlog.png"/>
28762 <para>The Librarian field shows the patron number for the
28763 librarian who made the changes</para>
28767 <para>The module lists 'MEMBERS' for the patron module</para>
28771 <para>The action will tell you what action was being logged</para>
28775 <para>The Object field lists the borrowernumber that is being
28776 modified (in the example above, it was my changing my own
28782 <section id="patnotices">
28783 <title><link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></title>
28785 <para>The <link linkend="setpatronmessaging">patron's messaging
28786 preferences</link> are set when <link linkend="addnewpatron">adding</link> or <link linkend="editpatrons">editing</link> the patron. This tab will show
28787 the messages that have been sent and those that are queued to be
28791 <screeninfo>Patron Notices Tab</screeninfo>
28795 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patnoticestab.png"/>
28800 <para>Clicking on the message title will expand the view to show you
28801 the full text of the message that was sent.</para>
28804 <screeninfo>Full message text</screeninfo>
28808 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patnoticestab-full.png"/>
28814 <section id="patronstatstab">
28815 <title><link linkend="patronstatstab">Statistics</link></title>
28817 <para>Depending on what you set for the values of your <link linkend="StatisticsFields">StatisticsFields</link> system preference,
28818 you can see statistics for one patron's circulation actions.</para>
28821 <screeninfo>Patron's Statistics</screeninfo>
28825 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronstats.png"/>
28831 <section id="patronfiles">
28832 <title><link linkend="patronfiles">Files</link></title>
28834 <para>If you set the <link linkend="EnableBorrowerFiles">EnableBorrowerFiles</link> preference to
28835 'Do' the Files tab will be visible on the patron information
28839 <screeninfo>Patron Files Tab</screeninfo>
28843 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfilestab.png"/>
28848 <para>From here you can upload files to attach to the patron
28852 <screeninfo>Upload patron files</screeninfo>
28856 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/nopatronfiles.png"/>
28861 <para>All files that are uploaded will appear above a form where
28862 additional files can be uploaded from.</para>
28865 <screeninfo>List of files on the patron record</screeninfo>
28869 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfileslist.png"/>
28874 <section id="patronsuggestions">
28875 <title><link linkend="patronsuggestions">Purchase Suggestions</link></title>
28876 <para>If the patron has made any purchase suggestions you will see a purchase suggestions
28877 tab on the patron record.<screenshot>
28878 <screeninfo>Patron purchase suggestions</screeninfo>
28881 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/purchasesuggestions.png"/>
28884 </screenshot></para>
28885 <para>From here you can see all suggestions made by the patron and their status, you can
28886 also create a purchase suggestion on the patron's behalf by clicking the 'New purchase
28887 suggestion' button at the top.</para>
28888 <para>Learn more about <link linkend="purchasesuggest">Purchase suggestions</link> in the
28889 <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions</link> chapter of this manual.</para>
28891 <section id="patrondischarge">
28892 <title><link linkend="patrondischarge">Patron discharges</link></title>
28893 <para>A discharge is a certificate that says the patron has no current checkouts, no holds
28894 and owe no money. To enable this option on the patron record you need to set the <link linkend="useDischarge">useDischarge</link> system preference to 'Allow'.</para>
28896 <para>In France a "quitus" ("discharge") is needed if you want to register for an
28897 account in a library or a university). </para>
28900 <para>Academic libraries often require that you have a clear record at the library
28901 before you can graduate.</para>
28903 <para>Patrons can <link linkend="opacdischarge">request discharges via the OPAC</link>. Any
28904 pending discharges will be listed below the menu buttons on the main staff client page<screenshot>
28905 <screeninfo>Pending discharges</screeninfo>
28908 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/dischargepending.png"/>
28911 </screenshot></para>
28912 <para>Clicking the pending requests will open a screen where you can allow those discharges<screenshot>
28913 <screeninfo>Pending discharges</screeninfo>
28916 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/dischargependingapprove.png"/>
28919 </screenshot></para>
28920 <para>To generate a discharge for a specific patron click the 'Discharge' tab on the left of
28921 the patron record<screenshot>
28922 <screeninfo>Discharge</screeninfo>
28925 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/discharge.png"/>
28928 </screenshot></para>
28929 <para>If the patron can have a discharge generated then it will have a button that says
28930 'Generate discharge'</para>
28932 <screeninfo>Generate discharge</screeninfo>
28935 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/generatedischarge.png"/>
28939 <para>If not then you'll see an error explaining why you can't discharge the patron.</para>
28941 <screeninfo>Cannot discharge</screeninfo>
28944 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/cantdischarge.png"/>
28948 <para>Once the letter is generated you will have a PDF to download</para>
28950 <screeninfo>Discharge letter</screeninfo>
28953 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/dischargeletter.png"/>
28958 <para>You can style the PDF using the <link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link>
28961 <para>The patron will have a restriction added to their account<screenshot>
28962 <screeninfo>Discharge restriction</screeninfo>
28965 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/dischargerestrict.png"/>
28968 </screenshot></para>
28969 <para>And a history of discharges will be added to the 'Discharge' tab<screenshot>
28970 <screeninfo>Discharge history</screeninfo>
28973 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/dischargehistory.png"/>
28976 </screenshot></para>
28982 <section id="patronsearch">
28983 <title><link linkend="patronsearch">Patron Search</link></title>
28985 <para>Clicking on the link to the Patron module will bring you to a search/browse screen for
28986 patrons. From here you can search for a patron by any part of their name or their card
28990 <screeninfo>Patron Search</screeninfo>
28994 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearch.png"/>
28998 <para>Clicking the small plus sign [+] to the right of the search box will open up an advanced
28999 patron search with more filters including the ability to limit to a specific category and/or library.</para>
29001 <screeninfo>Expanded patron search</screeninfo>
29004 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchexpand.png"/>
29008 <para>You can also filter your patron results using the search options on the left hand side
29009 of the page.<screenshot>
29010 <screeninfo>Patron search filters</screeninfo>
29013 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchfilters.png"/>
29016 </screenshot></para>
29018 <para>Depending on what you have chosen for the 'Search fields' you can
29019 search for patrons in various different ways.</para>
29022 <screeninfo>Patron Search Fields</screeninfo>
29026 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfieldsearch.png"/>
29033 <para>Standard:</para>
29037 <para>Enter any part of their name, username, email address or
29044 <para>Email:</para>
29048 <para>Enter any part of their email address and choose 'Contains' instead of 'Starts
29055 <para>Borrower number:</para>
29059 <para>Enter the Koha borrower number</para>
29065 <para>Phone number:</para>
29069 <para>Enter the phone number exactly as it is in the system or
29070 by using spaces between each batch of numbers.</para>
29074 <para>Example: To find (212) 555-1212 you can search for it
29075 exactly as it was entered or by searching for 212 555
29082 <para>Street address:</para>
29086 <para>Enter any part of the patron's address (includes all address fields) and choose
29087 'Contains' instead of 'Starts with' to find the string anywhere in the
29093 <para>Date of birth<itemizedlist>
29095 <para>Birth dates should be entered using the format set forth in the <link linkend="dateformat">dateformat</link> preference. </para>
29097 </itemizedlist></para>
29100 <para>Sort field 1<itemizedlist>
29102 <para>This is a custom field that libraries can use for any type of data about the
29105 </itemizedlist></para>
29108 <para>Sort field 2<itemizedlist>
29110 <para>This is a custom field that libraries can use for any type of data about the
29113 </itemizedlist></para>
29116 <para>You can also choose to either search for fields that start with the string you entered
29117 or contain the string. Choosing 'Contains' will work like a wildcard search.</para>
29119 <screeninfo>Contains or Starts with Search</screeninfo>
29122 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchcontains.png"/>
29127 <para>You can also browse through the patron records by clicking on the
29128 linked letters across the top.</para>
29131 <screeninfo>Patron Browse</screeninfo>
29135 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronbrowse.png"/>
29142 <chapter id="circulation">
29143 <title>Circulation</title>
29145 <para>Circulation functions can be accessed in several different ways. On
29146 the main page of the staff client there are some quick links in the center
29147 of the page to check items out, in or transfer them. For a complete
29148 listing of Circulation functions you can visit the Circulation page which
29149 is linked from the top left of every page or from the center of the main
29152 <para>Before circulating your collection you will want to set your <link linkend="globalsysprefs">Global System Preferences</link>, <link linkend="basicparams">Basic Parameters</link> and <link linkend="patscirc">Patrons & Circulation Rules</link>.</para>
29154 <para>While in Circulation you can jump between the tabs on the quick
29155 search box at the top of the screen by using the following hot
29160 <para>jump to the catalog search with Alt+Q</para>
29164 <para>jump to the checkout with Alt+U</para>
29168 <para>this will not work for Mac users</para>
29174 <para>jump to the checkin with Alt+R</para>
29179 <para>Mac users use the OPTION button in place of ALT</para>
29182 <section id="checkingout">
29183 <title><link linkend="checkingout">Check Out (Issuing)</link></title>
29185 <para>To begin the checkout process you must enter the patron barcode or
29186 part of their name. The checkout option appears in three main
29191 <para>Check out option on the top of the main staff client</para>
29194 <screeninfo>Check out box on main Koha Staff Client
29199 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutmain.png"/>
29206 <para>Check out option on the patron record</para>
29209 <screeninfo>Check out tab on a patron record</screeninfo>
29213 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutpatron.png"/>
29219 <para>If you have enabled <link linkend="batchcheckoutprefs">batch checkouts</link> then
29220 click the batch check out option on the patron record<screenshot>
29221 <screeninfo>Batch checkout</screeninfo>
29224 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/batchcheckout.png"/>
29227 </screenshot></para>
29231 <para>Check out option on the quick search bar on the circulation
29235 <screeninfo>Check out tab on quick search bar</screeninfo>
29239 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circquickbox.png"/>
29246 <section id="checkitemout">
29247 <title><link linkend="checkitemout">Checking Items Out</link></title>
29249 <para>To check an item out to a patron, first search for that patron using one of the many
29250 options listed above. You will then be presented with the checkout screen.</para>
29252 <screeninfo>Check Out Screen</screeninfo>
29255 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkingout-noshow.png"/>
29259 <para>If you have chosen to 'Always show checkouts immediately' then you will see the list
29260 of checkouts below the check out box.</para>
29263 <screeninfo>Check Out Screen</screeninfo>
29267 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkingout.png"/>
29272 <para>At the top of the Check Out screen is a box for you to type or
29273 scan the item's barcode into.</para>
29278 <para>Many modern barcode scanners will send a 'return' to the
29279 browser, making it so that the 'Check Out' button is
29280 automatically clicked</para>
29285 <para>If the barcode is not found you will be prompted to use fast cataloging to add the
29286 item. Learn more about <link linkend="fastaddcat">fast cataloging</link> later in this
29290 <para>If you have <link linkend="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</link> set to 'Enable' then you can enter a keyword
29291 search in this box instead of just a barcode (this will make it possible to check out
29292 using title and/or call number).</para>
29295 <para>Below the box for the barcode you will see a checkbox for 'Automatic renewal'. This
29296 will allow this item to automatically renew if the <link linkend="autorenewcron">appropriate cron job</link> is running and there are no holds on the item.</para>
29298 <para>Below the box for the barcode there may be options for you to
29299 override the default due date for the item.</para>
29303 <para>This option will only appear if you have set the <link linkend="SpecifyDueDate">SpecifyDueDate</link> system preference
29304 to allow staff to override the due date</para>
29307 <para>If you're allowing the <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">checkout of items on
29308 site</link> to patrons (these are usually items that are not for loan that you would
29309 like to check for in library use) then you will see the 'On-site checkout' checkbox.<screenshot>
29310 <screeninfo>On-site checkout</screeninfo>
29313 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/allowonsitecheckout.png"/>
29316 </screenshot></para>
29318 <para>At the bottom of the page there is a summary of the patron's
29319 current checked out items along with the due date (and time if the
29320 item is an hourly loan), items checked out today will appear at the
29324 <para>Items that are hourly loan items will include the time with the due date.</para>
29328 <screeninfo>Patron's checkout summary</screeninfo>
29332 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutsummary.png"/>
29336 <para>If you checked out an item for on site use you will see that highlighted in red in the
29337 checkout summary.</para>
29339 <screeninfo>Patron's on-site checkout </screeninfo>
29342 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/onsitecheckout.png"/>
29346 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="ExportWithCsvProfile">ExportWithCsvProfile</link>
29347 preference, you will also see the option to export the patron's current checkout
29348 information using a CSV Profile or ISO2709 (MARC21) format.</para>
29350 <screeninfo>Export patron's checkout information</screeninfo>
29353 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/exportcheckouts.png"/>
29358 <para>Also at the bottom of the page is the list of items the patron
29362 <screeninfo>Holds summary on check out screen</screeninfo>
29366 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdssummary.png"/>
29371 <para>From the holds list you can suspend or resume patrons holds
29372 using the options at the bottom of the list if you have the <link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link> preference
29373 set to 'allow.'</para>
29376 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
29377 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
29378 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
29381 <para>If there are notes on the patron record these will appear to the
29382 right of the checkout box</para>
29385 <screeninfo>Patron notes on check out screen</screeninfo>
29389 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/patronnotes.png"/>
29394 <para>If the patron has a hold waiting at the library that too will
29395 appear to the right of the check out box making it easy for the
29396 circulation librarian to see that there is another item to give the
29400 <screeninfo>Hold waiting message on check out screen</screeninfo>
29404 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdwaiting.png"/>
29408 <para>The details of the checkouts will appear on the bib detail page in the staff client as
29411 <screeninfo>Circulation information on holdings tab</screeninfo>
29414 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circonholdings.png"/>
29419 <section id="printcircreceipt">
29420 <title><link linkend="printcircreceipt">Printing Receipts</link></title>
29422 <para>Once you have checked out all of the items for the patron you
29423 can print them a receipt by choosing one of two methods.</para>
29425 <para>If you have the <link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link>
29426 preference set to 'open a print quick slip window' you can simply
29427 hit enter on your keyboard or scan a blank piece of paper with your
29428 barcode scanner. The idea being that you're "checking out" a blank
29429 barcode which triggers Koha to print the 'Quick slip.'</para>
29431 <para>You can also click the Print button at the top of the screen
29432 and choose 'Print slip' or 'Print quick slip'.</para>
29435 <screeninfo>Print receipt to slip printer</screeninfo>
29439 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/printslip.png"/>
29444 <para>If you choose 'Print slip' it will print all of the items the
29445 patron has checked out, including those they checked out at an
29446 earlier date. Choosing 'Print quick slip' will print only the items
29447 that were checked out today.</para>
29448 <para>'Print summary' will generate a full page summary for the patron's circulation
29449 information and 'Print overdues' will print out a slip that lists all items that are
29452 <para>What prints on the slips can be customized by altering the
29453 slip templates under the <link linkend="notices">Notices &
29454 Slips</link> tool.</para>
29457 <section id="clearpatroninfo">
29458 <title><link linkend="clearpatroninfo">Clear Patron Information</link></title>
29460 <para>When you're done checking an item out if you have the <link linkend="DisplayClearScreenButton">DisplayClearScreenButton</link>
29461 preference set to 'Show' you can clear the current patron by
29462 clicking the X in the top right of the patron's info to remove the
29463 current patron from the screen and start over.</para>
29466 <screeninfo>Clear Screen Button</screeninfo>
29470 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButton.png"/>
29475 <para>If you have the <link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link>
29476 preference set to 'clear the screen' then you simply need to hit
29477 enter or scan a blank barcode and the screen will be cleared of the
29478 current patron.</para>
29481 <section id="batchcheckout">
29482 <title><link linkend="batchcheckout">Batch Checkouts</link></title>
29483 <para>If you would like to perform a batch check out you can do so by turning on the <link linkend="BatchCheckouts">BatchCheckouts</link> system preference and assigning the
29484 proper patron categories via the <link linkend="BatchCheckoutsValidCategories">BatchCheckoutsValidCategories</link> preference. This will allow you to use an RFID
29485 pad that reads multiple barcodes or perform a batch check out for training internal use.<screenshot>
29486 <screeninfo>Batch checkouts</screeninfo>
29489 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/batchcheckoutscan.png"/>
29492 </screenshot></para>
29493 <para>From this screen you can scan several barcodes or load a file of barcodes. If those
29494 items cannot be checked out they will provide a warning on the following screen</para>
29496 <screeninfo>Batch checkout warnings</screeninfo>
29499 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/batchcheckoutwarn.png"/>
29503 <para>If you are using a statistical patron type then you'll see that local use was recorded
29504 for each item you scanned.</para>
29506 <screeninfo>Batch local use</screeninfo>
29509 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/batchlocaluse.png"/>
29515 <section id="checkoutmsg">
29516 <title><link linkend="checkoutmsg">Check Out Messages</link></title>
29518 <para>If you check out an item that has multiple pieces and you have
29519 cataloged that information in subfield 3 of the item record (in
29520 MARC21) a message will pop up when you check out that item telling you
29521 how many pieces should be there.</para>
29524 <screeninfo>Materials in the checked out item</screeninfo>
29528 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/materialspecified.png"/>
29533 <para>There are times when Koha will prevent the librarian from being
29534 able to check out items to a patron. When this happens a warning will
29535 appear notifying the librarian of why the patron cannot check items
29540 <para>Patron owes too much in fines</para>
29543 <screeninfo>Patron owes too much in fines</screeninfo>
29547 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fineswarning.png"/>
29554 <para>You can set the amount at which patron checkouts are
29555 blocked with the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> system
29562 <para>Patron has a restriction on their account</para>
29565 <screeninfo>Patron account restricted</screeninfo>
29569 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/debarwarning.png"/>
29576 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record and adding a <link linkend="patronflags">restriction</link> or by the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue/Notice Status Triggers</link></para>
29579 <para>If the staff member has the right permission they can override the restriction
29582 <screeninfo>Patron account restricted</screeninfo>
29585 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overridetemporarily.png"/>
29594 <para>Patron needs to confirm their address</para>
29597 <screeninfo>Patron's address warning</screeninfo>
29601 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/addresswarning.png"/>
29608 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record
29609 and adding a <link linkend="patronflags">flag</link></para>
29615 <para>Patrons has lost their library card</para>
29618 <screeninfo>Lost patron card warning</screeninfo>
29622 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostcardwarning.png"/>
29629 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record
29630 and adding a <link linkend="patronflags">flag</link></para>
29637 <section id="checkoutwarn">
29638 <title><link linkend="checkoutwarn">Check Out Warnings</link></title>
29640 <para>Sometimes checkouts will trigger warning messages that will
29641 appear in a yellow box above the check out field. These warnings need
29642 to be acknowledged before you will be able to continue checking items
29647 <para>Patron has outstanding fines</para>
29650 <screeninfo>Patron has a debt</screeninfo>
29654 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/patrondebt.png"/>
29661 <para>Item on hold for someone else</para>
29664 <screeninfo>Item is on hold for someone else</screeninfo>
29668 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/onhold.png"/>
29675 <para>Item should be on the hold shelf waiting for someone
29679 <screeninfo>Item is on hold shelf waiting for someone
29684 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/holdwaiting.png"/>
29691 <para>Item already checked out to this patron</para>
29694 <screeninfo>Item is currently checked out to this
29695 patron</screeninfo>
29699 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/alreadycheckedout.png"/>
29706 <para>Item checked out to another patron</para>
29709 <screeninfo>Item checked out to another patron</screeninfo>
29713 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/checkedoutelse.png"/>
29719 <para>This warning will allow you to place a hold on the item for the patron you're
29720 trying to check it out to.</para>
29726 <para>Item not for loan</para>
29729 <screeninfo>Item is not normally for loan</screeninfo>
29733 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/notforloan.png"/>
29740 <para>Patron has too many things checked out and <link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride">AllowTooManyOverride</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
29743 <screeninfo>Too many checkouts</screeninfo>
29747 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/toomanycheckouts.png"/>
29753 <para>Patron has too many things checked out and <link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride">AllowTooManyOverride</link> is set to "Don't allow"</para>
29755 <screeninfo>Too many checkouts</screeninfo>
29758 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/toomanycheckouts-no.png"/>
29765 <para>Item cannot be renewed</para>
29768 <screeninfo>No more renewals</screeninfo>
29772 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/norenewals.png"/>
29779 <para>This can be overridden with the <link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
29780 system preference</para>
29786 <para>Barcode not found</para>
29789 <screeninfo>Barcode not found</screeninfo>
29793 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/barcodefastadd.png"/>
29800 <para>Learn more about <link linkend="fastaddcat">fast
29801 cataloging</link> later in this manual.</para>
29807 <para>Item being checked out is marked as 'lost'</para>
29811 <para>Depending on the value in your <link linkend="IssueLostItem">IssueLostItem</link> preference, you
29812 may just see a warning</para>
29815 <screeninfo>Warning that item is lost</screeninfo>
29819 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostitemmsg.png"/>
29824 <para>or a confirmation box</para>
29827 <screeninfo>Confirm checkout of lost item</screeninfo>
29831 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostitemconfirm.png"/>
29840 <para>Item being checked out is not recommended for a patron of
29844 <screeninfo>Age warning</screeninfo>
29848 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/agewarning.png"/>
29854 <para>Item being checked out meets the <link linkend="decreaseLoanHighHolds">decreaseLoanHighHolds</link> system preference criteria</para>
29856 <screeninfo>Too many holds</screeninfo>
29859 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration.png"/>
29868 <section id="circrenew">
29869 <title><link linkend="circrenew">Renewing</link></title>
29871 <para>Checked out items can be renewed (checked out for another period of time) based on your
29872 <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rules</link> and <link linkend="RenewalPeriodBase">renewal preferences</link>. </para>
29873 <para>If <link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">you allow it</link>, patrons can renew their own
29874 items via the OPAC, but sometimes you'll need to help them by renewing their items via the
29875 staff client. </para>
29876 <para>To renew items checked out to a patron, you can do one of two things. </para>
29877 <para>The first is to visit their details page or checkout page and review their checkout
29878 summary at the bottom.</para>
29881 <screeninfo>Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
29885 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circsummary.png"/>
29890 <para>In the Renew column you will see how many times each item has been
29891 renewed and a checkbox to renew the item for the patron. Check the boxed
29892 of the items you would like to renew and click the 'Renew or Return
29893 checked items' button, or to renew all items checked out to the patron
29894 simply click the 'Renew all' button.</para>
29897 <screeninfo>Renew buttons</screeninfo>
29901 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewbutton.png"/>
29906 <para>Sometimes renewals will be blocked based on your circulation
29907 rules, to override this block you must have your <link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
29908 preference set to 'Allow'. If you allow renewal limit overrides, you
29909 will see a checkbox at the bottom left of the circulation summary. Check
29910 that box and then choose the items you would like to renew.</para>
29913 <screeninfo>Override renewal limit</screeninfo>
29917 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overriderenew.png"/>
29922 <para>Checking that box will add checkboxes in the renew column above
29923 where before the item was not renewable.</para>
29924 <para>The second option is to visit the 'Renew' page found under the Circulation menu.</para>
29926 <screeninfo>Renew</screeninfo>
29929 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewcirc.png"/>
29933 <para>And scan the barcodes of the items you would like to renew.</para>
29935 <screeninfo>Barcode to renew</screeninfo>
29938 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewbarcode.png"/>
29942 <para>If the item is renewed you will receive a confirmation message.</para>
29944 <screeninfo>Item renewed</screeninfo>
29947 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewed.png"/>
29951 <para>If the barcode is not found you will be presented with an error.</para>
29953 <screeninfo>No barcode found</screeninfo>
29956 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewnomatch.png"/>
29960 <para>If the item is not actually checked out you will also receive an error.</para>
29962 <screeninfo>Item not checked out</screeninfo>
29965 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewnotchecked.png"/>
29971 <section id="checkingin">
29972 <title><link linkend="checkingin">Check In (Returning)</link></title>
29974 <para>Checking in items can be performed from various different
29979 <para>The check in box on the top of the main staff client</para>
29982 <screeninfo>Check out box on main Koha Staff Client
29987 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinmain.png"/>
29994 <para>The check in option on the quick search bar on the Circulation
29997 <screeninfo>Check in tab on quick search bar</screeninfo>
30001 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinquickbox.png"/>
30008 <para>The check in link on the patron's checkout summary (and on the
30009 checkout summary page)</para>
30012 <screeninfo>Patron checkout summary includes 'Check In'
30017 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinlink.png"/>
30024 <para>The Check in page under the Circulation menu</para>
30027 <screeninfo>Check in link on Circulation Module</screeninfo>
30031 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkincirc.png"/>
30038 <section id="checkitemin">
30039 <title><link linkend="checkitemin">Checking Items In</link></title>
30041 <para>To check an item in scan the barcode for the item into the box
30042 provided. A summary of all items checked in will appear below the
30046 <screeninfo>Check In Summary</screeninfo>
30050 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkin.png"/>
30055 <para>If you are checking items in that were put in the book drop while the library was
30056 closed you can check the 'Book drop mode' box before scanning items. This will effectively
30057 roll back the returned date to the last date the library was open.</para>
30061 <para>This requires that you have your closings added to the <link linkend="calholidays">Holidays & Calendar Tool </link></para>
30065 <para>You can also choose to forgive all overdue charges for items you
30066 are checking in by checking the 'Forgive overdue charges' box before
30067 scanning items.</para>
30068 <para>If you have the <link linkend="SpecifyReturnDate">SpecifyReturnDate</link> preference
30069 set to 'Allow' you will be able to arbitrarily set the return date from below the check in box.<screenshot>
30070 <screeninfo>Specify check in date</screeninfo>
30073 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SpecifyReturnDate.png"/>
30076 </screenshot></para>
30079 <section id="checkinmsg">
30080 <title><link linkend="checkinmsg">Check In Messages</link></title>
30082 <para>There are several messages that can appear when checking items
30087 <para>If you are checking an item in at a library other than the
30088 home branch, a message will appear asking you to transfer the book
30089 to the home library</para>
30092 <screeninfo>Check in Transfer Message</screeninfo>
30096 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkintransfer.png"/>
30103 <para>After this item is checked in the status of the item
30104 will be changed in the catalog to 'in transit'</para>
30107 <screeninfo>In Transit Status</screeninfo>
30111 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transferstatus.png"/>
30118 <para>To mark an item as back at the home branch, check the
30119 item in at the home branch</para>
30122 <screeninfo>Check In Transferred Item</screeninfo>
30126 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transfercheckin.png"/>
30133 <para>A message will appear tell you that the item is not
30134 checked out, but the status will now say available in the
30135 catalog. This step is necessary to mark items as received
30136 by the home branch.</para>
30144 <para>If you are checking in an item that should have multiple
30145 parts or pieces a message will appear warning you about the number
30146 of pieces you should have in your hand</para>
30149 <screeninfo>Materials Specified</screeninfo>
30153 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/materialspecified.png"/>
30160 <para>If you're checking an item in that has a hold on it, you
30161 will be prompted to confirm the hold</para>
30164 <screeninfo>Hold Found Check In Message</screeninfo>
30168 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdfound.png"/>
30175 <para>Clicking the Confirm hold button will mark the item as
30176 waiting for pickup from the library</para>
30179 <screeninfo>Hold waiting at the library</screeninfo>
30183 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/waitingstatus.png"/>
30190 <para>Clicking the Print Slip and Confirm button will mark the
30191 item as waiting for pickup at the library and present the
30192 library with a receipt to print and place on the book with the
30193 patron's information</para>
30197 <para>Ignoring the hold will leave the item on hold, but leave
30198 its status as Available (it will not cancel the hold)</para>
30204 <para>If you're checking in an item that has a hold on it at
30205 another branch you will be prompted to confirm and transfer the
30209 <screeninfo>Hold found for another branch</screeninfo>
30213 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirmtransfer.png"/>
30220 <para>Clicking the Confirm hold and Transfer button will mark
30221 the item as in transit to the library where the hold was
30225 <screeninfo>In transit hold status</screeninfo>
30229 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/intransithold.png"/>
30236 <para>Clicking the Print Slip, Transfer and Confirm button
30237 will mark the item as in transit to the library where the hold
30238 was placed and present the library with a receipt to print and
30239 place on the book with the patron's information</para>
30243 <para>Ignoring the hold will leave the item on hold, but leave
30244 its status as Available (it will not cancel the hold)</para>
30250 <para>If you have the system showing you fines at the time of
30251 checkin (<link linkend="FineNotifyAtCheckin">FineNotifyAtCheckin</link>) you will
30252 see a message telling you about the fine and providing you a link
30253 to the payment page for that patron</para>
30256 <screeninfo>FineNotifyAtCheckin</screeninfo>
30260 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FineNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
30269 <section id="circmessages">
30270 <title><link linkend="circmessages">Circulation Messages</link></title>
30272 <para>Circulation messages are short messages that librarians can leave
30273 for their patrons or their colleagues that will appear at the time of
30274 circulation.</para>
30276 <section id="setcircmsg">
30277 <title><link linkend="setcircmsg">Setting up Messages</link></title>
30279 <para>Circulation messages are set up as <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link>. To add or edit
30280 Circulation Messages you want to work with the <link linkend="bornotes">BOR_NOTES</link> value.</para>
30283 <screeninfo>BOR_NOTES Authorized Values</screeninfo>
30287 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/bor_notes.png"/>
30292 <para>The 'Description' field can hold a canned message that you would
30293 like to appear on the patron's record. <important>
30294 <para>The 'Description' field is limited to 80 characters, but the
30295 patron message field can hold more than that. Enter 80 characters
30296 in the 'Description' field and then type the rest on the patron
30298 </important></para>
30301 <section id="addcircmsg">
30302 <title><link linkend="addcircmsg">Adding a Message</link></title>
30304 <para>When on the patron's check out tab you will see a link to 'Add a
30305 new message' to the right of the check out box.</para>
30308 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in Staff Client</screeninfo>
30312 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/staffmessages.png"/>
30317 <para>When you click 'Add a new message' you will be asked to choose
30318 if the message is for the librarians or the patron and the message you
30319 would like to leave.</para>
30322 <screeninfo>Leave a Circulation Message</screeninfo>
30326 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/leavecircmsg.png"/>
30332 <para>A message for the patron will also show to the library
30337 <section id="viewcircmsg">
30338 <title><link linkend="viewcircmsg">Viewing Messages</link></title>
30340 <para>Circulation messages meant for the staff and/or the patron will
30341 appear on the patron's checkout screen to the right of the checkout
30342 box. Messages in bold and red are meant for the library staff only,
30343 whereas messages in regular italics font are meant for the patron and
30344 the librarian.</para>
30347 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in Staff Client</screeninfo>
30351 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/staffmessages.png"/>
30356 <para>Circulation messages meant for the patron will also appear when
30357 they log into the OPAC.</para>
30360 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in OPAC</screeninfo>
30364 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/opacmsg.png"/>
30371 <section id="holds">
30372 <title><link linkend="holds">Holds</link></title>
30374 <para>Koha allows patrons to put things on hold. A 'Hold' is a way to reserve an item.
30375 Depending on your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine rules</link> and <link linkend="circholdspolicy">hold preference</link> settings patrons will be able to place
30376 items on hold for pickup at the library at a later date/time.</para>
30378 <section id="holdsinstaff">
30379 <title><link linkend="holdsinstaff">Placing Holds in Staff Client</link></title>
30381 <para>There are several ways to place holds from the staff client. The
30382 most obvious is using the 'Place Hold' button at the top of any
30383 bibliographic record.</para>
30386 <screeninfo>Place Hold Button on Bib Record</screeninfo>
30390 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdbib.png"/>
30395 <para>You can also click the smaller 'Place Hold' link found at the
30396 top of your catalog search results, or the 'Holds' link found below
30397 each result.</para>
30400 <screeninfo>Hold options on search results</screeninfo>
30404 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdsearch.png"/>
30409 <para>You will be asked to search for a patron by barcode or any part
30410 of their name to start the hold process.</para>
30413 <screeninfo>Find Patron For Hold</screeninfo>
30417 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdfindpatron.png"/>
30422 <para>If you'd like to search for the patron first and then the bib
30423 record for the hold, you can open the patron record and click on the
30424 'Search to Hold' button at the top of the patron record.</para>
30427 <screeninfo>Search to Hold on Patron Record</screeninfo>
30431 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/searchtohold.png"/>
30436 <para>After clicking the button you will be brought to the catalog
30437 search page where you can find the book(s) you want to place a hold
30438 on. Under each title on the results you'll see an option to 'Hold for
30439 Patron Name.'</para>
30442 <screeninfo>Hold for Patron links on Search Results</screeninfo>
30446 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdresults.png"/>
30451 <para>If you want to place a hold on multiple items, simply check the
30452 boxes to the left of them and click the arrow to the right of the
30453 'Place Hold' button.</para>
30456 <screeninfo>Hold Multiple Items for Patron</screeninfo>
30460 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdmultiresults.png"/>
30465 <para>Depending on how many items you choose to place a hold on at
30466 once you will see a different place hold form. If you are placing a
30467 hold on one bibliographic record you will see a list of all of the
30468 items you can place a hold on.</para>
30471 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form</screeninfo>
30475 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdsingle.png"/>
30482 <para>Enter any notes that might apply to this hold</para>
30486 <para>Choose the library where the patron will pick up the
30490 <para>If you have the <link linkend="AllowHoldItemTypeSelection">AllowHoldItemTypeSelection</link> preference set to 'Allow' and the record had more
30491 than one item type attached you will see an option to choose to limit the hold to a
30492 specific item type<screenshot>
30493 <screeninfo>AllowHoldItemTypeSelection</screeninfo>
30496 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/AllowHoldItemTypeSelection.png"/>
30499 </screenshot></para>
30503 <para>If the patron wants the hold to start on a date other than
30504 today, enter that in the 'Hold starts on date' field</para>
30508 <para>This option will only appear if the <link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link>
30509 system preference is set to 'Allow'</para>
30515 <para>If the patron has specified that they don't want the item
30516 after a certain date, or if you have limits on hold lengths, you
30517 can enter an expiration date for the hold in the 'Hold expires on
30522 <para>To have expired holds canceled automatically you will
30523 need to have the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expired
30524 Holds</link> cron job set to run on a regular basis.</para>
30530 <para>Next choose if you want to place a hold on the next
30531 available item or a specific item by clicking the radio button
30532 next to an individual item.</para>
30536 <para>If you're placing a hold on multiple items you will be presented
30537 with the next available option for all titles. If no items are
30538 available for hold it will say so on the confirmation screen.</para>
30541 <screeninfo>Place multiple items on hold</screeninfo>
30545 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdmultiple.png"/>
30550 <para>Once your hold is placed, if you'd like to have Koha forget that
30551 you used the 'Search to Hold' function, you can choose to have Koha
30552 'forget' the patron's name by clicking the arrow to the right of the
30553 'Place Hold' button on the search results and choosing the 'Forget'
30557 <screeninfo>Forget Search to Hold Option</screeninfo>
30561 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/forgethold.png"/>
30567 <section id="manageholds">
30568 <title><link linkend="manageholds">Managing Holds</link></title>
30570 <para>Holds can be altered and canceled from the Holds tab found on
30571 the left of the bibliographic record.</para>
30574 <screeninfo>Bibliographic Record Tabs</screeninfo>
30578 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdtab.png"/>
30583 <para>From the list of holds you can change the order of the holds,
30584 the pickup location, suspend and/or cancel the hold.</para>
30587 <screeninfo>Lists of Holds</screeninfo>
30591 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdslist.png"/>
30597 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
30598 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
30599 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
30603 <para>Depending on how you have your <link linkend="HidePatronName">HidePatronName</link> system preference set
30604 the list may show card numbers instead of names in the Patron column
30605 like in the image above.</para>
30608 <para>To rearrange or delete holds, simply make a selection from the
30609 'Priority' pull down or click the arrows to the right of the priority
30613 <screeninfo>Hold Priority Menu</screeninfo>
30617 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdpriority.png"/>
30622 <para>If you use the priority pull down to rearrange or delete holds
30623 you will need to click the 'Update hold(s)' button to save your
30626 <para>Clicking the down arrow to the right of the hold will stick the
30627 hold at the bottom of the list even if more requests are made.</para>
30629 <para>For example, your library has home-bound patrons that are
30630 allowed to keep books out for months at a time. It would not be fair
30631 to other patrons if a home-bound patron were able to check out a brand
30632 new book and keep it for months. For this reason, the home-bound
30633 patron's hold request would stay at the bottom of the queue until
30634 everyone else who wanted to read that book has already done so.</para>
30637 <screeninfo>Lowest Priority & Delete Options for
30642 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lowestpriority.png"/>
30647 <para>If a patron asks to have their hold suspended and you have the
30648 <link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link>
30649 system preference set to 'allow' you can do so by clicking the Suspend
30650 button to far right. If the patron gives you a date for the items to
30651 become unsuspended you can enter that in the date box and click the
30652 'Update hold(s)' button to save your changes.</para>
30655 <screeninfo>Hold suspension column</screeninfo>
30659 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/suspendholds.png"/>
30664 <para>To delete or cancel a hold click the red 'X' to the right of the
30665 hold line. To delete/cancel a bunch of holds you can choose 'del' from
30666 pull down to the left of each line and then click 'Update hold(s)' at
30667 the bottom of the list.</para>
30670 <screeninfo>Cancel Holds</screeninfo>
30674 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/cancelholds.png"/>
30680 <section id="receiveholds">
30681 <title><link linkend="receiveholds">Receiving Holds</link></title>
30683 <para>When items that are on hold are <link linkend="checkingin">checked in</link> or <link linkend="checkingout">out</link> the system will remind the circulation librarian that
30684 the item is on hold and offer them options for managing the hold.</para>
30686 <para>When you check in an item that has a hold on it the system will
30687 ask you to either confirm and transfer the item</para>
30690 <screeninfo>Confirm Hold & Transfer</screeninfo>
30694 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirmtransfer.png"/>
30699 <para>or just confirm the hold</para>
30702 <screeninfo>Confirm Hold</screeninfo>
30706 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirm.png"/>
30711 <para>Clicking the Confirm button will mark the item as on hold for
30712 the patron. If the item needs to be transferred the item will also be
30713 marked as in transit to the proper branch. Clicking 'Ignore' will
30714 retain the hold, but allow you to check the item out to another
30715 patron. Choosing to confirm and print will present you with a
30716 printable page that you can slip inside the book with the necessary
30717 hold and/or transfer information.</para>
30719 <para>Once confirmed the hold will show on the patron record and on
30720 the checkout screen under the 'Hold' tab.</para>
30723 <screeninfo>Hold on Patron Record</screeninfo>
30727 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdpatronrec.png"/>
30731 <para>From here if the patron would like you suspend their holds you can do so one by one or
30734 <para>The item record will also show that the item is on hold.</para>
30737 <screeninfo>Hold on Item Record</screeninfo>
30741 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holditem.png"/>
30746 <para>In some cases a patron may come in to pick up a hold for their
30747 partner (or someone else in their household). In this case you want to
30748 make sure that the hold is cancelled when you check the item out to
30749 someone else. When trying to check out an item that is already waiting
30750 for someone else you will be presented with a warning message.</para>
30753 <screeninfo>Hold waiting for someone else</screeninfo>
30757 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdwaitingwarn.png"/>
30762 <para>From here you can check the item out to the patron at the desk
30763 and cancel the hold for the patron.</para>
30767 <section id="transfers">
30768 <title><link linkend="transfers">Transfers</link></title>
30770 <para>If you work in a multi-branch system you can transfer items from one library to another
30771 by using the Transfer tool.<itemizedlist>
30773 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there</emphasis>: Circulation > Transfer</para>
30775 </itemizedlist></para>
30776 <para>To transfer an item</para>
30780 <para>Click 'Transfer' on the Circulation page</para>
30783 <screeninfo>Transfer Tool</screeninfo>
30787 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transfer.png"/>
30794 <para>Enter the library you would like to transfer the item
30799 <para>Scan or type the barcode on the item you would like to
30806 <para>Click 'Submit'</para>
30809 <screeninfo>Transfer Summary</screeninfo>
30813 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemtransferred.png"/>
30820 <para>The item will now say that it is in transit</para>
30823 <screeninfo>Item in Transit</screeninfo>
30827 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemintransit.png"/>
30834 <para>When the item arrives at the other branch the librarian must
30835 check the item in to acknowledge that it is no longer in
30840 <para>The item will not be permanently moved to the new
30844 <screeninfo>Item record</screeninfo>
30848 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemlocations.png"/>
30855 <para>The item shows the same 'Home Library' but has updated the
30856 'Current Location' to note where it resides at this time</para>
30863 <section id="setlibrary">
30864 <title><link linkend="setlibrary">Set Library</link></title>
30866 <para>By default you will enter the staff client as if you are at your
30867 home library. This library will appear in the top right of the Staff
30871 <screeninfo>My Library</screeninfo>
30875 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/mylibrary.png"/>
30880 <para>This is the library that all circulation transactions will take
30881 place at. If you are at another library (or on a bookmobile) you will
30882 want to set your library before you start circulating items. To do this
30883 you can click 'Set' at the top right or on the Circulation page.</para>
30886 <screeninfo>Set Library Form</screeninfo>
30890 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/setlibrary.png"/>
30895 <para>Once you have saved your changes you new library will appear in
30896 the top right.</para>
30899 <section id="fastaddcat">
30900 <title><link linkend="fastaddcat">Fast Add Cataloging</link></title>
30902 <para>Sometimes circulation librarians need to quickly add a record to
30903 the system for an item they are about to check out. This is called 'Fast
30904 Add.' To allow circulation librarians access to the Fast Add Cataloging
30905 tool, simply make sure they have the <link linkend="fastaddpermissions">fast_cataloging</link> permissions. There
30906 are two ways to add titles via fast add. If you know that you're about
30907 to check out an item that isn't in you catalog you can go to the
30908 Circulation module and click 'Fast cataloging.'</para>
30911 <screeninfo>Circulation Menu</screeninfo>
30915 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circmenu.png"/>
30920 <para>The cataloging interface will open up with the short cataloging
30924 <screeninfo>Fast Add Framework</screeninfo>
30928 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastadd.png"/>
30933 <para>After adding your cataloging data you will be asked to enter item
30934 data. Enter the items barcode, collection code, etc and save the item
30935 before checking it out.</para>
30937 <para>The other way to fast catalog is from the checkout screen. When
30938 you enter a barcode at checkout that Koha can't find, it will prompt you
30939 to use fast cataloging to add the item to Koha and check it out.</para>
30942 <screeninfo>Barcode not found</screeninfo>
30946 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/barcodefastadd.png"/>
30951 <para>Clicking 'Fast cataloging' will bring you to the fast cataloging
30952 form where you can enter the title information</para>
30955 <screeninfo>Fast cataloging</screeninfo>
30959 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastaddbarcode.png"/>
30964 <para>After clicking 'Save' you will be brought to the item record where
30965 the barcode will already be filled in with the barcode you're trying to
30969 <screeninfo>Fast cataloging item record</screeninfo>
30973 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastadditem.png"/>
30978 <para>After clicking the 'Add item' button the item will automatically
30979 be checked out the patron you were trying to check the book out to
30983 <screeninfo>Checked out item</screeninfo>
30987 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastaddcheckedout.png"/>
30993 <section id="circreports">
30994 <title><link linkend="circreports">Circulation Reports</link></title>
30996 <para>Most reports can be found via the Reports module, but some of the more common
30997 circulation reports are available right from the Circulation module.<itemizedlist>
30999 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there</emphasis>: Circulation > Circulation
31002 </itemizedlist></para>
31004 <section id="holdsqueue">
31005 <title><link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue</link></title>
31007 <para>This report will show you all of the holds at your
31011 <screeninfo>Sample Holds Queue</screeninfo>
31015 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdsqueue.png"/>
31020 <para>To generate this report, you must have the <link linkend="buildholdscron">Build Holds Queue cron job</link> running.
31021 This cron job is a script that should be run periodically if your
31022 library system allows borrowers to place on-shelf holds. This script
31023 decides which library should be responsible for fulfilling a given
31024 hold request.</para>
31026 <para>It's behavior is controlled by the system preferences <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link> and <link linkend="holdqueueweight">RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
31028 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate in the on-shelf holds
31029 fulfillment process, you should list the libraries that *do* participate in the process
31030 here by inputting all the participating library's branchcodes, separated by commas ( e.g.
31031 "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
31033 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that the
31034 system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items already at
31035 the pickup library if possible. If there are no items available at the
31036 pickup library to fill a hold, build_holds_queue.pl will then use the
31037 list of libraries defined in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If
31038 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is disabled ( which it is by default ), the
31039 script will assign fulfillment requests in the order the branches are
31040 placed in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight system preference.</para>
31042 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of varying
31043 sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the burden of holds
31044 fulfillment to be on larger libraries before smaller libraries, you
31045 would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to look something like
31046 "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
31048 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread out
31049 equally throughout your library system, simply enable
31050 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is enabled, the
31051 order in which libraries will be requested to fulfill an on-shelf hold
31052 will be randomized each time the list is regenerated.</para>
31054 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated at this
31055 time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script to ignore
31056 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to request hold
31057 fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical order.</para>
31060 <section id="holdspull">
31061 <title><link linkend="holdspull">Holds to pull</link></title>
31063 <para>This report will show you all of the items that have holds on
31064 them that are available at the library for pulling. If the items are
31065 available at multiple branches then all branches with that item
31066 available will see the hold to pull until one library triggers the
31070 <screeninfo>Holds to Pull</screeninfo>
31074 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdstopull.png"/>
31079 <para>You can limit the results you see by using the Refine box on the
31080 left side of the page:</para>
31083 <screeninfo>Refine Holds to Pull Report</screeninfo>
31087 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/refineholdstopull.png"/>
31093 <section id="holdspickup">
31094 <title><link linkend="holdspickup">Holds awaiting pickup</link></title>
31096 <para>This report will show all of the holds that are waiting for
31097 patrons to pick them up.</para>
31100 <screeninfo>Holds Awaiting Pickup</screeninfo>
31104 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdspickup.png"/>
31109 <para>Items that have been on the hold shelf longer than you normally
31110 allow (based on the <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
31111 preference value) will appear on the 'Holds Over' tab, they will not
31112 automatically be cancelled unless you have set the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">cron job</link> to do that for you, but you
31113 can cancel all holds using the button at the top of the list.</para>
31116 <screeninfo>Items waiting on the hold shelf too long</screeninfo>
31120 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdspickupover.png"/>
31126 <section id="holdratios">
31127 <title><link linkend="holdratios">Hold ratios</link></title>
31129 <para>Hold ratios help with collection development. Using this report
31130 you will be able to see how many of your patrons have holds on items
31131 and whether you should buy more. By default it will be set to the
31132 library needing 3 items per hold that has been placed. The report will
31133 tell you how many additional items need to be purchased to meet this
31137 <screeninfo>Hold Ratios</screeninfo>
31141 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdratio.png"/>
31147 <section id="transferstoreceive">
31148 <title><link linkend="transferstoreceive">Transfers to receive</link></title>
31150 <para>This report will list all of the items that Koha thinks are in
31151 transit to your library.</para>
31154 <screeninfo>Transfers to Receive</screeninfo>
31158 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transitreceive.png"/>
31163 <para>If your transfers are late in arriving at your library you will
31164 see a message stating how late your items are.</para>
31167 <screeninfo>Late transfers include warning messages</screeninfo>
31171 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transferlate.png"/>
31177 <para>An item is considered late based on the number of days you
31178 have entered in the <link linkend="TransfersMaxDaysWarning">TransfersMaxDaysWarning</link>
31179 system preference.</para>
31183 <section id="overduesreport">
31184 <title><link linkend="overduesreport">Overdues</link></title>
31187 <para>For libraries with a large patron base, this report may take a
31188 significant amount of time to run.</para>
31192 <para>Large libraries can choose to filter the report before it runs
31193 by setting the <link linkend="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">FilterBeforeOverdueReport</link>
31194 system preference to 'Require'.</para>
31197 <para>This report will list all items that are overdue at your
31201 <screeninfo>Overdues List</screeninfo>
31205 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overdues.png"/>
31210 <para>The report can be filtered using the menu options found on the left of the report.<note>
31211 <para>The 'Show any items currently checked out' checkbox basically switches this from a
31212 report of overdues to a report of checkouts. It will show all titles checked out
31213 regardless of due date.</para>
31217 <section id="overduesfines">
31218 <title><link linkend="overduesfines">Overdues with fines</link></title>
31220 <para>This report will show you any overdues at your library that have
31221 accrued fines on them.</para>
31224 <screeninfo>Overdues with fines</screeninfo>
31228 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overduewfines.png"/>
31233 <para>If you would like to limit the report you can use the pull down
31234 menu at the top to limit to a specific shelving location at your
31235 branch. To see overdues with fines at other branches you will have to
31236 <link linkend="setlibrary">change your branch</link> or log in at that
31238 <para>If you do not charge fines and/or don't have the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines cron job</link> running you will see
31239 no data on this report.</para>
31240 </important></para>
31242 <section id="pendingonsite">
31243 <title><link linkend="pendingonsite">Pending on-site checkouts</link></title>
31244 <para>If you are using the on site checkouts functionality (<link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link>) then you'll have a report to view all items that are currently
31245 checked out on site.<screenshot>
31246 <screeninfo>Pending onsite checkouts</screeninfo>
31249 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/pendingonsite.png"/>
31252 </screenshot></para>
31253 <para>This will list the due date (overdues in red), who has the item, item information and
31254 what library the item is at.</para>
31258 <section id="trackinhouse">
31259 <title><link linkend="trackinhouse">Tracking In house Use</link></title>
31261 <para>Many libraries track the use of items within the library. <note>
31262 <para>This is different from tracking on site usage. In house use is the use of items in
31263 the library by patrons without them having to check them out. On site use is the use of
31264 items on site that must first be checked out. To learn more about on site usage please
31265 review the <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> preference.</para>
31267 <para>Tracking the use of items in the library without checking them out can be done in Koha
31268 one of two ways. The first is to create one or more <link linkend="addstatspatron">Statistical Patrons</link>. When collecting items that have been used within the library,
31269 you will want to check them out to your statistical patron:</para>
31272 <screeninfo>Check Out Items to Stats Patron</screeninfo>
31276 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutinhouse.png"/>
31281 <para>Instead of marking the item as 'checked out' the system will
31282 record that the item was used in house:</para>
31285 <screeninfo>Local Use Recorded</screeninfo>
31289 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/localuserecorded.png"/>
31294 <para>Repeat these steps for all items that have been used within the
31295 library to keep accurate statistics for item use.</para>
31297 <para>The other way to record local use of items is to set your <link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link>
31298 preference to 'Record.' Then whenever you check an item in that is not
31299 checked out and not on hold a local use will be recorded.</para>
31302 <screeninfo>Local Use Recorded</screeninfo>
31306 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/localusecheckin.png"/>
31312 <para>If you have <link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link> set to
31313 'Record' you can still use your statistical patrons to record local
31314 use as well.</para>
31318 <section id="processinglocations">
31319 <title><link linkend="processinglocations">In Processing / Book Cart Locations</link></title>
31321 <para>Koha allows for handling temporary locations like the processing
31322 center and/or book carts throughout the library. For this feature to
31323 work you must first make sure you have <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized values</link> set in the <link linkend="shelvelocvals">LOC</link> category for PROC (Processing Center)
31324 and CART (Book Cart).</para>
31327 <screeninfo>CART & PROC values in LOC</screeninfo>
31331 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/LOCvalues.png"/>
31336 <para>Next you need to set the <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link> system
31337 preference to PROC. This will set the new items to the Processing Center
31338 as their default location.</para>
31340 <para>When creating items you enter in their desired final shelving location and Koha will
31341 temporarily change that to PROC. If <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> is set to "Don't move" then when an item with a
31342 location of PROC is checked in it will either automatically update the item to use the
31343 permanent location. If <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> is set to "Move" then when an item is checked in the
31344 location is changed from PROC to CART.</para>
31346 <para>A <link linkend="proccartcron">cron job</link> is then set to run at specified
31347 intervals to age items from CART to the permanent shelving location. (For example, an hourly
31348 cron entry of cart_to_shelf.pl --hours 3 where --hours is the amount of time an item should
31349 spend on the cart before aging to its permanent location.)</para>
31353 <para>If the <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link>
31354 system preference is set to "Move", any newly checked-in item is also automatically
31355 put into the shelving cart, to be covered by the same script run.</para>
31360 <para>Checkins with confirmed holds will not go into the shelving cart. If items
31361 on the shelving cart are checked out, the cart location will be
31368 <section id="selfcheckout">
31369 <title><link linkend="selfcheckout">Self Checkout</link></title>
31371 <para>Koha comes with a very basic self checkout module. To enable this
31372 module you need to set the <link linkend="WebBasedSelfCheck">WebBasedSelfCheck</link> preference to
31373 'Enable.' To use this module you have to log in as a <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff member</link> with <link linkend="patronpermissions">circulation permissions</link>.</para>
31376 <para>Create a <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff patron</link>
31377 specifically for this action so that you don't leave a real staff
31378 client logged into a computer all day</para>
31381 <para>There is no link to the Self Checkout module, but a simple addition to the <link linkend="intranetuserjs">IntranetUserJS</link> system preference can add one.</para>
31383 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){ $("#login
31384 #submit").parent().after("<p><a
31385 href=\"http://YOUR_KOHA_OPAC_URL/cgi-bin/koha/sco/sco-main.pl\"
31386 target=\"_blank\">Self-Checkout</a></p>"); }); </programlisting>
31389 <para>The code above has line breaks added to make it more readable,
31390 please be sure to enter the above as one line in when putting it in
31391 the system preference.</para>
31394 <para>The link will then appear at the bottom of the log in page:</para>
31397 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Link on Staff Login</screeninfo>
31401 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutlink.png"/>
31406 <para>You can also access this module by going to :
31407 http://YOUR_KOHA_OPAC_URL/cgi-bin/koha/sco/sco-main.pl</para>
31409 <para>When on the self checkout page depending on your value in the
31410 <link linkend="SelfCheckoutByLogin">SelfCheckoutByLogin</link>
31411 preference you will be asked to enter you cardnumber</para>
31414 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Patron Card Number</screeninfo>
31418 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckout.png"/>
31423 <para>or your username and password:</para>
31426 <screeninfo>Shelf checkout by login</screeninfo>
31430 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SelfCheckoutByLogin.png"/>
31435 <para>Once you're logged in to the self check module you will be asked
31436 to scan the items you are checking out</para>
31439 <screeninfo>Self Checkout</screeninfo>
31443 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutuser.png"/>
31448 <para>As you scan items they will appear below the barcode box</para>
31451 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Summary</screeninfo>
31455 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutsummary.png"/>
31460 <para>When you are finished scanning items it is important to click the 'Finish' button. This
31461 will prompt you to print a receipt and log you out of the self check module.</para>
31463 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Receipt</screeninfo>
31466 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfreceiptprint.png"/>
31471 <para>When attempting to check items out there are some instances where
31472 error messages will appear and the patron will be directed to the
31473 librarian. This will happen even if you are allowing overrides on
31474 circulation functions. Only a librarian can override a circulation block
31475 and so patrons must go to the librarian for help in these
31479 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Error Message</screeninfo>
31483 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutfines.png"/>
31489 <section id="offlinecirc">
31490 <title><link linkend="offlinecirc">Offline Circulation Utilities</link></title>
31491 <para>Koha allows for you to continue circulation actions while offline by using any one of
31492 three utilities.</para>
31493 <section id="kohaofflinecirc">
31494 <title><link linkend="kohaofflinecirc">Offline Circulation in Koha</link></title>
31495 <para>If the <link linkend="AllowOfflineCirculation">AllowOfflineCirculation</link>
31496 preference is set to 'Enable' the library staff can continue to perform circulation
31497 actions within Koha when the system is offline. You will want to visit
31498 http://your-koha-staff-client-url/cgi-bin/koha/circ/offline.pl at least once while online
31499 and bookmark that page. That is the page you will go to when you are offline.</para>
31501 <para>The offline interface uses HTML LocalStorage, which depending on the browser and
31502 user setting, is limited to 2.5MB or 5MB per domain. This means that larger systems will
31503 not be able to synchronize their data and are recommended to use either the <link linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox</link> or <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">Windows</link> application for offline circulation.</para>
31505 <section id="kohaofflinesetup">
31506 <title id="offlinesetup"><link linkend="kohaofflinesetup">Setup</link></title>
31507 <para>Before the first time the system goes offline go to Circulation and choose 'Built-in
31508 offline circulation interface'</para>
31510 <screeninfo>Built-in offline circulation interface</screeninfo>
31513 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirc.png"/>
31517 <para>And synchronize your data on every circulation computer by clicking the
31518 'Synchronize' link on the right of the screen.</para>
31520 <screeninfo>Synchronize data</screeninfo>
31523 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/syncoffline.png"/>
31528 <para>The offline interface uses HTML LocalStorage, which depending on the browser and
31529 user setting, is limited to 2.5MB or 5MB per domain. This means that larger systems
31530 will not be able to synchronize their data and are recommended to use either the <link linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox</link> or <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">Windows</link> application for offline circulation.</para>
31532 <para>This will allow you download a local copy of your patrons and circulation data.
31533 Click the 'Download records' link at the top of the page to synchronize your data.</para>
31535 <screeninfo>Download records for offline use</screeninfo>
31538 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/downloadoffline.png"/>
31542 <para>Once your data is downloaded you will see the dates your data was last synced to the
31543 right of each data set.<screenshot>
31544 <screeninfo>Synced offline data</screeninfo>
31547 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/syncedoffline.png"/>
31550 </screenshot>This should be done regularly in preparation for any unexpected connection
31553 <section id="kohaofflinecirculating">
31554 <title id="offlinecirculating"><link linkend="kohaofflinecirculating">Circulating</link></title>
31555 <para>When your system goes offline visit the Offline Circulation page
31556 (http://your-koha-staff-client-url/cgi-bin/koha/circ/offline.pl) in Koha and click
31557 'Check out' or 'Check in' to perform offline actions.</para>
31558 <para>Checking out is done by searching for the patron by barcode or name at the top of
31559 the 'Check out' screen. After selecting a patron you will be presented with the synced
31560 patron info, including fines and check outs.</para>
31562 <screeninfo>Check out offline</screeninfo>
31565 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecheckout.png"/>
31569 <para>Scan the barcode of the item you would like to check out and enter a due date. If
31570 you don't enter a due date Koha will prompt you for one.</para>
31572 <screeninfo>Offline due date</screeninfo>
31575 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlineduedate.png"/>
31579 <para>Once the item is checked out it will appear below the patron's info.</para>
31581 <screeninfo>Offline checkouts</screeninfo>
31584 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecheckouts.png"/>
31590 <section id="kohaofflineupload">
31591 <title><link linkend="kohaofflineupload">Koha Offline Uploading</link></title>
31592 <para>Once the system is back online visit the Synchronize page on the Offline Circulation
31593 module and click 'Upload transactions'</para>
31595 <screeninfo>Upload transactions</screeninfo>
31598 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlineupload.png"/>
31602 <para>After the files are uploaded you can click 'View pending offline circulation
31603 actions' on the right.</para>
31605 <screeninfo>View pending offline circulation actions</screeninfo>
31608 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/viewkohaoffline.png"/>
31612 <para>After clicking 'View pending offline circulation actions' you will be brought to a
31613 summary of all of the actions you loaded in to Koha in your *.koc file.</para>
31615 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
31618 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
31624 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation computers are loaded you will
31625 be able to check them all or select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
31628 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one by
31629 one. For each transaction, the status will change to:<itemizedlist>
31631 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed correctly</para>
31634 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is incorrect</para>
31637 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is wrong</para>
31640 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available item</para>
31642 </itemizedlist></para>
31645 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your transactions</para>
31647 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
31650 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
31657 <section id="firefoxofflinecirc">
31661 <firstname>Franois</firstname>
31662 <surname>Charbonnier</surname>
31664 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
31669 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
31670 <surname>Engard</surname>
31671 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
31675 <pubdate>2012</pubdate>
31677 <title><link linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox Plugin</link></title>
31679 <para>There is an offline circulation tool that you can add to your Firefox browser as an
31680 addon. To do so, just go to <ulink url="https://addons.mozilla.org/en/firefox/addon/koct/">https://addons.mozilla.org/en/firefox/addon/koct/</ulink> page and click on the
31681 "install now" button. You may have to confirm the installation, just click on "install
31682 now" and then restart Firefox to complete the installation.</para>
31684 <para>Once you have installed the plugins and restarted Firefox, you will see the Koha logo
31685 in the download bar at the bottom right of Firefox.</para>
31688 <screeninfo>Koha Icon on Add-on Bar</screeninfo>
31692 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctstatusbar.png"/>
31697 <para>A click on the logo will open the tool in its own window.</para>
31700 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circ Tool</screeninfo>
31704 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koct.png"/>
31709 <para>The plugin consists of four tabs:</para>
31713 <para>The Check Out tab is where you check out items</para>
31717 <para>The Check In tab is where you check in items</para>
31721 <para>The Log tab keeps track of every transaction done while in
31722 offline mode</para>
31726 <para>The log will keep information until you empty it. Each
31727 time you open the plugin and it contains data in the log it
31728 will warn you</para>
31731 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circ Warning</screeninfo>
31735 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctwarn.png"/>
31740 <para>If you'd like to clear the log, check the 'I want to
31741 delete rows' box before hitting the 'OK' button. Otherwise
31742 clicking 'OK' will keep the items in the log and let you
31743 continue working with the tool.</para>
31749 <para>The Param tab is to set up the plugin</para>
31753 <para>The first thing you want to do then is to set up the plugin. Go
31754 to the Param tab to set up the plugin</para>
31757 <screeninfo>Koha Offline CIrc Params</screeninfo>
31761 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctparam.png"/>
31766 <para>Answer the 4 questions presented:</para>
31770 <para>Server = the URL of the librarian interface</para>
31774 <para>Branch Code = the code for the branch where you are
31779 <para>Username = your staff account login</para>
31783 <para>Password = your staff account password</para>
31788 <para>To save the settings, you will have to close the plugin
31789 window and re-open it by clicking again on the Koha logo in the
31792 <para>You can create a staff account dedicated to the offline
31793 circulation. So that, no matter who is at the circulation desk,
31794 they can all use the same login. Along those lines, you can use a
31795 group login that you already have in place for circulation as
31797 </note>Once you have everything set up you can start checking items
31800 <para>Checking out:</para>
31803 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Check Out</screeninfo>
31807 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koct.png"/>
31814 <para>Go to the Check Out tab</para>
31818 <para>Scan the patron barcode</para>
31822 <para>Scan the item barcode</para>
31826 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
31830 <para>Checking in:</para>
31833 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Check In</screeninfo>
31837 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctcheckin.png"/>
31844 <para>Go to the Check In tab</para>
31848 <para>Scan the item barcode</para>
31852 <para>Click Save</para>
31856 <para>Each time, you check out or check in an item, a new transaction
31857 is recorded in the local plugin database and you will see, at the
31858 bottom of the plugin how many transactions has been made during the
31859 offline circulation. For example, "10 Row(s) Added" means you did 10
31860 transactions.</para>
31863 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Tool Count</screeninfo>
31867 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctcount.png"/>
31872 <para>Then, if you want an overview of every transaction, go to the
31873 Log tab. This tab will show you the transactions in the plugin
31877 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Log</screeninfo>
31881 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctlog.png"/>
31887 <para>The status will be "Local." as long as you are offline and
31888 don't process the transactions into Koha.</para>
31889 </note>When your Internet connection comes back up you will want to
31890 get these transactions in to Koha. Before processing these
31891 transactions you should be aware of a few issues.</para>
31893 <para>Because you are not connected to your Koha database when using
31894 this plugin holds will need additional processing. If an item you
31895 check in while offline has a hold, the hold is kept on the item.
31896 Since, you can't confirm holds found during the processing of every
31897 check in, the holds stay on the item and will need to be managed
31898 later. If you only checked in a few items you can just keep a record
31899 of them all. If you checked in a lot of items you can use the Holds
31900 Queue once it rebuilds to see what holds made it to the shelf
31901 erroneously.</para>
31903 <para>Similarly, if an patron card was expired, the offline
31904 circulation tool won't know about it, so the checkout will be recorded
31905 regardless of the patron's account being blocked normally.</para>
31907 <para>You have two options for adding this data to Koha</para>
31911 <para>Commit to Koha</para>
31915 <para>If you checked in/out on more than one computer at the
31916 same time, what you want is to process every transaction
31917 consistently. Let's say for instance that one patron checked a
31918 book out on one computer and then checked the same book in on
31919 another computer. To be consistent, you need to record the
31920 check out first and then the check in. Not the opposite! To do
31921 so, you need to group every transaction in one place, sort
31922 them all and then, process everything. So, you need to use the
31923 "Commit to Koha" option from every plugin/computer you worked
31924 with. This way, the log will go to Koha and be accessible from
31925 the Offline Circulation page.</para>
31928 <screeninfo>Circulation Menu</screeninfo>
31932 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclink.png"/>
31939 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Circulation > Pending offline circulation
31943 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
31947 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
31954 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation
31955 computers are loaded you will be able to check them all or
31956 select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
31960 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one
31961 by one. For each transaction, the status will change to:</para>
31965 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed
31970 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is
31975 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is
31980 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available
31987 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your
31988 transactions</para>
31991 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
31995 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
32004 <para>Apply directly</para>
32008 <para>If you performed all of the circulation actions on one
32009 computer then everything is sorted already so you can choose
32010 to "Apply directly"</para>
32014 <para>The status column will be updated to let you know if the
32015 transactions were applied</para>
32019 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed
32024 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is
32029 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is
32034 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available
32041 <para>Once you're finished you can review all of the items
32042 right in the Log tab</para>
32045 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Apply
32046 Directly</screeninfo>
32050 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctdirectly.png"/>
32059 <para>Once you are done you can clear the log by clicking Clear. If
32060 you don't you will be warned the next time you open the Offline
32061 Circulation tool.</para>
32064 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Tool Warning</screeninfo>
32068 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctwarn.png"/>
32074 <section id="windowsofflinecirc">
32075 <title><link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">Offline Circ Tool for Windows</link></title>
32077 <para>The Offline Circulation Utility can be downloaded at: <ulink url="https://github.com/bywatersolutions/koha-offline-circulation/releases">https://github.com/bywatersolutions/koha-offline-circulation/releases</ulink></para>
32078 <para>To generate a borrowers.db file for loading in to the Windows tool you will need to
32079 run the <link linkend="offlinecirccron">file generator via a cron job</link>.</para>
32080 <section id="uploadofflinecirc">
32081 <title><link linkend="uploadofflinecirc">Upload Offline Circ File</link></title>
32082 <para>The <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">offline circulation tool for Windows</link>
32083 will generate a KOC file that you can upload into Koha once your system comes back
32085 <para>On the Circulation menu click 'Upload offline circulation file (.koc)'</para>
32087 <screeninfo>Circulation menu</screeninfo>
32090 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclink.png"/>
32094 <para>Browse your computer for the *.koc file</para>
32096 <screeninfo>Upload KOC File</screeninfo>
32099 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/uploadofflinecirc.png"/>
32103 <para>Once the file is uploaded, click the process the file</para>
32105 <screeninfo>Process offline circulation file</screeninfo>
32108 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/processoffline.png"/>
32112 <para>When this is complete you'll be able to upload another file or tend to pending
32113 offline circulation actions.</para>
32115 <screeninfo>Summary of offline actions</screeninfo>
32118 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinesummary.png"/>
32122 <para>After clicking 'View pending offline circulation actions' you will be brought to a
32123 summary of all of the actions you loaded in to Koha in your *.koc file.</para>
32125 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
32128 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
32134 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation computers are loaded you will
32135 be able to check them all or select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
32138 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one by
32139 one. For each transaction, the status will change to:<itemizedlist>
32141 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed correctly</para>
32144 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is incorrect</para>
32147 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is wrong</para>
32150 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available item</para>
32152 </itemizedlist></para>
32155 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your transactions</para>
32157 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
32160 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
32169 <chapter id="cataloging">
32170 <title>Cataloging</title>
32172 <para>Before you start cataloging in Koha you're going to want to do some
32173 basic setup. Refer to the <link linkend="implementation">Implementation
32174 Checklist</link> for a full list of these things. Most importantly you're
32175 going to want to make sure that your <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Frameworks</link> are all defined the way you
32176 want. Once in the cataloging module you will not be able to add or remove
32177 fields and subfields so your frameworks must be ready before you start
32179 <para>You can also use OCLC Connexion to send records directly in to Koha. For more information
32180 on that please review the <link linkend="oclcappendix">OCLC Connexion Setup
32181 appendix</link>.</para>
32185 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Cataloging</para>
32189 <section id="catbibs">
32190 <title><link linkend="catbibs">Bibliographic Records</link></title>
32192 <para>In Koha the bibliographic record contains the main information
32193 related to the material. This includes things like the title, author,
32194 ISBN, etc. This information is stored in Koha in Marc (different flavors
32195 of Marc are supported in Koha). Once this information is saved, <link linkend="catitems">items or holdings</link> can be attached.</para>
32197 <section id="addbibrec">
32198 <title><link linkend="addbibrec">Adding Records</link></title>
32200 <para>Records can be added to Koha via original or copy cataloging. You can also choose to
32201 use the basic or advanced cataloging interface for all of your work. </para>
32202 <para>If you would like to catalog a record using a blank template in the basic
32207 <para>Click 'New Record'</para>
32210 <screeninfo>New Record Menu</screeninfo>
32214 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newfromframework.png"/>
32221 <para>Choose the framework you would like to base your record
32227 <para>If you would like to catalog a record using a blank template in the advanced editor<itemizedlist>
32229 <para>Enable the <link linkend="EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor">EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor</link> preference</para>
32232 <para>Click the 'Advanced editor' button<screenshot>
32233 <screeninfo>Advanced editor button</screeninfo>
32236 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advanceditorbtn.png"/>
32239 </screenshot></para>
32241 </itemizedlist></para>
32243 <para>If you want to catalog a record based on an existing record at another library in the
32244 editor you last used (basic or advanced)</para>
32248 <para>Click 'New from Z39.50/SRU'</para>
32251 <screeninfo>Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
32255 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/zsearch.png"/>
32262 <para>Search for the item you would like to catalog</para>
32267 <para>If no results are found, try searching for fewer
32268 fields, not all Z39.50 targets can search all of the
32269 fields above.</para>
32276 <para>Search targets can be altered by using the <link linkend="z3950admin">Z39.50 Admin</link> area.</para>
32280 <para>From the results you can view the MARC or Card view for
32281 the records or choose to Import them into Koha</para>
32284 <screeninfo>Z39.50 Search Results</screeninfo>
32288 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/zsearchresults.png"/>
32295 <para>In addition to the Import link to the right of each
32296 title, you can click on the title you're interested in and
32297 a menu will pop up with links to preview the record and
32301 <screeninfo>Import Link Popup on Z39.50 Search
32302 Results</screeninfo>
32306 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/importz39.png"/>
32313 <para>If you don't find the title you need in your Z39.50
32314 search results you can click the 'Try Another Search'
32315 button at the bottom left of your results</para>
32318 <screeninfo>Try another search</screeninfo>
32322 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/tryanotherzsearch.png"/>
32332 <section id="basicatalog">
32333 <title><link linkend="basicatalog">Basic Editor Cataloging</link></title>
32334 <para>In the basic editor once you've opened a blank framework or imported a record via
32335 Z39.50 you will be presented with the form to continue cataloging</para>
32337 <screeninfo>Add MARC Record</screeninfo>
32340 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/addmarc.png"/>
32346 <para>If you would rather not see the MARC tag numbers you can change the value in
32347 your <link linkend="hide_marc">hide_marc</link> system preference or each user can
32348 check the box next to 'Show tags' at the top of the editor.</para>
32351 <para>To expand a collapsed tag click on the tag description</para>
32354 <para>To get help from the Library of Congress on a Marc tag click the question mark
32355 (?) to the right of each field number</para>
32358 <para>If you feel that this clutters the screen you can hide the question marks by
32359 unchecking the box next to the 'Show MARC tag documentation links' note at the
32360 top right of the editor</para>
32362 <screeninfo>Show MARC tag documentation links checkbox</screeninfo>
32365 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/marcdoclinks.png"/>
32373 <para>Sometimes fields may not be editable due to the value in your <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> system preference. If
32374 you have this preference set to not allow catalogers to type in fields controlled by
32375 authorities you may see a lock symbol to the left of the field.</para>
32377 <screeninfo>Authority fields locked against editing</screeninfo>
32380 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/lockedauthority.png"/>
32386 <para>If this icon appears you must click the icon to the right of the field to
32387 search for an existing authority.</para>
32389 <screeninfo>Search for authority</screeninfo>
32392 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catauthoritysearch.png"/>
32398 <para>From the results list click 'Choose authority' to bring that into your
32399 catalog record</para>
32401 <screeninfo>Authority search results</screeninfo>
32404 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catauthoritysearchresults.png"/>
32412 <para>To duplicate a field click on the 'repeat this tag' icon to the right of the
32415 <screeninfo>Duplicate a Field</screeninfo>
32418 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/dupfield.png"/>
32424 <para>To move subfields in to the right order, click the up arrow to the left of
32428 <para>To duplicate a subfield click on the clone icon (to remove a copied field,
32429 click the delete clone icon) to the right of the field</para>
32431 <screeninfo>Clone Subfield</screeninfo>
32434 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/clonesubfield.png"/>
32440 <para>To remove a subfield (if there is more than one of the same type), click the
32441 - (minus sign) to the right of the field</para>
32446 <para>To use a plugin click on the icon to the right of the filed</para>
32448 <screeninfo>Leader Builder Plugin</screeninfo>
32451 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/leaderbuilder.png"/>
32457 <para>Some fixed fields have editors that will change based on the material type
32458 you're cataloging (for example the 006 and the 008 fields)</para>
32460 <screeninfo>008 Plugin</screeninfo>
32463 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/008plugin.png"/>
32471 <para>Once you've finished, click the 'Save' button at the top and choose whether you
32472 want to save and view the bib record you have created or continue on to add/edit
32473 items attached to the record</para>
32475 <screeninfo>Record save options</screeninfo>
32478 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/savecataloging.png"/>
32484 <para>Choosing 'Save and view record' will bring you right to the record you just
32488 <para>Choosing 'Save and edit items' will bring you to the add/edit item form
32489 after saving the bib record so that you can attach holdings</para>
32492 <para>Choosing 'Save and continute editing' will allow you to save your work so
32493 far and keep you in the editor to continue working</para>
32498 <para>If you are about to add a duplicate record to the system you will be warned
32499 before saving</para>
32501 <screeninfo>Duplicate Record Warning</screeninfo>
32504 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/duprecordwarn.png"/>
32511 <section id="advancededitor">
32512 <title><link linkend="advancededitor">Advanced Editor Cataloging</link></title>
32513 <para>In order to use the Advanced cataloging editor you need to enable the <link linkend="EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor">EnableAdvancedCatalogingEditor</link>
32517 <para>This feature is currently experimental, and may have bugs that cause corruption
32518 of records. It also does not include any support for UNIMARC or NORMARC fixed
32519 fields. Please help us test it and report any bugs, but do so at your own risk.
32522 </para><para>In the advanced editor once you've opened a blank framework or imported a record
32523 via Z39.50 you will be presented with the form to continue cataloging<screenshot>
32524 <screeninfo>Advanced cataloging editor</screeninfo>
32527 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advancededitor.png"/>
32530 </screenshot></para>
32531 <para>Using the search box on the left you can perform Z39.50 searches</para>
32533 <screeninfo>Advanced Z39.50 results</screeninfo>
32536 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advancedzresults.png"/>
32540 <para>And from those Z39.50 results you can view the marc record by clicking the link to
32543 <screeninfo>Advanced Z39.50 results</screeninfo>
32546 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advancedzviewmarc.png"/>
32550 <para>Clicking 'Import' will bring the record in to the editor where you can perform your
32553 <screeninfo>Advanced Cataloging</screeninfo>
32556 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advancedcataloging.png"/>
32561 <para>When adding a new field in the Advanced Editor, you need to key underscores for a
32562 blank indicator, and surround the indicators with spaces. </para>
32565 <para>You need to key a space before the first subfield delimiter, but not before or
32566 after other subfield delimiters in the field. </para>
32568 <para>At the bottom of the editor you will see help from the Library of Congress for the
32569 field you are on. In cases where your MARC is invalid you will see red highlighting. To
32570 edit the record using only keyboard functions the Keyboard shortcuts button will inform
32571 you of the necessary commands</para>
32573 <screeninfo>Advanced Z39.50 results</screeninfo>
32576 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/advancedkeyshort.png"/>
32580 <section id="advancedkeyshortcuts">
32581 <title><link linkend="advancedkeyshortcuts">Advanced Cataloging Keyboard Shortcuts</link></title>
32582 <para>The following keyboard shortcuts can be used in the advanced cataloging module to
32583 save time and clicking.</para>
32584 <informaltable class="table table-condensed">
32586 <colspec colnum="1" colname="col1"/>
32587 <colspec colnum="2" colname="col2"/>
32590 <entry>Shortcut</entry>
32591 <entry>Behavior</entry>
32596 <entry>Ctrl-D</entry>
32597 <entry>Insert delimiter (‡)</entry>
32600 <entry>Ctrl-H</entry>
32601 <entry>Get help on current subfield</entry>
32604 <entry>Ctrl-S</entry>
32605 <entry>Save record</entry>
32608 <entry>Ctrl-X</entry>
32609 <entry>Delete current field</entry>
32612 <entry>Ctrl-Shift-X</entry>
32613 <entry>Delete current subfield</entry>
32616 <entry>Enter</entry>
32617 <entry>New field on next line</entry>
32620 <entry>Shift-Enter</entry>
32621 <entry>Insert line break</entry>
32625 <entry>Move to next position</entry>
32628 <entry>Shift-Tab</entry>
32629 <entry>Move to previous position</entry>
32635 <section id="macroscataloging">
32636 <title><link linkend="macroscataloging">Macros in Advanced Cataloging</link></title>
32637 <para>To record a new macro:<itemizedlist>
32639 <para>Select the "> Macros..." button</para>
32642 <para>A window will pop up. In this window, select "New macro...," key the new
32643 macro's name in the pop-up box and select OK.</para>
32646 <para>Now click to the right of the little number 1, and key the first line of
32647 your macro. For a multi-line, i.e., multi-field macro, hit the return key so
32648 that a little number 2 appears, and key the second line/field, etc.</para>
32651 <para>Your macros will be automatically saved. When finished you can select the
32652 "x" to close the window, or select a macro to run on the record that you're
32653 editing, or select another macro to run.</para>
32655 </itemizedlist></para>
32656 <para>To edit an existing macro:<itemizedlist>
32658 <para>Select the "> Macros..." button</para>
32661 <para>A window will pop up. In this window, select the macro that you wish to edit
32662 & make your changes. </para>
32665 <para>Your work will automatically be saved, and when finished you can select the
32666 "x" to close the window, or select a macro to run on the record that you're
32667 editing, or select another macro to run.</para>
32669 </itemizedlist></para>
32670 <para>The basic syntax of the macro language:</para>
32674 <para>new 500=‡aEdited with Rancor<itemizedlist>
32676 <para>Creates a new 500 with a ‡a subfield and sets it to "Edited with
32679 </itemizedlist></para>
32682 <para>245c= by J.K. Rowling.<itemizedlist>
32684 <para>Sets the first ‡c subfield of the first 245 tag in the record to " by
32685 J.K. Rowling", creating it if necessary.</para>
32687 </itemizedlist></para>
32690 <para>082a={084a}<itemizedlist>
32692 <para>Sets the ‡a subfield of the first 082 tag (creating the subfield if
32693 necessary) to the contents of the first 084‡a.</para>
32695 </itemizedlist></para>
32698 <para> indicators=_1<itemizedlist>
32700 <para>Sets the indicators of the last mentioned tag (in this case, 082) to
32701 "_" and "1".</para>
32703 </itemizedlist></para>
32706 <para> new 090a=Z674.75.W67<itemizedlist>
32708 <para>Creates a new ‡a subfield on the first 090 (but only if that field
32709 already exists) and sets it to Z674.75.W67.</para>
32711 </itemizedlist></para>
32714 <para>new 090a at end=Z674.75.W67<itemizedlist>
32716 <para>Same as above.</para>
32718 </itemizedlist></para>
32721 <para>new 245b after a= a tale of might and magic / <itemizedlist>
32723 <para>Creates a new ‡b after the first a subfield and sets it to " a tale of
32724 might and magic /".</para>
32726 </itemizedlist></para>
32729 <para>delete 245b<itemizedlist>
32731 <para>Deletes the first ‡b subfield on the first 245 to ‡b</para>
32733 </itemizedlist></para>
32741 <section id="cataloganalytics">
32742 <title><link linkend="cataloganalytics">Adding Analytic Records</link></title>
32744 <para>Libraries sometimes make journal articles and articles within
32745 monographs and serials accessible to library patrons through analytics
32746 cataloging. Analytics cataloging creates separate bibliographic
32747 records for these articles, chapters, sections, etc. found within a
32748 larger resource such as a book, an article within a journal, newspaper
32749 or serial. In analytics cataloging, although a separate bib record is
32750 created for the title, it is not physically separated from the host
32751 item. Learn more about Analytics in Chapter 13 of AACR2.</para>
32753 <para>If you would like to catalog analytic records there are two options. One is to use the
32754 <link linkend="catalogeasyanalytics">Easy Analytics</link> funtion; the other is the
32755 <link linkend="catalogenhanceanalytics">Analytics Enhanced Workflow</link>.</para>
32756 <section id="catalogeasyanalytics">
32757 <title><link linkend="catalogeasyanalytics">Easy Analytics</link></title>
32758 <para>The Easy Analytics feature makes linking analytic records together easier. The
32759 first thing you need to do is set the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> preference to 'Display' and the <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference to 'Don't use.' </para>
32760 <para>After cataloging your analytic record (see <link linkend="addbibrec">Adding
32761 Records</link> for more on creating records) click 'Edit' from the normal view and
32762 choose to 'Link to Host Item'</para>
32764 <screeninfo>Link to Host Item</screeninfo>
32767 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticslink.png"/>
32771 <para>This will prompt you to enter the barcode for the item this record should be linked
32774 <screeninfo>Barcode for Analytic Linking</screeninfo>
32777 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticsbarcode.png"/>
32781 <para>After entering the item's barcode and clicking 'Select' you will receive a
32782 confirmation message.</para>
32784 <screeninfo>Analytic Link Success</screeninfo>
32787 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticlinksuccess.png"/>
32791 <para>The record will now have the 773 field filled in properly to complete the
32794 <screeninfo>773</screeninfo>
32797 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analytics773.png"/>
32801 <para>To view all of the items tied to the host record, do a search for the record, click
32802 the Analytics tab on the left and the analytics tied to each barcode will be shown under
32803 the "Used in" column.</para>
32805 <screeninfo>Analytics Tab</screeninfo>
32808 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticstab.png"/>
32813 <para>It is also possible to create analytic records from this screen by clicking on
32814 "Create Analytics"</para>
32816 <para>You can also see the analytics attached to this record by clicking the 'Show
32817 Analytic' link towards the top of the record in the normal view.</para>
32819 <screeninfo>Show Analytics on Bib Record</screeninfo>
32822 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/anayticbib.png"/>
32826 <para>When looking at the anaytic record you will also see a link to the host item under
32827 the 'Host records' column in the holdings table when viewing the 'Analtyics' tab.</para>
32829 <screeninfo>Host Record</screeninfo>
32832 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/hostrecords.png"/>
32837 <section id="catalogenhanceanalytics">
32838 <title><link linkend="catalogenhanceanalytics">Analytics Enhanced Workflow </link></title>
32839 <para>To use the Enhanced Workflow method of adding analytics, the first thing you need to
32840 do is set the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link>
32841 preference to 'Don't display' and the <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference to 'Use.' </para>
32842 <para>After cataloging your original record (see <link linkend="addbibrec">Adding
32843 Records</link> for more on creating records) click 'New' from the normal view and
32844 choose to 'New child record.'</para>
32846 <screeninfo>New child record</screeninfo>
32849 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticschildlink.png"/>
32853 <para>This will open a new blank record for cataloging. The blank record will only have
32854 the 773 field filled in properly to complete the link once the record is saved.</para>
32856 <screeninfo>773</screeninfo>
32859 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analytics773child.png"/>
32863 <para>To view all of the items tied to the host record, do a search for the record, click
32864 the Analytics tab on the left and the analytics tied to each barcode will be shown under
32865 the "Used in" column.</para>
32867 <screeninfo>Analytics Tab</screeninfo>
32870 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticstab.png"/>
32874 <para>You can also see the analytics attached to this record by clicking the 'Show
32875 Analytic' link towards the top of the record in the normal view.</para>
32877 <screeninfo>Show Analytics on Bib Record</screeninfo>
32880 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/anayticbib.png"/>
32884 <para>When looking at the anaytic record you will also see a link to the host item under
32885 the 'Host records' column in the holdings table when viewing the 'Analtyics' tab.</para>
32887 <screeninfo>Host Record</screeninfo>
32890 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/hostrecords.png"/>
32895 <section id="analyticediting">
32896 <title><link linkend="analyticediting">Editing Analytics</link></title>
32897 <para>If you have linked an analytic record incorrectly you can remove that link by
32898 editing the item on the analytic record (not the host record). To do this, go to the
32899 analytic record and click the 'Edit' button and choose to 'Edit items'. To the left of
32900 each item you will see two options.</para>
32902 <screeninfo>Edit Analytic Item Record</screeninfo>
32905 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticdelink.png"/>
32911 <para>Clicking 'Edit in Host' will allow you to edit the item on the host
32915 <para>Clicking 'Delink' will remove the 773 field and the link between the analytic
32916 and the host.</para>
32922 <section id="editbibrec">
32923 <title><link linkend="editbibrec">Editing Records</link></title>
32925 <para>To edit a record you can click 'Edit Biblio' from the search
32926 results on the cataloging page</para>
32929 <screeninfo>Edit Biblio Option on Search Results</screeninfo>
32933 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catalogsearch.png"/>
32938 <para>or by clicking the Edit button on the Bibliographic Record and
32939 choosing 'Edit Record'</para>
32942 <screeninfo>Edit Record Option on Bibliographic Record</screeninfo>
32946 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editrecord.png"/>
32951 <para>The record will open in the MARC editor</para>
32954 <screeninfo>Editing MARC Record</screeninfo>
32958 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editingrecord.png"/>
32963 <para>The alternative is to search via Z39.50 to overlay your record
32964 with a fuller record found at another library. You can do this by
32965 choosing 'Replace Record via Z39.50' from the Edit menu.</para>
32968 <screeninfo>Replace via Z39.50</screeninfo>
32972 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/replaceviaz39.png"/>
32977 <para>Once you choose that you will be brought to a Z39.50 search
32978 window to search other libraries for the record in question.</para>
32980 <para>Once you have made your edits (via either method) you can click
32981 'Save' at the top left of the editor.</para>
32983 <para>You can also use the edit menu to add your own custom cover
32984 image if you have either <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link> and/or
32985 <link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link> set to
32986 'Display' by choosing 'Upload Image' from the menu.</para>
32989 <screeninfo>Upload Image</screeninfo>
32993 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/uploadimage.png"/>
32998 <para>Choosing to 'Upload Image' will take you to the <link linkend="uploadlocalimages">Upload Local Cover Image
32999 Tool</link>.</para>
33002 <section id="dupbibrec">
33003 <title><link linkend="dupbibrec">Duplicating Records</link></title>
33005 <para>Sometimes a copy of the record you need to catalog can't be
33006 found via Z39.50. In these cases you can create a duplicate of similar
33007 record and edit the necessary pieces to create a new record. To
33008 duplicate an existing record click 'Edit as New (Duplicate)' from the
33009 Edit menu on the Bibliographic Record</para>
33012 <screeninfo>Edit as New (Duplicate) Bibliographic
33013 Record</screeninfo>
33017 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/createduplicate.png"/>
33022 <para>This will open a new MARC record with the fields filled in with
33023 the values from the original Bibliographic Record.</para>
33026 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Record</screeninfo>
33030 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newduprecord.png"/>
33035 <section id="uploadbibfile">
33036 <title><link linkend="uploadbibfile">Attaching files to Records</link></title>
33037 <para>If you would like to upload files to Koha you can do so with a few settings.<itemizedlist>
33039 <para>You will need to ask your system administrator to set the 'upload_path' config
33040 variable to point to where the files will be stored<itemizedlist>
33042 <para>You can see if your upload path is set correctly by visiting About Koha >
33043 System Information. If there is an error you will see it there.<screenshot>
33044 <screeninfo>Upload Path Warning</screeninfo>
33047 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/uploadwarning.png"/>
33050 </screenshot></para>
33052 </itemizedlist></para>
33055 <para>You will want to be sure that your <link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> system preference is set appropriately </para>
33058 <para>You will want to add the upload.pl plugin to the 856$u subfield in one (or
33059 multiple) of your <link linkend="editsubfields">frameworks</link></para>
33061 </itemizedlist></para>
33062 <para>Once you are all set up you can continue with cataloging as regular. You will see a
33063 plugin icon next to the 856$u that will open up the upload and/or search window<screenshot>
33064 <screeninfo>Upload file to record</screeninfo>
33067 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/uploadfilebib.png"/>
33070 </screenshot></para>
33071 <para>From this menu you can click browse to find a file and attach it, or you can search
33072 files you have uploaded previously using the search box. From the search results you can
33073 choose which file to attach.<screenshot>
33074 <screeninfo>Uploaded files</screeninfo>
33077 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/uploadedfiles.png"/>
33080 </screenshot></para>
33081 <para>Once the file is chosen it will appear as a link in the MARC record and on the detail
33085 <section id="mergebibs">
33086 <title><link linkend="mergebibs">Merging Records</link></title>
33087 <para>To merge bibliographic records together you will want to go to the Cataloging module
33088 and perform a search. </para>
33089 <para>If you see duplicates on that search results screen you can check the boxes next to
33090 the duplicates and click the 'Merge selected' button at the top of the results. </para>
33091 <para>Once you have selected the records you want to merge, click the 'Merge selected'
33092 button at the top of the list. You will be asked which of the records you would like to
33093 keep as your primary record and which will be deleted after the merge. If the records were
33094 created using different frameworks, Koha will also ask you what Framework you would like
33095 the newly merged record to use.</para>
33097 <screeninfo>Choose Primary Record for Merge</screeninfo>
33100 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergeprimary.png"/>
33104 <para>You will be presented with the MARC for all of the records (each accessible by
33105 tabs labeled with the bib numbers for those records). By default the entire first record
33106 will be selected, uncheck the fields you don't want in the final (destination) record and
33107 then move on to the second tab to choose which fields should be in the final (destination)
33110 <screeninfo>Merging Records</screeninfo>
33113 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergerecs.png"/>
33117 <para>Should you try to add a field that is not repeatable two times (like choosing
33118 the 245 field from both record #1 and #2) you will be presented with an error</para>
33120 <screeninfo>Non-repeatable Error</screeninfo>
33123 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/nondupfield.png"/>
33127 <para>Below the records you are merging is an option to enter fields to report on. This will
33128 allow you to control what fields you see on the merge confirmation page:</para>
33130 <screeninfo>Merge report fields</screeninfo>
33133 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergereportvalues.png"/>
33137 <para>If you enter nothing you will be presented with a confirmation of biblionumbers
33140 <screeninfo>Merge report</screeninfo>
33143 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergeblankreport.png"/>
33147 <para>If you enter fields you will see those on the confirmation page (you can set defaults
33148 with the <link linkend="MergeReportFields">MergeReportFields</link> preference)</para>
33150 <screeninfo>Merge report</screeninfo>
33153 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergereport.png"/>
33157 <para>Once you have completed your selections click the 'merge' button. The primary
33158 record will now CONTAIN the data you chose for it as well as all of the
33159 items/holdings from both bib records, and the second record will be deleted.<important>
33160 <para>It is important to rebuild your zebra index immediately after merging
33161 records. If a search is performed for a record which has been deleted Koha will
33162 present the patrons with an error in the OPAC.</para>
33163 </important></para>
33167 <para>If you would like you can also use the <link linkend="lists">Lists</link> tool for
33168 merging records together. <link linkend="mergebibrecs">Learn more here</link>.</para>
33172 <section id="deleterecord">
33173 <title><link linkend="deleterecord">Deleting Records</link></title>
33174 <para>To delete a bibliographic record simply choose the 'Edit' button and select 'Delete record'</para>
33176 <screeninfo>Delete record</screeninfo>
33179 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/deleterecord.png"/>
33183 <para>Bibliographic records can only be deleted one all items have been deleted. If you try
33184 to delete a bibliographic record with items still attached you will see that the delete
33185 option is grayed out.</para>
33187 <screeninfo>Record with items still attached</screeninfo>
33190 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/nodeleterecord.png"/>
33197 <section id="catitems">
33198 <title><link linkend="catitems">Item Records</link></title>
33200 <para>In Koha each bibliographic record can have one or more items
33201 attached. These items are sometimes referred to as holdings. Each item
33202 includes information to the physical copy the library has.</para>
33204 <section id="addingitems">
33205 <title><link linkend="addingitems">Adding Items</link></title>
33207 <para>After saving a new bibliographic record, you will be redirected
33208 to a blank item record so that you can attach an item to the
33209 bibliographic record. You can also click 'Add/Edit Items' from the
33210 cataloging search results</para>
33213 <screeninfo>Add/Edit Items Option on Search Results</screeninfo>
33217 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catalogsearch.png"/>
33222 <para>or you can add new item at any time by clicking 'New' on the
33223 bibliographic record and choosing 'New Item'</para>
33226 <screeninfo>New Item Button</screeninfo>
33230 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newitem.png"/>
33235 <para>The item edit form will appear:</para>
33238 <screeninfo>Add item form</screeninfo>
33242 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/additem.png"/>
33247 <para>At the very least, if you plan on circulating the item, the
33248 following fields should be entered for new items:</para>
33252 <para>2 - Source of classification</para>
33256 <para>a - Permanent location</para>
33260 <para>b - Current location</para>
33264 <para>o - Full call number<itemizedlist>
33266 <para>If you'd like you can use the <link linkend="cnbrowseplugin">call number
33267 browser plugin</link> for this field. If it's enabled you'll see a ... to the
33268 right of the field. When clicked that will open a call number browser window if
33269 the row is highlighted in Red then the call number is in use, if there is a thin
33270 Green line instead then the call number can be used.<screenshot>
33271 <screeninfo>Call number browser</screeninfo>
33274 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/cnbrowser.png"/>
33277 </screenshot></para>
33279 </itemizedlist></para>
33283 <para>p - Barcode</para>
33287 <para>v - Cost, replacement price</para>
33291 <para>This value will be charged to patrons when you mark an
33292 item they have checked out as 'Lost'</para>
33298 <para>y - Koha item type</para>
33302 <para>To make sure that these values are filled in you can mark them
33303 as mandatory in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">framework</link>
33304 you're using and then they will appear in red with a 'required' label.
33305 The item will not save until the required fields are filled in.</para>
33308 <screeninfo>Required Item Subfield</screeninfo>
33312 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/requireditemfields.png"/>
33320 <para>To make item subfields required in a framework you'll want
33321 to edit the 952 field in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">framework editor</link>.</para>
33326 <para>Below the add form there are 3 buttons for adding the
33330 <screeninfo>Add Item Buttons</screeninfo>
33334 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/additembuttons.png"/>
33341 <para>Add Item will add just the one item</para>
33345 <para>Add & Duplicate will add the item and fill in a new form
33346 with the same values for your to alter</para>
33350 <para>Add Multiple items will ask how many items and will then add that number of items
33351 adding +1 to the barcode so each barcode is unique</para>
33355 <para>Your added items will appear above the add form once
33359 <screeninfo>Items</screeninfo>
33363 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items.png"/>
33368 <para>Your items will also appear below the bibliographic details on
33369 the bib record display.</para>
33372 <screeninfo>List of Items on the Bib Record</screeninfo>
33376 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-withoutlabelprint.png"/>
33381 <para>If you have <link linkend="SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails">SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails</link>
33382 set to 'Display' then there will also be a link to print a quick spine
33383 label next to each item.</para>
33386 <screeninfo>List of Items on the Bib Record with a Print Label
33391 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-withlabelprint.png"/>
33395 <para>You can also filter the contents of your holdings table by clicking the 'Activate
33396 filters' links. This will show a row at the top where you can type in any column to
33397 filter the results in the table.</para>
33399 <screeninfo>Filter holdings</screeninfo>
33402 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-activatefilters.png"/>
33408 <section id="editingitems">
33409 <title><link linkend="editingitems">Editing Items</link></title>
33411 <para>Items can be edited in several ways.</para>
33415 <para>Clicking 'Edit' and 'Edit Items' from the bibliographic
33419 <screeninfo>Edit Items Menu Option</screeninfo>
33423 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititem.png"/>
33428 <para>Which will open up a list of items where you can click the 'Actions' button to the
33429 left of the specific item you would like to edit and choose 'Edit'.</para>
33432 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
33436 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemlink.png"/>
33443 <para>Clicking 'Edit Items' beside the item on the 'Items'
33447 <screeninfo>Items Tab</screeninfo>
33451 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstab.png"/>
33456 <para>Which will open up the editor on the item you'd like to edit</para>
33459 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
33463 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemlinkfromtab.png"/>
33470 <para>Clicking 'Edit' and then 'Edit items in batch'</para>
33473 <screeninfo>Edit items in a batch</screeninfo>
33477 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editinbatch.png"/>
33482 <para>This will open up the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch
33483 item modification tool</link> where you can edit all of the items
33484 on this record as a batch.</para></listitem>
33485 <listitem><para>You can also enable <link linkend="StaffDetailItemSelection">StaffDetailItemSelection
33486 </link> to have checkboxes appear to the left of each item
33487 on the detail display. You can then check off the items you would like to edit and
33488 click 'Modify selected items' at the top of the list.</para>
33490 <screeninfo>Editing selected items</screeninfo>
33493 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editwithitemchecks.png"/>
33499 <para>You can click 'Edit' to the right of each item in the Holdings tab<screenshot>
33500 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
33503 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editindividual.png"/>
33506 </screenshot></para>
33509 <para>There is also a link to Edit items from the search results in the staff client<screenshot>
33510 <screeninfo>Edit item on the search results</screeninfo>
33513 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemssearch.png"/>
33516 </screenshot></para>
33519 <para>Finally you can use the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch Item
33520 Modification</link> tool</para>
33524 <section id="itemquickedit">
33525 <title><link linkend="itemquickedit">Quick Item Status Updates</link></title>
33527 <para>Often circulation staff need to change the status of an item
33528 to Lost or Damaged. This doesn't require you to edit the entire item
33529 record. Instead clicking on the item barcode on the checkout summary
33530 or checkin history will bring you to an item summary. You can also
33531 get to the item summary by clicking on the Items tab to the left of
33532 the bib detail page.</para>
33535 <screeninfo>Item Edit</screeninfo>
33539 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/quickitemedit.png"/>
33544 <para>From this view you can mark an item lost by choosing a lost
33545 status from the pull down and clicking the 'Set Status'
33549 <screeninfo>Edit Lost Status</screeninfo>
33553 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editloststatus.png"/>
33558 <para>You can also mark an item as damaged by choosing a damaged
33559 status from the pull down and clicking the 'Set Status'
33563 <screeninfo>Edit Damaged Status</screeninfo>
33567 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editdamagedstatus.png"/>
33572 <section id="duplicateitem">
33573 <title><link linkend="duplicateitem">Duplicating Items</link></title>
33574 <para>You can easily duplicate each item by clicking the 'Action' button the left of each
33575 item on the edit items screen</para>
33577 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
33580 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemlink.png"/>
33584 <para>From here you can choose to 'Duplicate' the item and this will populate the form
33585 with the values from the item you chose.</para>
33589 <section id="iteminfo">
33590 <title><link linkend="iteminfo">Item Information</link></title>
33592 <para>To the left of every bibliographic record there is a tab to view
33596 <screeninfo>Items Tab</screeninfo>
33600 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/quickitemedit.png"/>
33605 <para>Clicking that tab will give you basic information about the items. From here you can
33606 see basic information about the item such as the home library, item type, collection code,
33607 call number and replacement price. You can also see and edit the status information. If
33608 an item is marked lost or withdrawn you will also see the date that status was applied.<screenshot>
33612 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstatuses.png"/>
33615 </screenshot></para>
33616 <para>In the History section you will see infomration about the check out history of the
33617 item and if you ordered the item via the acquisitions module then this section will
33618 include information about the order.</para>
33621 <screeninfo>History with order info</screeninfo>
33625 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemorderinfo.png"/>
33630 <para>If the Order or Accession date is linked, clicking it will bring
33631 you to the acquisitions information for that item.</para>
33634 <section id="moveitemrec">
33635 <title><link linkend="moveitemrec">Moving Items</link></title>
33637 <para>Items can be moved from one bibliographic record to another
33638 using the Attach Item option</para>
33641 <screeninfo>Attach Item Option</screeninfo>
33645 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/attachitem.png"/>
33650 <para>Visit the bibliographic record you want to attach the item to
33651 and choose 'Attach Item' from the 'Edit' menu.</para>
33654 <screeninfo>Attach Item Form</screeninfo>
33658 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/attachitemform.png"/>
33663 <para>Simply enter the barcode for the item you want to move and click
33666 <para>If you want to move all items to a new record creating only one
33667 bibliographic record you can use the <link linkend="mergebibrecs">Merge Records tool</link> instead.</para>
33670 <section id="deleteitems">
33671 <title><link linkend="deleteitems">Deleting Items</link></title>
33673 <para>There are many ways to delete item records. If you only need to
33674 delete one item you can do this by opening up the detail page for the
33675 bib record and clicking the 'Edit' button at the top. From there you
33676 can choose to 'Edit items'.</para>
33679 <screeninfo>'Edit Items' menu option</screeninfo>
33683 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemstodelete.png"/>
33688 <para>You will be presented with a list of items and next to each one
33689 will be a link labeled 'Delete'. Click that link and if the item is
33690 not checked out it will delete that item.</para>
33693 <screeninfo>Delete link on the left</screeninfo>
33697 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/deleteitemlink.png"/>
33702 <para>If you know that all of the items attached to your record are
33703 not currently checked out you can use the 'Delete all items' option
33704 under the 'Edit menu' and it will remove all items from the
33706 <para>You can also enable <link linkend="StaffDetailItemSelection">StaffDetailItemSelection</link>
33707 to have checkboxes appear to the left of each item on
33708 the detail display. You can then check off the items you would like to delete and click
33709 'Delete selected items' at the top of the list.</para>
33711 <screeninfo>Deleting selected items</screeninfo>
33714 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editwithitemchecks.png"/>
33719 <para>Finally you can use the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">batch
33720 delete tool</link> to delete a batch of items.</para>
33723 <section id="itemcirchistory">
33724 <title><link linkend="itemcirchistory">Item Specific Circulation History</link></title>
33726 <para>Each bibliographic record keeps a circulation history (with or
33727 without the patron information depending on your settings), but each
33728 item also has its own circulation history page. To see this, click on
33729 the 'Items' tab to the left of the record you are viewing.</para>
33732 <screeninfo>Items tab</screeninfo>
33736 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstab-long.png"/>
33741 <para>Below the 'History' heading is a link to 'View item's checkout
33742 history,' clicking that will open up the item's history which will
33743 look slightly different from the bibliographic record's history
33747 <screeninfo>Item Specific Circulation History</screeninfo>
33751 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemspecifichistory.png"/>
33758 <section id="catauthorities">
33759 <title><link linkend="catauthorities">Authorities</link></title>
33761 <para>Authority records are a way of controlling fields in your MARC
33762 records. Using authority records will provide you with control over
33763 subject headings, personal names and places.</para>
33765 <section id="addauthorities">
33766 <title><link linkend="addauthorities">Adding Authorities</link></title>
33768 <para>To add a new authority record you can either choose the authority type from the 'New
33769 Authority' button or search another library by clicking the 'New from Z39.50'
33773 <screeninfo>New Authority Record Options</screeninfo>
33777 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newauthtypes.png"/>
33782 <para>If you choose to enter a new authority from scratch, the form that appears will allow
33783 you to enter all of the necessary details regarding your authority record.</para>
33786 <screeninfo>New Authority Record</screeninfo>
33790 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newauthrec.png"/>
33795 <para>To expand collapsed values simply click on the title and the
33796 subfields will appear. To duplicate a field or subfield just click the
33797 plus sign (+) to the right of the label. To use field helper plugins
33798 simply click the ellipsis (...) to the right of the field.</para>
33800 <para>When linking authorities to other headings, you can use the
33801 authority finder plugin by clicking the ellipsis (...) to the right of
33805 <screeninfo>Authority search plugin</screeninfo>
33809 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/creatnewauthfromlink.png"/>
33814 <para>From there you can search your authority file for the authority
33815 to link. If you can't find the authority to link, you can click the
33816 'Create new' button and add the necessary authority for the link. This
33817 plugin also allows for you to choose the link relationship between the
33818 authorities.</para>
33821 <screeninfo>Authority relationships</screeninfo>
33825 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authrelationships.png"/>
33829 <para>If you choose to search another library for the authority record you will be presented
33830 with a search box</para>
33832 <screeninfo>Authority Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
33835 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authzsearch.png"/>
33839 <para>From the results you can choose the 'Import' link to the right of the record you would
33840 like to add to Koha</para>
33842 <screeninfo>Authority Z39.50 Results</screeninfo>
33845 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authimport.png"/>
33849 <para>You will then be presented with the form to edit the authority before saving it to
33852 <screeninfo>Imported Authority</screeninfo>
33855 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authorityimported.png"/>
33861 <section id="searchauthorities">
33862 <title><link linkend="searchauthorities">Searching Authorities</link></title>
33864 <para>From the authorities page you can search for existing terms and
33865 the bibliographic records they are attached to.</para>
33868 <screeninfo>Authority Search</screeninfo>
33872 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authoritysearch.png"/>
33877 <para>From the results you will see the authority record, how many bibliographic records it
33878 is attached to, an <link linkend="editauthorities">edit</link> link, a <link linkend="authoritymerge">merge</link> link and a <link linkend="editauthorities">delete</link> link (if there are no bibliographic records attached).</para>
33881 <screeninfo>Authority Search Results</screeninfo>
33885 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authorityresults.png"/>
33890 <para>Clicking on the Details link to the right of the authority
33891 record summary will open the full record and the option to edit the
33895 <screeninfo>Authority Record</screeninfo>
33899 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authrecord.png"/>
33904 <para>If the authority has See Alsos in it you will see those broken
33905 out on the search results, clicking the linked headings will run a
33906 search for that heading instead.</para>
33909 <screeninfo>See Also in Authorities</screeninfo>
33913 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authoritiesseealso.png"/>
33919 <section id="editauthorities">
33920 <title><link linkend="editauthorities">Editing Authorities</link></title>
33922 <para>Authorities can be edited by clicking on the authority summary from the search results
33923 and then clicking the 'Edit' button above the record. Or by clicking on the 'Edit' link to
33924 the left of the authority on the search results.</para>
33927 <screeninfo>Edit Authority Record</screeninfo>
33931 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editauthority.png"/>
33936 <para>Once you've made the necessary edits, simply click 'Save' and <link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> is set to 'Do', Koha will immediately update all of
33937 the bib records linked to the authority with the new authority record's data. If dontmerge
33938 is set to "Don't" then Koha won't edit bib records when changes are made to authorities,
33939 rather, this is done later by the <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl
33940 cronjob</link>.</para>
33942 <para>To delete an authority record you first must make sure it's not
33943 linked to any bibliographic records. If it is not used by any
33944 bibliographic records a 'Delete' link will appear to the right of the
33945 record on the search results and as a button that appears after
33946 clicking on the summary of the authority record.</para>
33948 <section id="authoritymerge">
33949 <title><link linkend="authoritymerge">Merging Authorities</link></title>
33950 <para>If you have duplicate authority records you can merge them together by clicking the
33951 'Merge' link next to two results on an authority search. </para>
33953 <screeninfo>Duplicate authorities results</screeninfo>
33956 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/dupauth.png"/>
33960 <para>After clicking 'Merge' on the first result you will see that authority listed at the
33961 top of the results.</para>
33963 <screeninfo>Merging authorities results</screeninfo>
33966 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmergesearch.png"/>
33970 <para>Next you need to click 'Merge' next to the second result you'd like to merge. </para>
33971 <para>You will be asked which of the two records you would like to keep as your primary
33972 record and which will be deleted after the merge.</para>
33974 <screeninfo>Merging authorities</screeninfo>
33977 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmergechoice.png"/>
33981 <para>You will be presented with the MARC for both of the records (each accessible by tabs
33982 labeled with the authority numbers for those records). By default the entire first record
33983 will be selected, uncheck the fields you don't want in the final (destination) record and
33984 then move on to the second tab to choose which fields should be in the final (destination)
33987 <screeninfo>Authorities to merge</screeninfo>
33990 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmerging.png"/>
33994 <para>Once you have completed your selections click the 'Merge' button. The primary record
33995 will now contain the data you chose for it and the second record will be deleted.</para>
33997 <screeninfo>Merged authority</screeninfo>
34000 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmerged.png"/>
34007 <section id="catguides">
34008 <title><link linkend="catguides">Cataloging Guides</link></title>
34012 <section id="bibcatcheatsheet">
34016 <firstname>Jared</firstname>
34017 <surname>Camins-Esakov</surname>
34019 <orgname>American Numismatic Society</orgname>
34024 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
34025 <surname>Engard</surname>
34026 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
34030 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
34032 <title><link linkend="bibcatcheatsheet">Bibliographic Record Cataloging Cheat Sheet</link></title>
34034 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
34035 <title>Cataloging Guide</title>
34037 <tgroup align="left" cols="4" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
34040 <entry><para>Tag</para></entry>
34042 <entry><para>Label</para></entry>
34044 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
34046 <entry><para>Instructions</para></entry>
34052 <entry><para>000</para></entry>
34054 <entry><para>LEADER</para></entry>
34056 <entry><para>Describes the record(i.e. surrogate) -- is it a
34057 record for a monograph? A serial?</para></entry>
34059 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in. Then set
34060 "Bibliographic level" to 'a' for articles or 's' for serials.
34061 Otherwise, leave everything as is.</para></entry>
34065 <entry><para>001</para></entry>
34067 <entry><para>CONTROL NUMBER</para></entry>
34069 <entry><para>Accession number.</para></entry>
34071 <entry><para>Enter the accession number written inside the
34072 item here. For articles and items which do not have accession
34073 numbers, leave blank.</para></entry>
34077 <entry><para>003</para></entry>
34079 <entry><para>CONTROL NUMBER IDENTIFIER</para></entry>
34081 <entry><para>Your MARC Organizational Code</para></entry>
34083 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in (will auto fill
34084 if you have your <link linkend="MARCOrgCode">MARCOrgCode</link> preference
34085 set).</para></entry>
34089 <entry><para>005</para></entry>
34091 <entry><para>D & T LATEST TRANSACTION</para></entry>
34093 <entry><para>Current date and time.</para></entry>
34095 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in.</para></entry>
34099 <entry><para>008</para></entry>
34101 <entry><para>FIXED-LENGTH DATA ELEMENTS</para></entry>
34103 <entry><para>Field containing computer-readable
34104 representations of a number of things.</para></entry>
34106 <entry><para>Generally you will only use 's' (single) or 'm'
34107 (multiple) options for position 06- use the former when the
34108 item was published in a single year, the latter when it was
34109 published over the course of several. If there is a single
34110 date, only enter a date in the first date field (positions
34111 07-10). Enter the three-digit country code in positions 15-17,
34112 being sure to add spaces if the country code is fewer than
34113 three characters long. If there is an index, note that fact in
34114 position 31. Enter the three-letter language code in positions
34115 35-37.</para></entry>
34119 <entry><para>010</para></entry>
34121 <entry><para>LCCN</para></entry>
34123 <entry><para>A number assigned by the Library of Congress to
34124 uniquely identify the work.</para></entry>
34126 <entry><para>Check on the copyright page of the book (if it
34127 was published in the US) or the LC catalog for this number. If
34128 you can't find it, don't worry about it.</para></entry>
34132 <entry><para>020</para></entry>
34134 <entry><para>ISBN</para></entry>
34136 <entry><para>Unique number used by publishers to identify
34137 books.</para></entry>
34139 <entry><para>If this number isn't listed on the book, there
34140 probably isn't one.</para></entry>
34144 <entry><para>022</para></entry>
34146 <entry><para>ISSN</para></entry>
34148 <entry><para>Unique number used by publishers to identify
34149 serials.</para></entry>
34151 <entry><para>If this number isn't listed on the book, there
34152 probably isn't one.</para></entry>
34156 <entry><para>033</para></entry>
34158 <entry><para>DATE/TIME OF EVENT</para></entry>
34160 <entry><para>Used for auction dates. Required for auction
34161 catalogs.</para></entry>
34163 <entry><para>For auctions that took place on only one day,
34164 enter the date of the auction in the format YYYYMMDD in the
34165 subfield 'a' and a '0' in the first indicator. For auctions
34166 that took place over two consecutive days or any number of
34167 non-consecutive days, create a subfield 'a' for each day with
34168 the date in the format YYYYMMDD, and put a '1' in the first
34169 indicator. For auctions that took place over more than two
34170 consecutive days, create a subfield 'a' (in format YYYYMMDD)
34171 for the first day and a subfield 'a' (also in format YYYYMMDD)
34172 for the last day, and put a '2' in the first
34173 indicator.</para></entry>
34177 <entry><para>040</para></entry>
34179 <entry><para>CATALOGING SOURCE</para></entry>
34181 <entry><para>Identifies which libraries created and modified
34182 the record.</para></entry>
34184 <entry><para>For imported records, add a subfield 'd' with
34185 your OCLC code as the value. For new records, make sure that
34186 the subfield 'c' with your OCLC code as the
34187 value.</para></entry>
34191 <entry><para>041</para></entry>
34193 <entry><para>LANGUAGE CODE</para></entry>
34195 <entry><para>Identifies all the languages used in an item,
34196 when two or more languages are present.</para></entry>
34198 <entry><para>For significant portions of a text in a given
34199 language, there should be a subfield 'a' with that language
34200 code. If there are only summaries or abstracts in a specific
34201 language, create a subfield 'b' with that language
34202 code.</para></entry>
34206 <entry><para>100</para></entry>
34208 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--PERSONAL</para></entry>
34210 <entry><para>Authorized form of the main author's
34211 name</para></entry>
34213 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
34214 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
34215 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
34216 forename, however, the first indicator should be
34217 '0'.</para></entry>
34221 <entry><para>110</para></entry>
34223 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--CORPORATE</para></entry>
34225 <entry><para>Authorized form of the name of the main corporate
34226 author. Required for auction catalogs.</para></entry>
34228 <entry><para>Auction catalogs should use a 110 field rather
34229 than a 100 field. See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set
34230 the first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
34234 <entry><para>111</para></entry>
34236 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--MEETING</para></entry>
34238 <entry><para>Authorized form of the name of a meeting which
34239 acted as a main offer (e.g. conference
34240 proceedings)</para></entry>
34242 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34243 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
34247 <entry><para>245</para></entry>
34249 <entry><para>TITLE STATEMENT</para></entry>
34251 <entry><para>Transcription of the title statement from the
34252 title page (or chief source of information)</para></entry>
34254 <entry><para>Enter the title in subfield 'a', the subtitle in
34255 subfield 'b', and the statement of responsibility in subfield
34256 'c'. If you are creating a record for a single volume or part
34257 of a multi-part item, you should put the part number in
34258 subfield 'n' and the part title in subfield 'p.' For auction
34259 catalogs, the date (in 'MM/DD/YYYY' format) should be listed
34260 in square brackets in subfield 'f'. See ISBD punctuation
34261 sheet. Set the first indicator to '0' if there is no author,
34262 otherwise set it to '1'. Set the second indicator to the
34263 number of non-filing characters (i.e. characters in an initial
34264 articles plus the space... for "The " set the second indicator
34265 to '4').</para></entry>
34269 <entry><para>246</para></entry>
34271 <entry><para>VARYING FORM OF TITLE</para></entry>
34273 <entry><para>Alternate form of title for searching and filing
34274 purposes</para></entry>
34276 <entry><para>If the patron might look for the work under a
34277 different title, enter it here. Do not include initial
34278 articles. The first indicator should be '3', unless the title
34279 is merely a variant spelling, in which case the first
34280 indicator should be '1'.</para></entry>
34284 <entry><para>250</para></entry>
34286 <entry><para>EDITION STATEMENT</para></entry>
34288 <entry><para>Transcription of the edition statement from the
34289 title page (or chief source of information)</para></entry>
34291 <entry><para>Transcribe the edition statement exactly as it
34292 appears on the title-page. You may abbreviate if the edition
34293 statement is very long.</para></entry>
34297 <entry><para>260</para></entry>
34299 <entry><para>PUBLICATION (IMPRINT)</para></entry>
34301 <entry><para>Publication information.</para></entry>
34303 <entry><para>Put the location of publication in subfield 'a',
34304 the publisher in subfield 'b', and the year (or probable year)
34305 in subfield 'c'. See ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
34309 <entry><para>300</para></entry>
34311 <entry><para>PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION</para></entry>
34313 <entry><para>Physical description</para></entry>
34315 <entry><para>Enter the pagination statement in subfield 'a', a
34316 brief description of "special" contents such as illustrations
34317 or maps in subfield 'b' (see AACR2), and the size of the item
34318 in subfield 'c'. See ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
34322 <entry><para>490</para></entry>
34324 <entry><para>SERIES STATEMENT</para></entry>
34326 <entry><para>Shows the series statement exactly as it appears
34327 on the item.</para></entry>
34329 <entry><para>Transcribe the series statement into subfield 'a'
34330 with the volume number in subfield 'v'. See ISBD punctuation
34331 sheet. Set the first indicator to '1' if you are using an 830.
34332 As a general rule, you should do so.</para></entry>
34336 <entry><para>500</para></entry>
34338 <entry><para>GENERAL NOTE</para></entry>
34340 <entry><para>Notes that don't fit anywhere
34341 else.</para></entry>
34343 <entry><para>Enter notes as full sentences, with a separate
34344 500 field for each distinct topic.</para></entry>
34348 <entry><para>501</para></entry>
34350 <entry><para>WITH NOTE</para></entry>
34352 <entry><para>Notes whether the work is bound with the works
34353 described by other records.</para></entry>
34355 <entry><para>Put description of relationship in subfield
34356 'a'.</para></entry>
34360 <entry><para>504</para></entry>
34362 <entry><para>BIBLIOGRAPHY, ETC. NOTE</para></entry>
34364 <entry><para>Indicates whether the work includes a
34365 bibliography.</para></entry>
34367 <entry><para>If the work includes a bibliography and index,
34368 put the text "Includes bibliographical references (p. XXX-XXX)
34369 and index." in subfield 'a'. If the work does not include an
34370 index, remove that part of the sentence. If the references are
34371 scattered throughout the work and not gathered into a distinct
34372 sentence, remove the parenthetical statement.</para></entry>
34376 <entry><para>505</para></entry>
34378 <entry><para>FORMATTED CONTENTS</para></entry>
34380 <entry><para>List of contents in a standard format.
34381 Unformatted contents can be listed in a 500 (General Note)
34382 field.</para></entry>
34384 <entry><para>See ISBD punctuation sheet. Set the first
34385 indicator to '0'. If you are separately coding authors and
34386 titles, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise, leave the
34387 second indicator blank.</para></entry>
34391 <entry><para>518</para></entry>
34393 <entry><para>DATE/TIME OF EVENT NOTE</para></entry>
34395 <entry><para>Used for auction dates.</para></entry>
34397 <entry><para>For auction catalogs, enter the date of the
34398 auction in the format 'January 2, 1984' in the subfield
34403 <entry><para>520</para></entry>
34405 <entry><para>SUMMARY, ETC.</para></entry>
34407 <entry><para>A brief summary or abstract of the book or
34408 article.</para></entry>
34410 <entry><para>In general you do not need to write a summary. A
34411 summary might be called for, however, with items that cannot
34412 be easily reviewed by a patron, such as books with highly
34413 acidic paper or CD-ROMs.</para></entry>
34417 <entry><para>546</para></entry>
34419 <entry><para>LANGUAGE NOTE</para></entry>
34421 <entry><para>Note describing the languages used in the
34422 work</para></entry>
34424 <entry><para>Only needed for works in multiple languages. See
34425 ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
34429 <entry><para>561</para></entry>
34431 <entry><para>PROVENANCE INFORMATION</para></entry>
34433 <entry><para>Describes the previous ownership of the
34434 item.</para></entry>
34436 <entry><para>Used only for rare books.</para></entry>
34440 <entry><para>563</para></entry>
34442 <entry><para>BINDING INFORMATION</para></entry>
34444 <entry><para>Describes the binding of the item.</para></entry>
34446 <entry><para>Used only for rare books.</para></entry>
34450 <entry><para>590</para></entry>
34452 <entry><para>LOCAL NOTE</para></entry>
34454 <entry><para>Local notes. Required for auction
34455 catalogs.</para></entry>
34457 <entry><para>Used for auction catalogs to indicate what types
34458 of coins are sold in the auction- Roman, Greek,
34459 etc.</para></entry>
34463 <entry><para>600</para></entry>
34465 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--PERSONAL</para></entry>
34467 <entry><para>Authorized form of personal names for people
34468 discussed in the work</para></entry>
34470 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
34471 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
34472 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
34473 forename, however, the first indicator should be '0'. If you
34474 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
34475 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
34476 '4'.</para></entry>
34480 <entry><para>610</para></entry>
34482 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--CORPORATE</para></entry>
34484 <entry><para>Authorized form of corporate names for
34485 organizations discussed in the work</para></entry>
34487 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34488 first indicator to '2'. If you found the name in the LC
34489 authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise set
34490 the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
34494 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
34496 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--MEETING</para></entry>
34498 <entry><para>Authorized form of meeting names for meetings
34499 discussed in the work</para></entry>
34501 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34502 first indicator to '2'. If you found the name in the LC
34503 authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise set
34504 the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
34508 <entry><para>630</para></entry>
34510 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
34512 <entry><para>Authorized form of titles for other works
34513 discussed in the work</para></entry>
34515 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34516 first indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
34517 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
34518 set the first indicator to '4'). If you found the name in the
34519 LC authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise
34520 set the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
34524 <entry><para>650</para></entry>
34526 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--TOPICAL</para></entry>
34528 <entry><para>Library of Congress Subject Heading terms
34529 describing the subject of the work</para></entry>
34531 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. If you
34532 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
34533 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
34534 '4'.</para></entry>
34538 <entry><para>651</para></entry>
34540 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--GEOGRAPHICAL</para></entry>
34542 <entry><para>Library of Congress Subject Heading geographical
34543 terms describing the subject of the work</para></entry>
34545 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. If you
34546 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
34547 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
34548 '4'.</para></entry>
34552 <entry><para>655</para></entry>
34554 <entry><para>INDEX TERM--GENRE/FORM</para></entry>
34556 <entry><para>Describes what an item is as opposed to what the
34557 item is about.</para></entry>
34559 <entry><para>Generally used only for auction catalogs, which
34560 should have the genre heading "Auction catalogs." (make sure
34561 to find the authorized heading!) If you found the name in the
34562 LC authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. If you are
34563 using a term from a specific thesaurus, set the second
34564 indicator to '7' and put the code for the thesaurus in
34565 subfield '2'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
34566 '4'.</para></entry>
34570 <entry><para>690</para></entry>
34572 <entry><para>LOCAL SUBJECT ADDED--TOPICAL</para></entry>
34574 <entry><para>Used for headings from any custom subject
34575 authority file.</para></entry>
34577 <entry><para>If there is no appropriate LCSH term, you can use
34578 a 690 with subject headings you find on other items in the
34579 catalog.</para></entry>
34583 <entry><para>691</para></entry>
34585 <entry><para>LOCAL SUBJECT ADDED--GEOGRAPHICAL</para></entry>
34587 <entry><para>Used for headings from any custom subject
34588 authority file.</para></entry>
34590 <entry><para>If there is no appropriate LCSH term, you can use
34591 a 691 with subject headings you find on other items in the
34592 catalog.</para></entry>
34596 <entry><para>700</para></entry>
34598 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--PERSONAL</para></entry>
34600 <entry><para>Used for second authors and other persons related
34601 to the production of the work.</para></entry>
34603 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
34604 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
34605 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
34606 forename, however, the first indicator should be
34607 '0'.</para></entry>
34611 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
34613 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--CORPORATE</para></entry>
34615 <entry><para>Used for corporate bodies related to the
34616 production of the work (e.g. publishers).</para></entry>
34618 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34619 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
34623 <entry><para>711</para></entry>
34625 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--MEETING</para></entry>
34627 <entry><para>Used for meetings related to the production of
34628 the work (e.g. symposia that contributed to the
34629 work).</para></entry>
34631 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34632 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
34636 <entry><para>730</para></entry>
34638 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
34640 <entry><para>Used for uniform titles related to the production
34641 of the work (e.g. a work that inspired the present
34642 work)</para></entry>
34644 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34645 first indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
34646 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
34647 set the first indicator to '4').</para></entry>
34651 <entry><para>773</para></entry>
34653 <entry><para>HOST ITEM ENTRY</para></entry>
34655 <entry><para>Describes the larger bibliographic unit that
34656 contains the work (e.g. book or journal containing the article
34657 being described in the current record)</para></entry>
34659 <entry><para>If the host publication is author main entry,
34660 enter the authorized form of the author's name in subfield
34661 'a'. Put the title in subfield 't'. If the host publication is
34662 an independent work, put publication information in subfield
34663 'd'. When available, ISSN and ISBN should always be used in,
34664 in subfields 'x' and 'z' respectively. Relationship
34665 information (e.g. volume number, page number, etc.) goes in
34666 subfield 'g'. Subfield 'q' contains an encoded representation
34667 of the location of the item: volume, issue, and section
34668 numbers are separated by colons, and the first page is entered
34669 following a '<' at the end of the subfield. See ISBD
34670 punctuation sheet. Set the first indicator to '0'. If you want
34671 the label "In:" to be generated, leave the second indicator
34672 blank. If you want something else displayed before the 773
34673 text, set the second indicator to '8' and add a subfield 'i'
34674 with the label you want at the beginning of the field (e.g.
34675 "$iOffprint from:").</para></entry>
34679 <entry><para>830</para></entry>
34681 <entry><para>SERIES ENTRY--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
34683 <entry><para>Authorized form of the series name transcribed in
34684 the 490 field. Often this will just be the same as the
34685 490.</para></entry>
34687 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
34688 second indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
34689 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
34690 set the second indicator to '4').</para></entry>
34694 <entry><para>852</para></entry>
34696 <entry><para>LOCATION/CALL NUMBER</para></entry>
34698 <entry><para>Provides the section name for pre-barcode books,
34699 pamphlets, and some articles and serials.</para></entry>
34701 <entry><para>Do not put anything in this field if you are
34702 cataloging a volume which gets only one record and a barcode.
34703 If the item does not get a barcode, or you are currently
34704 creating a record for an article in a volume, put the section
34705 in subfield 'a' (see ANS cataloging documentation), and the
34706 call number in subfield 'i'. Set the first indicator to
34707 '8'.</para></entry>
34711 <entry><para>856</para></entry>
34713 <entry><para>ELECTRONIC ACCESS</para></entry>
34715 <entry><para>Links to material available
34716 online.</para></entry>
34718 <entry><para>Put the URL of any electronic copies or
34719 summaries, etc. in subfield 'u' and a link title in subfield
34720 'y'. Set the first indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
34724 <entry><para>942</para></entry>
34726 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY ELEMENTS (KOHA)</para></entry>
34728 <entry><para>Used for Koha-specific data.</para></entry>
34730 <entry><para>Set the subfield 'c' to the appropriate item
34731 type.</para></entry>
34738 <section id="itemcatguide">
34739 <title><link linkend="itemcatguide">Item/Holdings Record Cataloging Guide</link></title>
34741 <para>This table represents the default embedded holdings data in Koha. This information can
34742 be used for migration or importing data purposes</para>
34744 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
34745 <title>Koha Embedded Holdings Data</title>
34747 <tgroup align="left" cols="4" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
34748 <colspec colname="tag" colnum="1"/>
34750 <colspec colname="data" colnum="2"/>
34752 <colspec colname="desc" colnum="3"/>
34754 <colspec colname="note" colnum="4"/>
34758 <entry><para>MARC21 Tag/subfield</para></entry>
34760 <entry><para>Data Element</para></entry>
34762 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
34764 <entry><para>Notes</para></entry>
34770 <entry><para>952$0</para></entry>
34772 <entry><para>Withdrawn status</para></entry>
34774 <entry><para>Default values: </para> <itemizedlist>
34776 <para>0 = Not withdrawn</para>
34780 <para>1 = Withdrawn</para>
34782 </itemizedlist></entry>
34784 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34785 ('WITHDRAWN' in default installation)</para></entry>
34789 <entry><para>952$1</para></entry>
34791 <entry><para>Lost status</para></entry>
34793 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
34795 <para>0 = Available</para>
34799 <para>1 = Lost</para>
34803 <para>2 = Long Overdue (Lost)</para>
34807 <para>3 = Lost and Paid For</para>
34811 <para>4 = Missing in Inventory</para>
34815 <para>5 = Missing in Hold Queue</para>
34817 </itemizedlist></entry>
34819 <entry><para>It's possible to configure OPAC so that lost
34820 items don't display with the <link linkend="hidelostitems">hidelostitems</link> system
34821 preference. </para> <para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34822 ('LOST' in default installation)</para></entry>
34826 <entry><para>952$2</para></entry>
34828 <entry><para>Classification</para></entry>
34830 <entry><para>Classification scheme that defines filing rules
34831 used for sorting call numbers.</para></entry>
34833 <entry><para>A choice of <link linkend="classificationsources">classification sources</link>
34834 as they are defined in administration. If no classification
34835 scheme is entered, the system will use the value entered in
34836 the <link linkend="DefaultClassificationSource">DefaultClassificationSource</link>
34837 preference.</para></entry>
34841 <entry><para>952$3</para></entry>
34843 <entry><para>Materials specified</para></entry>
34845 <entry><para>Specific issues of serials or multi-part
34846 items.</para></entry>
34848 <entry><para>Displayed when items are checked out and in to
34849 tell the staff how many pieces the item has. Copy/volume data
34850 is stored in 952$h and $t for display in Normal
34851 views.</para></entry>
34855 <entry><para>952$4</para></entry>
34857 <entry><para>Damaged status</para></entry>
34859 <entry><para>Default values: </para> <itemizedlist>
34861 <para>0 = Not damaged</para>
34865 <para>1 = Damaged</para>
34867 </itemizedlist></entry>
34869 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34870 ('DAMAGE' in default installation)</para></entry>
34874 <entry><para>952$5</para></entry>
34876 <entry><para>Use restrictions</para></entry>
34878 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
34880 <para>0 = No use restrictions</para>
34884 <para>1 = Restricted Access</para>
34886 </itemizedlist></entry>
34888 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34889 ('RESTRICT' in default installation). This value has no effect
34890 on circulation.</para></entry>
34894 <entry><para>952$7</para></entry>
34896 <entry><para>Not for loan</para></entry>
34898 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
34900 <para>-1 = Ordered</para>
34904 <para>0 = Available for loans</para>
34908 <para>1 = Not for Loan</para>
34912 <para>2 = Staff Collection</para>
34914 </itemizedlist></entry>
34916 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34917 ('NOT_LOAN' in default installation). Negative number values
34918 can still be placed on hold.</para></entry>
34922 <entry><para>952$8</para></entry>
34924 <entry><para>Collection code</para></entry>
34926 <entry><para>Coded value</para></entry>
34928 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34929 ('CCODE' in default installation)</para></entry>
34933 <entry><para>952$9</para></entry>
34935 <entry><para>Item number</para></entry>
34937 <entry><para>System-generated item number.</para></entry>
34939 <entry><para>Does not display in the item
34940 record.</para></entry>
34944 <entry><para>952$a</para></entry>
34946 <entry><para>Owning Library **</para></entry>
34948 <entry><para>Branch code</para></entry>
34950 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Code
34951 must be defined in <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries,
34952 Branches and Groups</link></para></entry>
34956 <entry><para>952$b</para></entry>
34958 <entry><para>Holding library ** (usually the same as 952$a
34961 <entry><para>Branch code</para></entry>
34963 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Code
34964 must be defined in <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries,
34965 Branches and Groups</link></para></entry>
34969 <entry><para>952$c</para></entry>
34971 <entry><para>Shelving location code</para></entry>
34973 <entry><para/></entry>
34975 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
34976 ('LOC' in default installation)</para></entry>
34980 <entry><para>952$d</para></entry>
34982 <entry><para>Date acquired</para></entry>
34984 <entry><para>YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
34986 <entry><para>Date formats in the 952 subfields are required to
34987 be in the system internal format for data loading and
34988 subsequent item editing: YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
34992 <entry><para>952$e</para></entry>
34994 <entry><para>Source of acquisition</para></entry>
34996 <entry><para>Coded value or vendor string</para></entry>
34998 <entry><para>Filled in automatically with the Koha assigned
34999 vendor id by Acquisitions when an item is
35000 received.</para></entry>
35004 <entry><para>952$g</para></entry>
35006 <entry><para>Purchase price</para></entry>
35008 <entry><para>Decimal number, no currency symbol (ex.
35009 10.00)</para></entry>
35011 <entry><para>Filled in automatically by Acquisitions when an
35012 item is received.</para></entry>
35016 <entry><para>952$h</para></entry>
35018 <entry><para>Serial enumeration</para></entry>
35020 <entry><para/></entry>
35022 <entry><para>Filled in automatically by Serials if the issue
35023 is received there.</para></entry>
35027 <entry><para>952$o</para></entry>
35029 <entry><para>Koha full call number</para></entry>
35031 <entry><para/></entry>
35033 <entry><para>Can be filled in automatically based on the <link linkend="itemcallnumber">itemcallnumber</link> system
35034 preference.</para></entry>
35038 <entry><para>952$p</para></entry>
35040 <entry><para>Barcode *</para></entry>
35042 <entry><para>Max 20 characters</para></entry>
35044 <entry><para/></entry>
35048 <entry><para>952$t</para></entry>
35050 <entry><para>Copy number</para></entry>
35052 <entry><para>Max 32 characters</para></entry>
35054 <entry><para/></entry>
35061 <para>Uniform Resource Identifier </para>
35064 <para>Item specific URL</para>
35067 <para>Full URL starting with http:// Only needed if your item has its own URL, not
35068 necessary if the bib record has a 856$u that applies to all items on the record.
35077 <para>Replacement price</para>
35080 <para>Decimal number, no currency symbol (ex. 10.00)</para>
35083 <para>Filled in automatically by Acquisitions when an item is received.</para>
35088 <entry><para>952$w</para></entry>
35090 <entry><para>Price effective from</para></entry>
35092 <entry><para>YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
35094 <entry>Date formats in the 952 subfields are required to be in
35095 the system internal format for data loading and subsequent
35096 item editing: YYYY-MM-DD. Filled in automatically by
35097 Acquisitions when an item is received.</entry>
35104 <para>Nonpublic note</para>
35109 <entry>This is a note field for notes that will not appear in the OPAC. Right now
35110 this note does not appear anywhere but in the item edit screen in the staff
35115 <entry><para>952$y</para></entry>
35117 <entry><para>Koha item type **</para></entry>
35119 <entry><para>Coded value, required field for
35120 circulation</para></entry>
35122 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Coded
35123 value, must be defined in <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item
35124 types</link></para></entry>
35128 <entry><para>952$z</para></entry>
35130 <entry><para>Public note</para></entry>
35132 <entry><para/></entry>
35134 <entry><para/></entry>
35140 <para>* - required for circulation</para>
35142 <para>** - required by Koha</para>
35145 <section id="onorderitemholds">
35147 <corpauthor>VOKAL</corpauthor>
35150 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
35152 <surname>Engard</surname>
35155 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
35157 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Handling_On_Order_items_and_ho">http://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Handling_On_Order_items_and_ho</ulink></bibliosource>
35160 <title><link linkend="onorderitemholds">Handling On Order Items and Holds</link></title>
35162 <para>If you tend to import your MARC records when you have ordered
35163 the book (as opposed to when you receive the books), and allow patrons
35164 to place holds on those books, you may need to add item records to the
35165 *.mrc file before importing.</para>
35167 <para>The easiest way to import your latest order is to first run your records through
35168 <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/">MARCEdit</ulink>. Download your MARC records,
35169 saving them to your desktop or some other location you use/will remember. If you have
35170 MARCEdit already installed you should simply have to double click on your MARC records,
35171 and they will automatically open in MARCEdit.<important>
35172 <para>This tutorial was written with MARCEdit version 5.2.3769.41641 on Windows XP,
35173 instructions may be different if your version or operating system is different.</para>
35174 </important></para>
35178 <para>Your original file will automatically be in the input;
35179 ensure MarcBreaker is chosen, and then click "Execute"</para>
35182 <screeninfo>MarcBreaker</screeninfo>
35186 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/marcbreaker.png"/>
35193 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the records
35194 processed at the bottom of the screen</para>
35197 <screeninfo>MarcBreaker Summary</screeninfo>
35201 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/marcbreaker-summary.png"/>
35208 <para>Click 'Edit Records' to continue on to adding item
35213 <para>Your screen will be replaced with a larger screen containing
35214 the MARC records</para>
35217 <screeninfo>MARC file for editing</screeninfo>
35221 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/editrecords.png"/>
35228 <para>Click on Tools > Add/Edit Field</para>
35231 <screeninfo>Add/Delete Field</screeninfo>
35235 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/addfield.png"/>
35242 <para>Enter in the Koha specific item info</para>
35245 <screeninfo>Add 942 Field</screeninfo>
35249 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/add942.png"/>
35256 <para>In the Field box, type 942</para>
35260 <para>In the Field Data box, type \\$c and the item type code
35261 (\\$cBOOK in this example)</para>
35265 <para>Check the 'Insert last' option</para>
35269 <para>Click 'Add Field'</para>
35275 <para>Enter in the item record data</para>
35278 <screeninfo>Add 952 Field</screeninfo>
35282 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/add952.png"/>
35289 <para>In the Field box, type 952</para>
35293 <para>In the Field Data box, type
35294 $7ORDERED_STATUS$aPERM_LOC$bCURR_LOC$cSHELVING_LOCATION$eSOURCE_OF_ACQ$yITEM_TYPE</para>
35298 <para>ex. $7-1$aCPL$bCPL$cNEW$eBrodart$yBOOK</para>
35302 <para>In a default install of Koha -1 is the value for
35303 the Ordered status</para>
35309 <para>You may want to look at other subfields you would
35310 like data in -- for example, changing the collection code
35311 to put all the items in the same collection (8),
35312 automatically fill in the acquisition date (d), or put in
35313 a public note (z).</para>
35317 <para>Be sure you use the $ to separate subfields; adding
35318 each subfield on a separate line will cause that many
35319 items to be imported with your MARC record (in the example
35320 above, four items, each with one of those subfields
35325 <para>Make sure you look at the Administration >
35326 Authorized Values in Koha to put the correct code into the
35333 <para>Check the 'Insert last' option</para>
35337 <para>Click 'Add Field'</para>
35343 <para>Close the field editor window</para>
35347 <para>Click on File > Compile into MARC</para>
35350 <screeninfo>Compile into MARC</screeninfo>
35354 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/compile.png"/>
35361 <para>Choose where to save your file</para>
35365 <para>Now you want to go into your Koha system and follow the
35366 instructions for <link linkend="stagemarc">importing MARC
35367 records</link>.</para>
35369 <para>Once the item has come in, you will need to go to the item
35370 record and individually change the item to have the correct barcode,
35371 and manually change the status from Ordered to the blank line in the
35372 Not for Loan field.</para>
35375 <para>If you purchase your cataloged item records, you may want to
35376 request your vendor put in the information you need into the MARC
35377 records for you; that way, you could import the edited-by-the-vendor
35378 file, overwriting the current record, automatically replacing the
35379 data with what you need.</para>
35384 <chapter id="coursereserves">
35385 <title>Course Reserves</title>
35386 <para>The course reserves module in Koha allows you to temporarily move items to 'reserve' and
35387 assign different circulation rules to these items while they are being used for a specific
35389 <section id="coursesetup">
35390 <title><link linkend="coursesetup">Course Reserves Setup</link></title>
35391 <para>Before using Course Reserves you will need to do some set up. </para>
35392 <para>First you will need to enable course reserves by setting the <link linkend="UseCourseReserves">UseCourseReserves</link> preference to 'Use'.</para>
35393 <para>Next you will need to have all of your course instructors <link linkend="addnewpatron">added as patrons</link>.</para>
35394 <para>Next you will want to add a couple of new <link linkend="newauthval">authorized
35395 values</link> for Departments and Terms. </para>
35396 <para>You may also want to create new <link linkend="additemtype">item types</link>, <link linkend="ccode">collection codes</link> and/or <link linkend="shelvelocvals">shelving
35397 locations</link> to make it clear that the items are on reserve to your patrons. You will
35398 also want to be sure to confirm that your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine
35399 rules</link> are right for your new item types (whether they be hourly or daily
35402 <section id="addingcourses">
35403 <title><link linkend="addingcourses">Adding Courses</link></title>
35404 <para>Once you have completed your set up for Course Reserves you can start creating courses
35405 and adding titles to the reserve list.</para>
35407 <screeninfo>Course Reserves Admin</screeninfo>
35410 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursesblank.png"/>
35414 <para>From the main course reserves page you can add a new course by clicking the 'New course'
35415 button at the top left.</para>
35417 <screeninfo>Add a new course</screeninfo>
35420 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/newcourse.png"/>
35424 <para>Your new course will need a Department, Number and Name at the bare minimum. You can
35425 also add in additional details like course section number and term. To link an instructor to
35426 this course simply start typing their name and Koha will search your patron database to find
35427 you the right person.</para>
35429 <screeninfo>Instrcutor search</screeninfo>
35432 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/instructorsearch.png"/>
35436 <para>Once the instructor you want appears just click their name and they will be added. You
35437 can repeat this for all instructors on this course. Each instructor will appear above the
35438 search box and can be removed by clicking the 'Remove' link to the right of their name.</para>
35440 <screeninfo>Instructors</screeninfo>
35443 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/instructorremove.png"/>
35447 <para>If you would like your course to show publicly you'll want to be sure to check the
35448 'Enabled?' box before saving your new course.</para>
35449 <para>Once your course is saved it will show on the main course reserves page and be
35450 searchable by any field in the course.</para>
35452 <screeninfo>Courses</screeninfo>
35455 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courses.png"/>
35460 <section id="addreserves">
35461 <title><link linkend="addreserves">Adding Reserve Materials </link></title>
35462 <para>Before adding reserve materials you will need at least one course to add them to. To
35463 add materials visit the Course Reserves module.</para>
35465 <screeninfo>Courses</screeninfo>
35468 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courses.png"/>
35472 <para>Click on the title of the course you would like to add materials to.</para>
35474 <screeninfo>Course administration</screeninfo>
35477 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courseadmin.png"/>
35481 <para>At the top of the course description click the 'Add reserves' button to add titles to
35482 this reserve list. You will be asked to enter the barcode for the reserve item.</para>
35484 <screeninfo>Add item to reserve</screeninfo>
35487 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/addbarcode.png"/>
35491 <para>After you are done scanning the barcodes to add to the course you can see them on the
35494 <screeninfo>Course with reserves</screeninfo>
35497 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursewithreserves.png"/>
35502 <section id="opaccoursereserves">
35503 <title><link linkend="opaccoursereserves">Course Reserves in the OPAC</link></title>
35504 <para>Once you have enabled Course Reserves and added courses you will see a link to Course
35505 Reserves below your search box in the OPAC.</para>
35507 <screeninfo>Course Reserves Link</screeninfo>
35510 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courselinkopac.png"/>
35514 <para>Clicking that link will show you your list of enabled courses (if you have only one
35515 course you will just see the contents of that one course).</para>
35517 <screeninfo>Course list in the OPAC</screeninfo>
35520 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursesopac.png"/>
35524 <para>You can search course reserves by any field (course number, course name, instructor
35525 name, department) that is visible in the list of courses. Clicking a course name will show
35526 you the details and reserve items.</para>
35528 <screeninfo>Course listing</screeninfo>
35531 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courseopac.png"/>
35538 <chapter id="serials">
35539 <title>Serials</title>
35541 <para>Serials actions can be accessed by going to the More menu at the top
35542 of your screen and choosing Serials or by clicking Serials on the main
35543 Koha staff client page. The Serials module in Koha is used for keeping
35544 track of journals, newspapers and other items that come on a regular
35545 schedule. As with all modules, make sure you go through the related <link linkend="impserials">Implementation Checklist</link> before using the
35546 Serials module.</para>
35550 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials</para>
35553 <section id="serialfreq">
35554 <title><link linkend="serialfreq">Manage Serial Frequencies</link></title>
35555 <para>Koha keeps a record of publication frequencies for easy management and
35556 duplication.</para>
35559 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials > Manage frequencies</para>
35562 <para>From this page you can view all of the existing frequencies in your system</para>
35564 <screeninfo>Frequencies</screeninfo>
35567 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/frequencies.png"/>
35571 <para>and create new ones.</para>
35573 <screeninfo>New frequency</screeninfo>
35576 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newfrequency.png"/>
35581 <section id="serialpatterns">
35582 <title><link linkend="serialpatterns">Manage Serial Numbering Patterns</link></title>
35583 <para>Everytime you create a new numbering pattern in serials you can save it for later use.
35584 These patters are accessible via the Manage numbering patterns page.</para>
35587 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials > Manage numbering patterns</para>
35590 <para>This page will list for you the numbering patterns you have saved in the past as well as
35591 a few canned patterns.</para>
35593 <screeninfo>Number patterns</screeninfo>
35596 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/numpatterns.png"/>
35601 <para>If you have upgraded from a previous version of Koha you will see 'Backup patterns'
35602 listed for patterns used in version before Koha 3.14. This is how Koha saved your old
35603 numbering patterns. You can edit these to give them more meaningful names from
35605 </note>It will also allow you to create a new numbering pattern without first adding a
35606 subscription. To add new new pattern click 'New numbering pattern' at the top of the list of
35609 <screeninfo>New number pattern</screeninfo>
35612 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newnumpattern.png"/>
35617 <section id="serialfields">
35618 <title><link linkend="serialfields">Custom Subscription Fields</link></title>
35619 <para>This module will allow you to add custom fields to your serial subscriptions for
35620 reporting and searching.</para>
35624 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Serials > Add subscription fields</para>
35628 <para>To add custom fields simply click the 'Add subscription fields' link on the left of the
35629 Serial page and choose the 'New field' button<screenshot>
35630 <screeninfo>Add subscription fields</screeninfo>
35633 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newfield.png"/>
35636 </screenshot></para>
35637 <para>The form that appears will ask for either an authorized value or a marc field to
35638 populate the field with</para>
35641 <screeninfo>Add field</screeninfo>
35644 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addfield.png"/>
35649 <para>For example you might want to track which department you're ordering for or the
35650 collection code for this serial<screenshot>
35651 <screeninfo>Add department</screeninfo>
35654 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/adddept.png"/>
35657 </screenshot></para>
35658 <para>This data will then show when you are adding a subscription<screenshot>
35659 <screeninfo>Add field value</screeninfo>
35662 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addingfieldvalues.png"/>
35665 </screenshot></para>
35666 <para>and when you view the subscription<screenshot>
35667 <screeninfo>Show field</screeninfo>
35670 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/showfields.png"/>
35673 </screenshot></para>
35674 <para>and when you search subscriptions (if you chose to make it 'searchable')<screenshot>
35675 <screeninfo>Searchable field</screeninfo>
35678 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/searchfield.png"/>
35681 </screenshot></para>
35684 <section id="newsubscription">
35685 <title><link linkend="newsubscription">Add a subscription</link></title>
35687 <para>Subscriptions can be added by clicking the 'New' button on any
35688 bibliographic record</para>
35691 <screeninfo>New Subscription Button</screeninfo>
35695 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newsubfrombib.png"/>
35700 <para>Or by visiting the Serials module and clicking 'New
35701 Subscription'</para>
35704 <screeninfo>New Subscription Button</screeninfo>
35708 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newsubbutton.png"/>
35713 <para>If you are entering a new subscription from the Serials module you
35714 will be presented with a blank form (if creating new from a
35715 bibliographic record the form will include the bib info).</para>
35718 <screeninfo>Add a new subscription (1/2)</screeninfo>
35722 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addsub.png"/>
35729 <para>'Librarian' field will show the logged in librarian's
35734 <para>'Vendor' can be found by either searching vendors entered via
35735 the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions module</link> or entering
35736 the vendor ID number</para>
35740 <para>Vendor information is not required</para>
35744 <para>In order to claim missing and late issues you need to
35745 enter vendor information</para>
35748 <screeninfo>Vendor Missing Warning</screeninfo>
35752 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/vendorwarning.png"/>
35761 <para>'Biblio' is the MARC record you'd like to link this
35762 subscription to</para>
35766 <para>This can be done by searching for an existing record by
35767 clicking on the 'Search for Biblio' link below the boxes or by
35768 entering the bib number for a record in the first box. Only if
35769 you search with the field between the parenthesis.</para>
35775 <para>Next you can choose whether a new item is created when receiving an issue (if you
35776 barcode issues you'll want to create an item at this time)</para>
35779 <para>In order to determine how to handle irregularities in your subscription answer 'When
35780 there is an irregular issue', if the numbers are always sequential you'll want to pick
35781 'Keep issue number'</para>
35784 <para>Checking the 'Manual history' box will allow you to enter serials outside the
35785 prediction pattern once the subscription is saved by going to the 'Planning' tab on the
35786 subscription detail page.<screenshot>
35787 <screeninfo>Manual History</screeninfo>
35790 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/manualhistory.png"/>
35793 </screenshot></para>
35796 <para>'Call Number' is for your item's call number or call number prefix</para>
35799 <para>'Library' is the branch that owns this subscription.</para>
35802 <para>If more than one library subscribes to this serial you will need to create a
35803 subscription for each library</para>
35806 <para>This can be done easily by using the 'Edit as New (Duplicate)' option found on
35807 the subscription information page and changing only the 'Library' field</para>
35809 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Subscription</screeninfo>
35812 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newasdup.png"/>
35820 <para>Use the 'Public Note' for any notes you would like to appear in the OPAC for the
35824 <para>'Nonpublic Note' should be used for notes that are only visible to the librarians
35825 via the staff client</para>
35828 <para>The 'Patron notification' option lets you pick a notice to send to patrons who
35829 subscribe to updates on this serial via the OPAC.</para>
35832 <para>For this option to appear you need to make sure that you have a Routing List
35833 notice set up in the <link linkend="notices">Notices Tool</link></para>
35839 <para>'Location' is for the shelving location</para>
35843 <para>The 'Grace period' is the number of days before an issue is automatically moved from
35844 'Expected' status to 'Waiting' and how many days before an issue is automatically moved
35845 from 'Waiting' status to 'Late'</para>
35849 <para>The Staff and OPAC Display options allow you to control how
35850 many issues appear by default on bibliographic records in the Staff
35851 Client and the OPAC</para>
35855 <para>If no values are entered in these fields, they will use
35856 the <link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
35857 and <link linkend="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
35858 system preference values</para>
35863 <para>Once that data is filled in you can click 'Next' to enter the prediction pattern information.</para>
35865 <screeninfo>Add a new subscription (2/2)</screeninfo>
35868 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addsub2.png"/>
35874 <para>In 'First issue publication date' you want to enter the date
35875 of the issue you have in your hand, the date from which the
35876 prediction pattern will start</para>
35880 <para>There are several pre-defined options for the 'Frequency' of publication all of
35881 which are visible alongside your own custom frequencies by visiting '<link linkend="serialfreq">Manage frequencies</link>'</para>
35885 <para>Without periodicy: some very specific (usually high level
35886 science journals) don't have a true periodicity. When you
35887 subscribe to the title, you subscribe for 6 issues, which can
35888 arrive in 1 year... or 2... There is no regularity or known
35893 <para>Unknown select this if none of the other choices are
35898 <para>Irregular: The journal is not "regular" but has a
35899 periodicity. You know that it comes out on January, then in
35900 October and December, it is irregular, but you know when it's
35901 going to arrive.</para>
35905 <para>2/day: Twice daily</para>
35909 <para>1/day: Daily</para>
35913 <para>3/week: Three times a week</para>
35917 <para>1/week: Weekly</para>
35921 <para>1/ 2 weeks: Twice monthly (fortnightly)</para>
35925 <para>1/ 3 weeks: Tri-weekly</para>
35929 <para>1/month: Monthly</para>
35933 <para>1/ 2 months (6/year): Bi-monthly</para>
35937 <para>1/ 3 months (1/quarter): Quarterly</para>
35941 <para>1/quarter (seasonal) : Quarterly related to seasons (ie.
35942 Summer, Autumn, Winter, Spring)</para>
35946 <para>2/year: Half yearly</para>
35950 <para>1/year: Annual</para>
35954 <para>1/ 2 years: Bi-annual</para>
35959 <para>'Subscription length' is the number of issues or months in the subscription. This is
35960 also used for setting up renewal alerts</para>
35963 <para>'Subscription start date' is the date at which the subscription begins. This is used
35964 for setting up renewal alerts</para>
35967 <para>'Subscription end date' should only be entered for subscriptions that have ended (if
35968 you're entering in a backlog of serials)</para>
35972 <para>'Numbering pattern' will help you determine how the numbers are printed for each
35973 issue. Patterns entered here are saved and editable at any time by visiting '<link linkend="serialpatterns">Manage numbering patterns</link>'</para>
35977 <para>Start with the numbering on the issue you have in hand,
35978 the numbering that matches the date you entered in the 'First
35979 issue publication' field</para>
35983 <para>You can choose to create your own numbering pattern by choosing 'None of the
35984 above' and clicking the 'Show/Hide Advanced Pattern' button at the bottom of the form</para>
35986 <screeninfo>Advanced prediction pattern</screeninfo>
35989 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/advancedpattern.png"/>
35997 <para>The 'Locale' option is useful when you want to display days, month or season. For
35998 example, if you have a German serial, you can use the German locale option to display
35999 days, etc. in German.</para>
36003 <para>Once a 'Numbering pattern' is chosen the number formula will appear.<screenshot>
36004 <screeninfo>Numbering Forumla</screeninfo>
36007 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/numberonly.png"/>
36010 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
36012 <para>The 'Begins with' number is the number of the issue you're holding in your
36016 <para>The 'Inner counter' is used to tell Koha where the "receiving cycle" starts<itemizedlist>
36018 <para>For example: If the first issue to receive is "vol. 4, no. 1, iss. 796",
36019 you need to set up "inner counter = 0" But if it's "vol. 4, no. 2, iss.
36020 797", the inner counter should be "1".</para>
36022 </itemizedlist></para>
36025 <para>After filling in this data click the 'Test prediction pattern' button to see
36026 what issues the system will generate, if there are irregularities you can choose
36027 which issues don't exist from the list presented.</para>
36029 <screeninfo>Prediction pattern</screeninfo>
36032 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/predictionpattern.png"/>
36037 </itemizedlist></para>
36040 <para>If you have added a <link linkend="serialfields">custom subscription field</link>,
36041 it will be editable above the buttons at the bottom of the screen<screenshot>
36042 <screeninfo>Show field</screeninfo>
36045 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addingfieldvalues.png"/>
36048 </screenshot></para>
36052 <para>Click 'Save Subscription' to save the information you have
36053 entered. <link linkend="sampleserialsapp">Find sample serial examples in
36054 the appendix</link>.</para>
36057 <section id="receiveissues">
36058 <title><link linkend="receiveissues">Receive Issues</link></title>
36060 <para>Issues can be marked as received from several locations. To find a
36061 subscription, use the search box at the top of the Serials page to
36062 search for the serial you'd like to receive issues for:</para>
36065 <screeninfo>Subscription Search</screeninfo>
36069 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subsearch.png"/>
36074 <para>From the search results you can click the 'Serial Receive' link or
36075 you can click on the subscription title and then click the 'Receive'
36079 <screeninfo>Subscription Buttons</screeninfo>
36083 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subbuttons.png"/>
36088 <para>The final way to receive serials is from the 'Serial Collection'
36089 page. To the left of the Subscription summary page there is a menu with
36090 a link to 'Serial Collection'</para>
36093 <screeninfo>Serial Subscription Menu</screeninfo>
36097 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialcolllink.png"/>
36102 <para>From the page that opens up you can click 'Edit Serial' with the
36103 issue you want to receive checked.</para>
36106 <screeninfo>Edit Issues</screeninfo>
36110 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editissue.png"/>
36115 <para>All three of these options will open up the issue receive
36119 <screeninfo>Receive Serials</screeninfo>
36123 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/receiveissue.png"/>
36130 <para>Choose 'Arrived' from the status pull down to mark a serial as
36135 <para>If you have decided to have an item record created for each issue an <link linkend="addingitems">item add form</link>
36136 will appear after choosing 'Arrived'</para>
36138 <screeninfo>Serial item record</screeninfo>
36141 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialitem.png"/>
36148 <para>If your issue has a supplemental issue with it, fill in the Supplemental Issue information.<itemizedlist>
36150 <para>Key the entire numbering in the box after "Supplemental issue" no numbering
36151 will be inherited/auto-filled from the main issue, and exactly what you key in the
36152 box after "Supplemental issue" will be auto-filled in the item record's Serial
36153 enumeration/chronology [MARC21 952$h] (if you create item records). <itemizedlist>
36155 <para>E.g., key this in its entirety if it's what you would like displayed:
36156 "v.69 no.3 (Mar. 2015) suppl." </para>
36158 </itemizedlist></para>
36160 </itemizedlist></para>
36164 <para>If you have decided to have an item record created for each
36165 issue an <link linkend="addingitems">item add form</link> will
36166 appear for your supplement and for the issue itself</para>
36170 <para>Once you have entered your info you can click 'Save'</para>
36174 <para>If you are receiving multiple issues at once, or have marked an
36175 issue as 'Late' or 'Missing' there you can click the 'Generate Next'
36176 button below the list of issues.</para>
36179 <screeninfo>Generate Next Button</screeninfo>
36183 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editissue.png"/>
36188 <para>Clicking this button will generate the next issue for you and mark
36189 the previously expected issue as 'Late' automatically. You can then
36190 check the 'Edit' box to the right of each issue and edit the status on
36191 multiple issues at once.</para>
36194 <section id="routinglist">
36195 <title><link linkend="routinglist">Create a Routing List</link></title>
36197 <para>A routing list is a list of people who receive the serial before it goes to the shelf.
36198 To enable routing lists you want to set your <link linkend="RoutingSerials">RoutingSerials</link> preference to 'Add'.</para>
36200 <para>When on the subscription page you will see a link to the left that
36201 reads 'Create Routing List' or 'Edit Routing List'</para>
36204 <screeninfo>Subscription Routing List Link</screeninfo>
36208 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/createroutinglink.png"/>
36213 <para>Clicking that link will bring you to the menu to add a new routing
36217 <screeninfo>Routing List Creation</screeninfo>
36221 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/createroutinglist.png"/>
36226 <para>From here you want to click 'Add recipients' in order to add
36227 people to the routing list. In the menu that appears you can filter
36228 patrons by part of their name, their library and/or patron
36232 <screeninfo>Add Members to Routing List</screeninfo>
36236 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addtorouting.png"/>
36241 <para>Clicking 'Add' to the right of each name will add them to the
36242 routing list. When you have chosen all of the people for the list, click
36243 the 'Close' link to be redirected to the routing list.</para>
36246 <screeninfo>Routing List</screeninfo>
36250 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editroutinglist.png"/>
36255 <para>If the list looks the way you expect it to, then click 'Save'.
36256 Next you will be brought to a preview of the routing list. To print the
36257 list click 'Save and preview routing slip.' This will open a printable
36258 version of the list.</para>
36261 <screeninfo>Preview Routing List</screeninfo>
36265 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/previewroutinglist.png"/>
36270 <para>If <link linkend="RoutingListAddReserves">RoutingListAddReserves</link> is set to
36271 on then patrons listed in the routing list will automatically be added
36272 to the holds list for the issue.</para>
36274 <para>To see a list of all of the routing lists a specific patron is on visit the <link linkend="patronroutingtab">Routing Lists tab</link> on their patron record.</para>
36277 <section id="serialsubinstaff">
36278 <title><link linkend="serialsubinstaff">Subscriptions in Staff Client</link></title>
36280 <para>Subscription information will appear on bibliographic records
36281 under the 'Subscriptions' tab</para>
36284 <screeninfo>Subscription Tab on Bibliographic Record</screeninfo>
36288 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subinfoonbib.png"/>
36293 <para>Clicking the 'Subscription Details' link will take you to the
36294 Subscription summary page in the staff client.</para>
36297 <screeninfo>Subscription Detail</screeninfo>
36301 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subscriptiondetail.png"/>
36305 <para>If you are using the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions</link> module to keep <link linkend="ordersubscription">track of serial subscriptions</link> you will see that info
36306 before your subscription details.</para>
36308 <screeninfo>Acquisitions information for subscription</screeninfo>
36311 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/subdetails.png"/>
36317 <section id="serialsubinopac">
36318 <title><link linkend="serialsubinopac">Subscriptions in OPAC</link></title>
36320 <para>When viewing the subscription in the OPAC there will be several
36323 <para>Like in the staff client, there will be a Subscriptions tab on the
36324 bibliographic record.</para>
36327 <screeninfo>Subscriptions Tab in OPAC</screeninfo>
36331 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subopac.png"/>
36336 <para>Under this tab will appear the number of issues you chose when
36337 setting up the subscription or in your <link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
36338 system preference. Clicking the 'More details' link will provide you
36339 with additional information about the serial history. You can set the
36340 default view of a serial in the OPAC with the <link linkend="SubscriptionHistory">SubscriptionHistory</link> system
36343 <para>There are two views, compact and full. The compact serial
36344 subscription will show basic information regarding the
36345 subscription</para>
36348 <screeninfo>Compact Serial View</screeninfo>
36352 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/compactopac.png"/>
36357 <para>From this compact display patrons can subscribe to be notified of new issues as they are
36358 released by clicking the 'Subscribe to email notifications of new issues' button. For this
36359 link to appear you will want to have chosen to notify patrons <link linkend="newsubscription">on the subscription</link> itself.</para>
36362 <screeninfo>Subscribe link in the OPAC</screeninfo>
36366 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/opacroutingsubscribe.png"/>
36370 <para>You can see thos who subscribe to new issue alerts by going to the subscription page in
36371 the staff client and looking on the right of the 'Information' tab.<screenshot>
36372 <screeninfo>Serial notification subscribers</screeninfo>
36375 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subscribers.png"/>
36378 </screenshot></para>
36380 <para>Whereas the full view shows extensive details, broken out by year,
36381 regarding the subscription</para>
36384 <screeninfo>Full Serial View</screeninfo>
36388 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/fullopac.png"/>
36394 <section id="serialclaims">
36395 <title><link linkend="serialclaims">Claim Late Serials</link></title>
36397 <para>Koha can send email messages to your serial vendors if you have
36398 late issues. To the left of the main serials page there is a link to
36402 <screeninfo>Link to Claims on Serials Menu</screeninfo>
36406 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaimmenu.png"/>
36411 <para>The links to claims also appears to the left of the subscription
36415 <screeninfo>Link to Claims on the Serials Menu</screeninfo>
36419 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaimmenu1.png"/>
36424 <para>If you don't have a claim notice defined yet you will see a
36425 warning message that you need to first define a notice.</para>
36428 <screeninfo>Missing Claims Notice Warning</screeninfo>
36432 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/noserialclaim.png"/>
36437 <para>Clicking 'Claims' will open a report that will ask you to choose
36438 from your various serial vendors to generate claims for late
36442 <screeninfo>Serial Claims</screeninfo>
36446 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaims.png"/>
36451 <para>From the list of late issues you can choose which ones you want to
36452 send a claim email to by clicking the checkbox to the left of late
36453 issue, choosing the notice template to use and clicking the 'Send
36454 notification' button.</para>
36457 <section id="serialexpiration">
36458 <title><link linkend="serialexpiration">Check Serial Expiration</link></title>
36460 <para>When adding serials you enter a subscription length, using the
36461 check expiration tool you can see when your subscriptions are about to
36462 expire. To use the tool click the link to 'Check expiration' on the
36463 serials menu.</para>
36466 <screeninfo>Check Serial Expiration</screeninfo>
36470 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialexpiresearch.png"/>
36475 <para>In the form that appears you need to enter at least a date to
36478 <para>In your results you will see all subscriptions that will expire
36479 before the date you entered. From there you can choose to view the
36480 subscription further or renew it in one click.</para>
36483 <screeninfo>Serial Expiration Search Results</screeninfo>
36487 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialexpire.png"/>
36493 <section id="serialrenew">
36494 <title><link linkend="serialrenew">Renewing Serials</link></title>
36496 <para>If your serial subscription has expired you won't be able to
36497 receive issues. To renew your subscription you can click the 'Renew'
36498 button at the top of your subscription detail page.</para>
36501 <screeninfo>Renew option on subscription detail</screeninfo>
36505 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/renewsubscription.png"/>
36510 <para>Another option is to click the 'Renew' link to the right of the
36511 subscription on the Serial Collection page.</para>
36514 <screeninfo>Renew option on serial collection</screeninfo>
36518 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/collectionrenew.png"/>
36523 <para>Once you click the 'Renew' link or button you will be presenting
36524 with renewal options.</para>
36527 <screeninfo>Subscription renewal form</screeninfo>
36531 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialrenew.png"/>
36538 <para>The start date should be the date your subscription period
36543 <para>For the subscription length you'll want to fill in one of the
36544 three fields presented: Number of num (issues), Number of months or
36545 Number of weeks.</para>
36549 <para>Finally enter any notes you might have about this
36555 <section id="serialsearch">
36556 <title><link linkend="serialsearch">Searching Serials</link></title>
36558 <para>Once in the Serials module there is basic search box at the top
36559 that you can use to find subscriptions using any part of the ISSN and/or
36563 <screeninfo>Basic Serials Search</screeninfo>
36567 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialsearch.png"/>
36572 <para>You can also click the 'Advanced Search' link to the right of the
36573 'Submit' button to do a more thorough search of your serials.</para>
36576 <screeninfo>Advanced Serials Search</screeninfo>
36580 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/advanceserialsearch.png"/>
36585 <para>From your results you can filter by using the search boxes at the
36586 bottom of each column and adjust the number of resutls using the toolbar
36587 at the top of the results set.</para>
36590 <screeninfo>Serial Search Results</screeninfo>
36594 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialsearchresults.png"/>
36601 <chapter id="acqmodule">
36602 <title>Acquisitions</title>
36604 <para>The Koha Acquisitions module provides a way for the library to
36605 record orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</para>
36609 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Acquisitions</para>
36613 <section id="acqsetup">
36614 <title><link linkend="acqsetup">Setup</link></title>
36616 <para>Before using the Acquisitions Module you will want to make sure
36617 that you have completed all of the set up.</para>
36619 <para>First, set your <link linkend="acqprefs">Acquisitions System
36620 Preferences</link> and <link linkend="acqadmin">Acquisitions
36621 Administration</link> to match your library's workflow.</para>
36623 <para>On the main acquisitions page you will see your library's funds
36627 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Funds Summary</screeninfo>
36631 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqfunds.png"/>
36637 <para>If the total line is confusing for the funds you have set up
36638 you can hide it by adding <programlisting>#funds_total {display:none;}</programlisting></para>
36640 <para>to the <link linkend="IntranetUserCSS">IntranetUserCSS</link>
36644 <para>To see all active funds you can click the checkbox next to 'Show active and inactive'
36645 above the funds table.</para>
36647 <para>To see a history of all orders in a fund you can click on the
36648 linked amount and it will run a search for you.</para>
36651 <screeninfo>Breakdown of orders against the FIC Fund</screeninfo>
36655 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fundbreakdown.png"/>
36660 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="fundtracking">Budget/Fund
36661 Tracking</link> section of this manual.</para>
36664 <section id="acqvendors">
36665 <title><link linkend="acqvendors">Vendors</link></title>
36667 <para>Before any orders can be places you must first enter at least one
36670 <section id="addacqvendor">
36671 <title><link linkend="addacqvendor">Add a Vendor</link></title>
36673 <para>To add a vendor click the 'New Vendor' button on the
36674 Acquisitions page</para>
36677 <screeninfo>New Vendor Button on Acquisitions</screeninfo>
36681 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendbutton.png"/>
36686 <para>The vendor add form is broken into three pieces</para>
36690 <para>The first section is for basic information about the
36694 <screeninfo>Basic Vendor Information</screeninfo>
36698 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor1.png"/>
36705 <para>Of these fields, only the Vendor name is required, the
36706 rest of the information should be added to help with
36707 generating claim letters and invoices</para>
36713 <para>The second section is for information regarding your contact
36714 at the Vendor's office</para>
36717 <screeninfo>Vendor Contact Details</screeninfo>
36721 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor2.png"/>
36728 <para>None of these fields are required, they should only be
36729 entered if you want to keep track of your contact's
36730 information within Koha</para>
36736 <para>The final section is for billing information</para>
36739 <screeninfo>Vendor Ordering/Billing Information</screeninfo>
36743 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor3.png"/>
36750 <para>To be able to order from a vendor you must make them
36755 <para>For List Prices and Invoice Prices choose the
36760 <para>Currencies are assigned in the <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">Currencies & Exchange
36761 Rates</link> admin area</para>
36767 <para>If your library is charged tax mark your Tax Number as
36772 <para>Note if you list prices and/or invoice prices include
36777 <para>If the vendor offers a consistent blank discount, enter
36778 that in the 'Discount' field</para>
36782 <para>You can enter item specific discounts when placing
36789 <para>Enter your tax rate if your library is charged taxes on
36794 <para>If you know about how long it usually takes orders to
36795 arrive from this vendor you can enter a delivery time. This
36796 will allow Koha to estimate when orders will arrive at your
36797 library on the late orders report.</para>
36801 <para>Notes are for internal use</para>
36808 <section id="editacqvendor">
36809 <title><link linkend="editacqvendor">View/Edit a Vendor</link></title>
36811 <para>To view a vendor's information page you must search for the
36812 vendor from the Acquisitions home page. Your search can be for any
36813 part of the Vendor's name:</para>
36816 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
36820 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorsearch.png"/>
36825 <para>From the results, click on the name of the vendor you want to
36826 view or edit</para>
36829 <screeninfo>Vendor Information Page</screeninfo>
36833 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorpage.png"/>
36838 <para>To make changes to the vendor, simply click the 'Edit vendor' button.</para>
36840 <para>If the vendor has no baskets attached to it then a 'Delete vendor' button will also be
36841 visible and the vendor can be deleted. Otherwise you will see a 'Receive shipment'
36845 <screeninfo>Receive shipment button</screeninfo>
36849 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivebutton.png"/>
36855 <section id="vendorcontracts">
36856 <title><link linkend="vendorcontracts">Vendor Contracts</link></title>
36858 <para>You can define contracts (with a start and end date) and attach
36859 them to a vendor. This is used so that at the end of the year you can
36860 see how much you spent on a specific contract with a vendor. In some
36861 places, contracts are set up with a minimum and maximum yearly
36864 <section id="addvendorcontract">
36865 <title><link linkend="addvendorcontract">Add a Contract</link></title>
36867 <para>At the top of a Vendor Information Page, you will see a 'New
36868 Contract' button.</para>
36871 <screeninfo>New Contract Button</screeninfo>
36875 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newcontract.png"/>
36880 <para>The contract form will ask for some very basic information
36881 about the contract</para>
36884 <screeninfo>New Contract Form</screeninfo>
36888 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newcontractform.png"/>
36894 <para>You cannot enter a contract retrospectively. The end date
36895 must not be before today's date.</para>
36898 <para>Once the contract is saved it will appear below the vendor
36899 information.</para>
36902 <screeninfo>Vendor with contracts</screeninfo>
36906 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/contractdisplay.png"/>
36911 <para>It will also be an option when creating a basket</para>
36914 <screeninfo>Contract Pull Down on New Basket Form</screeninfo>
36918 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/contractonbasket.png"/>
36926 <section id="managesuggest">
36927 <title><link linkend="managesuggest">Managing Suggestions</link></title>
36929 <para>Purchase suggestions can be generated in one of two ways. You can create suggestions via
36930 the staff client either for the library or <link linkend="patronsuggestions">on the patron's
36931 behalf</link> from their record. Depending on your settings in the <link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> system preference, patrons may also be able to
36932 make purchase suggestions via the OPAC. When a suggestion is waiting for library review, it
36933 will appear on the Acquisitions home page under the vendor search.</para>
36936 <screeninfo>Pending suggestions on Acquisitions</screeninfo>
36940 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestonacq.png"/>
36945 <para>It will also appear on the main staff dashboard under the module
36949 <screeninfo>Pending suggestions on main page</screeninfo>
36953 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/pendingsuggestions.png"/>
36958 <para>Clicking 'Manage suggestions' will take you to the suggestion
36959 management tool. If there are no pending suggestions you can access the
36960 suggestion management tool by clicking the 'Manage suggestions' link on
36961 the menu on the left of the Acquisitions page.</para>
36964 <screeninfo>Suggestion Management</screeninfo>
36968 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestmanage.png"/>
36973 <para>Your suggestions will be sorted into several tabs: Accepted,
36974 Pending, Checked, Ordered and/or Rejected. Each accepted or rejected
36975 suggestion will show the name of the librarian who managed the
36976 suggestion and the reason they gave for accepting or rejecting it (found
36977 under 'Status').</para>
36978 <para>An 'Accepted' suggestion is one that you have marked as 'Accepted' using the form below
36979 the suggestions. A 'Pending' suggestion is one that is awaiting action from the library. A
36980 'Checked' suggestion is one that has been marked as 'Checked' using the form before the
36981 suggestions. An 'Ordered' suggestion is on that has been ordered using the '<link linkend="orderfromsuggestion">From a purchase suggestion</link>' link in your basket. A
36982 'Rejected' suggestion is one that you have marked at 'Rejected' using the form below the
36983 list of suggestions.</para>
36985 <para>For libraries with lots of suggestions, there are filters on the
36986 left hand side of the Manage Suggestions page to assist in limiting the
36987 number of titles displayed on the screen.</para>
36990 <screeninfo>Suggestion Filtering</screeninfo>
36994 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestionsfilters.png"/>
36999 <para>Clicking on the blue headings will expand the filtering options
37000 and clicking '[clear]' will clear all filters and show all
37002 <para>The suggestions page will automatically be limited to
37003 suggestions for your library. To see information for all (or any
37004 other) libraries click on the 'Acquisition information' filter and
37005 change the library.</para>
37008 <screeninfo>Branch filter</screeninfo>
37012 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestbranchfilter.png"/>
37018 <para>When reviewing 'Pending' suggestions you can choose to check the
37019 box next to the item(s) you want to approve/reject and then choose the
37020 status and reason for your selection. You can also choose to completely
37021 delete the suggestion by checking the 'Delete selected' box.</para>
37024 <screeninfo>Pending Suggestions</screeninfo>
37028 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestpending.png"/>
37033 <para>Another option for libraries with long lists of suggestions is to
37034 approve or reject suggestions one by one by clicking on the title of the
37035 suggestion to open a summary of the suggestion, including information if
37036 the item was purchased.</para>
37039 <screeninfo>Suggestion Information</screeninfo>
37043 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestiondetails.png"/>
37048 <para>Clicking 'edit' to the right of the suggested title or at the to pof the suggestion
37049 detail page will open a suggestion editing page.</para>
37052 <screeninfo>Edit Purchase Suggestion</screeninfo>
37056 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/editsuggestion.png"/>
37061 <para>From this form you can make edits to the suggestion (adding more
37062 details or updating incorrect information provided by the patron). You
37063 can also choose to accept or reject the suggestion on an individual
37068 <para>Choosing to mark a request as 'Pending' will move the request
37069 back to the 'Pending' tab.</para>
37073 <para>Reasons for accepting and rejecting suggestions are defined by the
37074 <link linkend="suggestauthorized">SUGGEST</link> authorized
37078 <screeninfo>Reasons for approving or rejecting
37079 suggestions</screeninfo>
37083 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestreasons.png"/>
37088 <para>If you choose 'Others...' as your reason you will be prompted to
37089 enter your reason in a text box. Clicking 'Cancel' to the right of the
37090 box will bring back the pull down menu with authorized reasons.</para>
37093 <screeninfo>Enter reason for 'Others...'</screeninfo>
37097 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestothers.png"/>
37101 <para>You can also assign this suggestion to a fund. <screenshot>
37102 <screeninfo>Edit suggestion fund</screeninfo>
37105 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestfund.png"/>
37108 </screenshot></para>
37109 <para>This edit can trigger a notice (defined in the <link linkend="notices">Notices &
37110 Slips</link> tool with the <link linkend="toprocessnotice">TO_PROCESS</link> notice) to
37111 the fund owner that there is a suggestion ready for them to manage if you have turned on the
37112 <link linkend="emailsuggestfund">cron job to generate these notices</link>.</para>
37114 <para>Once you have clicked 'Submit' the suggestion will be moved to the
37115 matching tab. The status will also be updated on the patron's account in
37116 the OPAC and an <link linkend="notices">email notice</link> will be sent
37117 to the patron using the template that matches the status you have
37121 <screeninfo>Purchase suggestions in the OPAC</screeninfo>
37125 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/mysuggestions.png"/>
37131 <section id="placingacqorder">
37132 <title><link linkend="placingacqorder">Placing Orders</link></title>
37134 <para>To place an order you must first search for the vendor or
37135 bookseller you want to send the order to.</para>
37137 <section id="createacqbasket">
37138 <title><link linkend="createacqbasket">Create a basket</link></title>
37140 <para>To create a basket you must first search for the vendor you're
37141 ordering from:</para>
37144 <screeninfo>New Basket / Add Basket Options</screeninfo>
37148 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/addbasketbutton.png"/>
37153 <para>And click the 'New basket' button to the right of the vendor name.<note>
37154 <para>You can also add to an existing basket by clicking the 'Add to basket' link to the
37155 far right of each basket's information in the results table. </para>
37157 <para>After clicking 'New basket' you will be asked to enter some information about the
37161 <screeninfo>Add Basket Form</screeninfo>
37165 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/addbasket.png"/>
37172 <para>When adding a basket you want to give it a name that will
37173 help you identify it later</para>
37177 <para>Enter in the Billing Place and Delivery Place (this will
37178 default the library you're logged in at)</para>
37182 <para>If you would like to change the vendor you're ordering from
37183 you can use the Vendor pull down menu</para>
37187 <para>The notes fields are optional and can contain any type of
37192 <para>If you have <link linkend="addvendorcontract">added
37193 contracts</link> to the vendor you're ordering from, you will also
37194 have an option to choose which contract you're ordering these items
37198 <screeninfo>Basket with contract options</screeninfo>
37202 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketwithcontracts.png"/>
37207 <para>When finished, click 'Save'</para>
37210 <screeninfo>New Empty Basket</screeninfo>
37214 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basket.png"/>
37219 <para>Once your basket is created you are presented with several
37220 options for adding items to the order.</para>
37224 <para>If you are ordering another copy of an existing item, you
37225 can simply search for the record in your system.</para>
37228 <screeninfo>Search for existing records</screeninfo>
37232 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromexisting.png"/>
37239 <para>From the results, simply click 'Order' to be brought to
37240 the order form.</para>
37243 <screeninfo>Order form</screeninfo>
37247 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/existingitemorder.png"/>
37254 <para>All of the details associated with the item will already be listed under
37255 'Catalog details.'</para>
37262 <listitem id="orderfromsuggestion">
37263 <para>If you allow patrons to make purchase suggestions (learn more in the <link linkend="managesuggest">Managing Suggestions</link> section of this manual), then
37264 you can place orders from those suggestions. In order to keep track of suggestions
37265 that have been ordered and received you must place the order using this link. </para>
37267 <screeninfo>Approved Suggestions to Order From</screeninfo>
37270 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromsuggest.png"/>
37276 <para>From the results, click 'Order' next to the item you want to order and you
37277 will be presented with the order form including a link to the suggestion</para>
37279 <screeninfo>Order from a Suggestion</screeninfo>
37282 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromsuggestform.png"/>
37288 <para>From this form you can make changes to the Catalog Details if
37292 <para>When the item appears in your basket it will include a link to the
37295 <screeninfo>Suggestion Link in basket</screeninfo>
37298 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersuggestlink.png"/>
37306 <para>Orders added to the basket in this way will notify the patron via email that
37307 their suggestion has been ordered and will update the patron's '<link linkend="opacmysuggestions">My purchase suggestions</link>' page in the
37312 <listitem id="ordersubscription">
37313 <para>If you're using the <link linkend="serials">Serials</link> module you can link
37314 your subscription order information to acquisitions by choosing to order 'From a subscription'<itemizedlist>
37316 <para>After clicking the order link you will be brought to a search page that will
37317 help you find your subscription</para>
37319 <screeninfo>Subscription order search</screeninfo>
37322 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/subordersearch.png"/>
37328 <para>Your results will appear to the right of the form and each subscription will
37329 have an 'Order' link to the right</para>
37331 <screeninfo>Subscription results</screeninfo>
37334 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suborderresults.png"/>
37340 <para>Clicking 'Order' will bring the subscription info in to the order form
37341 without an 'Add item' section since you are just ordering a subscription and an
37342 item isn't needed</para>
37344 <screeninfo>Order from subscription</screeninfo>
37347 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suborder.png"/>
37352 </itemizedlist></para>
37356 <para>To order from a record that can't be found anywhere else,
37357 choose the 'From a new (empty) record.'</para>
37360 <screeninfo>Order a new record</screeninfo>
37364 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fromnewemptyrecord.png"/>
37371 <para>You will be presented with an empty form to fill in all
37372 of the necessary details about the item you are
37379 <para>If you want to search other libraries for an item to
37380 purchase, you can use the 'From an external source' option that
37381 will allow you to order from a MARC record found via a Z39.50
37385 <screeninfo>Search for record to add</screeninfo>
37389 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39.png"/>
37396 <para>From the results, click the Order link next to the item
37397 you want to purchase.</para>
37400 <screeninfo>Search Results to Order From</screeninfo>
37404 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39results.png"/>
37411 <para>If the item you're ordering from an external source
37412 looks like it might be a duplicate, Koha will warn you and
37413 give you options on how to proceed.</para>
37416 <screeninfo>Duplicate order warning</screeninfo>
37420 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/dupwarning.png"/>
37427 <para>From the warning, you can choose to order another
37428 copy on the existing bib record, create a new bib record,
37429 or cancel your order of this item.</para>
37435 <para>In the order form that pops up, you will not be able to
37436 edit the catalog details.</para>
37439 <screeninfo>New order from Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
37443 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39form.png"/>
37451 <listitem id="orderfromstagedfile">
37452 <para>The next option for ordering is to order from a staged record (<link linkend="stagemarc">learn more about staging records</link>).</para>
37454 <screeninfo>Staged Files to Order From</screeninfo>
37457 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/stagedfiles.png"/>
37463 <para>From the list of files you are presented with, choose the 'Add orders' link to
37464 add the records in the staged file to your order. <screenshot>
37465 <screeninfo>Staged records</screeninfo>
37468 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/importallstaged.png"/>
37471 </screenshot></para>
37474 <para>Next to each title is a checkbox, check the items you would like to order, or
37475 choose 'Check all' at the top. Depending on your settings in the <link linkend="MarcFieldsToOrder">MarcFieldsToOrder</link> preference Koha will
37476 populate the next screen with with the relevant Quantity, Price, Fund, Statistic
37477 1, and Statistic 2 found within the staged file.<screenshot>
37478 <screeninfo>Add orders from staged file</screeninfo>
37481 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/selecttoimport.png"/>
37484 </screenshot></para>
37487 <para>In the 'Item Information' tab you can enter information that will be added to
37488 every ordered item such as item type, collection code and not for loan status.<screenshot>
37489 <screeninfo>Item information</screeninfo>
37492 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemfromstaged.png"/>
37495 </screenshot></para>
37498 <para>If no information is imported from the MARC record regarding fund information
37499 the 'Default accounting details' tab can be used to apply values related to the accounting.<screenshot>
37500 <screeninfo>Accounting details</screeninfo>
37503 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/stagedaccounting.png"/>
37506 </screenshot></para>
37511 <para>The final option for ordering is to order from a list of titles with the highest
37512 hold ratios<itemizedlist>
37514 <para>This option will take you to the Holds Ratio report where you can find items
37515 with a high hold ratio and order additional copies. Next to each title will be
37516 a link with the number of items to order, click that and it will add the item to
37517 your basket.<screenshot>
37518 <screeninfo>Holds Ratio Order</screeninfo>
37521 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/highestholdratio.png"/>
37524 </screenshot></para>
37526 </itemizedlist></para>
37529 <para>With any of the above ordering options you're presented with an option to notify
37530 patrons of the new item when it's received. The contents of that notification can be
37531 edited in the <link linkend="notices">Notices & Slips</link> tool and will have the
37532 code of ACQ_NOTIF_ON_RECEIV. In the 'Patrons' section you will see an option to 'Add
37533 user'. Click that button to add patrons who will be notified of the new issue. </para>
37536 <screeninfo>Patron notification search</screeninfo>
37539 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/patronstonotify.png"/>
37545 <para>In the window that pops up search for the patrons you'd like to notify and
37546 click 'Select'</para>
37549 <para>Once you're done you can close the window and you'll see the list of patrons
37550 under the 'Patrons' section<screenshot>
37551 <screeninfo>Patrons</screeninfo>
37554 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/patronslist.png"/>
37557 </screenshot></para>
37562 <para>After bringing in the bib information (for all import methods except for the staged
37563 file), if your <link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link> system preference is set
37564 to add an item when ordering you will enter the item info next. You need to fill out at
37565 least one item record and then click the 'Add' button at the bottom left of the item
37569 <screeninfo>Item order</screeninfo>
37573 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemonorder.png"/>
37578 <para>After clicking the 'Add item' button below the item record the item will appear above
37579 the form and then you can enter your next item the same way (if ordering more than one
37583 <screeninfo>Item ordered</screeninfo>
37587 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemonorderadded.png"/>
37592 <para>Once you have entered the info about the item, you need to enter
37593 the Accounting information.</para>
37596 <screeninfo>Accounting Details</screeninfo>
37600 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/accounting.png"/>
37607 <para>Quantity is populated by the number of items you've added to the order above.<itemizedlist>
37610 <para>You cannot edit the quantity manually, you must click 'Add' below the item
37611 form to add as many items as you're ordering.</para>
37614 </itemizedlist></para>
37618 <para>The list of funds is populated by the <link linkend="funds">funds</link> you have assigned in the Acquisitions
37619 Administration area.</para>
37623 <para>The currency pull down will have the <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">currencies</link> you set up in the
37624 <link linkend="acqadmin">Acquisitions Administration</link>
37629 <para>The vendor price is the price before any taxes or discounts
37630 are applied.</para>
37634 <para>If the price is uncertain, check the uncertain price
37639 <para>A basket with at least one uncertain price can't be
37646 <para>If you are charged sales tax, choose that from the gstrate
37651 <para>Enter the percentage discount you're receiving on this
37652 order, once you enter this, hit tab and Koha will populate the
37653 rest of the cost fields below.</para>
37657 <para>If you added Planning Values when <link linkend="addbudgetfund">creating the Fund</link>, those values
37658 will appear in the two Planning Value fields.</para>
37661 <para>Once you have filled in all of the fields click 'Save' to add the item to your basket.
37662 If your price goes over the amount availalbe in the fund you will be presented with a
37663 confirmation.</para>
37665 <screeninfo>Fund warning</screeninfo>
37668 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fundconfirmation.png"/>
37672 <para>The confirmation warning will allow you order past your fund amount if you so
37675 <para>After an item is added to the basket you will be presented with a basket
37679 <screeninfo>Basket with item info</screeninfo>
37683 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/finalbasket.png"/>
37688 <para>If you would like to see more details you can check the 'Show
37689 all details' checkbox</para>
37692 <screeninfo>Show all details</screeninfo>
37696 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/showalldetails.png"/>
37701 <para>From here, you can edit or remove the items that you have
37706 <para>Choosing to 'Delete the order' will delete the order line
37707 but leave the record in the catalog.</para>
37711 <para>Choosing to 'Delete order and catalog record' removes both
37712 the order line and the record in the catalog.</para>
37716 <para>The catalog record cannot always be deleted. You might
37717 see notes explaining why.</para>
37720 <screeninfo>Can't delete order line</screeninfo>
37724 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/cantdeleteorderline.png"/>
37733 <para>On the summary page, you also have the option to edit the
37734 information that you entered about the basket by clicking the 'Edit
37735 basket header information' button, to delete the basket altogether by
37736 clicking the 'Delete this basket' button, or to export your basket as
37737 a CSV file by clicking the 'Export this basket as CSV' button.</para>
37740 <screeninfo>Basket Buttons</screeninfo>
37744 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketbuttons.png"/>
37749 <para>Once you're sure your basket is complete, you can click 'Close this basket' button to
37750 indicate that this basket is complete and has been sent to the vendor. </para>
37752 <para>You must close the basket to be able to <link linkend="receiveacqorder">receive
37753 items</link> when they arrive. Only items in closed baskets will show as ready to
37756 <para>If you have your <link linkend="BasketConfirmations">BasketConfirmations</link>
37757 preference set to show a confirmation, you will be asked if you are sure about closing the
37761 <screeninfo>Basket Closure Confirmation</screeninfo>
37765 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/BasketConfirmations.png"/>
37770 <para>When closing the basket you can choose to add the basket to a group for easy printing
37771 and retrieval. If you check the box to 'Attach this basket to a new basket group' you will
37772 be brought to the group list where you can print a PDF of the order.</para>
37775 <screeninfo>Closed Baskets</screeninfo>
37779 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketgroup.png"/>
37785 <para>A basket with at least one item marked as 'uncertain price'
37786 will not be able to be closed.</para>
37789 <screeninfo>A basket with items where the price is
37790 uncertain</screeninfo>
37794 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketuncertain.png"/>
37798 </important></para>
37800 <para>Clicking the 'Uncertain Prices' button will call up a list of
37801 items with uncertain prices to quick editing. From that list, you can
37802 quickly edit the items by entering new prices and quantities.</para>
37805 <screeninfo>Uncertain Prices</screeninfo>
37809 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/uncertainprices.png"/>
37815 <para>The Uncertain Prices page is independent of the basket. It is
37816 linked to the vendor so you will see all items on order with
37817 uncertain prices for that vendor.</para>
37819 <para>Once your order is entered you can search for it through acquisitions or view the
37820 information on the biblio detail page in the staff client (if the <link linkend="AcquisitionDetails">AcquisitionDetails</link> preference is set to 'Display).<screenshot>
37821 <screeninfo>Acquisitions details</screeninfo>
37824 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/AcquisitionDetails.png"/>
37827 </screenshot></para>
37830 <section id="acqbasketgroup">
37831 <title><link linkend="acqbasketgroup">Create a basket group</link></title>
37833 <para>A basket group is simply a group of baskets. In some libraries,
37834 you have several staff members that create baskets, and, at the end of
37835 a period of time, someone then groups them together to send to the
37836 vendor in bulk. That said, it is possible to have one basket in a
37837 basket group if that's the workflow used in your library.</para>
37840 <section id="printacqbasket">
37841 <title><link linkend="printacqbasket">Printing baskets</link></title>
37843 <para>When you are finished adding items to your basket, click 'Close
37844 this Basket.'</para>
37847 <screeninfo>Close Basket</screeninfo>
37851 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/closebasket.png"/>
37856 <para>You will be asked if you want to 'Attach this basket to a new basket group with the
37857 same name'. A basket group is necessary if you want to be able to print PDFs of your
37861 <screeninfo>Create Purchase Order</screeninfo>
37865 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/createpurchaseorder.png"/>
37870 <para>Your completed order will be listed on the Basket Grouping page
37871 for printing or further modification.</para>
37874 <screeninfo>Basket Grouping</screeninfo>
37878 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketgroup.png"/>
37883 <para>Clicking the 'Print' button next to your order will generate a PDF for printing, which
37884 will have all of your library information followed by the items in your order.</para>
37887 <screeninfo>Order found on PDF</screeninfo>
37891 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/pdforder.png"/>
37898 <section id="receiveacqorder">
37899 <title><link linkend="receiveacqorder">Receiving Orders</link></title>
37901 <para>You must close the basket to be able to <link linkend="receiveacqorder">receive
37902 items</link> when they arrive. Only items in closed baskets will show as ready to
37906 <para>Orders can be received from the vendor information page</para>
37909 <screeninfo>Receive from Vendor Information</screeninfo>
37913 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivebutton.png"/>
37918 <para>or the vendor search results page</para>
37921 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
37925 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivefromsearch.png"/>
37930 <para>After clicking 'Receive shipment' you will be asked to enter a vendor invoice number, a
37931 shipment received date, a shipping cost and a budget to subtract that shipping amount
37935 <screeninfo>Receive Shipment</screeninfo>
37939 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receive.png"/>
37944 <para>The receive page will list all items still on order with the
37945 vendor regardless of the basket the item is from.</para>
37948 <screeninfo>Receipt Summary</screeninfo>
37952 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiptsummary.png"/>
37957 <para>To receive a specific item, click the 'Receive' link to the right
37958 of the item.</para>
37961 <screeninfo>Receive Item Form</screeninfo>
37965 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiveitem.png"/>
37970 <para>From this form you can alter the cost information. You can also
37971 choose to mark only part of the order as received if the vendor didn't
37972 send your entire order by checking only the boxes next to the items on
37973 the left that you want to receive. The values you enter in the
37974 'Replacement cost' and 'Actual cost' will automatically populate the
37975 item record by filling in subfield v (Cost, replacement price) and
37976 subfield g (Cost, normal purchase price) on the item record after
37980 <screeninfo>Item record after receipt</screeninfo>
37984 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiveditem.png"/>
37989 <para>You can also make edits to the item record from this form by clicking the 'Edit' link
37990 next to each item. This will allow you to enter in accurate call numbers and barcodes if
37991 you'd like to do that at the point of receipt. Once you have made any changes necessary (to
37992 the order and/or items, click 'Save' to mark the item(s) as received.<note>
37993 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived">AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</link> preference set to add or change values on
37994 received items those changes will take place after you hit 'Save'. </para>
37998 <screeninfo>Already Received Items</screeninfo>
38002 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/received.png"/>
38006 <para>If the item is no longer available from this vendor you can transfer the order to
38007 another vendor's basket by clicking the 'Transfer' link to the right of the title. This will
38008 pop up a vendor search box.</para>
38010 <screeninfo>Transfer search</screeninfo>
38013 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transfersearch.png"/>
38017 <para>From the results you can click 'Choose' to the right of the vendor you would like to
38018 reorder this item from.</para>
38020 <screeninfo>Transfer vendor</screeninfo>
38023 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transfervendor.png"/>
38027 <para>You will then be presented with the open baskets for that vendor to choose from. To move
38028 the item simply click 'Choose' to the right of the basket you would like to add the item
38031 <screeninfo>Basket choice</screeninfo>
38034 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transferbasket.png"/>
38038 <para>Once you have chosen you will be presented with a confirmation message.</para>
38040 <screeninfo>Confirm transfer</screeninfo>
38043 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transferconfirm.png"/>
38048 <para>When you're finished receiving items you can navigate away from
38049 this page or click the 'Finish receiving' button at the bottom of the
38051 <para>If the item cannot be found anywhere you can cancel the order by clicking 'Delete order'
38052 to the far right. This will prompt you to enter your reason and confirm cancellation.<screenshot>
38053 <screeninfo>Cancel order</screeninfo>
38056 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/cancelorder.png"/>
38059 </screenshot></para>
38061 <para>You will also see that the item is received and/or cancelled if
38062 you view the basket.</para>
38065 <screeninfo>One item marked (rcvd) in basket</screeninfo>
38069 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketwithreceived.png"/>
38074 <section id="acqinvoices">
38075 <title><link linkend="acqinvoices">Invoices</link></title>
38076 <para>When orders are received invoices are generated. Invoices can be searched by clicking
38077 on 'Invoices' in the left of the Acquisitions page.</para>
38079 <screeninfo>Invoices page</screeninfo>
38082 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoicesearch.png"/>
38086 <para>After searching, your results will appear to the right of the search options.</para>
38088 <screeninfo>Invoice search results</screeninfo>
38091 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoices.png"/>
38095 <para>From the results you can click the 'Details' link to see the full invoice or 'Close' to
38096 note that the invoice is closed/paid for.</para>
38098 <screeninfo>Invoice details</screeninfo>
38101 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoice.png"/>
38105 <para>If you're allowing the uploading of acquisitions files with the <link linkend="AcqEnableFiles">AcqEnableFiles</link> preference you will see the option to
38106 manage invoice files next to the link to 'Go to receipt page'<screenshot>
38107 <screeninfo>AcqEnableFiles</screeninfo>
38110 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/AcqEnableFiles.png"/>
38113 </screenshot></para>
38114 <para>To see or attach new files click the 'Manage invoice files' link</para>
38116 <screeninfo>No invoice files</screeninfo>
38119 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/noinvoicefiles.png"/>
38123 <para>From here you can find a file to upload and/or see the files you have already
38126 <screeninfo>Invoice files</screeninfo>
38129 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoicefiles.png"/>
38133 <para>From the invoice search results you can also merge together two invoices should you need
38134 to. Simply click the checkbox to the left of the invoices you would like to merge and click
38135 the 'Merge selected invoices' button at the bottom of the page. You will be presented with a
38136 confirmation screen:</para>
38138 <screeninfo>Merge invoices</screeninfo>
38141 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/mergeinvoices.png"/>
38145 <para>Click on the row of the invoice number you would like to keep and it will be highlighted
38146 in yellow. Enter any different billing information in the fields provided and click
38147 'Merge'. The two invoices will become one.</para>
38150 <section id="acqclaims">
38151 <title><link linkend="acqclaims">Claims & Late Orders</link></title>
38153 <para>If you have entered in an email address for the vendors in your
38154 system you can send them claim emails when an order is late. Before you
38155 can send claims you will need to set up an <link linkend="ACQCLAIM">acquisitions claim notice</link>.</para>
38157 <para>Upon clicking on the link to 'Late Orders' from the Acquisitions
38158 page you will be presented with a series of filter options on the left
38159 hand side. These filters will be applied only closed baskets.</para>
38162 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Late Order Filters</screeninfo>
38166 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqclaimfilter.png"/>
38172 <para>The vendor pull down only shows vendors with closed baskets that
38176 <para>Once you filter your orders to show you the things you consider to
38177 be late you will be presented with a list of these items.</para>
38180 <screeninfo>Late Orders</screeninfo>
38184 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/lateorders.png"/>
38189 <para>To the right of each late title you will be see a checkbox. Check
38190 off the ones you want a claim letter sent to and click 'Claim Order' at
38191 the bottom right of the list. This will automatically send an email to
38192 the vendor at the email address you have on file.<note>
38193 <para>The Estimated Delivery Date is based on the Delivery time
38194 value entered on the vendor record.</para>
38197 <para>If you would rather use a different acquisition claim letter
38198 (other than the default) you can <link linkend="addnotices">create that
38199 in the notices module</link> and choose it from the menu above the list
38200 of late items.</para>
38203 <screeninfo>Choose a Claim Letter</screeninfo>
38207 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/claimletter.png"/>
38213 <section id="acqsearch">
38214 <title><link linkend="acqsearch">Acquisition Searches</link></title>
38216 <para>At the top of the various Acquisition pages there is a quick
38217 search box where you can perform either a Vendor Search or an Order
38221 <screeninfo>Acquisition Searches</screeninfo>
38225 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqsearches.png"/>
38230 <para>In the Vendor Search you can enter any part of the vendor name to
38231 get results.</para>
38234 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
38238 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorquicksearch.png"/>
38243 <para>Using the Orders Search you can search for items that have been
38244 ordered with or without the vendor.</para>
38247 <screeninfo>Order Search Box</screeninfo>
38251 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearch.png"/>
38256 <para>You can enter info in one or both fields and you can enter any
38257 part of the title and/or vendor name.</para>
38260 <screeninfo>Order Search Results</screeninfo>
38264 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchresults.png"/>
38269 <para>Clicking the plus sign to the right of the Vendor search box will
38270 expand the search and allow you to search for additional fields.</para>
38273 <screeninfo>Expanded Orders Search</screeninfo>
38277 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchexpand.png"/>
38282 <para>Clicking Advanced Search to the right of the search button will
38283 give you all of the order search options available.</para>
38286 <screeninfo>Full Order Search</screeninfo>
38290 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchfull.png"/>
38296 <section id="fundtracking">
38297 <title><link linkend="fundtracking">Budget/Fund Tracking</link></title>
38299 <para>On the main acquisitions page there will be a table showing you all of your active funds
38300 and a breakdown of what has been ordered or spent against them.</para>
38303 <screeninfo>Fund Table</screeninfo>
38307 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqfunds.png"/>
38312 <para>Clicking on the linked amounts under spent or ordered will show you a summary of the
38313 titles ordered/received on that budget.</para>
38316 <screeninfo>Titles Spent</screeninfo>
38320 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/spent.png"/>
38327 <chapter id="stafflists">
38328 <title>Lists & Cart</title>
38330 <para>Lists are a way to save a collection of content on a specific topic
38331 or for a specific purpose. The Cart is a session specific storage
38336 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Lists</para>
38340 <section id="lists">
38341 <title><link linkend="lists">Lists</link></title>
38345 <section id="createlist">
38346 <title><link linkend="createlist">Create a List</link></title>
38348 <para>A list can be created by visiting the Lists page and clicking
38352 <screeninfo>New List Button</screeninfo>
38356 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistbutton.png"/>
38361 <para>The new list form offers several options for creating your
38365 <screeninfo>New List Form</screeninfo>
38369 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistform.png"/>
38376 <para>The name is what will appear on the list of Lists</para>
38380 <para>You can also choose how to sort the list</para>
38383 <para>Next decide if your list is going to be private or public</para>
38386 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen only by you (depending on
38387 your permissions settings below)</para>
38390 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed only by you (depending on
38391 your permissions settings below)</para>
38396 <para>Finally decide what your permissions will be on the list. You can all or disallow:<itemizedlist>
38398 <para>anyone else to add entries</para>
38401 <para>anyone to remove his own contributed entries<itemizedlist>
38404 <para>The owner of a list is always allowed to add entries, but needs
38405 permission to remove.</para>
38408 </itemizedlist></para>
38411 <para>anyone to remove other contributed entries </para>
38413 </itemizedlist></para>
38417 <para>A list can also be created from the catalog search
38421 <screeninfo>New list from catalog search</screeninfo>
38425 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistsearch.png"/>
38432 <para>Check the box to the left of the titles you want to add to
38433 the new list</para>
38437 <para>Choose [New List] from the 'Add to:' pull down menu</para>
38440 <screeninfo>New List from Search Results</screeninfo>
38444 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistfromsearch.png"/>
38451 <para>Name the list and choose what type of list this
38456 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen
38461 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed
38470 <para>Once the list is saved it will accessible from the Lists page
38471 and from the 'Add to' menu at the top of the search results.</para>
38474 <section id="addtolist">
38475 <title><link linkend="addtolist">Add to a List</link></title>
38477 <para>To add titles to an existing list click on the list name from
38478 the page of lists</para>
38481 <screeninfo>List of Lists</screeninfo>
38485 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listslist.png"/>
38489 <para>To open a list you can click the list name.</para>
38491 <para>From that page you can add titles by scanning barcodes into the box at the bottom of
38495 <screeninfo>Content of a List</screeninfo>
38499 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listcontents.png"/>
38504 <para>A title can also be added to a list by selecting titles on the
38505 search results page and choosing the list from the 'Add to'
38509 <screeninfo>Add to List</screeninfo>
38513 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/addtolist.png"/>
38519 <section id="viewlist">
38520 <title><link linkend="viewlist">Viewing Lists</link></title>
38522 <para>To see the contents of a list, visit the Lists page on the staff
38526 <screeninfo>List of Lists</screeninfo>
38530 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listslist.png"/>
38535 <para>Clicking on the 'List Name' will show the contents of the
38539 <screeninfo>Content of a List</screeninfo>
38543 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listcontents.png"/>
38547 <para>From this list of items you can perform several actions</para>
38550 <para>'New list' will allow you to create another list</para>
38553 <para>'Edit' will allow you to edit the description and permissions for this list</para>
38556 <para>'Send list' will send the list to the email address you enter (<link linkend="examplelistemail">view sample List email</link>)</para>
38559 <para>'Download list' will allow you to download the cart using one of 3 default formats
38560 or your <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profiles</link></para>
38563 <para>'Print list' will present you with a printable version of the list</para>
38566 <para>Using the filters at the top of each column you can find specific items in your
38570 <section id="mergebibrecs">
38571 <title><link linkend="mergebibrecs">Merging Bibliographic Records Via Lists</link></title>
38572 <para>One way to merge together duplicate bibliographic records is to add them to a list and
38573 use the Merge Tool from there.</para>
38576 <screeninfo>List of Duplicate Records</screeninfo>
38580 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listofdups.png"/>
38584 <para>Once you have selected the records to merge together the process is the same as if you
38585 had chosen to <link linkend="mergebibs">merge via cataloging</link>.</para>
38589 <section id="cart">
38590 <title><link linkend="cart">Cart</link></title>
38592 <para>The cart is a temporary holding place for items in the OPAC and/or
38593 staff client. The cart will be emptied once the session is ended (by
38594 closing the browser or logging out). The cart is best used for
38595 performing batch operations (holds, printing, emailing) or for getting a
38596 list of items to be printed or emailed to yourself or a patron.</para>
38598 <para>If you would like to enable the cart in the staff client, you need
38599 to set the <link linkend="intranetbookbag">intranetbookbag</link> system
38600 preference to 'Show.' To add things to the cart, search the catalog and
38601 select the items you would like added to your cart and choose 'Cart'
38602 from the 'Add to' menu</para>
38605 <screeninfo>Add to Cart</screeninfo>
38609 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/addtocart.png"/>
38614 <para>A confirmation will appear below the cart button at the top of the
38615 staff client</para>
38618 <screeninfo>Items added to Cart</screeninfo>
38622 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/itemsaddedcart.png"/>
38627 <para>Clicking on the Cart icon will provide you with the contents of
38631 <screeninfo>Cart Contents</screeninfo>
38635 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/cart.png"/>
38639 <para>From this list of items you can perform several actions</para>
38643 <para>'More details' will show more information about the items in the cart</para>
38647 <para>'Send' will send the list to the email address you enter (<link linkend="examplecartemail">view sample Cart email</link>)</para>
38651 <para>'Download' will allow you to download the cart using one of 3
38652 default formats or your <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV
38653 Profiles</link></para>
38657 <para>'Print' will present you with a printable version of the
38662 <para>'Empty and Close' will empty the list and close the
38667 <para>'Hide Window' will close the window</para>
38673 <chapter id="reports">
38674 <title>Reports</title>
38676 <para>Reports in Koha are a way to gather data. Reports are used to
38677 generate statistics, member lists, shelving lists, or any list of data in
38678 your database.</para>
38682 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Reports</para>
38686 <section id="customreports">
38687 <title><link linkend="customreports">Custom Reports</link></title>
38689 <para>Koha's data is stored in a MySQL database which means that
38690 librarians can generate nearly any report they would like by either
38691 using the <link linkend="quidedreportwizard">Guided Reports
38692 Wizard</link> or writing their own <link linkend="reportfromsql">SQL
38693 query</link>.</para>
38695 <section id="customreport">
38696 <title><link linkend="customreport">Add Custom Report</link></title>
38700 <section id="quidedreportwizard">
38701 <title><link linkend="quidedreportwizard">Guided Report Wizard</link></title>
38703 <para>The guided report wizard will walk you through a six step
38704 process to generate a report.</para>
38706 <para>Step 1: Choose the module you want to report on. This will
38707 determine what tables and fields are available for you to
38710 <para>'Report is public' should be left to the default of 'No' in
38711 most cases. A report can be made public if you intend to allow
38712 access to it through the JSON webservice interface. This is a system
38713 that can be used by developers to make custom presentations of the
38714 data from the report, for example displaying it using a graphing
38715 API. To learn more speak to your local developer.</para>
38719 <para>A public report is accessible via a URL that looks like
38720 this: http://MYOPAC/cgi-bin/koha/svc/report?id=REPORTID</para>
38725 <screeninfo>Chose Module for Report</screeninfo>
38729 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report1.png"/>
38734 <para>If your system administrator has set up memcache on your server you might see one
38735 more option for the Cache expiry. This is related to your public reports. If you make
38736 the report public then it's constantly running and will cause a large load on your
38737 system. Setting this value prevents that.<screenshot>
38738 <screeninfo>Cache expiry</screeninfo>
38741 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/cacheexiprywizard.png"/>
38744 </screenshot></para>
38746 <para>Step 2: Choose a report type. For now, Tabular is the only option available.</para>
38749 <screeninfo>Report Type</screeninfo>
38753 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report2.png"/>
38758 <para>Step 3: Choose the fields you want in your report. You can
38759 select multiple fields and add them all at once by using CTRL+Click
38760 on each item you want to add before clicking the Add button.</para>
38763 <screeninfo>Select database fields to query</screeninfo>
38767 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report3.png"/>
38772 <para>Step 4: Choose any limits you might want to apply to your
38773 report (such as item types or branches). If you don't want to apply
38774 any limits, simply click Next instead of making an option.</para>
38777 <screeninfo>Choose limits</screeninfo>
38781 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report4.png"/>
38786 <para>Step 5: Perform math functions. If you don't want to do any
38787 calculations, simply click Next instead of making an option.</para>
38790 <screeninfo>Choose math functions</screeninfo>
38794 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report5.png"/>
38799 <para>Step 6: Choose data order. If you want the data to print out
38800 in the order it's found in the database, simply click Finish.</para>
38803 <screeninfo>Choose ordering</screeninfo>
38807 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report6.png"/>
38812 <para>When you are finished you will be presented with the SQL
38813 generated by the report wizard. From here you can choose to save the
38814 report by clicking 'Save' or copy the SQL and make edits to it by
38818 <screeninfo>Custom Report Confirmation</screeninfo>
38822 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportconfirm.png"/>
38827 <para>If you choose to save the report you will be asked to name your report, sort it in
38828 to groups and subgroups and enter any notes regarding it.</para>
38831 <screeninfo>Save custom report</screeninfo>
38835 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportsave.png"/>
38840 <para>Once your report is saved it will appear on the 'Use Saved'
38841 page with all other saved reports.</para>
38844 <screeninfo>Saved Reports list</screeninfo>
38848 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/savedreports.png"/>
38853 <para>From here you can make edits, run the report, or schedule a time to have the report
38854 run. To find the report you created you can sort by any of the columns by clicking the
38855 on the column header (creation date is the best bet for finding the report you just
38856 added). You can also filter your results using the filter menu on the left or use the
38857 tabs to find reports based on your custom groups.</para>
38860 <section id="reportfromsql">
38861 <title><link linkend="reportfromsql">Report from SQL</link></title>
38863 <para>In addition to the report wizard, you have the option to write
38864 your own queries using SQL. To find reports written by other Koha
38865 users, visit the Koha Wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library</ulink>.
38866 You can also find your database structure in
38867 /installer/data/mysql/kohastructure.sql or online at: <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink>.</para>
38869 <para>To add your query, click the link to 'Create from SQL' on the main reports module or
38870 the 'New report' button at the top of the 'Saved reports' page.</para>
38873 <screeninfo>New SQL Report</screeninfo>
38877 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/newsql.png"/>
38882 <para>Fill in the form presented</para>
38885 <screeninfo>Create Report from SQL</screeninfo>
38889 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportfromsql.png"/>
38896 <para>The 'Name' is what will appear on the Saved Reports page
38897 to help you identify the report later. It will also be
38898 searchable using the filters found the left of the Saved Reports
38903 <para>You can use the 'Report group' to organize your reports so that you can easily
38904 filter reports by groups. Report groups are set in the <link linkend="reportgroup">REPORT_GROUP</link> authorized value category or can be added on the fly when
38905 creating the report by choosing the 'or create' radio button.<screenshot>
38906 <screeninfo>Report group</screeninfo>
38909 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportgroup.png"/>
38912 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
38916 <para>If you're adding a report group on the fly, remember that you code
38917 should be fewer than 10 characters and should not include special
38918 characters or spaces.</para>
38922 </itemizedlist></para>
38926 <para>You can use 'Report subgroup' to further organize your reports so that you can
38927 easily filter reports by groups and subgroups. Report subgroups are set in the <link linkend="reportsubgroup">REPORT_SUBGROUP</link> authorized value category or can
38928 be added on the fly when creating the report by choosing the 'or create' radio
38931 <screeninfo>Report subgroup</screeninfo>
38934 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportsubgroup.png"/>
38942 <para>If you're adding a report subgroup on the fly, remember that you code
38943 should be fewer than 10 characters and should not include special characters
38951 <listitem id="publicreport">
38952 <para>'Report is public' should be left to the default of 'No' in most cases. A report
38953 can be made public if you intend to allow access to it through the JSON webservice
38954 interface. This is a system that can be used by developers to make custom
38955 presentations of the data from the report, for example displaying it using a
38956 graphing API. To learn more speak to your local developer.</para>
38959 <para>A public report is accessible via a URL that looks like this:
38960 http://MYOPAC/cgi-bin/koha/svc/report?id=REPORTID</para>
38966 <para>'Notes' will also appear on the Saved Reports page, this
38967 can be used to provide more details about the report or tips on
38968 how to enter values when it runs</para>
38972 <para>The type should always be 'Tabular' at this time since the
38973 other formats have not been implemented</para>
38977 <para>In the 'SQL' box you will type or paste the SQL for the
38982 <para>If you feel that your report might be too resource
38983 intensive you might want to consider using runtime parameters to
38984 your query. Runtime parameters basically make a filter appear
38985 before the report is run to save your system resources.</para>
38987 <para>There is a specific syntax that Koha will understand as
38988 'ask for values when running the report'. The syntax is
38989 <<Question to ask|authorized_value>>.</para>
38993 <para>The << and >> are just delimiters. You
38994 must put << at the beginning and >> at the end
38995 of your parameter</para>
38999 <para>The 'Question to ask' will be displayed on the left of
39000 the string to enter.</para>
39004 <para>The authorized_value can be omitted if not applicable. If it contains an
39005 authorized value category, or branches or itemtype or categorycode or
39006 biblio_framework, a list with the Koha authorized values will be displayed
39007 instead of a free field Note that you can have more than one parameter in a
39008 given SQL Note that entering nothing at run time won't probably work as you
39009 expect. It will be considered as "value empty" not as "ignore this parameter".
39010 For example entering nothing for : "title=<<Enter title>>" will
39011 display results with title='' (no title). If you want to have to have something
39012 not mandatory, use "title like <<Enter title>>" and enter a % at run
39013 time instead of nothing</para>
39017 <para>Examples:</para>
39021 <para>SELECT surname,firstname FROM borrowers WHERE
39022 branchcode=<<Enter patrons library|branches>>
39023 AND surname like <<Enter filter for patron surname (%
39024 if none)>></para>
39028 <para>SELECT * FROM items WHERE homebranch = <<Pick your
39029 branch|branches>> and barcode like <<Partial barcode value
39030 here>></para>
39033 <para>SELECT title , author FROM biblio WHERE frameworkcode=<<Enter the
39034 frameworkcode|biblio_framework>> </para>
39039 <para>To generate a date picker calendar to the right of the
39040 field when running a report you can use the 'date' keyword
39041 like this: <<Enter Date|date>></para>
39044 <screeninfo>Date Picker</screeninfo>
39048 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/datepicker.png"/>
39055 <para>You have to put "%" in a text box to 'leave it blank'.
39056 Otherwise, it literally looks for "" (empty string) as the
39057 value for the field.</para>
39061 <para>In addition to using any authorized value code to generate a dropdown, you
39062 can use the following values as well: Framework codes (biblio_framework),
39063 Branches (branches), Item Types (itemtypes) and Patron Categories
39064 (categorycode). For example a branch pull down would be generated like this
39065 <<Branch|branches>></para>
39068 <screeninfo>Branch pull down</screeninfo>
39072 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/branchpulldown.png"/>
39076 </important></para>
39081 <para>There is a limit of 10,000 records put on SQL statements entered in Koha. To get
39082 around this you want to add 'LIMIT 100000' to the end of your SQL statement (or any
39083 other number above 10,000).</para>
39086 <para>If your system administrator has set up memcache on your server you might see one
39087 more option for the Cache expiry. This is related to your public reports. If you make
39088 the report public then it's constantly running and will cause a large load on your
39089 system. Setting this value prevents that.<screenshot>
39090 <screeninfo>Cache expiry</screeninfo>
39093 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/cacheexpiry.png"/>
39096 </screenshot></para>
39099 <para>Once everything is entered click the 'Save Report' button and
39100 you'll be presented with options to run it. Once a report is saved
39101 you do not have to recreate it you can simply find it on the Saved
39102 Reports page and <link linkend="runcustomreport">run</link> or <link linkend="editcustomreports">edit</link> it.</para>
39104 <section id="duplicatereport">
39105 <title><link linkend="duplicatereport">Duplicate Report</link></title>
39106 <para>Reports can also be added by duplicating an existing report. Visit the 'Saved
39107 reports' page to see all of the reports listed on your system already.</para>
39109 <screeninfo>Saved Reports</screeninfo>
39112 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/duplicatereport.png"/>
39116 <para>To the right of every report there is an 'Actions' pull down. Clickin that and
39117 choose 'Duplicate' to use an existing report as the basis for your new report. That will
39118 populate the new report form with the existing SQL for easy editing and resaving.</para>
39122 <section id="editcustomreports">
39123 <title><link linkend="editcustomreports">Edit Custom Reports</link></title>
39125 <para>Every report can be edited from the reports lists. To see the
39126 list of reports already stored in Koha, click 'Use Saved.'</para>
39129 <screeninfo>Saved Reports</screeninfo>
39133 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/savedreports.png"/>
39138 <para>To find the report you'd like to edit you can sort by any of the columns by clicking
39139 the on the column header. You can also filter your results using the filter menu on the
39140 left or use the tabs to find reports based on your custom groups.</para>
39142 <para>From this list you can edit any custom report by clicking 'Actions' to the right of
39143 the report and choosing 'Edit' from the menu that appears.</para>
39145 <screeninfo>Edit Report Option</screeninfo>
39148 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/editreportoption.png"/>
39152 <para>The form to edit the report will appear.</para>
39155 <screeninfo>Edit SQL Form</screeninfo>
39159 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/editreport.png"/>
39165 <section id="runcustomreport">
39166 <title><link linkend="runcustomreport">Running Custom Reports</link></title>
39168 <para>Once custom reports are saved to Koha, you can run them by going to the Saved Reports
39169 page and clicking the 'Actions' button to the right of the report and choosing
39173 <screeninfo>Run Report</screeninfo>
39177 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/runreport.png"/>
39182 <para>When you report runs you will either be asked for some
39186 <screeninfo>Enter report parameters</screeninfo>
39190 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportparameters.png"/>
39195 <para>or you will see the results right away</para>
39198 <screeninfo>Report results</screeninfo>
39202 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportresults.png"/>
39207 <para>From the results you can choose to rerun the report by clicking
39208 'Run report' at the top, edit the report by clicking the 'Edit' button
39209 or starting over and creating a new report by using the 'New' button.
39210 You can also download your results by choosing a file type at the
39211 bottom of the results next to the 'Download the report' label and
39212 clicking 'Download.'<note>
39213 <para>A Comma Separated Text file is a CSV file and it can be
39214 opened by any spreadsheet application.</para>
39219 <section id="statsreports">
39220 <title><link linkend="statsreports">Statistics Reports</link></title>
39222 <para>Statistic reports will show you counts and sums. These reports are
39223 all about numbers and statistics, for reports that return more detailed
39224 data, use the <link linkend="quidedreportwizard">Guided Report
39225 Wizard</link>. These reports are limited in what data they can look at,
39226 so it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39227 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39229 <section id="acqstats">
39230 <title><link linkend="acqstats">Acquisitions Statistics</link></title>
39233 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39234 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39235 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39238 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
39239 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
39242 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Statistics</screeninfo>
39246 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqform.png"/>
39251 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39252 to the screen.</para>
39255 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Statistics Results</screeninfo>
39259 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqnumbers.png"/>
39264 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39265 to your needs.</para>
39267 <para>When generating your report, note that you get to choose between
39268 counting or summing the values.</para>
39271 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Stats Options</screeninfo>
39275 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqtotal.png"/>
39280 <para>Choosing amount will change your results to appear as the sum of
39281 the amounts spent.</para>
39284 <screeninfo>Acquisitions statistics with totals</screeninfo>
39288 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqamounts.png"/>
39294 <section id="patstats">
39295 <title><link linkend="patstats">Patron Statistics</link></title>
39298 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39299 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39300 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39303 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
39304 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
39307 <screeninfo>Patron Statistics Options</screeninfo>
39311 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patronform.png"/>
39316 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39317 to the screen.</para>
39320 <screeninfo>Patron Statistics Results</screeninfo>
39324 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patronresults.png"/>
39329 <para>Based on your selections, you may see some query information
39330 above your results table. You can also choose to export to a file that
39331 you can manipulate to your needs.</para>
39334 <section id="catstats">
39335 <title><link linkend="catstats">Catalog Statistics</link></title>
39338 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39339 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39340 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39343 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
39344 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
39347 <screeninfo>Catalog Statistics Form</screeninfo>
39351 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/catalogform.png"/>
39356 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39357 to the screen.</para>
39360 <screeninfo>Catalog Statistic Results</screeninfo>
39364 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/catalogresults.png"/>
39369 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39370 to your needs.</para>
39373 <section id="circstats">
39374 <title><link linkend="circstats">Circulation Statistics</link></title>
39377 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39378 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39379 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39382 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
39383 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
39386 <screeninfo>Circulation Statistics</screeninfo>
39390 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/circform.png"/>
39395 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39396 to the screen.</para>
39399 <screeninfo>Circulation Statistic Results</screeninfo>
39403 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/circresults.png"/>
39408 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39409 to your needs.<note>
39410 <para>To get a complete picture of your monthly or daily
39411 circulation, you can run the report twice, once for 'Type' of
39412 'Checkout' and again for 'Renewal.'</para>
39414 <para>This report uses 'Period,' or date, filtering that allows
39415 you to limit to a month by simply selecting the first day of the
39416 first month through the first day of the next month. For example,
39417 10/1 to 11/1 to find statistics for the month of October.</para>
39421 <para>To find daily statistics, set your date
39422 range.</br> Example: "I want circulation data starting
39423 with date XXX up to, but not including, date XXX."</para>
39427 <para>For a whole month, an example range would be: 11/01/2009
39428 to 12/01/2009</para>
39432 <para>For a whole year, an example range would be: 01/01/2009
39433 to 01/01/2010</para>
39437 <para>For a single day, an example would be: 11/15/2009 to
39438 11/16/2009 to find what circulated on the 15th</para>
39443 <section id="inhouseuse">
39444 <title><link linkend="inhouseuse">Tracking in house use</link></title>
39446 <para>Using the Circulation statistics reporting wizard you can run
39447 reports on in house usage of items simply by choosing 'Local Use'
39448 from the 'Type' pull down:</para>
39451 <screeninfo>In House Use Stats</screeninfo>
39455 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/inhouse.png"/>
39462 <section id="serialstats">
39463 <title><link linkend="serialstats">Serials Statistics</link></title>
39466 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39467 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39468 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39471 <para>Using the form provided, choose how you would like to list the
39472 serials in your system.</para>
39475 <screeninfo>Serials Statistics</screeninfo>
39479 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/serialsform.png"/>
39484 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39485 to the screen.</para>
39488 <screeninfo>Serials Results</screeninfo>
39492 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/serialsresults.png"/>
39497 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39498 to your needs.</para>
39501 <section id="holdstats">
39502 <title><link linkend="holdstats">Holds Statistics</link></title>
39505 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
39506 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
39507 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
39510 <para>Using the form provided you can see statistics for holds placed,
39511 filled, cancelled and more at your library. From the form choose what
39512 value you want to display in the column and what value to show in the
39513 row. You can also choose from the filters on the far right of the
39517 <screeninfo>Hold Statistics Form</screeninfo>
39521 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/holdstatsform.png"/>
39526 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39527 to the screen.</para>
39530 <screeninfo>Hold Stats Results</screeninfo>
39534 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/holdstatsresults.png"/>
39539 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39540 to your needs.</para>
39543 <section id="mostcheckouts">
39544 <title><link linkend="mostcheckouts">Patrons with the most checkouts</link></title>
39546 <para>This report will simply list the patrons who have the most
39550 <screeninfo>Patrons with the most checkouts form</screeninfo>
39554 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcheckoutsform.png"/>
39559 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39560 to the screen.</para>
39563 <screeninfo>Top checkouts results</screeninfo>
39567 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcheckoutsresult.png"/>
39572 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39573 to your needs.</para>
39576 <section id="mostcirculated">
39577 <title><link linkend="mostcirculated">Most Circulated Items</link></title>
39579 <para>This report will simply list the items that have the been
39580 checked out the most.</para>
39583 <screeninfo>Most Circulation Items Form</screeninfo>
39587 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcircform.png"/>
39592 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39593 to the screen.</para>
39596 <screeninfo>Top Circulation Items Results</screeninfo>
39600 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcircresults.png"/>
39605 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39606 to your needs.</para>
39609 <section id="patnocheckouts">
39610 <title><link linkend="patnocheckouts">Patrons with no checkouts</link></title>
39612 <para>This report will list for you the patrons in your system who
39613 haven't checked any items out.</para>
39616 <screeninfo>Patrons with no Checkouts</screeninfo>
39620 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patnocheckout.png"/>
39625 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39626 to the screen.</para>
39629 <screeninfo>Results for Patrons with no Checkouts</screeninfo>
39633 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patnocheckout-results.png"/>
39638 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39639 to your needs.</para>
39642 <section id="itemnocheckouts">
39643 <title><link linkend="itemnocheckouts">Items with no checkouts</link></title>
39645 <para>This report will list items in your collection that have never
39646 been checked out.</para>
39649 <screeninfo>Items with No Checkouts</screeninfo>
39653 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/nocheckoutsform.png"/>
39658 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39659 to the screen.</para>
39662 <screeninfo>Items with no checkouts results</screeninfo>
39666 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/nocheckoutsresults.png"/>
39671 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39672 to your needs.</para>
39675 <section id="catbyitem">
39676 <title><link linkend="catbyitem">Catalog by Item Type</link></title>
39678 <para>This report will list the total number of items of each item
39679 type per branch.</para>
39682 <screeninfo>Catalog by Item Type</screeninfo>
39686 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/itemtotals.png"/>
39691 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39692 to the screen.</para>
39695 <screeninfo>Total of Items by Type and Branch</screeninfo>
39699 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/itemtotalsresults.png"/>
39704 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39705 to your needs.</para>
39708 <section id="lostreport">
39709 <title><link linkend="lostreport">Lost Items</link></title>
39711 <para>This report will allow you to generate a list of items that have
39712 been marked as Lost within the system</para>
39715 <screeninfo>Lost Items Report</screeninfo>
39719 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/lostitems.png"/>
39725 <section id="avloantime">
39726 <title><link linkend="avloantime">Average Loan Time</link></title>
39728 <para>This report will list the average time items are out on loan
39729 based on the criteria you enter:</para>
39732 <screeninfo>Average Checkout Period Form</screeninfo>
39736 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/averloanform.png"/>
39741 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
39742 to the screen.</para>
39745 <screeninfo>Average Checkout Period Results</screeninfo>
39749 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/avercheckout.png"/>
39754 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
39755 to your needs.</para>
39759 <section id="reportdic">
39760 <title><link linkend="reportdic">Report Dictionary</link></title>
39762 <para>The report dictionary is a way to pre-define common filters you'd
39763 like to apply to your reports. This is a good way to add in filters that
39764 the report wizard doesn't include by default. To add a new definition,
39765 or filter, click 'New Definition' on the Reports Dictionary page and
39766 follow the 4 step process.</para>
39768 <para>Step 1: Name the definition and provide a description if
39772 <screeninfo>Create a Definition</screeninfo>
39776 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict1.png"/>
39781 <para>Step 2: Choose the module that the will be queried.</para>
39784 <screeninfo>Select Koha Module</screeninfo>
39788 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict2.png"/>
39793 <para>Step 3: Choose columns to query from the tables presented.</para>
39796 <screeninfo>Choose columns</screeninfo>
39800 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict3.png"/>
39805 <para>Step 4: Choose the value(s) from the field(s). These will be
39806 automatically populated with options available in your database.</para>
39809 <screeninfo>Choose fields and values</screeninfo>
39813 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict4.png"/>
39818 <para>Confirm your selections to save the definition.</para>
39821 <screeninfo>Confirm Definition</screeninfo>
39825 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictconfirm.png"/>
39830 <para>Your definitions will all appear on the Reports Dictionary
39834 <screeninfo>Reports Dictionary Listing</screeninfo>
39838 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictlist.png"/>
39843 <para>Then when generating reports on the module you created the value
39844 for you will see an option to limit by the definition at the bottom of
39845 the usual filters.</para>
39848 <screeninfo>Dictionary Limit Option</screeninfo>
39852 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictionarylimit.png"/>
39859 <chapter id="opac">
39860 <title>OPAC</title>
39862 <para>This chapter assumes that you have the following preferences set as
39867 <para><link linkend="opacthemes">opacthemes</link> = bootstrap</para>
39870 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> = default</para>
39874 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> =
39879 <para><link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link>
39884 <para><link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link> = Allow</para>
39888 <para><link linkend="TagsInputOnDetail">TagsInputOnDetail</link>
39893 <para><link linkend="TagsInputOnList">TagsInputOnList</link> =
39898 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> = Allow</para>
39902 <para><link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> = Allow</para>
39906 <para><link linkend="ShowReviewerPhoto">ShowReviewerPhoto</link>
39911 <para><link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> =
39916 <para><link linkend="OPACAmazonCoverImages">OPACAmazonCoverImages</link> =
39921 <para><link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link> = Use</para>
39925 <para><link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link>
39926 = Default set of links</para>
39930 <para><link linkend="OPACShowCheckoutName">OPACShowCheckoutName</link>
39931 = Don't show</para>
39935 <para><link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link> =
39940 <para><link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link> =
39945 <para><link linkend="OpacBrowseResults">OpacBrowseResults</link> =
39950 <para><link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link> =
39955 <para><link linkend="OPACShowBarcode">OPACShowBarcode</link> = Don't show</para>
39958 <para><link linkend="OpacSeparateHoldings">OpacSeparateHoldings</link> = Don't
39962 <para><link linkend="OpacSeparateHoldings">OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch</link> = home
39966 <para><link linkend="DisplayLibraryFacets">DisplayLibraryFacets</link> = holding
39971 <para>If your system preferences are set differently your displays may
39974 <section id="opacsearchresults">
39975 <title><link linkend="opacsearchresults">Search Results</link></title>
39977 <para>To search the OPAC you can either choose to enter your search
39978 words in the box at the top of the OPAC or click on the 'Advanced
39979 Search' link to perform a more detailed search.</para>
39982 <screeninfo>OPAC Search Box</screeninfo>
39986 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/searchbox.png"/>
39991 <para>For more on searching check the '<link linkend="searching">Searching</link>' chapter in this manual.</para>
39993 <section id="opacresultsoverview">
39994 <title><link linkend="opacresultsoverview">Results Overview</link></title>
39996 <para>After performing a search the number of results found for your
39997 search will appear above the results</para>
40000 <screeninfo>Total Results</screeninfo>
40004 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/totalresults-rss.png"/>
40009 <para>By default your search results will be sorted based on your
40010 <link linkend="opacdefaultsort">OPACdefaultSortField and
40011 OPACdefaultSortOrder</link> system preference values. To change this
40012 you can choose another sorting method from the pull down on the
40016 <screeninfo>Results Sorting Options</screeninfo>
40020 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/sortingresults.png"/>
40025 <para>Under each title on your results list a series of values from your leader will appear.
40026 It is important to note that this has nothing to do with the item types or collection
40027 codes you have applied to your records, this data is all pulled from your fixed fields.
40028 This can be turned on or off with the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> system preference.</para>
40031 <screeninfo>Leader Visualization</screeninfo>
40035 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/leader.png"/>
40040 <para>Below each title you will see the availability for the items attached to the record. <note>
40041 <para>Even if you filtered on one library location all locations that hold the item will
40042 appear on the search results.</para>
40044 <para>An item's hold status doesn't not affect whether or not the item is 'available'
40045 until the item is in 'waiting' status. Items with on-shelf holds will show as
40046 available until a librarian has pulled them from the shelf and checked the item in
40047 make it show 'waiting'.</para>
40048 </important></para>
40051 <screeninfo>Holdings Information</screeninfo>
40055 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/holdings-results.png"/>
40060 <para>If you have turned on <link linkend="enhancedcontent">Enhanced
40061 Content</link> preferences you may have book jackets on your search
40065 <screeninfo>Book Jacket on Results</screeninfo>
40069 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/coverresults.png"/>
40073 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="didyoumean">Did you mean?</link> options you will
40074 see a yellow bar across the top of your results will other related searches.</para>
40076 <screeninfo>Did you mean?</screeninfo>
40079 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/didyoumeanopac.png"/>
40083 <para>If you performed an advanced search you see an option to go back and edit your
40084 advanced search blow the list of results pages.<screenshot>
40085 <screeninfo>Return to the last advanced search</screeninfo>
40088 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/editadvanced.png"/>
40091 </screenshot></para>
40094 <section id="opacfilter">
40095 <title><link linkend="opacfilter">Filters</link></title>
40097 <para>To filter your results click on the links below the 'Refine Your
40098 Search' menu on the left of your screen</para>
40101 <screeninfo>Refine Your Results</screeninfo>
40105 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/refineresults.png"/>
40109 <para>Depending on your setting for the <link linkend="DisplayLibraryFacets">DisplayLibraryFacets</link> system preference you will see filters for your home,
40110 holding or both libraries.<screenshot>
40111 <screeninfo>Library Facet</screeninfo>
40114 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/locationfacet.png"/>
40117 </screenshot></para>
40118 <para>After clicking a facet you can remove that filter from your results by clicking the
40119 small 'x' that appears to the right of the facet.<screenshot>
40120 <screeninfo>Remove library facet</screeninfo>
40123 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/removefilter.png"/>
40126 </screenshot></para>
40129 <section id="searchrss">
40130 <title><link linkend="searchrss">Search RSS Feeds</link></title>
40132 <para>You will be able to subscribe to your search results as an RSS
40133 feed by clicking the RSS icon in your address bar or next to the
40134 number of results. To learn more about what RSS feeds are check out
40135 <ulink url="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0klgLsSxGsU">this tutorial
40136 video</ulink>.</para>
40139 <screeninfo>RSS Feed Icon</screeninfo>
40143 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/totalresults-rss.png"/>
40148 <para>Subscribing to search results as RSS feeds will allow you to see
40149 when a new item is added to the catalog in your area of
40154 <section id="opacbibrec">
40155 <title><link linkend="opacbibrec">Bibliographic Record</link></title>
40157 <para>When you click on a title from the search results, you're brought
40158 to the bibliographic detail of the record. This page is broken down in
40159 several different areas.</para>
40161 <para>At the top of your screen will be the title and the GMD:</para>
40164 <screeninfo>Title</screeninfo>
40168 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtitle.png"/>
40173 <para>Below the title the authors will be listed. These come from your
40174 1xx and 7xx fields. Clicking the author will run a search for other
40175 titles with that author.</para>
40178 <screeninfo>Author Display</screeninfo>
40182 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibauthor.png"/>
40187 <para>If you have an authority file you will see a magnifying glass to
40188 the right of author (and other) authorities. Clicking that magnifying
40189 glass will take you directly to the authority record.</para>
40192 <screeninfo>Authority link</screeninfo>
40196 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/authoritylink.png"/>
40201 <para>If you have your <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> preference
40202 set to 'show' you will see a material type that is determined by values
40203 in your fixed fields (learn more in the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT
40204 Item Types</link> Appendix).</para>
40207 <screeninfo>XSLT Item Type</screeninfo>
40211 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibleader.png"/>
40216 <para>Next you'll see the description of the record you're
40220 <screeninfo>Basic Details</screeninfo>
40224 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibdetails.png"/>
40229 <para>Following that information you'll find the subject headings which
40230 can be clicked to search for other titles on similar topics</para>
40233 <screeninfo>Bibliographic Subjects</screeninfo>
40237 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsubjects.png"/>
40242 <para>If your record has a table of contents or summary it will appear
40243 next to the 'Summary' or 'Table of Contents' label</para>
40246 <screeninfo>Summary</screeninfo>
40250 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsummary.png"/>
40255 <para>If your record has data in the 856 fields you'll see the links to
40256 the right of the 'Online Resources' label</para>
40259 <screeninfo>Online Resources</screeninfo>
40263 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/biblinks.png"/>
40268 <para>If the title you're viewing is in a public list then you'll see a
40269 list of those to the right of the 'List(s) this item appears in' label
40270 and if it has tags they will appear below the 'Tags from this library'
40274 <screeninfo>Tags</screeninfo>
40278 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtags.png"/>
40283 <para>In the tabs below the details you will find your holdings
40291 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibholdings.png"/>
40296 <para>Any notes (5xx fields) that have been cataloged will appear under
40297 'Title Notes'</para>
40300 <screeninfo>Title notes</screeninfo>
40304 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtitlenotes.png"/>
40309 <para>If you're allowing comments they will appear in the next
40313 <screeninfo>Comments</screeninfo>
40317 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibcomments.png"/>
40322 <para>And finally if you have enabled FRBR and you have other editions
40323 of the title in your collection you will see the 'Editions' tab.</para>
40326 <screeninfo>Editions</screeninfo>
40330 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibeditions.png"/>
40335 <para>To the right of the details you'll find a series of boxes. The
40336 first box is a list of buttons to help navigate the search results. From
40337 there you can see the next or previous result from your search or return
40338 to the results.</para>
40341 <screeninfo>Search Options</screeninfo>
40345 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsearch.png"/>
40350 <para>Clicking Browse Results at the top of the right column will open
40351 up your search results on the detail page</para>
40354 <screeninfo>Search Results</screeninfo>
40358 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibbrowseresults.png"/>
40363 <para>Below the search buttons you'll find the links to place a hold,
40364 print the record, save the record to your lists, or add it to your
40368 <screeninfo>More options</screeninfo>
40372 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/biboptions.png"/>
40377 <para>Clicking 'More Searches' will show the list of libraries you
40378 entered in your <link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link>
40382 <screeninfo>More Searches</screeninfo>
40386 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibmoresearch.png"/>
40391 <para>Under the 'Save Record' label you will find a series of file
40392 formats you can save the record as. This list can be customized by
40393 altering the <link linkend="OpacExportOptions">OpacExportOptions</link>
40394 system preference.</para>
40397 <screeninfo>Save Record</screeninfo>
40401 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsave.png"/>
40406 <para>If at any time you want to change the view from the 'Normal' view
40407 to see the Marc or the ISBD you can click the tabs across the top of the
40411 <screeninfo>Record Views</screeninfo>
40415 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibviews.png"/>
40421 <section id="opaclistscart">
40422 <title><link linkend="opaclistscart">Lists & Cart</link></title>
40424 <para>A cart is a temporary holding place for records you're interested
40425 in finding during this session. That means that once you log out of the
40426 OPAC or close the browser you lose the items in your cart. A list is a
40427 more permanent location for saving items. To learn more about lists,
40428 check the <link linkend="stafflists">Lists in the Staff Client</link>
40429 chapter of this manual.</para>
40431 <section id="opaclists">
40432 <title><link linkend="opaclists">Lists</link></title>
40434 <para>Patrons can manage their own private lists by visiting the 'my
40435 lists' section of their account.</para>
40438 <screeninfo>Lists Management</screeninfo>
40442 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/nolists.png"/>
40447 <section id="opacaddlists">
40448 <title><link linkend="opacaddlists">Creating Lists</link></title>
40450 <para>Lists can also be created by choosing the 'New List' option in
40451 the 'Add to' menu on the search results</para>
40454 <screeninfo>Add to New List</screeninfo>
40458 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtonewlist.png"/>
40463 <para>To create a list the patron simply needs to click the 'New
40464 List' link and populate the form that appears</para>
40467 <screeninfo>Create a new list</screeninfo>
40471 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/publiclistpermissions.png"/>
40476 <para>The only field required is the 'List Name,' but the patron can also choose how they
40477 want the list sorted and if the list is public or private.<itemizedlist>
40479 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen only by you (depending on
40480 your permissions settings below)</para>
40483 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed only by you (depending on
40484 your permissions settings below)</para>
40486 </itemizedlist><important>
40487 <para>If you aren't allowing patrons to create public lists with the <link linkend="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">OpacAllowPublicListCreation</link>
40488 preference then patrons will only be able to create private lists.</para>
40490 <screeninfo>Create a new private list</screeninfo>
40493 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/newlist.png"/>
40497 </important></para>
40500 <para>Finally decide what your permissions will be on the list. You can all or disallow:<itemizedlist>
40502 <para>anyone else to add entries</para>
40505 <para>anyone to remove his own contributed entries<itemizedlist>
40508 <para>The owner of a list is always allowed to add entries, but needs
40509 permission to remove.</para>
40512 </itemizedlist></para>
40515 <para>anyone to remove other contributed entries </para>
40517 </itemizedlist></para>
40522 <section id="opacaddtolists">
40523 <title><link linkend="opacaddtolists">Adding titles to Lists</link></title>
40525 <para>Titles can be added to lists from the search results and/or
40526 from the bibliographic record. On the search results options to add
40527 items to the list appear below each result and across the top of the
40528 results page</para>
40531 <screeninfo>Add to Lists from Results</screeninfo>
40535 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtolistcart.png"/>
40540 <para>To add a single title to a list, click the 'Save to Lists'
40541 option and then choose the list you'd like to add the title to. To
40542 add multiple titles to a list check the boxes on the left of the
40543 titles you want to add and then choose the list you want to add the
40544 titles to from the 'Add too' pull down at the top of the
40548 <section id="listscontent">
40549 <title><link linkend="listscontent">Viewing Lists Contents</link></title>
40551 <para>To view the contents of a list, click on the list name under
40552 the Lists button.</para>
40555 <screeninfo>Lists</screeninfo>
40559 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/chooselist.png"/>
40564 <para>The contents of the list will look similar to your search
40565 results pages except that there will be different menu options
40566 across the top of the list.</para>
40569 <screeninfo>List View</screeninfo>
40573 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/listview.png"/>
40577 <para>To the right of the list title there is an RSS icon that will allow you to subscribe
40578 to updates to the list.</para>
40580 <para>Using the menu options above the list you can place multiple
40581 items on hold, download the list contents, email the list or print
40582 the list out.</para>
40586 <para>To place a hold on one or more list items check the box to
40587 the left of the item and click the 'Place Hold' link at the
40592 <para>To download the list contents click the 'Download List'
40593 link and choose the format you'd like to download the list
40598 <para>To email the list contents to someone, click the 'Send List' link and enter in
40599 your email details in the form that pops up (<link linkend="examplelistemail">view a
40600 sample Lists email</link>)</para>
40603 <screeninfo>Email List Contents</screeninfo>
40607 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/emailist.png"/>
40614 <para>To print the contents of your list out click the 'Print List' link</para>
40619 <section id="opacmanagelists">
40620 <title><link linkend="opacmanagelists">Managing Lists</link></title>
40622 <para>Once the list is saved patrons can begin adding items to it.
40623 From the 'my lists' tab on the patron record the patron can edit and
40624 delete the lists they have created by clicking the appropriate link
40625 to the right of the list name.</para>
40628 <screeninfo>My Lists</screeninfo>
40632 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mylists.png"/>
40637 <para>To edit the list's title or sorting patrons click the 'Edit'
40638 link to the right of the list description.</para>
40641 <screeninfo>Editing List</screeninfo>
40645 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/editlist.png"/>
40650 <para>When clicking 'Delete' next to a list you will be asked to
40651 confirm that you want to delete the list.</para>
40654 <screeninfo>Delete list confirmation</screeninfo>
40658 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/deletelist.png"/>
40663 <para>The list will not be deleted until the 'Confirm' button is
40664 clicked to the right of the list you'd like to delete.</para>
40666 <para>If the library is allowing you to share private lists with the <link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> preference
40667 then you will see the 'Share' link on your list of lists and the 'Share list' link at
40668 the top of each individual list. Clicking this will ask you to enter the email address
40669 of a patron.<screenshot>
40670 <screeninfo>Share list</screeninfo>
40673 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/sharelist.png"/>
40676 </screenshot></para>
40677 <para>Once the email address is entered Koha will present you with a confirmation message </para>
40679 <screeninfo>Share list confirmation</screeninfo>
40682 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/shareconfirmation.png"/>
40686 <para>and will send a message to that patron.</para>
40690 <section id="opaccart">
40691 <title><link linkend="opaccart">Cart</link></title>
40695 <section id="opacaddtocart">
40696 <title><link linkend="opacaddtocart">Adding titles to the Cart</link></title>
40698 <para>Titles can be added to the cart from the search results and/or
40699 from the bibliographic record. On the search results options to add
40700 items to the cart appear below each result and across the top of the
40701 results page</para>
40704 <screeninfo>Add to Cart on Search Results</screeninfo>
40708 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtolistcart.png"/>
40713 <para>Clicking the 'Add to Cart' button will add the one title to
40714 your cart. To add multiple titles at once, check the box to the left
40715 of each result and then choose 'Cart' from the 'Add to' pull down at
40716 the top of the screen. Once titles are added to the cart you will be
40717 presented with a confirmation</para>
40720 <screeninfo>Items added to Cart</screeninfo>
40724 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addedtocart.png"/>
40728 <para>From the results you will see which items are in your cart and will be able to
40729 remove those items by clicking '(remove)'.<screenshot>
40730 <screeninfo>Item in your cart</screeninfo>
40733 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/iteminyourcart.png"/>
40736 </screenshot></para>
40739 <section id="manageopaccart">
40740 <title><link linkend="manageopaccart">Managing the Cart</link></title>
40742 <para>Once you have titles in your cart you can manage the contents by clicking on the
40743 'Cart' button usually found at the top of the screen. Your cart will open in a new
40747 <screeninfo>Contents of your cart</screeninfo>
40751 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/cartcontents.png"/>
40756 <para>From this window you are presented with several options.
40757 Across the top of the cart are several buttons.</para>
40759 <para>First is the 'More details' button. Clicking this will show you additional
40760 information about the titles in your cart (ISBNs, Subjects, Publisher Info, Notes and more).<screenshot>
40761 <screeninfo>More details in the cart</screeninfo>
40764 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/cartmoredetails.png"/>
40767 </screenshot></para>
40769 <para>Next is the option to send the contents of your cart to an email address. This is
40770 handy if you want to send the resources you found at the library to your home email
40771 account to refer to later or to send to a patron researching a specific topic. Clicking
40772 this link will open up a new window that asks for the email address and message to send.
40773 <link linkend="examplecartemail">View a sample Cart email</link>.</para>
40776 <screeninfo>Email Cart</screeninfo>
40780 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/emailcart.png"/>
40785 <para>The cart can only be emailed by logged in users. This will prevent your cart email
40786 function from being used for spamming.</para>
40789 <para>In addition to sending your cart you can download the contents
40790 of your cart in several pre-defined formats or using a <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profile</link> that you defined in the
40791 Tools module.</para>
40794 <screeninfo>Download Cart</screeninfo>
40798 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/downloadcart.png"/>
40803 <para>Finally you can print out the contents of your cart by
40804 choosing the 'Print' link.</para>
40806 <para>In addition to the various different ways to save the contents
40807 of your cart, there are ways to add value to the data in your cart.
40808 By selecting one or more titles from the cart you can add them to a
40809 list (click 'Add to a List'), place hold(s) (click 'Place hold'), or
40810 tag them (click 'Tag'). All of these operations follow the same
40811 procedure as they do when performing them in the OPAC.</para>
40816 <section id="opacplacehold">
40817 <title><link linkend="opacplacehold">Placing Holds</link></title>
40819 <para>Patrons can place holds on items via the OPAC if they're logged in
40820 and you have the <link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link>
40821 preference set to 'Allow'. If the item can be placed on hold the option
40822 to place it on hold will appear in several different places.</para>
40826 <para>When viewing a list or search results page you'll see the
40827 option to place hold on multiple items by checking the boxes to the
40828 left of the results and clicking 'Place Hold' at the top</para>
40831 <screeninfo>Place Hold from Results</screeninfo>
40835 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdresults.png"/>
40842 <para>When viewing a list or search results page you'll see the
40843 option to place the item on hold below the basic information about
40847 <screeninfo>Place Hold</screeninfo>
40851 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdsindiv.png"/>
40858 <para>When viewing an individual title you'll see the option to
40859 place a hold in the box on the right side of the screen</para>
40862 <screeninfo>Place Hold</screeninfo>
40866 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdsdetail.png"/>
40873 <para>No matter which of the above links you click to place your hold
40874 you'll be brought to the same hold screen.</para>
40877 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form</screeninfo>
40881 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplacehold.png"/>
40888 <para>Check the box to the left of the items you'd like to place on
40893 <para>The title includes a link back to the detail page for the
40898 <para>The priority shows where in the holds queue this hold will
40902 <para>If allowed by your <link linkend="OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch">OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch</link> preference the patron can choose where they'd like
40903 to pick up their hold</para>
40906 <para>If you would like to see more options you can click 'Show more options'</para>
40911 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form with More Options</screeninfo>
40914 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdmore.png"/>
40921 <para>If you have the <link linkend="AllowHoldItemTypeSelection">AllowHoldItemTypeSelection</link> preference set to 'Allow' and the record had
40922 more than one item type attached you will see an option to choose to limit the hold
40923 to a specific item type<screenshot>
40924 <screeninfo>AllowHoldItemTypeSelection</screeninfo>
40927 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/AllowHoldItemTypeSelection.png"/>
40930 </screenshot></para>
40935 <para>If allowed by your <link linkend="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</link> preference, the 'Hold Starts on Date' column will
40936 show. This field allows the patron to have their hold start on a future date.</para>
40940 <para>By default holds placed in the system remain until canceled,
40941 but if the patron fills in a 'Hold Not Needed After' date then the
40942 hold has an expiration date.</para>
40947 <para>Expired holds are removed by the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expired Holds Cron Job</link>, this
40948 is not an automatic process and must be set up by your system
40949 administrator</para>
40956 <para>If allowed by the <link linkend="OpacHoldNotes">OpacHoldNotes</link> preference then
40957 patrons can leave notes about their holds for the library by clicking the 'Edit notes' button</para>
40959 <screeninfo>Hold notes</screeninfo>
40962 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/holdnote.png"/>
40968 <para>Depending on the rules you set regarding item specific holds in your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines rules</link> the patron will be allowed
40969 to choose whether to place the hold on the next available copy and/or a specific
40972 <screeninfo>Specific Copy Hold</screeninfo>
40975 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdspecific.png"/>
40982 <para>After clicking the Place Hold button the patron will be brought to
40983 their account page where they'll see all of the items they have on
40987 <section id="opacenhancedcontent">
40988 <title><link linkend="opacenhancedcontent">Enhanced Content</link></title>
40992 <section id="opactagging">
40993 <title><link linkend="opactagging">Tagging</link></title>
40995 <para>Depending on your settings for the <link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link>, <link linkend="TagsInputOnList">TagsInputOnList</link> and <link linkend="TagsInputOnDetail">TagsInputOnDetail</link> preferences you
40996 may be able to add tags to bibliographic records from the search
40997 results and/or bibliographic records. If you are allowing patrons to
40998 add tags from the search results screen you will see an input box
40999 below each result and a 'Tag' option at the top of the screen.</para>
41002 <screeninfo>Tagging Options on Results</screeninfo>
41006 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tags-results.png"/>
41011 <para>To add a tag to one item, type the tabs (separated by commas) in
41012 the 'New tag' box and click 'Add'. You will be presented with a
41013 confirmation of your tags being added.</para>
41016 <screeninfo>Tags Added on Results</screeninfo>
41020 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tagsadded-results.png"/>
41025 <para>From the results you can also tag items in bulk by clicking the
41026 checkboxes on the left and then clicking the 'Tag' button at the top.
41027 After clicking the button it will change into an input box for you to
41028 add tags to all of the items you have selected.</para>
41031 <screeninfo>Add Tags to Multiple Items</screeninfo>
41035 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tagaddmultiple-results.png"/>
41041 <section id="opaccomments">
41042 <title><link linkend="opaccomments">Comments</link></title>
41044 <para>Patrons can leave comments in the OPAC if you have the <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> preference set to allow this.
41045 Each bibliographic record has a comments tab below the bibliographic
41046 information.</para>
41049 <screeninfo>Comments Tab</screeninfo>
41053 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentstab.png"/>
41058 <para>If the patron is logged in they will see a link to add a comment
41059 to the item. Clicking this link will open a pop up window with a box
41060 for their comments.</para>
41063 <screeninfo>Add a Comment</screeninfo>
41067 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addcomment.png"/>
41072 <para>Once the comment has been typed and the 'Submit' button clicked,
41073 the patron will see their comment as pending and other patrons will
41074 simply see that there are no comments on the item.</para>
41077 <screeninfo>Pending Comment</screeninfo>
41081 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentpending.png"/>
41086 <para>Once the comment is approved the patron will see the number of comments on the
41087 'Comments' tab and their comment labeled amongst the other comments. If you have set your
41088 <link linkend="ShowReviewerPhoto">ShowReviewerPhoto</link> preference to 'Show' then
41089 you'll see the patron's photo pulled from the <ulink url="https://www.libravatar.org">Libravatar</ulink> library.</para>
41092 <screeninfo>Your Comments</screeninfo>
41096 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/yourcomment.png"/>
41101 <para>Other patrons will see the comment with the name of the patron
41102 who left the comment (unless you have set the <link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> preference to not show
41103 patron names).</para>
41106 <screeninfo>Comment by other patron</screeninfo>
41110 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentby.png"/>
41115 <para>If you have your <link linkend="OpacShowRecentComments">OpacShowRecentComments</link>
41116 set to show then you'll see the approved comments on that page.</para>
41119 <screeninfo>Recent Comments List</screeninfo>
41123 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/recentcomments.png"/>
41127 <para>From this page patrons can subscribe to the recent comments using RSS if they would
41131 <section id="zotero">
41132 <title><link linkend="zotero">Zotero</link></title>
41134 <para>Zotero is a Firefox add on that allows for the saving and
41135 generating of a bibliography. Learn more about and download Zotero at
41136 <ulink url="http://zotero.org">http://zotero.org</ulink>.</para>
41138 <para>When on the search results in the Koha OPAC, if you have Zotero
41139 installed, you will see a folder icon in the address bar to the right
41140 of the URL. Clicking that folder will open up a list of titles on the
41141 page for you to pick from to add to Zotero.</para>
41144 <screeninfo>Zotero pop up</screeninfo>
41148 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/zoteroaddressbar.png"/>
41153 <para>Select the titles you want to add to Zotero and then click the
41154 'OK' button. This will add the title to Zotero. You can see the title
41155 by opening your Zotero library.</para>
41158 <screeninfo>Title in the Zotero Library</screeninfo>
41162 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/zoterotitle.png"/>
41168 <section id="customrss">
41169 <title><link linkend="customrss">Custom RSS Feeds</link></title>
41171 <para>Using misc/cronjobs/rss/rss.pl you can generate an RSS feed for
41172 any SQL query (for example a new acquisitions RSS feed). rss.pl is run
41173 on the command line to produce an RSS XML document.</para>
41175 <para>The output should be placed in a directory accessible to the
41176 OPAC (or staff) web interface so that users can download the RSS
41179 <para>An example of usage can be found at: misc/cronjobs/rss.pl
41180 lastAcquired.conf</para>
41182 <para>Normally rss.pl should be run periodically (e.g., daily) to keep
41183 the feed up-to-date.</para>
41185 <para>The configuration file (e.g., lastAcquired.conf) lists</para>
41189 <para>name of the template file to use</para>
41193 <para>path of output file</para>
41197 <para>SQL query</para>
41201 <para>rss.pl runs the SQL query, then feeds the output of the query
41202 through the template to produce the output file.</para>
41205 <para>To use custom RSS feeds you need to turn on the rss.pl cron job.</para>
41206 </important></para>
41209 <section id="selfregistration">
41210 <title><link linkend="selfregistration">OPAC Self Registration</link></title>
41211 <para>If you allow it, patrons can register for their own accounts via the OPAC. If you have
41212 the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistration">PatronSelfRegistration</link> preference set to
41213 'Allow' then patrons will see a link to register below the log in box on the right of the
41214 main OPAC page.</para>
41216 <screeninfo>Registration link in OPAC</screeninfo>
41219 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/PatronSelfRegistration.png"/>
41223 <para>When the patron clicks the 'Register here' link they will be brough to a registration
41224 page. The options on the registration page can be conrolled by editing the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link> and the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
41226 <screeninfo>Registration form</screeninfo>
41229 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronregistration.png"/>
41233 <para>Once the patron has confirmed submitted their registration they will either be sent an
41234 email to confirm their account (if you have the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link>
41235 preference to require this) or presented with their new username and password.</para>
41237 <screeninfo>New account confirmation</screeninfo>
41240 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronregistrationcomplete.png"/>
41244 <para>Patrons registered in this way will not have a cardnumber until assigned one by the
41245 library, but will have access to all OPAC functionality immediately. For this reason it is
41246 recommended that you:<itemizedlist>
41248 <para>set up a provisional <link linkend="addingpatroncat">patron category</link> for
41249 self registered patrons (such as 'Self Registered) instead of using an existing patron
41250 category and set that value in the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory">PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory</link> preference</para>
41253 <para>give this patron category minimal circulation privileges in the <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link> (such as allowing a couple
41254 holds, but no check outs)</para>
41256 </itemizedlist>That way patrons will either have to come in to the library to verify their
41257 identity before given a cardnumber and the ability to check items out or the library will
41258 have to come up with internal policy on generating cardnumbers before providing them to self
41259 registered patrons. Once this is done the library can change the category to one that is
41260 more appropriate (be it an adult, resident, non resident, student, etc) and add a
41261 cardnumber/barcode.</para>
41264 <section id="opacmyaccount">
41265 <title><link linkend="opacmyaccount">My Account</link></title>
41267 <para>From the OPAC patrons can log in and access their account if you
41268 have set the <link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
41269 preference to 'Allow'. Once logged in patrons are brought to their
41270 account summary. If you would like to get to your account in the OPAC,
41271 you can click on your name in the top right of any page in the
41273 <section id="resetpwopac">
41274 <title><link linkend="resetpwopac">Resetting your password</link></title>
41275 <para>If you have the <link linkend="OpacResetPassword">OpacResetPassword</link> set to
41276 allow patrons to reset their password they can click 'Forgot your password?' link found
41277 under the log in box to reset their passwords.</para>
41279 <screeninfo>'Forgot your password?' link</screeninfo>
41282 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/forgotpwlink.png"/>
41286 <para>Once clicked they will be presented with a form asking for their username and their
41287 email address (patrons must have an email address on file to reset their password).<screenshot>
41288 <screeninfo>Recover password</screeninfo>
41291 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/resetpw.png"/>
41294 </screenshot></para>
41295 <para>The system will then email the patron instructions for resetting their password.<screenshot>
41296 <screeninfo>Reset password confirmation</screeninfo>
41299 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/resetconfirm.png"/>
41302 </screenshot></para>
41305 <section id="opacmysummary">
41306 <title><link linkend="opacmysummary">My Summary</link></title>
41309 <screeninfo>My Summary</screeninfo>
41313 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myaccount.png"/>
41318 <para>From the 'my summary' tab, patrons will see all of the items
41319 they have checked out with the overdue items highlighted in red. If
41320 you have <link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">OpacRenewalAllowed</link>
41321 set to 'Allow' then your patrons will be able to renew their books
41322 right from the OPAC. If you have HTML entered in the <link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link> preference then
41323 you will see that to the right of the 'Fines' column.</para>
41326 <screeninfo>Checked out tab with OPACMySummaryHTML set</screeninfo>
41330 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacsummary-wlinks.png"/>
41335 <para id="barcodeattribute">If your patrons would like to see the items barcodes on their
41336 list of checked out items you can set up a <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron
41337 attribute</link> with the value of SHOW_BCODE and <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> of YES_NO.</para>
41340 <screeninfo>Add SHOW_BCODE patron attribute</screeninfo>
41344 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEadd.png"/>
41349 <para>Then on the <link linkend="editpatrons">patron's record set the
41350 value</link> for SHOW_BCODE to yes.</para>
41353 <screeninfo>Setting value for SHOW_BCODE on patron
41354 record</screeninfo>
41358 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEattribute.png"/>
41363 <para>This will add a column to the check out summary in the OPAC that
41364 shows the patrons the barcodes of the items they have checked
41368 <screeninfo>Barcode number on checkout list in OPAC</screeninfo>
41372 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/barcodeoncheckouts.png"/>
41376 <para>If their guarantee has allowed it via <link linkend="opacmyprivacy">their
41377 privacy</link>, when the guarantor logs in they will see a tab labeled "Relatives'
41378 checkouts" on their summary tab.<screenshot>
41379 <screeninfo>Relatives' checkouts</screeninfo>
41382 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/relativecheckouts.png"/>
41385 </screenshot></para>
41387 <para>Clicking on the 'Overdue' tab will show only the items that are
41391 <screeninfo>Overdue Items</screeninfo>
41395 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myoverdues.png"/>
41400 <para>The 'Fines' tab will show just a total of what the patron owes.
41401 Clicking on the total will take them to the 'my fines' tab where they
41402 will see a complete breakdown of their fines and bills. If you don't
41403 charge fines at your library you can turn the display of these tabs
41404 off by setting the <link linkend="OPACFinesTab">OPACFinesTab</link>
41405 preference to 'Don't Allow.'</para>
41408 <screeninfo>Patron Fines</screeninfo>
41412 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myfines.png"/>
41417 <para>Finally, clicking on the 'Holds' tab will show the patron the status of all of the
41418 items they have on hold. </para>
41421 <screeninfo>Patron holds status</screeninfo>
41425 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myholds.png"/>
41430 <para>Patrons can cancel or suspend (depending on the value of your <link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link> system preference) their own holds if
41431 they are not in transit or already waiting for them. When they click 'Suspend' they will
41432 be presented with the option to choose a date for their hold to resume.<screenshot>
41433 <screeninfo>Suspend until</screeninfo>
41436 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suspenduntil.png"/>
41439 </screenshot></para>
41440 <para>They can also suspend all of their holds indefinitely or until a specific date if they
41441 choose by filling in the suspend options at the bottom of the page.</para>
41444 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
41445 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
41446 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
41450 <section id="opacmyaccount-flags">
41451 <title><link linkend="opacmyaccount-flags">Patron Flags</link></title>
41453 <para>If you have <link linkend="patronflags">flagged your patron's
41454 account</link> they may see one of the following error messages at the
41455 top of their account.</para>
41459 <para>Card marked as lost</para>
41462 <screeninfo>Library card lost</screeninfo>
41466 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/nocard.png"/>
41473 <para>Patron address in question</para>
41476 <screeninfo>Patron address in question</screeninfo>
41480 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/noaddress.png"/>
41488 <para>this error message will not include a link to the
41489 update form if you have <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> set to
41490 'Don't allow'</para>
41497 <para>Patron marked restricted</para>
41500 <screeninfo>Patron restricted</screeninfo>
41504 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/debarred.png"/>
41512 <section id="opacmyfines">
41513 <title><link linkend="opacmyfines">My Fines</link></title>
41515 <para>If your library charges fines the next tab on the left is 'my
41516 fines.' Opening this tab will show the patron an entire history of
41517 their accounting at the library.</para>
41520 <screeninfo>Library Fines & Charges</screeninfo>
41524 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mybilling.png"/>
41528 <para>If you are allowing patrons to pay their fines using PayPal with the <link linkend="EnablePayPalOpacPayments">EnablePayPalOpacPayments</link> preference there will
41529 be checkboxes to the left of each fine with an outstanding amount.<screenshot>
41530 <screeninfo>Fines with checkboxes</screeninfo>
41533 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/finescheckboxes.png"/>
41536 </screenshot></para>
41537 <para>At the bottom the patron will see the option to pay with PayPal for the items they
41538 have checked.</para>
41540 <screeninfo>PayPal Payment</screeninfo>
41543 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/paypaypal.png"/>
41547 <para>After paying they will be presented with a confirmation<screenshot>
41548 <screeninfo>PayPal Confirmation</screeninfo>
41551 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/paypalconfirm.png"/>
41554 </screenshot></para>
41555 <para>And you will see that the fine was paid using PayPal on the staff side.<screenshot>
41556 <screeninfo>Staff side fines</screeninfo>
41559 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/staffpaypal.png"/>
41562 </screenshot></para>
41565 <section id="opacmydetails">
41566 <title><link linkend="opacmydetails">My Details</link></title>
41568 <para>If you have your <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference
41569 set to 'Allow', your patrons will see a form filled in with their contacting information
41570 by clicking on the 'my personal details' tab. You can control what fields patrons see and
41571 can modify via the OPAC by setting the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link>
41572 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
41575 <screeninfo>Patron's personal details</screeninfo>
41579 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprofile.png"/>
41584 <para>Patrons can edit their details in this form and click 'Submit Changes' to have their
41585 edits sent to the library for review before their record is updated. Staff will see all
41586 patrons requesting modification to their record listed below the modules on the main
41587 dashboard along with anything else awaiting library attention.</para>
41589 <screeninfo>Patron requests waiting review</screeninfo>
41592 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronrequestwaiting.png"/>
41597 <para>If the <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference is set to
41598 'Don't allow' then patrons will simply see their details and a message stating that they
41599 should contact the library for changes.</para>
41602 <screeninfo>Patron's personal details with no edits</screeninfo>
41606 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprofile-noedit.png"/>
41612 <section id="opacmytags">
41613 <title><link linkend="opacmytags">My Tags</link></title>
41615 <para>If your library has <link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link> set to 'Allowed' then the
41616 next tab on the left will be 'my tags.' This tab will show patrons all
41617 of the tags in the system as a cloud and then all of the tags they
41618 have applied in a list format. From here patrons have the ability to
41619 remove tags that they have added if they want.</para>
41622 <screeninfo>Patron's tags</screeninfo>
41626 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mytags.png"/>
41632 <section id="opacmypassword">
41633 <title><link linkend="opacmypassword">Change My Password</link></title>
41635 <para>Next, if you have <link linkend="OpacPasswordChange">OpacPasswordChange</link> set to 'Allow'
41636 the next tab will be 'change my password,' where patrons can change
41637 their password for logging into the OPAC. Patrons will be presented
41638 with a standard form asking them to enter their old password and then
41639 their new password twice.</para>
41642 <screeninfo>Change my password</screeninfo>
41646 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mypassword.png"/>
41652 <section id="opacmysearchistory">
41653 <title><link linkend="opacmysearchistory">My Search History</link></title>
41655 <para>If you have your <link linkend="EnableOpacSearchHistory">EnableOpacSearchHistory</link>
41656 preference set to 'Allow' then your patrons can access their search
41657 history via the 'my search history' tab.</para>
41660 <screeninfo>my search history tab</screeninfo>
41664 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mysearchhistory.png"/>
41669 <para>The search history is a record of all searches run by the
41670 patron. Clicking on any of the search phrases will re-run the search
41671 for the patron. The search history can be deleted by the patron at any
41672 time by clicking the 'Delete your search history' link found at the
41673 top of this tab or by clicking the little red 'x' next to the 'Search
41674 history' link at the top right of the OPAC.</para>
41677 <screeninfo>Search history link at the top right of the
41682 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/searchistory.png"/>
41688 <section id="opacmyhistory">
41689 <title><link linkend="opacmyhistory">My Reading History</link></title>
41691 <para>Depending on your library's setting for <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> your patrons
41692 may see the 'my reading history' tab next. This will show the patron
41693 their entire reading history unless they have asked the library to not
41694 keep that information via the 'my privacy' tab which will appear if
41695 you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preference
41696 set to 'Allow.'</para>
41699 <screeninfo>Patron reading history</screeninfo>
41703 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myhistory.png"/>
41707 <para>If you have HTML entered in the <link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link> preference then you will see that to the right of the 'Date'
41711 <section id="opacmyprivacy">
41712 <title><link linkend="opacmyprivacy">My Privacy</link></title>
41714 <para>The 'my privacy' tab will appear if you have both the <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> and the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preferences set to 'Allow.'
41715 This tab will allow the patrons to decide how the library keeps their
41716 circulation history data.</para>
41719 <screeninfo>my privacy tab</screeninfo>
41723 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprivacy.png"/>
41728 <para>The patron can choose from three options:</para>
41732 <para>Forever: keep my reading history without limit. This is the
41733 option for users who want to keep track of what they are
41738 <para>Default: keep my reading history according to local laws.
41739 This is the default option : the library will keep your reading
41740 history for the duration permitted by local laws.</para>
41744 <para>Never: Delete my reading history immediately. This will
41745 delete all record of the item that was checked-out upon
41750 <para>Depending on the patron's suggestions the contents of the '<link linkend="opacmyhistory">my reading history</link>' tab and the '<link linkend="circhistory">Circulation History</link>' tab in the staff
41751 client may change.</para>
41753 <para>Regardless of the patron's choice they can delete their reading
41754 history in bulk at any time by clicking the 'Immediate deletion'
41758 <screeninfo>Delete Circulation History</screeninfo>
41762 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/deletecirchistory.png"/>
41767 <para>Clicking this button will not delete items that are currently checked out, but will
41768 clear the patron's past reading history.<important>
41769 <para>In order for the patron to be able to delete their reading history you must have
41770 the <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> preference set.</para>
41771 </important></para>
41772 <para>If you're allowing guarantees to grand permission to their guarantors to view their
41773 current checkouts with the <link linkend="AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor">AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor</link> preference they will see that
41774 option on this screen.<screenshot>
41775 <screeninfo>AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor</screeninfo>
41778 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/AllowPatronToSetCheckoutsVisibilityForGuarantor.png"/>
41781 </screenshot></para>
41782 <para>When the guarantor logs in they will see a tab labeled "Relatives' checkouts" on their
41783 summary tab.<screenshot>
41784 <screeninfo>Relatives' checkouts</screeninfo>
41787 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/relativecheckouts.png"/>
41790 </screenshot></para>
41793 <section id="opacmysuggestions">
41794 <title><link linkend="opacmysuggestions">My Purchase Suggestions</link></title>
41796 <para>If your library allows patrons to make purchase suggestions the
41797 next tab will show all suggestions that the patron made to the library
41798 and their statuses. To disable this tab and the suggestion
41799 functionality set the <link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> preference to 'Don't
41803 <screeninfo>Patron purchase suggestions</screeninfo>
41807 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mysuggestions.png"/>
41811 <para>If you have <link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link>
41812 set to 'Show' then patrons will be able to search suggestions from the top of this
41816 <section id="opacmymsgs">
41817 <title><link linkend="opacmymsgs">My Messaging</link></title>
41819 <para>If your library has the <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> and the <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC">EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC</link>
41820 preferences set to 'Allow' then your patrons will be able to choose which messages they
41821 receive from the library (with the exception of overdue notices which the library
41825 <screeninfo>Patron messaging preferences</screeninfo>
41829 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mymessages.png"/>
41834 <para>If you use an outside driver for sending text messages set with the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link> preference, you will see an additional
41835 column to receive these messages as SMS (or text messages) and a field for a cell (or SMS)
41839 <screeninfo>SMSSendDriver in the OPAC</screeninfo>
41843 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/OPACSMSSendDriver.png"/>
41847 <para>If you are using the Email protocol for sending text messages set with the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link> preference, you will see an additional
41848 column to receive these messages as SMS (or text messages), a field for a cell (or SMS)
41849 number, and a pull down listing <link linkend="smsadmin">cellular providers entered in
41850 administration</link>.</para>
41852 <screeninfo>SMSSendDriver in the OPAC</screeninfo>
41855 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/smsopac.png"/>
41859 <para>If you are using the <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">Itiva Talking
41860 Tech</link> service you will see an additional column to receive these messages via Phone.<screenshot>
41861 <screeninfo>Phone messaging preferences in the OPAC</screeninfo>
41864 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacphonemsg.png"/>
41867 </screenshot></para>
41870 <para>These notices are:</para>
41873 <para>Advanced notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
41874 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
41877 <para>Item checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
41878 checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
41882 <para>Hold filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
41886 <para>Item due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
41889 <para>Item check-in : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
41895 <para>Patrons can choose to receive their notices as a digest by checking the 'Digest only?'
41896 box along with the delivery method. A digest is a combination of all the messages of that
41897 type (so all items due in 3 days in one email) in to one email instead of multiple emails
41898 for each alert.</para>
41900 <para>You must choose a delivery method (SMS or Email or Phone) along with 'Digest only?'
41901 if you would like to receive a digest of the messages.</para>
41905 <section id="opacmylists">
41906 <title><link linkend="opacmylists">My Lists</link></title>
41908 <para>Finally, if your library has the <link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> set to 'Allow' then the
41909 last tab will by 'my lists.' From here your patrons can review public
41910 lists and create or edit their own private lists.</para>
41913 <screeninfo>Patron lists</screeninfo>
41917 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mylists.png"/>
41922 <section id="opacdischarge">
41923 <title><link linkend="opacdischarge">Ask for a Discharge</link></title>
41924 <para>If you have enabled the <link linkend="useDischarge">useDischarge</link> preference
41925 then patrons will be able to request a discharge via the OPAC.<screenshot>
41926 <screeninfo>Discharge tab</screeninfo>
41929 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/dischargetab.png"/>
41932 </screenshot></para>
41933 <para>From here patrons can request a discharge</para>
41935 <screeninfo>Request discharge</screeninfo>
41938 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/dischargeopac.png"/>
41942 <para>And will receive confirmation of their request.</para>
41944 <screeninfo>Discharge confirmation</screeninfo>
41947 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/dischargeopac-confirm.png"/>
41954 <section id="purchasesuggest">
41955 <title><link linkend="purchasesuggest">Purchase Suggestions</link></title>
41957 <para>If your library has the <link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> preference set to 'Allow'
41958 then patrons will have the option to make purchase suggestions in
41959 several areas in the OPAC.</para>
41961 <para>If you are allowing everyone to see the purchase suggestions made by others with the
41962 <link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link> preference,
41963 then there will be a link at the top of your OPAC under the search box.</para>
41966 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestions Link on Search Box</screeninfo>
41970 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfromsearch.png"/>
41975 <para>There will be a link when the patron finds nothing for their
41979 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestion Link from Search Results</screeninfo>
41983 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfromnoresults.png"/>
41988 <para>And there will be a link on the patron's <link linkend="opacmysuggestions">My Purchase Suggestions</link> tab.</para>
41991 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestion from My Purchase Suggestions
41996 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfrommyaccount.png"/>
42001 <para>Clicking any one of these links will open the purchase suggestion
42005 <screeninfo>New Purchase Suggestion</screeninfo>
42009 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/newsuggestion.png"/>
42016 <para>From the form on the 'Title' is required by the
42020 <para>The Item type list can be edited by editing the SUGGEST_FORMAT <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link>.</para>
42024 <para>If you would like the 'Reason for suggestion' menu shown in
42025 the screenshot above to appear on your suggestions list you need to
42026 add an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link>
42027 category titled 'OPAC_SUG' and include reasons as values in that
42032 <para>If you would like the patron to be able to choose which branch
42033 they are making a suggestion for you need to set the <link linkend="AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice">AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice</link>
42034 preference to 'Allow'</para>
42038 <para>Once the form is submitted the data will be saved to the <link linkend="managesuggest">Acquisitions</link> module for the librarians to
42043 <chapter id="searching">
42044 <title>Searching</title>
42048 <section id="searchprefixes">
42049 <title><link linkend="searchprefixes">Advanced Search Prefixes</link></title>
42051 <para>The following prefixes can be added to search terms in the keyword
42052 search box to limit items returned</para>
42056 <para>ti: title search</para>
42060 <para>ex. ti:hamlet</para>
42066 <para>su: subject search</para>
42070 <para>ex. su:cooking</para>
42076 <para>pb: publisher search</para>
42080 <para>ex. pb:penguin</para>
42086 <para>au: author search</para>
42090 <para>ex. au:rowling</para>
42096 <para>su-geo: geographic subjects</para>
42100 <para>ex. su-geo:wales and kw:description and kw:travel</para>
42106 <para>bc: barcode</para>
42110 <para>ex. bc:502326000912</para>
42116 <para>lex: lexile</para>
42120 <para>levels lex:510</para>
42129 <section id="searchguide">
42133 <firstname>Becky</firstname>
42134 <surname>Bell</surname>
42136 <orgname>WALDO</orgname>
42141 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
42142 <surname>Engard</surname>
42143 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content where necessary and added new
42144 screenshots.</contrib>
42148 <pubdate>October 2008</pubdate>
42150 <title><link linkend="searchguide">Guide to Searching</link></title>
42152 <para>This brief guide will explain a chart that shows a sample of how a
42153 MARC21 database can be configured, as well as a brief introductory
42154 searching guide. The indexing fields described in this document relate
42155 to the bibliographic data and does not address authority database
42158 <section id="searchguide-indexing">
42159 <title><link linkend="searchguide-indexing">Indexing and Searching Description</link></title>
42161 <para>Koha's databases are indexed by the Zebra open-source software.
42162 The overview to the documentation describes Zebra as:</para>
42165 <para>"...Zebra is a high-performance, general-purpose structured
42166 text indexing and retrieval engine. It reads records in a variety of
42167 input formats (eg. email, XML, MARC) and provides access to them
42168 through a powerful combination of Boolean search expressions and
42169 relevance-ranked free-text queries.</para>
42171 <para>Zebra supports large databases (tens of millions of records,
42172 tens of gigabytes of data). It allows safe, incremental database
42173 updates on live systems. Because Zebra supports the
42174 industry-standard information retrieval protocol, Z39.50, you can
42175 search Zebra databases using an enormous variety of programs and
42176 toolkits, both commercial and free, which understands this
42177 protocol..." Zebra - User's Guide and Reference, p. 1, <ulink url="http://www.indexdata.dk/zebra/doc/zebra.pdf">http://www.indexdata.dk/zebra/doc/zebra.pdf</ulink></para>
42180 <para>This brief guide will explain a chart that shows a sample of how
42181 a MARC21 database can be configured, as well as a brief introductory
42182 searching guide. The indexing fields described in this document relate
42183 to the bibliographic data and does not address authority database
42187 <para>The indexing described in this document is the set used by
42188 SouthEastern University. Your local indexing may vary.</para>
42192 <section id="searchguide-indexconfig">
42193 <title><link linkend="searchguide-indexconfig">Indexing Configuration</link></title>
42195 <para>There are three configuration files that Koha uses while
42198 <para>The first configuration file (etc/zebradb/biblios/etc/bib1.att)
42199 contains the Z39.50 bib-1 attribute list, plus the Koha local use
42200 attributes for Biblio Indexes, Items Index, and Fixed Fields and other
42201 special indexes. The Z39.50 Bib-1 profile is made up of several
42202 different types of attributes: Use, Relation, Position, Structure,
42203 Truncation, and Completeness. The bib-1 'Use' attribute is represented
42204 on the chart; the other attributes are used primarily when doing
42205 searches. While there are over 150+ use attributes that could be used
42206 to define your indexing set, it's unlikely that you will choose to use
42207 them all. The attributes you elect to use are those that become the
42208 indexing rules for your database. The other five attribute sets define
42209 the various ways that a search can be further defined, and will not
42210 specifically be addressed in this document. For a complete list of the
42211 standard Bib-1 attributes, go to <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink>.</para>
42213 <para>The second file is etc/zebradb/marc_defs/[marc21|unimarc]/biblios/record.abs if you
42214 use grs1 indexing [the default until 3.16] or
42215 etc/zebradb/marc_defs/[marc21|unimarc]/biblios/biblio-koha-indexdefs.xml if you use dom
42216 indexing [the default from 3.18]. Either files contains the abstract syntax which maps the
42217 MARC21 tags to the set of Use Attributes you choose to use. To be more precise the xml
42218 file to be activate needs to be transform into biblio-zebra-indexdefs.xsl, read the head
42219 of biblio-zebra-indexdefs.xsl to know more about this topic. The rules established in this
42220 file provides a passable Bath level 0 and 1 service, which includes author, title,
42221 subject, keyword and exact services such as standard identifiers (LCCN, ISBN, ISSN,
42224 <para>The third file (etc/zebradb/ccl.properties) is the Common
42225 Command Language (CCL) field mappings. This file combines the bib-1
42226 attribute set file and the abstract file and adds the qualifiers,
42227 usually known as index names. The qualifiers, or indexes, for this
42228 database are: pn, cpn, cfn, ti, se, ut, nb, ns, sn, lcn, callnum, su,
42229 su-to, su-geo, su-ut, yr,pubdate, acqdate, ln, pl, ab, nt, rtype,
42230 mc-rtype, mus, au, su-na, kw, pb, ctype, and an.</para>
42232 <para>The <link linkend="kohasearchindexes">Koha Indexing Chart</link> summarizes the
42233 contents of all three of these files in a more readable format. The first two columns
42234 labeled Z39.50 attribute and Z39.50 name matches the Z39.50 bib-1 attributes file. The
42235 third column labeled MARC tags indexed is where you find which MARC tags are mapped to an
42236 attribute. The fourth column labeled Qualifiers identifies the search abbreviations used
42237 in the internal CCL query. The following description provides a definition for the word
42238 'qualifiers'.</para>
42240 <para><emphasis>Qualifiers are used to direct the search to a
42241 particular searchable index, such as title (ti) and author indexes
42242 (au). The CCL standard itself doesn't specify a particular set of
42243 qualifiers, but it does suggest a few shorthand notations. You can
42244 customize the CCL parser to support a particular set of qualifiers to
42245 reflect the current target profile. Traditionally, a qualifier would
42246 map to a particular use-attribute within the BIB-1attribute set. It is
42247 also possible to set other attributes, such as the structure
42248 attribute.</emphasis></para>
42250 <para>In the MARC tags indexed column, there are some conventions used
42251 that have specific meanings. They are:</para>
42255 <para>A three digit tag (100) means that all subfields in the tag
42256 can be used in a search query. So, if you enter a search for
42257 'Jackson' as an author, you will retrieve records where Jackson
42258 could be the last name or the first name.</para>
42262 <para>A three digit tag that has a '$' followed by a letter
42263 (600$a) means that a search query will only search the 'a'
42268 <para>A three digit tag that is followed by a ':' and a letter
42269 (240:w) means that a search query can be further qualified. The
42270 letter following the ':' identifies how to conduct the search. The
42271 most common values you'll see are 'w' (word), 'p' (phrase), 's'
42272 (sort), and 'n' (numeric).</para>
42276 <para>The contents of the MARC tags, subfields, and/or fixed field
42277 elements that are listed in this chart are all indexed. You'll see
42278 that every attribute line is not mapped to a specific qualifier
42279 (index)-LC card number, line 9 is one example. However, every indexed
42280 word (a string of characters preceded and succeeded by a space) can be
42281 searched using a keyword (kw) search. So, although an LC card number
42282 specific index doesn't exist, you can still search by the LCCN since
42283 tag 010 is assigned to the LC-card-number attribute. To verify this,
42284 enter 72180055 in the persistent search box. You should retrieve The
42285 gods themselves, by Isaac Asimov.</para>
42287 <para>Examples of fixed field elements indexing can be seen on the
42288 chart between Attribute 8822 and Attribute 8703. These attributes are
42289 most commonly used for limiting. The fixed field attributes currently
42290 represent the BK codes. Other format codes, if needed, could be
42294 <section id="searchguide-basics">
42295 <title><link linkend="searchguide-basics">Basic Searching</link></title>
42297 <para>The search box that library staff and library patrons will see
42298 most often is the persistent search box at the top of the page. Koha
42299 interprets the searches as keyword searches.</para>
42302 <screeninfo>Koha search box</screeninfo>
42306 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchbox.png"/>
42311 <para>To start a search, you enter a word or multiple words in the
42312 search box. When a single word is entered, a keyword search is
42313 performed. You can check this out by typing one word into the form and
42314 note the number of results located. Then, repeat the search with a
42315 minor change. In front of the search word, type 'kw=' followed by the
42316 same search term. The results will be identical.</para>
42318 <para>When you have more than one word in the search box, Koha will
42319 still do a keyword search, but a bit differently. Each word will be
42320 searched on its own, then the Boolean connector 'and' will narrow your
42321 search to those items with all words contained in matching
42324 <para>Suppose you want to find material about how libraries are using
42325 mashups. You'll select the major words and enter them into the
42326 persistent search box.</para>
42329 <screeninfo>Keyword Search</screeninfo>
42333 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchterms.png"/>
42338 <para>The response to this search is:</para>
42341 <screeninfo>Results</screeninfo>
42345 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/resultssummary.png"/>
42350 <para>The order of the words does not affect the retrieval results, so
42351 you could also enter the search as "mashups library". The response to
42352 this search is results</para>
42355 <screeninfo>Results</screeninfo>
42359 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/resultssummary2.png"/>
42364 <para>Too many words in the search box will find very few matches, as
42365 the following example illustrates:</para>
42368 <screeninfo>No results found</screeninfo>
42372 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/noresults.png"/>
42378 <section id="searchguide-advanced">
42379 <title><link linkend="searchguide-advanced">Advanced Searching</link></title>
42381 <para>When you can't find the most appropriate material with a general
42382 search, you can move to the Advanced Search page by clicking on the
42383 Search option on the persistent toolbar.</para>
42386 <screeninfo>Koha Menu</screeninfo>
42390 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/menubar.png"/>
42395 <para>The Advanced Search page offers many ways to limit the results
42396 of your search. You can search using the Boolean operators AND, OR,
42397 and NOT; limit by item type; limit by year and language; limit by
42398 subtypes audience, content, format, or additional content types; by
42399 location and by availability.</para>
42401 <para>The first limiting section on the Advanced Search page provides
42402 a quick and simple way to use the Boolean operators in your search.
42403 Note that this display depends on a system preference setting. This
42404 option can be found on the Administration > System Preferences >
42405 Searching page. The option called <link linkend="expandedSearchOption">expandedSearchOption</link> must be set
42406 to 'show' to see the following display.</para>
42409 <screeninfo>Advanced Search Options</screeninfo>
42413 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchoptions.png"/>
42418 <para>In this section you can choose among the many indexes by
42419 clicking on the arrow in the first box. The blank box that follows is
42420 where you enter your first search term or terms. On the second line,
42421 you can choose the Boolean operator you want to use in your search.
42422 The options are 'and', 'or', and 'not'. Then, you would again choose
42423 the index to search, followed by the second term or terms. If you have
42424 more concepts you want to include in your search, you can click the
42425 [+] to add another line for your search.</para>
42427 <para>A sample search is shown next, followed by its results:</para>
42430 <screeninfo>Advanced Search</screeninfo>
42434 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advsearch.png"/>
42440 <screeninfo>Results from Advanced Search</screeninfo>
42444 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/numresults.png"/>
42449 <para>When you use the Boolean operators to broaden or narrow a
42450 search, remember the action of each operator. The 'and' operator
42451 narrows the results you'll retrieve because the search will retrieve
42452 the records that include all your search terms. The 'or' operator
42453 expands the results because the search will look for occurrences of
42454 all of your search terms. The 'not' operator excludes records with the
42455 term that follows the operator.</para>
42457 <para>Note: If you leave this <link linkend="expandedSearchOption">expandedSearchOption</link> set to
42458 'don't show', this is the display you will see:</para>
42461 <screeninfo>Fewer Search Options</screeninfo>
42465 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/feweropts.png"/>
42470 <para>The Advanced Search page then shows the multiple kinds of limits
42471 that can be applied to your search results. Either check a box or
42472 select from the drop down menus to narrow your search. You will type
42473 the year, year range, or a 'greater than (>)' or 'less than (<)'
42477 <screeninfo>Other Advanced Search Options</screeninfo>
42481 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advoptions.png"/>
42486 <para>Finally, you can choose how the results will be sorted. The
42487 pre-defined sort options are in the final area of the Advanced Search
42491 <screeninfo>Sort Results By</screeninfo>
42495 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advsortby.png"/>
42500 <para>The default sort is by relevance, although you can choose to sort by author, by title,
42501 by call number, by dates, or by popularity (which uses the information on total issues
42502 found in the items table). If you would prefer a different default sort, you can set <link linkend="defaultSortField">defaultSortField</link> to one of the other choices in
42503 Administration > System Preferences > Searching.</para>
42505 <section id="searchguide-itemsearch">
42506 <title><link linkend="searchguide-itemsearch">Item Searching</link></title>
42507 <para>If you are looking for specific items you can use the item search engine in the staff
42508 client to find them. <itemizedlist>
42510 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Search > Go to item search</para>
42512 </itemizedlist></para>
42513 <para>At the top of the advanced search page in the staff client you will see a link to 'Go
42514 to item search'<screenshot>
42515 <screeninfo>Item search link</screeninfo>
42518 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearchlink.png"/>
42521 </screenshot></para>
42522 <para>Clicking that link will open up a item specific search engine.<screenshot>
42523 <screeninfo>Item search</screeninfo>
42526 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearch.png"/>
42529 </screenshot></para>
42530 <para>Using the search form that is presented you can find a list of specific items that can
42531 be output to the screen or to a CSV file. If your results are printed to the screen you
42532 will have the option to narrow your search further using filters at the top.<screenshot>
42533 <screeninfo>Item search results</screeninfo>
42536 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearchresults.png"/>
42539 </screenshot></para>
42542 <section id="searchguide-ccl">
42543 <title><link linkend="searchguide-ccl">Common Command Language Searching</link></title>
42545 <para>Koha uses the Common Command Language (CCL) (ISO 8777) as its
42546 internal search protocol. Searches initiated in the graphical
42547 interface use this protocol as well, although the searcher doesn't
42548 know which indexes, operators and limiters are available and being
42549 used to conduct their search. The searcher can use the Advanced Search
42550 when more precise results set are desired and where the search indexes
42551 are somewhat known. However, some library users and many library staff
42552 prefer using a command based structure. This part of the document will
42553 present and explain the use of the Koha command based structure. The
42554 indexes, operators, and limiters used are identical to those used in
42555 the graphical interface.</para>
42557 <section id="searchguide-indexes">
42558 <title><link linkend="searchguide-indexes">Indexes</link></title>
42560 <para>The CCL standard itself doesn't specify a particular set of
42561 qualifiers (indexes), but it does suggest a few short-hand notations
42562 such as 'ti', 'au', and 'su'. Koha has a default set of indexes;
42563 it's possible to customize that set by adding needed indexes based
42564 on local requirements. A qualifier (index) maps to a particular
42565 use-attribute within the Z39.50 BIB-1 attribute set. The complete
42566 Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute can be viewed at <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink>.</para>
42568 <para>The standard Koha set of indexes is a fairly common example of
42569 MARC21 indexing rules. The indexes that are defined in Koha are
42570 indexes typically used by other integrated library systems. The
42571 defined Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute mapped to the indexes include:</para>
42573 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
42574 <title>Attributes</title>
42576 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
42579 <entry>Bib-1 Attribute</entry>
42581 <entry>Qualifier (index)</entry>
42587 <entry>Personal-name</entry>
42593 <entry>Corporate-name</entry>
42599 <entry>Conference-name</entry>
42605 <entry>Title</entry>
42611 <entry>Title-series</entry>
42617 <entry>Title-uniform</entry>
42623 <entry>ISBN</entry>
42629 <entry>ISSN</entry>
42635 <entry>Local number</entry>
42641 <entry>Local-classification</entry>
42643 <entry>lcn and callnum</entry>
42647 <entry>Subject</entry>
42649 <entry>su, su-to, su-geo, su-ut</entry>
42653 <entry>Pubdate</entry>
42655 <entry>yr,pubdate</entry>
42659 <entry>Date-of-Acquisition</entry>
42661 <entry>acqdate</entry>
42665 <entry>Language</entry>
42671 <entry>Place-of-publication</entry>
42677 <entry>Abstract</entry>
42683 <entry>Notes</entry>
42689 <entry>Record-type</entry>
42691 <entry>rtype, mc-rtype, mus</entry>
42695 <entry>Author</entry>
42697 <entry>au, aut</entry>
42701 <entry>Subject-person-name</entry>
42703 <entry>su-na</entry>
42707 <entry>Any (keyword)</entry>
42713 <entry>Publisher</entry>
42719 <entry>Content-type</entry>
42721 <entry>ctype</entry>
42725 <entry>Koha-Auth-Number</entry>
42731 <entry>Author-personal-bibliography</entry>
42737 <entry>Author-in-order</entry>
42745 <para>Refer to the <link linkend="kohasearchindexes">Koha Indexing Chart</link> for the
42746 MARC21 tags mapped to each Bib-1 Attribute and index combination.</para>
42748 <section id="search-audexamp">
42749 <title><link linkend="search-audexamp">Audience Examples</link></title>
42753 <para>aud:a Preschool</para>
42756 <para>aud:b Primary</para>
42759 <para>aud:c Pre-Adolescent</para>
42762 <para>aud:d Adolescent</para>
42766 <para>aud:e Adult</para>
42769 <para>aud:f Specialized</para>
42772 <para>aud:g General</para>
42775 <para>aud:j Juvenile</para>
42780 <section id="search-contentsexamp">
42781 <title><link linkend="search-contentsexamp">Contents Examples</link></title>
42785 <para>fic:1 Fiction</para>
42789 <para>fic:0 Non Fiction</para>
42793 <para>bio:b Biography</para>
42797 <para>mus:j Musical recording</para>
42801 <para>mus:I Non musical record</para>
42807 <section id="searchguide-syntax">
42808 <title><link linkend="searchguide-syntax">Search Syntax</link></title>
42810 <para>In the persistent search box, single words generally retrieve
42811 large sets. To narrow a search, you can use multiple words. Koha
42812 automatically uses the 'and' Boolean operator to create a set of
42813 records matching your input. When you want to narrow the search to
42814 an author or a title or a subject or some other specific field or
42815 use a Boolean operator, there isn't an obvious way to accomplish
42816 that specificity. The library user can, of course, go to the
42817 Advanced Search page; however, if you know how to construct a CCL
42818 search, you can achieve more specificity while using the persistent
42819 search box on any page.</para>
42821 <para>There is a specific order to the CCL search syntax. Although
42822 it can be used for simple searches, it is an especially effective
42823 way to perform complex searches, as it affords you a great deal of
42824 control over your search results. To construct a CCL search, first
42825 enter a desired index code, then an equal sign, followed by your
42826 search word(s). Following are examples of simple CCL
42831 <para>ti=principles of accounting</para>
42835 <para>au=brown joseph</para>
42839 <para>su=poetry</para>
42843 <para>su-na=Shakespeare</para>
42847 <para>kw=marlin</para>
42851 <para>You can refine your search by combining search terms with
42852 Boolean operators 'and', 'or', or 'not'. Following are examples of
42853 searches using Boolean operators.</para>
42857 <para>ti=principles of accounting and au=brown joseph</para>
42861 <para>su=poetry not su-na=Shakespeare</para>
42865 <para>kw=communication and su=debate</para>
42869 <para>You can also choose to search for things that start with a
42870 character or series of characters</para>
42874 <para>ti,first-in-subfield=C (will show you all titles that
42875 start with the letter 'C')</para>
42879 <para>Other string location searches can be performed with the
42880 following keywords:</para>
42884 <para>rtrn : right truncation</para>
42888 <para>ltrn : left truncation</para>
42892 <para>lrtrn : left and right truncation</para>
42896 <para>st-date : type date</para>
42900 <para>st-numeric : type number (integer)</para>
42904 <para>ext : exact search on whole subfield (does not work with
42909 <para>phr : search on phrase anywhere in the subfield</para>
42913 <para>startswithnt : subfield starts with</para>
42917 <para>Using specific indexes and Boolean operators are not the only
42918 way a search can be refined. You can also refine your search as a
42919 phrase when looking for a title, author, or subject. The syntax for
42920 this search is <emphasis>index,phr=search words</emphasis>.</para>
42922 <para>To illustrate the results of various search types, a search
42923 was done for the words 'supreme court'. The results illustrate that
42924 the search index and the word order make a difference in search
42925 results. Only the results count and the search itself is in these
42926 examples. The search executed will always be between the single
42930 <screeninfo>Sample Search 1</screeninfo>
42934 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex1.png"/>
42940 <screeninfo>Sample Search 2</screeninfo>
42944 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex2.png"/>
42950 <screeninfo>Sample Search 3</screeninfo>
42954 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex3.png"/>
42960 <screeninfo>Sample Search 4</screeninfo>
42964 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex4.png"/>
42970 <screeninfo>Sample Search 5</screeninfo>
42974 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex5.png"/>
42980 <screeninfo>Sample Search 6</screeninfo>
42984 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex6.png"/>
42990 <screeninfo>Sample Search 7</screeninfo>
42994 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex7.png"/>
43000 <screeninfo>Sample Search 8</screeninfo>
43004 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex8.png"/>
43010 <screeninfo>Sample Search 9</screeninfo>
43014 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex9.png"/>
43019 <para>You can also choose to use limiters in your search query. Some
43020 common limiters include dates, languages, record types, and item
43021 types. In the Advance Search, you can either click a box or key in
43022 data to limit your search. You can also apply the same limits with
43023 CCL by using the syntax in the following examples. In all</para>
43025 <para><emphasis>By Date: su=supreme court and
43026 yr,st-numeric=>2000</emphasis></para>
43029 <screeninfo>Sample Search 10</screeninfo>
43033 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex10.png"/>
43038 <para>When you limit by date, you can use the '>' (greater than),
43039 '<' (less than), '=' (equal), or 'yyyy-yyyy' (range)
43042 <para><emphasis>By Item Type: su=nursing and
43043 itype:BK</emphasis></para>
43046 <screeninfo>Sample Search 11</screeninfo>
43050 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex11.png"/>
43055 <para>Each library will have a different set of item types defined
43056 in their circulation configuration. When you set up item types, you
43057 define a code and a name for each one. The name will appear on the
43058 Advance Search page. The code you assigned is used as a CCL search
43059 limit, formatted as 'itype:x', where 'x' is the assigned code. The
43060 initial set of item types in Koha will usually be edited to reflect
43061 your collections, so your item type limiters may be different than
43062 the initial ones. The initial item type limiters follow.</para>
43066 <para>itype:BKS Books, Booklets, Workbooks</para>
43070 <para>itype:SR Audio Cassettes, CDs</para>
43074 <para>itype:IR Binders</para>
43078 <para>itype:CF CD-ROMs, DVD-ROMs, General Online
43083 <para>itype:VR DVDs, VHS</para>
43087 <para>itype:KT Kit</para>
43091 <para>itype:AR Models</para>
43095 <para>itype:SER Serials</para>
43099 <para><emphasis>By format: su=supreme court not
43100 l-format:sr</emphasis></para>
43103 <screeninfo>Sample Search 12</screeninfo>
43107 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex12.png"/>
43112 <para>The format limiters are derived from a combination of LDR, 006
43113 and 007 positions. The formats that are currently defined are the
43118 <para>l-format:ta Regular print</para>
43122 <para>l-format:tb Large print</para>
43126 <para>l-format:fk Braille</para>
43130 <para>l-format:sd CD audio</para>
43134 <para>l-format:ss Cassette recording</para>
43138 <para>l-format:vf VHS tape</para>
43142 <para>l-format:vd DVD video</para>
43146 <para>l-format:co CD software</para>
43150 <para>l-format:cr Website</para>
43154 <para><emphasis>By content type: su=supreme court not
43155 ctype:l</emphasis></para>
43158 <screeninfo>Sample Search 13</screeninfo>
43162 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex13.png"/>
43167 <para>The content types are taken from the 008 MARC tag, positions
43170 <para>There are two other limiter types that are not described in
43171 this document. They are: Audience and Content. The only difference
43172 in the syntax of the CCL is the actual limiter. They are reproduced
43173 here just in case you would like to use these limiters.</para>
43178 <section id="kohasearchindexes">
43179 <title><link linkend="kohasearchindexes">Koha Search Indexes</link></title>
43181 <para>By default, not all fields are indexed in the Zebra search engine,
43182 but many are. Below are the MARC21 fields that are indexed in
43185 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
43186 <title>Indexes</title>
43188 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
43191 <entry><para>Field</para></entry>
43193 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
43199 <entry>Leader/06</entry>
43200 <entry>Record-type, rtype</entry>
43203 <entry>Leader/07</entry>
43204 <entry>Bib-level</entry>
43207 <entry>Leader/06-07</entry>
43208 <entry>Material-type</entry>
43211 <entry><para>001</para></entry>
43213 <entry><para>Control-number</para></entry>
43217 <entry><para>005</para></entry>
43219 <entry><para>Date/time-last-modified, dtlm, date-time-last-modified</para></entry>
43223 <entry><para>007</para></entry>
43225 <entry><para>Microform-generation:n:range(data,11,1),
43226 Material-type,ff7-00:w:range(data,0,1),
43227 ff7-01:w:range(data,1,1), ff7-02:w:range(data,2,1),
43228 ff7-01-02:w:range(data,0,2)</para></entry>
43232 <entry><para>008</para></entry>
43234 <entry><para>date-entered-on-file:n:range(data,0,5),
43235 date-entered-on-file:s:range(data,0,5),
43236 pubdate:w:range(data,7,4), pubdate:n:range(data,7,4),
43237 pubdate:y:range(data,7,4), pubdate:s:range(data,7,4),
43238 pl:w:range(data,15,3), ta:w:range(data,22,1),
43239 ff8-23:w:range(data,23,1), ff8-29:w:range(data,29,1),
43240 lf:w:range(data,33,1), bio:w:range(data,34,1),
43241 ln:n:range(data,35,3), ctype:w:range(data,24,4),
43242 Record-source:w:range(data,39,0)</para></entry>
43246 <entry><para>010</para></entry>
43248 <entry><para>LC-card-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43252 <entry><para>011</para></entry>
43254 <entry><para>LC-card-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43258 <entry><para>015</para></entry>
43260 <entry><para>BNB-card-number, BGF-number, Number-db,
43261 Number-natl-biblio, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43265 <entry><para>017</para></entry>
43267 <entry><para>Number-legal-deposit,
43268 Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43272 <entry><para>018</para></entry>
43274 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43278 <entry><para>020$a</para></entry>
43280 <entry><para>ISBN:w, Identifier-standard:w</para></entry>
43284 <entry><para>020</para></entry>
43286 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43290 <entry><para>022$a</para></entry>
43292 <entry><para>ISSN:w, Identifier-standard:w</para></entry>
43296 <entry><para>022</para></entry>
43298 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43302 <entry><para>023</para></entry>
43304 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43308 <entry><para>024$a</para></entry>
43310 <entry><para>Identifier-other</para></entry>
43314 <entry><para>024</para></entry>
43316 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43320 <entry><para>025</para></entry>
43322 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43326 <entry><para>027</para></entry>
43328 <entry><para>Report-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43332 <entry><para>028</para></entry>
43334 <entry><para>Number-music-publisher,
43335 Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43339 <entry><para>030</para></entry>
43341 <entry><para>CODEN, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
43345 <entry><para>034</para></entry>
43347 <entry><para>Map-scale</para></entry>
43351 <entry><para>037</para></entry>
43353 <entry><para>Identifier-standard, Stock-number</para></entry>
43357 <entry><para>040</para></entry>
43359 <entry><para>Code-institution, Record-source</para></entry>
43362 <entry>041$a</entry>
43363 <entry>ln-audio</entry>
43366 <entry>041$h</entry>
43367 <entry>language-original</entry>
43370 <entry>041$j</entry>
43371 <entry>ln-subtitle</entry>
43375 <entry><para>041</para></entry>
43377 <entry><para>ln</para></entry>
43381 <entry><para>043</para></entry>
43383 <entry><para>Code-geographic</para></entry>
43387 <entry><para>050$b</para></entry>
43389 <entry><para>LC-call-number:w, LC-call-number:p,
43390 LC-call-number:s</para></entry>
43394 <entry><para>050</para></entry>
43396 <entry><para>LC-call-number:w, LC-call-number:p,
43397 LC-call-number:s</para></entry>
43401 <entry><para>052</para></entry>
43403 <entry><para>Geographic-class</para></entry>
43407 <entry><para>060</para></entry>
43409 <entry><para>NLM-call-number</para></entry>
43413 <entry><para>070</para></entry>
43415 <entry><para>NAL-call-number</para></entry>
43419 <entry><para>080</para></entry>
43421 <entry><para>UDC-classification</para></entry>
43425 <entry><para>082</para></entry>
43427 <entry><para>Dewey-classification:w,
43428 Dewey-classification:s</para></entry>
43432 <entry><para>086</para></entry>
43434 <entry><para>Number-govt-pub</para></entry>
43438 <entry><para>100$9</para></entry>
43440 <entry><para>Cross-Reference:w, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43444 <entry><para>100$a</para></entry>
43446 <entry><para>Author,Author:p, Author:s, Editor,
43447 Author-personal-bibliography, Author-personal-bibliography:p,
43448 Author-personal-bibliography:s</para></entry>
43452 <entry><para>100</para></entry>
43454 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-personal, Name,
43455 Name-and-title, Personal-name</para></entry>
43459 <entry><para>110$9</para></entry>
43461 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43465 <entry><para>110</para></entry>
43467 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-corporate, Name,
43468 Name-and-title, Corporate-name</para></entry>
43472 <entry><para>111$9</para></entry>
43474 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43478 <entry><para>111</para></entry>
43480 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-corporate, Name,
43481 Name-and-title, Conference-name</para></entry>
43485 <entry><para>130$n</para></entry>
43487 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
43491 <entry><para>130$r</para></entry>
43493 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
43497 <entry><para>130$9</para></entry>
43499 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43503 <entry><para>130</para></entry>
43505 <entry><para>Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
43509 <entry><para>210</para></entry>
43511 <entry><para>Title, Title-abbreviated</para></entry>
43515 <entry><para>211</para></entry>
43517 <entry><para>Title, Title-abbreviated</para></entry>
43521 <entry><para>212</para></entry>
43523 <entry><para>Title, Title-other-variant</para></entry>
43527 <entry><para>214</para></entry>
43529 <entry><para>Title, Title-expanded</para></entry>
43533 <entry><para>222</para></entry>
43535 <entry><para>Title, Title-key</para></entry>
43539 <entry><para>240$r</para></entry>
43541 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
43545 <entry><para>240$n</para></entry>
43547 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
43551 <entry><para>240</para></entry>
43553 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p, Title-uniform</para></entry>
43557 <entry><para>243$n</para></entry>
43559 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
43563 <entry><para>243$r</para></entry>
43565 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
43569 <entry><para>243</para></entry>
43571 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p, Title-collective</para></entry>
43575 <entry><para>245$a</para></entry>
43577 <entry><para>Title-cover:w, Title-cover:p, Title-cover:s,
43578 Title:w, Title:p, Title:s</para></entry>
43582 <entry><para>245$c</para></entry>
43584 <entry><para>Author, Author-in-order:w, Author-in-order:p,
43585 Author-in-order:s</para></entry>
43589 <entry><para>245$9</para></entry>
43591 <entry><para>Cross-Reference:w, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43595 <entry><para>245</para></entry>
43597 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p</para></entry>
43601 <entry><para>246</para></entry>
43603 <entry><para>Title, Title:p, Title-abbreviated, Title-expanded,
43604 Title-former</para></entry>
43608 <entry><para>247</para></entry>
43610 <entry><para>Title, Title:p, Title-former, Title-other-variant,
43611 Related-periodical</para></entry>
43615 <entry><para>260$a</para></entry>
43617 <entry><para>pl:w, pl:p</para></entry>
43621 <entry><para>260$b</para></entry>
43623 <entry><para>Publisher:w, Publisher:p</para></entry>
43627 <entry><para>260$c</para></entry>
43629 <entry><para>copydate, copydate:s</para></entry>
43633 <entry><para>260</para></entry>
43635 <entry><para>Provider, pl</para></entry>
43639 <entry>Provider</entry>
43643 <entry><para>300</para></entry>
43645 <entry><para>Extent:w, Extent:p</para></entry>
43649 <entry><para>400$a</para></entry>
43651 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
43655 <entry><para>400$t</para></entry>
43657 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
43658 Title-series</para></entry>
43662 <entry><para>400$9</para></entry>
43664 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43668 <entry><para>400</para></entry>
43670 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-personal, Name,
43671 Personal-name</para></entry>
43675 <entry><para>410</para></entry>
43677 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name</para></entry>
43681 <entry><para>410$a</para></entry>
43683 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
43687 <entry><para>410$t</para></entry>
43689 <entry><para>Author-title, Title, Title-series</para></entry>
43693 <entry><para>410$9</para></entry>
43695 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43699 <entry><para>410</para></entry>
43701 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name</para></entry>
43705 <entry><para>411</para></entry>
43707 <entry><para>Author, Conference-name</para></entry>
43711 <entry><para>411$a</para></entry>
43713 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
43717 <entry><para>411$t</para></entry>
43719 <entry><para>Author-title, Title-series</para></entry>
43723 <entry><para>411</para></entry>
43725 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name</para></entry>
43729 <entry><para>440$a</para></entry>
43731 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p</para></entry>
43735 <entry><para>440$9</para></entry>
43737 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43741 <entry><para>440</para></entry>
43743 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p, Title,
43744 Title-series</para></entry>
43748 <entry><para>490$a</para></entry>
43750 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p</para></entry>
43754 <entry><para>490</para></entry>
43756 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
43760 <entry><para>490$9</para></entry>
43762 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43766 <entry><para>500</para></entry>
43768 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
43772 <entry><para>502</para></entry>
43774 <entry><para>Material-type</para></entry>
43778 <entry><para>505$r</para></entry>
43780 <entry><para>Author</para></entry>
43784 <entry><para>505$t</para></entry>
43786 <entry><para>Title</para></entry>
43790 <entry><para>505</para></entry>
43792 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
43796 <entry><para>510</para></entry>
43798 <entry><para>Indexed-by</para></entry>
43802 <entry><para>520</para></entry>
43804 <entry><para>Abstract:w, Abstract:p</para></entry>
43808 <entry><para>521$a</para></entry>
43810 <entry><para>lex:n</para></entry>
43814 <entry><para>526$c</para></entry>
43816 <entry><para>arl, arl:n</para></entry>
43820 <entry><para>526$d</para></entry>
43822 <entry><para>arp, arp:n</para></entry>
43826 <entry><para>590</para></entry>
43828 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
43832 <entry><para>600$a</para></entry>
43834 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Name, Personal-name,
43835 Subject-name-personal, Subject</para></entry>
43839 <entry><para>600$t</para></entry>
43841 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title, Subject</para></entry>
43845 <entry><para>600$9</para></entry>
43847 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43851 <entry><para>600</para></entry>
43853 <entry><para>Name, Personal-name, Subject-name-personal,
43854 Subject</para></entry>
43858 <entry><para>610$a</para></entry>
43860 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
43864 <entry><para>610$t</para></entry>
43866 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title</para></entry>
43870 <entry><para>610$9</para></entry>
43872 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43876 <entry><para>610</para></entry>
43878 <entry><para>Name, Subject, Corporate-name</para></entry>
43882 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
43884 <entry><para>Conference-name</para></entry>
43888 <entry><para>611$a</para></entry>
43890 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
43894 <entry><para>611$t</para></entry>
43896 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title</para></entry>
43900 <entry><para>611$9</para></entry>
43902 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43906 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
43908 <entry><para>Name, Subject</para></entry>
43912 <entry><para>630$n</para></entry>
43914 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
43918 <entry><para>630$r</para></entry>
43920 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
43924 <entry><para>630$9</para></entry>
43926 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43930 <entry><para>630</para></entry>
43932 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
43936 <entry><para>650$9</para></entry>
43938 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43942 <entry><para>650</para></entry>
43944 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
43948 <entry><para>651$9</para></entry>
43950 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43954 <entry><para>651</para></entry>
43956 <entry><para>Name-geographic, Subject,Subject:p</para></entry>
43960 <entry><para>652$9</para></entry>
43962 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43966 <entry><para>653$9</para></entry>
43968 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43972 <entry><para>653</para></entry>
43974 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
43978 <entry><para>654$9</para></entry>
43980 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43984 <entry><para>654</para></entry>
43986 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
43990 <entry><para>655$9</para></entry>
43992 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
43996 <entry><para>655</para></entry>
43998 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
44002 <entry><para>656$9</para></entry>
44004 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44008 <entry><para>656</para></entry>
44010 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
44014 <entry><para>657$9</para></entry>
44016 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44020 <entry><para>657</para></entry>
44022 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
44026 <entry><para>690$9</para></entry>
44028 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44032 <entry><para>690</para></entry>
44034 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
44038 <entry><para>700$9</para></entry>
44040 <entry><para>Cross-Reference, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44044 <entry><para>700$a</para></entry>
44046 <entry><para>Author, Author:p</para></entry>
44050 <entry><para>700$n</para></entry>
44052 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
44056 <entry><para>700$r</para></entry>
44058 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
44062 <entry><para>700$t</para></entry>
44064 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
44065 Title-uniform</para></entry>
44069 <entry><para>700</para></entry>
44071 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-corporate,
44072 Author-name-personal, Name, Editor, Personal-name</para></entry>
44076 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
44078 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name</para></entry>
44082 <entry><para>710$t</para></entry>
44084 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
44085 Title-uniform</para></entry>
44089 <entry><para>710$a</para></entry>
44091 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
44095 <entry><para>710$9</para></entry>
44097 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44101 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
44103 <entry><para>Author, Name</para></entry>
44107 <entry><para>711$a</para></entry>
44109 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
44113 <entry><para>711$t</para></entry>
44115 <entry><para>Author-title, Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
44119 <entry><para>711$9</para></entry>
44121 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44125 <entry><para>711</para></entry>
44127 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name,
44128 Conference-name</para></entry>
44132 <entry><para>730$n</para></entry>
44134 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
44138 <entry><para>730$r</para></entry>
44140 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
44144 <entry><para>730$9</para></entry>
44146 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44150 <entry><para>730</para></entry>
44152 <entry><para>Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
44156 <entry><para>740</para></entry>
44158 <entry><para>Title, Title-other-variant</para></entry>
44162 <entry><para>773$t</para></entry>
44164 <entry><para>Host-item</para></entry>
44168 <entry><para>780$t</para></entry>
44170 <entry><para>Title</para></entry>
44173 <entry>780$w</entry>
44174 <entry>Record-control-number</entry>
44178 <entry><para>780</para></entry>
44180 <entry><para>Title, Title-former,
44181 Related-periodical</para></entry>
44184 <entry>785$w</entry>
44185 <entry>Record-control-number</entry>
44189 <entry><para>785</para></entry>
44191 <entry><para>Related-periodical</para></entry>
44194 <entry>787$w</entry>
44195 <entry>Record-control-number</entry>
44199 <entry><para>800$a</para></entry>
44201 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
44205 <entry><para>800$t</para></entry>
44207 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
44208 Title-series</para></entry>
44212 <entry><para>800$9</para></entry>
44214 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44218 <entry><para>800</para></entry>
44220 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-personal, Name,
44221 Personal-name</para></entry>
44225 <entry><para>810$a</para></entry>
44227 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
44231 <entry><para>810$t</para></entry>
44233 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
44234 Title-series</para></entry>
44238 <entry><para>810$9</para></entry>
44240 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44244 <entry><para>810</para></entry>
44246 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name, Author-name-corporate,
44247 Name</para></entry>
44251 <entry><para>811$a</para></entry>
44253 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
44257 <entry><para>811$9</para></entry>
44259 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44263 <entry><para>811$t</para></entry>
44265 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
44266 Title-series</para></entry>
44270 <entry><para>811</para></entry>
44272 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-corporate, Name,
44273 Conference-name</para></entry>
44277 <entry><para>830$9</para></entry>
44279 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
44283 <entry><para>830</para></entry>
44285 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
44289 <entry><para>840</para></entry>
44291 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
44295 <entry><para>942$0</para></entry>
44297 <entry><para>totalissues:n, totalissues:s</para></entry>
44301 <entry><para>942$2</para></entry>
44303 <entry><para>cn-bib-source</para></entry>
44307 <entry><para>942$6</para></entry>
44309 <entry><para>cn-bib-sort:n, cn-bib-sort:s</para></entry>
44313 <entry><para>942$c</para></entry>
44315 <entry><para>itemtype:w</para></entry>
44319 <entry><para>942$n</para></entry>
44321 <entry><para>Suppress:w, Suppress:n</para></entry>
44325 <entry><para>942$h</para></entry>
44327 <entry><para>cn-class</para></entry>
44331 <entry><para>942$i</para></entry>
44333 <entry><para>cn-item</para></entry>
44337 <entry><para>942$k</para></entry>
44339 <entry><para>cn-prefix</para></entry>
44343 <entry><para>942$m</para></entry>
44345 <entry><para>cn-suffix</para></entry>
44349 <entry><para>952$0</para></entry>
44351 <entry><para>withdrawn:n, withdrawn:w</para></entry>
44355 <entry><para>952$1</para></entry>
44357 <entry><para>lost, lost:n</para></entry>
44361 <entry><para>952$2</para></entry>
44363 <entry><para>classification-source</para></entry>
44367 <entry><para>952$3</para></entry>
44369 <entry><para>materials-specified</para></entry>
44373 <entry><para>952$4</para></entry>
44375 <entry><para>damaged:n, damaged:w</para></entry>
44379 <entry><para>952$5</para></entry>
44381 <entry><para>restricted:n, restricted:w</para></entry>
44385 <entry><para>952$6</para></entry>
44387 <entry><para>cn-sort:n, cn-sort:s</para></entry>
44391 <entry><para>952$7</para></entry>
44393 <entry><para>notforloan:n, notforloan:w</para></entry>
44397 <entry><para>952$8</para></entry>
44399 <entry><para>ccode</para></entry>
44403 <entry><para>952$9</para></entry>
44405 <entry><para>itemnumber:n, itemnumber:s</para></entry>
44409 <entry><para>952$a</para></entry>
44411 <entry><para>homebranch</para></entry>
44415 <entry><para>952$b</para></entry>
44417 <entry><para>holdingbranch</para></entry>
44421 <entry><para>952$c</para></entry>
44423 <entry><para>location</para></entry>
44427 <entry><para>952$d</para></entry>
44429 <entry><para>Date-of-acquisition, Date-of-acquisition:d,
44430 Date-of-acquisition:s</para></entry>
44434 <entry><para>952$e</para></entry>
44436 <entry><para>acqsource</para></entry>
44440 <entry><para>952$f</para></entry>
44442 <entry><para>coded-location-qualifier</para></entry>
44446 <entry><para>952$g</para></entry>
44448 <entry><para>price</para></entry>
44452 <entry><para>952$j</para></entry>
44454 <entry><para>stack:n, stack:w</para></entry>
44458 <entry><para>952$l</para></entry>
44460 <entry><para>issues:n, issues:w, issues:s</para></entry>
44464 <entry><para>952$m</para></entry>
44466 <entry><para>renewals:n, renewals:w</para></entry>
44470 <entry><para>952$n</para></entry>
44472 <entry><para>reserves:n, reserves:w</para></entry>
44476 <entry><para>952$o</para></entry>
44478 <entry><para>Local-classification:w, Local-classification:p,
44479 Local-classification:s</para></entry>
44483 <entry><para>952$p</para></entry>
44485 <entry><para>barcode, barcode:n</para></entry>
44489 <entry><para>952$q</para></entry>
44491 <entry><para>onloan:n, onloan:w</para></entry>
44495 <entry><para>952$r</para></entry>
44497 <entry><para>datelastseen</para></entry>
44501 <entry><para>952$s</para></entry>
44503 <entry><para>datelastborrowed</para></entry>
44507 <entry><para>952$t</para></entry>
44509 <entry><para>copynumber</para></entry>
44513 <entry><para>952$u</para></entry>
44515 <entry><para>uri:u</para></entry>
44519 <entry><para>952$v</para></entry>
44521 <entry><para>replacementprice</para></entry>
44525 <entry><para>952$w</para></entry>
44527 <entry><para>replacementpricedate</para></entry>
44531 <entry><para>952$y</para></entry>
44533 <entry><para>itype:w</para></entry>
44537 <entry><para>952$z</para></entry>
44539 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
44546 <para>Local-Number:n, Local-Number:w, Local-Number:s</para>
44554 <para>biblioitemnumber:n, biblioitemnumber:w, biblioitemnumber:s</para>
44562 <chapter id="pluginsystem">
44563 <title>Plugin System</title>
44564 <para>Koha's Plugin System allows for you to add additional tools and reports to Koha that are
44565 specific to your library. Plugins are installed by uploading KPZ ( Koha Plugin Zip ) packages.
44566 A KPZ file is just a zip file containing the perl files, template files, and any other files
44567 necessary to make the plugin work.</para>
44568 <para>The plugin system needs to be turned on by a system administrator. </para>
44569 <section id="pluginsetup">
44570 <title><link linkend="pluginsetup">Set up</link></title>
44571 <para>To set up the Koha plugin system you must first make some changes to your install.<itemizedlist>
44573 <para>Change <enable_plugins>0</enable_plugins> to
44574 <enable_plugins>1</enable_plugins> in your koha-conf.xml file</para>
44577 <para>Restart your webserver</para>
44579 </itemizedlist>Once set up is complete you will need to alter your <link linkend="UseKohaPlugins">UseKohaPlugins</link> system preference. On the Tools page you
44580 will see the Tools Plugins and on the Reports page you will see the Reports Plugins.</para>
44583 <chapter id="staffsearchhistory">
44584 <title>Search History</title>
44585 <para>If you have your <link linkend="EnableSearchHistory">EnableSearchHistory</link> preference
44586 set to keep your search history then you can access this information by clicking on your
44587 username in the top right of the staff client and choosing 'Search history'.</para>
44589 <screeninfo>Search history</screeninfo>
44592 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/searchhistory.png"/>
44596 <para>From this page you will see your bibliographic search history </para>
44598 <screeninfo>Bibliographic search history</screeninfo>
44601 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/bibsearch.png"/>
44605 <para>And your authority search history.</para>
44607 <screeninfo>Authority search history</screeninfo>
44610 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/authsearch.png"/>
44616 <chapter id="aboutkoha">
44617 <title>About Koha</title>
44619 <para>The 'About Koha' area will give you important server information as
44620 well as general information about Koha.</para>
44624 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > About Koha</para>
44628 <section id="aboutserver">
44629 <title><link linkend="aboutserver">Server Information</link></title>
44631 <para>Under the 'Server Information' tab you will find information about
44632 the Koha version and the machine you have installed Koha on. This
44633 information is very important for debugging problems. When reporting
44634 issues to your support provider or to the various other support avenues
44635 (mailing lists, chat room, etc), it's always good to give the
44636 information from this screen.</para>
44639 <screeninfo>Server Information on Koha</screeninfo>
44643 <imagedata fileref="images/about/aboutserver.png"/>
44649 <section id="aboutserverperl">
44650 <title><link linkend="aboutserverperl">Perl Modules</link></title>
44652 <para>In order to take advantage of all of the functionalities of Koha,
44653 you will need to keep your Perl modules up to date. The 'Perl Modules'
44654 tab will show you all of the modules required by Koha, the version you
44655 have installed and whether you need to upgrade certain modules.</para>
44658 <screeninfo>Perl Modules</screeninfo>
44662 <imagedata fileref="images/about/aboutperlmodules.png"/>
44667 <para>Items listed in bold are required by Koha, items highlighed in red
44668 are missing completely and items highlighted in yellow simply need to be
44672 <section id="aboutsystem">
44673 <title><link linkend="aboutsystem">System Information</link></title>
44675 <para>This tab will provide you with warnings if you are using system
44676 preferences that have since been deprecated or system preferences that
44677 you have set without other required preferences</para>
44680 <screeninfo>System Information</screeninfo>
44684 <imagedata fileref="images/about/systeminfo.jpg"/>
44691 <chapter id="implementation">
44692 <title>Implementation Checklist</title>
44694 <para>The following guide will walk you through the areas of Koha you need
44695 to look at in order to prepare to start using the system.</para>
44697 <section id="imp-migration">
44698 <title><link linkend="imp-migration">Data Migration</link></title>
44700 <para>Before you can start using Koha you'll need to have some data.
44701 This can be done by entering it all by hand, but most people already
44702 have their data in electronic format of some sort and just need to
44703 reformat it a bit for importing into Koha.</para>
44707 <para>Create a list of libraries and enter their info and codes into
44708 <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link></para>
44712 <para>Define your list of <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item
44713 Types</link></para>
44717 <para>Define your patron categories and enter the categories and their codes into <link linkend="patcats">Patron Categories</link></para>
44721 <para>Enter any additional patron information fields you use in your
44722 library in the <link linkend="patronattributetypes">Patron
44723 Attributes</link></para>
44727 <para>Requires that you first set the <link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link>
44728 system preference if you have custom fields</para>
44734 <para>Define all of your <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
44735 Values</link></para>
44739 <para><link linkend="ccode">Collection codes</link></para>
44743 <para><link linkend="shelvelocvals">Shelving
44744 locations</link></para>
44748 <para>Item statuses (<link linkend="lost">lost</link>, <link linkend="notforloan">not
44749 for loan</link>, <link linkend="damageauth">damaged</link>, <link linkend="withdrawnauth">withdrawn</link>)</para>
44753 <para>Plus any others that are needed in your library</para>
44759 <para>Optionally define <link linkend="citytowns">City/State/Postal Code</link> combos </para>
44763 <para><link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Map your bibliographic
44764 data</link> from your legacy system to Koha fields and migrate
44765 (remembering to use the collection, shelving, item type and library
44766 codes you entered in the above setting areas)</para>
44770 <para><link linkend="patronimport">Map your patron data</link> from
44771 your legacy system to the Koha fields and migrate (remembering to
44772 use the patron and library codes you defined above)</para>
44776 <para>Test your migrated data to be sure that everything is as you
44777 expect it to be, some things to test include:</para>
44781 <para>Check some of your titles with diacritics and make sure
44782 that they migrated properly.</para>
44786 <para>Check titles in a series and make sure that series
44787 information migrated properly.</para>
44791 <para>Make sure that your patrons have their contact information
44792 in the right fields.</para>
44796 <para>If your serials data was migrated search for these records
44797 in the catalog and confirm that they look right.</para>
44801 <para>If your serials data was migrated search for these records
44802 in the serials module and confirm that they look right.</para>
44806 <para>Check marc records to verify a variety of items are
44807 cataloged correctly</para>
44811 <para>Check cataloging process to see if all necessary fields
44812 are available</para>
44816 <para>If fines are migrated, check to see that they are applied
44821 <para>If holds are migrated, check to see they are accurate in
44822 catalog and patron record</para>
44829 <section id="impadmin">
44830 <title><link linkend="impadmin">Admin Configuration</link></title>
44832 <para>Most of these preferences won't need to be changed to use your
44833 Koha system, but there are a few that you might want to
44838 <para>If your library uses CAS Authentication, you'll want to set
44839 the various <link linkend="casauthentication">CAS system
44840 preferences</link></para>
44844 <para>Administration System Preferences</para>
44848 <para><link linkend="KohaAdminEmailAddress">KohaAdminEmailAddress</link> :
44849 This is the email address that will be used by the system in
44850 'from' lines and to send errors to if there is no email set for
44855 <para><link linkend="noItemTypeImages">noItemTypeImages</link> :
44856 Decide if you want to show item type icons in the staff client
44861 <para><link linkend="delimiter">delimiter</link> : This value
44862 will be put in between fields when exporting data from
44867 <para><link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> :
44868 Decide if you want the staff and/or patrons to use lists in
44873 <para><link linkend="AutoLocation">AutoLocation</link> : Require
44874 staff to log in to the staff client from a specific IP
44879 <para><link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> : Prevent
44880 librarians from editing content that belongs to other branches</para>
44886 <para>Go through the <link linkend="logs">Log System Preferences</link> and decide which
44887 actions you want to keep track of in the logs</para>
44890 <para>Decide if you'd like to share your library's information with the Koha community by
44891 setting the <link linkend="heaprefs">Sharing system preferences</link>.</para>
44894 <para>Decide what <link linkend="cronjobsch">cron jobs</link> you need to run and when.<itemizedlist>
44896 <para>If you're using the long overdue cron job be sure to set your <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</link>,
44897 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link>
44898 & <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueDays</link>
44899 preferences.</para>
44901 </itemizedlist></para>
44906 <section id="implocal">
44907 <title><link linkend="implocal">Localization Configuration</link></title>
44909 <para>Koha is used worldwide and so you need to make sure you set your
44910 localization preferences so that options throughout Koha appear properly
44911 for your location/language.</para>
44915 <para>Localization/Internationalization System Preferences</para>
44919 <para><link linkend="dateformat">dateformat</link> : Decide how
44920 dates are displayed throughout Koha</para>
44924 <para><link linkend="opaclanguagesdisplay">opaclanguagesdisplay</link> :
44925 Decide if patrons can choose what language the OPAC appears
44930 <para><link linkend="opaclanguages">opaclanguages</link> :
44931 Decide which languages the patrons can choose from</para>
44937 <para><link linkend="languagepref">language</link> : Decide
44938 which languages appear in the staff client</para>
44942 <para><link linkend="CalendarFirstDayOfWeek">CalendarFirstDayOfWeek</link> :
44943 Define your first day of the week</para>
44950 <section id="impcirc">
44951 <title><link linkend="impcirc">Circulation Configuration</link></title>
44953 <para>Before you start circulating your collection you'll need to set up
44954 your rules and preferences for circulation.</para>
44958 <para>Define your <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation/Fine rules</link></para>
44962 <para>Enter the <link linkend="calholidays">days your library is
44963 closed</link> for fines and due date calculations</para>
44967 <para>Circulation System Preferences</para>
44971 <para><link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> : Define
44972 whether circ rules are based on item's location, patron's
44973 location or transaction location</para>
44977 <para><link linkend="useDaysMode">useDaysMode</link> : Define
44978 how due dates are calculated</para>
44982 <para><link linkend="finesCalendar">finesCalendar</link> :
44983 Define how fines are calculated (for every late date or only for
44984 days the library is open)</para>
44988 <para><link linkend="SpecifyDueDate">SpecifyDueDate</link> : Decide if staff are
44989 allowed to override due dates on checkout</para>
44992 <para><link linkend="SpecifyReturnDate">SpecifyReturnDate</link> : Decide if you want
44993 to let the staff specify an arbitrary return date on checkin</para>
44996 <para><link linkend="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</link> :
44997 Decide if you want staff to be able to checkout using a keyword search (title, call
44998 number, etc)</para>
45002 <para><link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link> :
45003 Decide if items are sent back to the owning branch when checked
45008 <para><link linkend="todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder">todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link>
45009 : Decide how items checked out today display on the patron
45014 <para><link linkend="previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder">previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link>
45015 : Decide how items checked out prior to today display on the
45016 patron record</para>
45020 <para><link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> :
45021 Define the maximum amount a patron can owe before checkouts are
45026 <para><link linkend="ReturnBeforeExpiry">ReturnBeforeExpiry</link> : Decide
45027 if patrons need to return items before their accounts
45032 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems">AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems</link>
45033 : Decide if patrons can place holds on items that are marked as
45038 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
45039 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
45040 setting for the above at checkout</para>
45046 <para><link linkend="maxreserves">maxreserves</link> : Decide
45047 how many items a patron can have on hold at once</para>
45051 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
45052 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
45053 setting for the above at checkout</para>
45059 <para><link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link> :
45060 Define the maximum amount a patron can owe before holds are
45065 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
45066 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
45067 setting for the above at checkout</para>
45073 <para><link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link> :
45074 Define the number of days before a hold expires</para>
45078 <para><link linkend="WebBasedSelfCheck">WebBasedSelfCheck</link>
45079 : Decide if you want to use the built in web-based self-checkout
45084 <para><link linkend="AutoSelfCheckAllowed">AutoSelfCheckAllowed</link> :
45085 Decide if the self-checkout system requires login</para>
45089 <para><link linkend="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</link>
45090 : Decide if you want patron images to show on the self
45091 checkout screen</para>
45097 <para><link linkend="AllowNotForLoanOverride">AllowNotForLoanOverride</link>
45098 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to checkout items
45099 marked as 'not for loan'</para>
45103 <para><link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
45104 : Decide if you want staff to override the limit put on
45109 <para><link linkend="AllowFineOverride">AllowFineOverride</link> : Decide if you want
45110 staff to be able to override fine limits</para>
45113 <para><link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride">AllowTooManyOverride</link> : Descide if
45114 you want staff to be able to check out more than the limit to a patron</para>
45118 <para><link linkend="RenewalPeriodBase">RenewalPeriodBase</link>
45119 : Decide what date renewals are based on</para>
45123 <para><link linkend="finesMode">finesMode</link> : Switch to
45124 'Calculate and Charge' before go live if you charge fines</para>
45128 <para><link linkend="OverdueNoticeBcc">OverdueNoticeBcc</link> :
45129 If you want to receive a copy of every overdue notice sent out,
45130 enter your email address here</para>
45134 <para><link linkend="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</link>
45135 : Decide if you want an email every time a hold is placed</para>
45139 <para><link linkend="ReservesControlBranch">ReservesControlBranch</link> :
45140 Decide which branch's hold rules are considered first</para>
45144 <para><link linkend="AudioAlerts">soundon</link> : Decide if you want to have sounds
45145 on for circulation actions</para>
45149 <para><link linkend="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">FilterBeforeOverdueReport</link>
45150 : If you have a large amount of overdues, you might want to turn
45151 this preference on so as to allow you to filter before results
45156 <para><link linkend="DisplayClearScreenButton">DisplayClearScreenButton</link>
45157 : If you have a lot of staff members sharing one circ computer
45158 you might want to enable this so that staff can clear the screen
45159 in between checkouts to protect patron's privacy</para>
45163 <para><link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link> :
45164 Decide how you want Koha to react if you scan in a blank barcode
45165 on the checkout screen</para>
45169 <para><link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link>
45170 and/or <link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link>
45171 : Decide if you want patrons and/or staff to be able to suspend
45176 <para><link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
45177 : If you allow holds to be suspended decide if you want them
45178 to automatically resume on the date entered by the staff
45179 and/or patron</para>
45184 <para><link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> : Decide if you want to
45185 allow items to be checked out for use within the library</para>
45188 <para><link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link> : Set this
45189 to record local use of items when you check them in</para>
45195 <para>Customize your <link linkend="notices">Notices &
45196 Slips</link></para>
45200 <para>Define your <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice
45201 Triggers</link></para>
45205 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
45209 <para>Populate <link linkend="buildholdscron">your holds
45210 queue</link> (every 1-4 hours)</para>
45214 <para>Decide <link linkend="expiredholdscron">when holds
45215 expire</link> (daily)</para>
45219 <para><link linkend="finescronjob">Calculate fines due</link>
45224 <para>Fines on hourly loans will calculate when you check
45225 the items in</para>
45231 <para><link linkend="longoverduecron">Mark long overdue items as
45232 lost</link> (daily)</para>
45236 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="msgqueuecron">sends
45237 out messages</link> (1-4 hours)</para>
45241 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="overduenoticecron">queues overdue notices</link>
45246 <para>Set up <link linkend="printholdcron">hold notices that
45247 didn't send for printing</link> (daily after overdues and
45248 message queue)</para>
45252 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="advnoticecron">queues the advanced notice of items
45253 due</link> (daily)</para>
45257 <para>Find holds that need to be <link linkend="unsuspendholdcron">resumed and remove
45258 suspension</link> (daily)</para>
45261 <para>If you're allowing automatic renewal of items <link linkend="autorenewcron">set
45262 them to renew</link> (nightly)</para>
45269 <section id="imppratrons">
45270 <title><link linkend="imppratrons">Patron Configuration</link></title>
45272 <para>You have already imported patron data from your old system, but
45273 there are plenty of options available to you regarding patrons and their
45278 <para>Enter your <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff members as
45279 patrons</link></para>
45283 <para>Define <link linkend="patronpermissions">staff members
45284 access permissions</link></para>
45290 <para>Patron System Preferences</para>
45295 <para><link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link> :
45296 Decide if the patrons barcodes are auto-generated or if you
45297 enter them yourself</para>
45301 <para><link linkend="MaxFine">MaxFine</link> : Determine the
45302 maximum amount that people can owe in fines</para>
45306 <para><link linkend="NotifyBorrowerDeparture">NotifyBorrowerDeparture</link>
45307 : Decide when to warn staff that the patron account is about to
45312 <para><link linkend="intranetreadinghistory">intranetreadinghistory</link> :
45313 Decide if the staff can see the patron's reading/checkout
45318 <para><link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> :
45319 List fields that you want to appear as mandatory on the patron
45320 add/edit form</para>
45324 <para><link linkend="BorrowersTitles">BorrowersTitles</link> :
45325 Add or change the titles for your patrons</para>
45329 <para><link linkend="borrowerRelationship">borrowerRelationship</link> : Add
45330 or change borrower relationships (child to adult and
45331 professional to organization)</para>
45335 <para><link linkend="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</link>
45336 : Determine if the patrons get an email confirming the creation
45337 of their account</para>
45341 <para><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
45342 : Decide if staff can choose from a series of notices (other than overdues) for
45346 <para><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC">EnhancedMessagingPreferencesOPAC</link>: Decide if patrons can choose from a
45347 series of notices (other than ovedues) for themselves</para>
45351 <para><link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> : Decide
45352 if you want to save patron images in your system</para>
45356 <para><link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link>
45357 : Decide if you want to enable custom patron fields</para>
45361 <para><link linkend="minPasswordLength">minPasswordLength</link>
45362 : Enter the minimum number of characters you want passwords to
45367 <para><link linkend="BorrowerUnwantedField">BorrowerUnwantedField</link> :
45368 Decide what fields your library doesn't need to see on the
45369 patron entry form</para>
45374 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link><itemizedlist>
45376 <para>Decide if you would like <link linkend="j2acron">children to automatically be
45377 come adults</link></para>
45379 </itemizedlist></para>
45384 <section id="impcatalog">
45385 <title><link linkend="impcatalog">Cataloging Configuration</link></title>
45387 <para>Before you start cataloging in Koha you'll want to set up your
45388 preferences and other rules.</para>
45392 <para>Define your cataloging templates aka <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
45393 Frameworks</link></para>
45397 <para>Run the <link linkend="marcbibframeworkstest">MARC
45398 Bibliographic Framework Test</link> to be sure your changes are
45405 <para>Define any <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized
45406 values</link> you might want to use in cataloging</para>
45410 <para>Set up <link linkend="classificationsources">custom
45411 classification sources</link> (if you use something other than the
45416 <para>Set up <link linkend="recordmatchingrules">MARC matching rules</link> for importing
45417 records from mrc files or Z39.50</para>
45421 <para>Set up <link linkend="keywordmapping">Koha to Keyword
45422 mapping</link> for deciding how to display marc fields to the screen
45423 (still in beta - only one field)</para>
45427 <para>Set up the <link linkend="z3950admin">Z39.50 targets</link> you want to search for
45428 cataloging (and acquisitions)</para>
45432 <para>Cataloging System Preferences</para>
45436 <para><link linkend="URLLinkText">URLLinkText</link> : Enter
45437 text to display when 856 fields do not have pre-defined
45442 <para><link linkend="hide_marc">hide_marc</link> : If you are
45443 unfamiliar with MARC you can have the MARC fields number
45448 <para><link linkend="LabelMARCView">LabelMARCView</link> :
45449 Choose how you want duplicate fields to appear on the
45454 <para><link linkend="DefaultClassificationSource">DefaultClassificationSource</link>
45455 : Choose which classification source is the default in your
45460 <para><link linkend="advancedMARCeditor">advancedMARCeditor</link> : Decide
45461 if you need labels to appear on your MARC editor</para>
45465 <para><link linkend="marcflavour">marcflavour</link> : Choose
45466 your MARC format</para>
45470 <para><link linkend="itemcallnumber">itemcallnumber</link> :
45471 Enter which field and subfields to look into for the call
45476 <para><link linkend="MARCOrgCode">MARCOrgCode</link> : Enter
45477 your MARC Organizational Code (not the same as your OCLC
45482 <para><link linkend="autoBarcode">autoBarcode</link> : Decide if
45483 Koha generates item barcodes for you</para>
45487 <para><link linkend="OpacSuppression">OpacSuppression</link> :
45488 Decide if you want to hide items marked as suppressed from the
45489 OPAC search results</para>
45495 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
45499 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="checkurlcron">checks
45500 URLs in catalog records</link> to see if they are still
45508 <section id="impauthorities">
45509 <title><link linkend="impauthorities">Authorities Configuration</link></title>
45511 <para>Koha has the ability to keep track of your authority records and
45512 how they're linked to your bibliographic records. Before using
45513 authorities you should configure several preferences.</para>
45517 <para>Set <link linkend="authoritiesadmin">Authority
45518 Frameworks</link> aka templates</para>
45522 <para>Authority System Preferences</para>
45526 <para><link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> :
45527 Decide if Koha creates authorities when cataloging</para>
45531 <para><link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> : Decide if
45532 updates to authorities trigger updates to the bibliographic
45533 records that link to them</para>
45537 <para><link linkend="AutoCreateAuthorities">AutoCreateAuthorities</link> :
45538 Decide when authorities are created</para>
45542 <para><link linkend="LinkerModule">LinkerModule</link> : Decide
45543 which match the authority linker should use</para>
45547 <para><link linkend="LinkerOptions">LinkerOptions</link> :
45548 Decide if you want authority linking to be broader or more
45553 <para><link linkend="CatalogModuleRelink">CatalogModuleRelink</link> :
45554 Decide if you want to enable authority linking while
45561 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
45565 <para>Choose when the system looks for authorities updates to
45566 <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge changes into bibliographic
45567 records</link></para>
45574 <section id="impsearching">
45575 <title><link linkend="impsearching">Searching Configuration</link></title>
45577 <para>There are several system preferences related to searching, it is
45578 not always recommended to make too many changes to these preferences
45579 since they are set to get you the most relevant results. If you would
45580 like to change the default way that Koha handles searching, view the
45581 <link linkend="searchingprefs">Searching system preferences</link>
45586 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
45590 <para>Decide how often your <link linkend="rebuildsearchcron">system rebuilds the search
45591 index</link> (4-10 min)</para>
45597 <para>Searching System Preferences</para>
45601 <para><link linkend="AdvancedSearchTypes">AdvancedSearchTypes</link> : Decide which
45602 authorized value fields you want patrons and staff to be able to limit their
45603 advanced searches by</para>
45606 <para><link linkend="AdvancedSearchLanguages">AdvancedSearchLanguages</link> : Decide
45607 which languages you want people to be able to limit to via the search engine</para>
45611 <para><link linkend="UseAuthoritiesForTracings">UseAuthoritiesForTracings</link>
45612 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
45617 <para><link linkend="TraceCompleteSubfields">TraceCompleteSubfields</link>
45618 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
45623 <para><link linkend="TraceSubjectSubdivisions">TraceSubjectSubdivisions</link>
45624 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
45631 <para><link linkend="displayFacetCount">displayFacetCount</link>
45632 : Decide whether to show facet counts on search results</para>
45639 <section id="impopac">
45640 <title><link linkend="impopac">OPAC Configuration</link></title>
45642 <para>There are a lot of ways you can customize your OPAC in
45647 <para>Decide how you want your OPAC to look & what content you
45648 want on the main page</para>
45652 <para>Create a library branded stylesheet using CSS</para>
45657 <para>Do not edit the default CSS files, instead create a new
45658 one, that way the system can always fall back on the original
45666 <para>Create a custom XSLT stylesheet to change the way search
45667 results and bib records appear in the OPAC</para>
45671 <para>OPAC System preferences</para>
45675 <para><link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> : Enter your library's url
45679 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link> : Decide if you want to allow
45680 patrons to login to the OPAC to access customized functionality (searching will be
45681 allowed without logging in)</para>
45684 <para><link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link> : Decide if patrons can
45685 place holds via the OPAC</para>
45688 <para><link linkend="OpacPasswordChange">OpacPasswordChange</link> : Decide if
45689 patrons can change their password (don't allow this if you're using LDAP)</para>
45692 <para><link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">OpacRenewalAllowed</link> : Decide if
45693 patrons can renew their checked out items via the OPAC</para>
45696 <para><link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> : Decide if
45697 patrons can view their reading/checkout history via the OPAC</para>
45700 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> : Decide if you want to allow
45701 patrons to comment on bib records via the OPAC</para>
45704 <para><link linkend="OpacStarRatings">OpacStarRatings</link> : Decide if patrons
45705 can leave star ratings</para>
45708 <para><link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> : Decide if you want
45709 patrons to be able to create Lists</para>
45712 <para><link linkend="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">OpacAllowPublicListCreation</link> : If patrons can create lists then decide
45713 if they are allowed to create public lists</para>
45716 <para><link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> : Decide if you want
45717 patrons to be able to submit purchase suggestions</para>
45720 <para><link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link> :
45721 Decide if you want patrons to be able to see purchase suggestions made by other
45728 <para><link linkend="opacbookbag">opacbookbag</link> : Decide if
45729 patrons can save items into their cart</para>
45733 <para><link linkend="AnonSuggestions">AnonSuggestions</link> :
45734 Decide if you want non logged in users to be able to make
45735 purchase suggestions</para>
45739 <para><link linkend="LibraryName">LibraryName</link> : Enter
45740 your library name for display in the <title> tag and on
45741 the top of the OPAC</para>
45745 <para><link linkend="opaccredits">opaccredits</link> : Enter
45746 HTML to appear at the bottom of every page in the OPAC</para>
45750 <para><link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link>
45751 : Enter HTML that will appear in the center of the main OPAC
45756 <para><link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link> : Enter HTML that
45757 will appear to the left on the main OPAC page</para>
45761 <para><link linkend="OpacNavBottom">OpacNavBottom</link> : Enter
45762 HTML that will appear below OpacNav</para>
45766 <para><link linkend="OpacNavRight">OpacNavRight</link> : Enter
45767 HTML that will appear below the login box on the right</para>
45771 <para><link linkend="opacheader">opacheader</link> : Enter the
45772 HTML that will appear above the search box on the OPAC</para>
45776 <para><link linkend="OPACNoResultsFound">OPACNoResultsFound</link> : Enter
45777 the HTML that will appear when no results are found</para>
45781 <para><link linkend="OPACResultsSidebar">OPACResultsSidebar</link> : Enter
45782 the HTML that will appear below the facets on your search
45787 <para><link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link>
45788 : Enter the HTML that will appear in the far right of the
45789 circulation summary in the OPAC</para>
45793 <para>Customize your stylesheets:</para>
45797 <para><link linkend="OPACUserCSS">OPACUserCSS</link> : Enter
45798 any additional fields you want to define styles for</para>
45802 <para><link linkend="opaclayoutstylesheet">opaclayoutstylesheet</link> :
45803 Point to a CSS file on your Koha server</para>
45809 <para><link linkend="OpacHighlightedWords">OpacHighlightedWords</link> :
45810 Decide if you want search terms to be highlighted on the search
45815 <para><link linkend="hidelostitems">hidelostitems</link> :
45816 Decide if you want to show patrons items you have marked as
45821 <para><link linkend="BiblioDefaultView">BiblioDefaultView</link>
45822 : Decide what view is the default for bib records on the
45827 <para><link linkend="OPACShelfBrowser">OPACShelfBrowser</link> : Decide if you want to
45828 enable the shelf browse functionality</para>
45832 <para><link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link> :
45833 Decide if URLs clicked in the OPAC are opened in a new
45838 <para><link linkend="SearchMyLibraryFirst">SearchMyLibraryFirst</link> : If
45839 you have a multi-branch system decide if you want patrons to
45840 search their library first</para>
45844 <para><link linkend="OpacAuthorities">OpacAuthorities</link> :
45845 Decide if you want patrons to be able to search your authority
45850 <para><link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> : Decide if you want patrons to
45851 browse your authority file (French libraries only)</para>
45855 <para><link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link> :
45856 Choose which libraries you want patrons to be able to re-run
45857 their search in</para>
45861 <para><link linkend="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</link>
45862 : If you're a multi-branch system you can add a pull down to the
45863 search bar for patrons to search which library to search</para>
45867 <para><link linkend="EnableOpacSearchHistory">EnableOpacSearchHistory</link>
45868 : Decide if you want the system to keep a search history</para>
45874 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
45878 <para>If you have the <link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> preference set
45879 decide <link linkend="authbrowsercron">when you want the contents to rebuild</link>
45880 (French libraries only)</para>
45884 <para>If you have <link linkend="customrss">custom RSS
45885 feeds</link>, decide when you want the <link linkend="customrssfeedcron">feed to be populated</link></para>
45891 <section id="editableopac">
45892 <title><link linkend="editableopac">Editable OPAC Regions</link></title>
45894 <para>Using the OPAC system preferences you can customize various regions, the following
45895 graphic will define what preferences update each of the regions in the Bootstrap
45899 <screeninfo>OPAC Editable Regions</screeninfo>
45903 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-opac/opaccustomregions.jpg"/>
45910 <section id="impenhanced">
45911 <title><link linkend="impenhanced">Enhanced Content Configuration</link></title>
45913 <para>Koha allows you to pull in content from outside sources to enhance
45914 your bib records. All of this content can be toggled on and off using
45915 the enhanced content system preferences.</para>
45919 <para><link linkend="frbrenhancedprefs">FRBR/Editions</link></para>
45923 <para>If you would like to have your OPAC and/or staff client
45924 show an 'Editions' tab on the bib record, you want to enable one
45925 or the other FRBR preferences and then either one or both of the
45926 ISBN services (XISBN and ThingISBN).</para>
45932 <para><link linkend="amazonprefs">Amazon</link> : This service is
45933 free and just requires that you visit <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink> to sign
45938 <para>Using the Amazon preferences you can choose to show cover
45939 images from Amazon.</para>
45945 <para><link linkend="Babelthequeprefs">Babelthèque</link></para>
45949 <para>This is a pay service. Contact Babelthèque to learn how to
45950 enable this content in the OPAC.</para>
45956 <para><link linkend="btcontentprefs">Baker and Taylor</link></para>
45960 <para>This is a pay service from Baker & Taylor. Contact
45961 Baker & Taylor for the information to enter into these
45962 preferences.</para>
45968 <para><link linkend="html5">HTML5 Media</link><itemizedlist>
45970 <para>This allows libraries to embed streaming media in their catalog</para>
45972 </itemizedlist></para>
45975 <para><link linkend="googleprefs">Google</link></para>
45978 <para>This service is free and does not require registration, simply enable
45979 GoogleJackets and you're set to go.</para>
45985 <para><link linkend="IDreamLibraries">I Deam Books</link><itemizedlist>
45987 <para>This is a free service that compiles reviews for popular titles from many
45988 different sources.</para>
45990 </itemizedlist></para>
45993 <para><link linkend="librarythingprefs">LibraryThing</link></para>
45996 <para>With the exception of ThingISBN, you will need to contact LibraryThing for the
45997 information to enter into these preferences</para>
46000 <para>Enabling ThingISBN will help to populate the editions tab on the bib record
46001 display if you have enabled FRBR.</para>
46007 <para><link linkend="novelistselect">Novelist</link></para>
46011 <para>This is a pay service from Ebsco. Contact Ebsco for the
46012 information to enter into these preferences</para>
46018 <para><link linkend="oclcprefs">OCLC</link></para>
46021 <para>XISBN is used to populate the editions tab on the bib record display if you have
46022 enabled FRBR. This service is free for up to 999 queries a day.</para>
46027 <para><link linkend="OpenLibraryPrefs">Open Library</link><itemizedlist>
46029 <para>Open Library project is an open system that you can pull cover images (and in
46030 the future additional content) from</para>
46032 </itemizedlist></para>
46036 <para><link linkend="overdriveprefs">Overdrive</link><itemizedlist>
46038 <para>This is a pay service that libraries can subscribe to for ebook content. If
46039 the library subscribes to Overdrive they can integrate that content in to Koha for
46042 </itemizedlist></para>
46045 <para><link linkend="Syndeticsprefs">Syndetics</link></para>
46048 <para>This is a pay service from Syndetics to add content for your bib records.
46049 Contact Syndetics for the information to enter into these preferences.</para>
46055 <para><link linkend="taggingprefs">Tagging</link></para>
46059 <para>Choose whether or not you want to allow patrons to add
46060 tags to records in Koha.</para>
46067 <section id="impacq">
46068 <title><link linkend="impacq">Acquisitions Configuration</link></title>
46070 <para>When using acquisitions in Koha you first need to define some
46075 <para>Set up your <link linkend="budgetplanning">funds &
46076 budgets</link></para>
46080 <para>Choose your <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">default
46081 currency</link> and enter others if you order from multiple
46086 <para>Enter in your <link linkend="acqvendors">vendor
46087 information</link></para>
46091 <para>Create an <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Framework with the
46092 code ACQ</link> (if you're going to enter item records at the time
46093 of ordering or receiving)</para>
46097 <para>Acquisitions System preferences</para>
46101 <para><link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link> :
46102 Decide if an item record is created during acquisition</para>
46106 <para><link linkend="CurrencyFormat">CurrencyFormat</link> :
46107 Decide how you want monetary amounts to display</para>
46111 <para><link linkend="gist">gist</link> : Enter your sales tax
46112 (if you are billed for tax)</para>
46116 <para><link linkend="OrderPdfFormat">OrderPdfFormat</link> :
46117 Decide what format you want your print orders to use</para>
46124 <section id="impserials">
46125 <title><link linkend="impserials">Serials Configuration</link></title>
46127 <para>When you use serials there are a few options you can set before
46132 <para>Serials System Preferences</para>
46136 <para><link linkend="RenewSerialAddsSuggestion">RenewSerialAddsSuggestion</link>
46137 : Decide if you want renewing serials to add a suggestion for
46138 easy purchasing</para>
46142 <para><link linkend="RoutingSerials">RoutingSerials</link> :
46143 Decide if you want to route serials around your library</para>
46147 <para><link linkend="RoutingListAddReserves">RoutingListAddReserves</link> :
46148 Decide if holds are placed on serials when there is a routing
46149 list in place</para>
46155 <para>Cataloging System Preferences</para>
46159 <para><link linkend="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
46160 : Decide how many of the most recent issues to display in the
46161 staff client</para>
46165 <para><link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
46166 : Decide how many of the most recent issues to display in the
46171 <para><link linkend="SubscriptionHistory">SubscriptionHistory</link> :
46172 Decide how you want the subscription information to display in
46180 <section id="impgolive">
46181 <title><link linkend="impgolive">Planning for Go-Live</link></title>
46183 <para>Once you have all of your settings ready, you need to prepare for
46184 making your system live:</para>
46188 <para>Decide if you need training by an outside service or if your
46189 staff can do the training themselves.</para>
46193 <para>Make sure that there is time for your staff to play with your
46194 test system and get comfortable with it</para>
46198 <para>If this is a migration, work with your previous company to
46199 extract data right before you go live</para>
46203 <para>Come up with URLs for your new Koha OPAC & Staff
46208 <para>Make sure that if you're hosting your own system you have a
46215 <chapter id="sopac">
46216 <title>SOPAC2 Installation</title>
46218 <section id="sopacintro">
46222 <firstname>Jean-André</firstname>
46223 <surname>Santoni</surname>
46225 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
46230 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
46231 <surname>Engard</surname>
46232 <contrib>Translation and minor edits.</contrib>
46236 <pubdate>August 2009</pubdate>
46238 <title><link linkend="sopacintro">Introduction</link></title>
46240 <para>This is an installation guide for SOPAC2 and its Koha connector. It
46241 has been tested on Debian Lenny and Ubuntu Jaunty with Drupal 6.12 and Koha
46242 3.0.x. It does not cover the installation of Koha and Drupal, only
46243 SOPAC, its dependencies and the connector.</para>
46246 <section id="sopacinstall">
46247 <title><link linkend="sopacinstall">Installation of Locum and Insurge</link></title>
46249 <para>Locum and Insurge are the two libraries used primarily by SOPAC.
46250 They serve as a layer of abstraction to the data. Insurge manages the
46251 social aspect (tags, reviews, ratings), while Locum manages the
46252 connection to the ILS via the connector. Both libraries use a different
46253 database from that of Drupal.</para>
46255 <section id="sopacdepend">
46256 <title><link linkend="sopacdepend">Dependencies</link></title>
46258 <para>There are no packages for Debian MDB2 yet, you can install it
46261 <programlisting># apt-get install php-pear
46262 # pear install MDB2
46263 # pear install MDB2#mysql</programlisting>
46266 <section id="sopacdownload">
46267 <title><link linkend="sopacdownload">Download</link></title>
46269 <para>Download the Locum and Insurge libraries from SVN:</para>
46271 <programlisting># cd /usr/local/lib
46272 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/locum/trunk/ locum
46273 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/insurge/trunk/ insurge</programlisting>
46276 <section id="sopaccreatedb">
46277 <title><link linkend="sopaccreatedb">Creation of the Database</link></title>
46279 <programlisting>$ mysql -u root
46280 mysql> create database scas;
46281 mysql> grant all privileges on scas.* to scas_user@'localhost' identified by 'scas_pass';
46282 mysql> flush privileges;
46283 mysql> exit</programlisting>
46286 <section id="sopacdsn">
46287 <title><link linkend="sopacdsn">Sync DSN</link></title>
46289 <para>This file will provide the connection information to a DB
46292 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php</programlisting>
46294 <para>It should contain:</para>
46296 <programlisting><?php
46297 $dsn = 'mysql://scas_user:scas_pass@localhost/scas';</programlisting>
46300 <section id="sopacinstallinsurge">
46301 <title><link linkend="sopacinstallinsurge">Installation of Insurge</link></title>
46303 <para>If you customize the name of the database, remember to edit the
46306 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/insurge/sql/scas_insurge.sql</programlisting>
46308 <para>Import Insurge:</para>
46310 <programlisting>$ mysql -u root -p < /usr/local/lib/insurge/sql/scas_insurge.sql</programlisting>
46312 <para>Configure Insurge:</para>
46314 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/insurge/config/insurge.ini</programlisting>
46316 <para>The variables in insurge.ini are empty. The default values are
46317 too long and cause MySQL errors.</para>
46319 <para>Here is a sample of insurge.ini</para>
46321 <programlisting>; This is the Locum configuration file
46322 ; General configuration options for your installation of Insurge.
46324 dsn_file = "/usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php"
46325 ; This is where you configure your repository membership information.
46327 ; parent_server is the server name of the repository parent server you have been
46329 ; group_id = The group ID you have been given by your repository admin.
46330 ; These configuration points are OPTIONAL and are only necessary if you are
46331 ; participating in a repository relationship.
46335 group_key = ""</programlisting>
46338 <section id="sopacinstallocum">
46339 <title><link linkend="sopacinstallocum">Installation of Locum</link></title>
46341 <para>The same procedure applies to Locum</para>
46343 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/scas_locum.sql
46344 # mysql < /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/scas_locum.sql
46345 # nano /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/locum_init.sql
46346 # mysql < /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/locum_init.sql
46347 # nano /usr/local/lib/locum/config/locum.ini
46348 # mkdir /usr/local/var
46349 # mkdir /usr/local/var/log</programlisting>
46351 <para>Configure the DSN:</para>
46353 <programlisting>[locum_config]
46354 dsn_file = "/usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php"</programlisting>
46356 <para>And the information for your Koha installation:</para>
46358 <programlisting>[ils_config]
46360 ils_version = "30x"
46361 ils_server = "localhost"
46362 ils_harvest_port = "80"</programlisting>
46364 <para>The rest depends on your Koha configuration.</para>
46368 <section id="sopackoha">
46369 <title><link linkend="sopackoha">Installation of Koha Connector</link></title>
46371 <para>Download the Koha connector using SVN:</para>
46373 <programlisting># cd /usr/local/lib/locum/connectors/
46374 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/connectors/koha/ locum_koha_30x</programlisting>
46377 <section id="sopacharvest">
46378 <title><link linkend="sopacharvest">Harvest Records</link></title>
46380 <para>Now that the connector is in place, we will be able to launch
46381 harvest.php, a tool that will reap Locum DB Koha and fill the
46384 <para>Start by configuring harvest.php:</para>
46386 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php</programlisting>
46388 <para>Here are the variables you must change:</para>
46390 <programlisting>$first_record = 1;
46391 $last_record = 30;</programlisting>
46393 <para>These are the minimum and maximum biblionumbers from your Koha
46396 <para>Then start the harvest:</para>
46398 <programlisting># chmod +x /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php
46399 $ /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php</programlisting>
46402 <section id="sopacphinx">
46403 <title><link linkend="sopacphinx">Installation of Sphinx</link></title>
46405 <para>Sphinx is the indexer for the database used by Locum and
46408 <section id="sphinxdepend">
46409 <title><link linkend="sphinxdepend">Dependencies</link></title>
46411 <para>There is no Debian package for Sphinx so you'll have to compile
46412 the source directly:</para>
46414 <programlisting># apt-get install g++ make libmysql++-dev</programlisting>
46417 <section id="sphinxdownload">
46418 <title><link linkend="sphinxdownload">Download and Compile</link></title>
46420 <programlisting>$ wget http://sphinxsearch.com/downloads/sphinx-0.9.8.tar.gz
46421 $ tar zxvf sphinx-0.9.8.tar.gz
46423 $ ./configure --prefix=/usr/local/sphinx
46426 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx
46427 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx/lib
46428 # cp api/sphinxapi.php /usr/local/sphinx/lib/
46429 $ rm -R sphinx-0.9.8*</programlisting>
46432 <section id="sphinxuser">
46433 <title><link linkend="sphinxuser">Creation of User and Group</link></title>
46435 <para>Creating a Sphinx user and change the owner:</para>
46437 <programlisting># adduser sphinx
46439 # usermod -G sphinx sphinx
46440 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx/var/run
46441 # chown -R sphinx.sphinx /usr/local/sphinx/var</programlisting>
46444 <section id="demonsphinx">
46445 <title><link linkend="demonsphinx">The Sphinx daemon</link></title>
46447 <para>Download:</para>
46449 <programlisting># cd /etc/init.d
46450 # wget http://www.thesocialopac.net/sites/thesocialopac.net/files/sphinx
46451 # chmod +x /etc/init.d/sphinx</programlisting>
46453 <para>Add Sphinx to the default boot services:</para>
46455 <programlisting># update-rc.d sphinx defaults</programlisting>
46458 <section id="sphinxconfig">
46459 <title><link linkend="sphinxconfig">Configuration</link></title>
46461 <para>Copy the configuration file supplied with the source of Sphinx
46462 before the change:</para>
46464 <programlisting># cp /usr/local/lib/locum/sphinx/sphinx.conf /usr/local/sphinx/etc/
46465 # sed 's/locum_db_user/scas_user/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile;
46466 mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf
46467 # sed 's/locum_db_pass/scas_pass/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile; mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf</programlisting>
46469 <para>And if you personalize the name of the database:</para>
46471 <programlisting># sed 's/scas/MY_DB/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile; mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf</programlisting>
46474 <section id="sphinxindexing">
46475 <title><link linkend="sphinxindexing">Indexing documents</link></title>
46477 <para>Indexing is necessary if you want to use the search features of
46480 <para>You must first complete the Insurge table index</para>
46482 <programlisting># chmod +x /usr/local/lib/insurge/tools/update-index.php
46483 $ /usr/local/lib/insurge/tools/update-index.php</programlisting>
46485 <para>Then start indexing Sphinx</para>
46487 <programlisting>$ /usr/local/sphinx/bin/indexer --all</programlisting>
46489 <para>Finally, we must start the daemon:</para>
46491 <programlisting># /etc/init.d/sphinx start</programlisting>
46493 <para>When the daemon is running, you can update the index with:</para>
46495 <programlisting>$ /usr/local/sphinx/bin/indexer --all --rotate</programlisting>
46499 <section id="installsopac">
46500 <title><link linkend="installsopac">Installation of SOPAC2</link></title>
46502 <para>Now to the SOPAC software itself:</para>
46504 <section id="downloadsopac">
46505 <title><link linkend="downloadsopac">Download</link></title>
46507 <para>Download from SVN:</para>
46509 <programlisting>$ cd /chemin/vers/drupal/sites/all/
46512 $ svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/sopac/trunk/ sopac</programlisting>
46515 <section id="sopacinstallation">
46516 <title><link linkend="sopacinstallation">Installation</link></title>
46518 <para>In Drupal's administration settings, activate the module.
46519 Also, enable the dependencies:</para>
46523 <para>Profile</para>
46527 <para>PHP Filter</para>
46535 <para>The Drupal menu should now list these entries.</para>
46538 <section id="configsopac">
46539 <title><link linkend="configsopac">Configuration</link></title>
46541 <para>Then go into the settings of SOPAC.</para>
46545 <para>Configure the paths to the Locum and Insurge
46550 <para>Choose a URL prefix SOPAC, in my "catalog". Create a node
46551 with content like:</para>
46555 <programlisting><?php
46556 print sopac_search_form('both');
46557 print theme('pages_catalog');</programlisting>
46561 <para>Check the Input Format "PHP Code"</para>
46565 <para>Check Move to front page</para>
46569 <para>In URL path settings, set the SOPAC URL prefix you have
46574 <para>Go to the root of Drupal, a search form will appear.</para>
46576 <para>Remember to empty Drupal's cache when something does not
46579 <para>Drupal offers a few blocks, which are not configured by default.
46580 You must specify on which page they should appear.</para>
46585 <chapter id="cronjobsch">
46586 <title>Cron Jobs</title>
46588 <para>A cron job is a Linux command for scheduling a command or script on your server to
46589 complete repetitive tasks automatically. Scripts executed as a cron job are typically used to
46590 modify files or databases; however, they can perform other tasks that do not modify data on
46591 the server, like sending out email notifications. Koha has many cron jobs in place that you
46592 can enable (search engine indexing, overdue notice generation, data cleanup and more), this
46593 chapter will explain those for you.</para>
46595 <section id="cronjobs">
46596 <title><link linkend="cronjobs">Cron Jobs</link></title>
46598 <para>The locations below assume a dev install which puts the crons in
46599 misc/, if you have a standard install you may want to look in bin/ for
46600 these files if you cannot find them in misc/</para>
46602 <section id="searchcron">
46603 <title><link linkend="searchcron">Search</link></title>
46607 <section id="rebuildsearchcron">
46608 <title><link linkend="rebuildsearchcron">Rebuild Index</link></title>
46610 <para>Script path: misc/migration_tools/rebuild_zebra.pl</para>
46612 <para>Does: Updates Zebra indexes with recently changed data.</para>
46614 <para>Required by: Zebra</para>
46616 <para>Frequency suggestion: every x minutes, (between 5-15 minutes)
46617 depending on performance needs</para>
46621 <section id="circcron">
46622 <title><link linkend="circcron">Circulation</link></title>
46624 <section id="buildholdscron">
46625 <title><link linkend="buildholdscron">Holds Queue</link></title>
46627 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/holds/build_holds_queue.pl</para>
46629 <para>Does: Updates holds queue report</para>
46631 <para>Required by: <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue
46632 Report</link></para>
46634 <para>Frequency suggestion: every 1-4 hours</para>
46636 <para>Description:</para>
46640 <para>A script that should be run periodically if your library
46641 system allows borrowers to place on-shelf holds. This script
46642 decides which library should be responsible for fulfilling a
46643 given hold request.</para>
46645 <para>It's behavior is controlled by the system preferences
46646 <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link>
46647 and <link linkend="holdqueueweight">RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
46649 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate in
46650 the on-shelf holds fulfillment process, you should list the the
46651 libraries that *do* participate in the process here by inputting
46652 all the participating library's branchcodes, separated by commas
46653 ( e.g. "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
46655 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that
46656 the system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items
46657 already at the pickup library if possible. If there are no items
46658 available at the pickup library to fill a hold,
46659 build_holds_queue.pl will then use the list of libraries defined
46660 in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is
46661 disabled ( which it is by default ), the script will assign
46662 fulfillment requests in the order the branches are placed in the
46663 StaticHoldsQueueWeight system preference.</para>
46665 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of
46666 varying sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the
46667 burden of holds fulfillment to be on larger libraries before
46668 smaller libraries, you would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to look
46669 something like "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
46671 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread
46672 out equally throughout your library system, simply enable
46673 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is
46674 enabled, the order in which libraries will be requested to
46675 fulfill an on-shelf hold will be randomized each time the list
46676 is regenerated.</para>
46678 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated at
46679 this time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script to
46680 ignore RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to request
46681 hold fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical order.</para>
46685 <section id="buildholdscronperl">
46686 <title><link linkend="buildholdscronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
46688 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetBibsWithPendingHoldRequests</emphasis></para>
46690 <para>my $biblionumber_aref =
46691 GetBibsWithPendingHoldRequests();</para>
46693 <para>Return an arrayref of the biblionumbers of all bibs that
46694 have one or more unfilled hold requests.</para>
46696 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetPendingHoldRequestsForBib</emphasis></para>
46698 <para>my $requests =
46699 GetPendingHoldRequestsForBib($biblionumber);</para>
46701 <para>Returns an arrayref of hashrefs to pending, unfilled hold
46704 <para>the bib identified by $biblionumber. The following keys are
46705 present in each hashref:</para>
46709 <para>biblionumber</para>
46713 <para>borrowernumber</para>
46717 <para>itemnumber</para>
46721 <para>priority</para>
46725 <para>branchcode</para>
46729 <para>reservedate</para>
46733 <para>reservenotes</para>
46737 <para>borrowerbranch</para>
46741 <para>The arrayref is sorted in order of increasing
46744 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetItemsAvailableToFillHoldRequestsForBib</emphasis></para>
46746 <para>my $available_items =</para>
46748 <para>GetItemsAvailableToFillHoldRequestsForBib($biblionumber);</para>
46750 <para>Returns an arrayref of items available to fill hold requests
46751 for the bib identified by $biblionumber. An item is available to
46754 <para>request if and only if:</para>
46758 <para>it is not on loan</para>
46762 <para>it is not withdrawn</para>
46766 <para>it is not marked notforloan</para>
46770 <para>it is not currently in transit</para>
46774 <para>it is not lost</para>
46778 <para>it is not sitting on the hold shelf</para>
46782 <para><emphasis role="bold">MapItemsToHoldRequests</emphasis></para>
46784 <para>MapItemsToHoldRequests($hold_requests,
46785 $available_items);</para>
46787 <para><emphasis role="bold">CreatePickListFromItemMap</emphasis></para>
46789 <para><emphasis role="bold">AddToHoldTargetMap</emphasis></para>
46791 <para><emphasis role="bold">_get_branches_to_pull_from</emphasis></para>
46793 <para>Query system preferences to get ordered list of branches to
46794 use to fill hold requests.</para>
46798 <section id="expiredholdscron">
46799 <title><link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expired Holds</link></title>
46802 misc/cronjobs/holds/cancel_expired_holds.pl</para>
46804 <para>Does: By default, this cron job will only automatically cancel
46805 holds where the user has set an expiration date. If the library is
46806 using the <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
46807 and <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge</link>
46808 preferences then this script will also cancel holds that have been
46809 sitting on the hold shelf for too long and will (if the library
46810 does) charge the patron for not picking up the hold.</para>
46812 <para>Frequency suggestion: daily</para>
46815 <section id="unsuspendholdcron">
46816 <title><link linkend="unsuspendholdcron">Unsuspend Holds</link></title>
46819 misc/cronjobs/holds/auto_unsuspend_holds.pl</para>
46821 <para>Does: This script checks to find holds that should no longer
46822 be suspended and removes the suspension if the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
46823 preference is set to 'allow'. This puts the patron back in to the
46824 queue where they were when the hold was suspended.</para>
46826 <para>Frequency suggestion: daily</para>
46829 <section id="finescronjob">
46830 <title><link linkend="finescronjob">Fines</link></title>
46832 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/fines.pl</para>
46833 <para>Does: Calculates and posts fines to patron accounts.</para>
46835 <para>Required by: <link linkend="finesMode">finesMode</link> system
46838 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
46841 <section id="longoverduecron">
46842 <title><link linkend="longoverduecron">Long Overdues</link></title>
46844 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/longoverdue.pl</para>
46846 <para>Does: allows one to specify delays for changing items to
46847 different lost statuses, and optionally charge for them using the
46848 replacement price listed on the item record.</para>
46850 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly<note>
46851 <para>Staff can control some of the parameters for the longoverdue cron job with the
46852 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link> and
46853 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</link>
46854 preferences.</para>
46857 <section id="longoverduecronperl">
46858 <title><link linkend="longoverduecronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
46860 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
46862 <para>longoverdue.pl cron script to set lost statuses on overdue
46863 materials. Execute without options for help.</para>
46864 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
46865 <para> --lost | -l </para>
46866 <para>This option takes the form of n=lv, where n is num days overdue, and lv is the
46867 lost value. See warning below.</para>
46868 <para> --charge | -c </para>
46869 <para>This specifies what lost value triggers Koha to charge the account for the lost
46870 item. Replacement costs are not charged if this is not specified. </para>
46871 <para>--verbose | v </para>
46872 <para>verbose. </para>
46873 <para>--confirm </para>
46874 <para>confirm. without this option, the script will report the number of affected items
46875 and return without modifying any records. </para>
46876 <para>--quiet </para>
46877 <para>suppress summary output. </para>
46878 <para>--maxdays </para>
46879 <para>Specifies the end of the range of overdue days to deal with (defaults to 366).
46880 This value is universal to all lost num days overdue passed. </para>
46881 <para>--mark-returned </para>
46882 <para>When an item is marked lost, remove it from the borrowers issued items.</para>
46886 <section id="updateissuescron">
46887 <title><link linkend="updateissuescron">Track total checkouts</link></title>
46889 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/update_totalissues.pl</para>
46891 <para>Does: updates the biblioitems.totalissues field in the
46892 database with the latest tally of checkouts.</para>
46894 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
46895 <section id="updateissuesperldoc">
46896 <title><link linkend="updateissuesperldoc">Perl Documentation</link></title>
46897 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
46899 <para>update_totalissues.pl </para>
46900 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
46902 <para>update_totalissues.pl --use-stats </para>
46903 <para>update_totalissues.pl --use-items </para>
46904 <para>update_totalissues.pl --commit=1000 </para>
46905 <para>update_totalissues.pl --since='2012-01-01' </para>
46906 <para>update_totalissues.pl --interval=30d </para>
46907 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
46909 <para>This batch job populates bibliographic records' total issues count based on
46910 historical issue statistics. </para>
46911 <para>--help Prints this help </para>
46912 <para>-v|--verbose </para>
46913 <para>Provide verbose log information (list every bib modified). </para>
46914 <para>--use-stats </para>
46915 <para>Use the data in the statistics table for populating total issues. </para>
46916 <para>--use-items </para>
46917 <para>Use items.issues data for populating total issues. Note that issues data from the
46918 items table does not respect the --since or --interval options, by definition. Also
46919 note that if both --use-stats and --use-items are specified, the count of biblios
46920 processed will be misleading. </para>
46921 <para>-s|--since=DATE </para>
46922 <para>Only process issues recorded in the statistics table since DATE. </para>
46923 <para>-i|--interval=S </para>
46924 <para>Only process issues recorded in the statistics table in the last N units of time.
46925 The interval should consist of a number with a one- letter unit suffix. The valid
46926 suffixes are h (hours), d (days), w (weeks), m (months), and y (years). The default
46927 unit is days. </para>
46928 <para>--incremental </para>
46929 <para>Add the number of issues found in the statistics table to the existing total
46930 issues count. Intended so that this script can be used as a cron job to update
46931 popularity information during low-usage periods. If neither --since or --interval are
46932 specified, incremental mode will default to processing the last twenty-four hours. </para>
46933 <para>--commit=N </para>
46934 <para>Commit the results to the database after every N records are processed. </para>
46935 <para>--test </para>
46936 <para>Only test the popularity population script. </para>
46937 <para><emphasis role="bold">WARNING</emphasis>
46939 <para>If the time on your database server does not match the time on your Koha server
46940 you will need to take that into account, and probably use the --since argument instead
46941 of the --interval argument for incremental updating. </para>
46942 <para><emphasis role="bold">CREDITS</emphasis>
46944 <para>This patch to Koha was sponsored by the Arcadia Public Library and the Arcadia
46945 Public Library Foundation in honor of Jackie Faust-Moreno, late director of the
46946 Arcadia Public Library. </para>
46947 <para><emphasis role="bold">AUTHOR</emphasis>
46949 <para>Jared Camins-Esakov <jcamins AT cpbibliography DOT com></para>
46952 <section id="offlinecirccron">
46953 <title><link linkend="offlinecirccron">Generate Patron File for Offline Circulation</link></title>
46954 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/create_koc_db.pl</para>
46955 <para>Does: Generates the borrowers.db file for use with the <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">Koha Offline Circulation</link> tool</para>
46956 <para>Frequency suggestion: weekly</para>
46958 <section id="autorenewcron">
46959 <title><link linkend="autorenewcron">Automatic renewal</link></title>
46960 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/automatic_renewals.pl</para>
46961 <para>Does: Will automatically renew items if you're allowing automatic renewal with your
46962 <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine rules</link>.</para>
46963 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
46964 <section id="autorenewcronperl">
46965 <title><link linkend="autorenewcronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
46966 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
46968 <para>automatic_renewals.pl - cron script to renew loans </para>
46969 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
46971 <para>./automatic_renewals.pl </para>
46972 <para>or, in crontab: 0 3 * * * automatic_renewals.pl </para>
46973 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
46975 <para>This script searches for issues scheduled for automatic renewal
46976 (issues.auto_renew). If there are still renews left (Renewals allowed) and the renewal
46977 isn't premature (No Renewal before) the issue is renewed. </para>
46978 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
46980 <para>No options.</para>
46984 <section id="patroncrons">
46985 <title><link linkend="patroncrons">Patrons</link></title>
46987 <section id="deleteexpiredregistrationcron">
46988 <title><link linkend="deleteexpiredregistrationcron">Unverified Registrations</link></title>
46989 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/delete_expired_opac_registrations.pl</para>
46990 <para>Does: Deletes patron registrations that were submitted via the OPAC but not reviewed
46991 by the library within the number of days entered in the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</link> preference.</para>
46992 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
46994 <section id="deleteunverifiedcron">
46995 <title><link linkend="deleteunverifiedcron">Unconfirmed Registrations</link></title>
46996 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/delete_unverified_opac_registrations.pl </para>
46997 <para>Does: Deletes patron self registrations that were submitted via the OPAC but not
46998 confirmed via email within 24 hours. This is only necessary if you are requiring patrons
46999 to confirm their registrations via email with the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference.</para>
47000 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
47002 <section id="anonymizecron">
47003 <title><link linkend="anonymizecron">Anonymize Patron Data</link></title>
47004 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/batch_anonymise.pl</para>
47005 <para>Does: Used to anonymize patron data. This will remove borrowernumbers from
47006 circulation history so that the stats are kept, but the patron information is removed
47007 for privacy reasons.</para>
47009 <section id="j2acron">
47010 <title><link linkend="j2acron">Update Child to Adult Patron Type</link></title>
47011 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/j2a.pl</para>
47012 <para>Does: Convert juvenile/child patrons from juvenile patron category and category code
47013 to corresponding adult patron category and category code when they reach the upper age
47014 limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
47015 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47016 <section id="j2aperldoc">
47017 <title><link linkend="j2aperldoc">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47018 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
47020 <para>juv2adult.pl - convert juvenile/child patrons from juvenile patron category and
47021 category code to corresponding adult patron category and category code when they reach
47022 the upper age limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
47023 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
47025 <para>juv2adult.pl [ -b=<branchcode> -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> ] </para>
47026 <para>Options: </para>
47027 <para>--help brief help message </para>
47028 <para>--man full documentation </para>
47029 <para>-v verbose mode </para>
47030 <para>-n take no action, display only </para>
47031 <para>-b <branchname> only deal with patrons from this library/branch </para>
47032 <para>-f <categorycode> change patron category from this category </para>
47033 <para>-t <categorycode> change patron category to this category </para>
47034 <para>=head1 OPTIONS </para>
47035 <para>--help Print a brief help message and exits. </para>
47036 <para>--man Prints the manual page and exits. </para>
47037 <para>-v Verbose. Without this flag set, only fatal errors are reported. </para>
47038 <para>-n No Action. With this flag set, script will report changes but not actually
47039 execute them on the database. </para>
47040 <para>-b changes patrons for one specific branch. Use the value in the
47041 branches.branchcode table.</para>
47042 <para> -f *required* defines the juvenile category to update. Expects the code from
47043 categories.categorycode. </para>
47044 <para>-t *required* defines the category juvenile patrons will be converted to. Expects
47045 the code from categories.categorycode. </para>
47046 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
47048 <para>This script is designed to update patrons from juvenile to adult patron types,
47049 remove the guarantor, and update their category codes appropriately when they reach
47050 the upper age limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
47051 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE EXAMPLES</emphasis>
47053 <para>"juv2adult.pl" - Suggests that you read this help. :) </para>
47054 <para>"juv2adult.pl" -b=<branchcode> -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> -
47055 Processes a single branch, and updates the patron categories from fromcat to tocat. </para>
47056 <para>"juv2adult.pl" -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> -v -n - Processes all
47057 branches, shows all messages, and reports the patrons who would be affected. Takes no
47058 action on the database.</para>
47063 <section id="noticescron">
47064 <title><link linkend="noticescron">Notices</link></title>
47068 <section id="msgqueuecron">
47069 <title><link linkend="msgqueuecron">Message Queue</link></title>
47071 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/process_message_queue.pl</para>
47073 <para>Does: processes the message queue to send the check out, check in and hold filled
47074 emails and SMS message to users and sends outgoing emails to patrons. requires <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> to be
47077 <para>Frequency suggestion: 1-4 hours<important>
47078 <para>Item due and Advanced due notices are controlled by the <link linkend="advnoticecron">advance_notices cron</link>.</para>
47079 </important></para>
47082 <section id="advnoticecron">
47083 <title><link linkend="advnoticecron">Advanced Notice</link></title>
47085 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/advance_notices.pl</para>
47087 <para>Does: prepares "pre-due" notices and "item due" notices for
47088 patrons who request them prepares notices for patrons for items just
47089 due or coming due soon. requires <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
47092 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47095 <para>This script does not actually send the notices. It queues
47096 them in the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">message queue</link> for
47100 <section id="advnoticecronperl">
47101 <title><link linkend="advnoticecronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47103 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47105 <para>advance_notices.pl - cron script to put item due reminders
47106 into message queue</para>
47108 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
47110 <para>./advance_notices.pl -c</para>
47112 <para>or, in crontab: 0 1 * * * advance_notices.pl -c</para>
47114 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
47116 <para>This script prepares pre-due and item due reminders to be
47117 sent to patrons. It queues them in the message queue, which is
47118 processed by the process_message_queue.pl cronjob. The type and
47119 timing of the messages can be configured by the patrons in their
47120 "My Alerts" tab in the OPAC.</para>
47122 <para><emphasis role="bold">METHODS</emphasis></para>
47124 <para>parse_letter</para>
47128 <section id="overduenoticecron">
47129 <title><link linkend="overduenoticecron">Overdue Notice</link></title>
47131 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/overdue_notices.pl</para>
47133 <para>Does: prepares messages to alert patrons of overdue messages
47134 (both via email and print)</para>
47136 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47139 <para>This script does not actually send the notices. It queues
47140 them in the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">message queue</link> for
47141 later or generates the HTML for later printing</para>
47144 <section id="overduenoticecronperl">
47145 <title><link linkend="overduenoticecronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47147 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47149 <para>overdue_notices.pl - prepare messages to be sent to patrons
47150 for overdue items</para>
47152 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
47154 <para>overdue_notices.pl [ -n ] [ -library <branchcode> ] [
47155 -library <branchcode>...] [ -max <number of days> ] [
47156 -csv [ <filename> ] ] [-itemscontent <field list>
47159 <para>Options:</para>
47161 <para>-help brief help message</para>
47163 <para>-man full documentation</para>
47165 <para>-n No email will be sent</para>
47167 <para>-max <days> maximum days overdue to deal with</para>
47169 <para>-library <branchname> only deal with overdues from
47170 this library (repeatable : several libraries can be given)</para>
47172 <para>-csv <filename> populate CSV file</para>
47174 <para>-html <filename> Output html to file</para>
47176 <para>-itemscontent <list of fields> item information in
47179 <para>-borcat <categorycode> category code that must be
47182 <para>-borcatout <categorycode> category code that must be
47185 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis></para>
47187 <para>-help Print a brief help message and exits.</para>
47189 <para>-man Prints the manual page and exits.</para>
47191 <para>-v Verbose. Without this flag set, only fatal errors are
47194 <para>-n Do not send any email. Overdue notices that would have
47195 been sent to the patrons or to the admin are printed to standard
47196 out. CSV data (if the -csv flag is set) is written to standard out
47197 or to any csv filename given.</para>
47199 <para>-max Items older than max days are assumed to be handled
47200 somewhere else, probably the longoverdues.pl script. They are
47201 therefore ignored by this program. No notices are sent for them,
47202 and they are not added to any CSV files. Defaults to 90 to match
47203 longoverdues.pl.</para>
47205 <para>-library</para>
47207 <para>select overdues for one specific library. Use the value in
47208 the branches.branchcode table. This option can be repeated in
47209 order to select overdues for a group of libraries.</para>
47211 <para>-csv Produces CSV data. if -n (no mail) flag is set, then
47212 this CSV data is sent to standard out or to a filename if
47213 provided. Otherwise, only overdues that could not be emailed are
47214 sent in CSV format to the admin.</para>
47216 <para>-itemscontent</para>
47218 <para>comma separated list of fields that get substituted into
47219 templates in places of the <<items.content>>
47220 placeholder. This defaults to
47221 issuedate,title,barcode,author</para>
47223 <para>Other possible values come from fields in the biblios,
47224 items, and issues tables.</para>
47226 <para>-borcat Repetable field, that permit to select only few of
47227 patrons categories.</para>
47229 <para>-borcatout</para>
47231 <para>Repetable field, permis to exclude some patrons
47234 <para>-t | --triggered</para>
47236 <para>This option causes a notice to be generated if and only if
47237 an item is overdue by the number of days defined in a notice
47240 <para>By default, a notice is sent each time the script runs,
47241 which is suitable for less frequent run cron script, but requires
47242 syncing notice triggers with the cron schedule to ensure proper
47243 behavior. Add the --triggered option for daily cron, at the risk
47244 of no notice being generated if the cron fails to run on
47247 <para>-list-all</para>
47249 <para>Default items.content lists only those items that fall in
47250 the range of the currently processing notice. Choose list-all to
47251 include all overdue items in the list (limited by -max
47254 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
47256 <para>This script is designed to alert patrons and administrators
47257 of overdue items.</para>
47259 <para>Configuration</para>
47261 <para>This script pays attention to the overdue notice
47262 configuration performed in the "Overdue notice/status triggers"
47263 section of the "Tools" area of the staff interface to Koha. There,
47264 you can choose which letter templates are sent out after a
47265 configurable number of days to patrons of each library. More
47266 information about the use of this section of Koha is available in
47267 the Koha manual.</para>
47269 <para>The templates used to craft the emails are defined in the
47270 "Tools: Notices" section of the staff interface to Koha.</para>
47272 <para>Outgoing emails</para>
47274 <para>Typically, messages are prepared for each patron with
47275 overdue items. Messages for whom there is no email address on file
47276 are collected and sent as attachments in a single email to each
47277 library administrator, or if that is not set, then to the email
47278 address in the "KohaAdminEmailAddress" system preference.</para>
47280 <para>These emails are staged in the outgoing message queue, as
47281 are messages produced by other features of Koha. This message
47282 queue must be processed regularly by the
47283 misc/cronjobs/process_message_queue.pl program.</para>
47285 <para>In the event that the "-n" flag is passed to this program,
47286 no emails are sent. Instead, messages are sent on standard output
47287 from this program. They may be redirected to a file if
47290 <para>Templates</para>
47292 <para>Templates can contain variables enclosed in double angle
47293 brackets like <<this>>. Those variables will be
47294 replaced with values specific to the overdue items or relevant
47295 patron. Available variables are:</para>
47297 <para><<bib>></para>
47299 <para>the name of the library</para>
47301 <para><<items.content>></para>
47303 <para>one line for each item, each line containing a tab separated
47304 list of title, author, barcode, issuedate</para>
47306 <para><<borrowers.*>></para>
47308 <para>any field from the borrowers table</para>
47310 <para><<branches.*>></para>
47312 <para>any field from the branches table</para>
47314 <para>CSV output</para>
47316 <para>The "-csv" command line option lets you specify a file to
47317 which overdues data should be output in CSV format.</para>
47319 <para>With the "-n" flag set, data about all overdues is written
47320 to the file. Without that flag, only information about overdues
47321 that were unable to be sent directly to the patrons will be
47322 written. In other words, this CSV file replaces the data that is
47323 typically sent to the administrator email address.</para>
47325 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE EXAMPLES</emphasis></para>
47327 <para>"overdue_notices.pl" - In this most basic usage, with no
47328 command line arguments, all libraries are processed individually,
47329 and notices are prepared for all patrons with overdue items for
47330 whom we have email addresses. Messages for those patrons for whom
47331 we have no email address are sent in a single attachment to the
47332 library administrator's email address, or to the address in the
47333 KohaAdminEmailAddress system preference.</para>
47335 <para>"overdue_notices.pl -n -csv /tmp/overdues.csv" - sends no
47336 email and populates /tmp/overdues.csv with information about all
47337 overdue items.</para>
47339 <para>"overdue_notices.pl -library MAIN max 14" - prepare notices
47340 of overdues in the last 2 weeks for the MAIN library.</para>
47342 <para><emphasis role="bold">SEE ALSO</emphasis></para>
47344 <para>The misc/cronjobs/advance_notices.pl program allows you to
47345 send messages to patrons in advance of their items becoming due,
47346 or to alert them of items that have just become due.</para>
47348 <para><emphasis role="bold">INTERNAL METHODS</emphasis></para>
47350 <para>These methods are internal to the operation of
47351 overdue_notices.pl.</para>
47353 <para>parse_letter</para>
47355 <para>parses the letter template, replacing the placeholders with
47356 data specific to this patron, biblio, or item</para>
47358 <para>named parameters:</para>
47360 <para>letter - required hashref</para>
47362 <para>borrowernumber - required integer</para>
47364 <para>substitute - optional hashref of other key/value pairs that
47365 should be substituted in the letter content</para>
47367 <para>returns the "letter" hashref, with the content updated to
47368 reflect the substituted keys and values.</para>
47370 <para>prepare_letter_for_printing</para>
47372 <para>returns a string of text appropriate for printing in the
47373 event that an overdue notice will not be sent to the patron's
47374 email address. Depending on the desired output format, this may be
47375 a CSV string, or a human-readable representation of the
47378 <para>required parameters:</para>
47380 <para>letter</para>
47382 <para>borrowernumber</para>
47384 <para>optional parameters:</para>
47386 <para>outputformat</para>
47390 <section id="printholdcron">
47391 <title><link linkend="printholdcron">Print Hold Notices</link></title>
47393 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/gather_print_notices.pl</para>
47395 <para>Does: looks through the message queue for hold notices that
47396 didn't go through because the patron didn't have an email address
47397 and generates a print notice</para>
47399 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47402 <section id="talkingtechcrons">
47403 <title><link linkend="talkingtechcrons">Talking Tech</link></title>
47405 <para>To learn more about setting up this third party product view
47406 the <link linkend="talkingtechappendix">Talking Tech
47407 Appendix</link>.</para>
47409 <section id="talkingtechsendcron">
47410 <title><link linkend="talkingtechsendcron">Sending Notices File</link></title>
47413 misc/cronjobs/thirdparty/TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</para>
47415 <para>Does: Script to generate Spec C outbound notifications file
47416 for Talking Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
47418 <para>Required by: <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link></para>
47420 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47422 <section id="talkingsendcronperl">
47423 <title><link linkend="talkingsendcronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47425 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
47427 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</para>
47429 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --type=OVERDUE -w 0 -w 2 -w
47430 6 --output=/tmp/talkingtech/outbound.csv</para>
47432 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --type=RESERVE
47433 --type=PREOVERDUE --lang=FR</para>
47435 <para>Script to generate Spec C outbound notifications file for
47436 Talking Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
47438 <para>--help -h</para>
47440 <para>Prints this help</para>
47442 <para>-v Provide verbose log information.</para>
47444 <para>--output -o</para>
47446 <para>Destination for outbound notifications file (CSV format).
47447 If no value is specified, output is dumped to screen.</para>
47449 <para>--lang</para>
47451 <para>Sets the language for all outbound messages. Currently
47452 supported values are EN, FR and ES. If no value is specified, EN
47453 will be used by default.</para>
47455 <para>--type</para>
47457 <para>REQUIRED. Sets which messaging types are to be used. Can
47458 be given multiple times, to specify multiple types in a single
47459 output file. Currently supported values are RESERVE, PREOVERDUE
47460 and OVERDUE. If no value is given, this script will not produce
47461 any outbound notifications.</para>
47463 <para>--waiting-hold-day -w</para>
47465 <para>OPTIONAL for --type=RESERVE. Sets the days after a hold
47466 has been set to waiting on which to call. Use switch as many
47467 times as desired. For example, passing "-w 0 -w 2 -w 6" will
47468 cause calls to be placed on the day the hold was set to waiting,
47469 2 days after the waiting date, and 6 days after. See example
47470 above. If this switch is not used with --type=RESERVE, calls
47471 will be placed every day until the waiting reserve is picked up
47472 or canceled.</para>
47474 <para>--library-code --code -c</para>
47476 <para>OPTIONAL The code of the source library of the message.
47477 The library code is used to group notices together for
47478 consortium purposes and apply library specific settings, such as
47479 prompts, to those notices. This field can be blank if all
47480 messages are from a single library.</para>
47484 <section id="talkingtechreceivecron">
47485 <title><link linkend="talkingtechreceivecron">Receiving Notices File</link></title>
47488 misc/cronjobs/thirdparty/TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</para>
47490 <para>Does: Script to process received Results files for Talking
47491 Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
47493 <para>Required by: <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link></para>
47495 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47497 <section id="talkingreceivecronperl">
47498 <title><link linkend="talkingreceivecronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47500 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
47502 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</para>
47504 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl -v
47505 --input=/tmp/talkingtech/results.csv</para>
47507 <para>Script to process received Results files for Talking Tech
47508 i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
47510 <para>--help -h</para>
47512 <para>Prints this help</para>
47514 <para>-v Provide verbose log information.</para>
47516 <para>--input -i</para>
47518 <para>REQUIRED. Path to incoming results file.</para>
47522 <section id="patronexpirycron">
47523 <title><link linkend="patronexpirycron">Notify Patrons of Expiration</link></title>
47524 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/membership_expiry.pl </para>
47525 <para>Does: Sends messages to warn patrons of their card expiration to the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">messaage queue</link> cron.</para>
47526 <para>Requires: <link linkend="MembershipExpiryDaysNotice">MembershipExpiryDaysNotice</link></para>
47527 <para>Frequency: nightly</para>
47531 <section id="proccartcron">
47532 <title><link linkend="proccartcron">In Processing/Book Cart</link></title>
47534 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cart_to_shelf.pl</para>
47536 <para>Does: Updates all items with a location of CART to the item's
47537 permanent location.</para>
47539 <para>Required by: <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link>,
47540 <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link>,
47541 & <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link>
47542 system preferences</para>
47544 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
47546 <section id="proccartcronperl">
47547 <title><link linkend="proccartcronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47549 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47551 <para>cart_to_shelf.pl cron script to set items with location of
47552 CART to original shelving location after X hours. Execute without
47553 options for help.</para>
47557 <section id="catalogcron">
47558 <title><link linkend="catalogcron">Catalog</link></title>
47562 <section id="checkurlcron">
47563 <title><link linkend="checkurlcron">Check URLs</link></title>
47565 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/check-url.pl</para>
47567 <para>Does: checks URLs in 856$u field. Script output can now be
47568 formatted in CSV or HTML. The HTML version links directly to MARC
47569 biblio record editor.</para>
47571 <para>Frequency suggestion: monthly</para>
47573 <para>Learn more: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Check-url_enhancements">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Check-url_enhancements</ulink></para>
47575 <section id="checkurlcronperl">
47576 <title><link linkend="checkurlcronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47578 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47580 <para>C4::URL::Checker - base object for checking URL stored in
47583 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
47585 <programlisting>use C4::URL::Checker;
47587 my $checker = C4::URL::Checker->new( );
47588 $checker->{ host_default } = 'http://mylib.kohalibrary.com';
47589 my $checked_urls = $checker->check_biblio( 123 );
47590 foreach my $url ( @$checked_urls ) {
47591 print "url: ", $url->{ url A }, "\n",
47592 "is_success: ", $url->{ is_success }, "\n",
47593 "status: ", $url->{ status }, "\n";
47594 } </programlisting>
47596 <para><emphasis role="bold">FUNCTIONS</emphasis></para>
47600 <para>Create a URL Checker. The returned object can be used to set
47601 default host variable :</para>
47603 <programlisting>my $checker = C4::URL::Checker->new( );
47604 $checker->{ host_default } = 'http://mylib.kohalibrary.com'; </programlisting>
47606 <para>check_biblio</para>
47608 <para>Check all URL from a biblio record. Returns a pointer to an
47609 array containing all URLs with checking for each of them.</para>
47611 <programlisting> my $checked_urls = $checker->check_biblio( 123 ); </programlisting>
47613 <para>With 2 URLs, the returned array will look like that:</para>
47617 'url' => 'http://mylib.tamil.fr/img/62265_0055B.JPG',
47618 'is_success' => 1,
47619 'status' => 'ok'
47622 'url' => 'http://mylib.tamil.fr//img/62265_0055C.JPG',
47623 'is_success' => 0,
47624 'status' => '404 - Page not found'
47626 ], </programlisting>
47628 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47630 <para>check-url.pl - Check URLs from 856$u field.</para>
47632 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
47634 <para>check-url.pl [--verbose|--help]
47635 [--host=http://default.tld]</para>
47637 <para>Scan all URLs found in 856$u of bib records and display if
47638 resources are available or not.</para>
47640 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
47642 <para>--host=http://default.tld</para>
47644 <para>Server host used when URL doesn't have one, ie doesn't begin
47645 with 'http:'. For example, if --host=http://www.mylib.com, then
47646 when 856$u contains 'img/image.jpg', the url checked is:
47647 http://www.mylib.com/image.jpg'.</para>
47649 <para>--verbose|-v</para>
47651 <para>Outputs both successful and failed URLs.</para>
47653 <para>--html</para>
47655 <para>Formats output in HTML. The result can be redirected to a
47656 file accessible by http. This way, it's possible to link directly
47657 to biblio record in edit mode. With this parameter --host-pro is
47660 <para>--host-pro=http://koha-pro.tld</para>
47662 <para>Server host used to link to biblio record editing
47665 <para>--help|-h</para>
47667 <para>Print this help page.</para>
47671 <section id="mergeauthcron">
47672 <title><link linkend="mergeauthcron">Update Authorities</link></title>
47674 <para>Script path: misc/migration_tools/merge_authority.pl</para>
47676 <para>Does: Updates biblio data with changes to authorities records<note>
47677 <para>The name of this script is misleading. This script does not merge authorities
47678 together it instead merges authority data with linked bib records. Edits to
47679 authority records will be applied to bibliographic records that use that authority
47680 when this script is run.</para>
47683 <para>Required by: <link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> system
47686 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47689 <section id="serialscron">
47690 <title><link linkend="serialscron">Serials Update</link></title>
47692 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/serialsUpdate.pl</para>
47694 <para>Does: checks if there is a "late" issue on active
47695 subscriptions, and if there is, the script will set it as late, and
47696 add the next one as expected.</para>
47698 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
47700 <section id="autoitemupdatecron">
47701 <title><link linkend="autoitemupdatecron">Automatic item update</link></title>
47702 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/automatic_item_modification_by_age.pl</para>
47703 <para>Does: updates items based on the list of rules set forth in the <link linkend="autoitemagemod">Automatic item modifications by age</link> tool</para>
47704 <para>Required by: <link linkend="autoitemagemod">Automatic item modifications by
47707 <para>Frequency suggestions: nightly</para>
47708 <section id="autoitemupdatecrondoc">
47709 <title><link linkend="autoitemupdatecrondoc">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47710 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
47712 <para>automatic_item_modification_by_age.pl </para>
47713 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
47715 <para>./automatic_item_modification_by_age.pl -h </para>
47716 <para>Toggle recent acquisitions status. Use this script to delete "new" status for
47718 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
47720 <para>-h|--help Prints this help message. </para>
47721 <para>-v|--verbose Set the verbose flag. </para>
47722 <para>-c|--confirm The script will modify the items. </para>
47723 <para><emphasis role="bold">AUTHOR</emphasis>
47725 <para>Jonathan Druart <jonathan.druart@biblibre.com> </para>
47726 <para><emphasis role="bold">COPYRIGHT</emphasis>
47728 <para>Copyright 2013 BibLibre </para>
47729 <para><emphasis role="bold">LICENSE</emphasis>
47731 <para>This file is part of Koha. </para>
47732 <para>Koha is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
47733 the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
47734 version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </para>
47735 <para>Koha is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
47736 without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
47737 PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. </para>
47738 <para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Koha;
47739 if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses>.</para>
47744 <section id="opaccrons">
47745 <title><link linkend="opaccrons">OPAC</link></title>
47749 <section id="customrssfeedcron">
47750 <title><link linkend="customrssfeedcron">RSS Feeds</link></title>
47752 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/rss/rss.pl</para>
47754 <para>Does: Produces an RSS XML document for any SQL query (not used
47755 for search results RSS feed). <link linkend="customrss">Learn
47756 more</link>.</para>
47758 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
47761 <section id="authbrowsercron">
47762 <title><link linkend="authbrowsercron">Authorities Browser</link></title>
47764 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/build_browser_and_cloud.pl</para>
47766 <para>Does: Generate content for authorities browse in OPAC</para>
47768 <para>Required by: <link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> system preference<important>
47769 <para>This preference and cron job should only be used on French systems.</para>
47770 </important></para>
47773 <section id="keywordclouds">
47774 <title><link linkend="keywordclouds">Subject/Author Clouds</link></title>
47776 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cloud-kw.pl</para>
47778 <para>Does: Generates HTML keywords clouds from Koha Zebra indexes.
47779 misc/cronjobs/cloud-sample.conf has a sample of how this script
47782 <para>Frequency: This is the type of script you can run once a month
47783 or so, the content generated isn't going to change very much over
47786 <section id="keywordcloudsperl">
47787 <title><link linkend="keywordcloudsperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47789 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
47791 <para>cloud-kw.pl - Creates HTML keywords clouds from Koha Zebra
47794 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
47796 <para>cloud-kw.pl [--verbose|--help] --conf=cloud.conf</para>
47798 <para>Creates multiple HTML files containing keywords cloud with
47799 top terms sorted by their logarithmic weight. cloud.conf is a YAML
47800 configuration file driving cloud generation process.</para>
47802 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
47804 <para>--conf=configuration file</para>
47806 <para>Specify configuration file name</para>
47808 <para>--verbose|-v</para>
47810 <para>Enable script verbose mode.</para>
47812 <para>--help|-h</para>
47814 <para>Print this help page.</para>
47816 <para><emphasis role="bold">CONFIGURATION</emphasis></para>
47818 <para>Configuration file looks like that:</para>
47820 <para><programlisting> ---
47821 # Koha configuration file for a specific installation
47822 # If not present, defaults to KOHA_CONF
47823 KohaConf: /home/koha/mylibray/etc/koha-conf.xml
47824 # Zebra index to scan
47826 # Koha index used to link found kewords with an opac search URL
47828 # Number of top keyword to use for the cloud
47830 # Include CSS style directives with the cloud
47831 # This could be used as a model and then CSS directives are
47832 # put in the appropriate CSS file directly.
47834 # HTML file where to output the cloud
47835 Output: /home/koha/mylibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-author.html
47837 KohaConf: /home/koha/yourlibray/etc/koha-conf.xml
47838 ZebraIndex: Subject
47842 Output: /home/koha/yourlibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-subject.html</programlisting><emphasis role="bold">IMPROVEMENTS</emphasis></para>
47844 <para>Generated top terms have more informations than those
47845 outputted from the time being. Some parameters could be easily
47846 added to improve this script:</para>
47848 <para>WithCount</para>
47850 <para>In order to output terms with the number of occurrences they
47851 have been found in Koha Catalogue by Zebra.</para>
47853 <para>CloudLevels</para>
47855 <para>Number of levels in the cloud. Now 24 levels are
47858 <para>Weighting</para>
47860 <para>Weighting method used to distribute terms in the cloud. We
47861 could have two values: Logarithmic and Linear. Now it's
47862 Logarithmic by default.</para>
47866 <para>Now terms are outputted in the lexical order. They could be
47867 sorted by their weight.</para>
47872 <section id="systemcron">
47873 <title><link linkend="systemcron">System Administration</link></title>
47877 <section id="cleandbcron">
47878 <title><link linkend="cleandbcron">Clean up Database</link></title>
47880 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cleanup_database.pl</para>
47882 <para>Does: Truncates the sessions table, cleans out old zebraqueue entries, action logs
47883 and staged MARC files.</para>
47885 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
47886 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
47887 <para>kohaclone/misc/cronjobs/cleanup_database.pl [-h|--help] [--sessions] [--sessdays
47888 DAYS] [-v|--verbose] [--zebraqueue DAYS] [-m|--mail] [--merged] [--import DAYS]
47889 [--logs DAYS] [--searchhistory DAYS]</para>
47890 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
47891 <para>-h --help </para>
47892 <para>prints this help message, and exits, ignoring all other options</para>
47893 <para>--sessions </para>
47894 <para>purge the sessions table. If you use this while users are logged into Koha, they
47895 will have to reconnect.</para>
47896 <para>--sessdays DAYS </para>
47897 <para>purge only sessions older than DAYS days</para>
47898 <para>-v --verbose </para>
47899 <para>will cause the script to give you a bit more information about the run.</para>
47900 <para>--zebraqueue DAYS </para>
47901 <para>purge completed zebraqueue entries older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days if no
47902 days specified.</para>
47903 <para>-m --mail DAYS </para>
47904 <para>purge items from the mail queue that are older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days
47905 if no days specified.</para>
47906 <para>--merged </para>
47907 <para>purged completed entries from need_merge_authorities.</para>
47908 <para>--import DAYS </para>
47909 <para>purge records from import tables older than DAYS days. Defaults to 60 days if no
47910 days specified</para>
47911 <para>--z3950 </para>
47912 <para>purge records from import tables that are the result of Z39.50 searches</para>
47913 <para>--logs DAYS </para>
47914 <para>purge entries from action_logs older than DAYS days. Defaults to 180 days if no
47915 days specified</para>
47916 <para>--searchhistory DAYS </para>
47917 <para>purge entries from search_history older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days if no
47918 days specified</para>
47919 <para>--list-invites DAYS </para>
47920 <para>purge (unaccepted) list share invites older than DAYS days. Defaults to 14 days if
47921 no days specified.</para>
47922 <para>--restrictions DAYS</para>
47923 <para>purge patrons restrictions expired since more than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days
47924 if no days specified. </para>
47927 <section id="usagecron">
47928 <title><link linkend="usagecron">Share Usage Stats</link></title>
47929 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/share_usage_with_koha_community.pl</para>
47930 <para>Does: If you're sharing information via the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link> feature this will send your info to the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org/">Hea website</ulink>.</para>
47931 <para>Frequency: monthly</para>
47932 <section id="usagecronperl">
47933 <title><link linkend="usagecronperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
47934 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
47936 <para>share_usage_with_koha_community.pl - Share your library's usage with the Koha
47938 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
47940 <para>share_usage_with_koha_community.pl [-h|--help] [-v|--verbose] </para>
47941 <para>If the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link> system preference is set, you
47942 can launch this script to share your usage data anonymously with the Koha community. </para>
47943 <para>Collecting Koha usage statistics will help developers to know how Koha is used
47944 across the world. </para>
47945 <para>This script will send the usage data for the bibliographic and authority records,
47946 checkouts, holds, orders, and subscriptions. </para>
47947 <para>Only the total number is retrieved. In no case will private data be shared! </para>
47948 <para>In order to know which parts of Koha modules are used, this script will collect
47949 some system preference values. </para>
47950 <para>If you want to tell us who you are, you can fill the <link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryName">UsageStatsLibraryName</link> system preference with
47951 your library name, <link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryUrl">UsageStatsLibraryUrl</link>,
47952 <link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryType">UsageStatsLibraryType</link> and/or <link linkend="UsageStatsCountry">UsageStatsCountry</link>. </para>
47953 <para>All these data will be analyzed on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">http://hea.koha-community.org</ulink> Koha community website. </para>
47954 <para>IMPORTANT : please do NOT run the cron on the 1st, but on another day. The idea is
47955 to avoid all Koha libraries sending their data at the same time ! So choose any day
47956 between 1 and 28 !</para>
47957 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
47959 <para>-h|--help </para>
47960 <para>Print a brief help message </para>
47961 <para>-v|--verbose </para>
47962 <para>Verbose mode. </para>
47963 <para>-f|--force </para>
47964 <para>Force the update.</para>
47965 <para><emphasis role="bold">AUTHOR</emphasis>
47967 <para>Alex Arnaud <alex.arnaud@biblibre.com> </para>
47968 <para>Jonathan Druart <jonathan.druart@biblibre.com></para>
47969 <para><emphasis role="bold">COPYRIGHT</emphasis>
47971 <para>Copyright 2014 BibLibre</para>
47972 <para><emphasis role="bold">LICENSE</emphasis>
47974 <para>This file is part of Koha. </para>
47975 <para>Koha is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
47976 the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
47977 version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </para>
47978 <para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Koha;
47979 if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
47980 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.</para>
47985 <section id="acqcrons">
47986 <title><link linkend="acqcrons">Acquisitions</link></title>
47988 <section id="cleansuggcron">
47989 <title><link linkend="cleansuggcron">Clean up old suggestions</link></title>
47991 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/purge_suggestions.pl</para>
47993 <para>Does: Removes old (defined by you) suggestions from the
47994 suggestion management area.</para>
47996 <section id="emailsuggestfund">
47997 <title><link linkend="emailsuggestfund">Email suggestions to process</link></title>
47998 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/notice_unprocessed_suggestions.pl</para>
47999 <para>Does: Generates a notice to the fund owner that there are suggestions in need of
48001 <section id="emailsuggestfundperl">
48002 <title><link linkend="emailsuggestfundperl">Perl Documentation</link></title>
48003 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
48005 <para>notice_unprocessed_suggestions.pl - Generate notification for unprocessed
48006 suggestions. </para>
48007 <para>The budget owner will be notified. </para>
48008 <para>The letter template 'TO_PROCESS' will be used. </para>
48009 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
48011 <para>notice_unprocessed_suggestions.pl [-h|--help] [-v|--verbose] [-c|--confirm]
48012 [--days=NUMBER_OF_DAYS] </para>
48013 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
48015 <para>-h|--help Print a brief help message </para>
48016 <para>-c|--confirm This flag must be provided in order for the script to actually
48017 generate notices. If it is not supplied, the script will only report on the patron it
48018 would have noticed. </para>
48019 <para>--days This parameter is mandatory. It must contain an integer representing the
48020 number of days elapsed since the last modification of suggestions to process. </para>
48021 <para>-v|--verbose Verbose mode.</para>
48026 <section id="deprecatedcrons">
48027 <title><link linkend="deprecatedcrons">Deprecated scripts</link></title>
48029 <para>These should not be run without modification:</para>
48031 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/update_items.pl</para>
48033 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/smsoverdues.pl</para>
48035 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/notifyMailsOp.pl</para>
48037 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/reservefix.pl</para>
48039 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/zebraqueue_start.pl</para>
48044 <chapter id="webservices">
48045 <title>Web Services</title>
48049 <section id="OAI-PMHservice">
48050 <title><link linkend="OAI-PMHservice">OAI-PMH</link></title>
48051 <para>For the Open Archives Initiative-Protocol for Metadata Harvesting (OAI-PMH) there are
48052 two groups of 'participants': Data Providers and Service Providers. Data Providers (open
48053 archives, repositories) provide free access to metadata, and may, but do not necessarily,
48054 offer free access to full texts or other resources. OAI-PMH provides an easy to implement,
48055 low barrier solution for Data Providers. Service Providers use the OAI interfaces of the
48056 Data Providers to harvest and store metadata. Note that this means that there are no live
48057 search requests to the Data Providers; rather, services are based on the harvested data via
48059 <para>Koha at present can only act as a Data Provider. It can not harvest from other
48060 repositories. The biggest stumbling block to having Koha harvest from other repositories is
48061 that MARC is the only metadata format that Koha indexes natively. Visit <ulink url="http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm">http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm</ulink> for diagrams of how OAI-PMH
48063 <para>Learn more about OAI-PMH at: <ulink url="http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/">http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/</ulink></para>
48064 <para>To enable OAI-PMH in Koha edit the <link linkend="OAI-PMH">OAI-PMH</link> preference.
48065 Once enabled you can visit http://YOURKOHACATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/oai.pl to see your
48068 <section id="oaiconfsample">
48069 <title><link linkend="oaiconfsample">Sample OAI Conf File</link></title>
48071 <para><programlisting> format:
48074 metadataNamespace: http://veryspecial.tamil.fr/vs/format-pivot/1.1/vs
48075 schema: http://veryspecial.tamil.fr/vs/format-pivot/1.1/vs.xsd
48076 xsl_file: /usr/local/koha/xslt/vs.xsl
48078 metadataPrefix: marxml
48079 metadataNamespace: http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim
48080 http://www.loc.gov/standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim
48081 schema: http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim
48082 http://www.loc.gov/standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim.xsd
48084 metadataPrefix: oai_dc
48085 metadataNamespace: http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc/
48086 schema: http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc.xsd
48088 /usr/local/koha/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/xslt/UNIMARCslim2OAIDC.xsl</programlisting></para>
48091 <section id="Rest-services">
48092 <title><link linkend="Rest-services">REST services</link></title>
48094 <para>Koha can now be requested by REST http requests. BibLibre wrotes an external module to adds more possibilities than ILS-DI can provide.There is no authentication process, but authorized ips are listed in the config file. Services have been tested in 3.10, 3.12 and 3.14 koha versions. You can find more information about it into README file and opac/rest.pl documentation on http://git.biblibre.com. If you want to add features, send us a patch at dev_patches AT biblibre DOT com.</para>
48095 <para>Services provided in 1.4 version are:
48098 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/holds
48099 GET user/:user_name/holds
48100 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/issues
48101 GET user/:user_name/issues
48102 GET user/:user_name/issues_history
48103 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/issues_history
48107 PUT user/:user_name
48108 GET biblio/:biblionumber/items
48109 GET biblio/:biblionumber/holdable
48110 GET biblio/:biblionumber/items_holdable_status
48111 GET item/:itemnumber/holdable
48112 PUT auth/change_password
48114 GET /suggestions/:suggestionid
48116 PUT /suggestions/:suggestionid
48117 DELETE /suggestions/:suggestionid
48124 <title>Using the SRU server</title>
48126 <section id="usingsru">
48130 <firstname>Nicolas</firstname>
48131 <surname>Morin</surname>
48133 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
48138 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48139 <surname>Engard</surname>
48140 <contrib>Edits where necessary.</contrib>
48144 <pubdate>December 2009</pubdate>
48146 <title><link linkend="usingsru">Using the SRU server</link></title>
48148 <para>Koha implements the Search/Retrieve via URL (SRU) protocol. More
48149 information about the protocol itself can be found at <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/">http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/</ulink>.
48150 The version implemented is version 1.1.</para>
48152 <section id="sru_explain">
48153 <title><link linkend="sru_explain">Explain</link></title>
48155 <para>If you want to have information about the implementation of SRU
48156 on a given server, you should have access to the Explain file using a
48157 request to the server without any parameter. Like
48158 <http://myserver.com:9999/biblios/>. The response from the
48159 server is an XML file that should look like the following and will
48160 give you information about the default settings of the SRU
48164 <zs:explainResponse>
48165 <zs:version>1.1</zs:version>
48167 <zs:recordSchema>http://explain.z3950.org/dtd/2.0/</zs:recordSchema>
48168 <zs:recordPacking>xml</zs:recordPacking>
48169 <zs:recordData>
48170 <explain xml:base="zebradb/explain-biblios.xml">
48172 try stylesheet url: http://./?stylesheet=docpath/sru2.xsl
48174 <serverInfo protocol="SRW/SRU/Z39.50">
48175 <host>biblibre</host>
48176 <port>9999</port>
48177 <database>biblios</database>
48178 </serverInfo>
48179 <databaseInfo>
48180 <title lang="en" primary="true">Koha 3 Bibliographic SRU/SRW/Z39.50 server</title>
48181 <description lang="en" primary="true">Koha 3 Bibliographic Server</description>
48183 <sru>http://biblibre:9999</sru>
48185 </databaseInfo>
48187 <set name="cql" identifier="info:srw/cql-context-set/1/cql-v1.1">
48188 <title>CQL Standard Set</title>
48190 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
48191 <title lang="en">CQL Server Choice</title>
48193 <name set="cql">serverChoice</name>
48196 <attr type="1" set="bib1">text</attr>
48199 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
48200 <title lang="en">CQL All</title>
48202 <name set="cql">all</name>
48205 <attr type="1" set="bib1">text</attr>
48208 <!-- Record ID index -->
48209 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
48210 <title lang="en">Record ID</title>
48212 <name set="rec">id</name>
48215 <attr type="1" set="bib1">rec:id</attr>
48216 <attr type="4" set="bib1">3</attr>
48222 <section id="sru_search">
48223 <title><link linkend="sru_search">Search</link></title>
48226 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs
48227 is composed of the following elements:</para>
48231 <para>base url of the SRU server :
48232 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?</para>
48236 <para>search part with the 3 required parameters : version,
48237 operation and query. The parameters within the search part should
48238 be of the key=value form, and can be combined with the &
48243 <para>One can add optional parameters to the query, for instance
48244 maximumRecords indicating the maximum number of records to be returned
48246 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs&maximumRecords=5
48247 will only get the first 5 results results from the server.</para>
48249 <para><ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/sru1-1archive/search-retrieve-operation.html">http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/sru1-1archive/search-retrieve-operation.html</ulink>
48250 gives more details about the search operations and in particular the
48251 list of optional parameters for searching.</para>
48253 <section id="sru_search_more_details">
48254 <title><link linkend="sru_search_more_details">More details about Search</link></title>
48256 <para>The "operation" key can take two values: scan or
48257 searchRetrieve.</para>
48259 <para>If operation=searchRetrieve, then the search key should be
48260 query. As in : operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs</para>
48262 <para>If operation=scan, then the search key should be scanClause.
48263 As in : operation=scan&scanClause=reefs</para>
48265 <para>etc/zebradb/biblios/etc/bib1.att defines Zebra/3950 indexes
48266 that exist on your system. For instance you'll see that we have
48267 indexes for Subject and for Title: att 21 Subject and att 4 Title
48268 respectively.</para>
48270 <para>In the pqf.properties file located under
48271 etc/zebradb/pqf.properties I see that an access point already uses
48272 my Subject index (index.dc.subject = 1=21) while another uses my
48273 Title index (index.dc.title = 1=4) I know this is my Subject index
48274 because as I've seen just before in my bib1.att file, it's called
48275 with =1=21 in Z3950: so index.dc.subject = 1=21 correctly points to
48276 my Subject index. And Title was called with 1=4 so index.dc.title =
48277 1=4 correctly points to my Title index. I can now construct my query
48278 just like I would in a search box, just preceding it with the
48279 "query" key: query=Subject=reefs and Title=coral searches "reefs" in
48280 the subject and "coral" in the title. The full url would be
48281 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Subject=reefs
48282 and Title=coral If I want to limit the result set to just 5 records,
48284 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Subject=reefs
48285 and Title=coral&maximumRecords=5</para>
48287 <para>I can also play with truncate, relations, etc. Those are also
48288 defined in my pqf.properties file. I can see for instance the
48289 position properties defined as:</para>
48292 position.first = 3=1 6=1
48294 position.any = 3=3 6=1
48295 # "any position in field"
48298 <para>So as an example if I want "coral" to be at the beginning of
48299 the title, I can do this query :
48300 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Title=coral
48305 <section id="sru_retrieve">
48306 <title><link linkend="sru_retrieve">Retrieve</link></title>
48308 <para>My search for
48309 http://univ_lyon3.biblibre.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=coral
48310 reefs&maximumRecords=1 retrieves just on record. The response
48311 looks like this:</para>
48314 <zs:searchRetrieveResponse>
48315 <zs:version>1.1</zs:version>
48316 <zs:numberOfRecords>1</zs:numberOfRecords>
48319 <zs:recordPacking>xml</zs:recordPacking>
48320 <zs:recordData>
48321 <record xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim http://www.loc.gov/ standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim.xsd">
48322 <leader> cam a22 4500</leader>
48323 <datafield tag="010" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48324 <subfield code="a">2-603-01193-6</subfield>
48325 <subfield code="b">rel.</subfield>
48326 <subfield code="d">159 F</subfield>
48328 <datafield tag="020" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48329 <subfield code="a">FR</subfield>
48330 <subfield code="b">00065351</subfield>
48332 <datafield tag="101" ind1="1" ind2=" ">
48333 <subfield code="c">ita</subfield>
48335 <datafield tag="105" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48336 <subfield code="a">a z 00|y|</subfield>
48338 <datafield tag="106" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48339 <subfield code="a">r</subfield>
48341 <datafield tag="100" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48342 <subfield code="a">20091130 frey50 </subfield>
48344 <datafield tag="200" ind1="1" ind2=" ">
48345 <subfield code="a">Guide des récifs coralliens / A Guide to Coral Reefs</subfield>
48346 <subfield code="b">Texte imprimé</subfield>
48347 <subfield code="e">la faune sous-marine des coraux</subfield>
48348 <subfield code="f">A. et A. Ferrari</subfield>
48350 <datafield tag="210" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48351 <subfield code="a">Lausanne</subfield>
48352 <subfield code="a">Paris</subfield>
48353 <subfield code="c">Delachaux et Niestlé</subfield>
48354 <subfield code="d">cop. 2000</subfield>
48355 <subfield code="e">impr. en Espagne</subfield>
48357 <datafield tag="215" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
48358 <subfield code="a">287 p.</subfield>
48359 <subfield code="c">ill. en coul., couv. ill. en coul.</subfield>
48360 <subfield code="d">20 cm</subfield>
48364 <size>4725</size>
48365 <localnumber>2</localnumber>
48366 <filename>/tmp/nw10BJv9Pk/upd_biblio/exported_records</filename>
48369 </zs:recordData>
48370 <zs:recordPosition>1</zs:recordPosition>
48372 </zs:records>
48373 </zs:searchRetrieveResponse>
48379 <appendix id="coverflow">
48384 <firstname>Kyle</firstname>
48385 <surname>Hall</surname>
48387 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
48392 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48393 <surname>Engard</surname>
48397 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
48399 <title>New titles slider for OPAC</title>
48400 <para>Often times libraries will want to add a flowing widget with new materials at the library
48401 to their main public catalog page. To do this you can use a widget from any number of
48402 services (usually for a cost) or you can <link linkend="pluginsystem">enable plugins</link> in
48403 Koha and use the <ulink url="http://git.bywatersolutions.com/koha-plugins.git/shortlog/refs/heads/cover_flow">Cover
48404 Flow plugin</ulink> which is based on the <ulink url="https://github.com/drien/jquery-flipster">Flipster</ulink>, a responsive jQuery
48405 coverflow plugin.</para>
48406 <para>Once the plugin is installed, the steps to get your coverflow to show up are as
48408 <para>First, you need to create one or more public reports for your coverflow widget or widgets
48409 to be based on. This is how the plugin knows what the content of your widget should contain.
48410 Each report needs only three columns; title, biblionumber, and isbn. It is important that you
48411 have a good and valid isbn, as that is the datum used to actually fetch the cover. In the
48412 iteration of the plugin, we are using Amazon cover images, but I believe in the end I will
48413 make the cover image fetcher configurable so we can use any data source for cover image
48415 <para>Second, we need to configure the plugin. The plugin configuration is a single text area
48416 that uses YAML ( actually, it’s JSON, whcih is a subset of YAML ) to store the configuration
48417 options. In this example it looks like
48418 this:<programlisting>- id: 42
48419 selector: #coverflow
48421 style: coverflow</programlisting></para>
48422 <para>In this example, we are telling the plugin to use the report with id 42, and use it to
48423 create a coverflow widget to replace the HTML element with the id “coverflow”. The options
48424 list is passed directly to Flipster, so any options supported by Flipster can be set from the
48425 plugin configuration! In fact, in addition to the traditional coverflow, Flipster has a
48426 “carousel” mode which is a much more compact version of the coverflow. You can also configure
48427 which cover the widget will start on, among other options.</para>
48428 <para>At the time the plugins options are saved or updated, the plugin will then generate some
48429 minified JavaScript code that is automatically stored in the Koha system preference
48430 OPACUserJS. Here is an example of the
48431 output:<programlisting>/* JS for Koha CoverFlow Plugin
48432 This JS was added automatically by installing the CoverFlow plugin
48433 Please do not modify */$(document).ready(function(){$.getScript("/plugin/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/jquery-flipster/src/js/jquery.flipster.min.js",function(data,textStatus,jqxhr){$("head").append("<link id='flipster-css' href='/plugin/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/jquery-flipster/src/css/jquery.flipster.min.css' type='text/css' rel='stylesheet' />");$('#coverflow').load("/coverflow.pl?id=42",function(){var opt={'items':'.item','minfactor':15,'distribution':1.5,'scalethreshold':0,'staticbelowthreshold':false,'titleclass':'itemTitle','selectedclass':'selectedItem','scrollactive':true,'step':{'limit':4,'width':10,'scale':true}};$('#coverflow').flipster({style:'coverflow',});});});});
48434 /* End of JS for Koha CoverFlow Plugin */</programlisting></para>
48435 <para>Why do this? For speed! Rather than regenerating this code each and every time the page
48436 loads, we can generate it once, and use it over and over again.</para>
48437 <para>If you inspect the code closely, you’ll notice it references a script “coverflow.pl”. This
48438 is a script that is included with the coverflow plugin. Since we need to access this from the
48439 OPAC ( and we don’t want to set off any XSS attack alarms ), we need to modify the web server
48440 configuration for the public catalog and add the followup to
48441 it:<programlisting>ScriptAlias /coverflow.pl "/var/lib/koha/mykoha/plugins/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/coverflow.pl"</programlisting></para>
48442 <para>This line gives us access to the coverflow.pl script from the OPAC. This script retrieves
48443 the report data and passes it back to the public catalog for creating the coverflow widget.
48444 Koha::Cache is supported in order to make the widget load as quickly as possible!</para>
48445 <para>The final step is to put your selector element somewhere in your public catalog. In this
48446 example, I put the following in the system preference
48447 OpacMainUserBlock:<programlisting><span id="coverflow">Loading...</span></programlisting></para>
48448 <para>Once that is in place, you need only refresh your OPAC page, and there you have it, your
48449 very own catalog coverflow widget! Not only do these coverflows look great on a computer
48450 screen, but they look great on mobile platforms as well, and are even touch responsive!<screenshot>
48451 <screeninfo>Coverflow Widget</screeninfo>
48454 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-coverflow/coverflow_2-300x170.gif"/>
48457 </screenshot></para>
48460 <appendix id="sysprefdefaults">
48461 <title>System Preference Defaults</title>
48465 <section id="isbddefaults">
48466 <title><link linkend="isbddefaults">ISBD Defaults</link></title>
48468 <para>Default values for the <link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link> preference.</para>
48470 <section id="isbddefault">
48471 <title><link linkend="isbddefault">MARC Default</link></title>
48473 <para>#100||{ 100a }{ 100b }{ 100c }{ 100d }{ 110a }{ 110b }{ 110c }{
48474 110d }{ 110e }{ 110f }{ 110g }{ 130a }{ 130d }{ 130f }{ 130g }{ 130h
48475 }{ 130k }{ 130l }{ 130m }{ 130n }{ 130o }{ 130p }{ 130r }{ 130s }{
48476 130t }|<br/><br/></para>
48478 <para>#245||{ 245a }{ 245b }{245f }{ 245g }{ 245k }{ 245n }{ 245p }{
48479 245s }{ 245h }|</para>
48481 <para>#246||{ : 246i }{ 246a }{ 246b }{ 246f }{ 246g }{ 246n }{ 246p
48484 <para>#242||{ = 242a }{ 242b }{ 242n }{ 242p }{ 242h }|</para>
48486 <para>#245||{ 245c }|</para>
48488 <para>#242||{ = 242c }|</para>
48490 <para>#250| - |{ 250a }{ 250b }|</para>
48492 <para>#254|, |{ 254a }|</para>
48494 <para>#255|, |{ 255a }{ 255b }{ 255c }{ 255d }{ 255e }{ 255f }{ 255g
48497 <para>#256|, |{ 256a }|</para>
48499 <para>#257|, |{ 257a }|</para>
48501 <para>#258|, |{ 258a }{ 258b }|</para>
48503 <para>#260| - |{ 260a }{ 260b }{ 260c }|</para>
48505 <para>#300| - |{ 300a }{ 300b }{ 300c }{ 300d }{ 300e }{ 300f }{ 300g
48508 <para>#306| - |{ 306a }|</para>
48510 <para>#307| - |{ 307a }{ 307b }|</para>
48512 <para>#310| - |{ 310a }{ 310b }|</para>
48514 <para>#321| - |{ 321a }{ 321b }|</para>
48516 <para>#340| - |{ 3403 }{ 340a }{ 340b }{ 340c }{ 340d }{ 340e }{ 340f
48517 }{ 340h }{ 340i }|</para>
48519 <para>#342| - |{ 342a }{ 342b }{ 342c }{ 342d }{ 342e }{ 342f }{ 342g
48520 }{ 342h }{ 342i }{ 342j }{ 342k }{ 342l }{ 342m }{ 342n }{ 342o }{
48521 342p }{ 342q }{ 342r }{ 342s }{ 342t }{ 342u }{ 342v }{ 342w }|</para>
48523 <para>#343| - |{ 343a }{ 343b }{ 343c }{ 343d }{ 343e }{ 343f }{ 343g
48524 }{ 343h }{ 343i }|</para>
48526 <para>#351| - |{ 3513 }{ 351a }{ 351b }{ 351c }|</para>
48528 <para>#352| - |{ 352a }{ 352b }{ 352c }{ 352d }{ 352e }{ 352f }{ 352g
48529 }{ 352i }{ 352q }|</para>
48531 <para>#362| - |{ 362a }{ 351z }|</para>
48533 <para>#440| - |{ 440a }{ 440n }{ 440p }{ 440v }{ 440x }|.</para>
48535 <para>#490| - |{ 490a }{ 490v }{ 490x }|.</para>
48537 <para>#800| - |{ 800a }{ 800b }{ 800c }{ 800d }{ 800e }{ 800f }{ 800g
48538 }{ 800h }{ 800j }{ 800k }{ 800l }{ 800m }{ 800n }{ 800o }{ 800p }{
48539 800q }{ 800r }{ 800s }{ 800t }{ 800u }{ 800v }|.</para>
48541 <para>#810| - |{ 810a }{ 810b }{ 810c }{ 810d }{ 810e }{ 810f }{ 810g
48542 }{ 810h }{ 810k }{ 810l }{ 810m }{ 810n }{ 810o }{ 810p }{ 810r }{
48543 810s }{ 810t }{ 810u }{ 810v }|.</para>
48545 <para>#811| - |{ 811a }{ 811c }{ 811d }{ 811e }{ 811f }{ 811g }{ 811h
48546 }{ 811k }{ 811l }{ 811n }{ 811p }{ 811q }{ 811s }{ 811t }{ 811u }{
48549 <para>#830| - |{ 830a }{ 830d }{ 830f }{ 830g }{ 830h }{ 830k }{ 830l
48550 }{ 830m }{ 830n }{ 830o }{ 830p }{ 830r }{ 830s }{ 830t }{ 830v
48553 <para>#500|<br/><br/>|{ 5003 }{ 500a }|</para>
48555 <para>#501|<br/><br/>|{ 501a }|</para>
48557 <para>#502|<br/><br/>|{ 502a }|</para>
48559 <para>#504|<br/><br/>|{ 504a }|</para>
48561 <para>#505|<br/><br/>|{ 505a }{ 505t }{ 505r }{ 505g }{
48564 <para>#506|<br/><br/>|{ 5063 }{ 506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{
48565 506d }{ 506u }|</para>
48567 <para>#507|<br/><br/>|{ 507a }{ 507b }|</para>
48569 <para>#508|<br/><br/>|{ 508a }{ 508a }|</para>
48571 <para>#510|<br/><br/>|{ 5103 }{ 510a }{ 510x }{ 510c }{
48574 <para>#511|<br/><br/>|{ 511a }|</para>
48576 <para>#513|<br/><br/>|{ 513a }{513b }|</para>
48578 <para>#514|<br/><br/>|{ 514z }{ 514a }{ 514b }{ 514c }{
48579 514d }{ 514e }{ 514f }{ 514g }{ 514h }{ 514i }{ 514j }{ 514k }{ 514m
48582 <para>#515|<br/><br/>|{ 515a }|</para>
48584 <para>#516|<br/><br/>|{ 516a }|</para>
48586 <para>#518|<br/><br/>|{ 5183 }{ 518a }|</para>
48588 <para>#520|<br/><br/>|{ 5203 }{ 520a }{ 520b }{ 520u
48591 <para>#521|<br/><br/>|{ 5213 }{ 521a }{ 521b }|</para>
48593 <para>#522|<br/><br/>|{ 522a }|</para>
48595 <para>#524|<br/><br/>|{ 524a }|</para>
48597 <para>#525|<br/><br/>|{ 525a }|</para>
48599 <para>#526|<br/><br/>|{\n510i }{\n510a }{ 510b }{ 510c }{
48600 510d }{\n510x }|</para>
48602 <para>#530|<br/><br/>|{\n5063 }{\n506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{
48603 506d }{\n506u }|</para>
48605 <para>#533|<br/><br/>|{\n5333 }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c
48606 }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f }{\n533m }{\n533n }|</para>
48608 <para>#534|<br/><br/>|{\n533p }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c
48609 }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f }{\n533m }{\n533n }{\n533t }{\n533x
48612 <para>#535|<br/><br/>|{\n5353 }{\n535a }{\n535b }{\n535c
48615 <para>#538|<br/><br/>|{\n5383 }{\n538a }{\n538i }{\n538u
48618 <para>#540|<br/><br/>|{\n5403 }{\n540a }{ 540b }{ 540c }{
48619 540d }{\n520u }|</para>
48621 <para>#544|<br/><br/>|{\n5443 }{\n544a }{\n544b }{\n544c
48622 }{\n544d }{\n544e }{\n544n }|</para>
48624 <para>#545|<br/><br/>|{\n545a }{ 545b }{\n545u }|</para>
48626 <para>#546|<br/><br/>|{\n5463 }{\n546a }{ 546b }|</para>
48628 <para>#547|<br/><br/>|{\n547a }|</para>
48630 <para>#550|<br/><br/>|{ 550a }|</para>
48632 <para>#552|<br/><br/>|{ 552z }{ 552a }{ 552b }{ 552c }{
48633 552d }{ 552e }{ 552f }{ 552g }{ 552h }{ 552i }{ 552j }{ 552k }{ 552l
48634 }{ 552m }{ 552n }{ 562o }{ 552p }{ 552u }|</para>
48636 <para>#555|<br/><br/>|{ 5553 }{ 555a }{ 555b }{ 555c }{
48637 555d }{ 555u }|</para>
48639 <para>#556|<br/><br/>|{ 556a }{ 506z }|</para>
48641 <para>#563|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 563a }{ 563u }|</para>
48643 <para>#565|<br/><br/>|{ 5653 }{ 565a }{ 565b }{ 565c }{
48644 565d }{ 565e }|</para>
48646 <para>#567|<br/><br/>|{ 567a }|</para>
48648 <para>#580|<br/><br/>|{ 580a }|</para>
48650 <para>#581|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 581a }{ 581z }|</para>
48652 <para>#584|<br/><br/>|{ 5843 }{ 584a }{ 584b }|</para>
48654 <para>#585|<br/><br/>|{ 5853 }{ 585a }|</para>
48656 <para>#586|<br/><br/>|{ 5863 }{ 586a }|</para>
48658 <para>#020|<br/><br/><label>ISBN: </label>|{
48659 020a }{ 020c }|</para>
48661 <para>#022|<br/><br/><label>ISSN: </label>|{
48664 <para>#222| = |{ 222a }{ 222b }|</para>
48666 <para>#210| = |{ 210a }{ 210b }|</para>
48668 <para>#024|<br/><br/><label>Standard No.:
48669 </label>|{ 024a }{ 024c }{ 024d }{ 0242 }|</para>
48671 <para>#027|<br/><br/><label>Standard Tech. Report.
48672 No.: </label>|{ 027a }|</para>
48674 <para>#028|<br/><br/><label>Publisher. No.:
48675 </label>|{ 028a }{ 028b }|</para>
48677 <para>#013|<br/><br/><label>Patent No.:
48678 </label>|{ 013a }{ 013b }{ 013c }{ 013d }{ 013e }{ 013f
48681 <para>#030|<br/><br/><label>CODEN: </label>|{
48684 <para>#037|<br/><br/><label>Source: </label>|{
48685 037a }{ 037b }{ 037c }{ 037f }{ 037g }{ 037n }|</para>
48687 <para>#010|<br/><br/><label>LCCN: </label>|{
48690 <para>#015|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. No.:
48691 </label>|{ 015a }{ 0152 }|</para>
48693 <para>#016|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. Agency Control
48694 No.: </label>|{ 016a }{ 0162 }|</para>
48696 <para>#600|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Personal
48697 Names: </label>|{\n6003 }{\n600a}{ 600b }{ 600c }{ 600d }{ 600e
48698 }{ 600f }{ 600g }{ 600h }{--600k}{ 600l }{ 600m }{ 600n }{ 600o
48699 }{--600p}{ 600r }{ 600s }{ 600t }{ 600u
48700 }{--600x}{--600z}{--600y}{--600v}|</para>
48702 <para>#610|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Corporate
48703 Names: </label>|{\n6103 }{\n610a}{ 610b }{ 610c }{ 610d }{ 610e
48704 }{ 610f }{ 610g }{ 610h }{--610k}{ 610l }{ 610m }{ 610n }{ 610o
48705 }{--610p}{ 610r }{ 610s }{ 610t }{ 610u
48706 }{--610x}{--610z}{--610y}{--610v}|</para>
48708 <para>#611|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Meeting Names:
48709 </label>|{\n6113 }{\n611a}{ 611b }{ 611c }{ 611d }{ 611e }{ 611f
48710 }{ 611g }{ 611h }{--611k}{ 611l }{ 611m }{ 611n }{ 611o }{--611p}{
48711 611r }{ 611s }{ 611t }{ 611u }{--611x}{--611z}{--611y}{--611v}|</para>
48713 <para>#630|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Uniform
48714 Titles: </label>|{\n630a}{ 630b }{ 630c }{ 630d }{ 630e }{ 630f
48715 }{ 630g }{ 630h }{--630k }{ 630l }{ 630m }{ 630n }{ 630o }{--630p}{
48716 630r }{ 630s }{ 630t }{--630x}{--630z}{--630y}{--630v}|</para>
48718 <para>#648|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Chronological
48719 Terms: </label>|{\n6483 }{\n648a
48720 }{--648x}{--648z}{--648y}{--648v}|</para>
48722 <para>#650|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Topical Terms:
48723 </label>|{\n6503 }{\n650a}{ 650b }{ 650c }{ 650d }{ 650e
48724 }{--650x}{--650z}{--650y}{--650v}|</para>
48726 <para>#651|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Geographic
48727 Terms: </label>|{\n6513 }{\n651a}{ 651b }{ 651c }{ 651d }{ 651e
48728 }{--651x}{--651z}{--651y}{--651v}|</para>
48730 <para>#653|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Index Terms:
48731 </label>|{ 653a }|</para>
48733 <para>#654|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Facted Index
48734 Terms: </label>|{\n6543
48735 }{\n654a}{--654b}{--654x}{--654z}{--654y}{--654v}|</para>
48737 <para>#655|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Genre/Form:
48738 </label>|{\n6553 }{\n655a}{--655b}{--655x
48739 }{--655z}{--655y}{--655v}|</para>
48741 <para>#656|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Occupation:
48742 </label>|{\n6563
48743 }{\n656a}{--656k}{--656x}{--656z}{--656y}{--656v}|</para>
48745 <para>#657|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Function:
48746 </label>|{\n6573
48747 }{\n657a}{--657x}{--657z}{--657y}{--657v}|</para>
48749 <para>#658|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Curriculum
48751 </label>|{\n658a}{--658b}{--658c}{--658d}{--658v}|</para>
48753 <para>#050|<br/><br/><label>LC Class. No.:
48754 </label>|{ 050a }{ / 050b }|</para>
48756 <para>#082|<br/><br/><label>Dewey Class. No.:
48757 </label>|{ 082a }{ / 082b }|</para>
48759 <para>#080|<br/><br/><label>Universal Decimal Class.
48760 No.: </label>|{ 080a }{ 080x }{ / 080b }|</para>
48762 <para>#070|<br/><br/><label>National Agricultural
48763 Library Call No.: </label>|{ 070a }{ / 070b }|</para>
48765 <para>#060|<br/><br/><label>National Library of
48766 Medicine Call No.: </label>|{ 060a }{ / 060b }|</para>
48768 <para>#074|<br/><br/><label>GPO Item No.:
48769 </label>|{ 074a }|</para>
48771 <para>#086|<br/><br/><label>Gov. Doc. Class. No.:
48772 </label>|{ 086a }|</para>
48774 <para>#088|<br/><br/><label>Report. No.:
48775 </label>|{ 088a }|</para>
48778 <section id="unimarcdefault">
48779 <title><link linkend="unimarcdefault">UNIMARC Default</link></title>
48781 <para>#200|<h2>Title : |{200a}{. 200c}{ : 200e}{200d}{. 200h}{.
48782 200i}|</h2></para>
48784 <para>#461|<label class="ipt">A part of : </label>|<a
48785 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=461t&idx=ti}">{461t}</a>{N∞
48786 461h} {v. 461v}{(461d)}<br/>|</para>
48788 <para>#200b|<label class="ipt">Material Designation :
48789 </label>| {200b }|<br/></para>
48791 <para>#101a|<label class="ipt">Language(s): </label>|<a
48792 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=101a&idx=ln}">{101a}</a>|<br/></para>
48794 <para>#200f|<label class="ipt">Authors : </label>|<a
48795 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=200f&idx=au}">{200f
48796 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
48798 <para>#200g|<label class="ipt">Co-authors : </label>|<a
48799 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=200g&idx=au}">{200g
48800 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
48802 <para>#210a|<br/><label class="ipt">Place of pubblication
48803 : </label>|<a
48804 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=pl&q={210a}">{210a}</a>|<br/></para>
48806 <para>#210c|<label class="ipt">Publisher : </label>|<a
48807 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=pb&q={210c}">{210c
48808 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
48810 <para>#210d|<label class="ipt">Date of pubblication :
48811 </label>|{ 210d}|<br/></para>
48813 <para>#215|<label class="ipt">Description :
48814 </label>|{215a}{ : 215c}{ ; 215d}{ + 215e}|<br/></para>
48816 <para>#225a|<label class="ipt">Series :</label>|<a
48817 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=225a&idx=se}">{225a
48818 ;}</a> |</para>
48820 <para>#225||{ = 225d}{ : 225e}{. 225h}{. 225i}{ / 225f}{, 225x}{ ;
48821 225v}|<br/></para>
48823 <para>#686|<label>Classification : </label>|{ 686a
48824 }|<br/></para>
48826 <para>#608|<label>Form, Genre : </label>|<a
48827 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={608a}"><img
48828 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48829 title="Search on {608a}">{
48830 608a}</a>|<br/><br/></para>
48832 <para>#200||<label class="ipt">Subjects :
48833 </label><br/>|<ul></para>
48835 <para>#600|<label class="ipt">Person(s)
48836 </label><br/> |<li><a
48837 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={600a}"><img
48838 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48839 title="Search on {600a}">{
48840 600a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
48842 <para>#601|<label class="ipt">Organisation(s)
48843 </label><br/>|<li><a
48844 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={601a}"><img
48845 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48846 title="Search on {601a}">{
48847 601a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
48849 <para>#606|<label class="ipt">Term(s)
48850 </label><br/>|<li><a
48851 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={606a}"><img
48852 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48853 title="Search on {606a}">{
48854 606a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
48856 <para>#607|<label class="ipt">Place(s)
48857 </label><br/>|<li><a
48858 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={607a}"><img
48859 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48860 title="Search on {607a}">{
48861 607a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
48863 <para>#610|<label>Keywords</label><br/>|<li><a
48864 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={610a}"><img
48865 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
48866 title="Search on {610a}">{ 610a}</a></li>|</para>
48868 <para>#200||</ul>|</para>
48870 <para>#856|<label class="ipt">Electronic resource :
48871 </label>|<a href="{856u}">click here</a> to go to
48872 the external resource<br/></para>
48874 <para>#010|<label class="ipt">ISBN : </label>|{010a
48875 ;}|<br/></para>
48877 <para>#011|<label class="ipt">ISSN : </label>|{011a
48878 ;}|<br/></para>
48880 <para>#200||<label class="ipt">Notes :
48881 </label>|<br/><ul></para>
48883 <para>#300||<li>{300a}</li>|</para>
48885 <para>#307||<li>{307a}</li>|</para>
48887 <para>#310||<li>{310a}</li>|</para>
48889 <para>#326||<li>{326a}</li>|</para>
48891 <para>#327||<li>{327a}</li>|</para>
48893 <para>#333|<li>Public : |{333a}</li>|</para>
48895 <para>#200||</ul>|</para>
48897 <para>#330||<label class="ipt">Abstract :
48898 </label>|<br/></para>
48900 <para>#330||{330a}|<br/></para>
48902 <para>#200||<br/><h2>Items</h2>|</para>
48904 <para>#200|<table>|<th>Call
48905 number</th><th>Copy
48906 note</th><th>Fonds</th><th>Genre
48907 detail</th><th>Circulation
48908 type</th><th>Barcode</th>|</para>
48910 <para>#995||<tr><td> {995k}</td><td>
48911 {995u}</td><td>
48912 {995y}</td><td>{995e} </td><td>
48913 {995o}</td><td>{995f}</td></tr>|</table></para>
48916 <section id="opacisbddefaults">
48917 <title><link linkend="opacisbddefaults">OPACISBD Defaults</link></title>
48918 <para>Default values for the <link linkend="OPACISBD">OPACISBD</link> preference.</para>
48919 <section id="opacisbdmarcdefault">
48920 <title><link linkend="opacisbdmarcdefault">MARC</link></title>
48921 <para>#100||{ 100a }{ 100b }{ 100c }{ 100d }{ 110a }{ 110b }{ 110c }{ 110d }{ 110e }{ 110f
48922 }{ 110g }{ 130a }{ 130d }{ 130f }{ 130g }{ 130h }{ 130k }{ 130l }{ 130m }{ 130n }{ 130o }{
48923 130p }{ 130r }{ 130s }{ 130t }|<br/><br/> </para>
48924 <para>#245||{ 245a }{ 245b }{245f }{ 245g }{ 245k }{ 245n }{ 245p }{ 245s }{ 245h }| </para>
48925 <para>#246||{ : 246i }{ 246a }{ 246b }{ 246f }{ 246g }{ 246n }{ 246p }{ 246h }| </para>
48926 <para>#242||{ = 242a }{ 242b }{ 242n }{ 242p }{ 242h }| </para>
48927 <para>#245||{ 245c }| </para>
48928 <para>#242||{ = 242c }| </para>
48929 <para>#250| - |{ 250a }{ 250b }| </para>
48930 <para>#254|, |{ 254a }| #255|, |{ 255a }{ 255b }{ 255c }{ 255d }{ 255e }{ 255f }{ 255g }|
48931 #256|, |{ 256a }| </para>
48932 <para>#257|, |{ 257a }| </para>
48933 <para>#258|, |{ 258a }{ 258b }| </para>
48934 <para>#260| - |{ 260a }{ 260b }{ 260c }| </para>
48935 <para>#300| - |{ 300a }{ 300b }{ 300c }{ 300d }{ 300e }{ 300f }{ 300g }| </para>
48936 <para>#306| - |{ 306a }| #307| - |{ 307a }{ 307b }| </para>
48937 <para>#310| - |{ 310a }{ 310b }| </para>
48938 <para>#321| - |{ 321a }{ 321b }| </para>
48939 <para>#340| - |{ 3403 }{ 340a }{ 340b }{ 340c }{ 340d }{ 340e }{ 340f }{ 340h }{ 340i }| </para>
48940 <para>#342| - |{ 342a }{ 342b }{ 342c }{ 342d }{ 342e }{ 342f }{ 342g }{ 342h }{ 342i }{
48941 342j }{ 342k }{ 342l }{ 342m }{ 342n }{ 342o }{ 342p }{ 342q }{ 342r }{ 342s }{ 342t }{
48942 342u }{ 342v }{ 342w }| </para>
48943 <para>#343| - |{ 343a }{ 343b }{ 343c }{ 343d }{ 343e }{ 343f }{ 343g }{ 343h }{ 343i }| </para>
48944 <para>#351| - |{ 3513 }{ 351a }{ 351b }{ 351c }| </para>
48945 <para>#352| - |{ 352a }{ 352b }{ 352c }{ 352d }{ 352e }{ 352f }{ 352g }{ 352i }{ 352q }| </para>
48946 <para>#362| - |{ 362a }{ 351z }| </para>
48947 <para>#440| - |{ 440a }{ 440n }{ 440p }{ 440v }{ 440x }|. #490| - |{ 490a }{ 490v }{ 490x
48949 <para>#800| - |{ 800a }{ 800b }{ 800c }{ 800d }{ 800e }{ 800f }{ 800g }{ 800h }{ 800j }{
48950 800k }{ 800l }{ 800m }{ 800n }{ 800o }{ 800p }{ 800q }{ 800r }{ 800s }{ 800t }{ 800u }{
48952 <para>#810| - |{ 810a }{ 810b }{ 810c }{ 810d }{ 810e }{ 810f }{ 810g }{ 810h }{ 810k }{
48953 810l }{ 810m }{ 810n }{ 810o }{ 810p }{ 810r }{ 810s }{ 810t }{ 810u }{ 810v }|. </para>
48954 <para>#811| - |{ 811a }{ 811c }{ 811d }{ 811e }{ 811f }{ 811g }{ 811h }{ 811k }{ 811l }{
48955 811n }{ 811p }{ 811q }{ 811s }{ 811t }{ 811u }{ 811v }|. </para>
48956 <para>#830| - |{ 830a }{ 830d }{ 830f }{ 830g }{ 830h }{ 830k }{ 830l }{ 830m }{ 830n }{
48957 830o }{ 830p }{ 830r }{ 830s }{ 830t }{ 830v }|. </para>
48958 <para>#500|<br/><br/>|{ 5003 }{ 500a }| </para>
48959 <para>#501|<br/><br/>|{ 501a }| </para>
48960 <para>#502|<br/><br/>|{ 502a }| </para>
48961 <para>#504|<br/><br/>|{ 504a }| </para>
48962 <para>#505|<br/><br/>|{ 505a }{ 505t }{ 505r }{ 505g }{ 505u }| </para>
48963 <para>#506|<br/><br/>|{ 5063 }{ 506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{ 506d }{ 506u }| </para>
48964 <para>#507|<br/><br/>|{ 507a }{ 507b }| #508|<br/><br/>|{ 508a }{ 508a }| </para>
48965 <para>#510|<br/><br/>|{ 5103 }{ 510a }{ 510x }{ 510c }{ 510b }| </para>
48966 <para>#511|<br/><br/>|{ 511a }| </para>
48967 <para>#513|<br/><br/>|{ 513a }{513b }| </para>
48968 <para>#514|<br/><br/>|{ 514z }{ 514a }{ 514b }{ 514c }{ 514d }{ 514e }{ 514f }{ 514g
48969 }{ 514h }{ 514i }{ 514j }{ 514k }{ 514m }{ 514u }| </para>
48970 <para>#515|<br/><br/>|{ 515a }|</para>
48971 <para> #516|<br/><br/>|{ 516a }| </para>
48972 <para>#518|<br/><br/>|{ 5183 }{ 518a }| </para>
48973 <para>#520|<br/><br/>|{ 5203 }{ 520a }{ 520b }{ 520u }| </para>
48974 <para>#521|<br/><br/>|{ 5213 }{ 521a }{ 521b }| </para>
48975 <para>#522|<br/><br/>|{ 522a }| </para>
48976 <para>#524|<br/><br/>|{ 524a }| </para>
48977 <para>#525|<br/><br/>|{ 525a }| </para>
48978 <para>#526|<br/><br/>|{\n510i }{\n510a }{ 510b }{ 510c }{ 510d }{\n510x }| </para>
48979 <para>#530|<br/><br/>|{\n5063 }{\n506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{ 506d }{\n506u }| </para>
48980 <para>#533|<br/><br/>|{\n5333 }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f
48981 }{\n533m }{\n533n }| </para>
48982 <para>#534|<br/><br/>|{\n533p }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f
48983 }{\n533m }{\n533n }{\n533t }{\n533x }{\n533z }| </para>
48984 <para>#535|<br/><br/>|{\n5353 }{\n535a }{\n535b }{\n535c }{\n535d }| </para>
48985 <para>#538|<br/><br/>|{\n5383 }{\n538a }{\n538i }{\n538u }| </para>
48986 <para>#540|<br/><br/>|{\n5403 }{\n540a }{ 540b }{ 540c }{ 540d }{\n520u }| </para>
48987 <para>#544|<br/><br/>|{\n5443 }{\n544a }{\n544b }{\n544c }{\n544d }{\n544e }{\n544n }| </para>
48988 <para>#545|<br/><br/>|{\n545a }{ 545b }{\n545u }| #546|<br/><br/>|{\n5463
48989 }{\n546a }{ 546b }| </para>
48990 <para>#547|<br/><br/>|{\n547a }| #550|<br/><br/>|{ 550a }| </para>
48991 <para>#552|<br/><br/>|{ 552z }{ 552a }{ 552b }{ 552c }{ 552d }{ 552e }{ 552f }{ 552g
48992 }{ 552h }{ 552i }{ 552j }{ 552k }{ 552l }{ 552m }{ 552n }{ 562o }{ 552p }{ 552u }| </para>
48993 <para>#555|<br/><br/>|{ 5553 }{ 555a }{ 555b }{ 555c }{ 555d }{ 555u }| </para>
48994 <para>#556|<br/><br/>|{ 556a }{ 506z }| #563|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 563a }{ 563u
48996 <para>#565|<br/><br/>|{ 5653 }{ 565a }{ 565b }{ 565c }{ 565d }{ 565e }| </para>
48997 <para>#567|<br/><br/>|{ 567a }| </para>
48998 <para>#580|<br/><br/>|{ 580a }| </para>
48999 <para>#581|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 581a }{ 581z }| </para>
49000 <para>#584|<br/><br/>|{ 5843 }{ 584a }{ 584b }| </para>
49001 <para>#585|<br/><br/>|{ 5853 }{ 585a }| </para>
49002 <para>#586|<br/><br/>|{ 5863 }{ 586a }| </para>
49003 <para>#020|<br/><br/><label>ISBN: </label>|{ 020a }{ 020c }| </para>
49004 <para>#022|<br/><br/><label>ISSN: </label>|{ 022a }| </para>
49005 <para>#222| = |{ 222a }{ 222b }| </para>
49006 <para>#210| = |{ 210a }{ 210b }| </para>
49007 <para>#024|<br/><br/><label>Standard No.: </label>|{ 024a }{ 024c }{ 024d }{
49009 <para>#027|<br/><br/><label>Standard Tech. Report. No.: </label>|{ 027a }| </para>
49010 <para>#028|<br/><br/><label>Publisher. No.: </label>|{ 028a }{ 028b }| </para>
49011 <para>#013|<br/><br/><label>Patent No.: </label>|{ 013a }{ 013b }{ 013c }{ 013d
49012 }{ 013e }{ 013f }| </para>
49013 <para>#030|<br/><br/><label>CODEN: </label>|{ 030a }| </para>
49014 <para>#037|<br/><br/><label>Source: </label>|{ 037a }{ 037b }{ 037c }{ 037f }{
49015 037g }{ 037n }| </para>
49016 <para>#010|<br/><br/><label>LCCN: </label>|{ 010a }| </para>
49017 <para>#015|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. No.: </label>|{ 015a }{ 0152 }| </para>
49018 <para>#016|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. Agency Control No.: </label>|{ 016a }{
49020 <para>#600|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Personal Names: </label>|{\n6003
49021 }{\n600a}{ 600b }{ 600c }{ 600d }{ 600e }{ 600f }{ 600g }{ 600h }{--600k}{ 600l }{ 600m }{
49022 600n }{ 600o }{--600p}{ 600r }{ 600s }{ 600t }{ 600u }{--600x}{--600z}{--600y}{--600v}| </para>
49023 <para>#610|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Corporate Names: </label>|{\n6103
49024 }{\n610a}{ 610b }{ 610c }{ 610d }{ 610e }{ 610f }{ 610g }{ 610h }{--610k}{ 610l }{ 610m }{
49025 610n }{ 610o }{--610p}{ 610r }{ 610s }{ 610t }{ 610u }{--610x}{--610z}{--610y}{--610v}| </para>
49026 <para>#611|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Meeting Names: </label>|{\n6113 }{\n611a}{
49027 611b }{ 611c }{ 611d }{ 611e }{ 611f }{ 611g }{ 611h }{--611k}{ 611l }{ 611m }{ 611n }{
49028 611o }{--611p}{ 611r }{ 611s }{ 611t }{ 611u }{--611x}{--611z}{--611y}{--611v}| </para>
49029 <para>#630|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Uniform Titles: </label>|{\n630a}{ 630b }{
49030 630c }{ 630d }{ 630e }{ 630f }{ 630g }{ 630h }{--630k }{ 630l }{ 630m }{ 630n }{ 630o
49031 }{--630p}{ 630r }{ 630s }{ 630t }{--630x}{--630z}{--630y}{--630v}| </para>
49032 <para>#648|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Chronological Terms: </label>|{\n6483
49033 }{\n648a }{--648x}{--648z}{--648y}{--648v}|
49034 #650|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Topical Terms: </label>|{\n6503 }{\n650a}{
49035 650b }{ 650c }{ 650d }{ 650e }{--650x}{--650z}{--650y}{--650v}| </para>
49036 <para>#651|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Geographic Terms: </label>|{\n6513
49037 }{\n651a}{ 651b }{ 651c }{ 651d }{ 651e }{--651x}{--651z}{--651y}{--651v}| </para>
49038 <para>#653|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Index Terms: </label>|{ 653a }| </para>
49039 <para>#654|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Facted Index Terms: </label>|{\n6543
49040 }{\n654a}{--654b}{--654x}{--654z}{--654y}{--654v}| </para>
49041 <para>#655|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Genre/Form: </label>|{\n6553
49042 }{\n655a}{--655b}{--655x }{--655z}{--655y}{--655v}| </para>
49043 <para>#656|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Occupation: </label>|{\n6563
49044 }{\n656a}{--656k}{--656x}{--656z}{--656y}{--656v}| </para>
49045 <para>#657|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Function: </label>|{\n6573
49046 }{\n657a}{--657x}{--657z}{--657y}{--657v}| </para>
49047 <para>#658|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Curriculum Objective:
49048 </label>|{\n658a}{--658b}{--658c}{--658d}{--658v}| </para>
49049 <para>#050|<br/><br/><label>LC Class. No.: </label>|{ 050a }{ / 050b }| </para>
49050 <para>#082|<br/><br/><label>Dewey Class. No.: </label>|{ 082a }{ / 082b }| </para>
49051 <para>#080|<br/><br/><label>Universal Decimal Class. No.: </label>|{ 080a }{
49052 080x }{ / 080b }| </para>
49053 <para>#070|<br/><br/><label>National Agricultural Library Call No.: </label>|{
49054 070a }{ / 070b }| </para>
49055 <para>#060|<br/><br/><label>National Library of Medicine Call No.: </label>|{
49056 060a }{ / 060b }| </para>
49057 <para>#074|<br/><br/><label>GPO Item No.: </label>|{ 074a }| </para>
49058 <para>#086|<br/><br/><label>Gov. Doc. Class. No.: </label>|{ 086a }| </para>
49059 <para>#088|<br/><br/><label>Report. No.: </label>|{ 088a }|</para>
49064 <appendix id="receiptprint">
49065 <title>Configuring Receipt Printers</title>
49067 <para>The following instructions are for specific receipt printers, but
49068 can probably be used to help with setup of other brands as well.</para>
49070 <section id="epsonprinters">
49072 <corpauthor>NEKLS</corpauthor>
49074 <pubdate>2008</pubdate>
49076 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></bibliosource>
49079 <title><link linkend="epsonprinters">For Epson TM-T88III (3) & TM-T88IV (4) Printers</link></title>
49083 <section id="epsonprintdriver">
49084 <title><link linkend="epsonprintdriver">In the Print Driver</link></title>
49086 <para>For these instructions, we are using version 5,0,3,0 of the
49087 Epson TM-T88III print driver; the EPSON TM-T88IV version is ReceiptE4.
49088 Register at the <ulink url="https://www.epsonexpert.com/login">EpsonExpert Technical Resource
49089 Center website</ulink> to gain access to the drivers; go to Technical
49090 Resources, then choose the printer model from the Printers drop-down
49093 <para>Click Start > Printers and Faxes > Right click the receipt
49094 printer > Properties:</para>
49098 <para>Advanced Tab, click Printing Defaults button</para>
49102 <para>Layout Tab: Paper size: Roll Paper 80 x 297mm</para>
49106 <para>TM-T88III: Layout Tab: Check Reduce Printing and Fit to
49107 Printable Width</para>
49111 <para>TM-T88IV: Check Reduced Size Print; Click OK on the popup
49112 window that appears. Fit to Printable Width should be
49113 automatically selected.</para>
49117 <para>OK your way out of there.</para>
49122 <section id="epsonfirefox">
49123 <title><link linkend="epsonfirefox">In Firefox</link></title>
49125 <para>Under File > Page Setup:</para>
49129 <para>Shrink to fit page on Format & Options tab</para>
49133 <para>0,0,0,0 for Margins on Margins & Header/Footer Tab. This
49134 makes the receipts use all available space on the paper
49139 <para>Set all Headers/Footers to -blank-. This removes all of the
49140 gunk you might normally find on a print from Firefox, such as the
49141 URL, number of pages, etc.</para>
49145 <para>Click OK</para>
49149 <para>Set the default printer settings in Firefox so you don't see a
49150 "Print" dialog:</para>
49154 <para>Go to File > Print</para>
49158 <para>Set the Printer to the receipt printer.</para>
49162 <para>Click the Advanced (or Properties) button</para>
49166 <para>Layout Tab: Paper size: Roll Paper 80 x 297mm</para>
49170 <para>TM-T88III: Layout Tab: Check Reduce Printing and Fit to
49171 Printable Width</para>
49175 <para>TM-T88IV: Check Reduced Size Print; click OK on the popup
49176 window that appears. Fit to Printable Width should be
49177 automatically selected.</para>
49181 <para>OK your way out, go ahead and print whatever page you are
49186 <para>Type about:config, in the address bar. Click "I'll be
49187 careful, I promise!" on the warning message.</para>
49191 <para>Type, print.always in Filter.</para>
49195 <para>Look for print.always_print_silent.</para>
49199 <para>If the preference is there then set the value to
49206 <para>If the preference is not there (and it shouldn't be in most
49207 browsers) you have to add the preference.</para>
49211 <para>Right click the preference area and select New >
49216 <para>Type print.always_print_silent in the dialog box and set
49217 the value to True. This sets the print settings in Firefox to
49218 always use the same settings and print without showing a
49226 <para>Setting the print.always_print_silent setting in about:config
49227 DISABLES the ability to choose a printer in Firefox.</para>
49232 <section id="epson2">
49234 <corpauthor>NEKLS</corpauthor>
49236 <pubdate>2008</pubdate>
49238 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></bibliosource>
49241 <title><link linkend="epson2">For Epson TM-T88II (2) Printers</link></title>
49243 <para>Register at the <ulink url="https://www.epsonexpert.com/login">EpsonExpert Technical Resource
49244 Center website</ulink> to gain access to the drivers; go to Technical
49245 Resources, then choose the printer model from the Printers drop-down
49248 <section id="epson2firefox">
49249 <title><link linkend="epson2firefox">In Firefox</link></title>
49251 <para>Under File > Page Setup:</para>
49255 <para>Shrink to fit page on Format & Options tab</para>
49259 <para>0,0,0,0 for Margins on Margins & Header/Footer Tab. This
49260 makes the receipts use all available space on the paper
49265 <para>Set all Headers/Footers to -blank-. This removes all of the
49266 gunk you might normally find on a print from Firefox, such as the
49267 URL, number of pages, etc.</para>
49271 <para>Click OK</para>
49275 <para>Set the default printer settings in Firefox so you don't see a
49276 "Print" dialog:</para>
49280 <para>Go to File > Print</para>
49284 <para>Set the Printer to the receipt printer.</para>
49288 <para>Print whatever page you are on.</para>
49292 <para>Type about:config, in the address bar. Click "I'll be
49293 careful, I promise!" on the warning message.</para>
49297 <para>Type, print.always in Filter.</para>
49301 <para>Look for, print.always_print_silent.</para>
49305 <para>If the preference is there then set the value to
49312 <para>If the preference is not there (and it shouldn't be in most
49313 browsers) you have to add the preference.</para>
49317 <para>Right click the preference area and select New >
49322 <para>Type, print.always_print_silent in the dialog box and
49323 set the value to True. This sets the print settings in Firefox
49324 to always use the same settings and print without showing a
49332 <para>Setting the print.always_print_silent setting in about:config
49333 DISABLES the ability to choose a printer in Firefox.</para>
49338 <section id="starprinter">
49340 <corpauthor>RHCL</corpauthor>
49343 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
49345 <surname>Engard</surname>
49348 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
49351 <title><link linkend="starprinter">For Star SP542 Printers</link></title>
49353 <section id="installstarprinter">
49354 <title><link linkend="installstarprinter">Installing the Printer</link></title>
49356 <para>While the following comments are based on the Star SP542 receipt
49357 printer, they probably apply to all printers in the SP5xx
49360 <para>The Star SP542 receipt printer works well with Koha and <emphasis role="bold">Firefox
49361 on Windows XP SP3</emphasis>. This printer, with either the parallel or USB interface,
49362 is fairly easy to install and configure. You will need the following executable file which
49363 is available from numerous places on the Internet:</para>
49365 <para>linemode_2k-xp_20030205.exe</para>
49367 <para>This executable actually does all of the installation; you will
49368 not need to use the Microsoft Windows "Add Printer" program. We
49369 recommend that when installing, the option for the software monitor
49370 not be selected; we have experienced significant pauses and delays in
49371 printing with it. Instead, simply choose to install the receipt
49372 printer without the monitor.</para>
49374 <para>Additionally, the install program may not put the printer on the
49375 correct port, especially if using the USB interface. This is easily
49376 corrected by going to "Start -> Printers and Faxes -> Properties
49377 for the SP542 printer -> Ports", then check the appropriate
49380 <para>A reboot may be required, even if not indicated by the
49381 installation software or the operating system.</para>
49382 <para><emphasis role="bold">Windows 7</emphasis> users should refer to this page: <ulink url="http://www.starmicronics.com/supports/win7.aspx">http://www.starmicronics.com/supports/win7.aspx</ulink>.
49387 <section id="firefoxreceipt">
49389 <corpauthor>VOKAL</corpauthor>
49392 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
49394 <surname>Engard</surname>
49397 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
49399 <bibliosource><ulink url="https://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Setting_up_your_SLIP_printer_1_18087191815760117">https://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Setting_up_your_SLIP_printer_1_18087191815760117</ulink></bibliosource>
49402 <title><link linkend="firefoxreceipt">Configuring Firefox to Print to Receipt Printer</link></title>
49406 <para>Open File > Page Setup</para>
49410 <para>Make all the headers and footers blank</para>
49414 <para>Set the margins to 0 (zero)</para>
49418 <para>In the address bar of Firefox, type about:config</para>
49422 <para>Search for print.always_print_silent and double click
49427 <para>Change it from false to true</para>
49431 <para>This lets you skip the Print pop up box that comes up, as
49432 well as skipping the step where you have to click OK,
49433 automatically printing the right sized slip.</para>
49439 <para>If print.always_print_silent does not come up</para>
49443 <para>Right click on a blank area of the preference
49448 <para>Select new > Boolean</para>
49452 <para>Enter "print.always_print_silent" as the name (without
49457 <para>Click OK</para>
49461 <para>Select true for the value</para>
49467 <para>You may also want to check what is listed for
49468 print.print_printer</para>
49472 <para>You may have to choose Generic/Text Only (or whatever your
49473 receipt printer might be named)</para>
49480 <appendix id="noticesappendix">
49481 <title>Notice & Slips Guides</title>
49482 <section id="noticesfieldguide">
49486 <firstname>Barton</firstname>
49487 <surname>Chittenden</surname>
49489 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
49493 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
49494 <surname>Engard</surname>
49497 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
49499 <title><link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Field Guide for Notices & Slips</link></title>
49500 <para>This guide will break down the notices and slips information in 3 ways. First it will
49501 tell you what file generates the notice, then how you will present the item info in that
49502 notice and finally if the notice can be branch specific or not.</para>
49504 <informaltable style="border-collapse:collapse;border:1px solid black;font-family:'Times New Roman';letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;word-spacing:0px">
49507 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Letter Code</th>
49508 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Used In</th>
49509 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Detail tag</th>
49510 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Can be branch specific</th>
49515 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">DUE</td>
49516 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
49517 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
49518 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
49521 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">DUEDGST</td>
49522 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
49523 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
49524 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
49527 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">PREDUE</td>
49528 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
49529 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
49530 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
49533 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">PREDUEDGST</td>
49534 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
49535 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
49536 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
49539 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ODUE*</td>
49540 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">overdue_notices.pl</td>
49541 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>> or <item>
49543 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49546 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">CHECKOUT</td>
49547 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
49548 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49549 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49552 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">RENEWAL</td>
49553 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
49554 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49555 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49558 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">TRANSFERSLIP</td>
49559 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
49560 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49561 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49564 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ISSUESLIP</td>
49565 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Members.pm</td>
49566 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">
49567 <para><checkedout> </checkedout> </para>
49568 <para> <overdue> </overdue> </para>
49569 <para> <news> </news> </para>
49571 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49574 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ISSUEQSLIP</td>
49575 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Members.pm</td>
49576 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><checkedout> </checkedout></td>
49577 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49580 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">HOLDPLACED</td>
49581 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Reserves.pm</td>
49582 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49583 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49586 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">RESERVESLIP</td>
49587 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Reserves.pm</td>
49588 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49589 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49592 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ASKED</td>
49593 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
49594 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49595 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49598 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">CHECKED</td>
49599 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
49600 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49601 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49604 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ACCEPTED</td>
49605 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
49606 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49607 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49610 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">REJECTED</td>
49611 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
49612 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49613 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
49616 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">OPAC_REG_VERIFY</td>
49617 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">opac/opac-memberentry.pl</td>
49618 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
49619 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
49627 <appendix id="samplenotice">
49628 <title>Example Notice</title>
49630 <para>Nicole Engard</para>
49632 <para>410 Library Rd.</para>
49634 <para>Philadelphia, PA 19107</para>
49636 <para>Dear Nicole Engard (23529000035726),</para>
49638 <para>According to our records, at the time of this notice, you have items
49639 that are overdue. Please return or renew them as soon as possible to avoid
49640 increasing late fines.</para>
49642 <para>If you have registered a password with the library, you may use it
49643 with your library card number to renew online.</para>
49645 <para>If you believe you have returned the items below please call at and
49646 library staff will be happy to help resolve the issue.</para>
49648 <para>The following item(s) are currently overdue:</para>
49650 <para>07/08/2008 Creating drug-free schools and communities : 502326000054
49651 Fox, C. Lynn.</para>
49653 <para>06/27/2008 Eating fractions / 502326000022 McMillan, Bruce.</para>
49655 <para>Sincerely, Library Staff</para>
49658 <appendix id="sampleserialsapp">
49659 <title>Sample Serials</title>
49663 <section id="readersdigestsample">
49664 <title><link linkend="readersdigestsample">Reader's Digest (0034-0375)</link></title>
49668 <para>Published 12 times a year (monthly)</para>
49672 <para>The Volume number changes every 6 months and the numbers
49673 continues on (requires an advanced pattern).</para>
49676 <screeninfo>Sample Reader's Digest Subscription</screeninfo>
49680 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/readersserial.png"/>
49690 <section id="peoplesample">
49691 <title><link linkend="peoplesample">People Weekly (1076-0091)</link></title>
49695 <para>Published weekly</para>
49699 <para>The website says "on Saturday except the first week of
49700 August, Thanksgiving week, the first and last weeks of the year"
49701 but this does not match the pattern for 2007 or 2008</para>
49707 <para>In the Jul-Dec there are 26 issues</para>
49711 <para>In the Jan-Jun there are 25 issues (no issue for the first
49712 week of January)</para>
49716 <para>Since the irregularity on the first # 26 does not skip a week,
49717 this would be set up as to roll over on issue 25. The 26th issue in the
49718 second half of the year would have to be received as a
49719 supplemental.</para>
49721 <para>The irregularity check will complain that 52 issues were expected,
49722 but 25 entered. The current irregularity check can only check that the
49723 first position of the numbering pattern matches the expected issue count
49724 of the periodicity. But we do need to trigger the rollover on the
49725 volume, so we need to define the last two weeks of the year as
49726 irregularities. So we receive 50 issues the first 50 weeks, then one
49727 supplemental issue in week 51, which we have to define the enumeration
49728 for, then the next predicted issue will be the following year's first
49732 <section id="hebrewserialsample">
49733 <title><link linkend="hebrewserialsample">Et-Mol</link></title>
49735 <para>This journal is published with the following rules:</para>
49739 <para>6 issues a year (every 2 months)</para>
49743 <para>year changes every 6 issues</para>
49747 <para>we start in 2011</para>
49751 <para>the issue number goes up indefinitely</para>
49755 <para>starting from issue 215</para>
49759 <para>The planning would look like this:</para>
49762 <screeninfo>Sample for this Hebrew Journal</screeninfo>
49766 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/hebrewnewspaper.png"/>
49771 <section id="backpackerserial">
49772 <title><link linkend="backpackerserial">Backpacker (0277-867X)</link></title>
49773 <para>Published 9 times a year irregularly. The issues continues while the volume and number
49774 rolls over every 9 issues. If you're holding Volume 41, Number 3, Issue 302 in your hand
49775 the prediction would look like this:</para>
49777 <screeninfo>Backpacker numbering pattern</screeninfo>
49780 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/backpacker.png"/>
49784 <para>And the received issues would number like this:</para>
49785 <para>v. 41, no. 3, iss. 302 </para>
49786 <para>v. 41, no. 4, iss. 303 </para>
49787 <para>v. 41, no. 5, iss. 304 </para>
49788 <para>v. 41, no. 6, iss. 305 </para>
49789 <para>v. 41, no. 7, iss. 306 </para>
49790 <para>v. 41, no. 8, iss. 307</para>
49791 <para>v. 41, no. 9, iss. 308 </para>
49792 <para>v. 42, no. 1, iss. 309 </para>
49793 <para>v. 42, no. 2, iss. 310 </para>
49794 <para>v. 42, no. 3, iss. 311 </para>
49795 <para>v. 42, no. 4, iss. 312</para>
49797 <section id="keatsserial">
49798 <title><link linkend="keatsserial">Keats-Shelley Journal (0453-4387)</link></title>
49799 <para>This journal is published once per year in July. The numbering follows this pattern: <itemizedlist>
49801 <para>Vol. 61 2013</para>
49804 <para>Vol. 62 2014</para>
49807 <para>Vol. 63 2015</para>
49809 </itemizedlist> Setup should look like this (if you're starting in July 2014):</para>
49811 <screeninfo>Serial planning</screeninfo>
49814 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/keatsplanning.png"/>
49819 <section id="cilserial">
49820 <title><link linkend="cilserial">Computers in Libraries (1041-7915)</link></title>
49821 <para>Computers in Libraries is published ten times per year (monthly with January/February
49822 and July/August combined issues).</para>
49824 <screeninfo>Subscription details</screeninfo>
49827 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilirregular.png"/>
49832 <screeninfo>Serial Planning</screeninfo>
49835 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilpattern.png"/>
49840 <screeninfo>Received details</screeninfo>
49843 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilreceived.png"/>
49849 <appendix id="samplelistemail">
49850 <title>Sample List & Cart Emails</title>
49851 <section id="examplelistemail">
49852 <title><link linkend="examplelistemail">Example Email from List</link></title>
49853 <para>Below is an example of an email from a list in
49854 Koha.<programlisting>Hi,
49856 Here is your list called If You Like Jodi Picoult, sent from our online catalog.
49858 Please note that the attached file is a MARC bibliographic records file
49859 which can be imported into a Personal Bibliographic Software like EndNote,
49860 Reference Manager or ProCite.
49861 ---------------------------------------------
49863 Home safe : a novel /
49865 by Berg, Elizabeth.
49867 Published by: Random House,, 260 p. ;, 25 cm.
49868 Copyright year: 2009
49870 In the online catalog:
49871 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=12113
49873 North Branch FIC (FIC Ber) TVSN500088894O
49874 Main Library FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN5000921548
49875 South Branch FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN500092156A
49876 West Branch FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN5000921559
49878 ---------------------------------------------
49882 by Brown, Rosellen.
49884 Published by: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux,, 402 p. ;, 24 cm.
49885 Copyright year: 2000
49887 In the online catalog:
49888 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=12501
49890 East Branch (813/.54)
49891 South Branch FIC (FIC Bro) TVSN5000451333</programlisting></para>
49893 <section id="examplecartemail">
49894 <title><link linkend="examplecartemail">Example Email from Cart</link></title>
49895 <para>Below is a sample of what an email from the Cart in Koha will look
49896 like:<programlisting>Hi,
49898 Joaquin D'Planque sent you a cart from our online catalog.
49900 Please note that the attached file is a MARC bibliographic records
49901 file which can be imported into personal bibliographic software like
49902 EndNote, Reference Manager or ProCite.
49904 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
49908 Author(s): Brookfield, Karen. ;
49909 Published by: Knopf : | Distributed by Random House, , 63 p. : ,
49911 Copyright year: 1993
49912 Notes : Includes index.
49916 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31644
49920 * East Branch (JNF 002 Bro) TVSN500017618A
49922 -----------------------------------------------------------------
49924 2. The 1965 World book year book :
49926 Published by: Field Enterprises Educational Corp., , 628 p. : , 26
49928 Copyright year: 1965
49929 Notes : Includes index. | Spine title: Year book, 1965. | Cover
49930 title: The World book year book, 1965.
49932 http://www.archive.org/details/1965worldbookyea00chic%20%7C%20http://www.openlibrary.org/books/OL24199089M
49935 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=88666
49937 -----------------------------------------------------------------</programlisting></para>
49941 <appendix id="kohacms">
49942 <title>Using Koha as a Content Management System (CMS)</title>
49946 <section id="kohacmssetup">
49947 <title><link linkend="kohacmssetup">Setup</link></title>
49949 <para>These are instructions for taking a default install of Koha and allowing it to function
49950 as a little content management system. This will allow a library to publish an arbitrary
49951 number of pages based on a template. This example uses the template for the main opac page,
49952 but you could just as well use any template you wish with a bit more editing. This may be
49953 appropriate if you have a small library, want to allow librarians to easily add pages, and
49954 do not want to support a complete CMS. </para>
49958 <para>Copy /usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/opac-main.pl to
49959 /usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/pages.pl (in the same directory) </para>
49963 <para>Edit pages.pl in an editor</para>
49967 <para>At approximately line 33 change this code: </para>
49969 <programlisting>template_name => "opac-main.tmpl",</programlisting>
49973 <para>To this code:</para>
49975 <programlisting>template_name => "pages.tmpl", </programlisting>
49979 <para>At approximately line 62 after this code: </para>
49980 <programlisting>$template->param(
49981 koha_news => $all_koha_news,
49982 koha_news_count => $koha_news_count,
49983 display_daily_quote => C4::Context->preference('QuoteOfTheDay'),
49984 daily_quote => $quote,
49985 );</programlisting>
49988 <para>Add these lines: </para>
49989 <programlisting> my $page = "page_" . $input->param('p'); # go for "p" value in URL and do the concatenation
49990 my $preference = C4::Context->preference($page); # Go for preference
49991 $template->{VARS}->{'page_test'} = $preference; # pass variable to template pages.tt</programlisting>
49995 <para>Note pages.pl file must have Webserver user execution permissions, you can use
49996 <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chmod">chmod</ulink> command if you are
49997 actually logged in as such user:
49998 <programlisting> $chmod 755 pages.pl</programlisting></para>
50002 <para>In the browser go to Home > Administration > System Preferences > Local Use and add
50003 a New Preference called "page_test" </para>
50007 <para>Fill it out as so</para>
50011 <para>Explanation: test page for pages tiny cms</para>
50015 <para>Variable: page_test</para>
50019 <para>Value: Lorem ipsum</para>
50023 <para>Click the TextArea link (or enter "TextArea" into the
50024 input field below it)</para>
50028 <para>variable options (last field): 80|50</para>
50034 <para>In a browser go to http://youraddress/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=test The page should
50035 come up with the words "Lorem ipsum" in the main content area of the page. (replace
50036 "youraddress" with localhost, 127.0.0.1, or your domain name depending on how you have
50037 Apache set up.) </para>
50041 <para>To add more pages simply create a system preference where the title begins with
50042 "page_" followed by any arbitrary letters. You can add any markup you want as the value
50043 of the field. Reference the new page by changing the value of the "p" parameter in the
50047 <para>To learn more visit the Koha wiki page on this topic: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS</ulink></para>
50048 <section id="kohacmstmpl">
50049 <title><link linkend="kohacmstmpl">Editing the pages template</link></title>
50050 <para>The file to create / edit for the pages template will depend on your <link linkend="opacthemes">opacthemes</link> system preference setting </para>
50051 <section id="kohacmstmplboot">
50052 <title><link linkend="kohacmstmplboot">Editing 'bootstrap' theme template (current)</link></title>
50055 <para>Copy /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/opac-main.tt to /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/pages.tt</para>
50058 <para>Edit /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/pages.tt</para>
50061 <para>At approximately line 61, change this:
50062 <programlisting> [% IF ( OpacMainUserBlock ) %]<div id="opacmainuserblock">[% OpacMainUserBlock %]</div>[% END %]</programlisting></para>
50066 <programlisting> [% IF ( page_test ) %]<div id="opacmainuserblock">[% page_test %]</div>[% END %]</programlisting></para>
50069 <para>Remark: You may wish to disable your News block of these CMS style pages e.g. when you do not want it displayed on the CMS style pages or where the News block is long enough that it actually makes the 'page_test' include scroll outside the default viewport dimensions. In that case, remove the following code from your pages.tt template.
50071 [% IF ( koha_news_count ) %]
50072 <div id="news">
50073 <table class="table table-bordered">
50074 [% FOREACH koha_new IN koha_news %]
50075 <thead><tr><th>[% koha_new.title %]</th></tr></thead>
50076 <tbody><tr><td><p>[% koha_new.new %]</p>
50077 <p class="newsfooter"><i>(published on [% koha_new.newdate %])</i></p></td></tr></tbody>
50086 <section id="kohacmstrouble">
50087 <title><link linkend="kohacmstrouble">Troubleshooting</link></title>
50089 <para>If you have problems check file permissions on pages.pl and
50090 pages.tmpl. They should have the same user and group as other Koha
50091 files like opac-main.pl.</para>
50094 <section id="kohacmsbonus">
50095 <title><link linkend="kohacmsbonus">Bonus Points</link></title>
50097 <para>Instead of using the address
50098 http://youraddress/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=test you can shorten it to
50099 http://youraddress/pages.pl?p=test Just open up
50100 /etc/koha/koha-httpd.conf and add the follow at about line
50101 13:<programlisting>ScriptAlias /pages.pl "/usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/pages.pl" </programlisting></para>
50103 <para>Then restart Apache.</para>
50107 <section id="kohacmsusage">
50108 <title><link linkend="kohacmsusage">Usage</link></title>
50110 <para>After setting up Koha as a CMS you can create new pages following
50111 these instructions:</para>
50113 <section id="kohacmspages">
50114 <title><link linkend="kohacmspages">Adding Pages</link></title>
50116 <para>To add a new page you need to add a system preference under
50121 <para>Get there: More > Administration > Global System
50122 Preferences > Local Use</para>
50126 <para>Click 'New Preference'</para>
50130 <para>Enter in a description in the Explanation field</para>
50134 <para>Enter a value that starts with 'page_' in the Variable
50139 <para>Enter starting HTML in the Value field</para>
50142 <screeninfo>Add a new preference</screeninfo>
50146 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/newpreference.png"/>
50153 <para>Set the Variable Type to Textarea</para>
50157 <para>Set the Variable options to something like 20|20 for 20 rows
50158 and 20 columns</para>
50161 <screeninfo>Settings for the new preference</screeninfo>
50165 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/newpref-settings.png"/>
50173 <section id="kohacmsview">
50174 <title><link linkend="kohacmsview">Viewing your page</link></title>
50176 <para>You can view your new page at
50177 http://YOUR-OPAC/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=PAGENAME where PAGENAME is
50178 the part you entered after 'page_' in the Variable field.</para>
50181 <section id="kohacmsexpage">
50182 <title><link linkend="kohacmsexpage">Example</link></title>
50184 <para>This process can be used to create recommended reading lists
50185 within Koha. So once the code changes have been made per the
50186 instructions on 'Koha as a CMS' you go through the 'Adding a New Page'
50187 instructions above to great a page for 'Recommended Reading
50191 <screeninfo>Create page by modifying a system
50192 preference</screeninfo>
50196 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/recommendedreading.png"/>
50201 <para>Next we need to create pages for our various classes (or
50202 categories). To do this, return to the 'Adding a New Page' section and
50203 create a preference for the first class.</para>
50206 <screeninfo>Add a new sys pref for another page</screeninfo>
50210 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/class101-pref.png"/>
50215 <para>Next you'll want to link your first page to your new second
50216 page, go to the page_recommend preference and click 'Edit.' Now you
50217 want to edit the HTML to include a link to your newest page:</para>
50220 <screeninfo>Edit original preference to add new page</screeninfo>
50224 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/editrecommendpref.png"/>
50230 <section id="examplecms">
50231 <title><link linkend="examplecms">Live Examples</link></title>
50235 <para>The Crawford Library at Dallas Christian College is using
50236 this method for their recommended reading lists: <ulink url="http://opac.dallas.edu/">http://opac.dallas.edu/</ulink></para>
50243 <appendix id="resetkohadb">
50244 <title>Resetting the Koha Database</title>
50246 <para>These notes on how to reset the database for Koha were derived from the following email
50247 thread: <ulink url="http://lists.koha-community.org/pipermail/koha-devel/2009-January/008939.html">http://lists.koha-community.org/pipermail/koha-devel/2009-January/008939.html</ulink> and
50248 <ulink url="http://lists.katipo.co.nz/public/koha/2014-June/039701.html">http://lists.katipo.co.nz/public/koha/2014-June/039701.html</ulink>
50251 <para>Resetting the database may be useful if you install Koha with the
50252 sample data, and then wish to use real data without reinstalling the
50255 <section id="deletetables">
50256 <title><link linkend="deletetables">Delete sample data from Tables</link></title>
50257 <para>Use your preferred MySQL client to <ulink url="http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.5/en/delete.html">delete</ulink> the following
50264 <para>biblioitems</para>
50270 <para>auth_header</para>
50273 <para>sessions</para>
50276 <para>zebraqueue</para>
50280 You may need to disable foreign key checks to delete data from same tables. For instructions follow this thread:
50281 <ulink url="https://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2013-July/036853.html">https://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2013-July/036853.html</ulink>.
50285 <section id="resetzebra">
50286 <title><link linkend="resetzebra">Reset the Zebra Index</link></title>
50288 <para>Run the following commands to reset the authorities and biblios
50289 Zebra indices. <programlisting>$ zebraidx -c /etc/koha/zebradb/zebra-authorities-dom.cfg -g iso2709 -d authorities init
50290 $ zebraidx -c /etc/koha/zebradb/zebra-biblios.cfg -g iso2709 -d biblios init </programlisting></para>
50291 <para>If you are running a package install then you'll want to run the following commands to
50292 reset the authorities and biblios Zebra indices
50293 instead:<programlisting>$ sudo zebraidx -c /etc/koha/sites/YOURLIBRARY/zebra-authorities-dom.cfg -g iso2709 -d authorities init
50294 $ sudo zebraidx -c /etc/koha/sites/YOURLIBRARY/zebra-biblios.cfg -g iso2709 -d biblios init </programlisting></para>
50295 <para>Replacing YOURLIBRARY with your Koha installation name.</para>
50299 <appendix id="importantlinks">
50300 <title>Important Links</title>
50304 <section id="koharelatedlinks">
50305 <title><link linkend="koharelatedlinks">Koha Related</link></title>
50309 <para>Report Koha Bugs - <ulink url="http://bugs.koha-community.org">http://bugs.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
50313 <para>Koha Versioning Control - <ulink url="http://git.koha-community.org/">http://git.koha-community.org/</ulink></para>
50317 <para>Database Structure - <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
50320 <para>Koha Community Statistics - <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org">http://hea.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
50324 <para>Koha as a CMS - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS</ulink></para>
50328 <para>Kyles's Koha Tools - <ulink url="http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/">http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/</ulink></para>
50332 <para>Koha Bibliography - <ulink url="http://www.zotero.org/groups/koha">http://www.zotero.org/groups/koha</ulink></para>
50336 <para>Koha Shared Links - <ulink url="http://groups.diigo.com/group/everything-koha">http://groups.diigo.com/group/everything-koha</ulink></para>
50340 <section id="circrelatedlinks">
50341 <title><link linkend="circrelatedlinks">Circulation Related</link></title>
50344 <para>Koha Desktop Offline Circulation: <ulink url="https://github.com/bywatersolutions/koha-offline-circulation/releases">https://github.com/bywatersolutions/koha-offline-circulation/releases</ulink></para>
50347 <para>Koha Firefox Offline Circulation: <ulink url="https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/koct/">https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/koct/</ulink>
50353 <section id="catalogrelatedlinks">
50354 <title><link linkend="catalogrelatedlinks">Cataloging Related</link></title>
50358 <para>Koha MARC Tutorials - <ulink url="http://www.pakban.net/brooke/">http://www.pakban.net/brooke/</ulink></para>
50362 <para>IRSpy Open Z39.50 Server Search - <ulink url="http://irspy.indexdata.com/">http://irspy.indexdata.com/</ulink></para>
50366 <para>Z39.50 Server List - <ulink url="http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/z3950hosts.htm">http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/z3950hosts.htm</ulink></para>
50369 <para>Open Koha Z39.50 Targets - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources</ulink></para>
50373 <para>Library of Congress Authorities - <ulink url="http://authorities.loc.gov/">http://authorities.loc.gov/</ulink></para>
50377 <para>MARC Country Codes - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/">http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/</ulink></para>
50381 <para>Search the MARC Code List for Organizations - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/org-search.php">http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/org-search.php</ulink></para>
50385 <para>Search for Canadian MARC Codes - <ulink url="http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1">http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1</ulink></para>
50389 <para>Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink></para>
50394 <section id="enhancedcontentlinks">
50395 <title><link linkend="enhancedcontentlinks">Enhanced Content Related</link></title>
50399 <para>Amazon Associates - <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com</ulink></para>
50403 <para>Amazon Web Services - <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink></para>
50407 <para>WorldCat Affiliate Tools - <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/wcpa/do/AffiliateUserServices?method=initSelfRegister">http://www.worldcat.org/wcpa/do/AffiliateUserServices?method=initSelfRegister</ulink></para>
50411 <para>XISBN - <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
50415 <para>LibraryThing for Libraries - <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries">http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries</ulink></para>
50420 <section id="opaclinks">
50421 <title><link linkend="opaclinks">Design Related</link></title>
50425 <para>JQuery Library - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink></para>
50428 <para>HTML & CSS Library - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/HTML_%26_CSS_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/HTML_%26_CSS_Library</ulink></para>
50432 <para>Owen Leonard's Koha Blog - <ulink url="http://www.myacpl.org/koha">http://www.myacpl.org/koha</ulink></para>
50437 <section id="reportlinks">
50438 <title><link linkend="reportlinks">Reports Related</link></title>
50442 <para>SQL Reports Library - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library</ulink></para>
50446 <para>Database Schema - <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
50450 <para>Sample reports from NEKLS - <ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/training/reports-training/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/training/reports-training/</ulink></para>
50455 <section id="installlinks">
50456 <title><link linkend="installlinks">Installation Guides</link></title>
50460 <para>Installing Koha 3 on Ubuntu - <ulink url="http://www.blazingmoon.org/guides/k3-on-u810-1.html">http://www.blazingmoon.org/guides/k3-on-u810-1.html</ulink></para>
50464 <para>Koha on Debian installation documentation - <ulink url="http://openlib.org/home/krichel/courses/lis508/doc/koha_installation_overview.html">http://openlib.org/home/krichel/courses/lis508/doc/koha_installation_overview.html</ulink></para>
50468 <para>Koha 3.2 on Debian Squeeze - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_3.2_on_Debian_Squeeze">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_3.2_on_Debian_Squeeze</ulink></para>
50473 <section id="misclinks">
50474 <title><link linkend="misclinks">Misc</link></title>
50478 <para>Zotero - <ulink url="http://zotero.org">http://zotero.org</ulink></para>
50482 <para>SOPAC - <ulink url="http://thesocialopac.net/">http://thesocialopac.net</ulink></para>
50488 <appendix id="XSLTiTypes">
50489 <title>Koha XSLT Item Types</title>
50491 <para>When you have any of the XSLT system preferences (<link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>, <link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link>, <link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link>, and/or <link linkend="XSLTResultsDisplay">XSLTResultsDisplay</link>) along with the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> and <link linkend="DisplayIconsXSLT">DisplayIconsXSLT</link>
50492 preferences turned on you will see item type icons on the related screen. <important>
50493 <para>These images are coming from values found in your leader, if your leader is not
50494 cataloged properly it might be best to turn off the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> preference (which can be done while leaving the other XSLT
50495 preferences turned on).</para>
50496 </important></para>
50499 <screeninfo>Book image</screeninfo>
50503 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/book.png"/>
50510 <para>Book [BK]</para>
50514 <para>leader6 = a (and one of the leader7 values below)</para>
50518 <para>leader7 = a</para>
50522 <para>leader7 = c</para>
50526 <para>leader7 = d</para>
50530 <para>leader7 = m</para>
50536 <para>leader6 = t</para>
50543 <screeninfo>Computer Image</screeninfo>
50547 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/comp.png"/>
50554 <para>Computer File [CF]</para>
50558 <para>leader6 = m</para>
50565 <screeninfo>Continuing Resource Image</screeninfo>
50569 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/cr.png"/>
50576 <para>Continuing Resource [CR]</para>
50580 <para>leader7 = b</para>
50584 <para>leader7 = i</para>
50588 <para>leader7 = s</para>
50595 <screeninfo>Map Image</screeninfo>
50599 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/map.png"/>
50606 <para>Map [MP]</para>
50610 <para>leader6 = e</para>
50614 <para>leader6 = f</para>
50621 <screeninfo>Mixed Materials Image</screeninfo>
50625 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/mixed.png"/>
50632 <para>Mixed [MX]</para>
50636 <para>leader6 = p</para>
50643 <screeninfo>Sound Image</screeninfo>
50647 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/sound.png"/>
50654 <para>Sound [MU]</para>
50658 <para>leader6 = c</para>
50662 <para>leader6 = d</para>
50666 <para>leader6 = i</para>
50670 <para>leader6 = j</para>
50677 <screeninfo>Visual Material Image</screeninfo>
50681 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/visual.png"/>
50688 <para>Visual Material [VM]</para>
50692 <para>leader6 = g</para>
50696 <para>leader6 = k</para>
50700 <para>leader6 = r</para>
50707 <screeninfo>Kit Image</screeninfo>
50711 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/kit.png"/>
50722 <para>leader6 = o</para>
50729 <appendix id="marcedit">
50730 <title>MarcEdit</title>
50732 <para>Many libraries like to use MarcEdit for modifications or data cleanup. If you'd like to do
50733 this you will need to download it at: <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/">http://marcedit.reeset.net/</ulink><important>
50734 <para>Many of the actions described in this chapter can be done in Koha using <link linkend="marcmodtemplates">Marc Modification Templates</link>, but this section is here
50735 for those who are used to MarcEdit.</para>
50736 </important></para>
50738 <section id="marceditprefix">
50739 <title><link linkend="marceditprefix">Adding a prefix to call numbers</link></title>
50741 <para>When bringing data into Koha, you may want to first clean it up.
50742 One common action among Koha users is to add a prefix to the call
50747 <para>Open MarcEdit</para>
50750 <screeninfo>MarcEdit</screeninfo>
50754 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/marcedit.png"/>
50761 <para>Click 'MarcEditor'</para>
50765 <para>Go to Tools > Edit Subfield Data</para>
50768 <screeninfo>Edit subfield data</screeninfo>
50772 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/marcedit-editsubfield.png"/>
50779 <para>To prepend data the special character is: ^b To simply
50780 prepend data to the beginning of a subfield, add ^b to the Field
50781 Data: textbox and the data to be appended in the Replace</para>
50784 <screeninfo>Prepend data to a field</screeninfo>
50788 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/editsubfield.png"/>
50795 <para>To prepend data to the beginning of the subfield while
50796 replacing a text string, add ^b[string to replace] to the Field
50797 Data textbox and the data to be appended in the Replace With
50805 <section id="marceditexcel">
50809 <firstname>Kanika</firstname>
50810 <surname>Goyal</surname>
50812 <orgname>Delhi Technological University</orgname>
50817 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
50818 <surname>Engard</surname>
50819 <contrib>Edits where necessary.</contrib>
50823 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
50825 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.botskool.com/geeks/how-import-excel-data-koha">http://www.botskool.com/geeks/how-import-excel-data-koha</ulink></bibliosource>
50827 <title><link linkend="marceditexcel">Importing Excel data into Koha</link></title>
50829 <para>Suppose you have records of your library in excel data sheet
50830 format and want them to import into Koha. But how will you do this? Koha
50831 will not let you import excel records directly. Well here is a very
50832 simple solution for you which will let you import your excel records in
50833 Koha easily. First, we will convert excel file into Marc file and then
50834 will import it into Koha.</para>
50836 <para>Follow the given steps to import your excel records into
50839 <section id="convertexcel">
50840 <title><link linkend="convertexcel">Converting from Excel format into .mrk format</link></title>
50842 <para>First, we will convert excel format into .mrk format. For this we will use MarcEdit.
50843 You can download it from <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/">http://marcedit.reeset.net/</ulink></para>
50845 <para>Now open it and select Add-ins-->Delimited Text
50849 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50853 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-1.png"/>
50858 <para>Click Next when the following window appears.</para>
50861 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50865 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-2.png"/>
50870 <para>Browse for your excel file.</para>
50873 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50877 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-3.png"/>
50882 <para>Locate your excel file by choosing the format Excel
50883 File(*.xls).</para>
50886 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50890 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-4.png"/>
50895 <para>Similarly, fill all the other entries such as Output File, Excel
50896 Sheet Name and check UTF-8 Encoded (if required) and Click
50900 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50904 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-5.png"/>
50909 <para>Now you will be prompted for mapping the fields to recognise the
50910 fields by standard marc format.</para>
50912 <para>Suppose for Field 0 that is first column I entered Map to:
50913 022$a( Valid ISSN for the continuing resource) and then click on
50917 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50921 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-6.png"/>
50927 <para>You can customize Indicators and all other things, for more
50928 information on marc21 format visit the <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/">official library of
50929 congress site</ulink>.</para>
50932 <para>Similarly map all other fields and then Click on Finish.</para>
50935 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50939 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-7.png"/>
50944 <para>And then a window will appear indicating that your Marc Text
50945 File(*.mrk) has been created.</para>
50948 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
50952 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-8.png"/>
50957 <para>Click Close and we have created a .mrk file from .xls file in
50958 this step. You can view the file by double clicking on it.</para>
50961 <section id="convertmrk">
50962 <title><link linkend="convertmrk">Convert .mrk file to .mrc</link></title>
50964 <para>We will convert .mrk file that we have created in the above step
50965 into raw Marc format that can be directly imported into Koha.</para>
50967 <para>For this again open MarcEdit and Select MARC Tools.</para>
50970 <screeninfo>MARC Tools</screeninfo>
50974 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-9.png"/>
50979 <para>Next Select MarcMaker to convert .mrk file into .mrc
50983 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
50987 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-10.png"/>
50992 <para>Locate your input file and name your output file. Then Click
50996 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
51000 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-11.png"/>
51005 <para>And it will show you the Result.</para>
51008 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
51012 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-12.png"/>
51017 <para>Click Close and now we have raw Marc records with us (.mrc
51021 <section id="importmrc">
51022 <title><link linkend="importmrc">Import .mrc into Koha</link></title>
51024 <para>More information on importing records into Koha can be found in
51025 the '<link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link>'
51026 section of this manual.</para>
51028 <para>Finally we will import above created .mrc file into Koha.</para>
51030 <para>Click on Tools in your Koha staff client.</para>
51033 <screeninfo>Koha Staff Client</screeninfo>
51037 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-13.png"/>
51042 <para>Next Click on Stage MARC Records for Import.</para>
51045 <screeninfo>Stage MARC Records for Import</screeninfo>
51049 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-14.png"/>
51054 <para>After this, choose your previously created .mrc file and click
51058 <screeninfo>Stage File</screeninfo>
51062 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-15.png"/>
51067 <para>You can also add comment about file and finally click on Stage
51071 <screeninfo>Stage for Import</screeninfo>
51075 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-17.png"/>
51080 <para>When the import is done, you will get a result something like
51084 <screeninfo>Staged Records Summary</screeninfo>
51088 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-18.png"/>
51093 <para>Next, click on Manage staged records.</para>
51095 <para>Here you can even change matching rules.</para>
51098 <screeninfo>Manage Staged Records</screeninfo>
51102 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-19.png"/>
51107 <para>Click on Import this batch into catalog when you are
51110 <para>Thats it. After all the records get imported, check Status and
51111 it should read "imported"</para>
51114 <screeninfo>Finalize Import</screeninfo>
51118 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-20.png"/>
51123 <para>You can even undo the Import operation.</para>
51125 <para>And within few minutes, we have imported around 10,000 records
51131 <appendix id="talkingtechappendix">
51132 <title>Talking Tech</title>
51134 <para>Talking Tech I-tiva is a third party, proprietary, product that
51135 libraries can subscribe to. Learn more here: <ulink url="http://www.talkingtech.com/solutions/library">http://www.talkingtech.com/solutions/library</ulink>.</para>
51137 <section id="talkingtechinstall">
51138 <title><link linkend="talkingtechinstall">Installation and Setup Instructions</link></title>
51140 <para>Be sure you've run
51141 installer/data/mysql/atomicupdate/Bug-4246-Talking-Tech-itiva-phone-notifications.pl
51142 to install the required data pack (new syspref, notice placeholders and
51143 messaging transport preferences)</para>
51145 <para>To use, <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link>
51146 syspref must be turned on.</para>
51148 <para>If you wish to process PREOVERDUE or RESERVES messages, you'll
51149 need the <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
51150 system preference turned on, and patrons to have filled in a preference
51151 for receiving these notices by phone.</para>
51153 <para>For OVERDUE messages, overdue notice triggers must be configured
51154 under Koha -> Tools -> <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue
51155 Notice Triggers</link>. Either branch-specific triggers or the default
51156 level triggers may be used (script will select whichever is
51157 appropriate).</para>
51160 <section id="talkingtechsend">
51161 <title><link linkend="talkingtechsend">Sending Notices File</link></title>
51165 <para>Add the <link linkend="talkingtechsendcron">TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</link>
51166 script to your crontab</para>
51170 <para>Add an FTP/SFTP or other transport method to send the output
51171 file to the I-tiva server</para>
51175 <para>If you wish, archive the sent notices file in another
51176 directory after sending</para>
51180 <para>Run TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --help for more
51184 <section id="talkingtechreceive">
51185 <title><link linkend="talkingtechreceive">Receiving Results File</link></title>
51189 <para>Add an FTP/SFTP or other transport method to send the Results
51190 file to a known directory on your Koha server</para>
51194 <para>Add the <link linkend="talkingtechreceivecron">TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</link>
51195 script to your crontab, aimed at that directory</para>
51199 <para>If you wish, archive the results file in another directory
51200 after processing</para>
51204 <para>Run TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl --help for more
51208 <appendix id="oclcappendix">
51209 <title>OCLC Connexion Gateway</title>
51210 <para>Koha can be set to work with the OCLC Connextion Gateway. This allows libraries to use
51211 OCLC Connexion as their cataloging tool and simply send those records to Koha with a single
51212 click. The following instructions will help you set up the OCLC Connexion Gateway, if you
51213 have a system administrator you will want to consult with them on this process.</para>
51214 <section id="oclckohasetup">
51218 <firstname>D. Ruth</firstname>
51219 <surname>Bavousett</surname>
51221 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
51226 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
51227 <surname>Engard</surname>
51231 <pubdate>2012</pubdate>
51233 <title><link linkend="oclckohasetup">Setting up OCLC service on Koha</link></title>
51234 <para>First, you'll need to create a file somewhere on your system with configuration
51235 information. You could put this anywhere that is visible to the account that will be
51236 running the service. </para>
51237 <para>The file contains 11 lines. The first 6 will be about your Koha
51238 system:<programlisting>host: The IP address of your Koha server
51239 port: The port you want to use for the Connexion service. This port must be different from your SIP port, or any other service
51240 koha: The full URL of your staff client
51241 log: The location (full file specification) of your log for the service
51242 user: The default Koha username to use for importing
51243 password: The password that goes with that username</programlisting></para>
51244 <para>The remaining lines describe how to do the staging:
51245 <programlisting>match: The name of the matching rule from your system to use
51246 overlay_action: "replace", "create_new", or "ignore"-- what to do if there is a match
51247 nomatch_action: "create_new" or "ignore"-- what to do if there is no match
51248 item_action: "always_add","add_only_for_matches","add_only_for_new", or "ignore" -- what to do with embedded 952 item data
51249 import_mode: "direct" or "stage"</programlisting></para>
51250 <para> A sample file would look like
51251 this:<programlisting>host: 1.2.3.4
51253 log: /home/koha/koha-dev/var/log/connexion.log
51254 koha: http://kohastaff.myuniversity.edu
51255 user: koha_generic_staff
51258 overlay_action: replace
51259 nomatch_action: create_new
51260 item_action: ignore
51261 import_mode: direct</programlisting></para>
51262 <para>When choosing an 'import_mode' if you use "direct" then the staged record will be
51263 immediately imported into Koha, and should be searchable after your indexes catch up. If
51264 you choose "stage", then the record will be placed in a staged batch for you to later go the
51265 <link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged MARC Records</link> tool to finish the import. </para>
51266 <para>If you import multiple records, they'll be in the same batch, until that batch is
51267 imported, then a new batch will be created. </para>
51268 <para>In "direct" mode, each record will be in its' own batch. </para>
51269 <para>To start the service, run the script:
51270 <programlisting>/location/of/connexion/import/daemon/connexion_import_daemon.pl -d -c /location/of/config/file.cnf</programlisting></para>
51272 <section id="oclcdesktopsetup">
51276 <firstname>D. Ruth</firstname>
51277 <surname>Bavousett</surname>
51279 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
51284 <firstname>Heather</firstname>
51285 <surname>Hernandez</surname>
51287 <orgname>San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park</orgname>
51292 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
51293 <surname>Engard</surname>
51297 <pubdate>2012/2014</pubdate>
51299 <title><link linkend="oclcdesktopsetup">Setting up your OCLC desktop client</link></title>
51301 <para>Screenshots are OCLC Connexion Client v.2.50, Koha v.3.12</para>
51303 <para>To set up the OCLC Connexion desktop client to connect to Koha, go to Tools > Options,
51304 then choose the Export tab. <screenshot>
51305 <screeninfo>Connexion Export Tab</screeninfo>
51308 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcexporttab.png"/>
51311 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
51313 <para>Click the "Create..." button to set up a new destination, then choose "OCLC
51314 Gateway Export" and click OK.</para>
51317 <para>Enter the following information:</para>
51321 <para>"Host Name:" Your catalog’s appropriate IP address (from your <link linkend="oclckohasetup">config file above</link>) </para>
51324 <para>"Port:" Your catalog's appropriate port number (from your <link linkend="oclckohasetup">config file above</link>) </para>
51327 <para>"Login ID:" The cataloger's Koha login </para>
51330 <para>"Password:" The cataloger's Koha password </para>
51333 <para>"Notify Host Before Disconnect" = checked, </para>
51336 <para>"Timeout" = 100, "Retries" = 3, "Delay" = 0 (zero), </para>
51339 <para>"Send Local System Logon ID Password" = checked. </para>
51345 <screeninfo>OCLC Gateway Export Settings</screeninfo>
51348 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcgatewaysetup.png"/>
51354 <para>Select "OK" when finished, and you should see your new "Gateway Export" option
51355 listed (The catalog's IP address and port are blacked out in the following
51359 <screeninfo>Gateway Export Added</screeninfo>
51362 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcgatewayexport.png"/>
51369 <para>Click on "Record Characteristics" and make sure that the bibliographic records are
51370 using MARC21, UTF-8 Unicode, and click OK to save. </para>
51373 <screeninfo>Record Characteristics</screeninfo>
51376 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcrecordchar.png"/>
51382 </itemizedlist></para>
51383 <para>You should be ready to go! To export a record from OCLC Connexion Client to Koha, just
51384 press F5 while the record is on-screen. The export dialog will pop up, and you'll see
51385 Connexion attempting to talk to Koha. You should get a message that the record was added or
51386 overlaid, including its biblio number, and a URL that you can copy into your web browser to
51387 jump straight to the record. </para>
51389 <section id="oclcgateway">
51393 <firstname>Heather</firstname>
51394 <surname>Hernandez</surname>
51396 <orgname>San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park</orgname>
51400 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
51401 <surname>Engard</surname>
51404 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
51406 <title><link linkend="oclcgateway">Using the OCLC Connexion Gateway</link></title>
51407 <para>Records can be exported from Connexion either in a batch or one by one. </para>
51408 <section id="oclconeexport">
51409 <title><link linkend="oclconeexport">Exporting records one by one</link></title>
51410 <para>To export bibliographic records one by one, be sure your "Batch" options are correct:
51411 from the "Tools" menu, select "Options", and select the "Batch" tab. In the "Perform local
51412 actions in batch" area, "Bibliographic Record Export" should be unchecked<screenshot>
51413 <screeninfo>Connexion batch options</screeninfo>
51416 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcoptions.png"/>
51419 </screenshot></para>
51420 <para>When ready to export, from the "Action" menu, select "Export" or use the F5 key. You
51421 will see a screen similar to the following if the import is successful and if the record
51422 is new to the Catalog; you may copy & paste the resulting URL into your Koha catalog
51423 to see the new record.<screenshot>
51424 <screeninfo>Connexion Export</screeninfo>
51427 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcstatus.png"/>
51430 </screenshot></para>
51431 <para>If the record was overlaid, you will see a message to that effect in the "OCLC Gateway
51432 Export Status" window<screenshot>
51433 <screeninfo>Overlay confirmation</screeninfo>
51436 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcoverlay.png"/>
51439 </screenshot></para>
51441 <section id="oclcbatchexport">
51442 <title><link linkend="oclcbatchexport">Exporting records in a batch</link></title>
51443 <para>To export bibliographic records in a batch, be sure your "Batch" options are correct:
51444 from the "Tools" menu, select "Options", and select the "Batch" tab. In the "Perform local
51445 actions in batch" area, "Bibliographic Record Export" should be checked<screenshot>
51446 <screeninfo>OCLC Batch Export Options</screeninfo>
51449 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcexportbatch.png"/>
51452 </screenshot></para>
51453 <para>When a record is ready to export, from the "Action" menu, select "Export" or use the
51454 F5 key, and it’s export status will be "ready." </para>
51455 <para>When ready to export the batch, from the "Batch" menu, select "Process batch" and
51456 check the appropriate "Path" and "Export" boxes<screenshot>
51457 <screeninfo>Batch import process</screeninfo>
51460 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcprocessbatch.png"/>
51463 </screenshot></para>
51464 <para>The export will begin, and the bib records will be exported & imported into Koha
51465 one by one; you will see "OCLC Gateway Export Status" windows, as above, showing you the
51466 results of each export. That window will stay there until you select "Close," and then the
51467 next record’s export/import will begin. The process will continue until all records in the
51468 batch are completed. Then you may or may not see the Connexion Client export report
51469 (depending on your Client options for that). </para>
51471 <section id="oclcitems">
51472 <title><link linkend="oclcitems">Items in OCLC</link></title>
51473 <para>If you'd like to create your item records in OCLC you can do so by addding a 952 for
51474 each item to the bib record you're cataloging. The <link linkend="itemcatguide">Item/Holdings Cataloging Guide</link> will break down what subfields you can use in the
51475 952, but at the minimum you want to have subfield 2, a, b, and y on your items.</para>
51477 <title>Item record example</title>
51478 <para>952 \\$2CLASSIFICATION$aHOMEBRANCHCODE$bHOLDINGBRANCHCODE$yITEMTYPECODE</para>
51483 <para>The subfield 2 holds the classification code. This can be ddc for Dewey or lcc
51484 for Library of Congress or z for Custom. Other classification sources can be found
51485 in the <link linkend="classificationsources">Classification Sources</link> area in
51486 administration</para>
51489 <para>Subfield a is your home library and needs to be the code for your home library,
51490 not the library name. You can find these codes in the <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link> administration area.</para>
51493 <para>Subfield b is your holding library and needs to be the code for your holding
51494 library, not the library name. You can find these codes in the <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link> administration area.</para>
51497 <para>Subfield y is your item type code. It needs to be the code, not the item type
51498 name. You can find these codes in the <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item
51499 Types</link> administration area.</para>
51504 <title>Item record example</title>
51505 <para>952 \\$2ddc$aMAIN$bMAIN$yBOOK</para>
51507 <para>In addition to these required fields you can enter any other subfield you'd like. Most
51508 libraries will enter a call number in subfield o and a barcode in subfield p as well.
51509 Review the <link linkend="itemcatguide">Item/Holdings Cataloging Guide</link> for a full
51510 list of subfields and values.</para>
51515 <appendix id="faqs">
51516 <title>FAQs</title>
51520 <section id="displayfaq">
51521 <title><link linkend="displayfaq">Display</link></title>
51525 <section id="customicons">
51526 <title><link linkend="customicons">Custom Item Type/Authorized Value Icons</link></title>
51528 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question:</emphasis> Can I have my own set
51529 of item type images (or authorized value icons)?</para>
51531 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer: </emphasis>Absolutely. To add
51532 additional icons to your system you simply add a new directory to
51533 koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/img/itemtypeimg/ and to
51534 koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/prog/itemtypeimg and put your icons in the new
51535 directory. Your icons will show up in a new tab as soon as they are in
51536 the folders.</para>
51541 <para>Remember to put the icons in both places (on the OPAC and
51542 the intranet).</para>
51548 <section id="customkohaimages">
51549 <title><link linkend="customkohaimages">Customizing Koha Images</link></title>
51551 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can I customize the
51552 images in the OPAC?</para>
51554 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Absolutely. Koha comes
51555 with a series of original images that you can alter to meet your
51556 needs. The originals can be found in the misc/interface_customization/
51560 <section id="opacdisplayfaq">
51561 <title><link linkend="opacdisplayfaq">OPAC Display Fields</link></title>
51563 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What MARC fields
51564 print to the different OPAC screens in Koha?</para>
51566 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The XSLT preference
51567 must be set as follows for the following fields to show</para>
51571 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> =
51572 using XSLT stylesheets</para>
51576 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> =
51577 using XSLT stylesheets</para>
51581 <para><link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> =
51586 <para>The OPAC Results page shows:</para>
51594 <para>100, 110, 111</para>
51598 <para>700, 710, 711</para>
51618 <para>The OPAC Details page shows:</para>
51626 <para>100, 110, 111</para>
51630 <para>700, 710, 711</para>
51634 <para>440, 490</para>
51662 <para>130, 240</para>
51702 <para>plus all of the 5xx fields in the Notes tab at the
51708 <section id="displaysubtitle">
51709 <title><link linkend="displaysubtitle">Subtitle Display on Bib Records</link></title>
51711 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How do I get the
51712 subtitle to display on the detail pages for my bib records?</para>
51714 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Subtitle display now
51715 depends on there being a <link linkend="keywordmapping">keyword
51716 mapping</link> for the MARC field in question. Adding a mapping for
51717 "subtitle" -> "245b" for an item's framework results in display of
51718 the subtitle in OPAC and staff client search and detail pages
51719 (although not in all instances where subtitles might be displayed,
51720 e.g. the Cart).</para>
51723 <section id="opacbarcodesfaq">
51724 <title><link linkend="opacbarcodesfaq">Show patrons the barcodes of items they have checked
51727 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can patrons see the
51728 barcodes for the items they have checked out.</para>
51730 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Not by default, but
51731 with a few edits to the patron record you can make a barcode column
51732 appear on the patron's check out summary in the OPAC. You can set up a
51733 <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron attribute</link> with the
51734 value of SHOW_BCODE and <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized
51735 value</link> of YES_NO to make this happen.</para>
51738 <screeninfo>Add SHOW_BCODE patron attribute</screeninfo>
51742 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEadd.png"/>
51747 <para>Then on the <link linkend="editpatrons">patron's record set the
51748 value</link> for SHOW_BCODE to yes.</para>
51751 <screeninfo>Setting value for SHOW_BCODE on patron
51752 record</screeninfo>
51756 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEattribute.png"/>
51761 <para>This will add a column to the check out summary in the OPAC that
51762 shows the patrons the barcodes of the items they have checked
51766 <screeninfo>Barcode number on checkout list in OPAC</screeninfo>
51770 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/barcodeoncheckouts.png"/>
51775 <para>Clicking on the 'Overdue' tab will show only the items that are
51780 <section id="circfaq">
51781 <title><link linkend="circfaq">Circulation/Notices</link></title>
51785 <section id="dropboxfaq">
51786 <title><link linkend="dropboxfaq">Book drop Date</link></title>
51788 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How is the book drop date is determined? Is
51789 it the last open date for the checkout branch? Is it today's date minus one? Can the book
51790 drop checkin date be set?</para>
51792 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If the library is closed for four days for
51793 renovations, for example, there would be more than one day needed for the book drop date.
51794 You will only have one book drop date and that will be the last day that the library open
51795 (determined by the holiday calendar) because there is no real way to know what day the
51796 books were dropped into the box during the 4 closed days. The only way to change the
51797 effective checkin date in book drop mode is to modify the calendar.</para>
51799 <section id="holdsreportsfaq">
51800 <title><link linkend="holdsreportsfaq">Holds to Pull and Holds Queue</link></title>
51801 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is the difference between the <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue</link> and <link linkend="holdspull">Holds to
51802 Pull</link>?</para>
51803 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The holds to pull report gives a simple list
51804 of what holds need to be filled with available items. It should only be used in Koha
51805 installations where there is only one library. </para>
51806 <para>The holds queue tries to do the same thing, but in a 'smarter' way. This allows it to
51807 split up the list by library, consult the <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">transport
51808 cost matrix</link> and refresh regularly to provide different pull lists to each
51812 <section id="dupoverduefaq">
51813 <title><link linkend="dupoverduefaq">Duplicate Overdue Notices</link></title>
51815 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why are patrons
51816 getting two overdue notices?</para>
51818 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: This tool takes all
51819 branches in the overdue rules and sent notifications to them. So, if
51820 you have a default rule & a branch rule, the notification will be
51821 generated twice. A quick fix is to discard "default rule" for
51825 <section id="printoverduefaq">
51826 <title><link linkend="printoverduefaq">Printing Overdue Notices</link></title>
51828 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can I print overdue
51829 notices for patrons without email addresses on file?</para>
51831 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Yes. The <link linkend="overduenoticecron">overdue notice cron job</link> has a
51832 setting to generate the overdue notices as HTML for printing. An
51833 example of this usage would be:</para>
51835 <para><programlisting>overdue_notices.pl -t -html /tmp/noticedir -itemscontent issuedate,date_due,title,barcode,author </programlisting>In
51836 this example, we wanted to use only certain item fields in our
51837 notices, so we specified itemscontent fields in the cron entry; that's
51838 not a requirement for the feature.</para>
51840 <para>The command line needs to specify a web-accessible directory
51841 where the print notices will go -- they get a filename like
51842 notices-2009-11-24.html (or holdnotices-2009-11-24.html). The overdue
51843 notice itself can be formatted to fit a Z-mailer. Within the notice
51844 file, the text is spaced down or over to where it will print properly
51845 on the form. The script has code that wraps around the notice file to
51846 tell the HTML to obey the formatting, and to do a page break between
51847 notices. That's so that when staff print it out, they get one per
51848 page. We had to add an extra syspref (<link linkend="PrintNoticesMaxLines">PrintNoticesMaxLines</link>) to specify
51849 page length because our client allows a _lot_ of checkouts which meant
51850 some notices were running onto multiple pages. That syspref says to
51851 truncate the print notice at that page length and put in a message
51852 about go check your OPAC account for the full list.</para>
51854 <para>The print and email overdues use the same notice file. The print
51855 notices for holds are different -- there's a separate HOLD_PRINT
51856 notice file and the system uses it if there's no email address. Then a
51857 nightly cron job runs to gather those up from the message queue and
51858 put them in an HTML file in the notice directory, as above.</para>
51860 <para>The cron entry is gather_print_notices.pl /tmp/noticedir</para>
51863 <section id="renewfaq">
51864 <title><link linkend="renewfaq">Unable to Renew Items</link></title>
51866 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: We're trying to renew
51867 some items for our patron. One of the items is on hold and ineligible
51868 for renewal, but the other two items refuse to renew even though they
51869 should be eligible. When I try to use the override renewal limit, it
51870 just returns a little message that says "renewal failed". Any idea
51871 what's going on here?</para>
51873 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: At the very least you will need to set an
51874 absolute <link linkend="circfinerules">default circulation rule</link>. This rule should
51875 be set for the default itemtype, default branchcode and default patron category. That will
51876 catch anyone who doesn't match a specific rule. Patrons who do not match a specific rule
51877 will get blocked from placing holds or renewing items, since there was no baseline number
51878 of holds or renewals to utilize.</para>
51881 <section id="holdsfaq">
51882 <title><link linkend="holdsfaq">Unable to Place Holds</link></title>
51884 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why can't I place
51885 holds when I have all of the preferences turned on.</para>
51887 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You probably need to
51888 set a default circulation rule. At the very least you will need to set
51889 an default circulation rule. This rule should be set for all item
51890 types, all branches and all patron categories. That will catch all
51891 instances that do not match a specific rule. When checking out if you
51892 do not have a rule for the default branch, default item and default
51893 patron category then you may see patrons getting blocked from placing
51897 <section id="keyboardshort">
51898 <title><link linkend="keyboardshort">Keyboard Shortcuts</link></title>
51900 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Do I have to use my
51901 mouse to access the checkout, checkin and cataloging tabs at the top
51902 of the circulation pages?</para>
51904 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can jump between
51905 the tabs on the quick search box at the top of the screen by using the
51906 following hot keys (if the tab is available):</para>
51910 <para>jump to the catalog search with Alt+Q</para>
51914 <para>jump to the checkout with Alt+U</para>
51918 <para>this will not work for Mac user</para>
51924 <para>jump to the checkin with Alt+R</para>
51929 <para>Mac users use the OPTION button in place of ALT</para>
51933 <section id="smsnoticefaq">
51934 <title><link linkend="smsnoticefaq">SMS Notices/Messages</link></title>
51936 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I want Koha to send
51937 notices via SMS, what do I need to do?</para>
51939 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: First you need to
51940 choose a SMS service to use with Koha. There is a list available here:
51941 <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all">http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all</ulink>
51942 Not all SMS services available to libraries have Perl drivers, so be
51943 sure to check this list to see if the provider you're considering is
51944 listed. If not you want to ask your provider if they have a Perl
51945 module, if not you should consider another service. Some common
51946 options in the US (that have Perl drivers) are:</para>
51950 <para>AQL (<ulink url="http://www.aql.com">www.aql.com</ulink>)</para>
51954 <para>Wadja (<ulink url="http://wadja.com">wadja.com</ulink>)</para>
51958 <para>Ipipi (<ulink url="http://ipipi.com">ipipi.com</ulink>)</para>
51962 <para>T-mobile</para>
51966 <para>SMSDiscount (<ulink url="http://smsdiscount.com">smsdiscount.com</ulink>)</para>
51970 <para>Clickatell</para>
51973 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What about in India?</para>
51975 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: India does not yet have too many options
51976 here. This is partly due to the Telecom regulatory authority's (TRAI) stipulations about
51977 transactional SMSes and limits on the number of SMSes that may be sent / received per
51978 users per day. India specific drivers include: <itemizedlist>
51980 <para>Unicel Technologies Pvt Ltd (<ulink url="http://unicel.in">unicel.in</ulink>)</para>
51982 </itemizedlist></para>
51986 <section id="catfaq">
51987 <title><link linkend="catfaq">Cataloging</link></title>
51991 <section id="authorityfaq">
51992 <title><link linkend="authorityfaq">Authority Fields</link></title>
51994 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>Why can't I edit 1xx,
51995 6xx, or 7xx fields in my catalog record?</para>
51997 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis> These fields are authority controlled and you
51998 probably have the <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> set
51999 to "Don't allow". When it is set to "Don't allow" these fields will be locked and require
52000 you to search for an existing authority record to populate the field with. To allow typing
52001 in these authority fields set <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> to 'Allow'.<note>
52002 <para>Fields affected by this preference will show a lock symbol in them</para>
52006 <screeninfo>Fields affected by this preference show a lock in the field</screeninfo>
52010 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/lockedauthority.png"/>
52016 <section id="kohamarcfaq">
52017 <title><link linkend="kohamarcfaq">Koha to MARC Mapping</link></title>
52019 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What's the
52020 relationship between 'Koha to MARC Mapping' and 'MARC Bibliographic
52021 Frameworks'?</para>
52023 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Mapping can be defined
52024 through 'MARC Bibliographic Frameworks' OR 'Koha to MARC Mapping'.
52025 'Koha to MARC Mapping' is just a shortcut to speed up linkage. If you
52026 change a mapping in one of these modules, the mapping will change in
52027 the other as well. (In other words, the two modules 'overwrite' each
52028 other in order to prevent conflicts from existing in Koha).</para>
52031 <section id="itemsperbibfaq">
52032 <title><link linkend="itemsperbibfaq">Number of Items Per Bib Record</link></title>
52034 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a limit on
52035 the number of items I can attach to a bib record?</para>
52037 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: There is no explicit limit to the number of
52038 items you can attach to a bibliographic record, but if you attach enough of them, your
52039 MARC record will exceed the maximum file size limit for the ISO 2709 standard, which
52040 breaks indexing for that record. I've found this occurs somewhere between 600 and 1000
52041 items on a 'normal' bibliographic record.</para>
52044 <section id="analyticsfaq">
52045 <title><link linkend="analyticsfaq">Analytics</link></title>
52047 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I am using the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> feature,
52048 but my links in the OPAC and Staff Client to 'Show Analytics' are not
52051 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If you plan on using
52052 <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> you
52053 will want to make sure to set your <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference to
52054 "Don't use," this will prevent broken links.</para>
52058 <section id="acqfaq">
52059 <title><link linkend="acqfaq">Acquisitions</link></title>
52063 <section id="planningcatfaq">
52064 <title><link linkend="planningcatfaq">Planning Categories</link></title>
52066 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is a planning
52069 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When you plan in
52070 advance for the way your budget is going to be spent, you initially
52071 plan for how it's going to be spent over time, that's the most natural
52072 thing to do.</para>
52074 <para>So you plan for $1000 in Jan. $1000 in Feb., $3000 in March,
52075 etc. You can basically do the same thing with a list of values in lieu
52076 of the months.</para>
52078 <para>Say you have a list like this one:</para>
52082 <para>< 1 month</para>
52086 <para>< 6 months</para>
52090 <para>< 1 year</para>
52094 <para>< 3 years</para>
52098 <para>< 10 years</para>
52102 <para>> 10 years</para>
52106 <para>The list is meant to represent when the books acquired where
52107 published. Then you plan for it, saying: we went to spend at list 40%
52108 of our budgets on books published less than a year ago, 10% on books
52109 more than 10 years old, etc.</para>
52111 <para>Upon acquiring new material, you'll be able to select, for a
52112 given item, a value from this list in a drop down. Then, after the
52113 material has been acquired, at the end of the year, you'll be able to
52114 compare the goals set, with what's been achieved.</para>
52118 <section id="serialsfaq">
52119 <title><link linkend="serialsfaq">Serials</link></title>
52123 <section id="advancedpatternfaq">
52124 <title><link linkend="advancedpatternfaq">Advanced Patterns</link></title>
52126 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is the 'inner
52127 counter' on the advanced serials pattern interface?</para>
52129 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: I think it is better to
52130 give an example to understand this :</para>
52132 <para>Example for a monthly subscription :</para>
52136 <para>First issue publication date : April 2010</para>
52140 <para>Numbering : No {X}, year {Y}</para>
52144 <para>First issue : No 4, year 2010</para>
52148 <para>For the year Y : you will want the year change on January
52151 <para>So, the advanced pattern for Y will be :</para>
52155 <para>Add : 1</para>
52159 <para>once every : 12</para>
52163 <para>When more than 9999999</para>
52167 <para>inner counter : 3</para>
52171 <para>Set back to 0</para>
52175 <para>Begins with 2010</para>
52179 <para>Year is going to change after 12 received issues from April
52180 2010, that is in April 2011 if you don't set inner counter. Set inner
52181 counter to 3 will say to Koha : change year after 12-3 = 9 received
52184 <para>Inner counter says to Koha to take into account the first issues
52185 of the year, even if they are not received with Koha. If you begin
52186 with first issue of the year write nothing or 0.</para>
52190 <section id="reportsfaq">
52191 <title><link linkend="reportsfaq">Reports</link></title>
52195 <section id="accounttypefaq">
52196 <title><link linkend="accounttypefaq">Define Codes Stored in DB</link></title>
52200 <section id="finescodefaq">
52201 <title><link linkend="finescodefaq">Fines Table</link></title>
52203 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question:</emphasis> What do the codes
52204 in the accounttype field in the accountlines table stand for?</para>
52206 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis></para>
52210 <para>A = Account management fee</para>
52214 <para>C = Credit</para>
52218 <para>F = Overdue fine</para>
52222 <para>FOR = Forgiven</para>
52226 <para>FU = Overdue, still acccruing</para>
52230 <para>L = Lost item</para>
52233 <para>LR = Lost item returned/refunded</para>
52237 <para>M = Sundry</para>
52241 <para>N = New card</para>
52245 <para>PAY = Payment</para>
52249 <para>W = Writeoff</para>
52254 <section id="statscodefaq">
52255 <title><link linkend="statscodefaq">Statistics Table</link></title>
52257 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>What are the
52258 possible codes for the type field in the statistics table?</para>
52260 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis></para>
52264 <para>localuse</para>
52268 <para>Registers if an item that had been checked out to a
52269 statistics patron (category type = 'X') is returned</para>
52279 <para>return</para>
52287 <para>writeoff</para>
52291 <para>payment</para>
52295 <para>CreditXXX</para>
52299 <para>The XXX stores different types of fee credits, so a query to catch them all
52300 would include a clause like "type LIKE 'Credit%'"</para>
52307 <section id="rescodefaq">
52308 <title><link linkend="rescodefaq">Reserves Table</link></title>
52310 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
52311 possible codes for the found field in the reserves and old_reserves
52314 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
52318 <para>NULL: means the patron requested the 1st available, and we
52319 haven't chosen the item</para>
52323 <para>T = Transit: the reserve is linked to an item but is in
52324 transit to the pickup branch</para>
52328 <para>W = Waiting: the reserve is linked to an item, is at the pickup branch, and is
52329 waiting on the hold shelf</para>
52333 <para>F = Finished: the reserve has been completed, and is
52339 <section id="reportdicfaq">
52340 <title><link linkend="reportdicfaq">Reports Dictionary Table</link></title>
52342 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
52343 possible codes for the area field in the reports_dictionary
52346 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
52350 <para>1 = Circulation</para>
52354 <para>2 = Catalog</para>
52358 <para>3 = Patrons</para>
52362 <para>4 = Acquisitions</para>
52366 <para>5 = Accounts</para>
52371 <section id="msgtablefaq">
52372 <title><link linkend="msgtablefaq">Messages Table</link></title>
52374 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
52375 possible codes for the message_type field in the messages
52378 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
52382 <para>L = For Librarians</para>
52386 <para>B = For Patrons/Borrowers</para>
52391 <section id="serialtablefaq">
52392 <title><link linkend="serialtablefaq">Serial Table</link></title>
52394 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes for the
52395 status field in the serial table?</para>
52397 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
52401 <para>1 = Expected </para>
52404 <para>2 = Arrived </para>
52407 <para>3 = Late </para>
52410 <para>4 = Missing </para>
52413 <para>5 = Not available </para>
52416 <para>6 = Delete</para>
52419 <para>7 = Claimed </para>
52422 <para>8 = Stopped</para>
52425 <para>41 = Missing (not received) </para>
52428 <para>42 = Missing (sold out) </para>
52431 <para>43 = Missing (damaged) </para>
52434 <para>44 = Missing (lost)</para>
52438 <section id="borrowerprivacyvalues">
52439 <title><link linkend="borrowerprivacyvalues">Borrowers Table</link></title>
52440 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes for the
52441 privacy field in the borrowers table?</para>
52442 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:<itemizedlist>
52444 <para>0 = Forever</para>
52447 <para>1 = Default</para>
52450 <para>2 = Never</para>
52452 </itemizedlist></para>
52454 <section id="messpreffaq">
52455 <title><link linkend="messpreffaq">Messaging Preferences</link></title>
52456 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes in the
52457 message_attribute_id field in the borrower_message_preferences table?</para>
52458 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:<itemizedlist>
52460 <para>2 = advanced notice </para>
52463 <para>6 = item checkout </para>
52466 <para>4 = hold filled </para>
52469 <para>1 = item due </para>
52472 <para>5 = item check in</para>
52474 </itemizedlist></para>
52478 <section id="runtimefaq">
52479 <title><link linkend="runtimefaq">Runtime Parameters</link></title>
52481 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a way to
52482 filter my custom SQL reports before they run?</para>
52484 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If you feel that your
52485 report might be too resource intensive you might want to consider
52486 using runtime parameters to your query. Runtime parameters basically
52487 make a filter appear before the report is run to save your system
52490 <para>There is a specific syntax that Koha will understand as 'ask for
52491 values when running the report'. The syntax is <<Question to
52492 ask|authorized_value>>.</para>
52496 <para>The << and >> are just delimiters. You must put
52497 << at the beginning and >> at the end of your
52502 <para>The 'Question to ask' will be displayed on the left of the
52503 string to enter.</para>
52507 <para>The authorized_value can be omitted if not applicable. If it contains an
52508 authorized value category, or branches or itemtype or categorycode or
52509 biblio_framework, a list with the Koha authorized values will be displayed instead of
52510 a free field Note that you can have more than one parameter in a given SQL Note that
52511 entering nothing at run time won't probably work as you expect. It will be considered
52512 as "value empty" not as "ignore this parameter". For example entering nothing for :
52513 "title=<<Enter title>>" will display results with title='' (no title). If
52514 you want to have to have something not mandatory, use "title like <<Enter
52515 title>>" and enter a % at run time instead of nothing</para>
52519 <para>Examples:</para>
52523 <para>SELECT surname,firstname FROM borrowers WHERE
52524 branchcode=<<Enter patrons library|branches>> AND
52525 surname like <<Enter filter for patron surname (% if
52526 none)>></para>
52530 <para>SELECT * FROM items WHERE homebranch = <<Pick your branch|branches>>
52531 and barcode like <<Partial barcode value here>></para>
52534 <para>SELECT title , author FROM biblio WHERE frameworkcode=<<Enter the
52535 frameworkcode|biblio_framework>> </para>
52540 <para>To generate a date picker calendar to the right of the field
52541 when running a report you can use the 'date' keyword like this:
52542 <<Enter Date|date>></para>
52545 <screeninfo>Date Picker</screeninfo>
52549 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/datepicker.png"/>
52556 <para>You have to put "%" in a text box to 'leave it blank'.
52557 Otherwise, it literally looks for "" (empty string) as the value for
52562 <para>In addition to using any authorized value code to generate a dropdown, you can use
52563 the following values as well: Framework codes (biblio_framework), Branches (branches),
52564 Item Types (itemtypes) and Patron Categories (categorycode). For example a branch pull
52565 down would be generated like this <<Branch|branches>></para>
52568 <screeninfo>Branch pull down</screeninfo>
52572 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/branchpulldown.png"/>
52576 </important></para>
52579 <section id="reportlimitfaq">
52580 <title><link linkend="reportlimitfaq">Results Limited</link></title>
52582 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: When I download my
52583 report it's limited to 10,000 results, how do I get all of the results
52584 to download?</para>
52586 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: There is a limit of
52587 10,000 records put on SQL statements entered in Koha. To get around
52588 this you want to add 'LIMIT 100000' to the end of your SQL statement
52589 (or any other number above 10,000.</para>
52593 <section id="searchfaq">
52594 <title><link linkend="searchfaq">Searching</link></title>
52598 <section id="advancedsearchfaq">
52599 <title><link linkend="advancedsearchfaq">Advanced Search</link></title>
52603 <section id="scanindexfaq">
52604 <title><link linkend="scanindexfaq">Scan Indexes</link></title>
52606 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What does 'scan
52607 indexes' on the advanced search page mean?</para>
52609 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When you choose an
52610 index, enter a term, click 'scan indexes' and do the search, Koha
52611 displays the searched term and the following terms found in this
52612 index with the number of corresponding records That is search is not
52613 made directly in the catalog, but first in the indexes It works only
52614 for one index at once, and only with no limit in Location (All
52615 libraries needed)</para>
52618 <section id="searchstartswith">
52619 <title><link linkend="searchstartswith">Searching for Terms that Start With a Character</link></title>
52621 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How do I search for
52622 all titles that start with the letter 'C'?</para>
52624 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can choose to
52625 search for things that start with a character or series of
52626 characters by using the CCL 'first-in-subfield'</para>
52630 <para>example: ti,first-in-subfield=C</para>
52636 <section id="wildcardsearchfaq">
52637 <title><link linkend="wildcardsearchfaq">Wildcard Searching</link></title>
52639 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>:What is the difference
52640 between a keyword search using the '*' (asterisk) versus a keyword
52641 search using the '%' (percent)? Both work in the catalog, but return
52642 different sets. Why?</para>
52644 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: A wildcard is a
52645 character (*,?,%,.) that can be used to represent one or more
52646 characters in a word. Two of the wildcard characters that can be used
52647 in Koha searches are the asterisk ('*') and the percent sign ('%').
52648 However, these two characters act differently when used in
52651 <para>The '*' is going to force a more exact search of the first few
52652 characters you enter prior to the '*'. The asterisk will allow for an
52653 infinite number of characters in the search as long as the first few
52654 characters designated by your search remain the same. For example,
52655 searching for authors using the term, Smi*, will return a list that
52656 may include Smith, Smithers, Smithfield, Smiley, etc depending on the
52657 authors in your database.</para>
52659 <para>The '%' will treat the words you enter in the terms of "is
52660 like". So a search of Smi% will search for words like Smi. This
52661 results in a much more varied results list. For example, a search on
52662 Smi% will return a list containing Smothers, Smith, Smelley,
52663 Smithfield and many others depending on what is your database.</para>
52665 <para>The bottom line in searching with wildcards: '*' is more exact
52666 while '%' searches for like terms.</para>
52668 <section id="titlesearchingfaq">
52669 <title><link linkend="titlesearchingfaq">Title Searching</link></title>
52670 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why does my Zebra title search for 'Help'
52671 not turn up 'The help' in the first pages of results?</para>
52672 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When doing a title search, you actually want
52673 to search for the title (i.e., 'the help' rather than just 'help'), and it will bubble
52674 right up to the top. If you're just searching for 'help' then the relevance ranking is
52675 going to affect the results you see. </para>
52676 <para>When it comes to relevance in Zebra, here's what's happening. First, the search is
52677 done. If you search for the title "help", then any title that has "help" in it comes back.
52678 Then from those records, separately, it does relevance on the *whole* record. The more
52679 your word appears, the more relevant, and some MARC tags are worth more points than
52680 others. So a self-help book with 505 notes where "help" appears a *lot* will be at the
52681 top, regardless of keyword or title.</para>
52682 <para>But when you add a *second word*, that helps it figure things out, as it's weighing
52683 the relevance of both words and the phrase. Because of the way relevance works, if you
52684 search "the help", then "the help" or "the help I need" are more relevant than "the way to
52685 help", because they appear together in order. Likewise, "help the girl" would be lower
52686 relevance, because it's out of order, and "help for the homeless" would be lower still, as
52687 they're out of order, and apart.</para>
52688 <para>The moral of the story is that single word searches, particularly on common words,
52689 will always struggle a bit; it can't evaluate relevance well, because you've not given it
52690 enough input.</para>
52694 <section id="enhancedcontentfaq">
52695 <title><link linkend="enhancedcontentfaq">Enhanced Content</link></title>
52699 <section id="frbrfaq">
52700 <title><link linkend="frbrfaq">FRBRizing Content</link></title>
52702 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>At our public library
52703 we are running a Koha installation and we've tried to turn on all the
52704 nice functionalities in Koha such as the frbrising tool, but do not
52705 get the same result as Nelsonville public library.</para>
52707 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer: </emphasis>In fact, this feature
52708 is quite tricky to make that right. First it looks at XISBN service.
52709 And then search in your database for that ISBN. So both XISBN and your
52710 internal ISBN (in biblio table) have to be normalized. You could
52711 therefore use the script misc/batchupdateISBNs.pl (it removes all the
52712 - in your local ISBNs)</para>
52715 <section id="amzfaq">
52716 <title><link linkend="amzfaq">Amazon</link></title>
52720 <section id="amazonfaq">
52721 <title><link linkend="amazonfaq">All Amazon Content</link></title>
52723 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I have all of the
52724 Amazon preferences turned on and have entered both of my keys, but
52725 none of the content appears in my system, why is that?</para>
52727 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Amazon's API checks
52728 your server time on all requests and if your server time is not set
52729 properly requests will be denied. To resolve this issue be sure to
52730 set your system time appropriately. Once that change in made Amazon
52731 content should appear immediately.</para>
52733 <para>On Debian the the command is <emphasis>date -s "2010-06-30
52734 17:21"</emphasis> (with the proper date and time for your
52740 <section id="systemfaq">
52741 <title><link linkend="systemfaq">System Administration</link></title>
52745 <section id="zebracronfaq">
52746 <title><link linkend="zebracronfaq">Errors in Zebra Cron</link></title>
52748 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I am noticing some
52749 errors in the koha-zebradaemon-output.log file. When new records are
52750 added it takes a bit longer to index than we think they should.
52751 Running rebuild zebra is often faster. Zebra ends up indexing and
52752 search works, but I am concerned about the errors. Any ideas?</para>
52754 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Rebuild_zebra.pl -r
52755 deletes all of the files in the Zebra db directories (such as
52756 reci-0.mf) and then recreates them. Thus, permissions will be lost,
52757 and the files will be owned by the user who ran rebuild_zebra.pl. If
52758 one rebuilds the zebra indexes as root, the daemons, which typically
52759 run under the user Koha, will not be able to update the indexes. Thus,
52760 it's important then that the zebra rebuilds are put in the cronjob
52761 file of the user Koha, and not root. Also important is that other
52762 users, such as root, don't manually execute rebuilds.</para>
52764 <para>If one desires that another user be able to execute
52765 rebuild_zebra.pl, he should be given the permission to execute 'sudo
52766 -u Koha .../rebuild_zebra.pl,' (if you want to do this, you also have
52767 to edit the sudoers file to pass the PERL5LIB variable with the
52768 env_keep option as by default sudo strips away almost all environment
52769 variables). Or, as root user, one can use a simple 'su koha' and then
52770 the rebuild_zebra.pl command.</para>
52772 <para>I've also tried to set the sticky bit on rebuild_zebra.pl, but
52773 for whatever reason it didn't seem to work due to some problem with
52774 the PERL5LIB variable that I wasn't able to figure. That seems to me
52775 the easiest thing to do, if anybody has any idea how to make it work.
52776 If it worked and were the default, I think it would help folks to
52777 avoid a great deal of the problems that come up with zebra.</para>
52780 <section id="publicztarget">
52781 <title><link linkend="publicztarget">Making Z39.50 Target Public</link></title>
52783 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Could someone tell me
52784 the exact steps I need to take to configure Zebra to expose my Koha 3
52785 db as a public Z39.50 service?</para>
52787 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Edit the KOHA_CONF file
52788 that your Koha is using. Uncomment the publicserver line like:</para>
52790 <para><!-- <listen id="publicserver"
52791 >tcp:@:9999</listen> --></para>
52793 <para>to be:</para>
52795 <para><listen id="publicserver"
52796 >tcp:@:9999</listen></para>
52798 <para>Then restart zebasrv and connect on the port specified
52802 <section id="authvalfaq">
52803 <title><link linkend="authvalfaq">Shelving Location Authorized Values</link></title>
52805 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: When editing an item,
52806 the new shelving location I created is not showing up by default in
52807 the items where I assigned it to.</para>
52809 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: This is because you
52810 created the new shelving location with a code value of 0 (zero) Just
52811 FYI the system interprets authorized values of 0 as equaling a null so
52812 when you edit a record in cataloging where the authorized value in a
52813 field was assigned where the code was 0, the value displays as null in
52814 the item editor (or MARC editor) instead of the value the library
52815 meant it to be.</para>
52818 <section id="whyauthvals">
52819 <title><link linkend="whyauthvals">Why do I need Authorized Values?</link></title>
52821 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why would I want to
52822 define authorized values for MARC tags?</para>
52824 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Authorized Values
52825 create a 'controlled vocabulary' for your staff. As an example, let us
52826 assume that your Koha installation is used by several libraries, and
52827 you use MARC 21. You might want to restrict the 850a MARC subfield to
52828 the institution codes for just those libraries. In that case, you
52829 could define an authorized values category (perhaps called "INST") and
52830 enter the institution codes as the authorized values for that
52834 <para>Koha automatically sets up authorized value categories for
52835 your item types and branch codes, and you can link these authorized
52836 values to MARC subfields when you set up your MARC tag
52841 <section id="sessionstblfaq">
52842 <title><link linkend="sessionstblfaq">How do I clean up the sessions table?</link></title>
52844 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a periodic
52845 job that can be run to cull old sessions from the table? We don't want
52846 to backup all the useless session data every night.</para>
52848 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can run <link linkend="cleandbcron">cleanup database cron job</link>.</para>
52850 <para>Or just before doing a backup command (mysqldump), you can
52851 truncate session table: </para>
52853 <para><programlisting>mysql -u<kohauser -p<password <koha-db-name -e 'TRUNCATE TABLE sessions'</programlisting></para>
52857 <section id="hardwarefaq">
52858 <title><link linkend="hardwarefaq">Hardware</link></title>
52862 <section id="barcodefaq">
52863 <title><link linkend="barcodefaq">Barcode Scanners</link></title>
52865 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What barcode scanners
52866 have been known to work with Koha?</para>
52868 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The simple rule of
52869 thumb is, does it act like a keyboard device?, if so, it will work.
52870 (i.e. can you take the scanner, scan a barcode and have it show up in
52871 a text editor, if so, it will work.)</para>
52873 <para>The main points to check are that it connects to your PC
52874 conveniently (can be USB or "keyboard wedge" which means it connects
52875 in line with the keyboard, which is useful with older computers), and
52876 that it scans the barcode type that you are using.</para>
52878 <para>It is a good idea to test some 'used' barcodes if you have any,
52879 to see whether the scanner can read scuffed or slightly wrinkled ones
52880 successfully. Most scanners are capable of reading several barcode
52881 types - there are many, and the specification should list the ones it
52882 can read. You may need to adjust settings slightly, such as prefix and
52883 suffix characters, or whether you want to send an 'enter' character or
52886 <para>One more tip - some can be set 'always on' and may come with a
52887 stand, some have triggers under the handle, some have buttons on top,
52888 some are held like a pen. Think about the staff working with the
52889 hardware before choosing, as a button in the wrong place can be very
52890 awkward to use.</para>
52893 <section id="printersfaq">
52894 <title><link linkend="printersfaq">Printers</link></title>
52898 <section id="kohaprinters">
52899 <title><link linkend="kohaprinters">Printers used by Koha libraries</link></title>
52903 <para>POS-X receipt printer</para>
52907 <para>Star Micronics printer (exact model unknown) with a
52908 generic/plain text driver.</para>
52912 <para>Star SP2000 (Nelsonville)</para>
52916 <para>Star TSP-100 futurePRINT (Geauga)</para>
52920 <para>"I know there have been a lot of questions on receipt
52921 printers so I thought I'd pass on my findings. We have been
52922 testing the Star TSP-100 futurePRINT. I found this print to
52923 be VERY easy to configure for Koha. I was even able to
52924 customize the print job by adding our system logo (a .gif)
52925 to the top of every receipt. Also with a bitmap created in
52926 Paint was able to add a message at the bottom of each
52927 receipt with the contact information, hours and website for
52928 the library that the materials were checked out at."</para>
52934 <para>Epson TM 88 IIIP thermal receipt printers</para>
52938 <para>Epson TM-T88IV</para>
52942 <para>1x1 labels using a Dymolabelwriter printer</para>
52947 <section id="braillefaq">
52948 <title><link linkend="braillefaq">Braille Support</link></title>
52950 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Are there any
52951 braille embosser or printer which has inbuilt braille converter and
52952 it is accessible with UNIX environment?</para>
52954 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You may want to look
52955 into BRLTTY (<ulink url="http://www.emptech.info/product_details.php?ID=1232">http://www.emptech.info/product_details.php?ID=1232</ulink>).</para>
52958 <section id="hardwaresupport">
52959 <title><link linkend="hardwaresupport">Additional Support</link></title>
52963 <para><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></para>
52971 <appendix id="extending">
52972 <title>Extending Koha</title>
52974 <section id="amzlookup">
52978 <firstname>Cab</firstname>
52979 <surname>Vinton</surname>
52981 <orgname>Sanbornton Public Library</orgname>
52985 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
52986 <surname>Engard</surname>
52990 <pubdate>September 2009</pubdate>
52992 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2009-September/020003.html">http://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2009-September/020003.html</ulink></bibliosource>
52994 <title><link linkend="amzlookup">Amazon lookup script for Koha libraries</link></title>
52996 <para>We order most of our materials from Amazon, so I've been looking
52997 for a convenient way to tell if a book under consideration is in our
52998 catalog already.</para>
53000 <para>Greasemonkey & a custom user script fit the bill
53005 <para><ulink url="https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/748">https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/748</ulink></para>
53009 <para><ulink url="http://userscripts.org/scripts/show/56847">http://userscripts.org/scripts/show/56847</ulink></para>
53013 <para>A few caveats:</para>
53017 <para>Like most scripts, this one was designed to work with Firefox;
53018 I haven't explored getting it to work with other browsers.</para>
53022 <para>I'm not a JavaScript programmer -- this was adapted from
53023 others' work. Just a few lines would have to be changed to get the
53024 script to work with your catalog.</para>
53028 <para>It depends on the existence of ISBN for the item in question,
53029 so movies, older books, etc. would not work.</para>
53033 <para>Others have added all sorts of bells & whistles: XISBN lookups
53034 to search for related titles, custom messages based on the status of
53035 items (on order, on hold, etc.), ... just search the UserScripts site
53036 for Amazon + library. For a later date!</para>
53039 <section id="extendkeywordclouds">
53040 <title><link linkend="extendkeywordclouds">Keyword Clouds</link></title>
53042 <para>In addition to the traditional tag cloud available in Koha, there
53043 is a way to generate clouds for popular subjects within Koha.</para>
53045 <para>The <link linkend="keywordclouds">Author/Subject Cloud cron
53046 job</link> is used to help with this process. This cron job sends its
53047 output to files.</para>
53051 <para>/home/koha/mylibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-author.html</para>
53055 <para>/home/koha/yourlibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-subject.html</para>
53059 <para>This means that you can produce clouds for authors, collective
53060 author, all kind of subjects, classifications, etc. And since it works
53061 on zebra indexes, it is quick, even on large DBs. Tags clouds are sent
53062 to files. It's up to library webmaster to deal with those files in order
53063 to include them in <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OPACMainUserBlock</link>, or include them
53064 into their library CMS.</para>
53066 <para>Some libraries even send the file into a Samba shared folder where
53067 webmaster take them, eventually clean them a little bit before
53068 integrating them into navigation widgets or pages.</para>
53071 <section id="newtitlesoption">
53072 <title><link linkend="newtitlesoption">Newest Titles Pulldown</link></title>
53074 <para>Often we want to add a way for our patrons to do searches for the
53075 newest items. In this example I'll show you how to create a pull down
53076 menu of the newest items by item type. These tips will work (with a
53077 couple changes) for collection codes or shelving locations as
53080 <para>First, it's important to note that every link in Koha is a
53081 permanent link. This means if I do a search for everything of a specific
53082 item type sorted by the acquisitions date and bookmark that URL,
53083 whenever I click it I'll see the newest items of that type on the first
53084 few pages of the results.</para>
53086 <para>I took this knowledge and wrote a form takes this functionality in
53087 to consideration. It basically just does a search of your Koha catalog
53088 for a specific item type and sorts the results by acquisitions
53091 <para>The first thing I did was write a MySQL statement to generate a
53092 list of item types for me - why copy and paste when you can use the
53093 power of MySQL?</para>
53095 <para><programlisting>select concat('<option value=\"mc-itype:', itemtype, '\">',description,'</option>') from itemtypes</programlisting></para>
53097 <para>The above looks at the itemtypes table and slaps the necessary
53098 HTML around each item type for me. I then exported that to CSV and
53099 opened it in my text editor and added the other parts of the
53102 <para><programlisting><p><strong>New Items</strong></p>
53103 <p><form name="searchform" method="get" action="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl">
53104 <input name="idx" value="kw" type="hidden">
53105 <input name="sort_by" value="acqdate_dsc" type="hidden">
53106 <input name="do" value="OK" type="hidden">
53107 <select name="limit" onchange="this.form.submit()">
53108 <option>-- Please choose --</option>
53109 <option value="mc-itype:BOOK">Book</option>
53110 <option value="mc-itype:BOOKCD">Book on CD</option>
53111 <option value="mc-itype:DVD">DVD</option>
53112 <option value="mc-itype:LRG_PRINT">Large print book</option>
53113 <option value="mc-itype:MAGAZINE">Magazine</option>
53114 <option value="mc-itype:NEWSPAPER">Newspaper</option>
53115 <option value="mc-itype:VIDEO">Videocassette</option>
53118 </p></programlisting></para>
53120 <para>Now, what does all of that mean? The important bits are
53123 <para>First the starting of the form.</para>
53125 <para><programlisting><p><form name="searchform" method="get" action="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl"></programlisting></para>
53127 <para>This tells the browser to take any value selected and put it at
53128 the end of this http://YOURSITE/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl. If you want
53129 to embed this form on your library website (and not on your OPAC) you
53130 can put the full OPAC URL in there.</para>
53132 <para>Next, there is a hidden value that is telling the search to sort
53133 by acquisitions date descending (newest items at the top):</para>
53135 <para><programlisting><input name="sort_by" value="acqdate_dsc" type="hidden"></programlisting></para>
53137 <para>And finally you have an option for each item type you want people
53138 to search.<programlisting><option value="mc-itype:BOOK">Book</option></programlisting></para>
53140 <para>These options each include the string "mc-itype:" which tells Koha
53141 to do an item type search.</para>
53143 <para>Once you have all of that in place you can copy and paste the form
53144 to somewhere on your OPAC. The <ulink url="http://catalog.farmingtonlibraries.org">Farmington Public Libraries
53145 OPAC</ulink> has a few examples of this on the left.</para>
53148 <section id="colorsearch">
53149 <title><link linkend="colorsearch">Cataloging and Searching by Color</link></title>
53151 <para>One of the icon sets installed in Koha includes a series of
53152 colors. This set can be used to catalog and search by color if you'd
53153 like. This guide will walk you use changing collection code to color in
53154 Koha so that you can do this.</para>
53156 <para>The following SQL could be used to add these colors to the CCODE
53157 authorized value category in a batch. If you wanted to use these colors
53158 for another authorized value you'd have to edit this to use that
53161 <programlisting> insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53162 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','000000','Black','','colors/000000.png');
53163 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53164 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','66cc66','Bright Green','','colors/66cc66.png');
53165 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53166 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','99cc33','Olive','','colors/99cc33.png');
53167 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53168 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','3333cc','Dark Blue','','colors/3333cc.png');
53169 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53170 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','006600' ,'Dark Green','','colors/006600.png');
53171 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53172 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','6600cc','Plum','','colors/6600cc.png');
53173 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53174 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','6666cc','Purple','','colors/6666cc.png');
53175 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53176 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','9999cc','Light Purple','','colors/9999cc.png');
53177 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53178 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','660000' ,'Burgundy','','colors/660000.png');
53179 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53180 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','663333' ,'Brown','','colors/663333.png');
53181 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53182 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','990000' ,'Red','','colors/990000.png');
53183 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53184 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','996633' ,'Tan','','colors/996633.png');
53185 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53186 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','999999' ,'Gray','','colors/999999.png');
53187 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53188 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc66cc','Pink','','colors/cc66cc.png');
53189 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53190 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc99cc','Bubble Gum','','colors/cc99cc.png');
53191 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53192 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc3333' ,'Orange','','colors/cc3333.png');
53193 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53194 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc6666' ,'Peach','','colors/cc6666.png');
53195 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53196 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc9999' ,'Rose','','colors/cc9999.png');
53197 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53198 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cccc00' ,'Gold','','colors/cccc00.png');
53199 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53200 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffff33' ,'Yellow','','colors/ffff33.png');
53201 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53202 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffffcc','Cream','','colors/ffffcc.png');
53203 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
53204 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffffff','White','','colors/ffffff.png');</programlisting>
53206 <para>If you would like to choose the colors manually you can do that
53207 via the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link>
53208 administration area.</para>
53211 <screeninfo>Colors for CCODE</screeninfo>
53215 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-extending/colorccode.png"/>
53220 <para>Next you'll want to <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">update the
53221 frameworks</link> so that the 952$8 (if you're using collection code)
53222 label to says Color.</para>
53224 <para>Once you have that in place you can start to catalog items by
53227 <para>Finally you'll want to add the following JQuery to your
53228 preferences so that it will relabel 'Collection' to 'Color'</para>
53230 <para><link linkend="intranetuserjs">IntranetUserJS</link></para>
53232 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){
53233 $("#advsearch-tab-ccode a:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
53234 $("#holdings th:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
53235 });</programlisting>
53237 <para><link linkend="opacuserjs">OPACUserJS</link></para>
53239 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){
53240 $("#advsearch-tab-ccode a:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
53241 $('#item_ccode').text("Color");
53242 });</programlisting>
53248 <appendix id="siteintegration">
53249 <title>Koha and Your Website</title>
53251 <para>This appendix will include tips for integrating Koha in to your
53252 library website.</para>
53254 <section id="embedsearch">
53255 <title><link linkend="embedsearch">Koha search on your site</link></title>
53257 <para>Often you'll want to add a Koha search box to your library
53258 website. To do so, just copy and paste the following code in to your
53259 library website and update the YOURCATALOG bit with your catalog's URL
53260 and you're set to go.</para>
53262 <para><programlisting>
53263 <form name="searchform" method="get" action="http://YOURCATLOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl" id="searchform">
53264 <input id="transl1" name="q" type="text"><p>
53265 <select name="idx" id="masthead_search">
53266 <option value="kw">Keyword</option>
53267 <option value="ti">Title</option>
53268 <option value="au">Author</option>
53269 <option value="su">Subject</option>
53270 <option value="nb">ISBN</option>
53271 <option value="se">Series</option>
53272 <option value="callnum">Call Number</option>
53274 <input value="Search" id="searchsubmit" type="submit">
53275 </p></form>
53276 </programlisting></para>
53280 <appendix id="gpl">
53281 <title><acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License version 3</title>
53283 <para>Version 3, 29 June 2007</para>
53285 <para>Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <ulink url="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</ulink></para>
53287 <para>Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
53288 license document, but changing it is not allowed.</para>
53290 <bridgehead id="Preamble" renderas="sect1">Preamble</bridgehead>
53292 <para>The <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License is a free,
53293 copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.</para>
53295 <para>The licenses for most software and other practical works are
53296 designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By
53297 contrast, the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License is intended to
53298 guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to
53299 make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free
53300 Software Foundation, use the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License
53301 for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this
53302 way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.</para>
53304 <para>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
53305 price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have
53306 the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if
53307 you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
53308 you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and
53309 that you know you can do these things.</para>
53311 <para>To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
53312 these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
53313 certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
53314 you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.</para>
53316 <para>For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
53317 gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms
53318 that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
53319 the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
53322 <para>Developers that use the <acronym>GNU</acronym>
53323 <acronym>GPL</acronym> protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert
53324 copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal
53325 permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.</para>
53327 <para>For the developers' and authors' protection, the
53328 <acronym>GPL</acronym> clearly explains that there is no warranty for this
53329 free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the
53330 <acronym>GPL</acronym> requires that modified versions be marked as
53331 changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
53332 authors of previous versions.</para>
53334 <para>Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
53335 modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
53336 can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting
53337 users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such
53338 abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is
53339 precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this
53340 version of the <acronym>GPL</acronym> to prohibit the practice for those
53341 products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand
53342 ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the
53343 <acronym>GPL</acronym>, as needed to protect the freedom of users.</para>
53345 <para>Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
53346 States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
53347 software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
53348 avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make
53349 it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the <acronym>GPL</acronym>
53350 assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.</para>
53352 <para>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
53353 modification follow.</para>
53355 <bridgehead>TERMS AND CONDITIONS</bridgehead>
53357 <bridgehead id="Definitions" renderas="sect1">0. Definitions.</bridgehead>
53359 <para>"This License" refers to version 3 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym>
53360 General Public License.</para>
53362 <para>"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds
53363 of works, such as semiconductor masks.</para>
53365 <para>"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
53366 License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients"
53367 may be individuals or organizations.</para>
53369 <para>To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the
53370 work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of
53371 an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
53372 earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.</para>
53374 <para>A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
53375 on the Program.</para>
53377 <para>To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
53378 permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement
53379 under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or
53380 modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with
53381 or without modification), making available to the public, and in some
53382 countries other activities as well.</para>
53384 <para>To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
53385 parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a
53386 computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.</para>
53388 <para>An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
53389 to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
53390 feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells
53391 the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that
53392 warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this
53393 License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents
53394 a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in
53395 the list meets this criterion.</para>
53397 <bridgehead id="SourceCode" renderas="sect1">1. Source Code.</bridgehead>
53399 <para>The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
53400 for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of
53403 <para>A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
53404 standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
53405 interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is
53406 widely used among developers working in that language.</para>
53408 <para>The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
53409 than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
53410 packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
53411 Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major
53412 Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
53413 implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major
53414 Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel,
53415 window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on
53416 which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or
53417 an object code interpreter used to run it.</para>
53419 <para>The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
53420 the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work)
53421 run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control
53422 those activities. However, it does not include the work's System
53423 Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs
53424 which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not
53425 part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface
53426 definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source
53427 code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work
53428 is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data
53429 communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of
53432 <para>The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can
53433 regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
53436 <para>The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same
53439 <bridgehead id="BasicPermissions" renderas="sect1">2. Basic
53440 Permissions.</bridgehead>
53442 <para>All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
53443 copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
53444 conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
53445 permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
53446 covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
53447 content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights
53448 of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.</para>
53450 <para>You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
53451 convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in
53452 force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of
53453 having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with
53454 facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the
53455 terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not
53456 control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you
53457 must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control,
53458 on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted
53459 material outside their relationship with you.</para>
53461 <para>Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
53462 the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes
53463 it unnecessary.</para>
53465 <bridgehead id="Protecting" renderas="sect1">3. Protecting Users' Legal
53466 Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.</bridgehead>
53468 <para>No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
53469 measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11
53470 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws
53471 prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.</para>
53473 <para>When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
53474 circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
53475 is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the
53476 covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
53477 modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
53478 users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
53479 technological measures.</para>
53481 <bridgehead id="ConveyingVerbatim" renderas="sect1">4. Conveying Verbatim
53482 Copies.</bridgehead>
53484 <para>You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
53485 receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
53486 appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep
53487 intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms
53488 added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices
53489 of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this
53490 License along with the Program.</para>
53492 <para>You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
53493 and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.</para>
53495 <bridgehead id="ConveyingModified" renderas="sect1">5. Conveying Modified
53496 Source Versions.</bridgehead>
53498 <para>You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
53499 produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of
53500 section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</para>
53502 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
53504 <para>The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
53505 it, and giving a relevant date.</para>
53509 <para>The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
53510 released under this License and any conditions added under section 7.
53511 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact
53512 all notices".</para>
53516 <para>You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License
53517 to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will
53518 therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms,
53519 to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they
53520 are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in
53521 any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have
53522 separately received it.</para>
53526 <para>If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
53527 Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
53528 interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work
53529 need not make them do so.</para>
53533 <para>A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
53534 works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and
53535 which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on
53536 a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if
53537 the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the
53538 access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the
53539 individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does
53540 not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the
53543 <bridgehead id="ConveyingNonSource" renderas="sect1">6. Conveying
53544 Non-Source Forms.</bridgehead>
53546 <para>You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of
53547 sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable
53548 Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these
53551 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
53553 <para>Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
53554 (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
53555 Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily
53556 used for software interchange.</para>
53560 <para>Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
53561 (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written
53562 offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you
53563 offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give
53564 anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the
53565 Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is
53566 covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used
53567 for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable
53568 cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access
53569 to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no
53574 <para>Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
53575 written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is
53576 allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you
53577 received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection
53582 <para>Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
53583 place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
53584 Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
53585 further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
53586 Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy
53587 the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be
53588 on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports
53589 equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions
53590 next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source.
53591 Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain
53592 obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to
53593 satisfy these requirements.</para>
53597 <para>Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
53598 you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source
53599 of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under
53600 subsection 6d.</para>
53604 <para>A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is
53605 excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
53606 included in conveying the object code work.</para>
53608 <para>A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
53609 tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or
53610 household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
53611 into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
53612 doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
53613 product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical
53614 or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the
53615 particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses,
53616 or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer
53617 product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial,
53618 industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only
53619 significant mode of use of the product.</para>
53621 <para>"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
53622 procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
53623 and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
53624 a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
53625 suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
53626 code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
53627 modification has been made.</para>
53629 <para>If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
53630 specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part
53631 of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User
53632 Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term
53633 (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding
53634 Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation
53635 Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any
53636 third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the
53637 User Product (for example, the work has been installed in
53638 <acronym>ROM</acronym>).</para>
53640 <para>The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include
53641 a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
53642 for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
53643 the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
53644 network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
53645 adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
53646 protocols for communication across the network.</para>
53648 <para>Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information
53649 provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
53650 documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source
53651 code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking,
53652 reading or copying.</para>
53654 <bridgehead id="AdditionalTerms" renderas="sect1">7. Additional
53655 Terms.</bridgehead>
53657 <para>"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
53658 License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
53659 Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be
53660 treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that
53661 they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only
53662 to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those
53663 permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License
53664 without regard to the additional permissions.</para>
53666 <para>When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
53667 remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it.
53668 (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in
53669 certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional
53670 permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you
53671 have or can give appropriate copyright permission.</para>
53673 <para>Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material
53674 you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders
53675 of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:</para>
53677 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
53679 <para>Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
53680 terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or</para>
53684 <para>Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
53685 author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
53686 Notices displayed by works containing it; or</para>
53690 <para>Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
53691 requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
53692 reasonable ways as different from the original version; or</para>
53696 <para>Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
53697 authors of the material; or</para>
53701 <para>Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
53702 trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or</para>
53706 <para>Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
53707 material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
53708 it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
53709 any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
53710 those licensors and authors.</para>
53714 <para>All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
53715 restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
53716 received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
53717 governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction,
53718 you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further
53719 restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you
53720 may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license
53721 document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such
53722 relicensing or conveying.</para>
53724 <para>If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
53725 must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional
53726 terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the
53727 applicable terms.</para>
53729 <para>Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
53730 form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above
53731 requirements apply either way.</para>
53733 <bridgehead id="Termination" renderas="sect1">8. Termination.</bridgehead>
53735 <para>You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
53736 provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify
53737 it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
53738 License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph
53739 of section 11).</para>
53741 <para>However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
53742 license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
53743 provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
53744 finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
53745 holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior
53746 to 60 days after the cessation.</para>
53748 <para>Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
53749 reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
53750 violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
53751 received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
53752 copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your
53753 receipt of the notice.</para>
53755 <para>Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
53756 licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this
53757 License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
53758 reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
53759 material under section 10.</para>
53761 <bridgehead id="AcceptanceNotRequired" renderas="sect1">9. Acceptance Not
53762 Required for Having Copies.</bridgehead>
53764 <para>You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
53765 run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
53766 occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to
53767 receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing
53768 other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any
53769 covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this
53770 License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you
53771 indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.</para>
53773 <bridgehead id="AutomaticDownstream" renderas="sect1">10. Automatic
53774 Licensing of Downstream Recipients.</bridgehead>
53776 <para>Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
53777 receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
53778 propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for
53779 enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.</para>
53781 <para>An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
53782 organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
53783 organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work
53784 results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who
53785 receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work
53786 the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous
53787 paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the
53788 work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can
53789 get it with reasonable efforts.</para>
53791 <para>You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
53792 rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not
53793 impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights
53794 granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including
53795 a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim
53796 is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing
53797 the Program or any portion of it.</para>
53799 <bridgehead id="Patents" renderas="sect1">11. Patents.</bridgehead>
53801 <para>A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
53802 License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work
53803 thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".</para>
53805 <para>A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
53806 owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
53807 hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by
53808 this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do
53809 not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of
53810 further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this
53811 definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a
53812 manner consistent with the requirements of this License.</para>
53814 <para>Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
53815 patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make,
53816 use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate
53817 the contents of its contributor version.</para>
53819 <para>In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
53820 agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
53821 (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue
53822 for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party
53823 means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent
53824 against the party.</para>
53826 <para>If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
53827 and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to
53828 copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
53829 publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then
53830 you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or
53831 (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for
53832 this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the
53833 requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream
53834 recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but
53835 for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or
53836 your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one
53837 or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to
53838 believe are valid.</para>
53840 <para>If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
53841 arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
53842 covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving
53843 the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a
53844 specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is
53845 automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works
53846 based on it.</para>
53848 <para>A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
53849 the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on
53850 the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically
53851 granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a
53852 party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of
53853 distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party
53854 based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under
53855 which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the
53856 covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection
53857 with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those
53858 copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or
53859 compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that
53860 arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March
53863 <para>Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
53864 any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise
53865 be available to you under applicable patent law.</para>
53867 <bridgehead id="NoSurrender" renderas="sect1">12. No Surrender of Others'
53868 Freedom.</bridgehead>
53870 <para>If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement
53871 or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
53872 excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
53873 covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
53874 License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
53875 not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
53876 to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
53877 the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
53878 License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.</para>
53880 <bridgehead id="UsedWithAGPL" renderas="sect1">13. Use with the
53881 <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General Public License.</bridgehead>
53883 <para>Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
53884 permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under
53885 version 3 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General Public License into
53886 a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of
53887 this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
53888 but the special requirements of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General
53889 Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will
53890 apply to the combination as such.</para>
53892 <bridgehead id="RevisedVersions" renderas="sect1">14. Revised Versions of
53893 this License.</bridgehead>
53895 <para>The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
53896 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License from time to time.
53897 Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but
53898 may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</para>
53900 <para>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
53901 Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the
53902 <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License "or any later version"
53903 applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions
53904 either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the
53905 Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number
53906 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License, you may choose any
53907 version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
53909 <para>If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
53910 versions of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License can be used,
53911 that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
53912 authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.</para>
53914 <para>Later license versions may give you additional or different
53915 permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author
53916 or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later
53919 <bridgehead id="WarrantyDisclaimer" renderas="sect1">15. Disclaimer of
53920 Warranty.</bridgehead>
53922 <para>THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
53923 APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
53924 HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
53925 OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
53926 THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
53927 PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
53928 IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
53929 ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</para>
53931 <bridgehead id="LiabilityLimitation" renderas="sect1">16. Limitation of
53932 Liability.</bridgehead>
53934 <para>IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
53935 WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR
53936 CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
53937 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
53938 ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
53939 LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
53940 SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
53941 WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
53942 ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</para>
53944 <bridgehead id="InterpretationSecs1516" renderas="sect1">17.
53945 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.</bridgehead>
53947 <para>If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
53948 above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
53949 reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an
53950 absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program,
53951 unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the
53952 Program in return for a fee.</para>
53954 <bridgehead>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</bridgehead>
53956 <bridgehead id="HowToApply" renderas="sect1">How to Apply These Terms to
53957 Your New Programs</bridgehead>
53959 <para>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
53960 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
53961 free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
53964 <para>To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
53965 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state
53966 the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
53967 "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.</para>
53970 <replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.</replaceable>
53971 Copyright (C) <replaceable>year</replaceable> <replaceable>name of author</replaceable>
53973 This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
53974 it under the terms of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License as published by
53975 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
53976 (at your option) any later version.
53978 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
53979 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
53980 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
53981 <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License for more details.
53983 You should have received a copy of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License
53984 along with this program. If not, see <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/</ulink>.
53987 <para>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
53990 <para>If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
53991 notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:</para>
53994 <replaceable>program</replaceable> Copyright (C) <replaceable>year</replaceable> <replaceable>name of author</replaceable>
53995 This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `<literal>show w</literal>'.
53996 This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
53997 under certain conditions; type `<literal>show c</literal>' for details.
54000 <para>The hypothetical commands `<literal>show w</literal>' and
54001 `<literal>show c</literal>' should show the appropriate parts of the
54002 General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be
54003 different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".</para>
54005 <para>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
54006 school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
54007 necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the
54008 <acronym>GNU</acronym> <acronym>GPL</acronym>, see <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/</ulink>.</para>
54010 <para>The <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License does not permit
54011 incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a
54012 subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking
54013 proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do,
54014 use the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Lesser General Public License instead of
54015 this License. But first, please read <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html">http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html</ulink>.</para>
projects / kohadocs.git / blob